R&S®ESCI

EMI Test Receiver

Operating Manual

1166.6256.12 – 03
Operating Manual
Test & Measurement
 ®
The Operating Manual describes the following R&S ESCI models and options:
( R&S ESCI (1166.5950K03)
( R&S ESCI7 (1166.5950K07)
( R&S FSP-B6 (1129.8594.02)
( R&S FSP-B9 (1129.6991.02)
( R&S FSP-B10 (1129.8042.03)
( R&S FSP-B16 (1129.8042.03)

© 2009 Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG

81671 Munich, Germany
Printed in Germany – Subject to change – Data without tolerance limits is not binding.
R&S® is a registered trademark of Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG.
Trade names are trademarks of the owners.

The following abbreviations are used throughout this manual:

R&S®ESCI is abbreviated as R&S ESCI.
 Basic Safety Instructions
Always read through and comply with the following safety instructions!
All plants and locations of the Rohde & Schwarz group of companies make every effort to keep the safety
standards of our products up to date and to offer our customers the highest possible degree of safety. Our
products and the auxiliary equipment they require are designed, built and tested in accordance with the
safety standards that apply in each case. Compliance with these standards is continuously monitored by
our quality assurance system. The product described here has been designed, built and tested in
accordance with the attached EC Certificate of Conformity and has left the manufacturer’s plant in a
condition fully complying with safety standards. To maintain this condition and to ensure safe operation,
you must observe all instructions and warnings provided in this manual. If you have any questions
regarding these safety instructions, the Rohde & Schwarz group of companies will be happy to answer
them.
Furthermore, it is your responsibility to use the product in an appropriate manner. This product is designed
for use solely in industrial and laboratory environments or, if expressly permitted, also in the field and must
not be used in any way that may cause personal injury or property damage. You are responsible if the
product is used for any intention other than its designated purpose or in disregard of the manufacturer's
instructions. The manufacturer shall assume no responsibility for such use of the product.
The product is used for its designated purpose if it is used in accordance with its product documentation
and within its performance limits (see data sheet, documentation, the following safety instructions). Using
the product requires technical skills and a basic knowledge of English. It is therefore essential that only
skilled and specialized staff or thoroughly trained personnel with the required skills be allowed to use the
product. If personal safety gear is required for using Rohde & Schwarz products, this will be indicated at
the appropriate place in the product documentation. Keep the basic safety instructions and the product
documentation in a safe place and pass them on to the subsequent users.
Observing the safety instructions will help prevent personal injury or damage of any kind caused by
dangerous situations. Therefore, carefully read through and adhere to the following safety instructions
before and when using the product. It is also absolutely essential to observe the additional safety
instructions on personal safety, for example, that appear in relevant parts of the product documentation. In
these safety instructions, the word "product" refers to all merchandise sold and distributed by the Rohde &
Schwarz group of companies, including instruments, systems and all accessories.

Symbols and safety labels

Notice, general Caution Danger of Warning! PE terminal Ground Ground Be careful when
danger location when electric Hot surface terminal handling
handling shock electrostatic
Observe product
heavy sensitive
documentation
equipment devices

ON/OFF supply Standby Direct current Alternating current Direct/alternating Device fully protected by
voltage indication (DC) (AC) current (DC/AC) double (reinforced) insulation

1171.0000.42-05.00 Page 1
 Basic Safety Instructions

Tags and their meaning

The following signal words are used in the product documentation in order to warn the reader about risks
and dangers.
indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.
indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury.
indicates the possibility of incorrect operation which can result in damage to
the product.
In the product documentation, the word ATTENTION is used synonymously.

These tags are in accordance with the standard definition for civil applications in the European Economic
Area. Definitions that deviate from the standard definition may also exist in other economic areas or
military applications. It is therefore essential to make sure that the tags described here are always used
only in connection with the related product documentation and the related product. The use of tags in
connection with unrelated products or documentation can result in misinterpretation and in personal injury
or material damage.

Operating states and operating positions

The product may be operated only under the operating conditions and in the positions specified by the
manufacturer, without the product's ventilation being obstructed. If the manufacturer's specifications are
not observed, this can result in electric shock, fire and/or serious personal injury or death. Applicable local
or national safety regulations and rules for the prevention of accidents must be observed in all work
performed.
1. Unless otherwise specified, the following requirements apply to Rohde & Schwarz products:
predefined operating position is always with the housing floor facing down, IP protection 2X, pollution
severity 2, overvoltage category 2, use only indoors, max. operating altitude 2000 m above sea level,
max. transport altitude 4500 m above sea level. A tolerance of ±10 % shall apply to the nominal
voltage and ±5 % to the nominal frequency.
2. Do not place the product on surfaces, vehicles, cabinets or tables that for reasons of weight or stability
are unsuitable for this purpose. Always follow the manufacturer's installation instructions when
installing the product and fastening it to objects or structures (e.g. walls and shelves). An installation
that is not carried out as described in the product documentation could result in personal injury or
death.
3. Do not place the product on heat-generating devices such as radiators or fan heaters. The ambient
temperature must not exceed the maximum temperature specified in the product documentation or in
the data sheet. Product overheating can cause electric shock, fire and/or serious personal injury or
death.

1171.0000.42-05.00 Page 2
 Basic Safety Instructions

Electrical safety
If the information on electrical safety is not observed either at all to the extent necessary, electric shock,
fire and/or serious personal injury or death may occur.
1. Prior to switching on the product, always ensure that the nominal voltage setting on the product
matches the nominal voltage of the AC supply network. If a different voltage is to be set, the power
fuse of the product may have to be changed accordingly.
2. In the case of products of safety class I with movable power cord and connector, operation is
permitted only on sockets with an earthing contact and protective earth connection.
3. Intentionally breaking the protective earth connection either in the feed line or in the product itself is
not permitted. Doing so can result in the danger of an electric shock from the product. If extension
cords or connector strips are implemented, they must be checked on a regular basis to ensure that
they are safe to use.
4. If the product does not have a power switch for disconnection from the AC supply network, the plug of
the connecting cable is regarded as the disconnecting device. In such cases, always ensure that the
power plug is easily reachable and accessible at all times (corresponding to the length of connecting
cable, approx. 2 m). Functional or electronic switches are not suitable for providing disconnection from
the AC supply network. If products without power switches are integrated into racks or systems, a
disconnecting device must be provided at the system level.
5. Never use the product if the power cable is damaged. Check the power cable on a regular basis to
ensure that it is in proper operating condition. By taking appropriate safety measures and carefully
laying the power cable, you can ensure that the cable will not be damaged and that no one can be
hurt by, for example, tripping over the cable or suffering an electric shock.
6. The product may be operated only from TN/TT supply networks fused with max. 16 A (higher fuse
only after consulting with the Rohde & Schwarz group of companies).
7. Do not insert the plug into sockets that are dusty or dirty. Insert the plug firmly and all the way into the
socket. Otherwise, sparks that result in fire and/or injuries may occur.
8. Do not overload any sockets, extension cords or connector strips; doing so can cause fire or electric
shocks.
9. For measurements in circuits with voltages Vrms > 30 V, suitable measures (e.g. appropriate
measuring equipment, fusing, current limiting, electrical separation, insulation) should be taken to
avoid any hazards.
10. Ensure that the connections with information technology equipment, e.g. PCs or other industrial
computers, comply with the IEC60950-1/EN60950-1 or IEC61010-1/EN 61010-1 standards that apply
in each case.
11. Unless expressly permitted, never remove the cover or any part of the housing while the product is in
operation. Doing so will expose circuits and components and can lead to injuries, fire or damage to the
product.
12. If a product is to be permanently installed, the connection between the PE terminal on site and the
product's PE conductor must be made first before any other connection is made. The product may be
installed and connected only by a licensed electrician.
13. For permanently installed equipment without built-in fuses, circuit breakers or similar protective
devices, the supply circuit must be fused in such a way that anyone who has access to the product, as
well as the product itself, is adequately protected from injury or damage.

1171.0000.42-05.00 Page 3
 Basic Safety Instructions

14. Use suitable overvoltage protection to ensure that no overvoltage (such as that caused by a bolt of
lightning) can reach the product. Otherwise, the person operating the product will be exposed to the
danger of an electric shock.
15. Any object that is not designed to be placed in the openings of the housing must not be used for this
purpose. Doing so can cause short circuits inside the product and/or electric shocks, fire or injuries.
16. Unless specified otherwise, products are not liquid-proof (see also section "Operating states and
operating positions", item 1. Therefore, the equipment must be protected against penetration by
liquids. If the necessary precautions are not taken, the user may suffer electric shock or the product
itself may be damaged, which can also lead to personal injury.
17. Never use the product under conditions in which condensation has formed or can form in or on the
product, e.g. if the product has been moved from a cold to a warm environment. Penetration by water
increases the risk of electric shock.
18. Prior to cleaning the product, disconnect it completely from the power supply (e.g. AC supply network
or battery). Use a soft, non-linting cloth to clean the product. Never use chemical cleaning agents such
as alcohol, acetone or diluents for cellulose lacquers.

Operation
1. Operating the products requires special training and intense concentration. Make sure that persons
who use the products are physically, mentally and emotionally fit enough to do so; otherwise, injuries
or material damage may occur. It is the responsibility of the employer/operator to select suitable
personnel for operating the products.
2. Before you move or transport the product, read and observe the section titled "Transport".
3. As with all industrially manufactured goods, the use of substances that induce an allergic reaction
(allergens) such as nickel cannot be generally excluded. If you develop an allergic reaction (such as a
skin rash, frequent sneezing, red eyes or respiratory difficulties) when using a Rohde & Schwarz
product, consult a physician immediately to determine the cause and to prevent health problems or
stress.
4. Before you start processing the product mechanically and/or thermally, or before you take it apart, be
sure to read and pay special attention to the section titled "Waste disposal", item 1.
5. Depending on the function, certain products such as RF radio equipment can produce an elevated
level of electromagnetic radiation. Considering that unborn babies require increased protection,
pregnant women must be protected by appropriate measures. Persons with pacemakers may also be
exposed to risks from electromagnetic radiation. The employer/operator must evaluate workplaces
where there is a special risk of exposure to radiation and, if necessary, take measures to avert the
potential danger.
6. Should a fire occur, the product may release hazardous substances (gases, fluids, etc.) that can
cause health problems. Therefore, suitable measures must be taken, e.g. protective masks and
protective clothing must be worn.
7. If a laser product (e.g. a CD/DVD drive) is integrated into a Rohde & Schwarz product, absolutely no
other settings or functions may be used as described in the product documentation. The objective is to
prevent personal injury (e.g. due to laser beams).

1171.0000.42-05.00 Page 4
 Basic Safety Instructions

Repair and service

1. The product may be opened only by authorized, specially trained personnel. Before any work is
performed on the product or before the product is opened, it must be disconnected from the AC supply
network. Otherwise, personnel will be exposed to the risk of an electric shock.
2. Adjustments, replacement of parts, maintenance and repair may be performed only by electrical
experts authorized by Rohde & Schwarz. Only original parts may be used for replacing parts relevant
to safety (e.g. power switches, power transformers, fuses). A safety test must always be performed
after parts relevant to safety have been replaced (visual inspection, PE conductor test, insulation
resistance measurement, leakage current measurement, functional test). This helps ensure the
continued safety of the product.

Batteries and rechargeable batteries/cells

If the information regarding batteries and rechargeable batteries/cells is not observed either at all or to the
extent necessary, product users may be exposed to the risk of explosions, fire and/or serious personal
injury, and, in some cases, death. Batteries and rechargeable batteries with alkaline electrolytes (e.g.
lithium cells) must be handled in accordance with the EN 62133 standard.
1. Cells must not be taken apart or crushed.
2. Cells or batteries must not be exposed to heat or fire. Storage in direct sunlight must be avoided.
Keep cells and batteries clean and dry. Clean soiled connectors using a dry, clean cloth.
3. Cells or batteries must not be short-circuited. Cells or batteries must not be stored in a box or in a
drawer where they can short-circuit each other, or where they can be short-circuited by other
conductive materials. Cells and batteries must not be removed from their original packaging until they
are ready to be used.
4. Keep cells and batteries out of the hands of children. If a cell or a battery has been swallowed, seek
medical aid immediately.
5. Cells and batteries must not be exposed to any mechanical shocks that are stronger than permitted.
6. If a cell develops a leak, the fluid must not be allowed to come into contact with the skin or eyes. If
contact occurs, wash the affected area with plenty of water and seek medical aid.
7. Improperly replacing or charging cells or batteries that contain alkaline electrolytes (e.g. lithium cells)
can cause explosions. Replace cells or batteries only with the matching Rohde & Schwarz type (see
parts list) in order to ensure the safety of the product.
8. Cells and batteries must be recycled and kept separate from residual waste. Rechargeable batteries
and normal batteries that contain lead, mercury or cadmium are hazardous waste. Observe the
national regulations regarding waste disposal and recycling.

Transport
1. The product may be very heavy. Therefore, the product must be handled with care. In some cases,
the user may require a suitable means of lifting or moving the product (e.g. with a lift-truck) to avoid
back or other physical injuries.

1171.0000.42-05.00 Page 5
 Informaciones elementales de seguridad

2. Handles on the products are designed exclusively to enable personnel to transport the product. It is
therefore not permissible to use handles to fasten the product to or on transport equipment such as
cranes, fork lifts, wagons, etc. The user is responsible for securely fastening the products to or on the
means of transport or lifting. Observe the safety regulations of the manufacturer of the means of
transport or lifting. Noncompliance can result in personal injury or material damage.
3. If you use the product in a vehicle, it is the sole responsibility of the driver to drive the vehicle safely
and properly. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for accidents or collisions. Never use the
product in a moving vehicle if doing so could distract the driver of the vehicle. Adequately secure the
product in the vehicle to prevent injuries or other damage in the event of an accident.

Waste disposal
1. If products or their components are mechanically and/or thermally processed in a manner that goes
beyond their intended use, hazardous substances (heavy-metal dust such as lead, beryllium, nickel)
may be released. For this reason, the product may only be disassembled by specially trained
personnel. Improper disassembly may be hazardous to your health. National waste disposal
regulations must be observed.
2. If handling the product releases hazardous substances or fuels that must be disposed of in a special
way, e.g. coolants or engine oils that must be replenished regularly, the safety instructions of the
manufacturer of the hazardous substances or fuels and the applicable regional waste disposal
regulations must be observed. Also observe the relevant safety instructions in the product
documentation. The improper disposal of hazardous substances or fuels can cause health problems
and lead to environmental damage.

Informaciones elementales de seguridad

Es imprescindible leer y observar las siguientes instrucciones e informaciones de seguridad!
El principio del grupo de empresas Rohde & Schwarz consiste en tener nuestros productos siempre al día
con los estándares de seguridad y de ofrecer a nuestros clientes el máximo grado de seguridad. Nuestros
productos y todos los equipos adicionales son siempre fabricados y examinados según las normas de
seguridad vigentes. Nuestro sistema de garantía de calidad controla constantemente que sean cumplidas
estas normas. El presente producto ha sido fabricado y examinado según el certificado de conformidad
adjunto de la UE y ha salido de nuestra planta en estado impecable según los estándares técnicos de
seguridad. Para poder preservar este estado y garantizar un funcionamiento libre de peligros, el usuario
deberá atenerse a todas las indicaciones, informaciones de seguridad y notas de alerta. El grupo de
empresas Rohde & Schwarz está siempre a su disposición en caso de que tengan preguntas referentes a
estas informaciones de seguridad.
Además queda en la responsabilidad del usuario utilizar el producto en la forma debida. Este producto
está destinado exclusivamente al uso en la industria y el laboratorio o, si ha sido expresamente
autorizado, para aplicaciones de campo y de ninguna manera deberá ser utilizado de modo que alguna
persona/cosa pueda sufrir daño. El uso del producto fuera de sus fines definidos o sin tener en cuenta las
instrucciones del fabricante queda en la responsabilidad del usuario. El fabricante no se hace en ninguna
forma responsable de consecuencias a causa del mal uso del producto.

1171.0000.42-05.00 Page 6
 Informaciones elementales de seguridad

Se parte del uso correcto del producto para los fines definidos si el producto es utilizado conforme a las
indicaciones de la correspondiente documentación del producto y dentro del margen de rendimiento
definido (ver hoja de datos, documentación, informaciones de seguridad que siguen). El uso del producto
hace necesarios conocimientos técnicos y ciertos conocimientos del idioma inglés. Por eso se debe tener
en cuenta que el producto solo pueda ser operado por personal especializado o personas instruidas en
profundidad con las capacidades correspondientes. Si fuera necesaria indumentaria de seguridad para el
uso de productos de Rohde & Schwarz, encontraría la información debida en la documentación del
producto en el capítulo correspondiente. Guarde bien las informaciones de seguridad elementales, así
como la documentación del producto, y entréguelas a usuarios posteriores.
Tener en cuenta las informaciones de seguridad sirve para evitar en lo posible lesiones o daños por
peligros de toda clase. Por eso es imprescindible leer detalladamente y comprender por completo las
siguientes informaciones de seguridad antes de usar el producto, y respetarlas durante el uso del
producto. Deberán tenerse en cuenta todas las demás informaciones de seguridad, como p. ej. las
referentes a la protección de personas, que encontrarán en el capítulo correspondiente de la
documentación del producto y que también son de obligado cumplimiento. En las presentes
informaciones de seguridad se recogen todos los objetos que distribuye el grupo de empresas
Rohde & Schwarz bajo la denominación de "producto", entre ellos también aparatos, instalaciones así
como toda clase de accesorios.

Símbolos y definiciones de seguridad

Aviso: punto de Atención en Peligro de Adver- Conexión a Conexión Conexión Aviso: Cuidado
peligro general el manejo de choque tencia: conductor de a tierra a masa en el manejo de
dispositivos eléctrico superficie protección dispositivos
Observar la
de peso caliente sensibles a la
documentación
elevado electrostática
del producto
(ESD)

Tensión de Indicación de Corriente Corriente alterna Corriente El aparato está protegido

alimentación de estado de continua (DC) (AC) continua / en su totalidad por un
PUESTA EN espera Corriente alterna aislamiento doble
MARCHA / (Standby) (DC/AC) (reforzado)
PARADA

1171.0000.42-05.00 Page 7
 Informaciones elementales de seguridad

Palabras de señal y su significado

En la documentación del producto se utilizan las siguientes palabras de señal con el fin de advertir contra
riesgos y peligros.
PELIGRO identifica un peligro inminente con riesgo elevado que
provocará muerte o lesiones graves si no se evita.
ADVERTENCIA identifica un posible peligro con riesgo medio de
provocar muerte o lesiones (graves) si no se evita.
ATENCIÓN identifica un peligro con riesgo reducido de provocar
lesiones leves o moderadas si no se evita.
AVISO indica la posibilidad de utilizar mal el producto y, como
consecuencia, dañarlo.
En la documentación del producto se emplea de forma sinónima el
término CUIDADO.

Las palabras de señal corresponden a la definición habitual para aplicaciones civiles en el área
económica europea. Pueden existir definiciones diferentes a esta definición en otras áreas económicas o
en aplicaciones militares. Por eso se deberá tener en cuenta que las palabras de señal aquí descritas
sean utilizadas siempre solamente en combinación con la correspondiente documentación del producto y
solamente en combinación con el producto correspondiente. La utilización de las palabras de señal en
combinación con productos o documentaciones que no les correspondan puede llevar a interpretaciones
equivocadas y tener por consecuencia daños en personas u objetos.

Estados operativos y posiciones de funcionamiento

El producto solamente debe ser utilizado según lo indicado por el fabricante respecto a los estados
operativos y posiciones de funcionamiento sin que se obstruya la ventilación. Si no se siguen las
indicaciones del fabricante, pueden producirse choques eléctricos, incendios y/o lesiones graves con
posible consecuencia de muerte. En todos los trabajos deberán ser tenidas en cuenta las normas
nacionales y locales de seguridad del trabajo y de prevención de accidentes.
1. Si no se convino de otra manera, es para los productos Rohde & Schwarz válido lo que sigue:
como posición de funcionamiento se define por principio la posición con el suelo de la caja para
abajo, modo de protección IP 2X, grado de suciedad 2, categoría de sobrecarga eléctrica 2, uso
solamente en estancias interiores, utilización hasta 2000 m sobre el nivel del mar, transporte hasta
4500 m sobre el nivel del mar. Se aplicará una tolerancia de ±10 % sobre el voltaje nominal y de
±5 % sobre la frecuencia nominal.
2. No sitúe el producto encima de superficies, vehículos, estantes o mesas, que por sus características
de peso o de estabilidad no sean aptos para él. Siga siempre las instrucciones de instalación del
fabricante cuando instale y asegure el producto en objetos o estructuras (p. ej. paredes y estantes). Si
se realiza la instalación de modo distinto al indicado en la documentación del producto, pueden
causarse lesiones o incluso la muerte.
3. No ponga el producto sobre aparatos que generen calor (p. ej. radiadores o calefactores). La
temperatura ambiente no debe superar la temperatura máxima especificada en la documentación del
producto o en la hoja de datos. En caso de sobrecalentamiento del producto, pueden producirse
choques eléctricos, incendios y/o lesiones graves con posible consecuencia de muerte.

1171.0000.42-05.00 Page 8
 Informaciones elementales de seguridad

Seguridad eléctrica
Si no se siguen (o se siguen de modo insuficiente) las indicaciones del fabricante en cuanto a seguridad
eléctrica, pueden producirse choques eléctricos, incendios y/o lesiones graves con posible consecuencia
de muerte.
1. Antes de la puesta en marcha del producto se deberá comprobar siempre que la tensión
preseleccionada en el producto coincida con la de la red de alimentación eléctrica. Si es necesario
modificar el ajuste de tensión, también se deberán cambiar en caso dado los fusibles
correspondientes del producto.
2. Los productos de la clase de protección I con alimentación móvil y enchufe individual solamente
podrán enchufarse a tomas de corriente con contacto de seguridad y con conductor de protección
conectado.
3. Queda prohibida la interrupción intencionada del conductor de protección, tanto en la toma de
corriente como en el mismo producto. La interrupción puede tener como consecuencia el riesgo de
que el producto sea fuente de choques eléctricos. Si se utilizan cables alargadores o regletas de
enchufe, deberá garantizarse la realización de un examen regular de los mismos en cuanto a su
estado técnico de seguridad.
4. Si el producto no está equipado con un interruptor para desconectarlo de la red, se deberá considerar
el enchufe del cable de conexión como interruptor. En estos casos se deberá asegurar que el enchufe
siempre sea de fácil acceso (de acuerdo con la longitud del cable de conexión, aproximadamente
2 m). Los interruptores de función o electrónicos no son aptos para el corte de la red eléctrica. Si los
productos sin interruptor están integrados en bastidores o instalaciones, se deberá colocar el
interruptor en el nivel de la instalación.
5. No utilice nunca el producto si está dañado el cable de conexión a red. Compruebe regularmente el
correcto estado de los cables de conexión a red. Asegúrese, mediante las medidas de protección y
de instalación adecuadas, de que el cable de conexión a red no pueda ser dañado o de que nadie
pueda ser dañado por él, p. ej. al tropezar o por un choque eléctrico.
6. Solamente está permitido el funcionamiento en redes de alimentación TN/TT aseguradas con fusibles
de 16 A como máximo (utilización de fusibles de mayor amperaje solo previa consulta con el grupo de
empresas Rohde & Schwarz).
7. Nunca conecte el enchufe en tomas de corriente sucias o llenas de polvo. Introduzca el enchufe por
completo y fuertemente en la toma de corriente. La no observación de estas medidas puede provocar
chispas, fuego y/o lesiones.
8. No sobrecargue las tomas de corriente, los cables alargadores o las regletas de enchufe ya que esto
podría causar fuego o choques eléctricos.
9. En las mediciones en circuitos de corriente con una tensión Ueff > 30 V se deberán tomar las medidas
apropiadas para impedir cualquier peligro (p. ej. medios de medición adecuados, seguros, limitación
de tensión, corte protector, aislamiento etc.).
10. Para la conexión con dispositivos informáticos como un PC o un ordenador industrial, debe
comprobarse que éstos cumplan los estándares IEC60950-1/EN60950-1 o IEC61010-1/EN 61010-1
válidos en cada caso.
11. A menos que esté permitido expresamente, no retire nunca la tapa ni componentes de la carcasa
mientras el producto esté en servicio. Esto pone a descubierto los cables y componentes eléctricos y
puede causar lesiones, fuego o daños en el producto.

1171.0000.42-05.00 Page 9
 Informaciones elementales de seguridad

12. Si un producto se instala en un lugar fijo, se deberá primero conectar el conductor de protección fijo
con el conductor de protección del producto antes de hacer cualquier otra conexión. La instalación y
la conexión deberán ser efectuadas por un electricista especializado.
13. En el caso de dispositivos fijos que no estén provistos de fusibles, interruptor automático ni otros
mecanismos de seguridad similares, el circuito de alimentación debe estar protegido de modo que
todas las personas que puedan acceder al producto, así como el producto mismo, estén a salvo de
posibles daños.
14. Todo producto debe estar protegido contra sobretensión (debida p. ej. a una caída del rayo) mediante
los correspondientes sistemas de protección. Si no, el personal que lo utilice quedará expuesto al
peligro de choque eléctrico.
15. No debe introducirse en los orificios de la caja del aparato ningún objeto que no esté destinado a ello.
Esto puede producir cortocircuitos en el producto y/o puede causar choques eléctricos, fuego o
lesiones.
16. Salvo indicación contraria, los productos no están impermeabilizados (ver también el capítulo
"Estados operativos y posiciones de funcionamiento", punto 1). Por eso es necesario tomar las
medidas necesarias para evitar la entrada de líquidos. En caso contrario, existe peligro de choque
eléctrico para el usuario o de daños en el producto, que también pueden redundar en peligro para las
personas.
17. No utilice el producto en condiciones en las que pueda producirse o ya se hayan producido
condensaciones sobre el producto o en el interior de éste, como p. ej. al desplazarlo de un lugar frío a
otro caliente. La entrada de agua aumenta el riesgo de choque eléctrico.
18. Antes de la limpieza, desconecte por completo el producto de la alimentación de tensión (p. ej. red de
alimentación o batería). Realice la limpieza de los aparatos con un paño suave, que no se deshilache.
No utilice bajo ningún concepto productos de limpieza químicos como alcohol, acetona o diluyentes
para lacas nitrocelulósicas.

Funcionamiento
1. El uso del producto requiere instrucciones especiales y una alta concentración durante el manejo.
Debe asegurarse que las personas que manejen el producto estén a la altura de los requerimientos
necesarios en cuanto a aptitudes físicas, psíquicas y emocionales, ya que de otra manera no se
pueden excluir lesiones o daños de objetos. El empresario u operador es responsable de seleccionar
el personal usuario apto para el manejo del producto.
2. Antes de desplazar o transportar el producto, lea y tenga en cuenta el capítulo "Transporte".
3. Como con todo producto de fabricación industrial no puede quedar excluida en general la posibilidad
de que se produzcan alergias provocadas por algunos materiales empleados, los llamados alérgenos
(p. ej. el níquel). Si durante el manejo de productos Rohde & Schwarz se producen reacciones
alérgicas, como p. ej. irritaciones cutáneas, estornudos continuos, enrojecimiento de la conjuntiva o
dificultades respiratorias, debe avisarse inmediatamente a un médico para investigar las causas y
evitar cualquier molestia o daño a la salud.
4. Antes de la manipulación mecánica y/o térmica o el desmontaje del producto, debe tenerse en cuenta
imprescindiblemente el capítulo "Eliminación", punto 1.

1171.0000.42-05.00 Page 10
 Informaciones elementales de seguridad

5. Ciertos productos, como p. ej. las instalaciones de radiocomunicación RF, pueden a causa de su
función natural, emitir una radiación electromagnética aumentada. Deben tomarse todas las medidas
necesarias para la protección de las mujeres embarazadas. También las personas con marcapasos
pueden correr peligro a causa de la radiación electromagnética. El empresario/operador tiene la
obligación de evaluar y señalizar las áreas de trabajo en las que exista un riesgo elevado de
exposición a radiaciones.
6. Tenga en cuenta que en caso de incendio pueden desprenderse del producto sustancias tóxicas
(gases, líquidos etc.) que pueden generar daños a la salud. Por eso, en caso de incendio deben
usarse medidas adecuadas, como p. ej. máscaras antigás e indumentaria de protección.
7. En caso de que un producto Rohde & Schwarz contenga un producto láser (p. ej. un lector de
CD/DVD), no debe usarse ninguna otra configuración o función aparte de las descritas en la
documentación del producto, a fin de evitar lesiones (p. ej. debidas a irradiación láser).

Reparación y mantenimiento
1. El producto solamente debe ser abierto por personal especializado con autorización para ello. Antes
de manipular el producto o abrirlo, es obligatorio desconectarlo de la tensión de alimentación, para
evitar toda posibilidad de choque eléctrico.
2. El ajuste, el cambio de partes, el mantenimiento y la reparación deberán ser efectuadas solamente
por electricistas autorizados por Rohde & Schwarz. Si se reponen partes con importancia para los
aspectos de seguridad (p. ej. el enchufe, los transformadores o los fusibles), solamente podrán ser
sustituidos por partes originales. Después de cada cambio de partes relevantes para la seguridad
deberá realizarse un control de seguridad (control a primera vista, control del conductor de
protección, medición de resistencia de aislamiento, medición de la corriente de fuga, control de
funcionamiento). Con esto queda garantizada la seguridad del producto.

Baterías y acumuladores o celdas

Si no se siguen (o se siguen de modo insuficiente) las indicaciones en cuanto a las baterías y
acumuladores o celdas, pueden producirse explosiones, incendios y/o lesiones graves con posible
consecuencia de muerte. El manejo de baterías y acumuladores con electrolitos alcalinos (p. ej. celdas de
litio) debe seguir el estándar EN 62133.
1. No deben desmontarse, abrirse ni triturarse las celdas.
2. Las celdas o baterías no deben someterse a calor ni fuego. Debe evitarse el almacenamiento a la luz
directa del sol. Las celdas y baterías deben mantenerse limpias y secas. Limpiar las conexiones
sucias con un paño seco y limpio.
3. Las celdas o baterías no deben cortocircuitarse. Es peligroso almacenar las celdas o baterías en
estuches o cajones en cuyo interior puedan cortocircuitarse por contacto recíproco o por contacto con
otros materiales conductores. No deben extraerse las celdas o baterías de sus embalajes originales
hasta el momento en que vayan a utilizarse.
4. Mantener baterías y celdas fuera del alcance de los niños. En caso de ingestión de una celda o
batería, avisar inmediatamente a un médico.
5. Las celdas o baterías no deben someterse a impactos mecánicos fuertes indebidos.

1171.0000.42-05.00 Page 11
 Informaciones elementales de seguridad

6. En caso de falta de estanqueidad de una celda, el líquido vertido no debe entrar en contacto con la
piel ni los ojos. Si se produce contacto, lavar con agua abundante la zona afectada y avisar a un
médico.
7. En caso de cambio o recarga inadecuados, las celdas o baterías que contienen electrolitos alcalinos
(p. ej. las celdas de litio) pueden explotar. Para garantizar la seguridad del producto, las celdas o
baterías solo deben ser sustituidas por el tipo Rohde & Schwarz correspondiente (ver lista de
recambios).
8. Las baterías y celdas deben reciclarse y no deben tirarse a la basura doméstica. Las baterías o
acumuladores que contienen plomo, mercurio o cadmio deben tratarse como residuos especiales.
Respete en esta relación las normas nacionales de eliminación y reciclaje.

Transporte
1. El producto puede tener un peso elevado. Por eso es necesario desplazarlo o transportarlo con
precaución y, si es necesario, usando un sistema de elevación adecuado (p. ej. una carretilla
elevadora), a fin de evitar lesiones en la espalda u otros daños personales.
2. Las asas instaladas en los productos sirven solamente de ayuda para el transporte del producto por
personas. Por eso no está permitido utilizar las asas para la sujeción en o sobre medios de transporte
como p. ej. grúas, carretillas elevadoras de horquilla, carros etc. Es responsabilidad suya fijar los
productos de manera segura a los medios de transporte o elevación. Para evitar daños personales o
daños en el producto, siga las instrucciones de seguridad del fabricante del medio de transporte o
elevación utilizado.
3. Si se utiliza el producto dentro de un vehículo, recae de manera exclusiva en el conductor la
responsabilidad de conducir el vehículo de manera segura y adecuada. El fabricante no asumirá
ninguna responsabilidad por accidentes o colisiones. No utilice nunca el producto dentro de un
vehículo en movimiento si esto pudiera distraer al conductor. Asegure el producto dentro del vehículo
debidamente para evitar, en caso de un accidente, lesiones u otra clase de daños.

Eliminación
1. Si se trabaja de manera mecánica y/o térmica cualquier producto o componente más allá del
funcionamiento previsto, pueden liberarse sustancias peligrosas (polvos con contenido de metales
pesados como p. ej. plomo, berilio o níquel). Por eso el producto solo debe ser desmontado por
personal especializado con formación adecuada. Un desmontaje inadecuado puede ocasionar daños
para la salud. Se deben tener en cuenta las directivas nacionales referentes a la eliminación de
residuos.
2. En caso de que durante el trato del producto se formen sustancias peligrosas o combustibles que
deban tratarse como residuos especiales (p. ej. refrigerantes o aceites de motor con intervalos de
cambio definidos), deben tenerse en cuenta las indicaciones de seguridad del fabricante de dichas
sustancias y las normas regionales de eliminación de residuos. Tenga en cuenta también en caso
necesario las indicaciones de seguridad especiales contenidas en la documentación del producto. La
eliminación incorrecta de sustancias peligrosas o combustibles puede causar daños a la salud o
daños al medio ambiente.

1171.0000.42-05.00 Page 12
 Sicherheitshinweise

Kundeninformation zur Batterieverordnung (BattV)

Dieses Gerät enthält eine schadstoffhaltige Batterie. Diese

darf nicht mit dem Hausmüll entsorgt werden.
Nach Ende der Lebensdauer darf die Entsorgung nur über
eine Rohde&Schwarz-Kundendienststelle oder eine geeig-
nete Sammelstelle erfolgen.

Safety Regulations for Batteries

(according to BattV)

This equipment houses a battery containing harmful sub-

stances that must not be disposed of as normal household
waste.
After its useful life, the battery may only be disposed of at a
Rohde & Schwarz service center or at a suitable depot.

Normas de Seguridad para Baterías

(Según BattV)

Este equipo lleva una batería que contiene sustancias per-

judiciales, que no se debe desechar en los contenedores
de basura domésticos.
Después de la vida útil, la batería sólo se podrá eliminar en
un centro de servicio de Rohde & Schwarz o en un
depósito apropiado.

Consignes de sécurité pour batteries

(selon BattV)

Cet appareil est équipé d'une pile comprenant des sub-

stances nocives. Ne jamais la jeter dans une poubelle pour
ordures ménagéres.
Une pile usagée doit uniquement être éliminée par un cen-
tre de service client de Rohde & Schwarz ou peut être col-
lectée pour être traitée spécialement comme déchets dan-
gereux.

1171.0300.41 D/E/ESP/F-2
Customer Information Regarding Product Disposal

The German Electrical and Electronic Equipment (ElektroG) Act is an implementation of

the following EC directives:

• 2002/96/EC on waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) and

• 2002/95/EC on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in
electrical and electronic equipment (RoHS).

Product labeling in accordance with EN 50419

Once the lifetime of a product has ended, this product must not be disposed of
in the standard domestic refuse. Even disposal via the municipal collection
points for waste electrical and electronic equipment is not permitted.

Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG has developed a disposal concept for the
environmental-friendly disposal or recycling of waste material and fully assumes its
obligation as a producer to take back and dispose of electrical and electronic waste
in accordance with the ElektroG Act.

Please contact your local service representative to dispose of the product.

1171.0200.52-01.01
QUALITÄTSZERTIFIKAT CERTIFICATE OF QUALITY CERTIFICAT DE QUALITÉ

Sehr geehrter Kunde, Dear Customer, Cher Client,

Sie haben sich für den Kauf eines you have decided to buy a Rohde & vous avez choisi d‘acheter un produit
Rohde & Schwarz-Produktes ent- Schwarz product. You are thus as- Rohde & Schwarz. Vous disposez
schieden. Hiermit erhalten Sie ein sured of receiving a product that is donc d‘un produit fabriqué d‘après les
nach modernsten Fertigungsme- manufactured using the most modern méthodes les plus avancées. Le
thoden hergestelltes Produkt. Es methods available. This product was développement, la fabrication et les
wurde nach den Regeln unseres developed, manufactured and tested tests respectent nos normes de ges-
Managementsystems entwickelt, in compliance with our quality mana- tion qualité.
gefertigt und geprüft. gement system standards. Le système de gestion qualité de
Das Rohde & Schwarz Management- The Rohde & Schwarz quality Rohde & Schwarz a été homologué
system ist zertifiziert nach: management system is certified conformément aux normes:
according to:

DIN EN ISO 9001:2000 DIN EN ISO 9001:2000 DIN EN ISO 9001:2000

DIN EN 9100:2003 DIN EN 9100:2003 DIN EN 9100:2003
DIN EN ISO 14001:2004 DIN EN ISO 14001:2004 DIN EN ISO 14001:2004
PD 5213.8744.99 = V 01.00 = May 2007

1171.0200.11-03.00
EC Certificate of Conformity

Certificate No.: 2004-13

This is to certify that:

Equipment type Stock No. Designation

ESCI 1166.5950.03 EMI Test Receiver
ESCI7 1166.5950.07 EMI Test Receiver
ESCI-B20 1155.1606.xx Extended Environment Specification

complies with the provisions of the Directive of the Council of the European Union on the
approximation of the laws of the Member States
- relating to electrical equipment for use within defined voltage limits
(2006/95/EC)
- relating to electromagnetic compatibility
(2004/108/EC)

Conformity is proven by compliance with the following standards:

EN 61010-1: 2001
EN 61326-1: 2006
EN 61326-2-1: 2006
EN 55011: 2007 + A2: 2007
For the assessment of electromagnetic compatibility, the limits of radio interference for Class
B equipment as well as the immunity to interference for operation in industry have been used
as a basis.

ROHDE & SCHWARZ GmbH & Co. KG

Mühldorfstr. 15, D-81671 München

Munich, 2009-06-30 Central Quality Management MF-QZ / Radde

1166.5950.xx CE E-3
Customer Support
Technical support – where and when you need it
For quick, expert help with any Rohde & Schwarz equipment, contact one of our Customer Support
Centers. A team of highly qualified engineers provides telephone support and will work with you to find a
solution to your query on any aspect of the operation, programming or applications of Rohde & Schwarz
equipment.

Up-to-date information and upgrades

To keep your instrument up-to-date and to be informed about new application notes related to your
instrument, please send an e-mail to the Customer Support Center stating your instrument and your wish.
We will take care that you will get the right information.

USA & Canada Monday to Friday (except US public holidays)

8:00 AM – 8:00 PM Eastern Standard Time (EST)
Tel. from USA 888-test-rsa (888-837-8772) (opt 2)
From outside USA +1 410 910 7800 (opt 2)
Fax +1 410 910 7801
E-mail [email protected]

East Asia Monday to Friday (except Singaporean public holidays)

8:30 AM – 6:00 PM Singapore Time (SGT)
Tel. +65 6 513 0488
Fax +65 6 846 1090
E-mail [email protected]

Rest of the World Monday to Friday (except German public holidays)

08:00 – 17:00 Central European Time (CET)
Tel. from Europe +49 (0) 180 512 42 42*
From outside Europe+49 89 4129 13776
Fax +49 (0) 89 41 29 637 78
E-mail [email protected]
* 0.14 €/Min within the German fixed-line telephone network, varying prices
for the mobile telephone network and in different countries.

1171.0200.22-03.00
12 Address List

Headquarters, Plants and Subsidiaries Locations Worldwide

Headquarters Please refer to our homepage: www.rohde-schwarz.com

ROHDE&SCHWARZ GmbH & Co. KG Phone +49 (89) 41 29-0 ◆ Sales Locations
Mühldorfstraße 15 · D-81671 München Fax +49 (89) 41 29-121 64
P.O.Box 80 14 69 · D-81614 München [email protected] ◆ Service Locations
◆ National Websites
Plants
ROHDE&SCHWARZ Messgerätebau GmbH Phone +49 (83 31) 1 08-0
Riedbachstraße 58 · D-87700 Memmingen +49 (83 31) 1 08-1124
P.O.Box 16 52 · D-87686 Memmingen [email protected]

ROHDE&SCHWARZ GmbH & Co. KG Phone +49 (99 23) 8 50-0

Werk Teisnach Fax +49 (99 23) 8 50-174
Kaikenrieder Straße 27 · D-94244 Teisnach [email protected]
P.O.Box 11 49 · D-94240 Teisnach

ROHDE&SCHWARZ závod Phone +420 (388) 45 21 09

Vimperk, s.r.o. Fax +420 (388) 45 21 13
Location Spidrova 49
CZ-38501 Vimperk

ROHDE&SCHWARZ GmbH & Co. KG Phone +49 (22 03) 49-0

Dienstleistungszentrum Köln Fax +49 (22 03) 49 51-229
Graf-Zeppelin-Straße 18 · D-51147 Köln [email protected]
P.O.Box 98 02 60 · D-51130 Köln [email protected]

Subsidiaries
R&S BICK Mobilfunk GmbH Phone +49 (50 42) 9 98-0
Fritz-Hahne-Str. 7 · D-31848 Bad Münder Fax +49 (50 42) 9 98-105
P.O.Box 20 02 · D-31844 Bad Münder [email protected]

ROHDE&SCHWARZ FTK GmbH Phone +49 (30) 658 91-122

Wendenschloßstraße 168, Haus 28 Fax +49 (30) 655 50-221
D-12557 Berlin [email protected]

ROHDE&SCHWARZ SIT GmbH Phone +49 (30) 658 84-0

Am Studio 3 Fax +49 (30) 658 84-183
D-12489 Berlin [email protected]

R&S Systems GmbH Phone +49 (22 03) 49-5 23 25

Graf-Zeppelin-Straße 18 Fax +49 (22 03) 49-5 23 36
D-51147 Köln [email protected]

GEDIS GmbH Phone +49 (431) 600 51-0

Sophienblatt 100 Fax +49 (431) 600 51-11
D-24114 Kiel

HAMEG Instruments GmbH

[email protected]

Phone +49 (61 82) 800-0

12
Industriestraße 6 Fax +49 (61 82) 800-100
D-63533 Mainhausen [email protected]

1171.0200.42-02.00
R&S ESCI Documentation Overview

Tabbed Divider Overview

Safety Instructions are provided on the CD-ROM

Tabbed Divider

Documentation Overview

Chapter 1: Putting into Operation

Chapter 3: Manual Operation

Chapter 4: Instrument Functions

Chapter 5: Remote Control – Basics

Chapter 6: Remote Control – Description of Commands

Chapter 7: Remote Control – Programming Examples

Chapter 8: Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces

Chapter 9: Error Messages

Index

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 0.1

R&S ESCI Documentation Overview

Documentation Overview
The documentation of the R&S ESCI consists of base unit manuals and option man-
uals. All manuals are provided in PDF format on the CD-ROM delivered with the
instrument. Each software option available for the instrument is described in a sepa-
rate software manual.
The base unit documentation comprises the following manuals and documents:
• Quick Start Guide
• Operating Manual
• Service Manual
• Internet Site
• Release Notes
Apart from the base unit, these manuals describe the following models and options
of the R&S ESCI EMI Test Receiver. Options that are not listed are described in
separate manuals. These manuals are provided on an extra CD-ROM. For an over-
view of all options available for the R&S ESCI visit the R&S ESCI EMI Test Receiver
Internet site.
Base unit models
• R&S ESCI
• R&S ESCI7
Options described in the base unit manuals:
• R&S FSP-B3 (Audio Demodulator, implemented)
• R&S FSP-B4 (OCXO - Reference Oscillator)
• R&S FSP-B6 (TV and RF Trigger)
• R&S FSP-B9 (Tracking Generator)
• R&S FSP-B10 (External Generator Control)
• R&S FSP-B16 (LAN Interface, implemented)
• R&S ESCI-B20 (Extended Environmental Specification)

Quick Start Guide

This manual is delivered with the instrument in printed form and in PDF format on
the CD-ROM. It provides the information needed to set up and start working with the
instrument. Basic operations and basic measurements are described. Also a brief
introduction to remote control is given. More detailed descriptions are provided in
the Operating Manual. The Quick Start Guide includes general information (e.g.
Safety Instructions) and the following chapters:

0.2 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Documentation Overview

Chapter 1 Front and Rear Panel

Chapter 2 Preparing for Use
Chapter 3 Firmware-Update and Installation of Firmware Options
Chapter 4 Basic Operation
Chapter 5 Basic Measurement Examples
Chapter 6 LAN Interface
Appendix A Printer Interface
Appendix B External Generator Control
Appendix C Brief Introduction to Remote Control

Operating Manual

This manual is a supplement to the Quick Start Guide and is available in PDF format
on the CD-ROM delivered with the instrument. To retain the familiar structure that
applies to all operating manuals of Rohde&Schwarz Test & Measurement instru-
ments, the chapters 1 and 3 exist, but only in form of references to the correspond-
ing Quick Start Guide chapters.
The operating manual is subdivided into the following chapters:
Chapter 1 Putting into Operation
see Quick Start Guide chapters 1 and 2.
Chapter 2 Getting Started
see Quick Start Guide chapter 5.
Chapter 3 Manual Operation
see Quick Start Guide chapter 4.
Chapter 4 Instrument Functions
forms a reference for manual operation of the R&S ESCI and con-
tains a detailed description of all instrument functions and their appli-
cation.
Chapter 5 Remote Control - Basics
describes the basics for programming the R&S ESCI, command
processing and the status reporting system.
Chapter 6 Remote Control - Description of Commands
lists all the remote-control commands defined for the instrument.
Chapter 7 Remote Control - Programming Examples
contains program examples for a number of typical applications of
the R&S ESCI.
Chapter 8 Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces
describes preventive maintenance and the characteristics of the
instrument’s interfaces.
Chapter 9 Error Messages
gives a list of error messages that the R&S ESCI may generate.
Index contains an index for the chapters 1 to 9 of the operating manual.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 0.3

R&S ESCI Documentation Overview

Service Manual

This manual is available in PDF format on the CD-ROM delivered with the instru-
ment. It informs on how to check compliance with rated specifications, on instrument
function, repair, troubleshooting and fault elimination. It contains all information
required for repairing the R&S ESCI by the replacement of modules. The manual
includes the following chapters:
Chapter 1 Performance Test
Chapter 2 Adjustment
Chapter 3 Repair
Chapter 4 Software Update / Installing Options
Chapter 5 Documents

Internet Site

The Internet site at: R&S ESCI EMI Test Receiver provides the most up to date
information on the R&S ESCI.
The current operating manual at a time is available as printable PDF file in the
download area. Also provided for download are firmware updates including the
associated release notes, instrument drivers, current data sheets and application
notes.

Release Notes

The release notes describe the installation of the firmware, new and modified func-
tions, eliminated problems, and last minute changes to the documentation. The cor-
responding firmware version is indicated on the title page of the release notes. The
current release notes are provided in the Internet.

0.4 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Putting into Operation

1 Putting into Operation

For details refer to the Quick Start Guide chapter 1, “Front and Rear Panel” and
chapter 2, “ Preparing for Use”.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 1.1

R&S ESCI Putting into Operation

1.2 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Getting Started

2 Getting Started
For details refer to the Quick Start Guide chapter 1, “Basic Measurement Examples”.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 2.1

R&S ESCI Getting Started

2.2 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Manual Operation

3 Manual Operation
For details refer to the Quick Start Guide chapter 4, “Basic Operation”.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 3.1

R&S ESCI Manual Operation

3.2 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions

4 Instrument Functions
4.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
4.2 R&S ESCI Initial Configuration – PRESET Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6
4.3 Mode Selection – Hotkey Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9
4.4 Return to Manual Operation – LOCAL Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10
4.5 Receiver Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11
4.5.1 Operation on a Discrete Frequency – FREQ Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14
4.5.2 Level Display and RF Input Configuration – AMPT Key . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.16
4.5.3 Setting the IF Bandwidth – BW Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.19
4.5.3.1List of Available Channel Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.21
4.5.4 Selection of the Measurement Function – MEAS Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.23
4.5.4.1Selecting the Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.26
4.5.4.2Setting the Measurement Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.28
4.5.4.3AF Demodulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.30
4.5.4.4Data Reduction and Peak List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.31
4.5.4.5Automatic Final Measurement with Threshold Scan . . . . . . . . . . . 4.33
4.5.4.6Selection of Detectors for Final Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44
4.5.5 Frequency Scan and Time Domain Scan – SWEEP Key . . . . . . . . . . . 4.48
4.5.5.1Stepped Scan in the Frequency Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.48
4.5.5.2Scan in the Time Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.50
4.5.5.3Display of Measurement Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.51
4.5.5.4Entry of Scan Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.52
4.5.5.5Running a Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.58
4.5.6 Triggering the Scan – TRIG Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.59
4.5.7 Marker Functions – MKR Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.60
4.5.8 Change of Settings via Markers – MKR-> Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.63
4.5.9 Marker Functions – MKR FCTN Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.66
4.5.10 Selection and Setting of Traces – TRACE Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.68
4.5.10.1Selection of Trace Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.68
4.6 Analyzer Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.74
4.6.1 Frequency and Span Selection – FREQ Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.74
4.6.2 Setting the Frequency Span – SPAN Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.78
4.6.3 Level Display Setting and RF Input Configuration – AMPT Key . . . . . . 4.79
4.6.4 Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.83
4.6.4.1Filter Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.88
4.6.4.2List of Available Channel Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.89
4.6.5 Sweep Settings – SWEEP Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.91
4.6.6 Triggering the Sweep – TRIG Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.93
4.6.7 Selection and Setting of Traces – TRACE Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.101

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.1

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions

4.6.8 Selection of Trace Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.101

4.6.8.1Selection of Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.108
4.6.8.2Mathematical Functions for Traces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113
4.6.9 Recording the Correction Data – CAL Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113
4.6.10 Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.115
4.6.10.1Frequency Measurement with the Frequency Counter . . . . . . . 4.118
4.6.11 Marker Functions – MKR FCTN Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123
4.6.11.1Activating the Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.124
4.6.11.2Measurement of Noise Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.124
4.6.11.3Phase Noise Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.125
4.6.11.4Measurement of the Filter or Signal Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.128
4.6.11.5Measurement of a Peak List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.129
4.6.11.6AF Demodulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.131
4.6.11.7Selecting the Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.132
4.6.12 Change of Settings via Markers – MKR-> Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.132
4.6.13 Power Measurements – MEAS Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.139
4.6.13.1Power Measurement in Time Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.140
4.6.13.2Channel and Adjacent-Channel Power Measurements . . . . . . . 4.145
4.6.13.3Setting the Channel Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.155
4.6.13.4Measurement of Signal Amplitude Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.169
4.6.13.5Measurement of Carrier/Noise Ratio C/N and C/No . . . . . . . . . 4.178
4.6.13.6Measurement of the AM Modulation Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.180
4.6.13.7Measurement of the Third Order Intercept (TOI) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.181
4.6.13.8Harmonic Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.184
4.6.13.9Measuring Spurious Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.186
4.6.13.10Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.193
4.7 Basic Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.208
4.7.1 Setup of Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.208
4.7.1.1Selection of Limit Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.209
4.7.1.2Entry and Editing of Limit Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.213
4.7.1.3Display Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.218
4.7.2 Configuration of Screen Display – DISP Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.220
4.7.3 Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key . . . . . . . 4.228
4.7.3.1External Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.231
4.7.3.2Control of V-Networks (LISNs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.232
4.7.3.3Preamplification and Preselection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.233
4.7.3.4Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.235
4.7.3.5Programming the Interface Configuration and Time Setup . . . . . 4.245
4.7.3.6System Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.257
4.7.3.7Service Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.259
4.7.3.8Firmware Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.262
4.7.3.9External Noise Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.263

4.2 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions

4.7.4 Saving and Recalling Data Sets – FILE Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.264

4.7.4.1Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.264
4.7.4.2Operating Concept of File Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.269
4.7.5 Measurement Documentation – HCOPY Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.273
4.7.5.1Selecting Printer Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.276
4.8 TV and RF Trigger – Option R&S FSP-B6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.280
4.9 Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.283
4.9.1 Tracking Generator Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.283
4.9.2 Transmission Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.285
4.9.2.1Calibration of Transmission Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.285
4.9.2.2Normalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.287
4.9.3 Reflection Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.290
4.9.3.1Calibration of Reflection Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.291
4.9.4 Calibration Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.291
4.9.5 Frequency-Converting Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.293
4.9.6 External Modulation of the Tracking Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.294
4.9.7 Power Offset of the Tracking Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.296
4.10 External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.297
4.10.1 External Generator Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.298
4.10.2 Transmission Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.299
4.10.2.1Calibration of Transmission Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.299
4.10.2.2Normalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.301
4.10.3 Reflection Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.304
4.10.3.1Calibration of Reflection Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.305
4.10.4 Calibration Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.305
4.10.5 Frequency-Converting Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.307
4.10.6 Configuration of an External Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.308
4.10.7 List of Generator Types Supported by the R&S ESCI . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.311
4.11 LAN Interface - Option R&S FSP-B16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.316
4.11.1 NOVELL Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.316
4.11.2 MICROSOFT Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.316
4.11.3 Remote Data Transfer with TCP/IP Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.316
4.12 RSIB Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.318
4.12.1 Remote Control via RSIB Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.318
4.12.1.1Windows Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.318
4.12.1.2UNIX Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.319
4.13 RSIB Interface Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.320
4.13.1 Overview of Interface Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.320
4.13.1.1Variables ibsta, iberr, ibcntl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.320
4.13.1.2Description of Interface Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.321

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.3

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions

4.13.2 Programming via the RSIB Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.329

4.13.2.1Visual Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.329
4.13.2.2Visual Basic for Applications (Winword and Excel) . . . . . . . . . . 4.332
4.13.2.3C / C++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.333

4.4 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Introduction

4.1 Introduction
All functions of the R&S ESCI and their application are explained in detail in this
chapter. The sequence of the described menu groups depends on the procedure
selected for the configuration and start of a measurement:
1. Resetting the instrument
– “R&S ESCI Initial Configuration – PRESET Key” on page 4.6
2. Setting the mode
– “Mode Selection – Hotkey Bar” on page 4.9
– “Return to Manual Operation – LOCAL Menu” on page 4.10
3. Setting the measurement parameters in receiver mode
– “Receiver Mode” on page 4.11
4. Setting the measurement parameters in analyzer mode
– “Analyzer Mode” on page 4.74
5. Basic functions for general settings, printout and data management
– “Setup of Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key” on page 4.208
– “Configuration of Screen Display – DISP Key” on page 4.220
– “Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key” on page 4.228
– “Saving and Recalling Data Sets – FILE Key” on page 4.264
– “Measurement Documentation – HCOPY Key” on page 4.273
6. Additional and optional functions
– “External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10” on page 4.297
– “LAN Interface - Option R&S FSP-B16” on page 4.316
The operating concept is described in the Quick Start Guide, chapter 4, “Basic Oper-
ation”.
The remote commands (if any) are indicated for each softkey. A detailed description
of the associated remote commands is given in chapter “Remote Control – Descrip-
tion of Commands”.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.5

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
R&S ESCI Initial Configuration – PRESET Key

4.2 R&S ESCI Initial Configuration – PRESET Key

PRESET Using the PRESET key, the R&S ESCI can be set to a predefined initial state.

The settings are selected in a way that the RF input is always protected against
overload, provided that the applied signal levels are in the allowed range for the
instrument.
The initial instrument state set by the PRESET key can be adapted to arbitrary
applications using the STARTUP RECALL function. With this function the STAR-
TUP RECALL data set is loaded upon pressing the PRESET key. For further infor-
mation refer to section “Saving and Recalling Data Sets – FILE Key” on
page 4.264.

Two predefined initial states can be selected in the SETUP side menu. For details
on the preset mode refer to section “Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration –
SETUP Key”, “PRESET RECEIVER” and “PRESET ANALYZER” on page 4.263.

Pressing the PRESET key causes the R&S ESCI to enter its initial state according
to one of the following tables:

4.6 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
R&S ESCI Initial Configuration – PRESET Key

Table 4-4 RECEIVER SETUP of R&S ESCI

Parameter Settings

Mode Mixed (Bargraph in screen A und Spectrum in screen B)

Center frequency 100 MHz

Center frequency step size AUTO COARSE

Span 5 MHz

RF attenuation auto (10 dB minimum)

Reference level 87 dBµV (-20 dBm)

Level range 100 dB log

Level unit dBµV

Sweep time auto (2,5 ms)

Resolution bandwidth Bargraph 120 kHz / 6 dB, Analyzer auto (100 kHz / 3 dB)

Video bandwidth Bargraph 1 MHz, Analyzer auto (300 kHz)

FFT filters off

Span / RBW 50

RBW / VBW Analyzer 0,33

Sweep cont

Trigger free run

Trace 1 clr write, autopeak

Trace 2/3 blank

Detector Bargraph Average

Trace math off

Frequency offset 0 Hz

Reference level offset 0 dB

Reference level position 100 %

Grid abs

Cal correction on

Noise source off

Input RF, AC-coupled

Display Split screen

Tracking generator (only with off

option R&S FSP-B9)

External generator 1/2 (only off

with option R&S FSP-B10)

Preamplifier off

Preselector on

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.7

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
R&S ESCI Initial Configuration – PRESET Key

Table 4-5 ANALYZER SETUP of R&S ESCI

Parameter Settings

Mode Spectrum

Center frequency 1,5 GHz / 3,5 GHz for R&S ESCI-3/-7

Center frequency step size 0.1 × center frequency

Span 3 GHz / 7 GHz (R&S ESCI-3/-7)

RF attenuation auto (10 dB)

Reference level -20 dBm

Level range 100 dB log

Level unit dBm

Sweep time auto

Resolution bandwidth auto (3 MHz)

Video bandwidth auto (10 MHz)

FFT filters off

Span / RBW 50

RBW / VBW 0,33

Sweep cont

Trigger free run

Trace 1 clr write

Trace 2/3 blank

Detector auto peak

Trace math off

Frequency offset 0 Hz

Reference level offset 0 dB

Reference level position 100 %

Grid abs

Cal correction on

Noise source off

Input RF, AC-coupled

Display Full screen, active screen A

Tracking generator (only with off

option R&S FSP-B9)

External generator 1/2 (only off

with option R&S FSP-B10)

Preamplifier off

Preselector off

4.8 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Mode Selection – Hotkey Bar

4.3 Mode Selection – Hotkey Bar

For fast mode selection the R&S ESCI has keys located under the measurement
screen, the so-called hotkeys. These hotkeys are displayed depending on the
options installed on the instrument. According to the selected mode, the correspond-
ing softkey menus are displayed (on the right side of the measurement screen).
In this section, only the hotkeys provided by the basic model are described. For
information on the other hotkeys refer to the corresponding option descriptions.

Fig. 4.1 Hotkey bar of the basic model

SPECTRUM The SPECTRUM hotkey sets R&S ESCI to analyzer mode. For details on the soft-
key menus refer to section “Analyzer Mode” on page 4.74.

Remote command: INST:SEL SAN

INST:NSEL 1

RECEIVER The RECEIVER hotkey sets the R&S ESCI in the test receiver mode.

Remote command: INST:SEL REC

INST:NSEL 6

MIXED The MIXED hotkey sets the R&S ESCI in a combination of test receiver and ana-
lyzer mode. The display is set to split screen.

Remote command: INST:CONF:MIX ON

INST:CONF1 REC

SCREEN A / With the SCREEN A / SCREEN B hotkey two different settings can be selected on
SCREEN B the R&S ESCI in the FULL SCREEN display mode.
In the SPLIT SCREEN display mode the key switches between active diagram A
and B.
The key designation indicates the diagram which has been activated by means of
the key.

The currently active window is marked by A or B on the right of the dia-

gram.

Remote command: DISP:WIND<1|2>:SEL A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.9

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Return to Manual Operation – LOCAL Menu

4.4 Return to Manual Operation – LOCAL Menu

LOCAL The LOCAL menu is displayed on switching the instrument to remote control mode.
At the same time, the hotkey bar is blanked out and all keys are disabled except the
PRESET key.
The LOCAL softkey and the DISPLAY UPDATE ON/OFF softkey are displayed.
Depending on the setting of the DISPLAY UPDATE ON/OFF softkey, the diagrams,
traces and diplay fields are displayed or hidden. For further details on the DISPLAY
UPDATE ON/OFF softkey refer to Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration –
SETUP Key.
The LOCAL key switches the instrument from remote to manual operation, with the
assumption that the remote controller has not previously set the LOCAL LOCKOUT
function.
A change in the control mode consists of:
• Enabling the Front Panel Keys
Returning to manual operation enables all inactive keys and turns on the hotkey
bar. The softkey menu which is displayed is the main menu of the current mode.
• Inserting the measurement diagrams
The blanked diagrams, traces and display fields are inserted.
• Generating the message OPERATION COMPLETE
If, at the time of pressing the LOCAL softkey, the synchronization mechanism via
*OPC, *OPC? or *WAI is active, the currently running measurement procedure is
aborted and synchronization is achieved by setting the corresponding bits in the
registers of the status reporting system.
• Setting Bit 6 (User Request) of the Event Status Register
With a corresponding configuration of the status reporting system, this bit
immediately causes the generation of a service request (SRQ) which is used to
inform the control software that the user wishes to return to front-panel control.
This information can be used, e.g., to interrupt the control program so that the user
can make necessary manual corrections to instrument settings. This bit is set
each time the LOCAL softkey is pressed.

If the LOCAL LOCKOUT function is active in the remote control mode, the front-
panel PRESET key is also disabled. The LOCAL LOCKOUT state is left as soon
as the process controller de-activates the REN line or the GPIB cable is discon-
nected from the instrument.

4.10 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

4.5 Receiver Mode

RECEIVER The receiver mode is selected using the RECEIVER hotkey (see also section “Mode
Selection – Hotkey Bar” on page 4.9)
The mode is selected with the RECEIVER hotkey for displaying both subscreens or
with the MIXED hotkey for displaying one subscreen as the receiver. The
RECEIVER variant is described here. The description applies correspondingly to
MIXED (see also section “Mode Selection – Hotkey Bar” on page 4.9).

RECEIVER FREQUENCY

ADD TO PEAK LIST

CONTINUOUS BARGRAPH

SINGLE BARGRAPH

DETECTOR ! MAX PEAK

MIN PEAK

QUASIPEAK

AVERAGE

CISPR AVERAGE

RMS

CISPR RMS

CISPR RBW UNCOUPLED

MEAS TIME

DEMOD! DEMOD ON | OFF

AM | FM

SQUELCH

THRESHOLD SCAN ! THRESHOLD ON | OFF

EDIT PEAK LIST!

NO OF PEAKS

NB/BB DISCR

MARGIN

FINAL MEAS TIME

AUTOMATIC FINAL

INTER ACTIVE

RUN SCAN

Side menu

ESH2-Z5 | ESH3-Z5 | ENV

4200 | ENV 216 | OFF

PRESCAN PHASES | FINAL

PHASES!

RUN SCAN

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.11

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

FINAL MEAS! PEAK SEARCH

EDIT PEAK LIST!

NO OF PEAKS

PEAKS SUBRANGES

MARGIN

FINAL MEAS TIME

AUTOMATIC FINAL

INTER ACTIVE

RUN FINAL MEAS!

Side menu

ESH2-Z5 | ESH3-Z5 | ENV

4200 | ENV 216 | OFF

PRESCAN PHASES | FINAL

PHASES!

RUN FINAL MEAS!

RUN PRE-SCAN+FINAL HOLD SCAN

STOP SCAN

RUN SCAN HOLD SCAN

STOP SCAN

Side menu

RECEIVER FREQUENCY

ADD TO PEAK LIST

CONTINUOUS BARGRAPH

SINGLE BARGRAPH

The RECEIVER hotkey selects the receiver mode (RFI reception) and activates the
menu for setting the receiver parameters.

4.12 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

For description of the softkeys see the following menus:

RECEIVER FREQUENCY “Operation on a Discrete Frequency – FREQ
Key” on page 4.14
ADD TO PEAK LIST “Selection of the Measurement Function –
MEAS Key” on page 4.23
DETECTOR “Selecting the Detector” on page 4.26
MEAS TIME “Setting the Measurement Time” on
page 4.28
DEMOD “AF Demodulators” on page 4.30
THRESHOLD SCAN “Automatic Final Measurement with Thresh-
old Scan” on page 4.33
FINAL MEAS “Data Reduction and Peak List” on
page 4.31
RUN PRE SCAN+FINAL “Running a Scan” on page 4.58
RUN SCAN “Running a Scan” on page 4.58
Side menu
CONTUNOUOS BARGRAPH “Selection of the Measurement Function –
MEAS Key” on page 4.23
SINGLE BARGRAPH “Selection of the Measurement Function –
MEAS Key” on page 4.23

Remote command: INST REC

In the receiver mode the R&S ESCI measures the level at the set frequency with a
selected bandwidth and measurement time (see also “RES BW” on page 4.19 and
“MEAS TIME” on page 4.29). Signal weighting is by means of detectors (see also
“DETECTOR” on page 4.27).
The functions for data reduction and the control of line impedance simulating net-
work are available in the THRESHOLD SCAN and FINAL MEAS submenus.
A frequency scan can be performed after setting the start and stop frequency and
the step width. The scan subranges can be defined in a table (DEFINE SCAN soft-
key).
The scan is started with the RUN SCAN softkey. In operating mode RECEIVER, the
RECEIVER hotkey directly opens the RECEIVER menu.
The R&S ESCI is fitted with a preselection with switchable preselection. Preselec-
tion is always switched on in receiver mode.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.13

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

4.5.1 Operation on a Discrete Frequency – FREQ Key

FREQ The FREQ key opens the FREQUENCY menu for setting the receive frequency in
manual operation and the frequency axis for scan display.

RECEIVER FREQUENCY

STEPSIZE! AUTO COARSE

AUTO FINE

STEPSIZE MANUAL

STEPSIZE = FREQ

START

STOP

RUN PRE-SCAN+FINAL

RUN SCAN

RECEIVER The RECEIVER FREQUENCY softkey activates the entry field of the receiver fre-
FREQUENCY quency.
The tuning frequency has to be set to at least twice the IF bandwidth.
When the tuning frequency is lower than twice the IF bandwidth, the IF bandwidth is
automatically reduced so that this condition is met again.
If the frequency is increased again, the original IF bandwidth is restored (memory
function). The memory is cleared when the IF bandwidth is manually changed.
The resolution of the receive frequency is always 0.1 Hz.
Range: 9 kHz ≤ frec ≤ fmax
This softkey is also available in the RECEIVER / MEAS menu.

Remote command: FREQ:CENT 300 MHz

STEPSIZE The STEPSIZE softkey opens a submenu for setting the step size of the receive fre-
quency. The step size can be coupled to the set frequency or be manually set to a
fixed value. The softkeys of the submenu are mutually exclusive selection switches.
Only one switch can be activated at any one time.

AUTO COARSE If the AUTO COARSE softkey is activated, the receive frequency is set in coarse
steps. The 4th digit of the selected frequency is varied.

Remote command: --

AUTO FINE If the AUTO FINE softkey is activated, the receive frequency is set in fine steps. The
7th digit of the selected frequency is varied.

Remote command: --

STEPSIZE The STEPSIZE MANUAL softkey activates the entry window for the input of a fixed
MANUAL step size.

Remote command: FREQ:CENT:STEP 50 kHz

4.14 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

STEPSIZE = The STEPSIZE = FREQ softkey sets the step size to a value equal to the receive
FREQ frequency.
This function is especially useful during measurements of the signal harmonic con-
tent, because, when entering the receiver frequency, the receiver frequency of
another harmonic is selected with each stroke of the STEP key.

Remote command: --

START The START softkey opens a window where the start frequency of the scan diagram
can be entered.
The permissible value range for the start frequency is:
fmin ≤ fstart ≤ fmax – 10 Hz
fstart: start frequency
fmax: maximum frequency

Remote command: :FREQ:STAR 20 MHz

STOP The STOP softkey opens a window where the stop frequency of the scan diagram
can be entered.
The permissible value range for the stop frequency is:
fmin + 10 Hz ≤ fstop ≤ fmax
fstop: stop frequency
fmax: maximum frequency

Remote command: :FREQ:STOP 2000 MHz

RUN PRE- For details refer to the SWEEP menu, “RUN PRE-SCAN+FINAL” on page 4.58.
SCAN+FINAL

RUN SCAN For details refer to the SWEEP menu, “RUN SCAN” on page 4.58.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.15

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

4.5.2 Level Display and RF Input Configuration – AMPT Key

The AMPT key is used to set the input attenuation, the Preamplifier, the auto range
function and the Display Unit.
In addition, the level display range for the scan can be set.

AMPT
RF ATTEN MANUAL

PREAMP ON OFF

10 DB MIN ON | OFF

AUTO RANGE ON | OFF

AUTOPREAMP ON | OFF

UNIT! dBµV /dBm / dBµA / dBpW /dBpT

RF INPUT AC | DC

GRID RANGE LOG MANUAL

GRID MIN LEVEL

*) LN PREAMP ON OFF is only available with option R&S ESCI-B24

RF ATTEN The RF ATTEN MANUAL softkey activates the attenuation entry field.
MANUAL
The attenuation can be set between 0 and 75 dB in 5 dB steps. Other entries are
rounded up to the next higher integer.

To protect the input mixer against inadvertent overload, 0 dB can only be

switched on when the 10 dB MIN softkey is switched off.

Remote command: INP:ATT 40 DB

Preamplifier

The R&S ESCI is provided with a switchable preamplifier of 20 dB gain covering the
whole frequency range of the instrument.
Switching on the preamplifier reduces the total mark figure of the R&S ESCI and
thus improves the sensitivity.
The disadvantage of a poorer large-signal immunity (intermodulation) is reduced by
the connected preselector. The signal level of the subsequent mixer is 20 dB higher
so that the maximum input level is reduced by the gain of the preamplifier. The total
noise figure of R&S ESCI is reduced from approx. 18 dB to approx. 10 dB when a
preamplifier is used.
The use of the preamplifier is recommended when measurements with a maximum
sensitivity are to be performed. On the other hand, if the measurement should be
performed at maximum dynamic range, the preamplifier should be switched off.
The gain of the preamplifier is automatically considered in the level display. The
preamplifier follows the preselection filters so that the risk of overdriving by strong
out-of-band signals is reduced to a minimum.

4.16 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

PREAMP ON The PREAMP ON/OFF softkey switches the preamplifier on and off.
OFF
Default value is OFF.

Remote command: INP:GAIN:STAT ON | OFF

10 DB MIN The 10 DB MIN softkey determines whether the 10 dB setting of the attenuator may
ON | OFF be used in the manual or automatic setting of the attenuator.
10 DB MIN ON is the default value, i.e. an RF attenuation of at least 10 dB is always
set on the R&S ESCI to protect the input mixer.
An attenuation of 0 dB cannot be set manually either. This avoids 0 dB being
switched on inadvertently, particularly when DUTs with high RFI voltage are mea-
sured.

Remote command: INP:ATT:PROT ON | OFF

AUTO RANGE The AUTO RANGE ON/OFF softkey switches the autorange function on and off.
ON | OFF .

ON The attenuation is automatically set so that a good S/N ratio is

obtained without the receiver stages being overdriven.
OFF The attenuation is set manually.

Depending on the characteristics of the RF signal, the receiver may not utilize the
maximum possible dynamic range. Measurement results are still valid, however,
because it is ensured that performing measurements does not result in an over-
load.

Remote command: INP:ATT:AUTO ON | OFF

AUTOPREAMP The AUTOPREAMP ON/OFF softkey switches the auto preamp function and or off.
ON | OFF .

ON The preamplifier is considered in the autorange procedure. The pream-

plifier is cut in when the RF attenuation is reduced to the minimum set-
table value.
OFF The preamplifier is not considered in the autorange procedure.

Remote command: INP:GAIN:AUTO ON | OFF

Display Unit

UNIT
UNIT dBµV

dBm

dBµA

dBpW

dBpT

The UNIT softkey opens a submenu in which the desired units for the level axis can
be selected: dBµV, dBm, dBµA, dBpW or dBpT. Default setting is dBµV.
In general, a receiver measures the signal voltage at the RF input. The level display
is calibrated in rms values of an unmodulated sinewave signal.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.17

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

Via the known input resistance of 50 Ω a conversion can be made to other units. The
units dBm, dBµA, dBpW, and dBpT are directly convertible.

Remote command: CALC:UNIT:POW DBM

RF INPUT The RF INPUT AC/DC softkey switches between AC and DC coupling of the instru-
AC | DC ment input. The state of the input coupling is displayed with an enhancement label
on the right side of the diagram.

State of input coupling Frequency

DC coupled 9 kHz to 3 GHz
AC coupled 1 MHz to 3 GHz

Measurements outside the valid frequency range are marked with the AC label in
red.

Remote command: INP:COUP AC|DC

GRID RANGE The GRID RANGE LOG MANUAL softkey activates the entry of the level display
LOG MANUAL range for the scan diagram.
The display ranges go from 10 to 200 dB in 10-dB steps. Invalid entries are rounded
off to the nearest valid value.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC LOG

DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y 120DB

GRID MIN The GRID MIN LEVEL softkey activates the entry of the minimum level of the dis-
LEVEL play range. Allowed values are:
- 200 ≤ GRID MIN LEVEL ≤ + 200 dB - GRID RANGE

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC LOG

DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:BOTT 0DBM

4.18 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

4.5.3 Setting the IF Bandwidth – BW Key

R&S ESCI offers the IF bandwidths (3 dB bandwidths) from 10 Hz to 10 MHz avail-
able in steps of 1/3/10. With filter type EMI (6 dB) 200 Hz, 9 kHz, 120 kHz are avail-
able as 6 dB bandwidth and 1 MHzas impulse bandwidth.
The resolution bandwidths up to 120 kHz are implemented by digital Gaussian
bandpass filters. Concerning the attenuation characteristic, the filters behave like
analog filters, but their measurement speed is much higher than the measurement
speed of comparable analog filters. This is due to the fact that the transient
response can be compensated because the filters have an accurately defined
behavior.
Bandwidths of 300 kHz and higher are implemented by decoupled LC filters. These
filters contain 4 filter circuits.

BW The BW key calls a menu for setting the resolution bandwidth (RES BW) for the
receiver.

RES BW

200 Hz

9 kHz

120 kHz

1 MHz

CISPR RBW
UNCOUPLED

FILTER TYPE! NORMAL (3dB)

EMI (6dB)

CHANNEL

RRC

RES BW The RES BW softkey activates the manual entry mode for the resolution bandwidth.
For filter type NORMAL (3 dB), the bandwidth can be set from 10 Hz to 10 MHz in
steps of 1/3/10. For filter type EMI (6 dB), the 6-dB bandwidth 200 Hz, 9 kHz,
120 kHz and 1 MHz can be set.
For numerical inputs, the values are always rounded up to the next valid bandwidth.
For rotary knob or the UP/DOWN key entries, the bandwidth is adjusted in steps
either upwards or downwards.
For the CHANNEL and RRC filter types, the bandwidth is selected from a list of
available channel filters, which is included at the end of this section. The list can be
scrolled with the Uu and Ud keys to select a filter (see section “List of Available
Channel Filters” on page 4.21).
When the quasipeak detector is switched on, a fixed bandwidth is preset depending
on the frequency. The coupling of the IF bandwidth to the frequency range with acti-
vated quasipeak detector can be cancelled using the CISPR RBW UNCOUPLED
softkey (see below). The same is true for the CISPR RMS and CISPR Average detectors.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.19

 R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

The bandwidth is limited by the set receive frequency:

RES BW ≤ fin /2

Remote command: BAND 1 MHz

200 Hz The 200 Hz softkey sets the CISPR bandwidth 200 Hz.

Remote command: BAND 200 Hz

9 kHz The 9 kHz softkey sets the CISPR bandwidth 9 kHz.

Remote command: BAND 9 kHz

120 kHz The 120 kHz softkey sets the CISPR bandwidth 120 kHz.

Remote command: BAND 120 kHz

1 MHz The 1 MHz softkey sets the 6-dB bandwidth 1 MHz.

Remote command: BAND 1 MHz

CISPR RBW The CISPR RBW UNCOUPLED softkey cancels the coupling of the IF bandwidth to
UNCOUPLED the frequency range with the activated quasipeak, CISPR Average or CISPR RMS detector.
If the coupling is cancelled, any of the three CISPR bandwidths 200 Hz, 9 kHz, 120
kHz can be selected for a given frequency range.

Remote command: BAND:AUTO ON

FILTER TYPE The FILTER TYPE softkey opens a list of available filter types. Gaussian bandpass
filters of 3 dB and 6 dB bandwidth as well as particularly steep-edged channel filters
for power measurements are available.

NORMAL (3dB)

EMI (6dB)

CHANNEL

RRC

• NORMAL (3dB)
The resolution bandwidths are implemented by Gaussian filters with a set 3 dB
bandwidth. These bandwidths correspond to the noise bandwidth approximately.
For bandwidths up to 100 kHz, digital bandpass filters are used.

Remote command: BAND:TYPE NOIS

BAND:TYPE NORM

• EMI (6dB)
The resolution bandwidths are implemented by Gaussian filters with the set 6 dB
bandwidth and correspond approximately to the pulse bandwidth.
For bandwidths up to 120 kHz, digital bandpass filters are used.

Remote command: BAND:TYPE PULS

4.20 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

• CHANNEL
steep-edged channel filters

Remote command: BAND:TYPE CFIL

• RRC
Root Raised Cosine filters

Remote command: BAND:TYPE RRC

4.5.3.1 List of Available Channel Filters

The channel filters listed in the following table are available as resolution filters (soft-
key RES BW) after activation with the softkey FILTER TYPE.
The channel filters ≥ 2.0 MHz are only available for instruments equipped with a
model ≥ 3 of the IF FILTER module (see column MODEL in HARDWARE INFO
table, SETUP SYSTEM INFO menu).

For filter type RRC (Root Raised Cosine) the indicated filter bandwidth describes
the sampling rate of the filter.
For all other filters (CFILter) the filter bandwidth is the 3-dB bandwidth.

Filter Bandwidth Filter Application

Type

100 Hz CFILter
200 Hz CFILter A0
300 Hz CFILter
500 Hz CFILter

1 kHz CFILter
1.5 kHz CFILter
2 kHz CFILter
2.4 kHz CFILter SSB
2.7 kHz CFILter
3 kHz CFILter
3.4 kHz CFILter
4 kHz CFILter DAB, Satellite
4.5 kHz CFILter
5 kHz CFILter
6 kHz CFILter
8.5 kHz CFILter ETS300 113 (12.5 kHz channels)
9 kHz CFILter AM Radio

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.21

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

Filter Bandwidth Filter Application

Type

10 kHz CFILter
12.5 kHz CFILter CDMAone
14 kHz CFILter ETS300 113 (20 kHz channels)
15 kHz CFILter
16 kHz CFILter ETS300 113 (25 kHz channels)
18 kHz, α=0.35 RRC TETRA
20 kHz CFILter
21 kHz CFILter PDC
24.3 kHz, α=0.35 RRC IS 136
25 kHz CFILter
30 kHz CFILter CDPD, CDMAone
50 kHz CFILter

100 kHz CFILter

150 kHz CFILter FM Radio
192 kHz CFILter PHS
200 kHz CFILter
300 kHz CFILter
500 kHz CFILter J.83 (8-VSB DVB, USA)

1.0 MHz CFILter CDMAone

1.2288 MHz CFILter CDMAone
1.5 MHz CFILter DAB
2.0* MHz CFILter
3.0* MHz CFILter
3.84 MHz, α=0.22* RRC W-CDMA 3GPP
4.096 MHz, α=0.22* RRC W-CDMA NTT DOCoMo
5.0* MHz CFILter

*) requires IF filter model index ≥ 3

4.22 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

4.5.4 Selection of the Measurement Function – MEAS Key

The MEAS key opens the menu to select the detectors and set the measurement
time for the receiver and the audio demodulator.
To reduce the amount of data in RFI voltage measurements, a list of subrange max-
ima (softkey PEAK SEARCH) can be generated from the scan results and an accep-
tance line (softkey MARGIN) may be defined in the FINAL MEAS submenu. A final
measurement is performed only for frequencies with high RFI level.
The final measurement may be either automatic (softkey AUTOMATIC FINAL) or in
interactive mode (softkey INTERACTIVE). Automatic control functions for line
impedance stabilization networks (LISN) are available in the side menu of the FINAL
MEAS submenu. The final measurement is started with the softkey RUN FINAL
MEAS.
The THRESHOLD SCAN function is also used to reduce data. The scan is immedi-
ately interrupted when a limit violation is detected and the final measurement per-
formed within a short time.

MEAS Softkeys in the MEAS menu:

RECEIVER
FREQUENCY

ADD TO PEAK LIST

DETECTOR! MAX PEAK

MIN PEAK

QUASIPEAK

AVERAGE

CISPR AVERAGE

RMS

CISPR RMS

CISPR RBW
UNCOUPLED

MEAS TIME

DEMOD! DEMOD ON | OFF

AM | FM

SQUELCH

THRESHOLD THRESHOLD
SCAN! ON | OFF

EDIT PEAK LIST! EDIT FREQUENCY

INSERT

DELETE

SORT BY
FREQUENCY

SORT BY
DELTALIMIT

ASCII FILE EXPORT

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.23

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

DECIM SEP

PAGE UP

PAGE DOWN

NO OF PEAKS

NB/BB DISCR

MARGIN

FINAL MEAS TIME

AUTOMATIC FINAL

INTER ACTIVE

RUN SCAN

Side menu

ESH2-Z5 | ESH3-
Z5 | ENV 4200 | ENV
216 | OFF

PRESCAN
PHASES | FINAL
PHASES!

RUN SCAN

FINAL MEAS! PEAK SEARCH

EDIT PEAK LIST! EDIT FREQUENCY

INSERT

DELETE

SORT BY
FREQUENCY

SORT BY
DELTALIMIT

ASCII FILE EXPORT

DECIM SEP

PAGE UP

PAGE DOWN

NO OF PEAKS

PEAKS
SUBRANGES

MARGIN

FINAL MEAS TIME

AUTOMATIC FINAL

INTER ACTIVE

RUN FINAL MEAS RUN FINAL MEAS

STOP FINAL MEAS

Side menu

4.24 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

ESH2-Z5 | ESH3-
Z5 | ENV 4200 | ENV
216 | OFF

PRESCAN PHASE N | PHASE

PHASES | FINAL L1 | PHASE L2 |
PHASES! PHASE L3

PE GROUNDED |
PE FLOATING

RUN FINAL MEAS

RUN PRE-
SCAN+FINAL

RUN SCAN

Side menu

RECEIVER
FREQUENCY

ADD TO PEAK LIST

CONTINUOUS
BARGRAPH

SINGLE
BARGRAPH

RECEIVER The RECEIVER FREQUENCY softkey activates the entry field of the receiver fre-
FREQUENCY quency.
The tuning frequency has to be set to at least twice the IF bandwidth.
When the tuning frequency is lower than twice the IF bandwidth, the IF bandwidth is
automatically reduced so that this condition is met again.
If the frequency is increased again, the original IF bandwidth is restored (memory
function). The memory is cleared when the IF bandwidth is manually changed.
The resolution of the receive frequency is always 0.1 Hz.
Range: 9 kHz ≤ frec ≤ fmax
This softkey is also available in the RECEIVER/FREQ menu.

Remote command: FREQ:CENT 300 MHz

ADD TO The ADD TO PEAK LIST softkey adds the receiver frequency to the peak list (see
PEAK LIST also section 4.5.4.4“Data Reduction and Peak List” on page 4.31).

Remote command: --

CONTINUOUS The CONTINUOUS BARGRAPH softkey selects the continuous measurement

BARGRAPH mode.

Remote command: INIT:CONT ON

SINGLE Pressing the SINGLE BARGRAPH softkey triggers a single level measurement. The
BARGRAPH enhancement label SGL displayed at the screen edge indicates that the single-mea-
surement mode is set.

Remote command: INIT:CONT OFF

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.25

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

4.5.4.1 Selecting the Detector

Six different detectors can be selected for weighting the receive signal.
• The max peak detector yields the largest sample values of the levels measured
during the set measurement time.
• The min peak detector yields the smallest sample values of the levels measured
during the set measurement time.
• The average detector yields the average level of the samples measured during
the set measurement time.
• The CISPR average detector supplies a weighted average. When measuring the
average according to CISPR 16-1, the maximum value of the linear average
during the measurement time is displayed. The detector is used, for example, to
measure pulsed sinusoidal signals with a low pulse frequency. It is calibrated with
the rms value of an unmodulated sinusoidal signal. Averaging is with lowpass
filters of the 2nd order (simulation of a mechanical instrument). The lowpass time
constants and the IF bandwidths are fixed depending on the frequency. The main
parameters are listed in the following table:

Band A Band B Band C/D

Frequency range < 150 kHz 150 kHz to > 30 MHz

30 MHz

IF bandwidth 200 Hz 9 kHz 120 kHz

Time constant of instrument 160 ms 160 ms 100 ms

For frequencies above 1 GHz, the R&S ESCI uses the 120 kHz bandwidth of band
C/D.
Coupling of the IF bandwidth to the frequency range with the CISPR average
detector activated can be switched off by the CISPR RBW UNCOUPLED softkey.
• The rms detector yields the rms level of the samples measured. The integration
time corresponds to the set measurement time.
• The CISPR rms detector supplies a weighted average. When measuring the
average according to CISPR 16-1, the maximum value of the linear average
during the measurement time is displayed. The detector is used, for example, to
measure pulsed sinusoidal signals with a low pulse frequency. It is calibrated with
the rms value of an unmodulated sinusoidal signal. Averaging is with lowpass
filters of the 2nd order (simulation of a mechanical instrument). The lowpass time
constants and the IF bandwidths are fixed depending on the frequency. The main
parameters are listed in the following table:

Band A Band B Band C/D Band E

Frequency range < 150 kHz 150 kHz to 30 MHz to 1 > 1 GHz
30 MHz GHz

IF bandwidth 200 Hz 9 kHz 120 kHz 1 MHz

Time constant of instrument 160 ms 160 ms 100 ms 100 ms

Corner frequency 10 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 1 kHz

4.26 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

• The quasipeak detector yields the maximum detected value weighted to CISPR
16. Depending on the set frequency, the R&S ESCI automatically selects the
detectors and IF bandwidths defined for bands A, B and C/D listed in the following
table:

Band A Band B Band C/D

Frequency range < 150 kHz 150 kHz to > 30 MHz

30 MHz

IF bandwidth 200 Hz 9 kHz 120 kHz

Charge time constant 45 ms 1 ms 1 ms

Discharge time constant 500 ms 160 ms 550 ms

Time constant of instrument 160 ms 160 ms 100 ms

For frequencies above 1 GHz, the R&S ESCI uses the 120 kHz bandwidth of band
C/D.
The coupling of the IF bandwidth to the frequency range with activated quasipeak
detector can be cancelled using the CISPR RBW UNCOUPLED softkey.
• The input signal of R&S ESCI can be displayed weighted by three detectors
simultaneously.
Multiple detection is important in EMI measurements since, for example, civil stan-
dards specify limits for both the quasipeak and the average value. Thanks to the
multiple use of detectors, only one test run is needed. The peak detector can be
combined with any other detector since it is the fastest detector and therefore ideal
for overview measurements.

DETECTOR The DETECTOR softkey opens a submenu to select the detector and combinations
of detectors.
The detector type is set for the bargraph measurement and is displayed after the
selection. Up to three detectors can be displayed simultaneosly.

MAX PEAK

MIN PEAK

QUASIPEAK

AVERAGE

CISPR AVERAGE

RMS

CISPR RMS

CISPR RBW
UNCOUPLED

A maximum of three detectors can be switched on simultaneously.

This softkey is also available in the RECEIVER menu.

MAX PEAK The MAX PEAK softkey activates the max peak detector.

Remote command: DET:REC POS

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.27

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

MIN PEAK The MIN PEAK softkey activates the min peak detector.

Remote command: DET:REC NEG

QUASIPEAK The QUASIPEAK softkey selects the quasipeak detector.

The IF bandwidth is adapted as a function of the frequency range. The coupling of
the IF bandwidth to the frequency range can be cancelled using the softkey CISPR
RBW UNCOUPLED.

Remote command: DET:REC QPE

AVERAGE The AVERAGE softkey activates the average detector.

Remote command: DET:REC AVER

CISPR The CISPR AVERAGE softkey activates the weighting average detector according
AVERAGE to CISPR 16-1. The IF bandwidth is automatically set to the required value accord-
ing to the receiving frequency. This coupling can be cancelled by the softkey CISPR
RBW UNCOUPLED.

Remote command: DET:REC CAV

RMS The RMS softkey activates the rms detector.

Remote command: DET:REC RMS

CISPR The CISPR RMS softkey activates the weighting rms detector according to CISPR
RMS 16-1. The IF bandwidth is automatically set to the required value according to the
receiving frequency. This coupling can be cancelled by the CISPR RBW UNCOU-
PLED softkey.

Remote command: DET:REC CRMS

CISPR RBW The CISPR RBW UNCOUPLED softkey cancels the coupling of the IF bandwidth to
UNCOUPLED the frequency range with activated quasipeak or CISPR average and CISPR RMS detector.

Remote command: BAND:AUTO OFF

4.5.4.2 Setting the Measurement Time

The measurement time can be set with a 2-digit resolution in the range 33 µs to
100 s.
The measurement time is the time during which R&S ESCI measures the input sig-
nal and forms a measurement result weighted by the selected detector. The mea-
surement time does not include settling times of the synthesizer and the IF filter.
R&S ESCI automatically waits until transients are over.
When the quasipeak detector is used, the minimum measurement time is 500 µs.
CISPR average detector and CISPR RMS detector behave like an average or an
RMS detector with measurement times below 20 ms. With the average, RMS or min/
max peak detector, the smallest settable measurement time depends on the band-
width.

4.28 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

Bandwidth Shortest measurement time Shortest measurement time

AV, RMS PK+, PK-

≤ 30 Hz 1 sec 10 msec

100 Hz 100 msec 1 msec

200 Hz ... 300 Hz 50 msec 1 msec

1 kHz ... 3 KHz 10 msec 0,1 msec

9 kHz ... 30 kHz 1 msec 0,1 msec

≥ 100 kHz 1 msec 33 µsec

MEAS TIME The MEAS TIME softkey activates the entry field for the measurement time.
This softkey is also available in the RECEIVER menu.

Remote command: SWE:TIME 100ms

Effect of measurement time with different weighting modes:

• MIN/MAX PEAK measurement:
With peak weighting selected, the maximum or minimum level during the selected
measurement time is displayed. The peak detector is reset at the beginning of
each measurement. At the end of the measurement time the maximum or
minimum level occurred during the measurement time is displayed. Since the
peak detector of R&S ESCI is a digital detector, discharging is irrelevant even with
long measurement times.
Unmodulated signals can be measured with the shortest possible measurement
time. When pulses are measured, the selected measurement time must be long
enough for at least one pulse to occur during the measurement time.
• Average measurement:
With average detection selected, the video voltage (envelope of IF signal) is
averaged during the measurement time. Averaging is digital, i.e. the digitized
values of the video voltage are summed up and divided by the number of samples
at the end of the measurement time. This corresponds to a filtering with a
rectangular window in the time domain and a filtering with sin x/x characteristic in
the frequency domain. With unmodulated signals the shortest possible
measurement time can be selected. With modulated signals the measurement
time is determined by the lowest modulation frequency to be averaged. With pulse
signals, the selected measurement time should be long enough for sufficient
number of pulses (>10) to occur in the measurement window for averaging.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.29

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

• CISPR average and CISPR rms measurement:

With a CISPR average or a CISPR rms measurement, the maximum value of the
weighted signal during the measurement time is displayed. The relatively long
time constants used with CISPR average and CISPR rms detectors result in long
measurement times in order to obtain a correct measurement result. If unknown
signals are measured, the measurement time should be at least one second so
that pulses down to a frequency of 5 Hz are correctly weighted.
After a frequency change or a modification of the attenuation, the R&S ESCI waits
until the lowpass has settled before the measurement time starts. The
measurement time is selected depending on the IF bandwidth and the
characteristics of the signal to be measured. Unmodulated sinusoidal signals as
well as signals with high modulation frequency can be measured within a short
time. Slowly fluctuating signals or pulse signals require longer measurement
times.
With measurement times shorter than 20 ms the detector weighting changes to
average or RMS.
• RMS measurement:
With RMS weighting the same applies to the measurement time as with the
average measurement.
• Quasipeak measurement:
With quasipeak measurements, the maximum value of the weighted signal during
the measurement time is displayed. The relatively long time constants used with
quasipeak detectors entail long measurement times to obtain correct results. With
unknown signals the measurement time should be at least 1 s. This ensures
correct weighting of pulses down to a pulse frequency of 5 Hz.
After internal switching, R&S ESCI waits until the measurement result has
stabilized before it starts the actual measurement. Since the level does not
change during a frequency scan, known signals (e.g. broadband RFI) can be
correctly measured with a much shorter measurement time.
• Measurement with several detectors:
If several detectors are used simultaneously, a measurement time suiting the
slowest detector should be selected to obtain correct results for all detectors. It is
therefore recommended to set a measurement time that matches the average
detector when the peak and average detectors are used.

4.5.4.3 AF Demodulators
The R&S ESCI provides demodulators for AM and FM signals. With these demodu-
lators selected, a displayed signal can be monitored using the internal loudspeaker
or external headphones.

DEMOD The DEMOD softkey calls a submenu in which the desired type of demodulation can
be switched on.

DEMOD ON | OFF

AM | FM

SQUELCH

4.30 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

The volume for loudspeaker and headphones is set by means of control knob on the
front panel. The volume can also be remote-controlled (remote command SYST:
SPE:VOL 0.7).
A squelch function enables the input of a level threshold below which the audible AF
is cut off.
This softkey is also available in the RECEIVER menu.

DEMOD The DEMOD ON | OFF softkey switches demodulation on/off.

ON | OFF
Remote command: DEM OFF
(DEModulation ON automatically switched on with
DEM AM | FM)

AM | FM The AM and FM softkeys can be activated one at a time. They are used to set the
desired demodulation type, FM or AM.

Remote command: DEM AM

SQUELCH The SQUELCH softkey enables the input of a level threshold below which the audi-
ble AF is cut off. The squelch function is associated with the internal trigger function
(TRIGGER menu), which will be switched on automatically with the squelch.
Squelch level and trigger level do have the same value.
The default setting for the squelch is off.

Remote command: SENS:DEM:SQU ON

SENS:DEM:SQU:LEV 80 PCT

4.5.4.4 Data Reduction and Peak List

EMI measurements may involve much time because the time constants prescribed
by the standard for the quasipeak weighting require transients which lead to long
measurement times per each value. In addition, the standards stipulate procedures
for finding local EMI maxima such as shifting the absorbing clamp, variation of the
test antenna height and rotating the DUT. Measuring with quasipeak weighting at
each frequency and for each setting of the test configuration would lead to unac-
ceptably long measurement times. For this reason, R&S has developed a method
which reduces the time-consuming measurements to a minimum with an optimum
reliability of detection.

Data Reduction using the Subrange Maximum

The interference spectrum is first pre-analyzed in a fast prescan to optimize the
duration of the measurement. Data reduction follows so that the time-consuming
final measurement is performed at only some important frequencies:

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.31

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

dB
80 Subrange

70

60

Subrange maximum
50

Limit line
40

30
Acceptance line

20

10

0
GHz
0,03 0,1 1,0

Fig. 4.14 Dividing the spectrum into eight subranges

Data reduction is of crucial importance. It is initiated by pressing a key after the pres-
can and then automatically. Data reduction is used to select frequencies with a very
high interference level. Several data reduction methods are used:
• Acceptance analysis, i.e. the interference spectrum is further analyzed at
frequencies with levels above a line parallel to a limit line.
• Generating subrange maxima, i.e. the interference spectrum is further analyzed
at frequencies with the highest interference level of a frequency subrange (search
method SUBRANGES).
• Determination of a specific number of peak values relative to the limit lines with
the level values being independent of their frequency spectral distribution (search
method PEAKS).
For generation of subrange maxima, the whole frequency range is divided into equi-
distant subranges. A subrange maximum is determined for each subrange (search
method SUBRANGES).
Determining the level maxima irrespective of their distribution in the frequency spec-
trum (search mode PEAKS) is suitable for measurement regulations that demand
determination of the relatively highest level irrespective of the distribution in the
measured frequency range, e.g. FCC.
If the prescan is performed in parallel with several detectors, typically with peak
value and average value, the maxima are determined separately for the two detec-
tors so that the distribution of narrowband and wideband sources of interference can
be taken into account. For example, the frequency of the maximum determined with
the average detector can be used for the final measurement performed with this
detector and the frequency found in the prescan carried out with the peak detector is
taken for the final measurement using the quasipeak detector.
Consideration of the limit lines ensures that the final measurement is not performed
at frequencies at which the inference level is far below the limit value. The margin
between the acceptance line and the limit line can be selected by the user in dB as
the MARGIN. Each limit line is allocated to a trace, i.e. different limit lines are taken
for the different detectors.

4.32 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

Two values should therefore be defined for this purpose:

• the number of subranges or highest level values (NO OF PEAKS in the range from
1 to 500; default value: 25)
• the acceptance margin (MARGIN; default value: 6 dB). It is valid for all limit lines.
As an alternative method, it is possible to preset a list of frequencies at which the
final measurements are performed. A typical application is, for example, the statisti-
cal analysis of several units.
The peak list can be either edited manually or can be filled with desired values by
adopting the marker values.
If no limit lines are activated, the measurement procedure is as if all measured val-
ues would exceed the limit line.

4.5.4.5 Automatic Final Measurement with Threshold Scan

The interference spectrum is first pre-analyzed in a fast prescan to optimize the
duration of the measurement. If the measured level exceeds a limit line, or violates a
margin defined for this line, the time-consuming final measurement is performed.
The final measurement is, therefore, carried out only for a reduced number of fre-
quencies of interest. For this measurement, each scan trace to be taken into
account has to be assigned a limit line, and the limit line and the limit check function
have to be activated in the LIMIT LINE menu.
The prescan is interrupted immediately for each final measurement to be performed,
i.e. the final measurement immediately follows the prescan measurement. In the
case of drifting or fluctuating interferers, this increases the probability that the signal
of interest will be reliably detected in the final measurement.
If the narrowband/broadband discrimination function is activated (NB/BB DISCR
softkey), the R&S ESCI automatically selects the detector to use in the final mea-
surement. To this end, the R&S ESCI compares the positive and the negative peak
value obtained in the prescan. If the difference between the two values exceeds a
user-selected threshold, a broadband interferer is assumed, and the quasipeak
detector is used in the final measurement. If the difference falls below this threshold,
a narrowband interferer is assumed, and the average detector is used in the final
measurement. (The R&S ESCI automatically determines the positive and the nega-
tive peak value during the prescan.)
The value obtained in the final measurement is added to the peak list, where it
replaces the result of the prescan. With NO OF PEAKS, the maximum number of
peak values to be included in the list can be defined. If this number is attained, the
prescan will be continued, but no further final measurements will be performed.

THRESHOLD The THRESHOLD SCAN submenu is called from the RECEIVER main menu:
SCAN
THRESHOLD ON | OFF

EDIT PEAK LIST! EDIT FREQUENCY

INSERT

DELETE

SORT BY FREQUENCY

SORT BY DELTALIMIT

ASCII FILE EXPORT

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.33

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

DECIM SEP

PAGE UP

PAGE DOWN

NO OF PEAKS

NB/BB DISCR

MARGIN

FINAL MEAS TIME

AUTOMATIC FINAL

INTER ACTIVE

RUN SCAN

Side menu

ESH2-Z5 | ESH3-Z5 |
ENV 4200 | ENV 216 |
OFF

PRESCAN PHASES |
FINAL PHASES!

RUN SCAN

THRESHOLD The THRESHOLD ON | OFF softkey activates or deactivates the THRESHOLD

ON | OFF SCAN measurement function. This function will also be activated on opening the
submenu with the THRESHOLD SCAN softkey from the RECEIVER main menu.

Remote command: FME:THR OFF

EDIT PEAK The EDIT PEAK LIST softkey calls the EDIT PEAK LIST submenu used for editing
LIST the peak list.
The function of the softkeys are described under the FINAL MEAS / EDIT PEAK
LIST submenu.
Further functions relating to the peak list are described in section “Measurement of a
Peak List” on page 4.129.

NO OF With the NO OF PEAKS softkey, you can enter the number of final measurement
PEAKS peaks to be stored. Numbers between 1 and 500 can be entered. If the selected
number is attained, no further final measurements will be performed.

Remote command: :CALC:PEAK:SUBR 1...500

NB/BB With the NB/BB DISCR softkey, you can enter the decision threshold to be used by
DISCR the analyzer to discriminate between broadband and narrowband interference. Val-
ues between 0 dB and 200 dB can be entered.

Remote command: :FME:NBBB ON | OFF

:FME:NBBB:LEVel 0..200dB

4.34 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

MARGIN The MARGIN softkey activates the entry field of the margin, i.e. of an additional
acceptance threshold for the determination of the peak list. The limit line currently
used is shifted by this amount for defining the maxima. The range of values is -200
dB to 200 dB.

Remote command: :CALC:PEAK:MARG –200dB...200dB

FINAL The FINAL MEAS TIME softkey activates the entry field of the time of final measure-
MEAS TIME ment.

Remote command: FME:TIME <num_value>

AUTOMATIC The AUTOMATIC FINAL softkey activates the automatic mode for the final mea-
FINAL surement, i.e. a final measurement will be performed automatically and immediately
each time a value out of limit is detected.

Remote command: :FME:AUTO ON

INTER The INTERACTIVE softkey selects the following sequence for the final measure-
ACTIVE ment:
• The prescan is interrupted – HOLD SCAN state.
• The bar graph measurement is started in the free running mode.
• The signal can be exactly analyzed by modifying the receiver settings.
• The actual final measurement is started, the receiver settings being restored
except the frequency.
• The current frequency replaces the original one in the frequency list (drifting
interference sources).
• The prescan is continued at the frequency at which it was interrupted.

With the AUTOMATIC FINAL softkey in the CONTINUE FINAL MEAS submenu a
switchover can be made to the automatic mode before the measurement is
started anew.

Remote command: :FME:AUTO OFF

RUN The RUN SCAN softkey starts the prescan. The HOLD SCAN submenu is called.
SCAN
For information about RUN SCAN refer to “Running a Scan” on page 4.58

Out-of-limit value for AUTOMATIC FINAL

If an out-of-limit value is detected, the R&S ESCI automatically goes to the HOLD
SCAN state and starts the final measurement. The HOLD FINAL MEAS Sequence
for AUTOMATIC FINAL submenu comes up. On completion of the final measure-
ment, the R&S ESCI continues the prescan, and the HOLD SCAN submenu is dis-
played again.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.35

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

Out-of-limit value for INTERACTIVE

If an out-of-limit value is detected, the R&S ESCI automatically goes to the HOLD
SCAN state and starts the final measurement. The HOLD FINAL MEAS Sequence
for INTER ACTIVE submenu comes up. On completion of the final measurement,
the R&S ESCI continues the prescan, and the HOLD SCAN submenu is displayed
again.

FINAL MEAS The FINAL MEAS softkey opens the following submenu (receiver mode):

PEAK SEARCH

EDIT PEAK LIST! EDIT FREQUENCY

INSERT

DELETE

SORT BY
FREQUENCY

SORT BY DELTALIMIT

ASCII FILE EXPORT

DECIM SEP

PAGE UP

PAGE DOWN

NO OF PEAKS

PEAKS SUBRANGES

MARGIN

FINAL MEAS TIME

AUTOMATIC FINAL

INTER ACTIVE

RUN FINAL MEAS

ESH2-Z5 | ESH3-Z5 |
ENV 4200 | ENV 216 |
OFF

PRESCAN PHASES | PHASE N | PHASE L1 |

FINAL PHASES! PHASE L2 | PHASE L3

PE GROUNDED | PE
FLOATING

RUN FINAL MEAS! HOLD FINAL MEAS! AUTOMATIC FINAL

INTER ACTIVE

SIKP FREQUENCY*

GET MAXHOLD*

MEASURE

STOP FINAL MEAS STOP FINAL MEAS

*) Dependent on the selected measurement mode AUTOMATIC FINAL or INTER ACTIVE.

4.36 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

PEAK The PEAK SEARCH softkey starts the determination of the subrange maxima list
SEARCH from the available scan results. The procedure can be repeated as often as desired
to try out different settings of margin and number of subranges.

Remote command: :CALC:PEAK

The following table shows the peak list which is determined by the peak search
function after the prescan:

EDIT PEAK LIST (Prescan results)

Trace1: 014QP
Trace2: 014AV
TRACE3: ---
TRACE FREQUENCY LEVEL dBpT DELTA LIMIT dB
1 Average 80.0000 MHz 35.34 -3.91
2 Average 89.4800 MHz 38.83 -0.91
1 Max Peak 98.5200 MHz 47.53 -2.63
2 Average 98.5200 MHz 46.63 6.47
1 Max Peak 100.7200 MHz 54.14 3.88
2 Average 102.3200 MHz 50.89 10.56
1 Max Peak 113.2400 MHz 49.68 -1.08
2 Average 116.9200 MHz 44.81 3.91
1 Max Peak 125.8800 MHz 55.01 3.78
2 Average 125.8800 MHz 53.55 12.33
1 Max Peak 138.4800 MHz 45.68 -5.95
2 Average 138.4800 MHz 42.17 0.53
2 Average 144.0400 MHz 43.72 1.90
2 Average 167.0400 MHz 44.77 2.32
2 Average 176.2400 MHz 45.52 2.83
1 Max Peak 200.4800 MHz 52.49 -0.75
2 Average 200.4800 MHz 48.76 5.51
1 Max Peak 210.2800 MHz 60.55 7.09
2 Average 226.5600 MHz 59.02 15.24
2 Average 239.0000 MHz 48.59 4.75

EDIT PEAK The EDIT PEAK LIST softkey calls the EDIT PEAK LIST submenu used for editing
LIST the peak list. A frequency list can thus be predefined and a final measurement car-
ried out at these frequencies.

EDIT FREQUENCY

INSERT

DELETE

SORT BY
FREQUENCY

SORT BY DELTALIMIT

ASCII FILE EXPORT

DECIM SEP

PAGE UP

PAGE DOWN

A peak list can also be generated by adopting the marker values (see section
“Change of Settings via Markers – MKR-> Key” on page 4.63)

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.37

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

EDIT The EDIT FREQUENCY softkey activates table EDIT PEAK LIST. The cursor marks
FREQUENCY the upper field of column FREQUENCY.

Remote command: --

INSERT The INSERT softkey creates an empty line above the current cursor position.

Remote command: --

DELETE The DELETE softkey erases the complete line at the cursor position. Before dele-
tion, a message appears requesting confirmation.

Remote command: --

SORT BY The softkey SORT BY FREQUENCY sorts the table in a descending order accord-
FREQUENCY ing the entries in the FREQUENCY column.

Remote command: --

SORT BY The softkey SORT BY DELTA LIMIT sorts the table in a descending order according
DELTALIMIT to the entries in the DELTA LIMIT column.

Remote command: --

ASCII FILE The ASCII FILE EXPORT softkey stores the final measurement data in a file with
EXPORT ASCII format, e.g. on memory stick.

Remote command: FORM ASC;

MMEM:STOR:FIN 1,'FINAL.DAT'

The file consists of the header containing important scaling parameters, several
data sections containing the scan settings and a data section containing the results
of the final measurement.
The data of the file header consist of three columns, each separated by a semico-
lon:
parameter name; numeric value; base unit
The data section for the trace date starts with the keyword " Trace <n> Final" (<n> =
number of stored trace), followed by the measured data in one or several columns
which are also separated by a semicolon.
This format can be read in from spreadsheet calculation programs, e.g. MS Excel. It
is necessary to define ';' as a separator.

Different language versions of evaluation programs may require a different han-

dling of the decimal point. It is therefore possible to select between separators '.'
(decimal point) and ',' (comma) using softkey DECIM SEP.

DECIM SEP The DECIM SEP softkey selects the decimal separator between '.' (decimal point)
and ',' (comma) with floating-point numerals for the function ASCII FILE EXPORT.
With the selection of the decimal separator different language versions of evaluation
programs (e.g. MS Excel) can be supported.

Remote command: FORM:DEXP:DSEP POIN

4.38 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

Structure of the ASCII file

Table 4-1 RECEIVER mode, final measurement data – File header

Content of file Description
Type; R&S ESCI; Instrument model
Version;2.32; Firmware version
Date;03.Aug 2004; Date record storage date
Mode;Receiver; Instrument operating mode
Start;10000;Hz Start/stop of the display range.
Stop;100000;Hz Unit: Hz
x-Axis;LIN; Scaling of x axis linear (LIN) or logarithmic (LOG)
Scan Count;1; Number of scans set
Transducer;TRD1; Transducer name (if switched on)
Scan 1: Loop over all defined scan ranges (1-10)
Start;150000;Hz Range - start frequency in Hz
Stop;1000000;Hz Range – stop frequency in Hz
Step;4000;Hz Range - step width in Hz for linear step width or in% (1-100)
for logarithmic step width
RBW;100000;Hz Range - resolution bandwidth
Meas Time;0.01;s Range - measurement time
Auto Ranging;ON; Auto ranging on - or off for current range
RF Att;20;dB Range - input attenuation
Auto Preamp;OFF; Auto Preamp on or off for current range
Preamp;0;dB Range - preamplifier on (20dB) or off (0dB)

Table 4-2 RECEIVER mode, final measurement data – Data section of the file
Content of file Description
TRACE 1 FINAL: Selected trace
Trace Mode;CLR/WRITE; Trace mode: CLR/WRITE,AVERAGE,MAX HOLD,MIN
HOLD, VIEW, BLANK
Final Detector, QUASIPEAK; Final detector MAX PEAK, MIN PEAK, RMS, AVERAGE,
QUASIPEAK, AC VIDEO
x-Unit;Hz; Unit of x values:
y-Unit;dBuV; Unit of y values:
Final Meas Time;1.000000;s Final measurement time
Margin;6.000000:s Margin
Values;8; Number of test points
2;154000.000000;81.638535;15.638 Measured values:
535;N;GND
<Trace>;<x-value>, <y-value>; <phase>; <ground>
1;158000.000000;86.563789;7.5637 Phase and protective grounding are output only if a line
89;N;GND
impedance stabilization has been activated. They specify the
2;1018000.000000;58.689873;- setting at which the maximum RFI level at the associated
1.310127;N;GND frequency was found.
...

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.39

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

Example for exported final measurement data

Type;R&S ESCI;
Version;2.23;
Date;03.Mar 08;
Mode;Receiver;
Start;150000.000000;Hz
Stop;30000000.000000;Hz
x-Axis;LOG;
Scan Count;1;
Transducer;;
Scan 1:
Start;150000.000000;Hz
Stop;30000000.000000;Hz
Step;4000.000000;Hz
RBW;9000.000000;Hz
Meas Time;0.001000;s
Auto Ranging;OFF;
RF Att;10.000000;dB
Auto Preamp;OFF;
Preamp;0.000000;dB
TRACE 1 FINAL:
Trace Mode;CLR/WRITE;
Final Detector;MAX PEAK;
TRACE 2 FINAL:
Trace Mode;CLR/WRITE;
Final Detector;AVERAGE;
x-Unit;Hz;
y-Unit;dBuV;
Final Meas Time;1.000000;s
Margin;6.000000;dB
Values;11;
2;154000.000000;81.638535;15.638535;N;GND
1;158000.000000;86.563789;7.563789;N;GND
2;1018000.000000;58.689873;-1.310127;N;GND
2;302000.000000;63.177345;-2.822655;L1;GND
2;3294000.000000;56.523022;-3.476978;N;GND
2;1122000.000000;53.849747;-6.150253;N;GND
2;10002000.000000;47.551216;-12.448784;N;GND
1;3390000.000000;59.762917;-13.237083;N;GND
1;9998000.000000;58.309189;-14.690811;L1;GND
2;20002000.000000;45.142456;-14.857544;L1;GND
2;7502000.000000;36.406967;-23.593033;L1;GND

NO OF The NO OF PEAKS softkey activates the entry field of the number of subranges or
PEAKS peaks for the determination of the peak list. The range of values is 1 to 500.

Remote command: :CALC:PEAK:SUBR 1 to 500

4.40 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

PEAKS The PEAKS SUBRANGES softkey defines the search method with which maxima
SUBRANGES are searched for within a scan.
PEAKS Determination of a specific number of peak values relative to the
limit lines with the level values being independent of their fre-
quency spectral distribution.
SUBRANGES Generating subrange maxima, i.e. the interference spectrum is
further analyzed at frequencies with the highest interference level
of a frequency subrange.

Remote command: :CALC:PEAK:METH SUBR|PEAK

MARGIN The MARGIN softkey activates the entry field of the margin, i.e. of an additional
acceptance threshold for the determination of the peak list. The limit line currently
used is shifted by this amount for defining the maxima. The range of values is -200
dB to 200 dB.

Remote command: :CALC:PEAK:MARG -200dB to 200dB

FINAL The FINAL MEAS TIME softkey activates the entry field of the time of final measure-
MEAS TIME ment.

Remote command: FME:TIME <num_value>

AUTOMATIC The AUTOMATIC FINAL softkey selects the automatic routine for the final measure-
FINAL ment. This routine is run according to the available frequency list without user inter-
action.

Remote command: :FME:AUTO ON

INTER The INTERACTIVE softkey selects the following sequence for the final measure-
ACTIVE ment:
• A frequency from the frequency list is set together with the associated settings
from the corresponding partial scan.
• The marker is set on this frequency in the scan diagram.
• The final measurement sequence switches to the Interrupted status.
• The signal can be exactly analyzed by modifying the receiver settings.
• CONTINUE AT HOLD starts the actual final measurement, the receiver settings
being restored except the frequency.
• The current frequency replaces the original one in the frequency list (drifting
interference sources)
• Next frequency of frequency list.....

With the AUTOMATIC FINAL softkey in the CONTINUE FINAL MEAS submenu a
switchover can be made to the automatic mode before the measurement is
started anew.

Remote command: :FME:AUTO OFF

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.41

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

RUN Sequence for RUN FINAL MEAS

FINAL MEAS
The RUN FINAL MEAS softkey starts the final measurement sequence as described
below. The HOLD FINAL MEAS submenu is called.
Dependent on the selected measurement mode (AUTOMATIC FINAL or INTER
ACTIVE) for the final measurement, two different submenus of the HOLD FINAL
MEAS menu are displayed.
The detectors used for the final measurement replace those used in the list or for the
prescan.
The out-of-limit condition is shown by a plus sign preceding the values in the DELTA
LIMIT column (see table below).

Remote command: --

The final measurement function is only available in the manual operation. For
operation under program control it is preferable to read the prescan results and
the data-reduced peak list, if any, from the R&S ESU with the controller and carry
out the individual measurements with the controller. This considerably makes the
control of the interactive mode easier.

HOLD Dependent on the selected measurement mode (AUTOMATIC FINAL or INTER

FINAL MEAS ACTIVE) for the measurement, two different submenus of the HOLD FINAL MEAS
menu are displayed.
The HOLD FINAL MEAS softkey interrupts the automatic run of the final measure-
ment.
The CONTINUE FINAL MEAS submenu appears.

Sequence for AUTOMATIC FINAL

HOLD FINAL MEAS! AUTOMATIC FINAL

INTER ACTIVE

MEASURE

STOP FINAL MEAS

STOP FINAL MEAS

With the final measurement halted all receiver settings can be modified for example
for examining the signal in detail.
The mode of the measurement (automatic or interactive) can again be selected.
The final measurement can be started with the MEASURE softkey.

Remote command: --

AUTOMATIC The AUTOMATIC FINAL softkey selects the automatic mode for the final measure-
FINAL ment (see above).

Remote command: :FME:AUTO ON

4.42 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

INTER The INTERACTIVE softkey selects the interactive mode for the final measurement
ACTIVE as described above.

Remote command: :FME:AUTO OFF

MEASURE The MEASURE softkey continues with the final measurement. The final measure-
ment starts at the next frequency entry on the peak list or at a marked frequency if
one or several lines have been skipped with the SKIP FREQUENCY softkey.

Remote command: --

STOP The STOP FINAL MEAS softkey halts the final measurement. The final measure-
FINAL MEAS ment starts from the beginning on a new start. The previously collected data is lost.

Remote command: --

Sequence for INTER ACTIVE

HOLD SCAN AUTOMATIC FINAL

INTER ACTIVE

SIKP FREQUENCY

GET MAXHOLD

MEASURE

STOP SCAN

STOP FINAL MEAS

With the final measurement halted all receiver settings can be modified for example
for examining the signal in detail.
The mode of the measurement (automatic or interactive) can be selected again. The
final measurement can be skipped. The highest level measured can be sccepted by
GET MAXHOLD. The final measurement can be started with the MEASURE soft-
key.

Remote command: --

AUTOMATIC The AUTOMATIC FINAL softkey selects the automatic mode for the final measure-
FINAL ment (see above).

Remote command: :FME:AUTO ON

INTER The INTERACTIVE softkey selects the interactive mode for the final measurement
ACTIVE as described above.

Remote command: :FME:AUTO OFF

SIKP The SIKP FREQUENCY softkey skips the final measurement and continues with the
FREQUENCY prescan.

Remote command: --

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.43

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

GET MAXHOLD The GET MAXHOLD softkey accepts the highest level measured during the HOLD
SCAN state as a result for the final measurement and continues the prescan. (The
level value in question is displayed as a small bar in the bargraph.)

Remote command: --

MEASURE The MEASURE softkey continues with the final measurement. The final measure-
ment starts at the next frequency entry on the peak list or at a marked frequency if
one or several lines have been skipped with the SKIP FREQUENCY softkey.

Remote command: --

STOP The STOP FINAL MEAS softkey halts the final measurement. The final measure-
FINAL MEAS ment starts from the beginning on a new start. The previously collected data is lost.

Remote command: --

The peak list available after the final measurement:

EDIT PEAK LIST (Final Measurement Results)

Trace1: 014QP
Trace2: 014AV
TRACE3: ---
TRACE FREQUENCY LEVEL dBpT DELTA LIMIT dB
1 Average 80.0000 MHz 29.99 -9.25
2 Average 89.4800 MHz 35.64 -4.09
1 Quasi Peak 98.5200 MHz 49.94 -0.22
2 Average 98.5200 MHz 48.32 8.15
1 Quasi Peak 100.7200 MHz 55.33 5.07
2 Average 102.3200 MHz 50.86 10.53
1 Quasi Peak 113.2400 MHz 42.50 -8.26
2 Average 116.9200 MHz 44.44 3.53
1 Quasi Peak 125.8800 MHz 54.91 3.68
2 Average 125.8800 MHz 53.86 12.64
1 Quasi Peak 138.4800 MHz 41.83 -9.81
2 Average 138.4800 MHz 39.38 -2.25
2 Average 144.0400 MHz 40.77 -1.04
2 Average 167.0400 MHz 44.82 2.37
2 Average 176.2400 MHz 46.56 3.87
1 Quasi Peak 200.4800 MHz 50.93 -2.31
2 Average 200.4800 MHz 48.27 5.02
1 Quasi Peak 210.2800 MHz 58.71 5.25
2 Average 226.5600 MHz 59.07 15.29
2 Average 230.0000 MHz 46.90 3.05

4.5.4.6 Selection of Detectors for Final Measurement

The selection of detectors for the final measurement is made in the right side menu
TRACE DETECTOR (see section “Selection and Setting of Traces – TRACE Key”
on page 4.68).
The detectors to be used for the final measurement can be set here for each trace,
i.e. any combination of prescan and final measurement is possible. The required
flexibility is thus obtained for the diverse test specifications which are covered by
means of the R&S ESCI.
In the THRESHOLD SCAN mode, with the NB/BB DISCR function active, the
R&S ESCI automatically selects the detector to be used in the final measurement on
the basis of the results obtained in the prescan.

4.44 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

Fig. 4.15 Results of prescan and final measurement

Automatic Control of Line Impedance Stabilization Networks

The selected phases are controlled during the prescan and the final measurement
via the USERPORT with the LISN switched on.
Only one phase and one PE setting (1 out of n) can be selected for the prescan. Any
number of settings can be selected for the final measurement (m out of n).
All selected phase/PE combinations are measured during the final measurement
and the maximum value is determined.
The softkeys to select the V-network to be controlled in the PRESCAN PHASES and
in the FINAL PHASES are available either via the side menu of the FINAL MEAS
submenu or via the side menu of the THRESHOLD SCAN submenu.
In contrast, the LISN menu in the SETUP menu is used for the direct control of the
LISN and is not included in the automatic sequences.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.45

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

In the FINAL MEAS side menu, the following softkeys are available:

ESH2-Z5 | ESH3-Z5 |
ENV 4200 | ENV 216 |
OFF

PRESCAN PHASES | PHASE N | PHASE L1 |

FINAL PHASES! PHASE L2 | PHASE L3

PE GROUNDED | PE
FLOATING

RUN FINAL MEAS! HOLD FINAL MEAS! AUTOMATIC FINAL

INTER ACTIVE

MEASURE

STOP FINAL MEAS STOP FINAL MEAS

ESH2-Z5 | The ESH2-Z5, ESH3-Z5, ENV 4200, ENV 216 and OFF softkeys allow to select the
ESH3-Z5 | V-network to be controlled via the user port.
ENV 4200 | ESH2-Z5 four-line V-network is controlled.
ENV 216 |
OFF ESH3-Z5 two-line V-network is controlled.
ENV 4200 four-line V-network is controlled.
ENV 216 two-line V-network is controlled.
OFF remote control is deactivated.

Remote command: :INPut:LISN[:TYPE] TWOPhase| FOURphase|

ENV4200 | ENV216 | OFF

PRESCAN The PRESCAN PHASES and FINAL PHASES softkeys open the submenu for the
PHASES | selection of phase and protective earth setting.
FINAL PHASES
PRESCAN PHASES: Softkeys ESH2-Z5, ESH3-Z5, ENV 4200, ENV 216 and
OFF or PHASE N, PHASE L1, PHASE L2 and PHASE
L3 as well as PE GROUNDED and PE FLOATING are
toggle keys. Only one of them can be activated at a time.
FINAL PHASES: All combinations of phases and PE setting are possible.

PHASE N | The PHASE N, PHASE L1, PHASE L2 and PHASE L3 softkeys select the phase of
PHASE L1 | the V-network on which the RFI voltage is to be measured.
PHASE L2 | PHASE N RFI on phase N is measured,
PHASE L3
PHASE L1 RFI on phase L1 is measured,
PHASE L2 RFI on phase L2 is measured
(only for ESH2-Z5/ENV 4200),
PHASE L3 RFI on phase L3 is measured
(only for ESH2-Z5/ENV 4200).

Remote command: :INP:LISN:PHAS L1 | L2 | L3 | N

PE The PE GROUNDED and PE FLOATING softkeys switch the protective earth con-
GROUNDED | ductor chokes on or off.
PE FLOATING

4.46 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

PE GROUNDED protective earth conductor choke switched off,

PE FLOATING protective earth conductor choke switched on.

Remote command: :INP:LISN:PEAR GRO |FLO

Settings made in the PRESCAN PHASES menu are immediately output at the user
port. This way, the menu can be used to remote control the V-networks during man-
ual measurements.
For automatic phase selection with the V-networks, the R&S ESCI user interface
and the V-networks have to be connected via a control line:

Fig. 4.16 Connection R&S ESCI with R&S ESH2-Z5 (for direct connection without a filter: cable EZ-
13)

Fig. 4.17 Connection R&S ESCI with R&S ESH2-Z5 (for direct connection without a filter: cable EZ-
14, model 02)

Fig. 4.18 Connection R&S ESCI with R&S ENV4200 (for direct connection without a filter: cable
EZ-21)

For controlling the phase selection and the PE simulating network of the V-networks
ESH2-Z5, ESH3-Z5 and ENV42000, the +5-V supply voltage and some control lines
are to be routed through the wall of the shielded room.
The connection cables EZ-14 and EZ-5 can be provided for the 4-line V-network
ESH2-Z5, the connection cable EZ-14 and EZ-6 for the two-line V-network ESH3-Z5
and the connection cables ES-14 and EZ-21 for the 4-line V-network ENV4200.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.47

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

When the R&S ESCI is used inside the shielded room, the filter configuration is
omitted. The cable EZ-14 is then used for controlling the R&S ESH3-Z5, the
cable EZ-13 for controlling the R&S ESH2-Z5, and the cable EZ-21 for controlling
the R&S ENV4200.

Fig. 4.19 Assignment of connection cables EZ-5, -6, -14 and -21 with AF filters for feeding the 5-V
supply and the control information for the V-networks R&S ESH2-Z5, R&S ESH3-Z5 and
R&S ENV4200 into a shielded room.

4.5.5 Frequency Scan and Time Domain Scan – SWEEP Key

4.5.5.1 Stepped Scan in the Frequency Domain

In the scan mode, R&S ESCI measures in a predefined frequency range with select-
able step width and measurement time for each frequency.

4.48 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

Either the current receiver settings or the settings defined in the Scan table are
used. Up to 10 subranges which need not be next to each other can be defined
within one scan. The subranges are then scanned by R&S ESCI one after the other.
Measurement ranges should not overlap. The parameters to be measured in each
subrange can be selected independently (SWEEP menu, SCAN TABLE table).
Transducer factors or transducer sets and limit lines can be defined and displayed
separately and are not part of the scan data record.
The scanned frequency range is defined by the start and stop frequency set inde-
pendently of the scan table (SCAN TABLE table or FREQUENCY menu). A scan
table can thus be defined for each measurement task, which can be stored and
reloaded. The required frequency range can be defined by means of two parame-
ters which can be set via keys so that no elaborate editing has to be done in the
scan table.

start frequency stop frequency

scan ranges

transducer set

Fig. 4.20 Definition of scan range

Scanning is started with the RUN SCAN softkey. The scan can be performed as a
single scan or continuously. In the case of single scan it is stopped when the stop
frequency is reached. The continuous scan can be interrupted with the HOLD SCAN
softkey or terminated with the STOP SCAN softkey.
The maximal number of measured frequencies is limited to 1.000.000. A maximum
of 3 x 1.000.000 values (1.000.000 per detector) can be stored for postprocessing. If
the scan subranges are defined so that more than the possible values would be
measured, a respective message is output upon the scan start. Afterwards the scan
is performed up to the maximum value.
At least one scan is defined in the list. Two subranges are defined in the default
setup. All other parameters are shown in the following table:

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.49

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

Table 4-1 Default setup of scan table

Range 1 Range 2

Start frequency 150 kHz 30 MHz

Stop frequency 30 MHz 1 GHz

Step width Auto Auto

IF bandwidth 9 kHz 120 kHz

Measurement time 1 ms 100 µs

Auto ranging OFF OFF

Attenuation mode Normal Normal

RF attenuation 10 dB 10 dB

Preamplification OFF OFF

The diagram parameters to be defined are: start frequency 150 kHz, stop frequency
1 GHz, min. level 0 dBµV, grid range log 100 dB, log. frequency axis and continuous
scan.
The measurement parameters correspond to the settings recommended for over-
view measurements to CISPR 16.

4.5.5.2 Scan in the Time Domain

It is also possible to carry out the scan in the time domain, i.e. at a fixed frequency.
Time domain analysis is generally used to examine the time characteristics of inter-
ferences. Evaluating the detected voltage with an oscilloscope is useful in order to
correctly set the receiver measurement time. By doing so, you can determine
whether and how strongly a narrowband interference fluctuates and whether it is
amplitude-modulated or pulsed. You can also determine the pulse rate of a broad-
band interference. You can set the measurement time to a value that is greater than
or equal to the reciprocal of the pulse rate.
Thermostat-controlled, software-controlled and other electrically controlled instru-
ments generate discontinuous interferences. CISPR 14 and EN 55014 contain limit
values for RFI voltage with click rate weighting in the range 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz.
Clicks can usually be measured using click rate analyzers. However, a factor that is
often critical in click rate measurements is the occurrence of successive pulses
whose individual pulse heights cannot be exactly assigned by using the time con-
stants of the quasipeak weighting and can thus lead to the limit value being
exceeded.
Time domain analysis can determine the pulse height and duration, which can be
useful in such cases. It meets the requirements of CISPR 16-1 with regard to accu-
racy of the pulse duration measurement when the pulse duration is 10 ms and
longer. Triggering can be performed internally – level set with display line – or exter-
nally with a TTL level.
The result memory capacity is 1 440 001 measured values per trace in time domain
analysis. The measured values are stored internally and can, for example, then be
analyzed by zooming in on them with the marker. At a measurement time of 5 ms
per measured value, the memory depth is large enough to record the peak value
and quasipeak value continuously for two hours. Thus, measurement objects such
as washing machines can be evaluated for click interferences.

4.50 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

Once measurement has been completed, the display of the measured values can
be enlarged down to the individual measured values by using the zoom function.
Thus, each individual click interferer can be evaluated in detail if necessary.

RBW 120 kHz

MT 1 ms
Freq 93 MHz Att 10 dB PREAMP OFF
dBµV 100

90
SGL
1 PK
CLRWR TRG
80

2 QP
CLRWR 70

60

TRG 54.1 dBµV

50

40

30

20

10

0
0 s 1 s/ 10 s

Fig. 4.21 Scan in the time domain

Time domain analysis is started with the RUN softkey. It can be performed as a sin-
gle operation (SINGLE) or as a repeating operation (CONTINUOUS). In SINGLE
operation, time domain analysis stops after the total run time has elapsed. In CON-
TINUOUS operation, time domain analysis can either be interrupted with the HOLD
SCAN softkey or stopped with the STOP SCAN softkey. The measurement itself is
continuous, i.e. if the end of the graph is reached and recording starts again at the
beginning of the graph, the measurement keeps running internally without any inter-
ruption.

4.5.5.3 Display of Measurement Results

Full-screen or split-screen mode can be selected for result display. In the full-screen
mode, the result diagram covers the whole screen area.
In split-screen mode, the upper half of the screen displays the frequency and level
readout, i.e. a bar graph. The diagram is displayed in the lower half.
Up to 3 detectors can be measured simultaneously. They are assigned to traces 1 to
3. Since the detectors are set only once, it is not possible to measure with different
detectors in different the subranges.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.51

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

4.5.5.4 Entry of Scan Data

Pressing the SWEEP key opens the menu to configure and start the scan.
SWEEP
USE SCAN ADJUST AXIS
TABLE!

INS BEFORE
RANGE

INS AFTER RANGE

DELETE RANGE

RANGES 1-5 | 6-10

FREQ AXIS
LIN | LOG

10dB MIN ON | OFF

RUN PRE-
SCAN+FINAL

RUN SCAN HOLD SCAN CONT AT REC

FREQ

CONT AT HOLD

STOP SCAN

STOP SCAN

USE CURR
SETTINGS

TIME DOMAIN

SINGLE SCAN

CONTINUOUS
SCAN

FREQ AXIS
LIN | LOG

RUN PRE-
SCAN+FINAL

RUN SCAN HOLD SCAN CONT AT REC

FREQ

STOP SCAN CONT AT HOLD

STOP SCAN

A scan is defined in the form of tables or it is performed using the current setting.
In the SCAN table, the scan subranges are defined. Each scan range is specified by
start frequency, stop frequency, step width and the measurement parameters that
are valid for this range.
The scan can be performed as a single scan or continuously (softkeys SINGLE
SCAN and CONTINUOUS SCAN).
Scanning is started with the RUN SCAN softkey.

4.52 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

USE SCAN
ADJUST AXIS
TABLE
INS BEFORE
RANGE

INS AFTER RANGE

DELETE RANGE

RANGES 1-5 | 6-10

FREQ AXIS
LIN | LOG

10dB MIN ON | OFF

RUN PRE-
SCAN+FINAL

RUN SCAN HOLD SCAN CONT AT REC

FREQ

CONT AT HOLD

STOP SCAN STOP SCAN

The USE SCAN TABLE softkey opens a submenu where existing scan tables can
be edited or new ones created. Tables with the current scan settings are displayed.

Remote command: --

In the SCAN TABLE the parameters for the individual subranges can be set.
Scan Start - start frequency of display range
Scan Stop - stop frequency of display range
Step Mode - selection of frequency switching mode
Start - Entry of start frequency
Stop - Entry of stop frequency
Step Size - Entry of step size
RES BW - Entry of IF bandwidth
Meas Time - Entry of measurement time
Auto Ranging - Activates the autorange function
RF Atten - Entry of a fixed RF attenuation
Preamp - Switching the preamplifier on and off
Auto Preamp - Activates the auto preamp function

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.53

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

SCAN TABLE
Scan Start 20.000 MHz
Scan Stop 1.250 GHz
Step Mode LIN
RANGE1 RANGE2 RANGE3 RANGE4 RANGE5
Start 150.000 kHz 30.000 MHz 1.000 GHz
Stop 30.000 MHz 1.000 GHz 2.000 GHz
Step Size 4 kHz 40 kHz 400 kHz
Res BW 9 kHz 120 kHz 1 MHz
Meas Time 1 ms 100 us 100 us
Auto Ranging OFF OFF OFF
RF Attn 10 dB 10 dB 10 dB
Preamp OFF OFF OFF
Auto Preamp OFF OFF OFF

Scan Start - start frequency of display range

Range is fmin to fmax. – 10 Hz

This value can also be set in the FREQ menu (START softkey).

Remote command: FREQ:STAR 20 MHz

Scan Stop - stop frequency of display range

Range is fmin to fmax.

This value can also be set in the FREQ menu (STOP softkey).

Remote command: FREQ:STOP 1250 MHz

Step Mode - selection of frequency switching mode

Linear or logarithmic frequency switching can be selected. The selected setting is

valid for all scan ranges.

LIN linear frequency switching.

AUTO linear frequency switching.
The step width is selected automatically depending on the set resolution
bandwidth so that all signals occurring in the scan range are reliably
detected without any significant measurement error (about one third of reso-
lution bandwidth.
LOG logarithmic frequency switching.
The frequency is incremented in % of the current frequency.

Remote command: SWE:SPAC LIN

4.54 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

Start - Entry of start frequency

The start frequency of a subrange must be equal to or greater than the stop fre-
quency of the previous subrange.
On entering the start frequency, the preceding scan range is – if necessary –
adapted automatically to avoid overlapping of scan ranges.

Remote command: SCAN1:STAR 150 kHz

Stop - Entry of stop frequency

The stop frequency of a subrange must be equal to or greater than the start fre-
quency of the subrange.
On entering the stop frequency, the preceding scan range is – if necessary –
adapted automatically to avoid overlapping of scan ranges.

Remote command: SCAN1:STOP 30 MHz

Step Size - Entry of step size

In the case of linear frequency increments, step widths between 1 Hz and the maxi-
mum R&S ESCI frequency can be set. When a step size greater than the scan
range is entered (from start to stop), R&S ESCI performs a measurement at the start
and stop frequency.
With logarithmic frequency increments, values between 0.1% and 100% can be set
with steps of 1/2/3/5.
With STEP AUTO selected, the step size cannot be changed because it is automat-
ically set with respect to the IF bandwidth.

Remote command: SCAN1:STEP 4 kHz

RES BW - Entry of IF bandwidth

In the case of quasipeak weighting, usually a fixed bandwidth is set which cannot be
changed (CISPR).
However, the coupling of the IF bandwidth to the frequency range can be cancelled
using softkey CISPR RBW UNCOUPLED in the MEAS DETECTOR menu.

Remote command: SCAN1:BAND:RES 9 kHz

Meas Time - Entry of measurement time

The measurement time can be set between 100 µs and 100 s separately for each
subrange. In the case of quasipeak weighting, the minimum is 1 ms. The measure-
ment time can be set independently for each scan range.

Remote command: SCAN1:TIME 1ms

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.55

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

Auto Ranging - Activates the autorange function

If 0 dB RF attenuation is used with autoranging, care must be taken that the per-
missible signal level at the RF input is not exceeded.
Exceeding this level would damage the input mixer.
The 0 dB attenuation should under no circumstances be used when RFI voltage
measurements are performed with the aid of artificial networks as in this case very
high pulses occur during phase switching.

ON R&S ESCI automatically sets the input attenuation as a function of

the signal level.
OFF The input attenuation setting of the scan table is used.

Remote command: SCAN1:INP:ATT:AUTO OFF

RF Atten - Entry of a fixed RF attenuation

The RF attenuation can be set separately for each subrange.

Remote command: SCAN1:INP:ATT 10dB

4.56 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

Preamp - Switching the preamplifier on and off

The preamplifier can be switched on/off separately for each subrange.

Remote command: SCAN1:INP:GAIN:STAT OFF

Auto Preamp - Activates the auto preamp function

ON The preamplifier is considered in autoranging. It is only cut in after the
attenuation has been reduced to the minimum settable value.
OFF Auto ranging without preamplification.

Remote command: SCAN1:INP:GAIN:AUTO OFF

ADJUST The ADJUST AXIS softkey automatically sets the limits of the diagram so that the
AXIS lower limit frequency corresponds to the start frequency of range 1 and the upper
limit frequency to the stop frequency of the last range.

Remote command: --

INS BEFORE The INS BEFORE RANGE softkey shifts the active scan range in the table to the left
RANGE by one column. A new column with identical settings is created. The limit frequen-
cies can be changed accordingly.

Remote command: --

INS AFTER The INS AFTER RANGE softkey shifts the active scan range in the table to the right
RANGE by one column. A new column with identical settings is created. The limit frequen-
cies can be changed accordingly.

Remote command: --

DELETE The DELETE RANGE softkey clears the activated scan range. All other ranges are
RANGE shifted to the left by one column.

Remote command: --

RANGES With the RANGES 1-5 | 6-10 softkey a switchover can be made between ranges 1-5
1-5 | 6-10 and 6-10.

Remote command: --

FREQ AXIS For details refer to “FREQ AXIS LIN | LOG” on page 4.58.
LIN | LOG

10dB MIN For details refer to “10 DB MIN ON | OFF” on page 4.17 (AMPT menu).
ON | OFF

RUN PRE- For details refer to “Triggering the Scan – TRIG Key” on page 4.59.
SCAN+FINAL

RUN SCAN For details refer to “RUN SCAN” on page 4.58.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.57

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

USE CURR The USE CURR SETTINGS softkey activates a scan which is performed using the
SETTINGS current receiver settings. The step size is automatically set with respect to the IF
bandwidth (Step Mode Auto). The start and stop frequency is set via the FRE-
QUENCY menu.

Remote command: --

TIME DOMAIN The TIME DOMAIN softkey activates time domain analysis.
The overall measurement time for time domain analysis can be defined in a data
entry field. The range is 100 µs to 10.000 s. The value entered is rounded to next
integer that is a multiple of the measurement time of a single bar graph measure-
ment. The minimum value also depends on the set measurement time of a single
bar graph measurement and is at least twice this value.

Remote command: FREQuency:MODE CW

SCAN:TDOMain 100 s

SINGLE SCAN Pressing the SINGLE SCAN softkey triggers a frequency scan. R&S ESCI stops at
the end frequency.
The enhancement label SGL displayed at the screen edge indicates that the single-
scan mode is set.

Remote command: :INIT2:CONT OFF

CONTINUOUS The CONTINUOUS SCAN softkey selects the continuous scan mode. R&S ESCI
SCAN scans continuously until the scan is stopped.

Remote command: :INIT2:CONT ON

FREQ AXIS The FREQ AXIS LIN | LOG switches between linear and logarithmic frequency axis.
LIN | LOG
Default is LOG.

Remote command: DISP:TRAC:X:SPAC LOG

RUN PRE- The RUN PRE-SCAN+FINAL softkey is starting a sequence, consisting of a pres-
SCAN+FINAL can, the peak search-function and the final measurement.

Remote command: INIT2:EMIT

RUN SCAN

4.5.5.5 Running a Scan

HOLD SCAN CONT AT REC

FREQ

STOP SCAN CONT AT HOLD

STOP SCAN

The RUN SCAN softkey starts the frequency scan with the selected settings. The
HOLD SCAN submenu is displayed instead of the menu shown before the scan is
started.

4.58 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

At the beginning of the scan, R&S ESCI sets up the diagram as specified in the scan
table and starts the scan in the selected mode (SINGLE or CONTINUOUS). With
SINGLE selected, R&S ESCI performs a single scan and stops at the end fre-
quency. With CONTINUOUS selected, the scan is performed continuously until it is
deliberately stopped.
The measurement can be interrupted with HOLD SCAN or stopped with STOP
SCAN. The two softkeys are displayed instead of the menu shown before the scan
is started.
If a transducer set is defined with points of changeover, the scan automatically stops
at the frequencies of the new subrange of the transducer set and the user may
exchange the transducer.
The following message informs the user that the limit has been reached:
TDS Range # reached, CONTINUE / BREAK
He can continue the scan at the point of change over by confirming the message
(CONTINUE) or he can switch off the transducer (BREAK).

Remote command: INIT2

HOLD SCAN The HOLD SCAN softkey interrupts the scan.

The scan stops at the frequency at which it was interrupted until it is continued with
the CONT AT REC FREQ or CONTINUE AT HOLD softkeys.
While the scan is stopped, the receiver settings can be changed, e.g. for a detailed
analysis of the recorded trace.

Remote command: :HOLD

CONT AT REC With the CONT AT REC FREQ softkey the scan is continued at the current receiver
FREQ frequency when the receiver frequency is lower than the frequency at which the
scan was interrupted. Otherwise the scan continues at the frequency at which it was
interrupted.
The scan is always continued with the settings in the scan table.

Remote command: :INIT2

CONT AT HOLD With the CONT AT HOLD softkey the scan is continued where it was interrupted.
The scan is always continued with the settings in the scan table.

Remote command: --

STOP SCAN The STOP SCAN softkey stops the scan. Upon restart, scanning starts at the begin-
ning. The results of the performed measurements are lost.

Remote command: :ABOR

4.5.6 Triggering the Scan – TRIG Key

The TRIG key opens a menu for selection of the trigger sources and the trigger
polarity. The active trigger mode is indicated by highlighting the corresponding soft-
key.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.59

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

To indicate that a trigger mode other than FREE RUN has been set, the enhance-
ment label TRG is displayed on the screen. If two windows are displayed, TRG
appears next to the appropriate window.

TRIG
FREE RUN

VIDEO

EXTERN

POLARITY POS | NEG

FREE RUN The FREE RUN softkey activates the free-run sweep mode, i.e. start of a scan is not
triggered. Once a measurement is completed, another is started immediately.
FREE RUN is the default setting of R&S ESCI.

Remote command: TRIG:SOUR IMM

VIDEO The VIDEO softkey activates triggering via the displayed voltage.
For the video triggering mode, a level line showing the trigger threshold is displayed.
Using the level line, the threshold can be adjusted between 0% and100% of the dia-
gram height.

Remote command: TRIG:SOUR VID

TRIG:LEV:VID 50 PCT

EXTERN The EXTERN softkey activates triggering via a TTL signal at the input connector
EXT TRIGGER/GATE on the rear panel.

Remote command: TRIG:SOUR EXT

POLARITY The POLARITY POS/NEG softkey selects the polarity of the trigger source.
POS | NEG
The scan starts after a positive or negative edge of the trigger signal. The selected
setting is highlighted.
The selection is valid for all trigger modes with the exception of FREE RUN.
The default setting is POLARITY POS.

Remote command: TRIG:SLOP POS

4.5.7 Marker Functions – MKR Key

MKR
MARKER 1|2|3|4
MARKER NORM | DELTA

MKR−>TRACE

ALL MARKER OFF

MARKER The MARKER 1|2|3|4 softkey selects the corresponding marker and activates it.
1|2|3|4
MARKER
NORM | DELT
A

4.60 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

MARKER 1 is always the normal marker. After they have been switched on, MARK-
ERS 2 to 4 are delta markers that refer to MARKER 1. These markers can be con-
verted into markers with absolute value display by means of the MARKER NORM
DELTA softkey. When MARKER 1 is the active marker, pressing the MARKER
NORM DELTA softkey switches on an additional delta marker.
Pressing the MARKER 1/2/3/4 softkey again switches off the selected marker.

Example:

[PRESET] R&S ESCI is set to the default setting.

[MKR] On calling the menu, MARKER 1 is switched on
('1' highlighted in the softkey) and positioned on
the maximum value of the trace. It is a normal
marker and the MARKER NORMAL softkey is
highlighted.
[MARKER 2] MARKER 2 is switched on ('2' highlighted in the
softkey). It is automatically defined as a delta
marker on switching on so the DELTA is high-
lighted on softkey MARKER NORM | DELTA. The
frequency and level of MARKER 2 with reference
to MARKER 1 are output in the marker info field.
[MARKER NORM | DELTA] The MARKER NORM | DELTA softkey is high-
lighted. MARKER 2 becomes a normal marker.
The frequency and level of MARKER 2 are output
as absolute values in the marker info field.
[MARKER 2] MARKER 2 is switched off. MARKER 1 is the
active marker for entry. The frequency and level
of MARKER 1 are output in the marker info field.

Remote command: CALC:MARK ON;

CALC:MARK:X <value>;
CALC:MARK:Y?
CALC:DELT ON;
CALC:DELT:MODE ABS|REL
CALC:DELT:X <value>;
CALC:DELT:X:REL?
CALC:DELT:Y?

When several traces are being displayed, the marker is set to the maximum value
(peak) of the active trace which has the lowest number (1 to 3). In case a marker is
already located there, it will be set to the frequency of the next lowest level (next
peak).
A marker can only be enabled when at least one trace in the corresponding window
is visible.
If a trace is turned off, the corresponding markers and marker functions are also
deactivated. If the trace is switched on again (VIEW, CLR/WRITE;..), the markers
along with coupled functions will be restored to their original positions provided the
markers have not been used on another trace.

MKR−>TRACE The MKR−>TRACE softkey places the marker on a new trace. The trace is selected
via a data entry field. Only those traces can be selected which are visible on the
screen in the same window.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.61

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

The function of the softkey is identical to the MKR−>TRACE softkey in the

MKR FCNT and MKR-> menu.
Example:
Three traces are presented on the screen. The marker is always on Trace 1 on
switching on.
[MKR ->TRACE] "2"
The marker jumps to Trace 2 but remains on the previous frequency or time.
[MKR ->TRACE] "3"
The marker jumps to Trace 3.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:TRAC 1

CALC:DELT:TRAC 1

ALL MARKER Pressing the ALL MARKER OFF softkey switches off all marker.
OFF

4.62 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

4.5.8 Change of Settings via Markers – MKR-> Key

The MKR-> menu offers functions through which instrument parameters can be
changed with the aid of the currently active marker. The functions can be used on
markers and delta markers.
On opening the menu, the entry for the last active marker is activated; if no marker
was enabled, MARKER 1 is activated and a peak search is performed.

MKR->
SELECT MARKER

PEAK

NEXT PEAK

NEXT PEAK RIGHT

NEXT PEAK LEFT

ADD TO PEAK LIST

TUNE TO MARKER

MARKER TRACK

MKR−>TRACE

Side menu

MKR−> STEPSIZE

MIN

NEXT MIN

NEXT MIN RIGHT

NEXT MIN LEFT

SETTINGS
COUPLED

SEARCH LIMITS! LEFT LIMIT RIGHT

LIMIT

THRESHOLD

SEARCH LIMIT OFF

PEAK EXCURSION

SELECT The SELECT MARKER softkey activates the numerical selection of the marker in
MARKER the data entry field. If no marker is active when MKR-> menu is called, MARKER 1 is
automatically switched on. Delta marker 1 is selected by input of ' 0 '.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1 ON;

CALC:MARK1:X <value>;
CALC:MARK1:Y?

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.63

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

PEAK The PEAK softkey sets the active marker or delta marker to the peak of the trace.
If no marker is active when MKR-> menu is called, MARKER 1 is automatically
switched on and the peak search is performed.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MAX

CALC:DELT:MAX

NEXT PEAK The NEXT PEAK softkey sets the active marker/delta marker to the next lower peak
value on the trace. The search direction is defined in the NEXT MODE submenu
(see analyzer mode).

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MAX:NEXT

CALC:DELT:MAX:NEXT

NEXT PEAK The NEXT PEAK RIGHT softkey sets the active marker/delta marker to the next
RIGHT lower peak value to the right side of the current marker position on the selected
trace.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MAX:RIGH

CALC:DELT:MAX:RIGH

NEXT PEAK The NEXT PEAK LEFT softkey sets the active marker/delta marker to the next lower
LEFT peak value to the left side of the current marker position on the trace.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MAX:LEFT

CALC:DELT:MAX:LEFT

ADD TO PEAK The ADD TO PEAK LIST softkey adds the frequency of the current marker to the
LIST peak list (see also section “Data Reduction and Peak List” on page 4.31).

Remote command: --

TUNE TO The TUNE TO MARKER softkey sets the receiver frequency to the marker fre-
MARKER quency.

Remote command: :CALC:MARK:FUNC:CENT

MARKER The MARKER TRACK softkey couples the current receive frequency to the marker
TRACK frequency.

Remote command: :CALC:MARK:COUP ON

MKR−>TRACE The MKR−>TRACE softkey places the marker on a new trace. The trace is selected
via a data entry field. Only those traces can be selected which are visible on the
screen in the same window.
The function of the softkey is identical to the MKR−>TRACE softkey in the
MKR FCNT and MKR menu.
Example:
Three traces are presented on the screen. The marker is always on Trace 1 on
switching on.
[MKR ->TRACE] "2"
The marker jumps to Trace 2 but remains on the previous frequency or time.

4.64 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

[MKR ->TRACE] "3"

The marker jumps to Trace 3.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:TRAC 1

CALC:DELT:TRAC 1

MKR−> The MKR−>STEPSIZE softkey sets the step size for the receiver frequency variation
STEPSIZE to the current marker frequency, and also sets step size adaptation to MANUAL.
STEPSIZE remains at this value until the receiver frequency entry mode in the
STEPSIZE menu is switched from MANUAL to AUTO again.
The MKR−>STEPSIZE function is, above all, useful in the measurement of harmon-
ics.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:CST

MIN The MIN softkey sets the active marker to the minimum value on the corresponding
trace.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MIN

CALC:DELT:MIN

NEXT MIN The NEXT MIN softkey sets the active marker/delta marker to the next higher mini-
mum of the selected trace. The search direction is defined in the NEXT MODE sub-
menu (see below).

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MIN:NEXT

CALC:DELT:MIN:NEXT

NEXT MIN The NEXT MIN RIGHT softkey sets the active marker/delta marker to the next
RIGHT higher minimum value to the right of the current marker position on the correspond-
ing trace.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MIN:RIGH

CALC:DELT:MIN:RIGH

NEXT MIN The NEXT MIN LEFT softkey sets the active marker/delta marker to the next higher
LEFT minimum value to the left of the current marker positionon the corresponding trace.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MIN:LEFT

CALC:DELT:MIN:LEFT

SETTINGS The SETTINGS COUPLED softkey couples the receiver frequency settings from the
COUPLED corresponding subscans to the marker frequency for functions TUNE TO MARKER
and MARKER TRACK.

Remote command: :CALC:MARK:SCO ON

SEARCH The SEARCH LIMITS softkey limits the search range for maximum or minimum
LIMITS search. The softkey switches to a submenu in which the search range limits can be
set in the x and y direction.

LEFT LIMIT RIGHT LIMIT

THRESHOLD

SEARCH LIMIT OFF

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.65

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

LEFT LIMIT The LEFT LIMIT and RIGHT LIMIT softkeys define the two vertical lines F1 and F2
RIGHT LIMIT in the frequency domain (span > 0) and T1 / T2 in the time domain (span = 0). The
search is performed between these lines in the frequency and time domain.
If only LEFT LIMIT is enabled, line F1/T1 is the lower limit and the upper limit corre-
sponds to the stop frequency. If RIGHT LIMIT is also enabled, it determines the
upper limit.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:LEFT 1MHZ

CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:RIGH 10MHZ
CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON

THRESHOLD The THRESHOLD softkey defines the threshold line.

The threshold line represents a limit for the level range of the max. search at the
lower end and that of the min. search at the upper end.

Remote command: CALC:THR -20dBm

CALC:THR ON

SEARCH LIMIT The SEARCH LIMIT OFF softkey disables all limits of the search range.
OFF
Remote command: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM OFF
CALC:THR OFF

PEAK The PEAK EXCURSION softkey activates an entry box for selecting the minimum
EXCURSION amount by which a signal level must decrease/increase before it is recognized by
the NEXT PEAK and NEXT MIN search functions as a maximum or minimum.
Input values from 0 to 80 dB are allowed, the resolution being 0.1 dB.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:PEXC 10dB

For detailed explanation see softkey PEAK EXCURSION in ANALYZER mode.

4.5.9 Marker Functions – MKR FCTN Key

MKR FCNT
SELECT MARKER

PEAK

MARKER ZOOM

PREV ZOOM
RANGE

ZOOM OFF

MKR−>TRACE

On calling the menu, the entry for the last active marker is activated (SELECT
MARKER softkey); if no marker is activated, marker 1 is activated and a maximum
search (PEAK softkey) is performed. The marker can be set to the desired trace by
means of MKR -> TRACE softkey.

4.66 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

SELECT The SELECT MARKER softkey activates the numerical selection of the marker in
MARKER the data entry field. Delta marker 1 is selected by input of ' 0 '.
If the marker is switched off, then it is switched on and can be moved later on.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1 ON;

CALC:MARK1:X <value>;
CALC:MARK1:Y?

PEAK The PEAK softkey sets the active marker/delta marker to the peak of the trace.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:MAX

CALC:DELT1:MAX

MARKER The MARKER ZOOM softkey zooms 10% of the diagram around the current marker.
ZOOM At the same time a data entry field opens which allows to enter any frequency range
which is then displayed.
Pressing the softkey again expands the diagram until only 3 measured values are
represented.

Remote command: :CALC:MARK:FUNC:ZOOM <num_value>

PREV ZOOM The PREV ZOOM RANGE softkey sets again the previous frequency range.
RANGE
Remote command: --

ZOOM The ZOOM OFF softkey switches off the zoomed representation.
OFF
Remote command: :DISP:TRAC:X:ZOOM OFF

MKR−>TRACE The MKR−>TRACE softkey places the marker on a new trace. The trace is selected
via a data entry field. Only those traces can be selected which are visible on the
screen in the same window.
The function of the softkey is identical to the MKR−>TRACE softkey in the MKR and
MKR-> menu.
Example:
Three traces are presented on the screen. The marker is always on Trace 1 on
switching on.
[MKR ->TRACE] "2"
The marker jumps to Trace 2 but remains on the previous frequency or time.
[MKR ->TRACE] "3"
The marker jumps to Trace 3.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:TRAC 1

CALC:DELT:TRAC 1

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.67

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

4.5.10 Selection and Setting of Traces – TRACE Key

The R&S ESCI is capable of displaying up to three different traces at a time in a dia-
gram. A displayed trace consists of a maximum of 501 pixels on the horizontal axis
(frequency or time). If more measured values than pixels are available, several mea-
sured values are combined in one pixel.
The R&S ESCI stores up to a million measured values per trace for a frequency
scan and up to 1.44 million measured values per trace for a scan on a fixed fre-
quency (time domain) in its internal memory.
The traces are selected using the SELECT TRACE softkey in the menu of the
TRACE key.
The traces can individually be activated for a measurement or frozen after comple-
tion of a measurement. Traces that are not activated are blanked.
The display mode can be selected for each trace. Traces can be overwritten in each
measurement (CLEAR/WRITE mode), averaged over several measurements
(AVERAGE mode), or a maximum or minimum value can be determined from sev-
eral measurements and displayed (MAX HOLD or MIN HOLD).
Individual detectors can be selected for the various traces. The max peak detector
and min peak detector display the maximum and minimum value of the level within a
pixel. The rms detector displays the power (rms value) of the measured values
within a pixel, the average detector the average value.
The quasipeak detector yields the level weighted to CISPR 16.

4.5.10.1 Selection of Trace Function

The trace functions are subdivided as follows:
• Display mode of trace (CLEAR/WRITE, VIEW and BLANK)
• Evaluation of the trace as a whole (AVERAGE, MAX HOLD and MIN HOLD)
• Evaluation of individual pixels of a trace (MAX PEAK, MIN PEAK, QUASIPEAK,
AVERAGE and RMS).

TRACE
SELECT TRACE

CLEAR/ WRITE

MAX HOLD

VIEW

BLANK

SCAN COUNT

DETECTOR! MAX PEAK

MIN PEAK

QUASIPEAK

AVERAGE

RMS

Side menu

FINAL MAX PEAK

4.68 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

FINAL MIN PEAK

FINAL QUASIPEAK

FINAL AVERAGE

FINAL CISPR AV

FINAL RMS

FINAL CISPR RMS

PEAK LIST
ON | OFF

Side menu

MIN HOLD

ASCII FILE EXPORT

DECIM SEP

COPY TRACE

The TRACE key opens a menu offering the setting options for the selected trace.
In this menu, the mode of representing the measured data in the frequency or time
domain in the 501 pixels of the display is determined. Upon start of the measure-
ment, each trace can be displayed either completely new or based on the previous
results.
Traces can be displayed, blanked and copied.
The measurement detector for the individual display modes can be selected directly
by the user.
The default setting is trace 1 in the overwrite mode (CLEAR / WRITE) and detector
MAX PEAK is selected, trace 2 is also in the overwrite mode (CLEAR / WRITE) and
detector AVERAGE is selected, trace 3 is switched off (BLANK).
The CLEAR/WRITE, MAX HOLD, MIN HOLD, AVERAGE, VIEW and BLANK soft-
keys are mutually exclusive selection keys.

SELECT The SELECT TRACE softkey activates the entry for the active trace (1, 2, 3).
TRACE
Remote command: -- (selected via numeric suffix of :
TRACe)

CLEAR/ The CLEAR/WRITE softkey activates the overwrite mode for the collected mea-
WRITE sured values, i.e. the trace is overwritten by each sweep.
Each time the CLEAR/WRITE softkey is actuated, R&S ESCI clears the selected
trace memory and starts the measurement anew.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE WRIT

MAX HOLD The MAX HOLD softkey activates the max peak detector.
R&S ESCI saves the sweep result in the trace memory only if the new value is
greater than the previous one.
This is especially useful with modulated or impulsive signals. The signal spectrum is
filled up upon each scan until all signal components are detected in a kind of enve-
lope.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.69

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

Pressing the MAX HOLD softkey again clears the trace memory and restarts the
max hold mode.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE MAXH

VIEW The VIEW softkey freezes the current contents of the trace memory and displays it.
If in the VIEW display mode the level display range (GRID RANGE) or the reference
level (GRID MIN LEVEL) are changed, R&S ESCI automatically adapts the mea-
sured data to the changed display range. This allows an amplitude zoom to be made
after the measurement in order to show details of the trace.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE VIEW

BLANK The BLANK softkey activates the blanking of the trace on the screen.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC OFF

SCAN The SCAN COUNT softkey activates the entry of the number of scan used in the
COUNT SINGLE SCAN mode.
The allowed range of values is 0 to 30000. The default setting is 1.

Remote command: SWE:COUN 10

DETECTOR The DETECTOR softkey opens a submenu to select the detector.

The detector type is set for the trace scan and may be independently selected for
each trace.
For description of detector types see section “Selection of Detector” on page 4.108.

MAX PEAK The MAX PEAK softkey activates the max peak detector.

Remote command: DET POS

MIN PEAK The MIN PEAK softkey activates the min peak detector.

Remote command: DET NEG

QUASIPEAK The QUASIPEAK softkey selects the quasipeak detector.

The IF bandwidth is adapted as a function of the frequency range. The coupling of
the IF bandwidth to the frequency range can be cancelled using softkey CISPR
RBW UNCOUPLED.

Remote command: DET QPE

AVERAGE The AVERAGE softkey activates the average detector.

Remote command: DET AVER

RMS The RMS softkey activates the rms detector.

Remote command: :DET RMS

4.70 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

FINAL The FINAL MAX PEAK selects the max peak detector for the final measurement.
MAX PEAK
Remote command: :DET:FME POS

FINAL The FINAL MIN PEAK selects the min peak detector for the final measurement.
MIN PEAK
Remote command: :DET:FME NEG

FINAL The FINAL QUASIPEAK selects the quasipeak detector for the final measurement.
QUASIPEAK
Remote command: :DET:FME QPE

FINAL The FINAL AVERAGE selects the average detector for the final measurement.
AVERAGE
Remote command: :DET:FME AVER

FINAL The FINAL CISPR AV selects the weighting average detector according to CISPR
CISPR AV 16-1 for the final measurement.

Remote command: :DET:FME CAV

FINAL The FINAL RMS selects the rms detector for the final measurement.
RMS
Remote command: :DET:FME RMS

FINAL The FINAL CISPR RMS softkey selects the weighting rms detector according to
CISPR RMS CISPR 16-1-1 for the final measurement.

Remote command: :DET:FME CRMS

PEAK LIST The PEAK LIST ON / OFF softkey switches on and off the indication of the peak list
ON | OFF or of the final measurement results. The single value is indicated as + or x. The
assignment of symbol to trace is fixed.
RUN SCAN automatically switches PEAK LIST to OFF in order to prevent the indi-
cation of preceding final measurement results. PEAK SEARCH automatically sets
PEAK LIST to ON (see “Data Reduction and Peak List” on page 4.31).

Remote command: DISP:TRAC:SYMB CROS | OFF

MIN HOLD The MIN HOLD softkey activates the min peak detector. R&S ESCI saves for each
scan the smallest of the previously stored/currently measured values in the trace
memory.
This function is useful e.g. for making an unmodulated carrier in a composite signal
visible. Noise, interference signals or modulated signals are suppressed by the min
hold function whereas a CW signal is recognized by its constant level.
Pressing the MIN HOLD softkey again clears the trace memory and restarts the min
hold function.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE MINH

ASCII FILE The ASCII FILE EXPORT softkey stores the active trace in ASCII format on a USB
EXPORT device or, if available, a floppy disk.

Remote command: FORM ASC;

MMEM:STOR:TRAC 1,'TRACE.DAT'

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.71

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

The file consists of the header containing important scaling parameters, several
data sections containing the scan settings and a data section containing the trace
data.
The data of the file header consist of three columns, each separated by a semico-
lon:
parameter name; numeric value; base unit
The data section for the scan ranges starts with the keyword "Scan <n>:", (<n> =
number of scan range), followed by the scan data in one or several columns which
are also separated by a semicolon.
The data section for the trace date starts with the keyword " Trace <n> " (<n> =
number of stored trace), followed by the measured data in one or several columns
which are also separated by a semicolon.
This format can be read in from spreadsheet calculation programs, e.g. MS Excel. It
is necessary to define ';' as a separator.

Different language versions of evaluation programs may require a different han-

dling of the decimal point. It is therefore possible to select between separators '.'
(decimal point) and ',' (comma) using softkey DECIM SEP.

Table 4-1 Example – File header:

File contents Description

Type;R&S ESCI Instrument model

Version;1.00; Firmware version

Date;10.Nov 08; Date of data set storage

Mode;Receiver; Instrument mode

Start;150000.000000;Hz Start/stop of the display range.

Stop;1000000000.000000;Hz Unit: Hz

x-Axis;LOG; Scaling of x-axis linear (LIN) or logarithmic (LOG)

Detector;AVERAGE; Selected detector

MAXPEAK, MINPEAK, AVERAGE, RMS, QUASIPEAK

Scan Count;1; Scan count

Transducer;; Transducer name (if switched on)

Table 4-2 Example – Data section of the file, Scan ranges

File contents Description

Scan 1: Settings for scan range 1

Start;150000.000000;Hz Range 1 - start frequency in Hz

Stop;30000000.000000;Hz Range 1 – stop frequency in Hz

Step; 4000.000000;Hz Range 1 - step size

RBW;9000.000000;Hz Range 1 - resolution bandwidth

Meas Time;0.001000;s Range 1 - measurement time

Auto Ranging;OFF; Range 1 - Auto ranging on - or off

4.72 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Receiver Mode

File contents Description

RF Att;10.000000;dB Range 1 - input attenuation

Auto Preamp;OFF; Range 1 - Auto Preamp on or off

Preamp;0.000000;dB Range 1 - preamplifier on (20dB) or off (0dB)

Scan 2: Settings for scan range 2

Start;30000000.000000;Hz Range 2 - start frequency in Hz

Stop;1000000000.000000;Hz Range 2 – stop frequency in Hz

Step; 50000.000000;Hz Range 2 - step width

RBW;120000.000000;Hz Range 2 - resolution bandwidth

Meas Time;0.000100;s Range 2 - measurement time

Auto Ranging;OFF; Range 2 - Auto ranging on - or off

RF Att;10.000000;dB Range 2 - input attenuation

Auto Preamp;OFF; Range 2 - Auto Preamp on or off

Preamp;0.000000;dB Range 2 - preamplifier on (20dB) or off (0dB)

Table 4-3 Example – Data section of the file, Trace

File contents Description

Trace 1: Selected trace

Trace Mode;CLR/WRITE; Trace mode: CLR/WRITE, MAXHOLD

x-Unit;Hz; Unit of x values: Hz for span > 0

y-Unit;dBµV; Unit of y values:

dB*/V/A/W depending on the selected unit

Values;26863; Number of test points

150000.000000;15.604355; Measured values: <x value>, <y value>;

154000.000000;13.236252;
158000.000000;11.907021;
...;...;

DECIM SEP The DECIM SEP softkey selects the decimal separator between '.' (decimal point)
and ',' (comma) with floating-point numerals for the function ASCII FILE EXPORT.
With the selection of the decimal separator different language versions of evaluation
programs (e.g. MS Excel) can be supported.

Remote command: FORM:DEXP:DSEP POIN

COPY The COPY TRACE softkey copies the screen contents of the current trace into
TRACE another trace memory. The desired memory is selected by entering the number 1, 2
or 3.
Upon copying, the contents of the selected memory are overwritten and the new
contents displayed in view mode.

Remote command: TRAC:COPY TRACE1,TRACE2

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.73

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

4.6 Analyzer Mode

The analyzer mode is activated by pressing the SPECTRUM hotkey (see also sec-
tion “Mode Selection – Hotkey Bar” on page 4.9)

SPECTRUM The SPECTRUM hotkey selects the mode for spectrum analysis, the so-called ana-
lyzer mode.
The functions provided correspond to those of a conventional spectrum analyzer.
The R&S ESCI measures the frequency spectrum of the test signal over the
selected frequency range with the selected resolution and sweep time, or, for a fixed
frequency, displays the waveform of the video signal.

If two displays (screen A and screen B) are opened after switch-on of signal analy-
sis, the analyzer mode is only set for the display activated for entry (marked at the
top right corner of diagram). For the other display, the previous settings remain
valid.
Data acquisition and display of measured values is sequential: first in the upper
and then in the lower display.

4.6.1 Frequency and Span Selection – FREQ Key

The FREQ key is used to specify the frequency axis of the active display window.
The frequency axis can be defined either by the start and stop frequency or by the
center frequency and the span (SPAN key). With two windows (SPLIT SCREEN)
displayed at the same time, the input data always refer to the window selected in the
SYSTEM - DISPLAY menu.
The softkeys in the CF STEPSIZE menu depend on the selected domain: frequency
domain or time domain.

FREQ
CENTER

CF STEPSIZE ! 0.1 * SPAN / 0.1 * RBW

0.5 * SPAN / 0.5 * RBW

X * SPAN / X * RBW

= CENTER

= MARKER

MANUAL

START

STOP

FREQUENCY OFFSET

SIGNAL TRACK ! TRACK ON/OFF

TRACK BW

TRACK THRESHOLD

SELECT TRACE

4.74 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

CENTER The CENTER softkey opens the window for manually entering the center frequency.
The allowed range of values for the center frequency is:
• for the frequency domain (span >0):
minspan / 2 ≤ fcenter ≤ fmax – minspan / 2
• and for the time domain (span = 0):
0 Hz ≤ fcenter ≤ fmax
fcenter center frequency
minspan smallest selectable span > 0 Hz (10 Hz)
fmax max. frequency

Remote command: FREQ:CENT 100MHz

CF STEPSIZE The CF STEPSIZE softkey opens a submenu for setting the step size of the center
frequency. The step size can be coupled to the span (frequency domain) or the res-
olution bandwidth (time domain) or it can be manually set to a fixed value. The soft-
keys are mutually exclusive selection keys.
The softkeys are presented according to the selected domain (frequency or time).

Softkeys in frequency domain:

0.1 * SPAN The 0.1 * SPAN softkey sets the step size for the center frequency entry to 10% of
the span.

Remote command: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK SPAN

FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 10PCT

0.5 * SPAN The 0.5 * SPAN softkey sets the step size for the center frequency entry to 50% of
the span.

Remote command: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK SPAN

FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 50PCT

X * SPAN The X * SPAN softkey allows the factor defining the center frequency step size to be
entered as % of the span.

Remote command: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK SPAN

FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 20PCT

= CENTER The = CENTER softkey sets the step size coupling to MANUAL and the step size to
the value of the center frequency. This function is especially useful during measure-
ments of the signal harmonic content because by entering the center frequency
each stroke of the STEP key selects the center frequency of another harmonic.

Remote command: --

= MARKER The = MARKER softkey sets the step size coupling to MANUAL and the step size to
the value of the marker. This function is especially useful during measurements of
the signal harmonic content at the marker position because by entering the center
frequency each stroke of the STEP key selects the center frequency of another har-
monic.

Remote command: --

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.75

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

MANUAL The MANUAL softkey activates the window for entering a fixed step size.

Remote command: FREQ:CENT:STEP 120MHz

Softkeys in time domain:

0.1 * RBW The 0.1 * RBW softkey sets the step size for the center frequency entry to 10% of
the resolution bandwidth.
AUTO 0.1 * RBW corresponds to the default setting.

Remote command: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK RBW

FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 10PCT

0.5 * RBW The 0.5 * RBW softkey sets the step size for the center frequency entry to 50% of
the resolution bandwidth.

Remote command: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK RBW

FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 50PCT

X * RBW The X * RBW softkey allows the factor defining the center frequency step size to be
entered as % of the resolution bandwidth.
Values between 1 and 100% in steps of 1% are allowed. The default setting is 10%.

Remote command: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK RBW

FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 20PCT

= CENTER The = CENTER softkey sets the step size coupling to MANUAL and the step size to
the value of the center frequency. This function is especially useful during measure-
ments of the signal harmonic content because by entering the center frequency
each stroke of the STEP key selects the center frequency of another harmonic.

Remote command: --

= MARKER The = MARKER softkey sets the step size coupling to MANUAL and the step size to
the value of the marker. This function is especially useful during measurements of
the signal harmonic content at the marker position because by entering the center
frequency each stroke of the STEP key selects the center frequency of another har-
monic.

Remote command: --

MANUAL The MANUAL softkey activates the window for entering a fixed step size.

Remote command: FREQ:CENT:STEP 120MHz

START The START softkey activates the window for manually entering the start frequency.
The allowed range of values for the start frequency is:
0 Hz ≤ fstart ≤ fmax - minspan
fstart start frequency
minspan smallest selectable span (10 Hz)
fmax max. frequency

Remote command: FREQ:STAR 20MHz

4.76 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

STOP The STOP softkey activates the window for entering the stop frequency.
The allowed range of values for the stop frequency is:
minspan ≤ fstop ≤ fmax
fstop stop frequency
minspan smallest selectable span (10 Hz)
fmax max. frequency

Remote command: FREQ:STOP 2000MHz

FREQUENCY The FREQUENCY OFFSET softkey activates the window for entering an arithmeti-
OFFSET cal frequency offset which is added to the frequency axis labelling. The allowed
range of values for the offset is -100 GHz to 100 GHz. The default setting is 0 Hz.

Remote command: FREQ:OFFS 10 MHz

SIGNAL The SIGNAL TRACK softkey switches on the tracking of a signal near the center fre-
TRACK quency. The signal is tracked as long it is in the search bandwidth around the center
frequency defined with TRACK BW and above the level threshold defined with
TRACK THRESHOLD.
For that purpose, the maximum signal is searched (PEAK SEARCH) on the screen
and the center frequency set to this signal (MARKER ->CENTER) after each fre-
quency sweep within the search bandwidth.
If the signal falls below the level threshold or jumps out of the search bandwidth
around the center frequency, the center frequency is not varied until a signal is in the
search bandwidth above the level threshold. This can be achieved by manually
modifying the center frequency, for example.
On switching on, the softkey is highlighted and the search bandwidth and the thresh-
old value are marked on the diagram by two vertical lines and one horizontal line. All
these lines are provided with the designation TRK.
At the same time a submenu is opened in which the search bandwidth, the threshold
value and the trace can be modified for the maximum search.
The softkey is only available in the frequency domain (span >0).

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR OFF

TRACK ON/OFF The TRACK ON/OFF softkey switches on and off signal tracking.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR OFF

TRACK BW The TRACK BW softkey defines the search bandwidth for signal tracking. The fre-
quency range is symmetrical with respect to the center frequency.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR:BAND 10KHZ

TRACK The TRACK THRESHOLD softkey defines the threshold value for signal detection.
THRESHOLD The value is always entered as an absolute level value.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR:THR -70DBM

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.77

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

SELECT TRACE The SELECT TRACE softkey selects the trace on which signal tracking is to be per-
formed.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR:TRAC 1

4.6.2 Setting the Frequency Span – SPAN Key

The SPAN key opens a menu which offers various options for setting the span.
The entry of the span (SPAN MANUAL softkey) is automatically active for span > 0
Hz.
For span = 0 Hz the entry for sweep time (SWEEPTIME MANUAL) is automatically
active.
With two windows (SPLIT SCREEN) displayed at the same time, the input data
always refer to the window selected with the SCREEN A/B hotkey.

SPAN
SPAN MANUAL

SWEEPTIME MANUAL

FULL SPAN

ZERO SPAN

LAST SPAN

FREQ AXIS LIN | LOG

SPAN The SPAN MANUAL softkey activates the window for manually entering the fre-
MANUAL quency span. The center frequency is kept constant.
Allowed range of span values:
• for the time domain (span = 0): 0 Hz
• and for the frequency domain (span >0): minspan ≤ fspan ≤ fmax
fspan frequency span
minspan smallest selectable span (10 Hz)
fmax max. frequency

Remote command: FREQ:SPAN 2GHz

SWEEPTIME The SWEEPTIME MANUAL softkey activates the window for entering the sweep
MANUAL time manually with Span = 0 Hz. The softkey is not available for Span > 0 Hz.

Remote command: SWE:TIME 10s

FULL SPAN The FULL SPAN softkey sets the span to the full frequency range of R&S ESCI.

Remote command: FREQ:SPAN:FULL

ZERO SPAN The ZERO SPAN softkey sets the span to 0 Hz. The x-axis becomes the time axis
with the grid lines corresponding to 1/10 of the current sweep time (SWT).

Remote command: FREQ:SPAN 0Hz

4.78 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

LAST SPAN After changing the span setting the LAST SPAN softkey activates the previous set-
ting. With this function a fast change between overview measurement (FULL SPAN)
and detailed measurement (manually set center frequency and span) is possible.

Only values > 0 Hz are restored, i.e. a transition between time and frequency
domain is not possible.

Remote command: --

FREQ AXIS The FREQ AXIS LIN | LOG softkey switches between linear and logarithmic scaling
LIN | LOG of the frequency axis. Switch over is only possible if the stop/start frequency ratio is
≥1.4.
The default state is LIN.
The logarithmic frequency axis is only available in analyzer mode and it is not avail-
able in zero span mode, in external mixer mode, with frequency offset or if the ratio
stop frequency / start frequency is below 1.4.

Remote command: DISP:WIND<1|2>:TRAC:X:SPAC LIN

4.6.3 Level Display Setting and RF Input Configuration – AMPT Key

The AMPT key is used to set the reference level, the maximum level and the display
range of the active window as well as the input impedance and the input attenuation
of the RF input.
The AMPT key opens a menu for setting the reference level and the input attenua-
tion of the active window. The data entry for the reference level (REF LEVEL soft-
key) is opened automatically.
Further settings regarding level display and attenuation can be made in this menu.

AMPT
REF LEVEL

RANGE LOG 100 dB

RANGE LOG MANUAL

RANGE LINEAR ! RANGE LINEAR %

RANGE LINEAR dB

UNIT ! dBm / dBmV / dBµV /

dBµΑ / dBµW / VOLT /
AMPERE / WATT

RF INPUT AC/DC

RF ATTEN MANUAL

RF ATTEN AUTO

10 dB MIN ON/OFF

Side menu

REF LEVEL POSITION

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.79

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

REF LEVEL OFFSET

GRID ABS | REL

RF INPUT 50 Ohm | 75 Ohm

REF LEVEL The REF LEVEL softkey allows the reference level to be input in the currently active
unit (dBm, dBµV, etc.)

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV -60dBm

RANGE LOG The RANGE LOG 100 dB softkey sets the level display range to 100 dB.
100 dB
Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC LOG
DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y 100DB

RANGE LOG The RANGE LOG MANUAL softkey activates the manual entry of the level display
MANUAL range. Display ranges from 1 to 200 dB are allowed in 10 dB steps. Inputs which are
not allowed are rounded to the next valid value.
The default setting is 100 dB.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC LOG

DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y 120DB

RANGE The RANGE LINEAR softkey selects linear scaling for the level display range of the
LINEAR R&S ESCIr. In addition, it opens a submenu for selecting % or dB for the scaling.
When linear scaling is selected, the % scaling is first activated (see also RANGE
LINEAR dB softkey).

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC LIN

RANGE LINEAR The RANGE LINEAR % softkey selects linear scaling in % for the level display
% range, i.e. the horizontal lines are labelled in %. The grid is divided in decadic steps.
Markers are displayed in the selected unit; delta markers are displayed in % refer-
enced to the voltage value at the position of marker 1.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC LIN

RANGE LINEAR The RANGE LINEAR dB softkey selects linear scaling in dB for the level display
dB range, i.e. the horizontal lines are labelled in dB.
Markers are displayed in the selected unit; delta markers are displayed in dB refer-
enced to the power value at the position of marker 1.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC LDB

UNIT
dBm

dBmV

dBµV

dBµΑ

dBµW

VOLT

4.80 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

AMPERE

WATT

The UNIT softkey opens a submenu to select the unit for the level axis.
The default setting is dBm.
In general, the R&S ESCI measures the signal voltage at the RF input. The level
display is calibrated in rms values of an unmodulated sinewave signal. In the default
state, the level is displayed at a power of 1 mW (= dBm). Via the known input resis-
tance of 50 Ω or 75W, conversion to other units is possible. The units dBm, dBmV,
dBµV, dBµA, dBpW, V, A and W are directly convertible.

Remote command: CALC:UNIT:POW DBM

RF INPUT AC/ The RF INPUT AC/DC softkey toggles the RF input of the R&S ESCI between AC
DC and DC coupling.

Remote command: INP:COUP AC

RF ATTEN The RF ATTEN MANUAL softkey allows the attenuation to be entered irrespective of
MANUAL the reference level.
The attenuation can be set in 5 dB steps between 0 and 75 dB.
Other entries will be rounded to the next higher integer value.
If the defined reference level cannot be set for the given RF attenuation, the refer-
ence level will be adjusted accordingly and the warning "Limit reached" will be out-
put.

The value 0 dB cannot be switched on unless the 10 dB MIN ON/OFF softkey is

set to OFF in order to protect the input mixer against accidental overload.

Remote command: INP:ATT 40 DB

RF ATTEN The RF ATTEN AUTO softkey sets the RF attenuation automatically as a function of
AUTO the selected reference level.
This ensures that the optimum RF attenuation desired by the user is always used.
RF ATTEN AUTO is the default setting.

Remote command: INP:ATT:AUTO ON

10 dB MIN ON/ The 10 dB MIN ON/OFF softkey determines whether or not the 0 dB position of the
OFF attenuator is used when the attenuation is set manually or automatically.
The default setting is ON. This means the R&S ESCI always leaves at least 10 dB
RF attenuation on in order to protect the input mixer.
The 0 dB position cannot be switched on manually. This prevents that 0 dB are set
by mistake especially for measurements on objects with high signal voltage.

Remote command: INP:ATT:PROT ON

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.81

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

REF LEVEL The REF LEVEL POSITION softkey allows the reference level position to be
POSITION entered.
The setting range is from -200 to +200%, 0% corresponding to the lower and 100%
to the upper limit of the diagram.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:RPOS 100PCT

REF LEVEL The REF LEVEL OFFSET softkey allows the arithmetic level offset to be entered.
OFFSET This offset is added to the measured level irrespective of the selected unit. The scal-
ing of the y-axis is changed accordingly.
The setting range is ±200 dB in 0.1 dB steps.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:RLEV:OFFS -10dB

Remote command:

GRID The GRID ABS/REL softkey switches between absolute and relative scaling of the
ABS | REL level axis.
GRID ABS is the default setting.
ABS The labelling of the level lines refers to the absolute value of the reference
level.
REL The upper line of the grid is always at 0 dB.
The scaling is in dB whereas the reference level is always in the set unit
(dBm, dBmV,..).

For setting RANGE LINEAR (linear scaling, labelling of axes in %) the softkey is not
displayed since the unit % itself implies a relative scale.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:MODE ABS

RF INPUT The RF INPUT 50 Ω / 75 Ω softkey switches the input impedance of the instrument
50 Ohm | between 50 Ω (= default setting) and 75 Ω.
75 Ohm
The setting 75 Ω should be used if the input impedance (50 Ω) is transformed to 75
Ω using the corresponding adapter unit of type RAZ (= 25 Ω in series to the input
impedance of the R&S ESCI). The correction value used for the adoption is 1.76 dB
= 10 log (75Ω / 50Ω).
All levels specified in this operating manual refer to the default setting of the instru-
ment (50 Ω).

Remote command: INP:IMP 50OHM

4.82 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

4.6.4 Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key

The BW key calls a menu for setting the resolution bandwidth (RBW), video band-
width (VBW) and sweep time (SWT) for the frequency sweep. The parameters may
be coupled dependent on the span (stop minus start frequency) or freely set by the
user. When working with a split screen display, the settings always refer to the active
window.
The R&S ESCI offers resolution bandwidths from 10 Hz to 3 MHz in 1, 3, 10 steps
as 3 dB bandwidths; 200 Hz, 9 kHz and 120 kHz as 6 dB bandwidths; and 1 MHz as
impulse bandwidth.
Resolution bandwidths up to 120kHz are realized using digital bandpasses with
Gaussian characteristics. As far as the attenuation characteristic is concerned they
behave like analog filters but have a much higher measurement speed than compa-
rable analog filters. This is due to the fact that the transient response can be com-
pensated as a result of an accurately defined filter behavior.
Bandwidths above 120 kHz are realized using decoupled 4-circuit LC filters.
As an alternative to the analog filters, FFT filters are available for the bandwidths
between 1 Hz and 30 kHz. When working with bandwidths up to 30 kHz, the FFT
algorithm offers considerably higher measurement speeds with all the other settings
remaining the same. The reason is that with analog filters the sweep time required
for a particular span is proportional to (Span/RBW2). When using the FFT algorithm,
however, the sweep time is proportional to (Span/RBW).
The video bandwidths are available in 1, 3, 10 steps between 1 Hz and 10 MHz.
They can be set in accordance with the resolution bandwidth.
The video filters serve for smoothing the displayed trace. Video bandwidths that are
small compared to the resolution bandwidth average out noise peaks and pulsed
signals, so that only the signal average is displayed. If pulsed signals are to be mea-
sured, it is recommended to use a video bandwidth that is large compared to the
resolution bandwidth (VBW ≥ 10 × RBW) for the amplitudes of pulses to be mea-
sured correctly.

For analog and digital filters, the R&S ESCI has overload reserves of different
magnitude above the reference level. Due to the LO breakthrough the overload
display OVLD responds with digital filters with RBW < 100 kHz, as soon as the
start frequency is selected < 6 × RBW; for RBW = 100 kHz as soon as the start fre-
quency is below 3 MHz.

BW
RES BW MANUAL

VIDEO BW MANUAL

SWEEPTIME MANUAL

RES BW AUTO

VIDEO BW AUTO

SWEEPTIME AUTO

COUPLING RATIO ! RBW / VBW SINE [1/3]

RBW / VBW
PULSE [0.1]

RBW / VBW NOISE [10]

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.83

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

RBW / VBW MANUAL

SPAN / RBW
AUTO [50]

SPAN / RBW MANUAL

DEFAULT COUPLING

FILTER TYPE

Side menu

VBW MODE LIN | LOG

The BW key opens a menu for setting the resolution bandwidth, the video bandwidth,
the sweep time and their couplings.
The …BW AUTO softkeys are used to couple the functions. The coupling ratios are
selected by means of the COUPLING RATIO softkey.
The …BW MANUAL softkeys allow a parameter to be entered. This parameter is not
coupled to the other parameters.

With the …BW AUTO softkeys the resolution bandwidth, the video bandwidth and
the sweep time can be entered separately for the frequency domain (span > 0 Hz)
and the time domain (span = 0 Hz).
But with …BW MANUAL softkeys the selected values apply to both the frequency
and time domain.

RES BW The RES BW MANUAL softkey activates the manual data entry for the resolution
MANUAL bandwidth.
The resolution bandwidth can be selected in 1/3/10 steps in the range between 10
Hz and 10 MHz. The nominal resolution bandwidth is the 3 dB bandwidth.
200 Hz, 9 kHz and 120 kHz bandwidths are available as 6 dB bandwidths with filter
type EMI (6 dB). 1 MHz is available as impulse bandwidth.
When FFT filters are used, the lower limit of the bandwidth is 1 Hz. FFT filters may
be used with bandwidths up to 30 kHz.
For numeric inputs, the values are always rounded to the nearest possible band-
width. For rotary knob or UP/DOWN key inputs, the bandwidth is adjusted in steps
either upwards or downwards.
For filter type CHANNEL or RRC, the bandwidth is selected from the list of available
channel filters given in section “Filter Types” on page 4.88.
For data entry, the cursor keys Uu and Ud scroll through this list.
The manual input mode of the resolution bandwidth is indicated by a green asterisk
(*) on the display.

Remote command: BAND:AUTO OFF;

BAND 1MHz

VIDEO BW The VIDEO BW MANUAL softkey activates the manual data entry for the video
MANUAL bandwidth.
The video bandwidth can be selected in 1/3/10 steps in the range between 1 Hz and
10 MHz.

4.84 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

For numeric inputs, the values are always rounded to the nearest possible allowed
bandwidth. For rotary knob or UP/DOWN key inputs, the bandwidth is adjusted in
steps either downwards or upwards.
The manual input mode of the video bandwidth is indicated by a green asterisk (*)
on the display.

Remote command: BAND:VID:AUTO OFF;

BAND:VID 10 kHz

SWEEPTIME The SWEEPTIME MANUAL softkey activates the manual data entry for the sweep
MANUAL time. At the same time, the coupling of the sweep time is cancelled. Other couplings
(VIDEO BW, RES BW) remain effective.
In the frequency domain (span > 0 Hz) and for resolution bandwidths above 1 kHz,
the allowed sweep times for spans > 3.2 kHz range from 2.5 ms through to 16000 s.
With spans below 3.2 kHz, the maximum allowed sweep time is reduced to 5 s *
span/Hz.
If FFT filters are used, the sweep time is fixed by the span and the bandwidth and
therefore cannot be set.
In time domain (span = 0 Hz), the range of sweep times is 1 µs to 16000 s is select-
able in steps of max. 5% of the sweep time. For numeric inputs, rounding is made to
the nearest possible sweep time. For rotary knob or UP/DOWN key inputs, the
sweep time is adjusted in steps either downwards or upwards.
The manual input mode of the sweep time is indicated by a green asterisk (*) on the
display. If the selected sweep time is too short for the selected bandwidth and span,
level measurement errors will occur. This happens because the available settling
time for the resolution or video filters is too short. In this case, the R&S ESCI outputs
UNCAL on the display and marks the indicated sweep time with a red asterisk (*).

Remote command: SWE:TIME:AUTO OFF;

SWE:TIME 10s

RES BW AUTO The RES BW AUTO softkey couples the resolution bandwidth to the selected span.
Changing the span causes automatic adjustment of the resolution bandwidth.
Automatic coupling of resolution bandwidth to span is always recommended when a
favorable setting of the resolution bandwidth in relation to the selected span is
desired for the measurement under request.
The coupling ratio is set in the COUPLING RATIO submenu.
The RES BW AUTO softkey is only available in the frequency domain (span > 0 Hz).
The softkey is deactive in the time domain.

Remote command: BAND:AUTO ON

VIDEO BW The VIDEO BW AUTO softkey couples the video bandwidth to the resolution band-
AUTO width. If the resolution bandwidth is changed, the video bandwidth is automatically
adjusted.
The coupling of the video bandwidth is always recommended when the minimum
sweep time is required for a selected resolution bandwidth. Narrower video band-
widths require longer sweep times due to the longer settling time. Wider bandwidths
reduce the signal/noise ratio.
The coupling ratio is set in the COUPLING RATIO submenu.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.85

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The coupling of the video bandwidth to the resolution filter is also permitted for the
time domain display (span = 0).

Remote command: BAND:VID:AUTO ON

SWEEPTIME The SWEEPTIME AUTO softkey couples the sweep time to the span, video band-
AUTO width (VBW) and resolution bandwidth (RBW). The sweep time is automatically
adjusted on any change in span, resolution bandwidth or video bandwidth.
The softkey is only available in the frequency domain (span >0 Hz). It is blanked in
the time domain.
The R&S ESCI always selects the shortest sweep time possible without falsifying
the signal. The maximum level error compared to using a longer sweep time is
< 0.1 dB. If additional bandwidth and level errors are to be avoided, the sweep time
is to be set to three times the time offered in coupled mode.
The frequency scan rates required when using the quasipeak detector are defined in
Annex B in CISPR 16-2-x:

Band A Band B Band C/D

Frequency range < 150 kHz 150 kHz to 30 MHz > 30 MHz

IF bandwidth 200 Hz 9 kHz 120 kHz

Frequency scan rate 20 s/kHz 200 s/MHz 20 s/MHz

The SWEEPTIME AUTO function is designed for detectors like sample, max peak or
average. For sweeping with the quasipeak detector a manual setting of the sweep
time should be used at any time.

Remote command: SWE:TIME:AUTO ON

COUPLING The COUPLING RATIO softkey opens a submenu for selection of the coupling ratios.
RATIO
RBW / VBW SINE [1/3]

RBW / VBW PULSE [0.1]

RBW / VBW NOISE [10]

RBW / VBW MANUAL

SPAN / RBW AUTO [50]

SPAN / RBW MANUAL

When the default setting is active, i.e. the COUPLING RATIO softkey is deactivated
(not highlighted), the ratio span/resolution bandwidth (SPAN/RBW) is 50 (this corre-
sponds to SPAN / RBW AUTO [50]) and the ratio resolution bandwidth/video band-
width (RBW/VBW) is 0.33 (this corresponds to RBW / VBW SINE [1/3]).
If the ratio RBW/VBW or SPAN/RBW is different from the default setting, the COU-
PLING RATIO softkey is highlighted.
The softkeys RBW/VBW... are selection keys. Only one softkey can be enabled at
any one time. The softkeys are only effective for the VBW AUTO selection in the
main menu.
The softkeys SPAN/RBW... are also selection keys. They are only effective for the
RBW AUTO selection in the main menu.

4.86 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

RBW / VBW The RBW | VBW SINE [1/3] softkey sets the following coupling ratio:
SINE [1/3]
video bandwidth = 3 × resolution bandwidth.
This is the default setting for the coupling ratio resolution bandwidth/video band-
width.
This is the coupling ratio recommended if sinusoidal signals are to be measured.

Remote command: BAND:VID:RAT 3

This setting is only effective for the VBW AUTO selection in the main menu.

RBW / VBW The RBW | VBW PULSE [0.1] softkey sets the following coupling ratio:
PULSE [0.1] video bandwidth = 10 × resolution bandwidth or
video bandwidth = 10 MHz (= max. VBW).
This coupling ratio is recommended whenever the amplitudes of pulsed signals are
to be measured correctly. The IF filter is exclusively responsible for pulse shaping.
No additional evaluation is performed by the video filter.

Remote command: BAND:VID:RAT 10

This setting is only effective for the VBW AUTO selection in the main menu.

RBW / VBW The RBW/VBW NOISE [10] softkey sets the following coupling ratio:
NOISE [10] video bandwidth = resolution bandwidth/10
At this coupling ratio, noise and pulsed signals are suppressed in the video domain.
For noise signals, the average value is displayed.

Remote command: BAND:VID:RAT 0.1

This setting is only effective for the VBW AUTO selection in the main menu.

RBW / VBW The RBW/VBW MANUAL softkey activates the manual input of the coupling ratio.
MANUAL
The resolution bandwidth/video bandwidth ratio can be set in the range 0.001 to
1000.

Remote command: BAND:VID:RAT 10

This setting is only effective for the VBW AUTO selection in the main menu.

SPAN / RBW The SPAN/RBW AUTO [50] softkey sets the following coupling ratio:
AUTO [50] resolution bandwidth = span/50
This coupling ratio is the default setting of the R&S ESCI

Remote command: BAND:RAT 0.02

This setting is only effective for the RBW AUTO selection in the main menu.

SPAN / RBW The SPAN/RBW MANUAL softkey activates the manual input of the coupling ratio.
MANUAL
The span / resolution bandwidth ratio can be set in the range
1 to 10000.

Remote command: BAND:RAT 0.1

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.87

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

This setting is only effective for the RBW AUTO selection in the main menu.

DEFAULT The DEFAULT COUPLING softkey sets all coupled functions to the default state
COUPLING (AUTO). In addition, the ratio RBW/VBW is set to SINE [1/3] and the ratio SPAN/
RBW to 50 in the COUPLING RATIO submenu (default setting, COUPLING RATIO
softkey not highlighted).

Remote command: BAND:AUTO ON

BAND:VID:AUTO ON
SWE:TIME:AUTO ON

FILTER TYPE The FILTER TYPE softkey opens the selection list for different filter types. In the
range up to 30 kHz digital band filters with Gaussian characteristic and filtering with
FFT algorithm can be selected.

4.6.4.1 Filter Types

• NORMAL (3dB): The resolution bandwidths are implemented by Gaussian filters
with the set 3 dB bandwidth and correspond approximately to the noise
bandwidth. For bandwidths up to 100 kHz, digital bandpass filters are used.
• EMI (6dB): The resolution bandwidths are implemented by Gaussian filters with
the set 6 dB bandwidth and correspond approximately to the pulse bandwidth. For
bandwidths up to 120 kHz, digital bandpass filters are used.
• FFT: An FFT is performed. For that purpose, the filtered IF signal is digitized and
then transformed into the spectral domain via FFT. The transformation range
depends on the selected filter bandwidths and can be set between 4 kHz to 50
kHz. If the span is larger than the transformation range, several transformations
are performed and the results are appended to each other in the spectral domain.
If the span is smaller than the transformation range, the measurement results are
interpolated when the number of measurement points provided by the FFT is
smaller than the number of display points in x-direction (501). A flattop window
serves as a window in the time domain so that high amplitude precision with good
selection is achieved.
Compared to bandpasses, FFT filters lead to significantly reduced sweep times.
For a span of 50 kHz and a bandwidth of 100 Hz, for instance, the sweep time is
reduced from 5 s to 40 ms. FFT filters are particularly suitable for stationary
signals (sinusoidal signals or signals that are continuously modulated in time). For
burst signals (TDMA) or pulsed signals, normal filters are preferable.

4.88 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

As soon as the FFT filters are active (RBW ≤ 30 kHz) the sweep time display field
(SWT) is replaced by the acquisition time (AQT) display field.
FFT is a block transformation so the result depends on the time relation between
the data set to be transformed and the burst or pulsed signal. A gated sweep mea-
surement for TDMA signals is therefore not provided if FFT filters are used.
When the tracking generator (option R&S FSP-B9) is used as signal source for the
DUT, filtering with the FFT algorithm is not useful. The selection FFT is thus not
available if the tracking generator is switched on.

Additionally, a number of especially steep-edged channel filters are available for

power measurement.
• CHANNEL = general, steep-edged channel filters
• RRC = filters with root-raised cosine characteristic
(RRC = Root Raised Cosine)

When selecting these filter types, the automatic coupling of the resolution bandwidth
to the span is not available. The filters are selected via the RES BW softkey.
A list of all available channel filters with their associated applications can be found at
the end of this section.

Remote command: SENS:BAND:RES:TYPE NORM | FFT | CFIL | RRC

| NOISe | PULSe

4.6.4.2 List of Available Channel Filters

The channel filters included in the following table can be activated via the FILTER
TYPE softkey and are then available as resolution filters (softkey RES BW)

For filters of type RRC (Root Raised Cosine), the filter bandwidth indicated
describes the sampling rate of the filter.
For all other filters (CFILter) the filter bandwidth is the 3 dB bandwidth.

Filter Bandwidth Filter Type Application

100 Hz CFILter
200 Hz CFILter A0
300 Hz CFILter
500 Hz CFILter

1 kHz CFILter
3 kHz CFILter
3.4 kHz CFILter
4 kHz CFILter DAB, Satellite
8.5 kHz CFILter ETS300 113 (12.5 kHz channels)

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.89

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Filter Bandwidth Filter Type Application

10 kHz CFILter
12.5 kHz CFILter CDMAone
14 kHz CFILter ETS300 113 (20 kHz channels)
16 kHz CFILter ETS300 113 (25 kHz channels)
18 kHz, α=0.35 RRC TETRA
21 kHz CFILter PDC
24.3 kHz, α=0.35 RRC IS 136
30 kHz CFILter CDPD, CDMAone

100 kHz CFILter

150 kHz CFILter FM Radio
192 kHz CFILter
300 kHz CFILter
500 kHz CFILter J.83 (8-VSB DVB, USA)

1.0 MHz CFILter CDMAone

1.2288 MHz CFILter CDMAone
1.5 MHz CFILter DAB

VBW MODE The VBW MODE LIN/LOG softkey determines the position of the video filter in the
LIN | LOG signal path for resolution bandwidths ≤ 100 kHz:
• If LINear is selected, the video filter will be in front of the logarithmic amplifier
(default).
• If LOGarithmic is selected, the video filter will be behind the logarithmic amplifier.
The essential difference between the two operating modes relates to the settling in
case of falling signal edges:
With LINear, the falling signal edge will be "flatter" than with LOGarithmic.
This is due to the conversion from linear power to logarithmic level units: a reduction
of the linear power by 50% reduces the logarithmic signal level by only 3 dB.
This is important for EMI measurements above 1 GHz. Below 1 GHz, CISPR 16-1-1
defines the linear average detector only. Above 1 GHz both, the linear and the loga-
rithmic average detector may be specified in product standards. Some standards
(e.g. ANSI C63.4:2000) require the linear average detector, whereas microwave
oven measurements may be made with the log average detector. CISPR 11 speci-
fies weighted measurements with a VBW of 10 Hz.
Fig. 4.2 shows the response of the linear and the logarithmic average detector for
pulse-modulated signals.

4.90 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Fig. 4.2 Reponses of the linear and the logarithmic average detectors as a function of pulse
repetition frequency (PRF) for pulse-modulated signals with pulse durations of 400 ns
and 1 ms. Resolution bandwidth is 1 MHz.

Remote command: BAND:VID:TYPE LIN

4.6.5 Sweep Settings – SWEEP Key

The SWEEP key serves for configuring the sweep mode and opens the SWEEP
softkey menu. In split-screen mode, the entries made are valid for the active window
only.
The CONTINUOUS SWEEP, SINGLE SWEEP and SGL SWEEP DISP OFF soft-
keys are mutually exclusive selection keys.

SWEEP
CONTINUOUS SWEEP

SINGLE SWEEP

CONTINUE SGL SWEEP

SWEEPTIME MANUAL

SWEEPTIME AUTO

SWEEP COUNT

SWEEP POINTS

SGL SWEEP DISP OFF

CONTINUOUS The CONTINUOUS SWEEP softkey activates the continuous sweep mode, which
SWEEP means that the sweep takes place continuously according to the trigger mode set.
When working in the split-screen mode and with different settings in the two win-
dows, screen A is swept first, followed by screen B. When the softkey is pressed,
the sweep is restarted.
CONTINUOUS SWEEP is the default setting of R&S ESCI.

Remote command: INIT:CONT ON

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.91

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

SINGLE The SINGLE SWEEP softkey starts n sweeps after triggering. The number of
SWEEP sweeps is determined by the SWEEP COUNT softkey.
When working in the split-screen mode, the frequency ranges of the two windows
are swept one after the other.
If a trace is swept using TRACE AVERAGE or MAXHOLD, the value set via the
SWEEP COUNT softkey determines the number of sweeps. If 0 has been entered,
one sweep is performed.

Remote command: INIT:CONT OFF

CONTINUE The CONTINUE SGL SWEEP softkey repeats the number of sweeps set under
SGL SWEEP SWEEP COUNT, however without first deleting the trace.
This is particularly of interest when using the functions TRACE AVERAGE and
MAXHOLD, if previously recorded measurement results are to be taken into consid-
eration for averaging / maximum search.
If SGL SWEEP DISP OFF is active, the screen is switched off also during repeated
sweeps.

Remote command: INIT:CONM

SWEEPTIME The SWEEPTIME MANUAL softkey activates the window for entering the sweep
MANUAL time manually (see also BW menu).

Remote command: SWE:TIME 10s

SWEEPTIME The SWEEPTIME AUTO softkey activates the automatic selection of the sweep time
AUTO as a function of the bandwidth of the resolution and video filters (see also BW
menu).

Remote command: SWE:TIME:AUTO ON

SWEEP The SWEEP COUNT softkey activates the window for the entry of the number of
COUNT sweeps to be performed by R&S ESCI after a single sweep has been started. If
Trace Average, Max Hold or Min Hold is activated, this also determines the number
of averaging or maximum search procedures.

Example

[TRACE1: MAX HOLD]

[SWEEP: SWEEP COUNT: {10} ENTER]
[SINGLE SWEEP]
R&S ESCI performs the Max Hold function over 10 sweeps.
The permissible range for the sweep count is 0 to 32767. For sweep count = 0 or 1,
one sweep is performed. For trace averaging in the continuous-sweep mode,
R&S ESCI performs running averaging over 10 sweeps if sweep count = 0; if sweep
count = 1, no averaging, maxhold or minhold is performed.
The sweep count is valid for all the traces in a diagram.

4.92 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The number of sweeps set in the TRACE menu is the same as that in the SWEEP
menu.
If SINGLE SWEEP is selected, the measurement stops after the selected number
of sweeps has been performed.

Remote command: SWE:COUN 64

SWEEP The SWEEP POINTS softkey selects the number of measurement samples
POINTS acquired during a sweep.
The following numbers of points per sweep are available: 125, 201, 251, 401, 501
(default), 801, 1001, 1601, 2001, 4001, 8001

The autopeak detector will be disabled while the number of points per sweep is set
to another value than the default.

Remote command: SWE:POIN 501

SGL SWEEP The SGL SWEEP DISP OFF softkey deactivates the display while a single sweep is
DISP OFF being performed. Once the sweep has been completed, the trace is shown.

Remote command: INIT:DISP OFF

4.6.6 Triggering the Sweep – TRIG Key

The TRIG key opens a menu for selection of the various trigger sources, trigger
polarity and external gate function. The active trigger mode is indicated by highlight-
ing the corresponding softkey.
For video trigger, a trigger threshold can be entered, which is represented in the dia-
gram as a horizontal line.
To indicate that a trigger mode other than FREE RUN has been set, the enhance-
ment label TRG is displayed on the screen. If two windows are displayed, TRG
appears next to the appropriate window.
The TV and RF Trigger (R&S FSP-B6) option adds a number of trigger functions for
the analysis of TV signals to this menu, located in the side menu. For details see
section “TV and RF Trigger – Option R&S FSP-B6” on page 4.280.

TRIG
FREE RUN

VIDEO

EXTERN

IF POWER

RF POWER

TRIGGER OFFSET

POLARITY POS | NEG

GATED TRIGGER

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.93

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

GATE SETTINGS ! GATE MODE

LEVEL | EDGE

POLARITY POS | NEG

GATE DELAY

GATE LENGTH

SWEEPTIME

Side menu

TV TRIGGER TV TRIGGER ON | OFF

SETTINGS

VERT SYNC

VERT SYNC ODD FIELD /

VERT SYNC EVEN FIELD

HOR SYNC

VIDEO POL POS | NEG

LINES 625 | 525

CCVS INT | EXT

DELAY COMP
ON | OFF

FREE RUN The FREE RUN softkey activates the free-run sweep mode, i.e. start of a sweep is
not triggered. Once a measurement is completed, another is started immediately.
FREE RUN is the default setting of R&S ESCI.

Remote command: TRIG:SOUR IMM

VIDEO The VIDEO softkey activates triggering through the displayed voltage.
For the video triggering mode, a horizontal trigger line is shown in the diagram. It
may be used to set the trigger threshold between 0% and 100% of the overall dia-
gram height.

Remote command: TRIG:SOUR VID

TRIG:LEV:VID 50 PCT

EXTERN The EXTERN softkey activates triggering via a TTL signal at the input connector
EXT TRIGGER/GATE on the rear panel.
The external trigger level can be adjusted in the range from 0.5 V to 3.5 V. The
default value is 1.4 V.

Remote command: TRIG:SOUR EXT <numeric_value>

SWE:EGAT:SOUR EXT
TRIG:SEQ:LEV:EXT

4.94 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

IF POWER The IF POWER softkey activates triggering of the measurement via signals which
are outside the measurement channel.
For this purpose, the R&S ESCI uses a level detector at the second intermediate
frequency. The detector threshold can be selected in a range between –30 dBm and
-10 dBm at the input mixer. The resulting trigger level at the RF input is calculated
via the following formula:
MixerLevel min + RFAtt – PreampGain ≤ InputSignal ≤ MixerLevel max + RFAtt – PreampGain

The bandwidth at the intermediate frequency is 10 MHz. The R&S ESCI is triggered
as soon as the trigger threshold is exceeded within a 5 MHz range around the
selected frequency (= start frequency in the frequency sweep).
Thus, the measurement of spurious emissions, e.g. for pulsed carriers, is possible
even when the carrier lies outside the selected frequency span.

Remote command: TRIG:SOUR IFP

SWE:EGAT:SOUR IFP

RF POWER For details see section “TV and RF Trigger – Option R&S FSP-B6” on page 4.280.

TRIGGER The TRIGGER OFFSET softkey activates the window for entering the time offset
OFFSET between the trigger signal and the start of the sweep.
Triggering is delayed by the entered time with respect to the trigger signal (time
entered > 0) or is started earlier (time entered < 0). The time may be entered in mul-
tiples of 125 ns in the range -100 s to 100 s (default 0 s).

A negative offset (pretrigger) can be set in the time domain only (SPAN = 0 Hz)
provided GATED TRIGGER is not active in that domain.
The maximum allowed range and the maximum resolution of the pretrigger is lim-
ited by the set sweep time:
max. range = - 499/500 × sweep time
max. resolution = sweep time/500.
Pretriggering is not possible when the rms or the average detector is activated

As a common input signal is used for both trigger and gate when selecting EXTERN
and IF POWER, changes to the gate delay will affect the trigger delay (TRIGGER
OFFSET) as well.

Remote command: TRIG:HOLD 10US

POLARITY The POLARITY POS/NEG softkey selects the polarity of the trigger source.
POS | NEG
The sweep starts after a positive or negative edge of the trigger signal. The selected
setting is highlighted.
The selection is valid for all trigger modes with the exception of FREE RUN; in the
gate mode, it also applies to the gate polarity.
The default setting is POLARITY POS.

Remote command: TRIG:SLOP POS

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.95

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

By using a gate in sweep mode and stopping the measurement while the gate signal
is inactive, the spectrum for pulsed RF carriers can be displayed without the super-
position of frequency components generated during switching. Similarly, the spec-
trum can also be examined for an inactive carrier. The sweep can be controlled by
an external gate or by the internal power trigger.

Fig. 4.3 Pulsed signal GATE OFF

Fig. 4.4 TDMA signal with GATE ON

The gated-sweep mode is activated by the GATED TRIGGER softkey. The setting of
the mode takes place in the GATE SETTINGS submenu.

4.96 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

GATED The GATED TRIGGER softkey switches the sweep mode with gate on and off.
TRIGGER
When gate is switched on, a gate signal applied to the rear panel connector EXT
TRIGGER/GATE or the internal IF power detector controls the sweep of the
R&S ESCI. This selection is made via the EXTERN and IF POWER softkeys for trig-
ger and gate.
The length of the gate signal defines when the sweep is to be interrupted. Here a dif-
ferentiation is made between edge-triggered and level-triggered modes: in case of
edge triggering the gate length can be set via the GATE LENGTH softkey, while in
case of level triggering the gate length depends on the length of the gate signal.

Gate Mode LEVEL Gate Mode EDGE

RF

Ext. Gate

Meas. active

Delay Delay Length

Fig. 4.5 Timing diagram for GATE, GATE DELAY and GATE LENGTH

This softkey requires the EXTERN or IF POWER trigger mode. If a different mode is
active, IF POWER is automatically selected.
Gated-sweep operation is also possible in the time domain. This enables - e.g. in
burst signals - level variations of individual slots to be displayed versus time.
To indicate that a gate is used for the sweep, the enhancement label GAT is dis-
played on the screen. This label appears to the right of the window for which the
gate is configured.

Remote command: SWE:EGAT ON

SWE:EGAT:SOUR IFP
or:
SWE:EGAT:SOUR EXT

GATE
GATE MODE LEVEL | EDGE
SETTINGS
POLARITY POS | NEG

GATE DELAY

GATE LENGTH

SWEEPTIME

The GATE SETTINGS softkey calls a submenu for making all the settings required
for gated-sweep operation.
At the same time, a transition is made to the time domain (span = 0) and the time
parameters GATE DELAY and GATE LENGTH are represented as vertical lines.
This allows the required gate time parameters to be set easily.
For highly accurate setting of gate delay and gate length, the x-axis can be altered
using the SWEEPTIME softkey in a way that the signal range concerned (e.g. one
full burst) is displayed.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.97

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Then the sampling time and duration can be set by GATE DELAY and GATE
LENGTH in a way that the desired portion of the signal is shown.
When quitting the submenu, the program will return to the frequency domain pro-
vided it was active before. The original span is restored so the desired measurement
can now be performed with the accurately set gate.

Remote command: --

GATE MODE The GATE MODE LEVEL/EDGE softkey selects the trigger mode. Gated sweep is
LEVEL | EDGE possible in the level-triggered as well as in the edge-triggered mode.
If level triggering is selected, the GATE LENGTH softkey becomes inactive and can-
not be operated.

Remote command: SWE:EGAT:TYPE EDGE

POLARITY The POLARITY POS/NEG softkey controls the polarity of the EXT TRIGGER/GATE
POS | NEG control line.
In case of level triggering the sweep is stopped by POLARITY POS and a logic ’0’
signal; the signal ’1’ will restart the sweep after the GATE DELAY time has elapsed.
In case of edge triggering the sweep is continued on a ´0´ to ´1´ transition for the
duration of GATE LENGTH after a delay (GATE DELAY) has elapsed.
Changing the polarity automatically implies a transition of the trigger-edge polarity
(POLARITY softkey in the higher menu).

Remote command: SWE:EGAT:POL POS

GATE DELAY The GATE DELAY softkey activates the window for setting the delay time between
the gate signal and the continuation of the sweep.
This may be useful for taking into account a delay between the gate signal and the
stabilization of an RF carrier for example.
As gate delay, values between 125 ns and 100 s may be set. The position of the
delay on the time axis in relation to the sweep is indicated by the line labelled GD.
As there is a common input signal for trigger and gate if EXTERN or IF POWER is
selected, changes to the gate delay will affect the trigger delay (TRIGGER OFFSET)
as well.

Remote command: SWE:EGAT:HOLD 1US

GATE LENGTH The GATE LENGTH softkey activates the window for setting the sweep duration of
R&S ESCI in the edge-triggered mode.
Values between 125 ns and 100 s may be set for the gate length. The length of the
gate in relation to the sweep is indicated by the line labelled GL.
This softkey is only available if GATE MODE EDGE (edge triggering) has been
selected.

Remote command: SWE:EGAT:LENG 100US

SWEEPTIME The SWEEPTIME softkey enables the user to change the time axis to obtain a
higher resolution for positioning gate delay and gate length.

4.98 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

When this is to be done, the sweep time temporarily changes; the original value is
restored when the menu is quit.

Remote command: --

Measurement example
The modulation spectrum of a GSM 900 signal is to be measured using the gated-
sweep function. The signal is generated by a Signal Generator whose RF output is
directly connected to the RF input of R&S ESCI.

Settings on the Signal Generator:

FREQ: 802 MHz
Level: 0 dBm: Return
Digital Mod: Select: GMSK: Select
Source: Select: PRBS: Select: Return
Level Attenuation: Select: 60 dB: Return

The Signal Generator supplies a GMSK-modulated TDMA signal (GSM).

Settings on R&S ESCI:

Conventions:
[KEY] Menu called by this key. All information between the brackets
refers to this menu.
{Number} Numeric value to be entered for the parameter on hand.
SOFTKEY Softkey to be used for making a selection or entering a value.

[PRESET]
[FREQ: CENTER {802} MHz]
[SPAN {3.6} MHz]
[AMPT: REF LEVEL {0} dBm: RF ATTEN MANUAL: {10} dB]
[BW: RES BW MANUAL: {30} kHz]
[TRACE: TRACE 1 DETECTOR: RMS]
[SWEEP: SWEEPTIME MANUAL: {50} ms]
[TRIG: EXTERN
GATED TRIGGER;
GATE SETTINGS: GATE MODE EDGE; POLARITY POS
SWEEPTIME MANUAL {1} ms: GATE DELAY {300} µs:
GATE LENGTH: {250} µs]

The following figure shows the screen display for setting gate parameters. The verti-
cal lines for gate delay (GD) and gate length (GL) can be adjusted to the burst signal
by entering numeric values or by means of the rotary knob.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.99

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Fig. 4.6 Setting GATE DELAY and GATE LENGTH in time domain by means of lines GD and GL

On quitting the GATE SETTINGS menu, R&S ESCI returns to the previous screen.

TV TRIGGER The TV and RF Trigger softkey is available with option R&S ESCI-B6 and offers the
SETTINGS following submenu. For more information refer to section “TV and RF Trigger –
Option R&S FSP-B6” on page 4.280.

TV TRIGGER SETTINGS ! TV TRIGGER ON | OFF

VERT SYNC

VERT SYNC ODD FIELD /

VERT SYNC EVEN FIELD

HOR SYNC

VIDEO POL POS | NEG

LINES 625 | 525

CCVS INT | EXT

DELAY COMP The DELAY COMP ON/OFF softkey enables the filter group delay compensation for
ON | OFF the external trigger and IF power trigger. If a bursted signal is analyzed in zero span
and the delay compensation is on, a change of the RBW will not change the rising
slope of the signal.
Default is OFF.

Remote command: TRIG:HOLD:ADJ:AUTO ON|OFF

4.100 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

4.6.7 Selection and Setting of Traces – TRACE Key

The R&S ESCI is capable of displaying up to three different traces at a time in a dia-
gram. A trace consists of a maximum of 501 pixels on the horizontal axis (frequency
or time). If more measured values than pixels are available, several measured val-
ues are combined in one pixel.
The traces are selected using the SELECT TRACE softkey in the menu of the
TRACE key.
The traces can individually be activated for a measurement or frozen after comple-
tion of a measurement. Traces that are not activated are blanked.
The display mode can be selected for each trace. Traces can be overwritten in each
measurement (CLEAR/WRITE mode), averaged over several measurements
(AVERAGE mode), or a maximum or minimum value can be determined from sev-
eral measurements and displayed (MAX HOLD or MIN HOLD).
Individual detectors can be selected for the various traces. The autopeak detector
displays maximum and minimum values connected by a vertical line. The max peak
detector and min peak detector display the maximum and minimum value of the
level within a pixel. The sample detector displays the instantaneous value of the
level at a pixel. The rms detector displays the power (rms value) of the measured
values within a pixel, the average detector the average value.

4.6.8 Selection of Trace Functions

The trace functions are subdivided as follows:

• Display mode of trace (CLEAR/WRITE, VIEW and BLANK)
• Evaluation of the trace as a whole (AVERAGE, MAX HOLD and MIN HOLD)
• Evaluation of individual pixels of a trace using detectors
The TRACE key opens a menu offering the setting options for the selected trace.
In this menu, the mode of representing the measured data in the frequency or time
domain in the 501 pixels of the display is determined. Upon start of the measure-
ment, each trace can be displayed either completely new or based on the previous
results.
Traces can be displayed, blanked and copied. Traces can also be corrected with the
aid of mathematical functions.
The measurement detector for the individual display modes can be selected directly
by the user or set automatically by R&S ESCI.
The default setting is trace 1 in the overwrite mode (CLEAR / WRITE), the other
traces 2 and 3 are switched off (BLANK).
The CLEAR/WRITE, MAX HOLD, MIN HOLD, AVERAGE, VIEW and BLANK soft-
keys are mutually exclusive selection keys.

TRACE
SELECT TRACE

CLEAR/WRITE

MAX HOLD

AVERAGE

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.101

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

VIEW

BLANK

SWEEP COUNT

DETECTOR ! AUTO SELECT

DETECTOR AUTO PEAK

DETECTOR MAX PEAK

DETECTOR MIN PEAK

DETECTOR SAMPLE

DETECTOR RMS

DETECTOR AVERAGE

DETECTOR QPK

DETECTOR CISPR RMS

DETECTOR CISPR AV

TRACE MATH ! T1-T2->T1 | T1-T3->T1

TRACE POSITION

TRACE MATH OFF

Side menu

MIN HOLD

HOLD CONT ON | OFF

AVG MODE

ASCII FILE EXPORT

DECIM SEP

COPY TRACE

SELECT The SELECT TRACE softkey activates the entry for the active trace (1, 2, 3).
TRACE
Remote command: -- (selected via numeric suffix of: TRACe)

CLEAR/WRITE The CLEAR/WRITE softkey activates the overwrite mode for the collected mea-
sured values, i.e. the trace is overwritten by each sweep.
In the CLEAR/WRITE display mode all the available detectors can be selected. In
the default mode the autopeak detector (setting AUTO) is selected.
Each time the CLEAR/WRITE softkey is actuated, R&S ESCI clears the selected
trace memory and starts the measurement anew.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE WRIT

MAX HOLD The MAX HOLD softkey activates the max peak detector.
The R&S ESCI saves the sweep result in the trace memory only if the new value is
greater than the previous one.
The detector is automatically set to MAX PEAK. The maximum value of a signal can
thus be determined over several sweeps.

4.102 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

This is especially useful with modulated or impulsive signals. The signal spectrum is
filled up upon each sweep until all signal components are detected in a kind of enve-
lope.
Pressing the MAX HOLD softkey again clears the trace memory and restarts the
max hold mode.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE MAXH

AVERAGE The AVERAGE softkey activates the trace averaging function. The average is
formed over several sweeps. Averaging can be performed with any of the detectors
available. If the detector is automatically selected by R&S ESCI, the sample detec-
tor is used.
Depending on the setting of AVG MODE, the logarithmic level values or the mea-
sured power/voltage values are averaged.
Averaging is restarted every time the AVERAGE softkey is pressed. The trace mem-
ory is always cleared.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE AVER

Description of averaging

Averaging is carried out over the pixels derived from the measurement samples.
Several measured values may be combined in a pixel. This means that with linear
level display the average is formed over linear amplitude values and with logarithmic
level display over levels. For this reason the trace must be measured again when
changing between LIN and LOG display mode. The settings CONT/SINGLE
SWEEP and running averaging apply to the average display analogously.
There are two methods for calculating the average. For a sweep count = 0, a run-
ning average is calculated according to the following formula:

9 ⋅ TRACE + MeasValue
TRACE = -----------------------------------------------------------------
10

Due to the weighting between the new measured value and the trace average, past
values have practically no influence on the displayed trace after about ten sweeps.
With this setting, signal noise is effectively reduced without need for restarting the
averaging process after a change of the signal.
If the sweep count is >1, averaging takes place over the selected number of
sweeps. In this case the displayed trace is determined during averaging according
to the following formula:

n–1
1
Trace n = --- ⋅
n ∑ ( Ti ) + MeasValuen
i=1

where n is the number of the current sweep (n = 2 ... SWEEP COUNT). No averag-
ing is carried out for the first sweep but the measured value is stored in the trace
memory. With increasing n, the displayed trace is increasingly smoothed since there
are more single sweeps for averaging.
After the selected number of sweeps the average trace is saved in the trace mem-
ory. Until this number of sweeps is reached, a preliminary average is displayed.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.103

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

After completion of averaging, i.e. when the averaging length defined by SWEEP
COUNT is attained, a running averaging is continued with CONTINUOUS SWEEP
according to the following formula:

( N – 1 ) ⋅ Trace old + MeasValue

Trace = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
N

where
Trace = new trace
Traceold = old trace
N = SWEEP COUNT

The display "Sweep N of N" does not change any more until a new start is triggered.
In the SINGLE SWEEP mode, the number of sweeps is triggered with SWEEP
START. The sweeps are stopped when the selected number of sweeps is attained.
The number of the current sweep and the total number of sweeps are shown on the
display: "Sweep 3 of 200".

VIEW The VIEW softkey freezes the current contents of the trace memory and displays it.
If a trace is frozen by VIEW, the instrument settings can be changed without the dis-
played trace being modified (exception: level display range and reference level, see
below). The fact that the trace and the current instrument setting do not agree any
more is indicated by an enhancement label "*" at the right edge of the grid.
If in the VIEW display mode the level display range (RANGE) or the reference level
(REF LEVEL) are changed, R&S ESCI automatically adapts the measured data to
the changed display range. This allows an amplitude zoom to be made after the
measurement in order to show details of the trace.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE VIEW

BLANK The BLANK softkey activates the blanking of the trace on the screen.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC OFF

SWEEP The SWEEP COUNT softkey activates the entry of the number of sweeps used for
COUNT averaging. The allowed range of values is 0 to 30000 and the following should be
observed:
• Sweep Count = 0 means running averaging
• Sweep Count = 1 means no averaging, maxhold or minhold is carried out
• Sweep Count > 1 means averaging over the selected number of sweeps; in the
continuous sweep mode averaging is performed until the set number of sweeps
is attained and is then continued as running averaging.
The default setting is running averaging (Sweep Count = 0). The number of sweeps
used for averaging is the same for all active traces in the selected diagram.

The setting of the sweep count in the TRACE menu is equivalent to the setting in
the SWEEP menu.

Remote command: SWE:COUN 64

4.104 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

DETECTOR See following section “Selection of Detector” on page 4.108.

TRACE MATH See following section “Mathematical Functions for Traces” on page 4.113.

MIN HOLD The MIN HOLD softkey activates the min peak detector. R&S ESCI saves for each
sweep the smallest of the previously stored/currently measured values in the trace
memory. The detector is automatically set to MIN PEAK. In this way, the minimum
value of a signal can be determined over several sweeps.
This function is useful e.g. for making an unmodulated carrier in a composite signal
visible. Noise, interference signals or modulated signals are suppressed by the min
hold function whereas a CW signal is recognized by its constant level.
Pressing the MIN HOLD softkey again clears the trace memory and restarts the min
hold function.

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE MINH

HOLD CONT The HOLD CONT ON/OFFsoftkey defines whether the traces in min hold and max
ON | OFF hold mode are reset after some specific parameter changes.
• OFF: The traces are reset after some definite parameter changes (default)
• ON: This mechanism is switched off.
In general, parameter changes require a restart of the measurement before results
are evaluated (e.g. with markers). For those changes that are known to require a
new measurement (e.g. modification of the span), the trace is automatically reset so
that erroneous evaluations of previous results are avoided.
This mechanism can be switched off for those exceptional cases where the
described behavior is unwelcome.

Remote command: :DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE:HCON ON|OFF

AVG MODE The AVG MODE softkey selects logarithmic or linear averaging for the logarithmic
level display mode.
At the same time the difference calculation is switched between linear and logarith-
mic in submenu TRACE MATH.

Remote command: CALC:MATH:MODE LIN|LOG|POWER

With logarithmic averaging, the dB values of the display voltage are averaged or
substracted from each other with trace mathematical functions. With linear averag-
ing the level values in dB are converted into linear voltages or powers prior to aver-
aging. Voltage or power values are averaged or offset against each other and
reconverted into level values.
For stationary signals the two methods yield the same result.
Logarithmic averaging is recommended if sinewave signals are to be clearly visible
against noise since with this type of averaging noise suppression is improved while
the sinewave signals remain unchanged.
For noise or pseudo-noise signals the positive peak amplitudes are decreased in
logarithmic averaging due the characteristic involved and the negative peak values
are increased relative to the average value. If the distorted amplitude distribution is
averaged, a value is obtained that is smaller than the actual average value. The dif-
ference is -2.5 dB.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.105

 R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

This low average value is usually corrected in noise power measurements by a 2.5
dB factor. Therefore the R&S ESCI offers the selection of linear averaging. The
trace data are delogarithmized prior to averaging, then averaged and logarithmized
again for display on the screen. The average value is always correctly displayed
irrespective of the signal characteristic.
Following selections are available:

LOG logarithmic averaging

LIN linear averaging (delogarithmization depends on
selected unit).
For units VOLT and AMPERE the level values are con-
verted into linear voltages prior to averaging.
POWER linear averaging (delogarithmization to power for all
units)

For correct power averaging with units VOLT or AMPERE, selection POWER has
to be used.

ASCII FILE
EXPORT
The ASCII FILE EXPORT softkey stores the active trace in ASCII format, e.g. on a
memory stick or a floppy disk.

Remote command: FORM ASC;

MMEM:STOR:TRAC 1,'TRACE.DAT'

The file consists of the header containing important scaling parameters and a data
section containing the trace data.
The data of the file header consist of three columns, each separated by a semicolon:
parameter name; numeric value; base unit
The data section starts with the key word " Trace <n> " (<n> = number of stored
trace), followed by the measured data in one or several columns (depending on
measurement) which are also separated by a semicolon.
This format can be read in from spreadsheet calculation programs, e.g. MS-Excel. It
is necessary to define ';' as a separator.

4.106 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Different language versions of evaluation programs may require a different han-

dling of the decimal point. It is therefore possible to select between separators '.'
(decimal point) and ',' (comma) using the DECIM SEP softkey.

Example - file header

File contents Description

Type; R&S ESCI<model>; Instrument model

Version;1.00; Firmware version

Date;01.Jul 2009; Date of data set storage

Mode;Spectrum; Instrument mode

Center Freq;55000;Hz Center frequency

Freq Offset;0;Hz Frequency offset

Span;90000;Hz Frequency range (0 Hz with zero span and statistics measurements)

x-Axis;LIN; Scaling of x-axis linear (LIN) or logarithmic (LOG)

Start;10000;Hz Start/stop of the display range.

Stop;100000;Hz Unit:
Hz for span > 0, s for span = 0,
dBm/dB for statistics measurements

Ref.Level;-30;dBm Reference level

Level Offset;0;dB Level offset

Ref Position;75;% Position of reference level referred to diagram limits (0% = lower
edge)

y-Axis;LOG; Scaling of y-axis linear (LIN) or logarithmic (LOG)

Level Range;100;dB Display range in y direction. Unit: dB with x-axis LOG, % with x-axis
LIN

RF Att;20;dB Input attenuation

RBW;100000;Hz Resolution bandwidth

VBW;30000;Hz Video bandwidth

SWT;0.005;s Sweep time

Trace Mode;AVERAGE; Display mode of trace:

CLR/WRITE,AVERAGE,MAXHOLD,MINHOLD

Detector;SAMPLE; Detector set:

AUTOPEAK,MAXPEAK,MINPEAK,AVERAGE,
RMS,SAMPLE

Sweep Count;20; Number of sweeps set

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.107

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Example - data section of the file

File contents Description

Trace 1:;; Selected trace

x-Unit;Hz; Unit of x values:

Hz with span > 0; s with span = 0;
dBm/dB with statistics measurements

y-Unit;dBm; Unit of y values:

dB*/V/A/Ω depending on the selected unit with y axis LOG or % with
y-axis LIN

Values; 501; Number of measurement points

10000;-10.3;-15.7 Measured values:

10180;-11.5;-16.9 <x value>, <y1>, <y2>
10360;-12.0;-17.4 <y2> being available only with detector AUTOPEAK and containing
in this case the smallest of the two measured values for a test point.
...;...;

DECIM SEP The DECIM SEP softkey selects the decimal separator between '.' (decimal point)
and ',' (comma) with floating-point numerals for the ASCII FILE EXPORT function.
With the selection of the decimal separator different language versions of evaluation
programs (e.g. Microsoft Excel) can be supported.

Remote command: FORM:DEXP:DSEP POIN

COPY TRACE The COPY TRACE softkey copies the screen contents of the current trace into
another trace memory. The desired memory is selected by entering the number 1, 2
or 3.
Upon copying, the contents of the selected memory is overwritten and the new con-
tents displayed in view mode.

Remote command: TRAC:COPY TRACE1,TRACE2

4.6.8.1 Selection of Detector

The detectors of the R&S ESCI are implemented as pure digital devices. The
following detectors are available:
• “Peak detectors (MAX PEAK and MIN PEAK)” on page 4.109
• “Auto peak detector” on page 4.109
• “Sample detector” on page 4.109
• “RMS detector” on page 4.109
• “Average detector” on page 4.110
• “Quasipeak detector” on page 4.110
• “CISPR RMS detector” on page 4.110
• “CISPR average detector” on page 4.110

4.108 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The peak detectors compare the current level value with the maximum or minimum
level from the previously sampled data. When the number of samples defined by the
instrument setting is reached, the samples are combined in the displayed pixels.
Each of the 501 pixels of the display thus represents 1/501 of the sweep range and
contains all single measurements (frequency samples) in this subrange in com-
pressed form. For each trace display mode an optimized detector is selected auto-
matically. Since peak detectors and sample detector are connected in parallel, a
single sweep is sufficient for collecting all detector values for 3 traces.

Peak detectors (MAX PEAK and MIN PEAK)

Peak detectors are implemented by digital comparators. They determine the largest
of all positive (max peak) or the smallest of all negative (min peak) peak values of
the levels measured at the individual frequencies which are displayed in one of the
501 pixels. This procedure is repeated for each pixel so that for wide frequency
spans and despite the limited resolution of the display a large number of measure-
ments can be taken into consideration for the display of the spectrum.

Auto peak detector

The AUTOPEAK detector combines the two peak detectors. The max peak detector
and the min peak detector simultaneously determine the maximum and the mini-
mum level within a displayed test point and display it as a single measured value.
The maximum and minimum levels within a frequency point are connected by a ver-
tical line.

Sample detector

The SAMPLE detector routes through the sampled data without any further evalua-
tion and either displays them directly or, for reasons of speed in case of short sweep
times, first writes them into a memory and processes them subsequently.
There is no data reduction, i.e. no summing up of measured values of neighboring
frequencies or time samples. If during a frequency sweep more measured values
are obtained than can be displayed, measured values will be lost. This means that
discrete signals might be lost.
The sample detector therefore can only be recommended for a span-to-resolution
bandwidth ratio of up to approx. 250 in order to ensure that no signal will be sup-
pressed (example: span 1 MHz, -> min. bandwidth 5 kHz).

RMS detector

The RMS detector forms the rms value of the measured values within a pixel.
To this effect, R&S ESCI uses the linear voltage after envelope detection. The sam-
pled linear values are squared, summed and the sum is divided by the number of
samples (= root mean square). For logarithmic display the logarithm is formed from
the square sum. For linear display the root mean square value is displayed. Each
pixel thus corresponds to the power of the measured values summed up in the pixel.
The RMS detector supplies the power of the signal irrespective of the waveform
(CW carrier, modulated carrier, white noise or impulsive signal). Correction factors
as needed for other detectors for measuring the power of the different signal classes
are not required.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.109

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Average detector

The average detector forms the average value of the measured values within a
pixel.
To this effect, R&S ESCI uses the linear voltage after envelope detection. The sam-
pled linear values are summed up and the sum is divided by the number of samples
(= linear average value). For logarithmic display the logarithm is formed from the
average value. For linear display the average value is displayed. Each pixel thus
corresponds to the average of the measured values summed up in the pixel.
The average detector supplies the average value of the signal irrespective of the
waveform (CW carrier, modulated carrier, white noise or impulsive signal).

Quasipeak detector

The quasipeak detector resembles the behavior of an analog voltmeter by evaluat-

ing the measured values in a pixel.
The quasipeak detector is especially designed for the requirements of EMC mea-
surements and is used for evaluating pulse-shaped spurious.

During a frequency sweep, R&S ESCI increments the 1st local oscillator in steps
that are smaller than approximately 1/10 of the bandwidth. This is to ensure that
the signal level is correctly measured. For narrow bandwidths and wide frequency
spans a very large number of measured values is thus obtained. The number of
frequency steps, however, always is a multiple of 501 (= number of pixels that can
be displayed). With the sample detector selected, only every nth value is dis-
played. The value of n depends on the number of measured values, i.e. on the fre-
quency span, the resolution bandwidth and the measurement rate.

CISPR RMS detector

The CISPR RMS average detector supplies a weighted reading of the input signal.
When measuring the RMS-average according to the proposed amendment of
CISPR 16-1-1 (CISPR/A/628/CD), the maximum value of the RMS-average during
the measurement time is displayed. The detector is used, for example, to measure
pulsed sinusoidal signals with a low pulse repetition frequency. It is calibrated with
the RMS value of an unmodulated sinusoidal signal. Averaging is with lowpass fil-
ters of the 2nd order (simulation of a mechanical instrument). The CISPR RMS
detector is available in zero span.

CISPR average detector

The CISPR average detector supplies a weighted average. When measuring the
average according to CISPR 16-1-1, the maximum value of the linear average dur-
ing the measurement time is displayed. The detector is used, for example, to mea-
sure pulsed sinusoidal signals with a low pulse repetition frequency. It is calibrated
with the rms value of an unmodulated sinusoidal signal. Averaging is with lowpass
filters of the 2nd order (simulation of a mechanical instrument). The CISPR Average
detector is available in zero span.

4.110 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

DETECTOR
AUTO SELECT

DETECTOR AUTO PEAK

DETECTOR MAX PEAK

DETECTOR MIN PEAK

DETECTOR SAMPLE

DETECTOR RMS

DETECTOR AVERAGE

DETECTOR QPK

DETECTOR CISPR RMS

DETECTOR CISPR AV

The DETECTOR softkey opens a submenu for selecting the detector for the selected
trace. The softkey is highlighted if the detector is not selected with AUTO SELECT.
The detector can be selected independently for each trace. The AUTO SELECT
mode selects the optimum detector for each display mode of the trace (Clear/Write,
Max Hold or Min Hold).
The softkeys for the detectors are mutually exclusive selection keys.

AUTO SELECT The AUTO SELECT softkey (= default setting) selects the optimum detector for the
set display mode of the trace (Clear/Write, Max Hold and Min Hold) and the selected
filter mode (bandpass/FFT).
Trace display Detector (bandpass) Detector (FFT)
Clear/Write Auto Peak Max Peak
Average Sample Sample
Max Hold Max Peak Max Peak
Min Hold Min Peak Max Peak

The detector activated for the specific trace is identified in the respective trace dis-
play field as follows:
Detector
Auto Peak AP
Max Peak PK
Min Peak MI
Average AV
RMS RM
Sample SA
Quasipeak QP

Remote command: DET:AUTO ON

DETECTOR The DETECTOR AUTOPEAK softkey activates the autopeak detector.

AUTO PEAK
Remote command: DET APE

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.111

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

DETECTOR The DETECTOR MAX PEAK softkey activates the max peak detector. It is recom-
MAX PEAK mended for measurement of impulsive signals.

Remote command: DET POS

DETECTOR The DETECTOR MIN PEAK softkey activates the min peak detector. Weak sine-
MIN PEAK wave signals become clearly visible in noise using this detector. In case of a com-
posite signal made up of sinewave and impulsive signals, the impulsive signals are
suppressed.

Remote command: DET NEG

DETECTOR The DETECTOR SAMPLE softkey activates the sample detector.

SAMPLE
It is used for measuring uncorrelated signals such as noise. The power can be
determined with the aid of fixed correction factors for evaluation and the logarithmic
function.

Remote command: DET SAMP

DETECTOR The DETECTOR RMS softkey activates the rms detector.

RMS
The rms detector supplies the power of the signal independent of the waveform. For
this effect the root mean square of all sampled level values is formed during the
sweep of a pixel. The sweep time thus determines the number of averaged values
and with increasing sweep time better averaging is obtained. The rms detector is
thus an alternative for averaging over several sweeps (see TRACE AVERAGE).
Since the video bandwidth must be at least 10 times the resolution bandwidth
(RBW) to ensure that video filtering does not invalidate the rms values of the signal,
this ratio is set automatically upon activating the detector.

Remote command: DET RMS

DETECTOR The DETECTOR AVERAGE softkey activates the average detector.

AVERAGE
In contrast to the rms detector, the average detector supplies the linear average of
all sampled level values during the sweep of a pixel.
The same relations as for the rms detector apply (see above).

Remote command: DET AVER

DETECTOR The DETECTOR QPK softkey activates the quasipeak detector.

QPK
This detector evaluates the sampled level values during the sweep of a pixel like an
analog voltmeter.
On switching the quasipeak detector on the video bandwidth is automatically set to
10*RBW so as to exclude the influence of the video filter on the signal evaluation.

Remote command: DET QPE

DETECTOR The DETECTOR CISPR RMS softkey activates the CISPR rms detector.
CISPR RMS
Remote command: DET CRMS

DETECTOR The DETECTOR CISPR AV softkey activates the CISPR average detector.
CISPR AV
Remote command: DET CAV

4.112 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The DETECTOR CISPR RMS and DETECTOR CISPR AV softkeys are only avail-
able in zero span mode. The bandwidth is limited to the values 200 Hz, 9 kHz,
120 kHz and 1 MHz. In order to use the normal bandwidths again, the detector
must be changed, e.g. using AUTO SELECT.

4.6.8.2 Mathematical Functions for Traces

TRACE MATH The TRACE MATH softkey opens a submenu in which the difference between the
selected trace to trace 1 is calculated. The softkey is highlighted if a math function is
activated.

T1-T2->T1 |
T1-T3->T1

TRACE POSITION

TRACE MATH OFF

T1-T2->T1 | The T1-T2 and T1-T3 softkeys subtract the corresponding traces. The result dis-
T1-T3->T1 played is referred to the zero point defined by TRACE POSITION.
To indicate that the trace has been obtained by subtraction, the difference "1 - 2" or
"1 - 3" is indicated on the trace info of trace 1 and in the TRACE main menu the
TRACE MATH softkey is highlighted.

Remote command: CALC:MATH (TRACE1–TRACE2)

CALC:MATH (TRACE1–TRACE3)

TRACE The TRACE POSITION softkey activates the entry of the trace position for 0 differ-
POSITION ence. The position is stated in % of the diagram height.
The range of values extends from -100% to +200%

Remote command: CALC:MATH:POS 50PCT

TRACE MATH The TRACE MATH OFF softkey switches the math function off.
OFF
Remote command: CALC:MATH:STAT OFF

4.6.9 Recording the Correction Data – CAL Key

The R&S ESCI obtains its high measurement accuracy through its inbuilt self-align-
ment method.
The correction data and characteristics required for the alignment are determined by
comparison of the results at different settings with the known characteristics of the
high-precision calibration signal source of R&S ESCI at 128 MHz. The correction
data are then available in the instrument as a file and can be displayed by means of
the CAL RESULTS softkey.
For service purposes the use of correction data can be deactivated by means of the
CAL CORR ON/OFF softkey. If the correction data recording is aborted, the last
complete correction data set is restored.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.113

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The term "Calibration" formerly used for the integrated self alignment was often
mistaken for the "true" calibration of the instrument at the test set in production and
in service. It is therefore no longer used although it appears in the abbreviated
form in the name of keys ("CAL...").

The CAL key opens a menu with the available functions for recording, displaying
and activating the data for self alignment.

CAL
CAL TOTAL

CAL ABORT

CAL CORR ON | OFF

CAL RESULTS

PAGE UP |
PAGE DOWN

CAL TOTAL The CAL TOTAL softkey starts the recording of correction data of the instrument.
If the correction data recording has failed or if the correction values are deactivated
(CAL CORR = OFF softkey), UNCAL is displayed in the status field.

Remote command: *CAL?

CAL ABORT The CAL ABORT softkey interrupts the recording of correction data and restores the
last complete correction data set.

Remote command: CAL:ABOR

CAL CORR The CAL CORR ON/OFF softkey switches the calibration data on/off.
ON | OFF
• ON: The status message depends upon the results of the total calibration.
• OFF: The message UNCAL appears in the status line.

Remote command: CAL:STAT ON

CAL RESULTS The CAL RESULTS softkey calls the CALIBRATION RESULTS table, which shows
the correction data found during calibration.
The CALIBRATION RESULTS table contains the following information:
– date and time of last record of correction values
– overall results of correction value record
– list of found correction values according to function/module
The results have the following meaning:
PASSED calibration successful without any restrictions
CHECK deviation of correction value larger than expected, correction
could however be performed
FAILED deviations of correction value too large, no correction was possi-
ble. The found correction data are not valid.
ABORTED calibration aborted

4.114 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Remote command: CAL:RES?

PAGE UP | The softkeys PAGE UP and PAGE DOWN scroll one page forward or backward in
PAGE DOWN the CALIBRATION RESULTS table. They have no function when the table is closed.

Remote command: --

4.6.10 Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key

The markers are used for marking points on traces, reading out measurement
results and for quickly selecting a display section. R&S ESCI provides four markers
per display window. All markers can be used either as markers or delta markers.
The availability of marker functions depends on whether the measurement is per-
formed in the frequency, time or level domain.
The marker that you can move is defined in the following as the active marker.

marker active marker temporary marker

1 3 T1

2
delta marker

Fig. 4.7 Examples of marker display

Temporary markers are used in addition to the markers and delta markers to evalu-
ate the measurement results. They disappear when the associated function is deac-
tivated.
The measurement results of the active marker (also called marker values) are dis-
played in the marker field. The marker info field at the upper right of the display
shows the marker location (here, frequency), the level and the currently selected
trace [T1].

MARKER 1 [T1]
-27.5 dBm
123.4567 MHz

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.115

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The MKR key calls a menu that contains all marker and delta marker standard func-
tions. If no marker is active, MARKER 1 will be enabled and a peak search on the
trace carried out. Otherwise, the data entry for the marker activated last is opened.

MKR
MARKER 1|2|3|4 /
MARKER NORM | DELTA

SIGNAL COUNT

REFERENCE FIXED ! REF FXD ON | OFF

REF POINT LEVEL

REF POINT LVL OFFSET

REF POINT FREQUENCY

REF POINT TIME

PEAK SEARCH

MARKER ZOOM

ALL MARKER OFF

Side menu

MKR->TRACE

LINK MKR1 AND DELTA1

CNT RESOL ...

Side menu

STEPSIZE STANDARD

STEPSIZE SWP POINTS

MKR FILE EXPORT

DECIM SEP

MARKER The MARKER 1/2/3/4.softkey selects the corresponding marker and activates it.
1|2|3|4 /
MARKER 1 is always the normal marker. After they have been switched on, MARK-
MARKER
ERS 2 to 4 are delta markers that refer to MARKER 1. These markers can be con-
NORM | DELTA
verted into markers with absolute value display by means of the MARKER NORM
DELTA softkey. When MARKER 1 is the active marker, pressing the MARKER
NORM DELTA softkey switches on an additional delta marker.
Pressing the MARKER 1 to 4 softkey again switches off the selected marker.

4.116 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Example
[PRESET] R&S ESCI is set to the default setting.
[MKR] On calling the menu, MARKER 1 is switched on ('1' highlighted in
the softkey) and positioned on the maximum value of the trace. It is
a normal marker and the MARKER NORMAL softkey is high-
lighted.
[MARKER 2] MARKER 2 is switched on ('2' highlighted in the softkey). It is auto-
matically defined as a delta marker on switching on so the DELTA
is highlighted on softkey MARKER NORM DELTA. The frequency
and level of MARKER 2 with reference to MARKER 1 are output in
the marker info field.
[MARKER The MARKER NORM DELTA softkey is highlighted. MARKER 2
NORM DELTA] becomes a normal marker. The frequency and level of MARKER 2
are output as absolute values in the marker info field.
[MARKER 2] MARKER 2 is switched off. MARKER 1 is the active marker for
entry. The frequency and level of MARKER 1 are output in the
marker info field.

Remote command: CALC:MARK ON

CALC:MARK:X <value>
CALC:MARK:Y?

CALC:DELT ON
CALC:DELT:MODE ABS|REL
CALC:DELT:X <value>
CALC:DELT:X:REL?
CALC:DELT:Y?

When several traces are being displayed, the marker is set to the maximum value
(peak) of the active trace which has the lowest number (1 to 3). In case a marker is
already located there, it will be set to the frequency of the next lowest level (next
peak).
When the split-screen display mode is active, the marker will be placed in the active
window. A marker can only be enabled when at least one trace in the corresponding
window is visible.
If a trace is turned off, the corresponding markers and marker functions are also
deactivated. If the trace is switched on again (VIEW, CLR/WRITE;..), the markers
along with coupled functions will be restored to their original positions provided the
markers have not been used on another trace.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.117

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

4.6.10.1 Frequency Measurement with the Frequency Counter

In order to accurately determine the frequency of a signal, R&S ESCI is equipped
with a frequency counter which measures the frequency of the RF signal at the inter-
mediate frequency. Using the measured IF, R&S ESCI calculates the frequency of
the RF input signal by applying the known frequency conversion factors.
The frequency measurement error depends only upon the accuracy of the frequency
standard used (external or internal reference). Although R&S ESCI always operates
synchronously irrespective of the set span, the frequency counter delivers a more
exact result than a measurement performed with a marker. This is due to the follow-
ing:
• The marker measures only the position of the pixel on the trace and infers the
frequency of the signal from this value. The trace, however, contains only a limited
number of pixels. Depending upon the selected span, each pixel may contain
many measurement values, which therefore limits the frequency resolution.
• The resolution with which the frequency can be measured is proportional to the
measurement time. For this reason, the bandwidth is normally made as wide as
possible and the sweep time as short as possible. This results in a loss of
frequency resolution.
For the measurement with the frequency counter, the sweep is stopped at the refer-
ence marker, the frequency is counted with the desired resolution and then the
sweep is allowed to continue.

SIGNAL The SIGNAL COUNT softkey switches the frequency counter on/off.
COUNT
The frequency is counted at the position of the reference marker (MARKER 1). The
sweep stops at the reference marker until the frequency counter has delivered a
result. The time required for a frequency measurement depends on the selected fre-
quency resolution. The resolution is set in the side menu.
If no marker is enabled when the SIGNAL COUNT softkey is pressed, MARKER 1 is
switched on and set at the largest signal.
In addition, the SIGNAL COUNT function is displayed in the marker info field on the
screen with [Tx CNT].

MARKER 1 [T1 CNT]

-27.5 dBm
23.4567891 MHz

Switching the SIGNAL COUNT function off is accomplished by pressing the softkey
again.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:COUN ON;

CALC:MARK:COUN:FREQ?

The resolution of the frequency counter is set in the NEXT menu of the MARKER
menu. R&S ESCI offers counter resolutions between 0.1 Hz and 10 kHz.

4.118 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

REFERENCE
REF FXD ON | OFF
FIXED
REF POINT LEVEL

REF POINT LVL OFFSET

REF POINT FREQUENCY

REF POINT TIME

PEAK SEARCH

The REFERENCE FIXED softkey defines the level and the frequency or time of
MARKER 1 as a reference for one or several delta markers. The measured values
for one or several markers displayed in the marker info field are derived from this
reference point instead of the current values of the reference marker (MARKER 1).
On actuating the softkey, reference fixed is switched on and thus, the level value
and the frequency, time or x-level value of MARKER 1 immediately become the ref-
erence point.
Additionally, the REFERENCE FIXED softkey opens the submenu where it is possi-
ble to determine manually a reference point with level and frequency, time or x-axis
level, to define a level offset or deactivate the reference point.
The REFERENCE FIXED function is useful for the measurement of the harmonic
suppression at small span (fundamental not represented).

REF FXD The REF FXD ON/OFF softkey switches on or off the relative measurement to a
ON | OFF fixed reference value (REFERENCE POINT) independent of the trace.

Remote command: CALC:DELT2:FUNC:FIX ON

REF POINT The REF POINT LEVEL softkey enters a reference level independent of the refer-
LEVEL ence marker level. All relative level values of the delta markers refer to this refer-
ence level.

Remote command: CALC:DELT2:FUNC:FIX:RPO:Y -10dBm

REF POINT LVL The REF POINT LVL OFFSET softkey specifies a level offset relevant to the refer-
OFFSET ence level. The relative level values of the delta markers refer to the reference point
level plus the level offset.
The level offset is set to 0 dB on enabling the REFERENCE FIXED or PHASE
NOISE function.

Remote command: CALC:DELT2:FUNC:FIX:RPO:Y:OFFS 0dB

REF POINT With the REF POINT FREQUENCY softkey a reference frequency can be manually
FREQUENCY activated for the delta markers when the REFERENCE FIXED or PHASE NOISE
function is used.

Remote command: CALC:DELT2:FUNC:FIX:RPO:X 10.7MHz

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.119

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

REF POINT The REF POINT TIME softkey activates the entry box for the input of a reference
TIME time for the REFERENCE FIXED function in the time domain (span = 0 Hz).

Remote command: CALC:DELT2:FUNC:FIX:RPO:X 5MS

For phase noise measurement, input of reference time is not possible.

PEAK SEARCH The PEAK SEARCH softkey defines the maximum of the selected trace as refer-
ence level for all delta markers when using the REFERENCE FIXED function.

Remote command: CALC:DELT2:FUNC:FIX:RPO:X -5DBM

Measurement example

Small-span harmonics measurement to increase sensitivity

CW signal (e.g. 100 MHz, 0 dBm) with harmonics at the RF input of R&S ESCI.
[PRESET] R&S ESCI is set to the default setting.
[CENTER: 100 MHz] The center frequency of R&S ESCI is set to 100 MHz.
[SPAN: 1 MHz] The span is set to 1 MHz.
[AMPL: 3 dBm] The reference level is set to 3 dBm (3 dB above the
expected RF level).
[MKR] MARKER 1 is switched on ('1' highlighted in the softkey)
and set to the signal peak.
[MARKER 2] MARKER 2 is switched on and automatically defined as the
delta marker (DELTA is highlighted on MARKER NORM
DELTA softkey).
[REFERENCE FIXED] The frequency and level of MARKER 1 are a reference for
the delta marker.
[CENTER: 200 MHz] The center frequency is set to 200 MHz (= frequency of the
2nd harmonic). The reference level may have to be
reduced to see the 2nd harmonic from the noise. This does
not affect the reference level set with REFERENCE FIXED.
[MKR->: PEAK] The delta marker jumps to the 2nd harmonic of the signal.
The level spacing of the harmonic to the fundamental is dis-
played in the marker info field.

MARKER The MARKER ZOOM softkey expands the area around MARKER 1. With the zoom
ZOOM function, more details of the spectrum can be seen. The desired display range can
be defined in an entry window.
The following sweep is stopped at the position of the reference marker. The fre-
quency of the signal is counted and the measured frequency becomes the new cen-
ter frequency. The zoomed display range is then configured and the new settings
are used by R&S ESCI for further measurements.
As long as switching to the new frequency display range has not yet taken place,
pressing the softkey will abort the procedure.
If MARKER 1 is not active when the softkey is pressed, it is automatically activated
and set to the highest peak in the window.
If an instrument setting is changed after selection of MARKER ZOOM, the function
is aborted.

4.120 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The MARKER ZOOM softkey is only available in the frequency domain

(span > 0).

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:ZOOM 1kHz

ALL MARKER The ALL MARKER OFF softkey switches off all markers (reference and delta mark-
OFF ers). It also switches off all functions and displays associated with the markers/delta
markers.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:AOFF

MKR->TRACE The MKR->TRACE softkey places the active marker on a new trace. The trace is
selected via a data entry field. Only those traces can be selected which are visible
on the screen in the same window.
The function of this softkey is identical to that of the MKR->TRACE softkey in the
MKR-> menu (see “MKR->TRACE” on page 4.135).

Example

Three traces are presented on the screen. The marker is always on trace 1 when
switching on.
[MKR ->TRACE] "2"<ENTER> The marker jumps to trace 2 but remains on the
previous frequency or time.
[MKR ->TRACE] "3"<ENTER> The marker jumps to trace 3. '

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:TRAC 1

CALC:DELT:TRAC 1

LINK MKR1 With the softkey LINK MKR1 AND DELTA1 the delta marker 1 can be linked to
AND DELTA1 marker 1, so if the x-axis value of the marker 1 is changed the delta marker 1 will fol-
low on the same x-position. The link is off by default.

Example for setup

• PRESET
• TRACE | MAX HOLD
• TRACE | SELECT TRACE | 2 | AVERAGE
• MKR (Switches marker1 on)
• MARKER NORM DELTA | DELTA (Delta Marker 1 ON)
• MKR-> | MKR->TRACE | 2
• LINK MKR1 AND DELTA1
Now select the Marker1 (by switching MARKER1 from DELTA back to NORM) and
when changing the x-axis value (by knob wheel or UP/DOWN keys) the delta
marker1 will follow automatically.
The delta marker1 x-value can not be changed away from 0 as long as the link func-
tionality is active.

Remote command: CALC:DELT:LINK ON | OFF

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.121

 R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

CNT RESOL ... The CNT RESOL ... softkeys select the counter resolution. They are selection
switches, i.e. only one of the can be active at any one time.
The marker stop time, i.e. the frequency measurement time, depends on the
selected resolution.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:COUN:RES <value>

Measurement example

The frequency of a CW signal is to be determined by means of the frequency

counter with a resolution of 10 Hz.
[PRESET] R&S ESCI is set to the default setting.
[MARKER] MARKER 1 is switched on and set to the maximum value of
the displayed spectrum.
[SIGNAL COUNT] The frequency counter is switched on. R&S ESCI counts the
frequency of the signal at the marker position with a resolu-
tion of 1 kHz. The counted frequency is indicated in the
marker info field.
[NEXT] Changes to the submenu for setting the counter resolution.
[CNT RESOL 10 Hz] The frequency counter resolution is increased to 10 Hz.

STEPSIZE The STEPSIZE STANDARD softkey controls the knob increment/decrement of the
STANDARD marker position and uses the grid resolution (span/501).

Remote command: CALC:MARK:X:SSIZ STAN

STEPSIZE The STEPSIZE SWP POINTS softkeys controls the knob increment/decrement of
SWP POINTS the marker position and uses the available sweep points configured in the SWEEP
menu.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:X:SSIZ POIN

MKR FILE The MKR FILE EXPORT softkey saves the data of all active markers of the window
EXPORT to a specified file. The format of the decimal point is defined by the DECIM SEP soft-
key.

Remote command: MMEM:STOR:MARK 'C:\marker.txt'

DECIM SEP The DECIM SEP softkey selects the decimal separator between '.' (decimal point)
and ',' (comma) for the function MKR FILE EXPORT.

Remote command: FORM:DEXP:DSEP POIN

4.122 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

4.6.11 Marker Functions – MKR FCTN Key

The MKR FCTN menu offers further measurements with the markers:
– Measurement of noise density (NOISE MEAS softkey)
– Measurement of phase noise (PHASE NOISE softkey)
– Measurement of filter or signal bandwidth (N DB DOWN softkey)
– Activating of AF demodulation (MARKER DEMOD softkey)
On calling the menu, the entry for the last active marker is activated (SELECT
MARKER softkey); if no marker is activated, marker 1 is activated and a maximum
search (PEAK softkey) is performed. The marker can be set to the desired trace by
means of MKR->TRACE softkey.

MKR FCTN
SELECT MARKER

PEAK

NOISE MEAS

PHASE NOISE ! PH NOISE ON | OFF

REF POINT LEVEL

REF POINT LVL OFFSET

REF POINT FREQUENCY

PEAK SEARCH

AUTO PEAK SEARCH

N DB DOWN

PEAK LIST ! NEW SEARCH

SORT MODE FREQ | LEVEL

PEAK EXCURSION

LEFT LIMIT | RIGHT LIMIT

THRESHOLD

PEAK LIST OFF

PEAK LIST EXPORT

Decim Sep

MARKER DEMOD ! MKR DEMOD ON | OFF

AM | FM

SQUELCH

MKR STOP TIME

CONT DEMOD

MKR−>TRACE

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.123

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

4.6.11.1 Activating the Markers

SELECT The SELECT MARKER softkey activates the numerical selection of the marker in
MARKER the data entry field. Delta marker 1 is selected by input of ' 0 '.
If the marker is switched off, then it is switched on and can be moved later on.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1 ON;

CALC:MARK1:X <value>;
CALC:MARK1:Y?

PEAK The PEAK softkey sets the active marker/delta marker to the peak of the trace.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:MAX

CALC:DELT1:MAX

4.6.11.2 Measurement of Noise Density

NOISE MEAS The NOISE MEAS softkey switches the noise measurement for the active marker on
or off. The corresponding marker becomes the NORMAL marker.
During noise measurement, the noise power density is measured at the position of
the marker. In the time domain mode, all points of the trace are used to determine
the noise power density. When measurements are performed in the frequency
domain, two points to the right and left of the marker are used for the measurement
to obtain a stable result.
The noise power density is indicated in the marker field. With a logarithmic ampli-
tude units (dBm, dBmV, dBmµV, dBµA) the noise power density is output in dBm/Hz
i.e. as level in 1 Hz bandwidth with reference to 1 mW. With linear amplitude units (V,
A, Ω) the noise voltage density is evaluated in µV/√Hz, the noise current density in
µA/√Hz or the noise power density in µW/Hz.
The following settings have to be made to ensure that the power density measure-
ment yields correct values:
Detector: Sample or RMS
Video bandwidth: ≤ 0.1 × resolution bandwidth with sample detector
(corresponds to RBW / VBW NOISE)
≥ 3 × resolution bandwidth with RMS detector (corresponds to
RBW / VBW SINE)

In the default setting, the R&S ESCI uses the sample detector for the noise function.
With the sample detector, the trace can additionally be set to AVERAGE to stabilize
the measured values. With RMS detector used, trace averaging must not be used
since in this case it produces too low noise levels which cannot be corrected.
Instead, the sweep time can be increased to obtain stable measurement results.
The R&S ESCI uses the following correction factors to evaluate the noise density
from the marker level:
• Since the noise power is indicated with reference to 1 Hz bandwidth, the
bandwidth correction value is deducted from the marker level. It is 10 × lg (1 Hz/
BWNoise), where BWNoise is the noise or power bandwidth of the set resolution
filter (RBW).

4.124 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

• Sample detector
As a result of video filter averaging and trace averaging, 1.05 dB is added to the
marker level. This is the difference between the average value and the RMS value
of white noise.
With a logarithmic level axis, 1.45 dB is added additionally. Logarithmic averaging
is thus fully taken into account which yields a value that is 1.45 dB lower than that
of linear averaging.
• RMS detector
With the exception of bandwidth correction, no further corrections are required for
the RMS detector since it already indicates the power with every point of the trace.
To allow a more stable noise display the adjacent (symmetric to the measurement
frequency) points of the trace are averaged.
In time domain mode, the measured values are averaged versus time (after a
sweep).

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:NOIS ON;

CALC:MARK:FUNC:NOIS:RES?

Example: Measurement of inherent R&S ESCI noise

[PRESET] The R&S ESCI is set to default setting.
[MARKER] Marker 1 is switched on and set to the maximum value of the dis-
played spectrum. Set marker to desired frequency using the rotary
knob.
[NOISE] The R&S ESCI switches the sample detector on and sets the video
bandwidth to 300 kHz (0.1 × RBW). The power density level of inher-
ent noise is displayed in dBm/Hz in the marker info field.

The R&S ESCI noise figure can be calculated from the measured power density
level. It is calculated by subtracting the set RF attenuation (RF Att) from the dis-
played noise level. 174 is to be added to the result to obtain the R&S ESCI noise
figure.

4.6.11.3 Phase Noise Measurement

PHASE NOISE
PH NOISE ON | OFF

REF POINT LEVEL

REF POINT LVL OFFSET

REF POINT FREQUENCY

PEAK SEARCH

AUTO PEAK SEARCH

The PHASE NOISE softkey switches the PHASE NOISE function on/off. Addition-
ally, the softkey opens the submenu for manually setting the reference point. The
phase noise measurement can be switched off in the submenu.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.125

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

MARKER 1 (= reference marker) is used as a reference for the phase noise mea-
surement. The frequency and level of the reference marker are used as fixed refer-
ence values, i.e. the REFERENCE FIXED function is activated. After switching on
the phase noise measurement the reference level or the center frequency can thus
be set in a way that the carrier is outside the displayed frequency range, or, for
example, a notch filter is switched on to suppress the carrier.
A noise power density measurement is carried out with the delta marker or delta
markers. This measurement corresponds to the NOISE function in the MARKER
menu (MKR). The result of the phase noise measurement is the difference in level
between the reference point and the noise power density.
The following possibilities can be selected on switching on PHASE NOISE:

No marker enabled:
[MKR FCTN] MARKER 1 is enabled and set to peak.
[PHASE NOISE] MARKER 1 becomes the reference marker, MARKER 2 the delta
marker; frequency = frequency of the reference marker. The
delta marker is the active marker, i.e. it can be moved with the
rotary knob or adjusted by entering numerals.
The PHASE NOISE function is switched on and the measured
value is output.

Markers are enabled:

[MKR FCTN] The previous marker configuration remains unchanged.
[PHASE NOISE] MARKER 1 becomes the reference marker. If other markers are
enabled, they become delta markers and measure the phase
noise at their respective positions.

If further markers are enabled during the phase noise measurement, they automati-
cally become delta markers and measure the phase noise at their respective posi-
tions.
When the phase noise measurement is switched off, the marker configuration
remains unchanged and the delta markers measure the relative level to the refer-
ence marker (MARKER 1).
The PHASE NOISE function measures the noise power at the delta markers
referred to 1 Hz bandwidth. The sample detector is automatically used and the video
bandwidth set to 0.1 times the resolution bandwidth (RBW). The two settings are
taken into account in the correction values used for the noise power measurement.
To obtain stable results, two pixels on the right and the left of the respective delta
marker position are taken for the measurement. The procedure for determining the
noise power is identical to the method used for the noise power measurement (see
NOISE softkey). The measured noise level referred to 1 Hz bandwidth is subtracted
from the carrier level at the reference marker (MARKER 1). The measured values
are displayed in the delta marker field in dBc/Hz (= spacing in dB of the noise power
from the carrier level in 1 Hz bandwidth).
If several delta markers are enabled, only the value read by the active marker is
shown in the marker field. If several delta markers are active, their measurement
results are shown in the marker info field.

4.126 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The reference value for the phase noise measurement can be defined with REF
POINT LEVEL, REF POINT FREQUENCY and REF POINT LVL OFFSET to differ
from that of the reference marker.

Remote command: --

PH NOISE The PH NOISE ON/OFF softkey switches on/off the phase noise measurement.
ON | OFF Switching on is performed by means of the PHASE NOISE softkey and is only nec-
essary when the phase noise measurement has been switched off in the submenu.

Remote command: CALC:DELT1:FUNC:PNO ON

CALC:DELT1:FUNC:PNO:RES?

REF POINT The REF POINT LEVEL softkey activates an entry box for the input of a reference
LEVEL level other than the reference marker level. The function is identical to that of the
softkey with the same name in the MARKER menu (MKR).

Remote command: CALC:DELT1:FUNC:FIX:RPO:Y -10dB

REF POINT LVL The REF POINT LVL OFFSET softkey activates an entry box for the input of an
OFFSET additional level offset for the phase noise calculation.
This level offset is set to 0 dB on when the REFERENCE FIXED or PHASE NOISE
function is enabled.

Remote command: CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:Y:OFFS 10dB

REF POINT The REF POINT FREQUENCY softkey activates an entry box for the manual input
FREQUENCY of a reference frequency for the REFERENCE FIXED or PHASE NOISE function.

Remote command: CALC:DELT1:FUNC:FIX:RPO:X 10.7MHz

PEAK SEARCH The PEAK SEARCH sets the reference point level for delta marker 2 in the selected
measurement window to the peak of the selected trace.

Remote command: CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:MAX

AUTO PEAK The AUTO PEAK SEARCH softkey activates an automatic peak search for the refer-
SEARCH ence fixed marker 1 at the end of each particular sweep.
This function may be used for tracking of a drifting source during a phase noise
measurement. The delta marker 2, which shows the phase noise measurement
result, keeps the delta frequency value. Therefore the phase noise measurement
leads to reliable results in a certain offset although the source is drifting. Only if the
marker 2 is reaching the border of the span, the delta marker value is adjusted to be
within the span. In these cases, choose a larger span.

Remote command: CALC:DELT:FUNC:PNO:AUTO ON | OFF

The numeric suffix <1 to 4> of :DELTamarker is irrelevant.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.127

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Measurement example

The phase noise of a CW signal at 100 MHz with 0 dBm level is to be measured at
800 kHz from the carrier
[PRESET] The R&S ESCI is set to the default setting.
[CENTER: 100 MHz] The center frequency is set to 100 MHz.
[SPAN: 2 MHz] The span is set to 2 MHz.
[AMPT: 0 dBm] The reference level is set to 0 dBm.
[MKR FCTN] MARKER 1 is switched on and positioned at the maxi-
mum of the displayed trace.
[PHASE NOISE: 800 kHz] The phase noise measurement is switched on. The
delta marker is positioned on the main marker and the
measured phase noise value is displayed in the marker
info field. The sample detector is used and the video
bandwidth is set to 3 × RBW. When the phase noise
measurement function is enabled, the entry of the delta
marker frequency is activated. It can be entered
directly.

4.6.11.4 Measurement of the Filter or Signal Bandwidth

N DB DOWN The N DB DOWN softkey activates the temporary markers T1 and T2 which are n
dB below the active reference marker. Marker T1 is placed to the left and marker T2
at the right of the reference marker. The value n can be input in a window.
The default setting is 3 dB.
Span > 0: The frequency spacing of the two temporary markers is indicated in the
marker info field.
Span = 0: The pulse width between the two temporary markers is indicated in the
marker info field.

If, for example, it is not possible to form the frequency spacing for the n dB value
because of the noise display, dashes are indicated instead of a measured value.
If a negative value is entered than the markers are placed n dB above the active ref-
erence marker. This is then a n dB up function which can be used for notch filter
measurements:
To switch n dB down on or off:

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:NDBD:STAT ON

To query the result pulse width:

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:NDBD:RES?

To query the two marker x-values (in seconds) separated by comma:

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:NDBD:TIME? 'Span = 0

Further remote commands:

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:NDBD 3dB

CALC:MARK1:FUNC:NDBD:FREQ? 'Span > 0

4.128 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

4.6.11.5 Measurement of a Peak List

PEAK LIST
NEW SEARCH

SORT MODE FREQ | LEVEL

PEAK EXCURSION

LEFT LIMIT | RIGHT LIMIT

THRESHOLD

PEAK LIST OFF

PEAK LIST EXPORT

DECIM SEP

The PEAK LIST softkey allows the peak values of the trace to be determined and
entered in a list with 50 entries max. The order of the entries is defined by the SORT
MODE:
• FREQ: sorting in ascending order of frequency values (see screenshot); if span =
0, the entries are sorted in ascending order of time values
• LEVEL: sorting according to level

The search range can be restricted by means of the LEFT LIMIT, RIGHT LIMIT and
THRESHOLD softkeys. The definition of the peak values can be modified using the
PEAK EXCURSION softkey. The MKR->TRACE softkey in the main menu is used to
select the trace for searching peak values.
Opening the list performs a single search at the end of the sweep. The NEW
SEARCH softkey triggers a new sweep, determines the peak values of the trace at
the end of the sweep and enters them in the list.
Use the PEAK LIST OFF key to delete the list from the screen.

Remote command: INIT:CONT OFF;

CALC:MARK:TRAC 1;
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:SORT X;
INIT;*WAI;
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE 10;
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:COUN?;
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:Y?;
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:X?

NEW SEARCH The NEW SEARCH softkey starts a new peak search and enters the results in the
peak list.

Remote command: INIT;*WAI;

CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE 10;
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:COUN?;
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:Y?;
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:X?

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.129

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

SORT MODE The SORT MODE FREQ/LEVEL softkey defines the position of the peak values in
FREQ | LEVEL the list:
• FREQ: sorting in ascending order of frequency values (time values if span = 0)
• LEVEL: sorting according to level

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:SORT X;

PEAK With level measurements, the PEAK EXCURSION softkey allows the minimum
EXCURSION amount to be entered by which a signal must decrease or increase in order to be
recognized as a maximum by the peak search function.
Values between 0 dB and 80 dB may be entered, the resolution being 0.1 dB

Remote command: CALC:MARK:PEXC 6dB

LEFT LIMIT | The LEFT LIMIT and RIGHT LIMIT softkeys define the vertical lines F1/F2 in the fre-
RIGHT LIMIT quency domain (span > 0) and T1/T2 in the time domain (span = 0) between which
the search is carried out.
If only one line is active, the F1/T1 line is used as the lower limit; the upper limit is
the stop frequency. If F2/T2 is also active, it defines the upper limit.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:LEFT 1MHZ

CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:RIGH 10MHZ
CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON

THRESHOLD The THRESHOLD softkey defines a horizontal threshold line which represents the
lower limit of the peak search level range.

Remote command: CALC:THR -20dBm

CALC:THR ON

PEAK LIST OFF The PEAK LIST OFF softkey switches off the table with the search results.

Remote command: --

PEAK LIST The PEAK LIST EXPORT softkey stores the content of the marker peak list in ASCII
EXPORT format to the specified file. The format of the decimal point is defined by the DECIM
SEP softkey.

Remote command: MMEM:STOR:PEAK 'C:\filename.txt'

DECIM SEP The DECIM SEP softkey selects the decimal separator between '.' (decimal point)
and ',' (comma) for the function PEAK LIST EXPORT.
With the selection of the decimal separator different language versions of evaluation
programs (e.g. Microsoft Excel) can be supported.

Remote command: FORM:DEXP:DSEP POIN

4.130 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

4.6.11.6 AF Demodulation
The R&S ESCI provides demodulators for AM and FM signals. With these demodu-
lators, a displayed signal can be identified acoustically through the use of the inter-
nal loudspeaker or with headphones. The frequency at which the demodulation is
enabled is coupled to the markers. The sweep stops at the frequency determined by
the active marker for the selected time and the RF signal is demodulated. During a
measurement in the time domain (span = 0 Hz) the demodulation is continuously on.
The threshold line (MKR->:SEARCH LIMITS:THRESHOLD) performs a squelch
function in the demodulator. If the threshold is set, the R&S ESCI LF demodulation
is switched on only when the signal to be demodulated exceeds the set threshold.

MARKER
MKR DEMOD ON | OFF
DEMOD
AM | FM

SQUELCH

MKR STOP TIME

CONT DEMOD

The MARKER DEMOD softkey switches on the audio demodulator and calls a sub-
menu in which the demodulation mode and the duration of the demodulation can be
selected.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:DEM ON

MKR DEMOD The MKR DEMOD ON/OFF softkey switches the demodulation on/off.
ON | OFF
In the frequency range (span >0), the frequency scan is stopped at the frequency of
the active marker with demodulation switched on – provided that the level is above
the threshold line - and the signal is demodulated during the given stop time.
In the time domain (span = 0) demodulation is continuous, i.e. not only active at the
marker position.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:DEM ON

AM | FM The softkeys AM and FM are selector switches one of which only may be active at a
time. They set the desired demodulation mode FM or AM. Default setting is AM.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:DEM:SEL AM

CALC:MARK1:FUNC:DEM:SEL FM

SQUELCH The SQUELCH softkey enables the input of a level threshold below which the audi-
ble AF is cut off. The squelch function is associated with the internal trigger function
(TRIGGER menu), which will be switched on automatically with the squelch.
Squelch level and trigger level do have the same value.
The default setting for the squelch is off.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:DEM:SQU ON | OFF

CALC:MARK1:FUNC:DEM:SQU:LEV 80 PCT

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.131

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

MKR STOP The MKR STOP TIME softkey defines the stop time for demodulation at the
TIME marker(s).
The R&S ESCI interrupts the frequency sweep at the marker position and activates
the demodulation for the duration of the stop time (see also MKR DEMOD ON/OFF).
In the time domain (span = 0) the demodulation is continuously active irrespective of
the stop time set.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:DEM:HOLD 3s

CONT DEMOD The CONT DEMOD softkey switches on the continuous demodulation in the fre-
quency domain. If the sweep time is long enough, the set frequency range can be
monitored acoustically.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:DEM:CONT ON

4.6.11.7 Selecting the Trace

MKR−>TRACE The MKR->TRACE softkey sets the active marker to different traces. Only those
traces can be selected which are visible on the screen in the same window.
The function of the softkey is identical to that of the softkey with the same name in
the MKR-> menu.

Example

Three traces are displayed on the screen. The marker is always on Trace 1 on
switching on.
[MKR ->TRACE] "1" The marker jumps to Trace 2, but remains at
the previous frequency or time.
[MKR ->TRACE] "3" The marker jumps to Trace 3.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:TRAC 2

4.6.12 Change of Settings via Markers – MKR-> Key

The MKR-> menu offers functions through which instrument parameters can be
changed with the aid of the currently active marker. The functions can be used on
markers and delta markers.
On opening the menu, the entry for the last active marker is activated; if no marker
was enabled, MARKER 1 is activated and a peak search is performed.

MKR->
SELECT MARKER

PEAK

CENTER = MKR FREQ

REF LEVEL = MKR LVL

NEXT PEAK

NEXT PEAK RIGHT

NEXT PEAK LEFT

4.132 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

SEARCH LIMITS ! LEFT LIMIT /

RIGHT LIMIT

THRESHOLD

SEARCH LIMIT OFF

MKR->TRACE

Side menu

MKR->CF STEPSIZE

MIN

NEXT MIN

NEXT MIN RIGHT

NEXT MIN LEFT

EXCLUDE LO

PEAK EXCURSION

2. side menu

AUTO MAX PEAK

AUTO MIN PEAK

SELECT The SELECT MARKER softkey activates the numerical selection of the marker in
MARKER the data entry field. Delta marker 1 is selected by input of ' 0 '.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1 ON

CALC:MARK1:X <value>
CALC:MARK1:Y?

PEAK The PEAK softkey sets the active marker/delta marker to the peak of the trace. If no
marker is active when MKR-> menu is called, MARKER 1 is automatically switched
on and the peak search is performed.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MAX

CALC:DELT:MAX

CENTER = The CENTER = MKR FREQ softkey sets the center frequency to the current marker
MKR FREQ or delta marker frequency.
A signal can thus be set to the center of the frequency display range, for example,
so that it can then be examined in detail with a smaller span.
The softkey is not available in the time domain (zero span).

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:CENT

Example

A spectrum is displayed with a large span after PRESET. A signal off the center is to
be examined in detail:
[PRESET] R&S ESCI is set to the default setting.
[MKR->] MARKER 1 is switched on and automatically jumps to
the largest signal of the trace.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.133

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

[CENTER=MKR FREQ] The center frequency is set to the marker frequency. The
span is adapted in such a way that the minimum fre-
quency (= 0 Hz) or the maximum frequency is not
exceeded.
[SPAN] The span can, for example, be reduced using the rotary
knob.

REF LEVEL = The REF LEVEL = MKR LVL softkey sets the reference level to the current marker
MKR LVL level.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:REF

Example

A spectrum is displayed with a large span after PRESET. A signal off the center is to
be examined in detail:
[PRESET] R&S ESCI is set to the default setting.
[MKR->] MARKER 1 is switched on and automatically jumps to
the largest signal of the trace.
[CENTER=MKR FREQ] The center frequency is set to the marker frequency.
The span is adapted in such a way that the minimum fre-
quency (= 0 Hz) or the maximum frequency is not
exceeded.
[REF LEVEL = MKR LVL] The reference level is set to the measured marker level.
[SPAN] The span can, for example, be reduced using the rotary
knob.

NEXT PEAK The NEXT PEAK softkey sets the active marker/delta marker to the next lower max-
imum of the selected trace.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MAX:NEXT

CALC:DELT:MAX:NEXT

NEXT PEAK The NEXT PEAK RIGHT softkey sets the active marker/delta marker to the next
RIGHT lower maximum right of the current marker position on the selected trace.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MAX:RIGH

CALC:DELT:MAX:RIGH

NEXT PEAK The NEXT PEAK LEFT softkey sets the active marker/delta marker to the next lower
LEFT maximum left of the current marker position the selected trace.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MAX:LEFT

CALC:DELT:MAX:LEFT

SEARCH
LEFT LIMIT /
LIMITS RIGHT LIMIT

THRESHOLD

SEARCH LIMIT OFF

4.134 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The SEARCH LIMITS softkey limits the search range for maximum or minimum
search. The softkey switches to a submenu in which the search range limits can be
set in the x and y direction.

LEFT LIMIT / The LEFT LIMIT and RIGHT LIMIT softkeys define the two vertical lines F1 and F2
RIGHT LIMIT in the frequency domain (span > 0) and T1 / T2 in the time domain (span = 0). The
search is performed between these lines in the frequency and time domain
If only LEFT LIMIT is enabled, line F1/T1 is the lower limit and the upper limit corre-
sponds to the stop frequency. If RIGHT LIMIT is also enabled, it determines the
upper limit.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:LEFT 1MHZ

CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:RIGH 10MHZ
CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON

THRESHOLD The THRESHOLD softkey defines the threshold line.

The threshold line represents a limit for the level range of the max. search at the
lower end and that of the min. search at the upper end.

Remote command: CALC:THR -20dBm

CALC:THR ON

SEARCH LIMIT The SEARCH LIMIT OFF softkey disables all limits of the search range.
OFF
Remote command: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM OFF
CALC:THR OFF

MKR->TRACE The function of this softkey is identical to that of the MKR->TRACE softkey in the
MKR menu (see “MKR->TRACE” on page 4.121).

MKR->CF The MKR->CF STEPSIZE softkey sets the step size for the center frequency varia-
STEPSIZE tion to the current marker frequency, and also sets step size adaptation to MANUAL.
CF STEPSIZE remains at this value until the center frequency entry mode in the
STEP menu is switched from MANUAL to AUTO again.
The MKR->CF STEPSIZE function is, above all, useful in the measurement of har-
monics with large dynamic range (narrow bandwidth and narrow span).
The softkey is not available in the time domain (span = 0 Hz).

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:CST

Example

The harmonics levels of a CW carrier are to be measured at 100 MHz.

[PRESET] R&S ESCI is set to the default setting.
[CENTER: 100 MHz] R&S ESCI sets the center frequency to 100 MHz. The
span is set to 200 MHz.
[SPAN: 1 MHz] The span is set to 100 MHz.
[MKR->] MARKER 1 is switched on and set to the maximum value
of the signal.
[NEXT] R&S ESCI switches to the submenu.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.135

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

[MKR->CF STEPSIZE] The step size of the center frequency setting equals the
marker frequency (100 MHz).
[CENTER] The center frequency entry mode is activated.
[Right key] The center frequency is set to 200 MHz. The first harmonic
of the test signal is displayed.
[MKR->: PEAK] The marker is set to the harmonic and the level of the latter
is output in the marker info field.

MIN The MIN softkey sets the active marker/delta marker to the minimum of the selected
trace.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MIN

CALC:DELT:MIN

NEXT MIN The NEXT MIN softkey sets the active marker/delta marker to the next higher mini-
mum of the selected trace.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MIN:NEXT

CALC:DELT:MIN:NEXT

NEXT MIN The NEXT MIN RIGHT softkey sets the active marker/delta marker to the next
RIGHT higher minimum right of the current marker position on the selected trace.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MIN:RIGH

CALC:DELT:MIN:RIGH

NEXT MIN The NEXT MIN LEFT softkey sets the active marker/delta marker to the next higher
LEFT minimum left of the current marker position on the selected trace.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MIN:LEFT

CALC:DELT:MIN:LEFT

EXCLUDE LO The EXCLUDE LO softkey limits the frequency range for the marker search func-
tions or disables the limit.
activated Because of the feed through of the first local oscillator to the first
intermediate frequency at the input mixer, the LO is represented as a
signal at 0 Hz. To avoid the marker jumping to the LO at 0 Hz with the
peak function when setting the display range, this frequency is
excluded. The minimum frequency to which the marker jumps, is ≥ 6
× resolution bandwidth (RBW).
deactivated No restriction to the search range. The frequency 0 Hz is included in
the marker search functions.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:LOEX ON

PEAK The PEAK EXCURSION softkey enables – for level measurements – the entry of a
EXCURSION minimum level value by which a signal must rise or fall so that it will be identified as
a maximum or a minimum by the NEXT PEAK and NEXT MIN search functions.
Valid entries are from 0 dB to 80 dB; the resolution is 0.1 dB.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:PEXC 10dB

4.136 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The default setting for the peak excursion is 6 dB. This value is sufficient for the
NEXT PEAK and NEXT MIN functions since, in this mode, the next lower maximum
or next higher minimum will always be detected.
If NEXT PEAK LEFT or NEXT PEAK RIGHT is selected, these functions search for
the next relative maximum left or right of the current marker position irrespective of
the current signal amplitude. Relative maximum is understood to mean a decrease
of the signal amplitude by a defined value – i.e. the peak excursion – right and left of
the amplitude peak.
The 6 dB level change set as a default value may be attained already by the inher-
ent noise of the instrument. In such a case, the R&S ESCI would identify noise
peaks as maxima or minima. The value entered for the PEAK EXCURSION should
therefore be higher than the difference between the highest and the lowest value
measured for the displayed inherent noise.
The following example illustrates the effect of different settings of the PEAK
EXCURSION.

Fig. 4.8 Examples of level measurement with different settings of PEAK EXCURSION

The following table lists the signals as indicated by marker numbers in the diagram
above, as well as the minimum of the amplitude decrease to both sides of the signal:

signal # min. amplitude decrease to both sides of the signal

1 30 dB

2 29.85 dB

3 7 dB

4 7 dB

With 40 dB peak excursion, NEXT PEAK, NEXT PEAK RIGHT and NEXT PEAK
LEFT will not find any signal, as the signal level does not decrease by more than 30
dB to either side of any signal.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.137

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Order of signals detected:

PEAK: signal 1
NEXT PEAK: signal 1 (no further signal detected)

or
PEAK: signal 1
NEXT PEAK LEFT: signal 1 (no further signal detected)
NEXT PEAK RIGHT: signal 1 (no further signal detected)

With 20 dB peak excursion, NEXT PEAK and NEXT PEAK RIGHT will also detect
signal 2, as the signal level decreases at least by 29.85 dB to either side of this sig-
nal, which is now greater than the peak excursion.
Order of signals detected:
PEAK: Signal 1
NEXT PEAK: Signal 2
NEXT PEAK: Signal 2 (no further signal detected)

or
PEAK: Signal 1
NEXT PEAK LEFT: Signal 1 (no further signal detected)
NEXT PEAK RIGHT: Signal 2
NEXT PEAK RIGHT: Signal 2 (no further signal detected)

With 6 dB peak excursion, all signals will be detected with NEXT PEAK and NEXT
PEAK RIGHT / NEXT PEAK LEFT.
Order of signals detected:
PEAK: Signal 1
NEXT PEAK: Signal 2
NEXT PEAK: Signal 3
NEXT PEAK: Signal 4

or
PEAK: Signal 1
NEXT PEAK LEFT: Signal 3
NEXT PEAK RIGHT: Signal 1
NEXT PEAK RIGHT: Signal 2
NEXT PEAK RIGHT. Signal 4

AUTO MAX The AUTO MAX PEAK / AUTO MIN PEAK softkeys add an automatic peak search
PEAK action for marker 1 at the end of each particular sweep. This function may be used
AUTO MIN during adjustments of a device under test to keep track of the current peak marker
PEAK position and level.
The current marker search limit settings (LEFT LIMIT, RIGHT LIMIT, THRESHOLD,
EXCLUDE LO) are taken into account.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:MAX:AUTO ON | OFF

CALC:MARK:MIN:AUTO ON | OFF

4.138 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

4.6.13 Power Measurements – MEAS Key

With its power measurement functions the R&S ESCI is able to measure all the nec-
essary parameters with high accuracy in a wide dynamic range.
A modulated carrier is almost always used (except e.g. SSB-AM) for high-frequency
transmission of information. Due to the information modulated upon the carrier, the
latter covers a spectrum which is defined by the modulation, the transmission data
rate and the signal filtering. Within a transmission band each carrier is assigned a
channel taking into account these parameters. In order to ensure error-free trans-
mission, each transmitter must be conforming to the specified parameters. These
include among others:
• the output power,
• the occupied bandwidth, i.e. the bandwidth which must contain a defined
percentage of the power and
• the power dissipation allowed in the adjacent channels.
Additionally the menu contains functions to determine the modulation depth of AM
modulated signals and to measure the 3rd order intercept point.
The measurements and the corresponding settings are selected in the MEAS menu.

MEAS
TIME DOM POWER !

CHAN PWR ACP MULT CARR

ACP !

OCCUPIED BANDWIDTH !

SIGNAL STATISTIC !

C/N / C/NO !

MODULATION DEPTH

SPECTRUM EMISSION MASK

SPURIOUS EMISSIONS !

SELECT MARKER

Side menu

TOI

TOI MKR CALC SRCH

HARMONIC DISTOR !

The MEAS key opens the menu to select and set the power measurement.
The following measurements can be selected:
• Power in the time domain (“TIME DOM POWER” on page 4.140)
• Channel power and adjacent-channel power in the frequency domain with a single
carrier (“CHAN PWR ACP MULT CARR ACP” on page 4.148)
• Occupied bandwidth (“OCCUPIED BANDWIDTH” on page 4.167)
• Carrier-to-noise ratio (“C/N / C/NO” on page 4.179)
• Amplitude probability distribution (“SIGNAL STATISTIC” on page 4.171)
• Modulation depth (“MODULATION DEPTH” on page 4.180)

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.139

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

• Spurious emissions (“SPURIOUS EMISSIONS” on page 4.186)

• 3rd order intercept (“TOI” on page 4.183)
• Harmonic distortion (“HARMONIC DISTOR” on page 4.184)
The above measurements are carried out alternatively.

4.6.13.1 Power Measurement in Time Domain

With the aid of the power measurement function, the R&S ESCI determines the
power of the signal in the time domain (SPAN = 0 Hz) by summing up the power at
the individual pixels and dividing the result by the number of pixels. In this way it is
possible to measure for example the power of TDMA signals during transmission or
during the muting phase. Both the mean power and the rms power can be measured
by means of the individual power values.
The result is displayed in the marker info field.
The measured values are updated after each sweep or averaged over a user-
defined number of sweeps (AVERAGE ON/OFF and NUMBER OF SWEEPS) in
order to determine e.g. the mean power over several bursts. For determination of
the peak value (MAX HOLD ON) the maximum value from several sweeps is dis-
played.

Example

Marker info field for: MEAN selected, AVERAGE ON and MAX HOLD ON:
MEAN HOLD -2.33 dBm
MEAN AV -2.39 dBm

If both the on and off phase of a burst signal are displayed, the measurement range
can be limited to the transmission or to the muting phase with the aid of vertical
lines. The ratio between signal and noise power of a TDMA signal for instance can
be measured by using a measurement as a reference value and after that varying
the measurement range.
Upon switching on power measurement the sample detector is activated (TRACE -
DETECTOR - SAMPLE).

TIME DOM
POWER ON | OFF
POWER
PEAK

RMS

MEAN

STANDARD DEVIATION

LIMIT ON | OFF

START LIMIT

STOP LIMIT

Side menu

SET REFERENCE

POWER ABS | REL

MAX HOLD ON | OFF

4.140 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

AVERAGE ON | OFF

NUMBER OF SWEEPS

The TIME DOM POWER softkey activates the power measurement in the time
domain and opens a submenu for configuration of the power measurement.
The submenu allows selection of the type of power measurement (rms or mean
power), the settings for max hold and averaging as well as the definition of limits.
The power evaluation range can be limited by input of limit values.

This softkey is only available in time domain (span = 0).

POWER The POWER ON/OFF softkey switches the power measurement on and off. When
ON | OFF entering the submenu it is ON since the power measurement is already switched on
with the TIME DOM POWER softkey in the main menu.

The measurement is performed on the trace on which marker 1 is placed. To eval-

uate another trace, marker 1 should be set on another trace using the SELECT
TRACE softkey in MARKER menu (MKR).

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE ON

CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE:RES?
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS ON
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS:RES?
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN:RES?
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV ON
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV:RES?

PEAK The PEAK softkey switches on the calculation of the peak value from the points of
the displayed trace or a segment thereof.
For the maximum peak, the largest peak value obtained since the activation of MAX
HOLD ON is displayed.
With AVERAGE ON, the peak values of a trace are averaged over several sweeps
and displayed.
The number of sweeps over which the average or the maximum value is calculated
is set with the NUMBER OF SWEEPS softkey.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE ONCALC:MARK:

FUNC:SUMM:PPE:RES?

RMS The RMS softkey switches on the calculation of the rms value from the points of the
displayed trace or a segment of it.
For the maximum peak, the largest rms value obtained since the activation of MAX
HOLD ON is displayed.
With AVERAGE ON, the rms values of a trace are averaged over several sweeps
and displayed.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.141

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The number of sweeps over which the average or the maximum value is calculated
is set with the NUMBER OF SWEEPS softkey.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS ON

CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS:RES?

MEAN The MEAN softkey switches on the calculation of the mean value from the points of
the displayed trace or a segment of it. The linear mean value of the equivalent volt-
ages is calculated.
This can be used for instance to measure the mean power during a GSM burst.
For the maximum peak, the largest mean value obtained since the activation of MAX
HOLD ON is displayed.
With AVERAGE ON, the mean values of a trace are averaged over several sweeps
and displayed.
The number of sweeps over which the average or the maximum value is calculated
is set with the NUMBER OF SWEEPS softkey.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON

CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN:RES?

STANDARD The STANDARD DEVIATION softkey switches on the calculation of the standard
DEVIATION deviation of trace points from the mean value and outputs them as measured value.
The measurement of the mean power is automatically switched on at the same time.
For the maximum peak, the largest standard deviation obtained since the activation
of MAX HOLD ON is displayed.
With AVERAGE ON, the standard deviations of a trace are averaged over several
sweeps and displayed.
The number of sweeps over which the average or the maximum value is calculated
is set with the NUMBER OF SWEEPS softkey.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV ON

CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV:RES?

LIMIT ON | OFF The LIMIT ON/OFF softkey selects the limited (ON) or non-limited (OFF) evaluation
range.
The evaluation range is defined by the START LIMIT and STOP LIMIT softkeys. If
LIMIT = ON, signals are only searched between the two lines.
If only one limit line is switched on, time line 1 is the lower limit and the upper limit
corresponds to the end of sweep. If time line 2 is also switched on, it defines the
upper limit.
If no limit line is switched on, the evaluation range is not limited.
The default setting is LIMIT = OFF.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM OFF

START LIMIT The START LIMIT softkey activates the entry of the lower limit of the evaluation
range.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:LEFT <value>

4.142 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

STOP LIMIT The STOP LIMIT softkey activates the entry of the upper limit of the evaluation
range.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:RIGH <value>

SET The SET REFERENCE softkey sets the power values currently measured as refer-
REFERENCE ence values for the calculation of the mean value (MEAN) and the rms value (RMS).
The reference values are used to perform relative measurements.
If the calculation of the mean value (MEAN) and rms value (RMS) is not switched
on, 0 dBm is used as a reference value.
If the average value (AVERAGE) or maximum value (MAX HOLD) is calculated over
several sweeps, the current value is the measured value summed up at the actual
time.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:REF:AUTO ONCE

POWER The POWER ABS/REL softkey selects the absolute power measurement (default
ABS | REL setting) or relative power measurement. The reference value for the relative power
is defined by SET REFERENCE.
The value 0 dBm is used if the reference value is not defined.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MODE ABS

MAX HOLD The MAX HOLD ON/OFF softkey switches the display of the maximum peak
ON | OFF obtained from measurements at successive sweeps on and off.
The displayed maximum peak is only updated at the end of a sweep if a higher
value has occurred.
The maximum value can be reset by switching the MAX HOLD ON / OFF softkey off
and on again.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PHOL ON

CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE:PHOL:RES?
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS:PHOL:RES?
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN:PHOL:RES?
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV:PHOL:RES?

AVERAGE The AVERAGE ON/OFF softkey switches averaging over successive sweep mea-
ON | OFF surements on and off.
The measured values can be reset by switching the AVERAGE ON / OFF softkey off
and on again.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:AVER ON

CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE:AVER:RES?
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS:AVER:RES?
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN:AVER:RES?
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV:AVER:RES?

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.143

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

NUMBER OF The NUMBER OF SWEEPS softkey activates the entry of the number of sweeps for
SWEEPS maximum or average value calculation.
SINGLE SWEEP mode The R&S ESCI performs sweeps until the
selected number of sweeps is reached and
stops then.
CONTINUOUS SWEEP mode Averaging is carried out until the selected
number of sweeps is reached. After that,
averaging is performed in continuous mode
and is then continued as running averaging.
Calculation of the maximum peak (MAX
HOLD) is performed continuously irrespective
of the selected number of sweeps.

The valid range values is 0 to 32767.

Depending on the specified number of sweeps, averaging is carried out according to
the following rules:
NUMBER OF SWEEPS = 0 Continuous averaging is carried out over 10
measured values.
NUMBER OF SWEEPS = 1 No averaging, maxhold or minhold is carried
out.
NUMBER OF SWEEPS > 1 Averaging is carried out over the set number of
measured values.

This setting is equivalent to the setting of the sweep count in the TRACE menu.

Remote command: SWE:COUN <value>

Example

The mean power of a GSM burst with 0 dBm nominal power at 800 MHz is to be
measured.
[PRESET] Set the R&S ESCI to the default setting.
[FREQ: CENTER: 800 MHz] Set the center frequency to 800 MHz.
[SPAN: ZERO SPAN] Select time domain display (span = 0 Hz).
[AMPT: 0 dBm] Set the reference level to 0 dBm.
[BW: RES BW MANUAL: 30 Set the resolution bandwidth to 30 kHz in line
kHz] with the requirements of the GSM standard.
[SWEEP: SWEEPTIME Set the sweep time to 600 µs.
MANUAL 600 µs]
[TRIG: VIDEO: 50%] Use the video signal as trigger source.
[MEAS] Call the menu for the measurement functions.

4.144 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

[TIME DOM POWER] Select power measurement in the time domain.

The R&S ESCI calculates the mean power
from the points of the whole trace.
The submenu for configuration of the power
measurement is opened. MEAN is already
switched on.
[LIMITS ON] Activate the limitation of the time domain of the
power measurement.
[START LIMIT: 250 µs] Set the start of the power measurement at 250
µs.
[STOP LIMIT: 500 µs] Set the end of the power measurement at 500
µs.

The GSM specifications require the power to be measured between 50% and 90%
of the TDMA burst. The time limits set above approximately correspond to the
required time domain.

4.6.13.2 Channel and Adjacent-Channel Power Measurements

For all channel and adjacent-channel power measurements a specified channel
configuration is assumed which is for instance based on a specific radio communi-
cation system.
This configuration is defined by the nominal channel frequency (= center frequency
of the R&S ESCI if only one carrier is active), the channel bandwidth, the channel
spacing, the adjacent-channel bandwidth and the adjacent-channel spacing. The
R&S ESCI is able to simultaneously measure the power in up to four transmission
channels and up to three adjacent channels (10 channels: 4 transmission channels,
3 lower and 3 upper adjacent channels).
It offers two methods for channel and adjacent-channel power measurement:
• The integrated bandwidth method (IBW method), i.e. the integration of trace pixels
within the bandwidth of the channel to be measured to the total power of the
channel,
• The measurement in time domain (Fast ACP) by means of steep resolution filters
simulating the channel.
The two measurements yield the same results. The measurement in time domain
can be performed much faster since the complete signal is measured within a chan-
nel at the same time. With the IBW method, the channel is divided into subspectra.
This is done by means of a bandwidth which is small compared to the channel band-
width. These subspectra are then combined by integration of the trace pixels.
With the IBW method, the transmission channels or adjacent channels are marked
by vertical lines at a distance of half the channel bandwidth to the left and to the right
of the corresponding channel center frequency (see Fig. 4.9).
With the time-domain method, the power versus time is shown for each channel.
The boundaries of the channels are marked by vertical lines (see Fig. 4.10).
For both methods, the results are listed in tables in the lower half of the screen.
The R&S ESCI offers predefined standard settings which can be selected from a
table for the common mobile radio standards. Thus, channel configuration is per-
formed automatically without the need to enter the corresponding parameters manu-
ally.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.145

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

For some standards, the channel power and the adjacent-channel power are to be
weighted by means of a root-raised cosine filter corresponding to a receive filter.
This type of filtering is switched on automatically for both methods on selecting the
standard (e.g. NADC, TETRA or 3GPP W-CDMA).

Addition of firmware starting from version 4.3x:

As of firmware version 4.3x it is possible to configure overlapping adjacent chan-

nels. Based on a common carrier channel setting, it is now possible to measure with
two slightly different ADJ channel settings with one single measurement at the same
time.
Example:

ACP Measurement A and Measurement B are using identical TX channel settings

(Channel Bandwidth).
The ADJ settings for Measurement A and measurement B are different.
It is now possible to do both measurements at the same time.
• Configure the ACP measurement with number of ADJ channels = 2.
• Define ADJ settings (bandwidth, spacing) as required for measurement A.
• Define ALT1 settings (bandwidth, spacing) as required for ADJ channel of
measurement B
• Perform the ACP measurement
• Read the ACP measurement result
The Carrier Power belongs to measurement A and B
The ADJ result is the ADJ result of measurement A
The ALT1 result is the ADJ result of measurement B.

This feature is only supported for ACP but not for Multi Carrier ACP measurement.

4.146 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Fig. 4.9 Screen display of adjacent-channel power measurement using the IBW method

Fig. 4.10 Screen display of adjacent-channel power measurement using the time-domain method

Limit values for the adjacent-channel power can be defined for the measurement. If
limit checking is switched on, a pass/fail information indicating that the power has
been exceeded is displayed during the measurement in the table in the lower half of
the screen.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.147

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

With the CP/ACP measurement switched on the functions SPLIT SCREEN and
FULL SCREEN are inhibited.

The channel configuration is defined in the MEAS - CHAN PWR ACP or the MEAS -
MULT CARR ACP menu.

CHAN PWR
CP/ACP ON | OFF
ACP
MULT CARR CP/ACP STANDARD
ACP
CP/ACP CONFIG ! NO. OF ADJ CHAN

NO. OF TX CHAN

CHANNEL BANDWIDTH

CHANNEL SPACING

ACP REF SETTINGS

CP/ACP ABS | REL

CHAN PWR / HZ

POWER MODE ! CLEAR/WRITE

MAX HOLD

ADJUST SETTINGS

Side menu

ACP LIMIT CHECK

EDIT ACP LIMITS

WEIGHTING FILTER WEIGHT TX ON OFF

WEIGHT TX ALPHA

WEIGHT ADJ ON OFF

WEIGHT ADJ ALPHA

ADJ REFLVL OFFSET

SELECT TRACE

SET CP REFERENCE

SWEEP TIME

NOISE CORR
ON | OFF

FAST ACP ON | OFF

DIAGRAM FULL SIZE

ADJUST REF LVL

SELECT USER STD

SAVE AS USER STD

DELETE USER STD

4.148 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The CHAN PWR ACP and MULT CARR ACP softkeys activate channel or adjacent-
channel power measurement either for a single carrier signal (CHAN PWR ACP) or
for several carrier signals (MULT CARR ACP), depending on the current measure-
ment configuration. In addition, they open a submenu for defining the parameters for
channel power measurement. The softkey selected is shown in color to indicate that
a channel or adjacent-channel power measurement is active.

The softkeys are available only for measurements in the frequency domain (span
> 0).

CP/ACP The CP/ACP ON/OFF softkey switches calculation of the channel power or adja-
ON | OFF cent-channel power on and off.
With default settings the measurement is performed by integrating the powers at the
display points within the specified channels (IBW method).
The powers of the adjacent channels are measured either as absolute values or as
relative values referenced to the power of a transmission channel. The default set-
ting is relative-value measurement (see CP/ACP ABS/REL softkey).
When multi carrier ACP measurement is activated, the number of test points is
increased to ensure that adjacent-channel powers are measured with adequate
accuracy.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL CPOW|ACP|MCAC

CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES?
CPOW|ACP|MCAC
CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW OFF

CP/ACP The CP/ACP STANDARD softkey opens a table for the selection of the settings
STANDARD according to predefined standards. The test parameters for the channel and adja-
cent-channel measurements are set according to the mobile radio standard.
The following standards are already available on the R&S ESCI.
NONE
E-UTRA/LTE Square
E-UTRA/LTE Square/RRC
W-CDMA 4.096 FWD
W-CDMA 4.096 REV
W-CDMA 3GPP FWD
W-CDMA 3GPP REV
CDMA IS95A FWD
CDMA IS95A REV
CDMA IS95C Class 0 FWD
CDMA IS95C Class 0 REV
CDMA J-STD008 FWD
CDMA J-STD008 REV
CDMA IS95C Class 1 FWD
CDMA IS95C Class 1 REV
CDMA2000 DS

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.149

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

CDMA2000 MC1
CDMA2000 MC3
TD-SCDMA
WLAN 802.11a
WLAN 802.11b
WIMAX
WIBRO
USER ()
NADC IS136
TETRA
PDC
PHS
CDPD

For the R&S ESCI, the channel spacing is defined as the distance between the
center frequency of the adjacent channel and the center frequency of the transmis-
sion channel. The definition of the adjacent-channel spacing in standards IS95 B
and C, IS97 B and C and IS98 B and C is different. These standards define the
adjacent-channel spacing from the center of the transmission channel to the clos-
est border of the adjacent channel. This definition is also used for the R&S ESCI
when the following standard settings are selected:
CDMA IS95 Class 0 FWD
CDMA IS95 Class 0 REV
CDMA IS95 Class 1 FWD
CDMA IS95 Class 1 REV

The selection of the standard influences the following parameters:

• channel spacing and adjacent-channel spacing
• channel bandwidth, adjacent-channel bandwidth, and type of filtering
• resolution bandwidth
• video bandwidth
• detector
• # of adjacent channels
FAST ACP is not available if a WLAN standard or the WiMAX or WiBro standard is
selected.
Trace mathematics and trace averaging are switched off.
The reference level is not influenced by the selection of a standard. To achieve an
optimum dynamic range, the reference level has to be set in a way that places the
signal maximum close to the reference level without forcing an overload message.
The default setting is CP/ACP STANDARD NONE.

4.150 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

As of firmware version 4.4x it is possible to customize ACP User Standards. The

user defined ACP standard can be activated via the entry USER in the standard
selection list. The related configuration file is displayed in brackets. To select
another user defined standard, use the softkey SELECT USER STD.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:PRES <standard>|<string>

CP/ACP See following section “Setting the Channel Configuration” on page 4.155.
CONFIG

SET CP With channel power measurement activated, the SET CP REFERENCE softkey
REFERENCE defines the currently measured channel power as the reference value. The refer-
ence value is displayed in the CH PWR REF field; the default value is 0 dBm.
The softkey is available only for multi carrier ACP measurements.
In adjacent-channel power measurement with one or several carrier signals, the
power is always referenced to a transmission channel, i.e. no value is displayed for
CH PWR REF.

Remote command: SENS:POW:ACH:REF:AUTO ONCE

SWEEP TIME The SWEEP TIME softkey activates the entry of the sweep time. With the RMS
detector, a longer sweep time increases the stability of the measurement results.
The function of the softkey is identical to the softkey SWEEP TIME MANUAL in the
BW menu.

Remote command: SWE:TIME <value>

NOISE CORR If the NOISE CORR ON/OFF softkey is activated, the results will be corrected by the
ON | OFF instrument's inherent noise, which increases the dynamic range.
When the function is switched on, a reference measurement of the instrument's
inherent noise is carried out. The noise power measured is then subtracted from the
power in the channel that is being examined.
The inherent noise of the instrument depends on the selected center frequency, res-
olution bandwidth and level setting. Therefore, the correction function is disabled
whenever one of these parameters is changed. A disable message is displayed on
the screen.
To enable the correction function in conjunction with the changed setting, press the
softkey once more. A new reference measurement is carried out.

Remote command: SENS:POW:NCOR ON

FAST ACP The FAST ACP ON/OFF softkey switches between the IBW method (FAST ACP
ON | OFF OFF) and the time domain method (FAST ACP ON).
With FAST ACP ON the power measurement is performed in the different channels
in the time domain. The R&S ESCI sets the center frequency consecutively to the
different channel center frequencies and measures the power with the selected
measurement time (= sweep time/number of channels). The RBW filters suitable for
the selected standard and frequency offset are automatically used (e.g. root raised
cos with IS 136).
A list of available filters is included in section “Filter Types” on page 4.88.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.151

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The RMS detector is used for obtaining correct power measurement results. There-
fore this requires no software correction factors.
Measured values are output as a list. The powers of the transmission channels are
output in dBm, the powers of the adjacent channels in dBm (CP/ACP ABS) or dB
(CP/ACP REL).
The sweep time is selected depending on the desired reproducibility of results.
Reproducibility increases with sweep time since power measurement is then per-
formed over a longer time period.
As a general approach, it can be assumed that approx. 500 non-correlated mea-
sured values are required for a reproducibility of 0.5 dB (99% of the measurements
are within 0.5 dB of the true measured value). This holds true for white noise. The
measured values are considered as non-correlated when their time interval corre-
sponds to the reciprocal of the measured bandwidth.
With IS 136 the measurement bandwidth is approx. 25 kHz, i.e. measured values at
an interval of 40 µs are considered as non correlated. A measurement time of 20 ms
is thus required per channel for 1000 measured values. This is the default sweep
time which the R&S ESCI sets in coupled mode. Approx. 5000 measured values are
required for a reproducibility of 0.1 dB (99%), i.e. the measurement time is to be
increased to 200 ms.

Remote command: SENS:POW:HSP ON

DIAGRAM FULL The DIAGRAM FULL SIZE softkey switches the diagram to full screen size.
SIZE
Remote command: DISP:WIND1:SIZE LARG|SMAL

ADJUST REF The ADJUST REF LVL softkey adjusts the reference level of the R&S ESCI to the
LVL measured channel power. This ensures that the settings of the RF attenuation and
the reference level are optimally adjusted to the signal level without overloading the
R&S ESCI or limiting the dynamic range by a too small S/N ratio.
Since the measurement bandwidth for channel power measurements is significantly
lower than the signal bandwidth, the signal path may be overloaded although the
trace is still significantly below the reference level.

Remote command: SENS:POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV

For manual setting of the test parameters different from the settings made with
ADJUST SETTINGS the following should be observed:

Frequency span

The frequency span must at least cover the channels to be measured plus a mea-
surement margin of 10%.
For channel power measurement, the span is 1.1 × channel bandwidth.

If the frequency span is large in comparison with the channel bandwidth (or the
adjacent-channel bandwidths) being examined, only a few points on the trace are
available per channel. This reduces the accuracy of the waveform calculation for
the channel filter used, which has a negative effect on the measurement accuracy.
We therefore strongly recommend that the formulas mentioned be taken into con-
sideration when selecting the frequency span.

4.152 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Resolution bandwidth (RBW)

To ensure both an acceptable measurement speed and the required selection (to
suppress spectral components outside the channel to be measured, especially of
the adjacent channels), the resolution bandwidth must not be selected too small or
too large. As a general approach, the resolution bandwidth is to be set to values
between 1% and 4% of the channel bandwidth.
A larger resolution bandwidth can be selected if the spectrum within the channel to
be measured and around it has a flat characteristic. In the standard setting, e.g. for
standard IS95A REV at an adjacent channel bandwidth of 30 kHz, a resolution
bandwidth of 30 kHz is used. This yields correct results since the spectrum in the
neighborhood of the adjacent channels normally has a constant level. For standard
NADC/IS136 this is not possible for example, since the spectrum of the transmit sig-
nal penetrates into the adjacent channels and a too large resolution bandwidth
causes a too low selection of the channel filter. The adjacent-channel power would
thus be measured too high.
With the exception of the IS95 CDMA standards, the ADJUST SETTINGS softkey
sets the resolution bandwidth (RBW) as a function of the channel bandwidth:
RBW ≤ 1/40 of channel bandwidth.
The maximum possible resolution bandwidth (with respect to the requirement RBW
≤ 1/40) resulting from the available RBW steps (1, 3) is selected.

Video bandwidth (VBW)

For a correct power measurement, the video signal must not be limited in band-
width. A restricted bandwidth of the logarithmic video signal would cause signal
averaging and thus result in a too low indication of the power (-2.51 dB at very low
video bandwidths). The video bandwidth should therefore be selected at least three
times the resolution bandwidth.
The ADJUST SETTINGS softkey sets the video bandwidth (VBW) as a function of
the channel bandwidth as follows:
VBW ≥ 3 × RBW.
The smallest possible VBW with regard to the available step size will be selected.

Detector

The ADJUST SETTINGS softkey selects the RMS detector.

The RMS detector is selected since it correctly indicates the power irrespective of
the characteristics of the signal to be measured. In principle, the sample detector
would be possible as well. Due to the limited number of trace pixels used to calcu-
late the power in the channel, the sample detector would yield less stable results.
Averaging, which is often performed to stabilize the measurement results, leads to a
too low level indication and should therefore be avoided. The reduction in the dis-
played power depends on the number of averages and the signal characteristics in
the channel to be measured.

SELECT USER The softkey SELECT USER STD selects and activates a user defined ACP stan-
STD dard.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.153

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

After selecting the standard, the user defined atndard becomes available for selec-
tion in the ACP standard list (USER list item). The corresponding filename is shown
in brackets.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:PRES <standard>

CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:PRES <file name>

SAVE AS USER As of firmware version 4.4x, you can save the current ACP configuration in a file and
STD use it as a user defined ACP standard. The data set is stored on the instruments
harddisk in XML file format.
Softkey SAVE AS USER STD opens a dialog box to store the user defined configu-
ration.

The following list shows the parameters that you can customize:
• Number of Adjacent Channels
• Channel Bandwidth of TX, ADJ and ALT channels
• Channel Spacings
• Resolution Bandwidth, Video Bandwidth
• ACP Limit State and ACP Limits
• Sweeptime, Sweeptime Coupling
• Detector
• Trace Mode (Clr/Write,..)
Note that the ACP User Standard is not supported for Fast ACP and Multi Carrier
ACP Measurements.

Remote command: See

DELETE USER Opens a dialog box to delete user defined ACP standards.
STD
Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:STAN:DEL <standard>

4.154 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

4.6.13.3 Setting the Channel Configuration

CP/ACP
NO. OF ADJ CHAN
CONFIG
NO. OF TX CHAN

CHANNEL BANDWIDTH

CHANNEL SPACING

ACP REF SETTINGS

CP/ACP ABS | REL

CHAN PWR / HZ

POWER MODE ! CLEAR/WRITE

MAX HOLD

ADJUST SETTINGS

Side menu

ACP LIMIT CHECK

EDIT ACP LIMITS

WEIGHTING FILTER WEIGHT TX ON OFF

WEIGHT TX ALPHA

WEIGHT ADJ ON OFF

WEIGHT ADJ ALPHA

SELECT TRACE

The CP/ACP CONFIG softkey opens a submenu for configuration of the channel
power and adjacent channel power measurement independently of the offered stan-
dards.
The channel configuration includes the number of channels to be measured, the
channel bandwidths (CHANNEL BANDWIDTH), and the channel spacings (CHAN-
NEL SPACING).
Limit values can additionally be specified for the adjacent-channel power (ACP
LIMIT CHECK and EDIT ACP LIMITS) which are checked for compliance during the
measurement.

NO. OF ADJ The NO. OF ADJ CHAN softkey activates the entry of the number ±n of adjacent
CHAN channels to be considered in the adjacent-channel power measurement.
Numbers from 0 to 12 can be entered.
The following measurements are performed depending on the number of the chan-
nels.
0 Only the channel powers are measured.
1 The channel powers and the power of the upper and lower adjacent channel
are measured.
2 The channel powers, the power of the upper and lower adjacent channel and of
the next higher and lower channel (alternate channel 1) are measured.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.155

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

3 The channel power, the power of the upper and lower adjacent channel, the
power of the next higher and lower channel (alternate channel 1) and of the
next but one higher and lower adjacent channel (alternate channel 2) are mea-
sured.

With higher numbers the procedure is expanded accordingly.

Remote command: SENS:POW:ACH:ACP 1

This increased number of adjacent channels is realized for all the relevant settings
like:
ACLR LIMIT CHECK :CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:RES?
:CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT1..11:RES?
EDIT ACLR LIMITS :CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:STAT ON
:CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS –10dBm,-10dBm
:CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS:STAT ON
:CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT1..11 0dB,0dB
:CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT1..11:STAT ON
:CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT1..11:ABS –10dBm,-10dBm
:CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT1..11:ABS:STAT ON
ADJ CHAN :SENS:POW:ACH:BWID:ALT1..11 30kHz
BANDWIDTH
ADJ CHAN SPACING :SENS:POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT1..11 4MHz

NO. OF TX The NO. OF TX CHAN softkey enables the entry of the number of carrier signals to
CHAN be considered in channel and adjacent-channel power measurements.
Numbers from 1 to 12 can be entered.
The softkey is available only for multi carrier ACP measurements.

Remote command: SENS:POW:ACH:TXCH:COUN 12

CHANNEL The CHANNEL BANDWIDTH softkey opens a table for defining the channel band-
BANDWIDTH widths for the transmission channels and the adjacent channels.

The transmission-channel bandwidth is normally defined by the transmission stan-

dard. The correct bandwidth is set automatically for the selected standard (see CP/
ACP STANDARD softkey).

4.156 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

With the IBW method (FAST ACP OFF), the channel bandwidth limits are marked by
two vertical lines right and left of the channel center frequency. It can in this way be
visually checked whether the entire power of the signal under test is within the
selected channel bandwidth.
Measurements in the time domain (FAST ACP ON) are performed in the zero span
mode. The channel limits are indicated by vertical lines. For measurements requir-
ing channel bandwidths deviating from those defined in the selected standard the
IBW method is to be used.
Refer to section “Filter Types” on page 4.88 for a list of available filters.
When measuring according to the IBW method (FAST ACP OFF) the bandwidths of
the different adjacent channels are to be entered numerically. Since all adjacent
channels often have the same bandwidth, the other channels Alt1 and Alt2 are set to
the bandwidth of the adjacent channel on entering the adjacent-channel bandwidth
(ADJ). Thus only one value needs to be entered in case of equal adjacent channel
bandwidths. The same holds true for the ALT2 channels (alternate channels 2)
when the bandwidth of the ALT1 channel (alternate channel 1) is entered.

The channel spacings can be set separately by overwriting the table from top to
bottom.
The entry "TX" is only available for the multi carrier ACP measurement.

Remote command: SENS:POW:ACH:BWID:CHAN 14kHz

SENS:POW:ACH:BWID:ACH 1kHz
SENS:POW:ACH:BWID:ALT1 14kHz
SENS:POW:ACH:BWID:ALT2 14kHz

CHANNEL The CHANNEL SPACING softkey opens a table for defining the channel spacings
SPACING for the TX channels as well as for the adjacent channels.

The entry "TX" is only available for the multi carrier ACP measurement.

TX channels

The spacing between every TX channels can be defined separately. Therefore a TX

spacing 1-2 for the spacing between the first and the second carrier, a TX spacing 2-
3 for the spacing between the second and the third carrier and so on can be defined.
In order to allow a convenient setup for the system with equal TX channel spacing,
the value of TX spacing 1-2 will be copied in all the spacing below after entry, the TX
spacing 2-3 will be copied in all the spacing below after entry and so forth.

For different spacings, a setup from top to bottom is necessary.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.157

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

If the spacings are not equal, the channel distribution according to the center
frequency is as follows:
• Odd number of TX channels:
The middle TX channel is centered to center frequency.
• Even number of TX channels:
The two TX channels in the middle are used to calculate the frequency between
those two channels. This frequency is aligned to the center frequency.

Adjacent channels

Since all the adjacent channels often have the same distance to each other, the
entry of the adjacent-channel spacing (ADJ) causes channel spacing ALT1 to be set
to twice and channel spacing ALT2 to three times the adjacent-channel spacing
(and so on). Thus only one value needs to be entered in case of equal channel
spacing. The same holds true for the ALT2 channels when the bandwidth of the
ALT1 channel is entered.

The channel spacings can be set separately by overwriting the table from top to
bottom.
If the ACP or MCACP measurement is started, all settings according to the stan-
dard including the channel bandwidths and channel spacings are set and can be
adjusted afterwards.

Remote command: :SENS:POW:ACH:SPAC:CHAN 20kHz

:SENS:POW:ACH:SPAC:ACH 20kHz
:SENS:POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT1 40kHz
:SENS:POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT2 60kHz

4.158 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

ACP REF The ACP REF SETTINGS softkey opens a table for selecting the transmission
SETTINGS channel to which the adjacent-channel relative power values should be referenced.

ACP REFERENCE CHANNEL

TX CHANNEL 1
TX CHANNEL 2
TX CHANNEL 3
TX CHANNEL 4
TX CHANNEL 5
TX CHANNEL 6
TX CHANNEL 7
TX CHANNEL 8
TX CHANNEL 9
TX CHANNEL 10
TX CHANNEL 11
TX CHANNEL 12
MIN POWER TX CHANNEL
MAX POWER TX CHANNEL
LOWEST & HIGHEST CHANNEL

TX CHANNEL 1 - 12 Selection of one of the channels.

MIN POWER TX The transmission channel with the lowest power is used as
CHANNEL a reference channel.
MAX POWER TX The transmission channel with the highest power is used as
CHANNEL a reference channel.
LOWEST & HIGHEST The outer left hand transmission channel is the reference
CHANNEL channel for the lower adjacent channels, the outer right
hand transmission channel that for the upper adjacent chan-
nels.

The softkey is available only for multi carrier ACP measurements.

Remote command: SENS:POW:ACH:REF:TXCH:MAN 1

SENS:POW:ACH:REF:TXCH:AUTO MIN

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.159

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

CP/ACP The CP/ACP ABS/REL softkey (channel power absolute/relative) switches between
ABS | REL absolute and relative power measurement in the channel.
CP/ACP ABS The absolute power in the transmission channel and in the adjacent
channels is displayed in the unit of the y-axis, e.g. in dBm, dBmV.
CP/ACP REL For adjacent-channel power measurements (NO. OF ADJ CHAN >
0), the level of the adjacent channels is displayed relative to the
level of the transmission channel in dBc.
For channel power measurements (NO. OF ADJ CHAN = 0) with a
single carrier, the power of the transmission channel is displayed
relative to the power of a reference channel defined by SET CP
REFERENCE. This means:
1. Declare the power of the currently measured channel as the
reference value, using the SET CP REFERENCE softkey.
2. Select the channel of interest by varying the channel frequency
(R&S ESCI center frequency).
With linear scaling of the y-axis, the power of the new channel rela-
tive to the reference channel (CP/CPref) is displayed. With dB scal-
ing, the logarithmic ratio 10lg (CP/CPref) is displayed.
The relative channel power measurement can thus also be used for
universal adjacent-channel power measurements. Each channel
can be measured individually.

Remote command: SENS:POW:ACH:MODE ABS

CHAN PWR / HZ The CHAN PWR / HZ softkey toggles between the measurement of the total chan-
nel power and the measurement of the channel power referenced to a 1-Hz band-
width.
1
The conversion factor is 10 ⋅ lg -----------------------------------------------
Channel Bandwidth

By means of this function it is possible e.g. to measure the signal/noise power den-
sity or use the additional functions CP/ACP REL and SET CP REFERENCE to
obtain the signal to noise ratio.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES:PHZ ON|OFF

POWER MODE The POWER MODE softkey opens the submenu for selecting the power mode.

CLEAR/WRITE

MAX HOLD

CLEAR/WRITE In the CLEAR/WRITE mode the channel power and the adjacent channel powers
are calculated directly from the current trace (default mode).

MAX HOLD In MAX HOLD mode the power values are still derived from the current trace, but
they are compared with the previous power value using a maximum algorithm. The
higher value is remained.
MAX HOLD mode is only applicable if the number of adjacend channels is > 0

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:MODE WRIT|MAXH

4.160 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

ADJUST The ADJUST SETTINGS softkey automatically optimizes the instrument settings for
SETTINGS the selected power measurement (see below).
All instrument settings relevant for a power measurement within a specific frequency
range (channel bandwidth) are optimized for the selected channel configuration
(channel bandwidth, channel spacing):
• Frequency span:
The frequency span should cover at least all channels to be considered in a
measurement.
For channel power measurements, the frequency span is set as follows:
(No. of transmission channels - 1) × transmission channel spacing +
2 × transmission channel bandwidth + measurement margin
For adjacent-channel power measurements, the frequency span is set as a
function of the number of transmission channels, the transmission channel
spacing, the adjacent-channel spacing, and the bandwidth of one of adjacent-
channels ADJ, ALT1 or ALT2, whichever is furthest away from the transmission
channels:
(No. of transmission channels - 1) × transmission channel spacing +
2 × (adjacent-channel spacing + adjacent-channel bandwidth) + measurement
margin
The measurement margin is approx. 10% of the value obtained by adding the
channel spacing and the channel bandwidth.
• Resolution bandwidth: RBW ≤ 1/40 of channel bandwidth
• Video bandwidth: VBW ≥ 3 × RBW
• Detector: RMS detector
Trace math and trace averaging functions are switched off.
The reference level is not influenced by ADJUST SETTINGS. It can be separately
adjusted with ADJUST REF LVL.
The adjustment is carried out only once; if necessary, the instrument settings can be
changed later.

Remote command: SENS:POW:ACH:PRES ACP|CPOW|MCAC|OBW

ACP LIMIT The ACP LIMIT CHECK softkey switches the limit check for the ACP measurement
CHECK on and off.

Remote command: CALC:LIM:ACP ON

CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:RES?
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT:RES?

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.161

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

EDIT ACP The EDIT ACP LIMITS softkey opens a table for defining the limits for the ACP mea-
LIMITS surement.

The following rules apply for the limits:

• A separate limit can be defined for each adjacent channel. The limit applies to
both the upper and the lower adjacent channel.
• A relative and/or absolute limit can be defined. The check of both limit values can
be activated independently.
• The R&S ESCI checks adherence to the limits irrespective of whether the limits
are absolute or relative or whether the measurement is carried out with absolute
or relative levels. If both limits are active and if the higher of both limit values is
exceeded, the measured value is marked accordingly.

Measured values exceeding the limit are marked by a preceding asterisk.

Remote command: CALC:LIM:ACP ON

CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH 0dB,0dB
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:STAT ON
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS –10dBm,-10dBm
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS:STAT ON
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT1 0dB,0dB
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT1:STAT ON
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT1:ABS –10dBm,-10dBm
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT1:ABS:STAT ON
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2 0dB,0dB
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:STAT ON
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:ABS –10dBm,-10dBm
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:ABS:STAT ON

WEIGHTING Opens a submenu to control the weighting filter.

FILTER
Some of the digital standards specify weighting filters to be taken into account. In
that case the required filter is automatically activated by the selection of the ACP
standard.

4.162 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

As of firmware version 4.4x, the weigthing filter parameters can be manually con-
trolled for NORMAL ACP measurements. To change the weighting filter settings
when using predefined standards, proceeed as follows:
➢ Select the predefined standard with the CP/ACP STANDARD softkey.
➢ Save the settings as a user defined standard with the SAVE AS USER STD
softkey.
➢ Select the user defined standard you just saved with the SELECT USER STD
softkey.
➢ Since the standard in use is now a user defined standard, you can change the
weighting filter settings as required.
➢ Save the user standard again to keep the current settings.
Weighting filters are not available for FAST ACP measurements and for Multi Carrier
ACP measurements.

WEIGHT TX ON Activates and deactivates the weigthing filter for the TX channel.
OFF
Note that most of the standards require identical settings for all channels.

Remote command: POW:ACH:FILT:STAT:ALL ON

POW:ACH:FILT:STAT:CHAN ON

WEIGHT TX Defines the roll-off factor of the weighting filter for the TX channel.
ALPHA
Remote command: POW:ACH:FILT:ALPH:ALL 0.3
POW:ACH:FILT:ALPH:CHAN 0.3

WEIGHT ADJ Activates and deactivates the weigthing filter for adjacent and alternate channels
ON OFF
.Note that most of the standards require identical settings for all channels.

Remote command: POW:ACH:FILT:STAT:ACH OFF

POW:ACH:FILT:STAT:ALT ON

WEIGHT ADJ Defines the roll-off factor of the weighting filter for adjacent and alternate channels.
ALPHA
Remote command: POW:ACH:FILT:ALPH:ACH 0.3
POW:ACH:FILT:ALPH:ALT 0.3

ADJ REFLVL Defines an additional level offset to the measured mean power to be taken into
OFFSET account for the analyzer's reference level setting.
It is a modification to the ADJUST REF LEVEL function specific to user standards.
Proceed as follows to adjust the offset value for a predefined standard:
➢ Select a predefine standard with the CP/ACP STANDARD
➢ Create a new user standards with SAVE AS USER STD
➢ Select the user standard you just created with SELECT USER STD
➢ Change the offset
➢ Save the user standard again to keep the current settings.

Remote command: POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV:OFFS 10dB

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.163

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

SELECT TRACE The SELECT TRACE softkey selects the trace on which the CP/ACP measurement
is to be performed. Only activated traces can be selected, i.e. traces not set to
BLANK.

Remote command: SENS:POW:TRAC 1

Examples

Measurement of adjacent-channel power for a specific standard:

The adjacent-channel power is to be measured for a signal at 800 MHz with 0 dBm
level in line with IS136.
[PRESET] Set the R&S ESCI to the default setting.
[FREQ: CENTER: 800 Set the center frequency to 800 MHz.
MHz]
[AMPT: 0 dBm] Set the reference level to 0 dBm.
[MEAS] Call the menu for the measurement functions.
[CHAN PWR / ACP] Select the channel and adjacent-channel power measure-
ment function. The measurement is performed with the
default settings or a previously defined setting. The sub-
menu for setting the desired new configuration is opened.
[CP/ACP STANDARD: Select the NADC (IS136) standard.
select IS136: ENTER]
[CP/ACP CONFIG] Call the submenu for configuration of the adjacent-channel
power measurement.
[NO. OF ADJ CHAN: 2 Select two adjacent channels for the measurement, i.e.
ENTER] the adjacent channel and the alternate channel are mea-
sured.
[ADJUST SETTINGS] Set the optimum span, resolution bandwidth (RBW), video
bandwidth (VBW) and detector automatically for the mea-
surement. The absolute channel power and the relative
power of the adjacent channels are displayed on the
screen.
PREV
Change to the main menu for channel power measure-
ment.
[ADJUST REF LVL] Set the reference level equal to the channel power mea-
sured.

Measurement with user-specific channel configuration:

Measurement of the adjacent-channel power ratio (ACPR) of an IS95 CDMA signal

at 800 MHz, level 0 dBm. Similar to example 1, the setting can be simplified by using
CP/ACP STANDARD.
[PRESET] Set the R&S ESCI to the default setting.
[FREQ: CENTER: 800 Set the center frequency to 800 MHz.
MHz]
[AMPT: 0 dBm] Set the reference level to 0 dBm.
[MEAS] Call the menu for the measurement functions.

4.164 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

[CHAN PWR / ACP] Select the channel and adjacent-channel power measure-
ment function. The measurement is carried out with the
default settings or a previously defined setting. The sub-
menu for setting the desired new configuration is opened.
[CP/ACP CONFIG] Call the submenu for defining the channel configuration.
[NO. OF ADJ CHAN: Select two adjacent channels for the measurement, i.e.
2 ENTER] the adjacent channel and the alternate channel are mea-
sured.
[CHANNEL Set the channel bandwidth to 1.23 MHz in accordance
BANDWIDTH: 1.23 MHz: with IS 95. Set the adjacent-channel bandwidth to 30 kHz.
Ud: 30 kHz]
TX/ACP CHANNEL BW
CHAN BANDWIDTH
TX 1.23 MHz
ADJ 30 kHz
ALT1 30 kHz
ALT2 30 kHz

Upon entry of 30 kHz for the adjacent channel the alter-

nate channels are also set to 30 kHz.
[CHAN SPACING: 1.25 Open the list for entering the channel spacings.
MHz:Ud 885 kHz: Ud: -
1.98 MHz] Ud: 2.97 MHz] TX/ACP CHAN SPACING
CHAN SPACING
TX 1.25 MHz
ADJ 885 kHz
ALT1 1.98 MHz
ALT2 2.97 MHz

Upon entry of 885 kHz for the adjacent channel the chan-
nels ALT1 and ALT2 are set to 1770 kHz and 2655 kHz.
Upon entry of 1.98 MHz for the alternate channel 1 the
alternate channel 2 is set to 2.97 MHz.
[ADJUST SETTINGS] Automatically set the optimum span (= 5 MHz), resolution
bandwidth (RBW = 30 kHz), video bandwidth (VBW = 300
kHz) and detector (RMS) for the measurement. The abso-
lute channel power and the relative power of the adjacent
channels and alternate channels are displayed on the
screen.
PREV
Go to the main menu for channel power measurement.

[ADJUST REF LVL] Set the reference level equal to the channel power mea-
sured.

Measurement of signal/noise power density (C/No) of an IS95 CDMA signal

(frequency 800 MHz, level 0 dBm)
[PRESET] Set the R&S ESCI to the default setting.
[FREQ: CENTER: Set the center frequency to 800 MHz.
800 MHz]
[AMPT: 0 dBm] Set the reference level to 0 dBm.
MEAS] Call the menu for the measurement functions.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.165

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

[CHAN PWR / ACP] Select the channel and adjacent-channel power measure-
ment. The measurement is performed with the default set-
ting or a previously defined setting. The submenu for
setting the desired new configuration is opened.
[CP/ACP CONFIG] Call the submenu for defining the channel configuration.
[NO. OF ADJ CHAN: 0 Do not select an adjacent channel for the measurement,
ENTER] i.e. the measurement is carried out in one channel only.
[CHANNEL Set the channel bandwidth to 1.23 MHz in line with IS95.
BANDWIDTH: 1.23 MHz]
[ADJUST SETTINGS] Set the optimum span (= 5 MHz), resolution bandwidth
(RBW = 30 kHz), video bandwidth (VBW = 300 kHz) and
detector (RMS) for the measurement automatically. The
absolute channel power and the relative power of the
adjacent channels and alternate channels are displayed
on the screen.
PREV
Go to the main menu for channel power measurement

[ADJUST REF LVL] Set the reference level equal to the channel power mea-
sured.
[SET CP REFERENCE] Set the measured channel power as a reference for the
subsequent measurements.
[CP/ACP ABS / REL] Select relative measurement related to the reference
power set with SET REFERENCE (result 0 dB).
[CHAN PWR / HZ] Select power measurement related to 1 Hz bandwidth
(result -60.9 dB).
[FREQ: CENTER: 805 Set the center frequency to 805 MHz. The R&S ESCI
MHz] measures the channel power at 1.23 MHz bandwidth and
outputs the result in dB relative to the reference power and
1 Hz bandwidth.

4.166 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Measurement of Occupied Bandwidth

An important characteristics of a modulated signal is its occupied bandwidth. In a
radio communications system for instance the occupied bandwidth must be limited
to enable distortion-free transmission in adjacent channels. The occupied bandwidth
is defined as the bandwidth containing a defined percentage of the total transmitted
power. A percentage between 10% and 99.9% can be set on the R&S ESCI.

OCCUPIED
OCCUP BW ON | OFF
BANDWIDTH
% POWER BANDWIDTH

CHANNEL BANDWIDTH

ADJUST REF LVL

ADJUST SETTINGS

The OCCUPIED BANDWIDTH softkey activates measurement of the occupied

bandwidth according to the current configuration and opens the submenu for config-
uring the measurement. The softkey is available only in frequency domain (span >
0) and is highlighted when the measurement is switched on.
In the spectrum display mode, this measurement determines the bandwidth that
contains a predefined percentage of the power of the displayed frequency range (%
POWER BANDWIDTH softkey). The occupied bandwidth is output in the marker
display field and marked on the trace by temporary markers.

• The softkey is only available in the frequency domain (span > 0).
• The measurement is performed on the trace with marker 1. In order to evaluate
another trace, marker 1 must be placed on another trace by means of SELECT
TRACE in the MARKER menu

OCCUP BW The OCCUP BW ON/OFF softkey switches measurement of the occupied band-
ON | OFF width on or off.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL OBW

CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? OBW
CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW OFF

% POWER The % POWER BANDWIDTH softkey opens the entry of the percentage of power
BANDWIDTH related to the total power in the displayed frequency range which defines the occu-
pied bandwidth (percentage of total power).
The valid range of values is 10% to 99.9%.

Remote command: SENS:POW:BWID 99PCT

CHANNEL The CHANNEL BANDWIDTH softkey opens an input window for defining the chan-
BANDWIDTH nel bandwidth for the transmission channel. For measurements in line with a specific
transmission standard, the bandwidth specified by the standard for the transmission
channel must be entered.
The default setting is 14 kHz.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.167

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The specified channel bandwidth is used for optimization of the test parameters of
the R&S ESCI with ADJUST SETTINGS.

Remote command: SENS:POW:ACH:BWID 14kHz

ADJUST REF The ADJUST REF LVL softkey adjusts the reference level of the R&S ESCI to the
LVL measured total power of the signal. The softkey is activated after the first sweep with
the measurement of the occupied bandwidth has been completed and the total
power of the signal is thus known.
Adjusting the reference level ensures that the signal path of the R&S ESCI will not
be overloaded and the dynamic range not limited by too low a reference level.
Since the measurement bandwidth for channel power measurements is significantly
lower than the signal bandwidth, the signal path may be overloaded although the
trace is distinctly below the reference level. If the measured channel power is equal
to the reference level, the signal path cannot be overloaded.

Remote command: SENS:POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV

ADJUST The ADJUST SETTINGS softkey optimizes the instrument settings for the measure-
SETTINGS ment of the occupied bandwidth according to the specified channel bandwidth.
All instrument settings relevant for power measurement within a specific frequency
range are optimized:
• frequency span: 3 × channel bandwidth
• resolution bandwidth: RBW ≤ 1/40 of channel bandwidth
• video bandwidth: VBW ≥ 3 × RBW
• detector: RMS
The reference level is not influenced by ADJUST SETTINGS. For an optimum
dynamic range it should be selected in a way that the signal maximum is close to the
reference level.
The adjustment is carried out only once; if necessary, the instrument settings may
be changed later.

Remote command: SENS:POW:PRES OBW

Measurement principle
For example, the bandwidth containing 99% of the signal power is to be determined.
The routine first calculates the total power of all displayed points of the trace. In the
next step, the points from the right edge of the trace are summed up until 0.5% of
the total power is reached. Auxiliary marker 1 is positioned at the corresponding fre-
quency. Then the R&S ESCI sums up the points from the left edge of the trace until
0.5% of the power is reached. Auxiliary marker 2 is positioned at this point. 99% of
the power is now between the two markers. The distance between the two fre-
quency markers is the occupied bandwidth which is displayed in the marker info
field.
A prerequisite for correct measurement is that only the signal to be measured is vis-
ible on the screen of the R&S ESCI. An additional signal would invalidate the mea-
surement.

4.168 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

To ensure correct power measurement especially for noise signals and to obtain the
correct occupied bandwidth, the following settings should be selected:
RBW << occupied bandwidth (approx. 1/20 of occupied bandwidth, for voice
communication type. 300 Hz or 1 kHz)
VBW ≥ 3 × RBW
Detector RMS or sample
Span ≥2 to 3 × occupied bandwidth

Some of the measurement specifications (e.g. PDC, RCR STD-27B) require mea-
surement of the occupied bandwidth using a peak detector. The detector setting of
the R&S ESCI has to be changed accordingly then.

Example

Measurement of occupied bandwidth of a PDC signal at 800 MHz, level 0 dBm

[PRESET] Set the R&S ESCI to the default setting.
[FREQ: CENTER: 800 Set the center frequency to 800 MHz.
MHz]
[AMPT: 0 dBm] Set the reference level to 0 dBm.
[MEAS] Call the menu for the measurement functions.
[OCCUPIED Select measurement of the occupied bandwidth and open
BANDWIDTH] the submenu for configuring the measurement.
[% POWER Select 99% for the bandwidth to be measured.
BANDWIDTH: 99%]
[CHANNEL Enter the channel bandwidth of 21 kHz specified by PDC.
BANDWIDTH: 21 kHz]
[ADJUST SETTINGS] Optimize the measurement parameters for the specified
channel bandwidth.
Allow for a complete frequency sweep so that the
R&S ESCI can determine the total signal power.
[ADJUST REF LVL] Adjust the reference level to the measured signal power.
[TRACE: DETECTOR: PDC requires measurement of the occupied bandwidth
using a
DETECTOR MAX PEAK] peak detector. Therefore, switch on the peak detector
instead of the RMS detector selected by ADJUST SET-
TINGS.

4.6.13.4 Measurement of Signal Amplitude Statistics

Digital modulated signals are similar to white noise within the transmit channel, but
are different in their amplitude distribution. In order to transmit the modulated signal
without distortion all amplitudes of the signal have to be transmitted linearly, e.g.
from the output power amplifier. Most critical are the peak amplitude values, of
course.
Degradation in transmit quality caused by a transmitter two port network is depen-
dent on the amplitude of the peak values as well as on their probability.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.169

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The probability of amplitude values can be measured with the APD function (Ampli-
tude Probability Distribution). During a selectable measurement time all occurring
amplitude values are assigned to an amplitude range. The number of amplitude val-
ues in the specific ranges is counted and the result is displayed as a histogram.
Each bar of the histogram represents the percentage of measured amplitudes within
the specific amplitude range.

video address
ADC RAM
voltage

write read

logic CPU display

clock

Fig. 4.11 Simplified block diagram for APD measurement

Fig. 4.12 Display of the amplitude probability distribution

4.170 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Fig. 4.13 Display of the complementary cumulative distribution function (CCDF)

Alternate to the histogram display of the APD the Complementary Cumulative Distri-
bution Function (CCDF) can be displayed. It shows the probability of an amplitude
exceeding a specific value.
For the APD function the x-axis is scaled in absolute values in dBm, whereas for the
CCDF function the x-axis is scaled relative to the MEAN POWER measured.
Definitions:
Crest factor = peak voltage to rms
CCDF = complementary cumulative distribution function

During an active statistic measurement, the functions FULL SCREEN,

SPLIT SCREEN and selection of the active diagram via the SCREEN A / SCREEN
B hotkeys are disabled.

SIGNAL The SIGNAL STATISTIC softkey opens a submenu for measurement of signal
STATISTIC statistics.

APD ON | OFF

CCDF ON | OFF

PERCENT MARKER

RES BW

NO OF SAMPLES

SCALING ! X-AXIS REF LEVEL

X-AXIS RANGE

Y-UNIT %/ABS

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.171

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Y-AXIS MAX VALUE

Y-AXIS MIN VALUE

ADJUST SETTINGS

DEFAULT SETTINGS

MEAN PWR POSITION

ADJUST SETTINGS

CONT MEAS

SINGLE MEAS

Side menu

GATED TRIGGER

GATE RANGES

In the submenu measurement of amplitude probability density (APD) and comple-

mentary cumulative distribution (CCDF) can be selected alternately. Only one of the
signal statistic functions can be switched on at a time.
In default mode all statistic functions are switched off.
With a statistic function switched on the R&S ESCI is set into zero span mode auto-
matically.
The R&S ESCI measures the statistics of the signal applied to the RF input with the
resolution bandwidth set. In order not to influence the peak amplitudes the video
bandwidth is automatically set to 10 times the resolution bandwidth. The sample
detector is used for detecting the video voltage.

APD ON | OFF The APD ON/OFF softkey switches on or off the amplitude probability distribution
function. When the APD function is switched on, the CCDF function is switched off
automatically.

Remote command: CALC:STAT:APD ON

CCDF ON | OFF The CCDF ON/OFF softkey switches on or off the complementary cumulative distri-
bution function. When the CCDF function is switched on, the APD function is
switched off automatically.

Remote command: CALC:STAT:CCDF ON

PERCENT If the CCDF function is active, the PERCENT MARKER softkey allows to position
MARKER marker 1 by entering a probability value. Thus, the power which is exceeded with a
given probability can be determined very easily.
If marker 1 is in the switched-off state, it will be switched on automatically.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:Y:PERC 0...100%

RES BW The RES BW softkey sets the resolution bandwidth in the menu STATISTIC FUNC-
TION directly without switching to the corresponding menu (BW). The function of the
softkey is identical to the softkey RES BW MANUAL in the BW menu.

4.172 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

For correct measurement of the signal statistics the resolution bandwidth has to be
wider than the signal bandwidth in order to transmit the actual peaks of the signal
amplitude correctly. Video bandwidth is set to 10 MHz automatically with a statistic
function switched on.

Remote command: BAND 3 MHz

NO OF The NO OF SAMPLES softkey sets the number of power measurements taken into
SAMPLES account for the statistics.
Please note that the overall measurement time is influenced by the number of sam-
ples selected as well as by the resolution bandwidth set up for the measurement as
the resolution bandwidth directly influences the sampling rate.

Remote command: CALC:STAT:NSAM <value>

SCALING The SCALING softkey opens a submenu that allows changing the scaling parame-
ters for both the x- and the y-axis.

X-AXIS REF LEVEL

X-AXIS RANGE

Y-UNIT %/ABS

Y-AXIS MAX VALUE

Y-AXIS MIN VALUE

ADJUST SETTINGS

DEFAULT SETTINGS

MEAN PWR POSITION

X-AXIS REF The X-AXIS REF LEVEL softkey changes the level settings of the instrument and
LEVEL sets the maximum power to be measured.
The function is identical to softkey REF LEVEL in AMPT menu.
For the APD function this value is mapped to the right diagram border. For the
CCDF function there is no direct representation of this value on the diagram as the
x-axis is scaled relatively to the MEAN POWER measured.

Remote command: CALC:STAT:SCAL:X:RLEV <value>

X-AXIS RANGE The X-AXIS RANGE softkey changes the level range to be covered by the statistics
measurement selected.
The function is identical to softkey RANGE LOG MANUAL in AMPT menu.

Remote command: CALC:STAT:SCAL:X:RANG <value>

Y-UNIT %/ABS The softkey Y-UNIT %/ABS defines the scaling type on the y-axis. The default case
are the absolute probability. This can be changed to percent values. The softkeys Y-
AXIS MIN and Y-AXIS MAX are using values based on the Y-UNIT setting.

Remote command: CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:UNIT PCT | ABS

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.173

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The 0.01%, 0.1%, 1% and 10% value from the CCDF measurement are shown in
the bottom screen half. Those values can also queried via remote:

Remote command: CALC:STAT:CCDF:X? P0_01 | P0_1 |

P1 | P10

Y-AXIS MAX The Y-AXIS MAX VALUE softkey defines the upper limit of the displayed probability
VALUE range.
Values on the y-axis are normalized which means that the maximum value is 1.0. As
the y-axis scaling has a logarithmic axis the distance between max and min value
must be at least one decade.

Remote command: CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:UPP <value>

Y-AXIS MIN The Y-AXIS MIN VALUE softkey defines the lower limit of the displayed probability
VALUE range.
As the y-axis scaling has a logarithmic axis the distance between max and min
value must be at least one decade. Valid values are in the range 0 < value < 1.

Remote command: CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:LOW <value>

ADJUST The ADJUST SETTINGS softkey optimizes the level settings of the R&S ESCI
SETTINGS according to the measured peak power in order to gain maximum sensitivity of the
instrument.
The level range is adjusted according to the measured difference between peak and
minimum power for APD measurement and peak and mean power for CCDF mea-
surement in order to obtain maximum power resolution.
Additionally the probability scale is adapted to the selected number of samples.

Remote command: CALC:STAT:SCAL:AUTO ONCE

DEFAULT The DEFAULT SETTINGS softkey resets the x- and y-axis scalings to their PRE-
SETTINGS SET values.
• x-axis ref level: -20 dBm
• x-axis range APD: 100 dB
• x-axis range CCDF: 20 dB
• y-axis upper limit: 1.0
• y-axis lower limit: 1E-6

Remote command: CALC:STAT:PRES

MEAN PWR Defines the relative X position of the mean power value for the CCDF measurement.
POSITION The default position is 0% (left corner of the grid). This softkey is available if the
CCDF measurement is switched on.

Remote command: CALC:STAT:SCAL:X:MPOS <numeric_value>

ADJUST see “ADJUST SETTINGS” on page 4.174

SETTINGS

4.174 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

CONT MEAS The CONT MEAS softkey starts collecting a new sequence of sample data and cal-
culating the APD or CCDF curve depending on the selected measurement. The next
measurement is started automatically as soon as the indicated number of samples
has been reached.

Remote command: INIT:CONT ON;

INIT:IMM

SINGLE MEAS The SINGLE MEAS softkey starts collecting a new sequence of sample data and
calculating the APD or CCDF curve depending on the selected measurement. At the
beginning of the measurement previously obtained measurement results are dis-
carded.

Remote command: INIT:CONT OFF;

INIT:IMM

Hint for usage of the marker functions with measurement of signal

statistics

With the signal statistic measurement level always is displayed on x-axis. Y-axis
always is a normalized value between 0 and 1. In contrary to use of marker in fre-
quency or time domain marker is input in level values and the output is in percent-
age values.

Example

Measurement of CCDF of a IS95 BTS signal, level 0 dBm, frequency 800 MHz
[PRESET] Switch on preset settings.
[FREQ: CENTER: 800 Set center frequency to 800 MHz.
MHz]
[AMPT: 10 dBm] Set reference level to 10 dBm.
[BW: 3 MHz] Set resolution bandwidth to 3 MHz (resolution bandwidth
shall be wider then signal bandwidth (1.25 MHz) in order
to have the complete signal within the resolution band-
width).
[MEAS] Call the menu for measurement functions.
[SIGNAL STATISTIC] Call the menu for signal statistics measurement.
[CCDF ON /OFF] Switch on measurement of the complementary cumulative
distribution function. The R&S ESCI switches to zero span
mode. The power of the signal and the CCDF is calculated
for the number of samples selected. With the CCDF func-
tion sample detector and video bandwidth are set auto-
matically.
[NO OF SAMPLES: Set the number of measurement samples to 10000.
10000]
[SINGLE MEAS] Start the measurement sequence. At the end the resulting
trace will display the CCDF for the measured 10000 sam-
ples.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.175

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

GATED Statistic measurements on pulsed signals can be done using the GATED TRIGGER
TRIGGER softkey. An external frame trigger is required as a time (frame) reference.

The gate ranges define the part of the I/Q capture data taken into account for the
statistics calculation.
These ranges are defined relative to a reference point T=0. The gate interval is
repeated every period time until the end of the I/Q capture buffer.
The reference point T=0 is defined by the external trigger event and the instrument's
trigger offset.
GATED TRIGGER activates the gating for statistics functions. The trigger source is
changed to EXTERN if this function is switched on.

The I/Q data capturing is repeated until the configured number of valid samples is
reached. If the active gate period is outside the I/Q capture buffer or the resulting
gate time is zero the measurement will not reach its end. In this case, the range
start and stop values have to be checked.

Remote command: SWE:EGAT ON

4.176 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

GATE RANGES The GATED RANGES softkey opens a table to configure up to 3 gate ranges for
each trace.

Comment Comment string

Period Period of the signal to be measured
Range x Start Begin of time period to be taken into account
Range x Stop End of time period to be taken into account
Use Range YES / NO: Allows to temporarily disable a range

The timing values have full numerical resolution and are only rounded for display.

Remote command: SWE:EGAT:TRACE<1..3>:COMM

SWE:EGAT:TRACE<1..3>:STAT<1..3> ON
SWE:EGAT:TRACE<1..3>:STAR<1..3> <value>
SWE:EGAT:TRACE<1..3>:STOP<1..3> <value>
SWE:EGAT:TRACE<1..3>:PER <value>

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.177

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Gated statistics configuration example:

A statistics evaluation has to be done over the useful part of the signal between t3
and t4. The period of the GSM signal is 4.61536 ms

t1 External positive trigger slope

t2 Begin of burst (after 25 µs)
t3 Begin of useful part, to be used for statistics (after 40 µs)
t4 End of useful part, to be used for statistics (after 578 µs)
t5 End of burst (after 602 µs)

The instrument has to be configured as follows:

Trigger Offset t2 - t1 = 25 µs now the gate ranges are relative to t2

Range 1 Start t3 - t2 = 15 µs start of range 1 relative to t2
Range 1 End t4 - t2 = 553 µs end of range 1 relative to t2

4.6.13.5 Measurement of Carrier/Noise Ratio C/N and C/No

Using the carrier/noise measurement function, the R&S ESCI determines the C/N
ratio which can also be shown normalized to a 1 Hz bandwidth (function C/No).
To determine the noise power, a channel at the set center frequency is examined.
The bandwidth of the channel is fixed by means of the CHANNEL BANDWIDTH
function.
The largest signal in the frequency span is the carrier. It is searched when the func-
tion is activated and is marked by means of the REFERENCE FIXED marker. The
noise power of the channel is subtracted from the signal level obtained (C/N), and in
the case of a C/No measurement it is referred to a 1 Hz bandwidth.
There are two methods for measuring the carrier/noise ratio:
1. The carrier is outside the channel examined:
In this case, it is sufficient to switch on the desired measurement function and to
set the channel bandwidth. The carrier/noise ratio is displayed on the screen.

4.178 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

2. The carrier is inside the channel examined:

In this case, the measurement must be performed in two steps. First, the
reference measurement is performed with the carrier being active. This is done by
switching on either the C/N or the C/No measurement and waiting for the end of
the next measurement run. Then, the carrier is switched off so that only the noise
of the test setup is active in the channel. The carrier/noise ratio is displayed after
the subsequent measurement has been completed.
The ADJUST SETTINGS function facilitates the selection of the frequency span
appropriate for the channel bandwidth: it automatically sets the SPAN to approx. 4 ×
channel bandwidth.
The RMS detector is enabled when the power measurement is switched on
(TRACE-DETECTOR-RMS).

C/N / The C/N C/NO softkey opens the submenu for configuring the carrier/noise ratio
C/NO measurement.

C/N / C/NO

CHANNEL BANDWIDTH

ADJUST SETTINGS

The user can choose between measurement without (C/N) and measurement with
reference to the bandwidth (C/No). In addition, it is possible to select the bandwidth
of the channel and to adapt the span.

The measurements are only available in the frequency domain (span >0).

C/N / The C/N and C/NO softkeys enable and disable the measurement of the carrier/
C/NO noise ratio, the C/No measurement also being referred to a 1 Hz bandwidth.
The maximum value of the current trace is determined when the function is activated
and is marked by means of the REFERENCE FIXED marker.

The measurement is performed on the trace where MARKER 1 is located. To mea-

sure another trace, MARKER 1 has to be shifted to the trace in question using the
SELECT TRACE softkey in the MARKER menu.
If no marker is active, MARKER 1 is activated when the function is switched on.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL CN

CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? CN
CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL CN0
CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? CN0
CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW OFF

CHANNEL The CHANNEL BANDWIDTH softkey opens a window for selecting the measure-
BANDWIDTH ment channel bandwidth.
The default setting is 14 kHz.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.179

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The specified channel bandwidth allows the optimal setting of the measurement
parameters of the R&S ESCI using ADJUST SETTINGS.

Remote command: SENS:POW:ACH:BWID 14kHz

ADJUST The ADJUST SETTINGS softkey adapts the span to the channel bandwidth
SETTINGS selected.
For the carrier/noise ratio measurement, the span is set to:
4 × channel bandwidth + measurement margin
The adjustment is performed once; if necessary, the setting can be changed later
on.

Remote command: SENS:POW:ACH:PRES CN | CN0

4.6.13.6 Measurement of the AM Modulation Depth

MODULATION The MODULATION DEPTH softkey switches on the measurement of the AM modu-
DEPTH lation depth. An AM-modulated carrier is required on the screen for ensuring correct
operation.
The level value of MARKER 1 is taken as the carrier level. When this function is acti-
vated, MARKER 2 and MARKER 3 are automatically set symmetrically to the carrier
on the adjacent peak values of the trace as delta markers and MARKER 2 is acti-
vated for the entry.
When the position of MARKER 2 (delta) is changed, MARKER 3 (delta) is moved
symmetrically with respect to the reference marker (MARKER 1).
If the data entry is activated for MARKER 3 (MARKER 1 2 3 4 softkey), the latter can
be moved for fine adjustment irrespective of MARKER 2.
The R&S ESCI calculates the power at the marker positions from the measured lev-
els. The AM modulation depth is calculated from the ratio between the power values
at the reference marker and at the delta markers. When the powers of the two AM
side bands are unequal, the mean value of the two power values is used for AM
modulation depth calculation.

4.180 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Measurement example

The AM modulation depth of a carrier modulated with 1 kHz is to be measured at

100 MHz.
[PRESET] The R&S ESCI is set to the default setting.
[CENTER: 100 MHz] The center frequency is set to 100 MHz.
[SPAN: 5 kHz] The span is set to 5 kHz.
[AMPT: 0 dBm] The reference level is set to 0 dBm.
[MKR FCTN] MARKER 1 is switched on and positioned at the maximum
of the displayed trace.
[MODULATION DEPTH: The measurement of the AM modulation depth is switched
1 kHz] on. MARKERS 2 and 3 (delta markers) are set to the adja-
cent peak values of the trace and are activated for the fre-
quency entry.
The AM modulation depth is output in % in the marker info
field.
When 1 kHz is entered, MARKER 2 can be exactly posi-
tioned on 1 kHz and MARKER 3 at -1 kHz from the refer-
ence marker.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP ON;

CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP:RES?

4.6.13.7 Measurement of the Third Order Intercept (TOI)

If several signals are applied to a transmission two port device with nonlinear char-
acteristic, intermodulation products appear at its output by the sums and differences
of the signals. The nonlinear characteristic produces harmonics of the useful signals
which intermodulate at the characteristic. The intermodulation products of lower
order have a special effect since their level is largest and they are near the useful
signals. The intermodulation product of third order causes the highest interference.
It is the intermodulation product generated from one of the useful signals and the
2nd harmonic of the second useful signal in case of two-tone modulation.
The frequencies of the intermodulation products are above and below the useful sig-
nals. Fig. 4.14 Intermodulation products PU1 and PU2 shows intermodulation prod-
ucts PI1 and PI2 generated by the two useful signals PU1 and PU2.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.181

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

P P
Level U1 U2

a D3

PI1 PI2

∆f ∆f ∆f

f f f f Frequency
I1 U1 U2 I2
Fig. 4.14 Intermodulation products PU1 and PU2

The intermodulation product at fI2 is generated by mixing the 2nd harmonic of useful
signal PU2 and signal PU1, the intermodulation product at fI1 by mixing the 2nd har-
monic of useful signal PU1 and signal PU2.
fI1 = 2 × fU1 - fU2 (22)
fI2 = 2 × fU2 - fU1 (23)
The level of the intermodulation products depends on the level of the useful signals.
If the two useful signals are increased by 1 dB, the level of the intermodulation prod-
ucts increases by 3 dB, which means that spacing aD3 between intermodulation sig-
nals and useful signals is reduced by 2 dB. This is illustrated in Fig. 4.15
Dependence of intermodulation level on useful signal level.

Intercept point
O utput
level
Com pression

Intermodulation
Useful signal product
3
1
1 1

Input level
Fig. 4.15 Dependence of intermodulation level on useful signal level

The useful signals at the two port output increase proportionally with the input level
as long as the two port is in the linear range. A level change of 1 dB at the input
causes a level change of 1 dB at the output. Beyond a certain input level, the two
port goes into compression and the output level stops increasing. The intermodula-
tion products of the third order increase three times as much as the useful signals.

4.182 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The intercept point is the fictitious level where the two lines intersect. It cannot be
measured directly since the useful level is previously limited by the maximum two
port output power.
It can be calculated from the known line slopes and the measured spacing aD3 at a
given level according to the following formula.
a D3
IP3 = -------- + P N (24)
2

The 3rd order intercept point (TOI), for example, is calculated for an intermodulation
of 60 dB and an input level PU of -20 dBm according to the following formula:
60
IP3 – ------ + ( – 20dBm ) – 10dBm (25)
2

TOI The TOI softkey enables the measurement of the 3rd order intercept point.
A two-tone signal with equal carrier levels is expected at the R&S ESCI input.
MARKER 1 and MARKER 2 (both normal markers) are set to the maximum of the
two signals. MARKER 3 and MARKER 4 (both delta markers) are placed on the
intermodulation products. When the function is enabled, the frequency entry is acti-
vated for the delta markers. They can be set manually.
The R&S ESCI calculates the third order intercept from the level spacing between
normal markers and delta markers and outputs it in the marker info field.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI ON;

CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI:RES?

Example

A two-tone signal with frequencies of 100 MHz and 101 MHz is applied to the RF
input of the R&S ESCI. The level of the two signals is -10 dBm.
[PRESET] The R&S ESCI is set to the default setting.
[CENTER: 100.5 MHz] The center frequency is set to 100.5 MHz.
[SPAN: 3 MHz] The span is set to 3 MHz.
[AMPT: -10 dBm] The reference level is set to -10 dBm.
[MKR FCTN] MARKER 1 is switched on and set to the signal peak.
[TOI] The R&S ESCI sets the 4 markers to the useful signals
and the intermodulation products and calculates the third
order intercept. The result is output in the marker info field.

SELECT The SELECT MARKER softkey activates the selection of a marker for functions
MARKER MODULATION DEPTH and TOI. Thus, the markers can be fine-adjusted for these
functions.
The markers are numerically selected in a data entry field. Delta marker 1 is
selected by entering '0'.
If the marker is in the switch-off state, it will be switched on and can thus be shifted.

Remote command: CALC:MARK1 ON;

CALC:MARK1:X <value>;
CALC:MARK1:Y?

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.183

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

TOI MKR CALC The TOI measurement is based on positioning the markers 3 and 4 onto the position
SRCH of the calculated intermodulation products. The accuracy of these frequency calcu-
lations depend on the precision of the two carrier frequencies found with peak
search. The softkey TOI MKR CALC SRCH allows to switch between the calculated
marker position (CALC) and perfoming a local peak search near the expected fre-
quencies (SRCH) instead of the faster position calculation.
By default, the faster CALC method is used.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI:MARK CALC

4.6.13.8 Harmonic Measurement

HARMONIC
HARMONIC ON | OFF
DISTOR
NO. OF HARMONICS

HARMONIC SWEEPTIME

HARMONIC RBW AUTO

ADJUST SETTINGS

The HARMONIC DISTOR softkey opens this submenu and activates the harmonic
distortion measurement.
In the upper screen the zero span sweeps on all harmonics are shown, separated
by a grid line. This allows a very good overview about the measurement. In the
lower screen the mean RMS results are displayed in numerical values and the THD
values can be seen in the marker info field.
The resolution bandwidth will be automatically adjusted: RBWn = RBW1 * n, if that
RBW is not available the next higher value is used.
The results can be obtained via the following remote commands:
Trace read out via the normal trace subsystem. The first harmonic frequency can be
read out via the center frequency command.
THD value comma separated in % and dB:

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:DIST? TOT

Comma separated list of harmonic levels, for each harmonic one value:

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:LIST?

HARMONIC The HARMONIC ON/OFF softkey activates the harmonic distortion measurement.
ON | OFF With this measurement it is possible to measure easily the harmonics e.g. from a
VCO. In addition the THD (total harmonic distortion) is calculated in % and dB.
There are 2 possible modes within the harmonic measurement. When entering the
harmonic measurement from a frequency sweep (span > 0 Hz) an automatic search
for the first harmonic is carried out within that given frequency range. Also a level
adjust will be carried out. Is the zero span mode active before entering the harmonic
measurement, the center frequency is unchanged.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:STAT ON | OFF

4.184 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The results can be obtained via the following remote commands:

Trace read out via the normal trace subsystem. The first harmonic frequency can be
read out via the center frequency command.
THD value comma separated in % and dB:

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:DIST? TOT

Comma separated list of harmonic levels, for each harmonic one value:

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:LIST?

NO. OF With the softkey NO. OF HARMONICS the number of harmonics which shall be
HARMONICS measured can be adjusted. The range is from 1 to 26.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:NHAR <numerical

value>

HARMONIC The HARMONIC SWEEPTIME softkey allows to set the value how long the zero
SWEEPTIME span measurement on each harmonic frequency shall take place. This is an alias
softkey to the normal sweep time of the zero span, therefore the same parser com-
mand is to be used.

HARMONIC The softkey HARMONIC RBW AUTO disables the resolution bandwidth.
RBW AUTO
Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:BAND:AUTO ON | OFF

ADJUST The ADJUST SETTINGS softkey activates the frequency search in the frequency
SETTINGS range from before starting the harmonic measurement (if harmonic measurement
was started from frequency sweep) and the level adjust.

Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:PRES

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.185

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

4.6.13.9 Measuring Spurious Emissions

All real amplifiers also generate unwanted RF products outside the assigned fre-
quency band. These spurious emissions are usually measured across a wide fre-
quency range, for example from 9 kHz to 7 GHz. The analyzer settings are specified
for each frequency range.

SPURIOUS
SPURIOUS ON | OFF
EMISSIONS
SWEEP LIST ! EDIT SWEEP LIST

INS BEFORE RANGE

INS AFTER RANGE

DELETE RANGE

NEXT RANGES

PREVIOUS RANGES

ADJUST AXIS

START MEAS

STOP MEAS

LIST EVALUATION

PAGE UP / PAGE DOWN

START MEAS

STOP MEAS

Side menu

PEAK SEARCH

PEAKS PER RANGE

MARGIN

VIEW PEAK LIST ! SORT BY FREQUENCY

SORT BY DELTA LIM

ASCII FILE EXPORT

DECIM SEP

PAGE UP / PAGE DOWN

In the Spurious Emissions measurement mode, the R&S ESCI performs measure-
ments in predefined frequency ranges with settings that can be specified individually
for each of these ranges.
For this purpose, the SWEEP TABLE settings or the current device settings are
used. Up to 20 subranges can be defined (they need not directly follow one another)
across which the R&S ESCI sweeps in subsequent order. However, the measure-
ment ranges must not overlap. The measurement parameters can be selected inde-
pendently from each other in every subrange (SWEEP LIST menu, EDIT SWEEP
LIST).
Limit lines are defined and displayed irrespective of the sweep ranges, i.e. they are
not part of the sweep ranges. The unit of the limit lines is restricted to dB or dBm.

4.186 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The frequency range where measurements are actually performed is set by the start
and stop frequency parameters of the R&S ESCI; these parameters are indepen-
dent of the sweep ranges. It is thus possible to define sweep ranges for a measure-
ment task that can be stored and reloaded and to quickly and easily set the
frequency range to be actually measured by means of two parameters; complex
editing in the sweep table is not necessary.

When a limit line is defined in steps, the weaker limit is used at the frequency point
with the straight vertical section.

SPURIOUS The SPURIOUS ON/OFF softkey switches the spurious emissions measurement on
ON | OFF or off according to the current configuration.

Remote command: SWEEP:MODE LIST switches the spurious list on

SWEEP:MODE AUTO switches the spurious list off

SWEEP LIST The SWEEP LIST softkey opens a submenu where predefined sweep ranges can
be edited, or new ranges generated or deleted. A table listing the current sweep
ranges is displayed.

Remote command: --

EDIT SWEEP The EDIT SWEEP LIST softkey opens the table for editing the sweep ranges.
LIST
SWEEP LIST
RANGE 1 RANGE 2 RANGE 3 RANGE 4 RANGE 5
Range Start 9 kHz 150 MHz 30 MHz
Range Stop 150 kHz 30 MHz 1 GHz
Filter Type NORMAL (3dB) NORMAL (3dB) NORMAL (3dB)
RBW 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz
VBW 3 kHz 30 kHz 300 MHz
Sweep time mode AUTO AUTO AUTO
Sweep time 145 ms 300 ms 100 ms
Detector RMS RMS RMS
REF-Level -10 dBm -10 dBm -10 dBm
RF-Att. mode AUTO AUTO AUTO
RF-Attenuator 20 dB 20 dB 20 dB
PRE-AMP OFF OFF OFF
Sweep Points 501 4001 8001
Stop after sweep OFF OFF OFF
Transd. factor <NONE> <NONE> <NONE>
Limit check ON ON ON
Limit -13 dBm -13 dBm -13 dBm

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.187

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

In the SWEEP LIST table, the individual sweep ranges are set.
Range Start: Start frequency of the range
Range Stop: Stop frequency of the range
Filter Type: NORMAL (3dB), EMI (6dB), CHANNEL, RRC
RBW: Resolution filter bandwidth
VBW: Video filter bandwidth
VBW: Video filter bandwidth; not applicable for CHANNEL and RRC
filters
Sweep Time Mode: AUTO, MANUAL
Sweep Time: Sweep time; if AUTO is indicated for the sweep time mode, the
automatically calculated sweep time is displayed. If the cell is
edited, the associated sweep time mode is automatically set to
MANUAL.
Detector: Specifies the range detector:
AUTO PEAK, MAX PEAK, MIN PEAK, SAMPLE, RMS, AVER-
AGE
REF-Level: Reference level in dBm
The upper edge of the displayed screen area is the value of
the maximum reference level, corrected by the associated
transducer factor.
RF-Attenuator-Mode: AUTO, MANUAL
RF-Attenuator: Number; as with Sweep Time
PRE-AMP: ON, OFF
preamplifier selection (options B23, B25, if available)
Sweep Points: Number of sweep points per range (sweep segment). The
maximum number of sweep points is 8001.
Stop after Sweep: ON, OFF
if ON, the sweep is stopped after the range and continued only
if confirmed by you via a message box (bit 10 of the “STATus:
OPERation Register” on page 5.24).
Transd. factor: NONE or factor (enter via selection list)
Limit check: ON, OFF (common for all ranges)
Limit: Limit in dBm (enter via selection list)
A temporary limit line _SPUL_IN_ is used, based on the range
limits. This temporary limit line is created at measurement start
and may be copied for other purposes.

Remote command: SENS:LIST:RANG<1…20>:…

INS BEFORE The INS BEFORE RANGE softkey inserts a range in front of the marked line.
RANGE
Remote command: --

INS AFTER The INS AFTER RANGE softkey inserts a range following the marked line.
RANGE
Remote command: --

4.188 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

DELETE The DELETE RANGE softkey deletes the current range. All higher ranges are set
RANGE back by one.

Remote command: LIST:RANGe<1…20>:DELete

NEXT RANGES The NEXT RANGES softkey activates the displays of the next higher subranges, i.e.
6 to 10, 11 to 15 or 16 to 20.

Remote command: --

PREVIOUS The PREVIOUS RANGES softkey activates the displays of the next lower sub-
RANGES ranges, i.e. 1 to 5, 6 to 10 or 11 to 15.

Remote command: --

ADJUST AXIS The ADJUST AXIS softkey automatically adjusts the frequency axis of measure-
ment diagram so that the start frequency matches the start frequency of the first
sweep range, and the stop frequency of the last sweep range.

Remote command: --
(via FREQuency:STARt <num_value> /
FREQuency:STOP <num_value>)

START MEAS Using the START MEAS softkey, you can start the measurement while the submenu
is simultaneously exited.
When the measurement is started, the R&S ESCI sets up the measurement dia-
gram in the selected measurement window and starts the measurement in the
selected mode.
With SINGLE, a single frequency sweep occurs; afterwards the R&S ESCI remains
on the stop frequency.
With CONTINUOUS, the measurement continues until it is stopped.
You can stop the measurement with STOP SWEEP.
If a STOP AFTER SWEEP point has been defined in the range, the sweep stops
automatically at the end of the respective range to allow you to change the external
circuitry, for example. This is indicated in a message box:
SWEEP Range# reached CONTINUE/BREAK
If CONTINUE is selected, the sweep is continued in the next range. If BREAK is
selected, the sweep is stopped.

Remote command: INIT:SPUR starts the measurement

INIT:CONM starts the measurement after a BREAK
has been reached
ABORt stops the measurement after a range has been
reached

STOP MEAS The STOP MEAS softkey stops the measurement. The measurement data can be
analyzed.

Remote command: ABORt

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.189

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

LIST The LIST EVALUATION softkey activates or deactivates the spurious emission mea-
EVALUATION surement LIST EVALUATION. The peak search evaluation is automatically done
during measurement and the results are displayed in a table in the lower part of the
screen.
Following results are listed:
• frequency range
• frequency of the absolute peak power in this range in dBm
• level delta to the limit with margin in dB
• limit check state (by color change and an asterisk at the end of the line if failed)
If LIST EVALUATION is switched on, the functions PEAKS PER RANGE, MARGIN,

PEAK SEARCH and VIEW PEAK LIST are not available.

Remote command: CALC1:PEAK:AUTO ON | OFF

STOP MEAS See “STOP MEAS” on page 4.189.

START MEAS See “START MEAS” on page 4.189.

PEAK SEARCH The PEAK SEARCH softkey starts the process of determining the list of the sub-
range maximums from the existing sweep results. This procedure can be repeated
as often as desired, e.g. to experiment with the various threshold settings.
It is activated only after a measurement has been performed with START MEAS.

Remote command: CALC:PEAK

PEAKS PER The PEAKS PER RANGE softkey activates entry of the number of peaks per range
RANGE that are stored in the list. The value range extends from 1 to 50. Once the selected
number of peaks has been reached, the peak search is stopped in the current range
and continued in the next range. The default value is 25.

Remote command: CALC:PEAK:SUBR 1...50

4.190 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

MARGIN The MARGIN softkey activates entry of the margin, i.e. the acceptance threshold for
determining the peak list. The limit line is shifted by this value when the maximums
are determined. The value range extends from -200 dB to 200 dB. The default value
is 6 dB.

Remote command: CALC:PEAK:MARG –200dB...200dB

VIEW PEAK The VIEW PEAK LIST softkey opens the submenu for viewing the peak list.
LIST
It is activated for display only after a PEAK search has been performed with PEAK
SEARCH.
VIEW PEAK LIST
TRACE / Detector FREQUENCY LEVEL dBm DELTA LIMIT dB
1 RMS 80.0000 MHz -36.02 -5.02
1 RMS 80.0001 MHz -30.07 +0.24
1 RMS 85.1234 MHz -30.02 -0.02
1 AVERAGE 130.234 MHz -29.12 -5.12
If no limit check is active, a delta limit of +200dB is listed.

Remote command: TRACe? SPURious

SORT BY The SORT BY FREQUENCY softkey sorts the table according to the entries in the
FREQUENCY FREQUENCY column in descending order.

Remote command: --

SORT BY The SORT BY DELTA LIM softkey sorts the table according to the entries in the
DELTA LIM DELTA LIM column (default) in descending order. If no limit line has been specified,
an offset of 200 dB is assumed for all peaks.

Remote command: --

ASCII FILE The ASCII FILE EXPORT softkey stores the peak list in ASCII format to a file on a
EXPORT memory stick or a floppy disk.
The file has a header containing important parameters for scaling, several data sec-
tions containing the sweep settings per range and a data section containing the
peak list.
The header data is made up of three columns, separated by ';':
parameter name; numeric value; base unit
Table 4-1 Example: ASCII export table - file header

File contents Explanation

Type;R&S ESCI; Model

Version;3.90; Firmware version

Date;02.Aug 2006; Storage date of data set

Mode;ANALYZER; SPURIOUS; Operating mode of the device

Start;9000.000000;Hz Start/stop of the span

Stop;7000000000.000000;Hz Unit: Hz

x-Axis;LIN; Linear (LIN) or logarithmic (LOG) (future feature)

scaling of the x-axis

Sweep Count;1; Selected number of sweeps

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.191

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

The data section for the measurement values starts with the key word "TRACE <n>:
", where <n> includes the number of the used trace. Next comes the peak list with
several columns also separated by ';'.
Table 4-2 Example: ASCII export table - file data section

File contents Explanation

TRACE 1: Selected trace

Trace Mode;CLR/WRITE; Display mode of trace:

CLR/WRITE,AVERAGE,MAX HOLD,MIN HOLD,
VIEW, BLANK

x-Unit;Hz; Unit of x values:

y-Unit;dBm; Unit of y values:

Margin;6.000000:s Peak List margin

Values;8; Number of measurement points

1;1548807257.5999999000;- Measurement values:

65.602280;-5.602280 <Trace>;<x value>; <y value>;<delta limit>
1;1587207214.4000001000;-
65.327530;-5.327530
1;2112006624.0000000000;-
4.388008;55.611992

Spreadsheet programs such as MS Excel can read this format. Use ';' as the delim-
iter for the table cells.

Different language versions of evaluation programs may require different handling

of the decimal point. Using the DECIM SEP softkey, you can thus choose between
the delimiters '.' (decimal point) and ',' (comma).

Remote command: MMEM:STOR:SPUR,'F:\TEST.ASC'

DECIM SEP In the case of floating-point numbers, use the DECIM SEP softkey to select between
'.' (decimal point) and ',' (comma) as the decimal delimiter for the ASCII FILE
EXPORT function.
By selecting the decimal delimiter, various language versions of evaluation pro-
grams (e.g. MS Excel) are supported.

Remote command: FORM:DEXP:DSEP POIN

PAGE UP / Using PAGE UP and PAGE DOWN, you can scroll forward and backward through
PAGE DOWN the peak list pages.
They are active only as long as a peak list is displayed.

4.192 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

4.6.13.10 Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement

The Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) measurement defines a measurement that
monitors compliance with a spectral mask. The SEM measurement of the base unit
allows a flexible definition of all parameters in the SEM measurement. The analyzer
performs measurements in predefined frequency ranges with settings that can be
specified individually for each of these ranges.
For this purpose, the SWEEP LIST settings or the current instrument settings are
used. Up to 20 subranges can be defined (they need not directly follow one another)
across which the analyzer sweeps in subsequent order. However, the measurement
ranges must not overlap. The measurement parameters can be selected indepen-
dently from each other in every subrange (SWEEP LIST menu, EDIT SWEEP LIST).
In the Spectrum Emission Mask, as in the Spurious Emissions measurement, a
range defines a segment, for which you can define the following parameters sepa-
rately: start and stop frequency, RBW, VBW, sweep time, reference level, attenuator
settings, and limit values. Via the sweep list, you define the ranges and their settings
(for details on settings refer to the SWEEP LIST softkey).
The following rules apply to ranges:
• The minimum span of a range is 10 Hz.
• The individual ranges must not overlap (but need not directly follow one another).
• The maximum number of ranges is 20.
• A minimum of three ranges is mandatory.
• The reference range cannot be deleted (it is marked in with "Ref").
The frequency range where measurements are actually performed is set by the start
and stop frequency parameters of the analyzer; these parameters are independent
of the sweep ranges. It is thus possible to define sweep ranges for a measurement
task that can be stored and reloaded and to quickly and easily set the frequency
range to be actually measured by means of two parameters; complex editing in the
sweep table is not necessary.

Provided XML Files for the Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement

You can change the settings manually or via XML files. The XML files offer a quick
way to change the configuration. A set of ready-made XML files for different stan-
dards is already provided. For details see Table1: Provided XML files. You can also
create and use your own XML files (for details see “Format Description of Spectrum
Emission Mask XML files” on page 4.196). All XML files are stored under D:
\r_s\instr\sem_std. Use the LOAD STANDARD softkey for quick access to the avail-
able XML files.

Path XML File Name Displayed Standard

Characteristics*

D:\r_s\instr\sem_std\cdma2000\DL default0.xml cdma2000 BC0 DL

default1.xml cdma2000 BC1 DL

D:\r_s\instr\sem_std\cdma2000\UL default0.xml cdma2000 BC0 UL

default1.xml cdma2000 BC1 UL

D:\r_s\instr\sem_std\EUTRA-LTE\DL\CategoryA BW_01_4_MHz__CFhigher1GHz.xml LTE Cat A > 1GHz DL

BW_01_4_MHz__CFlower1GHz.xml LTE Cat A < 1GHz DL

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.193

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Path XML File Name Displayed Standard

Characteristics*

BW_03_0_MHz__CFhigher1GHz.xml LTE Cat A > 1GHz DL

BW_03_0_MHz__CFlower1GHz.xml LTE Cat A < 1GHz DL

BW_05_0_MHz__CFhigher1GHz.xml LTE Cat A > 1GHz DL

BW_05_0_MHz__CFlower1GHz.xml LTE Cat A < 1GHz DL

BW_10_0_MHz__CFhigher1GHz.xml LTE Cat A > 1GHz DL

BW_10_0_MHz__CFlower1GHz.xml LTE Cat A < 1GHz DL

BW_15_0_MHz__CFhigher1GHz.xml LTE Cat A > 1GHz DL

BW_15_0_MHz__CFlower1GHz.xml LTE Cat A < 1GHz DL

BW_20_0_MHz__CFhigher1GHz.xml LTE Cat A > 1GHz DL

BW_20_0_MHz__CFlower1GHz.xml LTE Cat A < 1GHz DL

D:\r_s\instr\sem_std\EUTRA-LTE\DL\CategoryB BW_01_4_MHz__CFhigher1GHz.xml LTE Cat B > 1GHz DL

BW_01_4_MHz__CFlower1GHz.xml LTE Cat B < 1GHz DL

BW_03_0_MHz__CFhigher1GHz.xml LTE Cat B > 1GHz DL

BW_03_0_MHz__CFlower1GHz.xml LTE Cat B < 1GHz DL

BW_05_0_MHz__CFhigher1GHz.xml LTE Cat B > 1GHz DL

BW_05_0_MHz__CFlower1GHz.xml LTE Cat B < 1GHz DL

BW_10_0_MHz__CFhigher1GHz.xml LTE Cat B > 1GHz DL

BW_10_0_MHz__CFlower1GHz.xml LTE Cat B < 1GHz DL

BW_15_0_MHz__CFhigher1GHz.xml LTE Cat B > 1GHz DL

BW_15_0_MHz__CFlower1GHz.xml LTE Cat B < 1GHz DL

BW_20_0_MHz__CFhigher1GHz.xml LTE Cat B > 1GHz DL

BW_20_0_MHz__CFlower1GHz.xml LTE Cat B < 1GHz DL

D:\r_s\instr\sem_std\EUTRA-LTE\UL\Standard BW_05_0_MHz.xml LTE UL

BW_10_0_MHz.xml LTE UL

BW_15_0_MHz.xml LTE UL

BW_20_0_MHz.xml LTE UL

D:\r_s\instr\sem_std\WCDMA\3GPP\DL PowerClass_31_39.xml W-CDMA 3GPP

(31,39)dBm DL

PowerClass_39_43.xml W-CDMA 3GPP

(39,43)dBm DL

PowerClass_43_INF.xml W-CDMA 3GPP

(43,INF)dBm DL

PowerClass_negINF_31.xml W-CDMA 3GPP (-

INF,31)dBm DL

D:\r_s\instr\sem_std\WCDMA\3GPP\UL 3GPP_UL.xml W-CDMA 3GPP_UL

D:\r_s\instr\sem_std\WIBRO\DL PowerClass_29_40.xml WiBro TTA (29,40)dBm DL

PowerClass_40_INF.xml WiBro TTA (40,INF)dBm

DL

4.194 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Path XML File Name Displayed Standard

Characteristics*

PowerClass_negINF_29.xml WiBro TTA (-INF,29)dBm

DL

D:\r_s\instr\sem_std\WIBRO\UL PowerClass_23_INF.xml WiBro TTA (23,INF)dBm

UL

PowerClass_negINF_23.xml WiBro TTA (23,INF)dBm

UL

D:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WIMAX\DL\ETSI\...MHz System_Type_E.xml WIMAX DL ETSI-System

(1.75 MHz, 2.00 MHz, 3.50 MHz, 7.00 MHz, Type E DL
14.00 MHz, 28.00 MHz)

System_Type_F.xml WIMAX ETSI-System

Type F DL

System_Type_G.xml WIMAX ETSI-System

Type G DL

D:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WIMAX\DL\IEEE 10MHz.xml WIMAX 10MHz DL

20MHz.xml WIMAX 20MHz DL

D:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WIMAX\UL\ETSI...MHz System_Type_E.xml WIMAX System Type E UL

(1.75 MHz, 2.00 MHz, 3.50 MHz, 7.00 MHz,
14.00 MHz, 28.00 MHz)

System_Type_F.xml WIMAX System Type F UL

System_Type_G.xml WIMAX System Type G

UL

D:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WIMAX\UL\IEEE 10MHz.xml WIMAX 10MHz UL

20MHz.xml WIMAX 20MHz UL

D:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WLAN\802_11_TURBO ETSI.xml IEEE 802.11

IEEE.xml IEEE 802.11

D:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WLAN\802_11a ETSI.xml IEEE 802.11a

IEEE.xml IEEE 802.11a

D:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WLAN\802_11b IEEE.xml IEEE 802.11b

D:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WLAN\802_11j_10MHz ETSI.xml IEEE 802.11j

IEEE.xml IEEE 802.11j

D:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WLAN\802_11j_20MHz ETSI.xml IEEE 802.11j

IEEE.xml IEEE 802.11j

*abbreviations:
BC: band class
UL: uplink
DL: downlink
TTA: telecommunications technology association

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.195

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Format Description of Spectrum Emission Mask XML files

The files for importing range settings are in XML format and therefore obey the rules
of the XML standard. Below, the child nodes, attributes, and structure defined for the
data import is described. Build your own XML files according to these conventions
because the instrument can only interpret XML files of a known structure. For exam-
ple files look in the D:\r_s\instr\sem_std folder.

It is mandatory to follow the structure exactly as shown below or else the analyzer
is not able to interpret the XML file and error messages are shown on the screen.
For this reason is it recommended to make a copy of an existing file and edit the
copy of the file. The default files can be found in the D:\r_s\instr\sem_std folder.

Basically, the file consists of three elements that can be defined.

• The first element of the structure is the BaseFormat element. It carries information
about basic settings. In this element only the ReferencePower child node has any
effects on the measurement itself. The other attributes and child nodes are used
to display information about the Spectrum Emission Mask Standard on the
measurement screen. The child nodes and attributes of this element are shown in
Table 4-3.

In the example above (PowerClass_31_39.xml under

D:\r_s\instr\sem_std\WCDMA\3GPP),
these attributes are defined as follows:
Standard="W-CDMA 3GPP"
LinkDirection="DL"
PowerClass="(31,39)dBm"
• The second element is the PowerClass element, which is embedded in the
BaseFormat element. It carries settings information about the power classes. The
child nodes and attributes of this element are shown in Table 4-4.

4.196 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

• The third element is the Range element, which in turn is embedded in the
PowerClass element. It carries the settings information of the range. There have
to be at least three defined ranges: one reference range and at least one range to
either side of the reference range. The maximum number of ranges is twenty.
Note that there are two Limit nodes to be defined: one that gives the limit in
absolute values and one in relative values. Make sure units for the Start and Stop
nodes are identical for each Limit node. For details refer to the SWEEP LIST
softkey and the corresponding parameter description. The child nodes and
attributes of this element are shown in Table 4-5.
The following tables show the child nodes and attributes of each element and show
if a child node or attribute is mandatory for the analyzer to interpret the file or not.
Since the hierarchy of the XML can not be seen in the tables, either view one of the
default files already stored on the analyzer in the D:\r_s\instr\sem_std directory or
check the structure as shown below.
Below, a basic example of the structure of the file is shown, containing all mandatory
attributes and child nodes. Note that the PowerClass element and the range ele-
ment are themselves elements of the Base Format element and are to be inserted
where noted. The separation is done here simply for reasons of a better overview.
Also, no example values are given here to allow a quick reference to the tables
above. Italic font shows the placeholders for the values.
• The Base Format element is structered as follows:
<RS_SEM_ACP_FileFormat Version="1.0.0.0" Date="2008-02-28T15:21:39Z">
<Name>Standard</Name>
<Instrument>
<Type>Instrument Type</Type>
<Application>Application</Application>
</Instrument>
<LinkDirection Name="Name">
<ReferencePower>
<Method>Method</Method>
</ReferencePower>
<PowerClass Index="n">
<!-- For contents of the PowerClass node see Table 4-4 -->
<!-- Define up to four PowerClass nodes -->
</PowerClass>
</LinkDirection>
</RS_SEM_ACP_File>

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.197

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

• The PowerClass element is structered as follows:

<PowerClass Index="n">
<StartPower Unit="dBm" InclusiveFlag="true" Value="StartPowerValue"/>
<StopPower Unit="dBm" InclusiveFlag="false" Value="StopPowerValue"/>
<DefaultLimitFailMode>Limit Fail Mode</DefaultLimitFailMode>
<Range Index="n">
<!-- For contents of the Range node see Table 4-5 -->
<!-- Define up to twenty Range nodes -->
</Range>
...
</PowerClass>
• The Range element is structered as follows:
<Range Index="n">
<Name="Name">
<ChannelType>Channel Type</Channel Type>
<WeightingFilter>
<Type>FilterType</Type>
<RollOffFactor>Factor</RollOffFactor>
<Bandwith>Bandwidth</Bandwidth>
</WeightingFilter>
<FrequencyRange>
<Start>RangeStart</Start>
<Stop>RangeStop</Stop>
</FrequencyRange>
<Limit>
<Start Unit="Unit" Value="Value"/>
<Stop Unit="Unit" Value="Value"/>
</Limit>
<Limit>
<Start Unit="Unit" Value="Value"/>
<Stop Unit="Unit" Value="Value"/>
</Limit>
<RBW Bandwidth="Bandwidth" Type="FilterType"/>
<VBW Bandwidth="Bandwidth"/>
<Detector>Detector</Detector>
<Sweep Mode="SweepMode" Time="SweepTime"/>

4.198 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

<Amplitude>
<ReferenceLevel Unit="dBm" Value="Value"/>
<RFAttenuation Mode="Auto" Unit="dB" Value="Value"/>
<Preamplifier State="State"/>
</Amplitude>
</Range>
Table 4-3 Attributes and child nodes of the BaseFormat element

Child Node Attribute Value Parameter Mandatory

Description

FileFormatVersion 1.0.0.0 Yes

Date "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" Date in ISO 8601 format No

Name <string> Name of the standard Yes

Instrument Type FSP Name of the instrument No

Application SA Name of the application No

LinkDirection Name Downlink | Uplink | None Yes

ShortName DL | UL No

ReferencePower Yes

Method TX Channel Power | TX Yes

Channel Peak Power

ReferenceChannel <string> No

Table 4-4 Attributes and child nodes of the PowerClass element

Child Node Attribute Value Parameter Mandatory

Description

Index 0 Only index 0 is currently Yes

supported, others are
ignored

StartPower Value <power in dBm> Start power must equal Yes

the stop power of the
previous power class.
The StartPower value of
the first range is -200

Unit dBm Yes

InclusiveFlag “true” Yes

StopPower Value <power in dBm> Stop power must equal Yes

the start power of the
next power class. The
StopPower value of the
last range is 200

Unit dBm Yes

InclusiveFlag “false” Yes

DefaultLimitFailMode Absolute | Relative | Yes

Absolute and Relative |
Absolute or Relative

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.199

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Table 4-5 Attributes and child nodes of the Range element (normal ranges)

Child Node Attribute Value Parameter Mandatory

Description

Index 0...19 Indexes are continous Yes

and have to start with 0

Name <string> Name of the range Only if

ReferenceChannel
contains a name and
range is reference
range

ShortName <string> Short name of the range No

ChannelType TX | Adjacent Yes

WeightingFilter Only if
ReferencePower
method is "TX
Channel Power" and
the range is the
reference range"

Type RRC | CFILTer Type of weighting filter Yes

RollOfffactor 0...1 Excess filter bandwidth Only if filter type is

RRC

Bandwidth <bandwidth in Hz> Filter bandwidth Only if filter type is

RRC

FrequencyRange Yes

Start <frequency in Hz> Start value of the range Yes

Stop <frequency in Hz> Stop value of the range Yes

Limit A Range must contain Yes

exactly two limit nodes;
one of the limit nodes
has to have a relative
unit (e.g. dBc), the other
one must have an
absolute unit (e.g. dBm)

Start Value <numeric value> Power limit at start Yes

frequency

Unit dBm/Hz | dBm | dBc | dBr | dB Sets the unit of start Yes
frequency

Stop Value <numeric value> Power limit at stop Yes

frequency

Unit dBm/Hz | dBm | dBc | dBr | dB Sets the unit of stop Yes
frequency

LimitFailMode Absolute | Relative | Absolute No (if specified, it has

and Relative | Absolute or to be equal to Default-
Relative LimitFailMode

RBW Bandwidth <bandwidth in Hz> Yes

Type NORM | PULS | CFIL | RRC No

VBW Bandwidth <bandwidth in Hz> Yes

4.200 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

Child Node Attribute Value Parameter Mandatory

Description

Detector NEG | POS | SAMP | RMS | No (if specified, it has

AVER to be equal in all
ranges)

Sweep Mode Manual | Auto Yes

Time <time in sec> No

Amplitude No

ReferenceLevel Value <power in dBm> Yes, if the

ReferenceLevel child
node is used

Unit dBm Yes, if the

ReferenceLevel child
node is used

RF Attenuation Mode Manual | Auto Yes, if the

ReferenceLevel child
node is used

ASCII File Export Format (Spectrum Emission Mask)

The first part of the file lists information about the spectrum analyzer and the general
setup.

File Content Description

RefType;CPOWER; Reference range settings

TxBandwidth;9540000M;Hz
FilterState; ON;
Alpha;0.22;
PeaksPerRange;1; Evaluation list information
Values;4;
0;-22500000;-9270000;1000000;2986455000; information about each peak:
-74.762840270996094;-10.576210021972656; <range number>;
-45.762840270996094;PASS; <start frequency>
1;-9270000;-4770000;100000;2991405000; <stop frequency>
-100.17695617675781;-35.990325927734375; <resolution bandwidth of range>
-1.490325927734375;PASS <frequency of peak>
3;4770000;9270000;100000;3005445000; <absolute power of peak in dBm>
-100.17695617675781;-35.990325927734375 <relative power of peak in dBc>
;-1.490325927734375;PASS; (related to the channel power)
4;9270000;22500000;1000000;3018225000; <distance to the limit line in dB>
-74.762840270996094;-10.576210021972656; (positive value means above the
-45.762840270996094;PASS; limit line)
<limit fail> (pass = 0, fail = 1)

SPECTRUM
EMISSION SPEC EM (ON OFF)
MASK
SWEEP LIST ! EDIT SWEEP LIST

INS BEFORE RANGE

INS AFTER RANGE

DELETE RANGE

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.201

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

NEXT RANGES

PREVIOUS RANGES

REFERENCE RANGE ! POW REF CHAN PEAK

TX BANDWIDTH

RRC FILT (ON OFF)

ALPHA BT

START MEAS

STOP MEAS

LIST EVAL ! LIST EVAL ON OFF

MARGIN

LOAD STANDARD

RESTORE STANDARDS

START MEAS

STOP MEAS

SPEC EM (ON Switches the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement on or off according to the cur-
OFF) rent configuration.

Remote command: SENS:SWE:MODE ESP

INIT:ESP

SWEEP LIST Opens a submenu to edit the sweep list and displays the SWEEP LIST dialog box.
After a preset, the sweep list contains a set of default ranges and parameters. For
each range, you can change the parameters listed below. To insert or delete ranges,
use the INS BEFORE RANGE, INS AFTER RANGE and DELETE RANGE softkeys.

SWEEP LIST
RANGE 1 RANGE 2 Ref RANGE 3 RANGE 4 RANGE 5
Range Start -250 MHz -2.52 MHz 2.52 MHz
Range Stop -2.52 MHz 2.52 MHz 250 MHz
Filter Type NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL
RBW 30 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz
VBW 10 MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz
Sweep Time Mode AUTO AUTO AUTO
Sweep Time 270 ms 10 ms 270 ms
Ref Level -10 dBm -10 dBm -10 dBm
RF Att Mode AUTO AUTO AUTO
RF Attenuator 15 dB 15 dB 15 dB
PRE AMP OFF OFF OFF
Transd Factor <NONE> <NONE> <NONE>
Limit Check ON ON ON
Limit -13 dBm -13 dBm -13 dBm
Abs Limit Start -13 dBm -13 dBm -13 dBm
Abs Limit Stop -13 dBm -13 dBm -13 dBm
Rel Limit Start -50 dBc -50 dBc -50 dBc
Rel Limit Stop -50 dBc -50 dBc -50 dBc

4.202 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

EDIT SWEEP LIST

INS BEFORE RANGE

INS AFTER RANGE

DELETE RANGE

NEXT RANGES

PREVIOUS RANGES

REFERENCE RANGE ! POW REF CHAN PEAK

TX BANDWIDTH

RRC FILT (ON OFF)

ALPHA BT

START MEAS

STOP MEAS

EDIT SWEEP Configures the sweep list.

LIST
• Range Start
Start frequency of the range (relative to Center Frequency = Carrier Frequency)

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:STAR 1000000

• Range Stop
Stop frequency of the range (relative to Center Frequency = Carrier Frequency)

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:STOP 10000000

• Filter Type
Normal (3 dB), EMI (6 dB), Channel, RRC

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:FILT:TYPE RRC

• RBW
Resolution filter bandwidth

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:BAND:RES 5000

• VBW
Video filter bandwidth; not applicable for Channel and RRC filters.

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:BAND:VID 5000000

• Sweep Time Mode

AUTO, MANUAL

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:SWE:TIME:AUTO ON

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.203

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

• Sweep Time
Shows the current sweep time. The R&S ESCI automatically calculates the
sweep time if AUTO mode is selected and displays the corresponding value in this
field. If the field is edited, the sweep time mode is automatically set to MANUAL.

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:SWE:TIME 1

• REF Level
Reference level in dBm. The uppermost grid line in the measurement diagram
represents the reference level, corrected by the associated transducer factor.
The unit depends on the unit selected via the UNIT softkey.

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:RLEV 0

• RF Attenuator Mode
AUTO, MANUAL

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:INP:ATT:AUTO ON

• RF Attenuator
Shows the current RF attenuation. The R&S ESCI automatically calculates the RF
attenuation if AUTO mode is selected and displays the corresponding value in this
field. If the field is edited, the RF Attenuator mode is automatically set to MANUAL.

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:INP:ATT 10

• PRE AMP
Activates (ON) or deactivates (OFF) the preamplifier if option R&S FSP-B25 is
installed.

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:INP:GAIN:STAT ON

• Transd. Factor
Shows the name of the transducer factor that is used for the measurement, or
NONE if no transducer factor is selected.
To select a transducer factor highlight this field with the rotary knob and press the
ENTER key to open the transducer selection list. Select the name of the
transducer factor you need with the rotary knob or NONE if you have to work
without a transducer factor.

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:TRAN <string>

4.204 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

• Limit Check
Sets the type of limit check for all ranges.
ABSOLUTE:
Checks only the defined absolute limits.
RELATIVE:
Checks only the relative limits. Relative limits are defined as relative to the
measured power in the reference range.
ABS & REL:
Combines the absolute and relative limit. The limit check fails when both limits are
violated.
ABS or REL:
Combines the absolute and relative limit. The limit check fails when one of the
limits is violated.

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:LIM:STAT ABS

• Abs Limit Start

Sets the absolute limit value at the start frequency of the range. The unit depends
on the unit selected via the UNIT softkey.

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:LIM:ABS:STAR 10

• Abs Limit Stop

Sets the absolute limit value at the stop frequency of the range. The unit depends
on the unit selected via the UNIT softkey.

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:LIM:ABS:STOP 20

• Rel Limit Start

Sets the relative limit value at the start frequency of the range. The unit is dBc.

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:LIM:REL:STAR -20

• Rel Limit Stop

Sets the relative limit value at the stop frequency of the range. The unit is dBc.

Remote command: ESP:RANG1:LIM:REL:STOP -20

INS BEFORE Inserts a range to the left of the current range / column of the sweep list.
RANGE
Remote command: ESP:RANG1:INS:BEF

INS AFTER Inserts a range to the right of the current range / column of the sweep list.
RANGE
Remote command: ESP:RANG1:INS:BEF

DELETE Deletes the current range / column from the sweep list. All ranges above the deleted
RANGE one are adjusted by one (e.g. Range 6 turns to Range 5).

NEXT RANGES Scrolls through the sweep list in forward direction if more than 5 ranges are defined.
The first page shows Range 1 through 5, the second page shows Range 6 to 11 etc.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.205

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

PREVIOUS Scrolls through the sweep list in backwards direction if more than 5 ranges are
RANGES defined. The first page shows Range 1 through 5, the second page shows Range 6
to 11 etc.

REFERENCE Opens a submenu to define additional parameters for the reference power measure-
RANGE ment.

POW REF CHAN PEAK

TX BANDWIDTH

RRC FILT (ON OFF)

ALPHA BT

POW REF Selects the type of power measurement in the reference range.
CHAN PEAK
• Peak
Measures the highest peak within the reference range.
• Chan
Measures the channel power within the reference range (integral bandwidth
method).

Remote command: ESP:RTYP PEAK

TX Defines the bandwidth used for measuring the channel power. Possible values are
BANDWIDTH from 20 Hz to the span of the reference range.

Remote command: ESP:BWID 20 HZ

RRC FILT (ON Activates or deactivates the RRC filter.

OFF)
Remote command: ESP:FILT:RRC:STAT ON

ALPHA BT Sets the rolloff factor of the RRC filter.

Remote command: ESP:FILT:RRC:ALPH 0.22

START MEAS Starts the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement. In Single Sweep mode, the
R&S ESCI automatically stops the measurement.

Remote command: INIT:ESP

STOP MEAS Stops the Spectrum Emission Maskj measurement.

Remote command: ABOR

LIST EVAL Opens a submenu to edit the list evaluation settings.

LIST EVAL ON OFF

MARGIN

4.206 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Analyzer Mode

LIST EVAL ON Activates or deactivates the list evaluation.

OFF
A peak search evaluation is performed automatically during the measurement. The
results are displayed in a table below the measurement diagram.
By default, the list evaluation is active.
The evaluation table shows the following results:
• frequency range
• frequency of the absolute peak power in the corresponding range.
• frequency of the relative peak power in the corresponding range in dBc.
• difference between the limit line and the current power level in dB.
• result of the limit check (color and an asterisk indicate a failed limit check).
The trace, limit line, result of the limit check and the channel power of the reference
range are displayed in full screen, too, if the LIST EVALUATION is inactive.

Remote command: CALC:ESP:PSE:AUTO ON

MARGIN Opens an edit dialog box to enter the margin used for the limit check/peak search.

LOAD Opens a dialog box to select a customized standard in the *.xml file format. Refer to
STANDARD the description of “Provided XML Files for the Spectrum Emission Mask Measure-
ment” on page 4.193 and “Format Description of Spectrum Emission Mask XML
files” on page 4.196 for more information on provided standards and customizing
standards.

RESTORE Restores the original *.xml files that came with the R&S ESCI. Note that files of the
STANDARDS same name are overwritten.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.207

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

4.7 Basic Settings

In this section, all mode-independent functions are described. If a softkey is only
available in a special mode, the corresponding mode is indicated in the softkey
description.

4.7.1 Setup of Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key

Limit lines are used to define amplitude curves or spectral distribution boundaries on
the display screen which are not to be exceeded. They indicate, for example, the
upper limits for interference radiation or spurious waves which are allowed from a
unit under test (UUT). For transmission of information in TDMA (e.g. GSM), the
amplitude of the bursts in a timeslot must adhere to a curve which must fall within a
specified tolerance band. The lower and upper limits may each be specified by a
limit line. Then, the amplitude curve can be controlled either visually or automatically
for any violations of the upper or lower limits (GO/NOGO test).
The instrument supports limit lines with a maximum of 50 data points. 8 of the limit
lines stored in the instrument can be used simultaneously and activated in the split-
screen mode either in Screen A, Screen B or in the two windows. The number of
limit lines stored in the instrument is only limited by the capacity of the flash disk
used.
For each limit line, the following characteristics must be defined:
• The name of the limit line. The limit line data are stored under this name and can
be examined in the table LIMIT LINES.
• The domain in which the limit line is to be used. Here, a distinction is made
between the time domain (span = 0 Hz, analyzer mode only) and the frequency
domain (span > 0 Hz).
• The reference of the interpolation points to the x-axis. The limit line may be
specified either for absolute frequencies or times or for frequencies which are
related to the set center frequency and times related to the time on the left edge
of the diagram. In receiver mode, only absolute scaling is used.
• The reference of the interpolation points to the y-axis. The limit line can be
selected either for absolute levels or voltages or referred to the set maximum level
(Ref Lvl). The position on the display depends on the REF LEVEL POSITION. In
receiver mode, only absolute scaling is used.
• With relative reference values for the y-axis, it is possible to enter an absolute
threshold (THRESHOLD) which lowers the relative limit values (see below,
analyzer mode only).
• The type of limit line (upper or lower limit, lower limit for analyzer mode only). With
this information and the active limit checking function (Table LIMIT LINES, LIMIT
CHECK ON, analyzer mode only), the R&S ESCI checks for compliance with
each limit.
• The limit line units to be used. The units of the limit line must be compatible with
the level axis in the active measurement window.
• The measurement curve (trace) to which the limit line is assigned. For the
R&S ESCI, this defines the curve to which the limit is to be applied when several
traces are simultaneously displayed.
• For each limit line, a margin can be defined which serves as a threshold for
automatic evaluation.

4.208 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

• In addition, commentary can be written for each limit line, e.g. a description of the
application.
Display lines are exclusively used to optically mark relevant frequencies or points in
time (span = 0) as well as constant level values. It is not possible to check automati-
cally whether the marked level values have been underranged or exceeded.

4.7.1.1 Selection of Limit Lines

LINES The LINES key opens the menu for fixing the limit lines and the display lines.

SELECT LIMIT LINE

EDIT LIMIT LINE / NAME

NEW LIMIT LINE !

VALUES

INSERT VALUE

DELETE VALUE

SHIFT X LIMIT LINE

SHIFT Y LIMIT LINE

SAVE LIMIT LINE

COPY LIMIT LINE

DELETE LIMIT LINE

X OFFSET

Y OFFSET

DISPLAY LINES ! DISPLAY LINE 1 /

DISPLAY LINE 2

FREQUENCY LINE 1/
FREQUENCY LINE 2

TIME LINE 1 /
TIME LINE 2

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.209

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

The SELECTED LIMIT LINE display field provides information concerning the char-
acteristics of the marked limit lines.
In the LIMIT LINES table, the limit lines compatible to the settings of the active
screen can be enabled.
New limit lines can be specified and edited in the NEW LIMIT LINE and EDIT LIMIT
LINE submenus, respectively.
The horizontal and vertical lines of the DISPLAY LINES submenu mark individual
levels or frequencies (span > 0) or times (span = 0) in the diagram.
The SELECTED LIMIT LINE table provides information about the characteristics of
the marked limit line:
Name name
Domain frequency or time
Unit vertical scale
X-Axis interpolation
Limit upper/lower limit
X-Scaling absolute or relative frequencies/times
Y-Scaling absolute or relative Y units
Threshold absolute limit with relative Y units
Comment commentary

The characteristics of the limit line are set in the EDIT LIMIT LINE (=NEW LIMIT
LINE) submenu.

4.210 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

SELECT LIMIT The SELECT LIMIT LINE softkey activates the LIMIT LINES table and the selection
LINE bar jumps to the uppermost name in the table.
The following information is offered in the columns of the table:
Name Enable the limit line.
Compatible Indicates if the limit line is compatible with the measurement
window of the given trace.
Limit Check Activate automatic violation check for upper/lower limits.
Trace Select the measurement curve to which the limit is assigned.
Margin Define margin.

Name and Compatible - Enabling limit lines

A maximum of 8 limit lines can be enabled at any one time. In split screen mode,
they may be assigned to screen A, screen B or to both screens. A check mark at the
left edge of a cell indicates that this limit line is enabled.
A limit line can only be enabled when it has a check mark in the Compatible column,
i.e. only when the horizontal display (time or frequency) and vertical scales are iden-
tical to those of the display in the measurement window.
Lines with the unit dB are compatible to all dB(..) settings of the y-axis.
If the scale of the y-axis or the domain (frequency or time axis) are changed, all non-
compatible limit lines are automatically switched off in order to avoid misinterpreta-
tion. The limit lines must be enabled anew when the original display is re-displayed.

Remote command: CALC:LIM3:NAME "GSM1"

CALC:LIM3:UPP:STAT ON
CALC:LIM4:LOW:STAT ON

Limit Check - Activate automatic limit violation check (analyzer mode only)

When LIMIT CHECK ON is activated, a GO/NOGO test is performed in the active

screen. In the center of the diagram, a display window appears which indicates the
results of the limit check test:
LIMIT CHECK: PASSED No violations of active limits.
LIMIT CHECK: FAILED One or more active limit lines were violated. The
message contains the names of the limit lines
which were violated or whose margins were not
complied with.
LIMIT CHECK: MARGIN The margin of at least one active limit lines was
not complied with, however, no limit line was vio-
lated. The message contains the names of the
limit lines whose margins were not complied with.

The following example shows two active limit lines:

LIMIT CHECK: FAILED

LINE VHF_MASK: Failed
LINE UHF2MASK: Margin

A check for violations of limit lines takes place only if the limit line of the assigned
measurement curve (trace) is enabled.
In the receiver mode, no limit check is possible.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.211

 R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

If LIM CHECK is set to OFF for all active limit lines, then the limit line check is not
executed and the display window is activated.

Remote command: CALC:LIM:STAT ON

INIT;*WAI
CALC:LIM:FAIL?

Trace - Select the measurement curve to which the limit line is assigned.

The selection of the measurement curve (trace) takes place in an entry window.
Allowed are the integer entries 1, 2 or 3. The default setting is trace 1. If the selected
limit line is not compatible with the assigned measurement curve, then the limit line
is disabled (display and limit check).

Remote command: CALC:LIM:TRAC 1

NEW LIMIT See following section “Entry and Editing of Limit Lines” on page 4.213.
LINE

EDIT LIMIT See following section “Entry and Editing of Limit Lines” on page 4.213.
LINE

COPY LIMIT The COPY LIMIT LINE softkey copies the data file describing the marked limit line
LINE and saves it under a new name. In this way, a new limit line can be easily generated
by parallel translation or editing of an existing limit line. The name can be arbitrarily
chosen and input via an entry window (max. of 8 characters).

Remote command: CALC:LIM3:COPY 2

or
CALC:LIM3:COPY "GSM2"

DELETE LIMIT The DELETE LIMIT LINE softkey erases the selected limit line. Before deletion, a
LINE message appears requesting confirmation.

Remote command: CALC:LIM3:DEL

X OFFSET The X OFFSET softkey horizontally shifts a limit line, which has been specified for
relative frequencies or times (x-axis). The softkey opens an entry window, where the
value for shifting may be entered numerically or via the rotary knob.

This softkey does not have any effect on limit lines that represent absolute values
for the x-axis.

Remote command: CALC:LIM3:CONT:OFFS 10kHz

4.212 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

Y OFFSET The Y OFFSET softkey vertically shifts a limit line, which has relative values for the
y-axis (levels or linear units such as volt). The softkey opens an entry window where
the value for shifting may be entered numerically or via the rotary knob.

This softkey does not have any effect on limit lines that represent absolute values
for the y-axis.

Remote command: CALC:LIM3:LOW:OFFS 3dB

CALC:LIM3:UPP:OFFS 3dB

4.7.1.2 Entry and Editing of Limit Lines

A limit line is characterized by

• its name
• the assignment of domain (frequency or time)
• the scaling in absolute or relative times or frequencies
• the vertical unit
• the interpolation
• the vertical scaling
• the vertical threshold (only with relative vertical scaling)
• the margin
• the definition of the limit line as either upper or lower limit.
• the data points for frequency/time and level.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.213

 R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

At the time of entry, the R&S ESCI immediately checks that all limit lines are in
accordance with certain guidelines. These guidelines must be observed if specified
operation is to be guaranteed.
• The frequencies/times for each data point must be entered in ascending order,
however, for any single frequency/time, two data points may be input (vertical
segment of a limit line).
The data points are allocated in order of ascending frequency/time. Gaps are not
allowed. If gaps are desired, two separate limit lines must be defined and then
both enabled.
• The entered frequencies/times need not necessarily be selectable in R&S ESCI.
A limit line may also exceed the specified frequency or time domains. The
minimum frequency for a data point is -200 GHz, the maximum frequency is 200
GHz. For the time domain representation, negative times may also be entered.
The valid range is -1000 s to +1000 s.
• The minimum/maximum value for a limit line is -200 dB to +200 dB for the
logarithmic or 10-20 to 10+20 or -99.9% to + 999.9% for the linear amplitude scales.

EDIT LIMIT
NAME
LINE /
NEW LIMIT VALUES
LINE
INSERT VALUE

DELETE VALUE

SHIFT X LIMIT LINE

SHIFT Y LIMIT LINE

SAVE LIMIT LINE

The EDIT LIMIT LINE and NEW LIMIT LINE softkeys both call the EDIT LIMIT LINE
submenu used for editing limit lines. In the table heading, the characteristics of the
limit line can be entered. The data points for frequency/time and level values are
entered in the columns.

Name Enter name.

Domain Select domain.
Unit Select units.
X-Axis Select interpolation
Limit Select upper and lower limit value.
X-Scaling Entry of absolute or relative values for the x-axis
Y-Scaling Entry of absolute or relative values for the y-axis
Margin Entry of margin.
Threshold Entry of vertical threshold (only with relative vertical
scaling)
Comment Enter comments.
Time/Frequency Enter time/frequency for the data points.
Limit/dBm Enter magnitudes for the data points.

4.214 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

Domain, unit, X scaling and Y scaling cannot be modified as soon as reference

values have been entered in the data section of the table.

NAME The NAME softkey enables the entry of characteristics in the table heading.

Name - Enter name

A maximum of 8 characters is permitted for each name. All names must be compat-
ible with the MS DOS conventions for file names. The instrument stores all limit lines
with the .LIM extension.

Remote command: CALC:LIM3:NAME "GSM1"

Domain - Select time or frequency domain

The default setting is frequency.

A change in domain (frequency/time) is only permitted when the data point table is
empty.

Remote command: CALC:LIM3:CONT:DOM FREQ

X-Axis - Select interpolation

Linear or logarithmic interpolation can be carried out between the frequency refer-
ence points of the table. The ENTER key toggles between LIN and LOG selection.

Remote command: CALC:LIM3:CONT:SPAC LIN

CALC:LIM3:UPP:SPAC LIN
CALC:LIM3:LOW:SPAC LIN

Scaling - selection of absolute or relative scaling

The limit line can either be scaled in absolute (frequency or time) or relative units. In
receiver mode, only absolute scaling is used. Any of the unit keys may be used to
toggle between ABSOLUTE and RELATIVE, the cursor must be positioned in the X-
Scaling or the Y-Scaling line.

X-Scaling ABSOLUTE The frequencies or times are interpreted as absolute

physical units.
X-Scaling RELATIVE In the data point table, the frequencies are referred to the
currently set center frequency. In time domain mode, the
left boundary of the diagram constitutes the reference.
Y-Scaling ABSOLUTE The limit values refer to absolute levels or voltages.
Y-Scaling RELATIVE The limit values refer to the reference level (Ref Level) or,
in case a reference line is set, to the reference line.
Limit values with the unit dB are always relative values.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.215

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

The RELATIVE scaling is always suitable, if masks for bursts are to be defined in the
time domain, or if masks for modulated signals are required in the frequency
domain.
An X offset with half the sweep time may be entered in order to shift the mask in the
time domain into the center of screen.

Remote command: CALC:LIM3:CONT:MODE ABS

CALC:LIM3:UPP:MODE ABS
CALC:LIM3:LOW:MODE ABS

Unit - Select the vertical scale units for the limit line

The selection of units takes place in a selection box. The default setting is dBm.

Remote command: CALC:LIM3:UNIT DBM

Limit - Select upper/lower limit

A limit line can be defined as either an upper or lower limit. In receiver mode, only
the upper limit line is used.

Remote command: -- (defined by key words :UPPer or :LOWer)

Margin - Setting a margin.

The margin is defined as the signal-level distance to the limit line. When the limit line
is defined as an upper limit, the margin means that the level is below the limit line.
When the limit line is defined as a lower limit, the margin means that the level is
above the limit line. The default setting is 0 dB (i.e. no margin).

Remote command: CALC:LIM3:UPP:MARG 10dB

CALC:LIM3:LOW:MARG 10dB

Threshold – Selection of the threshold value with relative Y scaling

With relative Y scaling, an absolute threshold value can be defined which lowers the
relative limit values. The function is useful especially for mobile radio applications
provided the limit values are defined in relation to the carrier power as long as they
are above an absolute limit value.

Example:
RBW 300 Hz Marker [T1]
VBW 3 kHz -28.4 dBm
Ref -20 dBm Att 10 dB SWT 100 ms 200.0100 MHz

resulting limit

absolute threshold

relative limit line

Center 200 MHz 10 kHz/ Span 100 kHz

4.216 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

The preset value is at -200 dBm. The field is displayed if the value RELATIVE is
entered in the field Y-SCALING.

Remote command: CALC:LIM3:UPP:THR -30 dBm

or
CALC:LIM3:LOW:THR -30 dBm

Comment - Enter comments

Comments are arbitrary, however, they must be less than 41 characters long.

Remote command: CALC:LIM3:COMM "Upper limit"

VALUES The VALUES softkey activates the entry of the data points in the table columns
Time/Frequency and Limit/dB. Which table columns appear depends upon the
Domain selection in the table heading.
The desired frequency/time data points are entered in ascending order (two
repeated frequencies/time values are permitted).

Remote command: CALC:LIM3:CONT:DATA 1MHz,3MHz,30MHz

CALC:LIM3:UPP:DATA -10,0,0
CALC:LIM3:LOW:DATA -30,-40,-40

INSERT VALUE The INSERT VALUE softkey creates an empty line above the current cursor position
where a new data point may be entered. However, during the entry of new values, it
is necessary to observe an ascending order for frequency/time.

Remote command: --

DELETE VALUE The DELETE VALUE softkey erases the data point (complete line) at the cursor
position. All succeeding data points are shifted down accordingly.

Remote command: --

SHIFT X LIMIT The SHIFT X LIMIT LINE softkey calls an entry window where the complete limit line
LINE may be shifted parallel in the horizontal direction.
The shift takes place according to the horizontal scale:
– in the frequency domain in Hz, kHz, MHz or GHz
– in the time domain in ns, µs, ms or s
In this manner, a new limit line can be easily generated based upon an existing limit
line which has been shifted horizontally and stored (SAVE LIMIT LINE softkey)
under a new name (NAME softkey).

Remote command: CALC:LIM3:CONT:SHIF 50KHz

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.217

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

SHIFT Y LIMIT The SHIFT Y LIMIT LINE softkey calls an entry window where the complete limit line
LINE may be shifted parallel in the vertical direction.
The shift takes place according to the vertical scale:
– for logarithmic units, relative, in dB
– for linear units, as a factor
In this manner, a new limit line can be easily generated based upon an existing limit
line which has been shifted vertically and stored (SAVE LIMIT LINE softkey) under a
new name (NAME softkey).

Remote command: CALC:LIM3:CONT:UPP:SHIF 20dB

CALC:LIM3:CONT:LOW:SHIF 20dB

SAVE LIMIT The SAVE LIMIT LINE softkey stores the currently edited limit line. The name can be
LINE entered in an input window (max. 8 characters)

Remote command: --

4.7.1.3 Display Lines

Display lines help to evaluate a trace – as do markers. The function of a display line
is comparable to that of a ruler that can be shifted on the trace in order to mark
absolute values.
The R&S ESCI provides two different types of display lines:
• two horizontal level lines for marking levels – Display Line 1/2,
• two vertical frequency or time lines for marking frequencies or points in time –
Frequency/Time Line 1/2.
Each line is identified by one of the following abbreviations:
D1 Display Line 1
D2 Display Line 2
F1 Frequency Line 1
F2 Frequency Line 2
T1 Time Line 1
T2 Time Line 2

The level lines are continuous horizontal lines across the entire width of a diagram
and can be shifted in y direction.
The frequency or time lines are continuous vertical lines across the entire height of
the diagram and can be shifted in x direction.
The DISPLAY LINES submenu for activating and setting the display lines appears
different depending on the display mode set in the active measurement window (fre-
quency or time domain).
If the spectrum is shown (span ≠ 0) the TIME LINE 1 and TIME LINE 2 softkeys are
disabled, whereas in the time domain (span = 0) the FREQUENCY LINE 1 and
FREQUENCY LINE 2 softkeys are not available.

4.218 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

Working with display lines

The softkeys for setting and switching the display lines on/off work like triple
switches:
Initial situation: The line is off (softkey with gray background)
1st press: The line is switched on (softkey with red background) and the data input
function is activated. The position of the display line can be selected by means of
the rotary knob, the step keys or a numerical entry in the appropriate field. The data
input function is disabled if another function is activated. The line, however, remains
switched on (softkey with green background).
2nd press: The line is switched off (softkey with gray background).
Initial situation: The line is on (softkey with green background)
1st press: The data input function is activated (softkey with red background). The
position of the display line can be selected by means of the rotary knob, the step
keys or a numerical entry in the appropriate field. The data input function is disabled
if another function is activated. The line, however, remains switched on (softkey with
green background).
2nd press: The line is switched off (softkey with gray background).

DISPLAY
DISPLAY LINE 1 /
LINES DISPLAY LINE 2

FREQUENCY LINE 1/
FREQUENCY LINE 2

TIME LINE 1 /
TIME LINE 2

DISPLAY LINE 1 The DISPLAY LINE 1/2 softkeys enable or disable the level lines and allow the user
/ to enter the position of the lines.
DISPLAY LINE 2
The level lines mark the selected level in the measurement window.

These softkeys are only available in the time domain (span = 0).

Remote command: CALC:DLIN:STAT ON

CALC:DLIN -20dBm

FREQUENCY The FREQUENCY LINE 1/2 softkeys enable or disable the frequency lines 1/2 and
LINE 1/ allow the user to enter the position of the lines.
FREQUENCY
The frequency lines mark the selected frequencies in the measurement window.
LINE 2

These softkeys are only available in the frequency domain (span > 0).

Remote command: CALC:FLIN:STAT ON

CALC:FLIN 120MHz

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.219

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

TIME LINE 1 / The TIME LINE 1/2 softkeys enable or disable the time lines 1/2 and allow the user
TIME LINE 2 to enter the position of the lines.
The time lines mark the selected times or define search ranges (see section “Marker
Functions – MKR FCTN Key” on page 4.123).

The two softkeys cannot be used in the frequency domain (span > 0).

Remote command: CALC:TLIN:STAT ON

CALC:TLIN 10ms

4.7.2 Configuration of Screen Display – DISP Key

The DISPLAY menu allows the configuration of the diagram display on the screen
and also the selection of the display elements and colors. The POWER SAVE mode
is also configured in this menu for the display.
The test results are displayed on the screen of the R&S ESCI either in a full-screen
window or in two overlapping windows. The two windows are called diagram A and
diagram B.
In the default setting, the two windows are completely decoupled from each other,
i.e. they behave like two separate instruments. This is very useful, for example with
harmonics measurements or measurements on frequency-converting DUTs, since
the input signal and the output signal lie in different frequency ranges.
However, specific settings of the two windows (reference level, center frequency)
can be coupled, if required, so that with CENTER B = MARKER A for example, the
shift of the marker in diagram A causes the frequency range (zoomed in some
cases) to be shifted along diagram B.
In the default setting, the upper half of the screen shows the bar graph measure-
ment of the receiver (screen A) and the lower half shows the sweep of the analyzer
(screen B). Various instrument settings such as RF attenuation are coupled together
for the two measurement screens, i.e. changing a setting in one of the measurement
screens automatically changes it in the other screen. You can define which instru-
ment settings are to be coupled from the PARAM COUPLING menu.
New settings are performed in the diagram selected via SCREEN A or SCREEN B
hotkey. If only one window is displayed, it is the diagram in which the measurements
are performed; the diagram not displayed is not active for measurements.

4.220 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

Fig. 4.16 Typical split-screen display

The DISP key opens the menu for configuring the screen display and selecting the
active diagram in SPLIT SCREEN mode.

DISP
FULL SCREEN

SPLIT SCREEN

PARAM COUPLING COUPLING TABLE

DEFAULT CONFIG

ENABLE ALL ITEMS

DISABLE ALL ITEMS

REF LEVEL COUPLED

(Analyzer Mode only)

CENTER B = MARKER A |
CENTER A = MARKER B
(Analyzer Mode only)

BARGRAPH MAXHOLD
(Receiver Mode only)

BARGRAPH RESET
(Receiver Mode only)

CONFIG DISPLAY ! SCREEN TITLE

TIME+DATE ON/OFF

LOGO ON/OFF

ANNOTATION ON/OFF

DATA ENTRY OPAQUE

DEFAULT COLORS 1/
DEFAULT COLORS 2

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.221

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

DISPLAY PWR SAVE

Side menu

SELECT OBJECT

BRIGHTNESS

TINT

SATURATION

PREDEFINED COLORS

FULL SCREEN The FULL SCREEN softkey selects the display of one diagram. In analyzer mode, it
is possible to switch between two different device settings by selecting the active
window (screen A or screen B). In receiver mode, the full screen displays the scan.
Switching between SCREEN A and SCREEN B is performed by means of the corre-
sponding key in the hotkey bar (for details refer to “Mode Selection – Hotkey Bar” on
page 4.9).
It should be noted that the measurements in the FULL SCREEN mode are per-
formed only in the visible (active) window.

The active window is marked by A or B on the right of the diagram.

Remote command: DISP:FORM SING

DISP:WIND<1|2>:SEL

SPLIT The SPLIT SCREEN softkey selects the display of two diagrams. The upper dia-
SCREEN gram is designated SCREEN A, the lower diagram SCREEN B.
Switching between SCREEN A and SCREEN B is performed via the corresponding
key in the hotkey bar. The active window is marked by highlighting fields A and
B on the right of the diagram.
In receiver mode, screen A displays the receiver bar graph and screen B the scan
diagram.
In Mixed mode, two screen combinations are available:
• Level and frequency display (screen A) and analyzer spectrum (screen B)
or
• Analyzer spectrum (screen B) and scan spectrum (screen B)

Remote command: DISP:FORM SPL

PARAM The PARAM COUPLING softkey opens a submenu and a table to select the coupled
COUPLING parameters of receiver and analyzer mode.

COUPLING TABLE

DEFAULT CONFIG

ENABLE ALL ITEMS

DISABLE ALL ITEMS

4.222 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

COUPLING The COUPLING TABLE softkey opens the PARAMETER COUPLING table.
TABLE
Remote command:

Analyzer Center INST:COUP:CENT ALL

Start-Stop INST:COUP:SPAN ALL
Marker INST:COUP:MARK ALL
Attenuation, Unit INST:COUP:ATT ALL
Minimum Attenuation INST:COUP:PROT ALL
Preamp INST:COUP:GAIN ALL
Preselector INST:COUP:PRES ALL
Demodulator INST:COUP:DEM ALL
Bandwidth INST:COUP:BWID ALL

DEFAULT The DEFAULT CONFIG softkey activates the preset settings of the PARAMETER
CONFIG COUPLING table.

Remote command: --

ENABLE ALL The ENABLE ALL ITEMS softkey switches all of the possible couplings to on. The
ITEMS coupling of center frequency is switched on, therefore coupling of start /stop fre-
quency is switched off.

Remote command: --

DISABLE ALL The DISABLE ALL ITEMS softkey switches all of the possible couplings to off.
ITEMS
Remote command: --

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.223

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

BARGRAPH The BARGRAPH MAXHOLD switches on the maxhold display of a single measure-
MAXHOLD ment.

The BARGRAPH MAXHOLD softkey changes the display of the results of the bar
graph measurement such that both the highest level for each detector and the fre-
quency at which it is measured are displayed. The MAX Hold value will not be auto-
matically reset by the instrument until BARGRAPH MAXHOLD is switched off or
until, for example, the test receiver mode is deactivated as a result of switching to
the analyzer.
Thus, you can also trace fluctuating interference signals in the frequency, and the
highest measured value will remain on screen together with the associated fre-
quency.
The softkey is only available in receiver mode.

Remote command: DISP:BARG:PHOL ON

BARGRAPH The BARGRAPH RESET softkey resets the stored maximum values of the bar
RESET graph measurement.
The softkey is only available in receiver mode.

Remote command: DISP:BARG:PHOL:RES

REF LEVEL The REF LEVEL COUPLED softkey switches the coupling of the reference level on
COUPLED and off. In addition to the reference level, the mixer level and input attenuation are
coupled with one another.
For the level measurement, the same reference level and input attenuation must be
set for the two diagrams.
The softkey is only available in analyzer mode.

Remote command: INST:COUP RLEV

4.224 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

CENTER B = The CENTER B = MARKER A and CENTER A = MARKER B softkeys couple the
MARKER A | center frequency in diagram B with the frequency of marker 1 in diagram A and the
CENTER A = center frequency in diagram B with the frequency of marker 1 in diagram B. The two
MARKER B softkeys are mutually exclusive.
This coupling is useful, e.g. for viewing the signal at the marker position in diagram
A with higher frequency resolution or in the time domain in diagram B.
If marker 1 is off, it is switched on and set to the maximum of the trace in the active
diagram.
The softkeys are only available in analyzer mode.

Remote command: INST:COUP CF_B

INST:COUP CF_A

CONFIG
SCREEN TITLE
DISPLAY
TIME+DATE ON/OFF

LOGO ON/OFF

ANNOTATION ON/OFF

DATA ENTRY OPAQUE

DEFAULT COLORS 1/
DEFAULT COLORS 2

DISPLAY PWR SAVE

Side menu

SELECT OBJECT

BRIGHTNESS

TINT

SATURATION

PREDEFINED COLORS

The CONFIG DISPLAY softkey opens a submenu allowing additional display items
to be added to the screen. In addition, the display power-save mode (DISPLAY
PWR SAVE softkey) and the colors of the display elements can be set here.

SCREEN TITLE The SCREEN TITLE softkey activates the entry of a title for the active diagram A or
B. It switches on or off a title that is already input. The length of the title is limited to
max. 20 characters.

Remote command: DISP:WIND1:TEXT 'Noise Meas'

DISP:WIND1:TEXT:STATe ON

TIME+DATE The TIME+DATE ON/OFF softkey switches on or off the display of date and time
ON/OFF above the diagram.

Remote command: DISP:TIME OFF

LOGO ON/OFF The LOGO ON/OFF softkey switches the Rohde & Schwarz company logo dis-
played in the upper left corner of the display screen on or off.

Remote command: DISP:LOGO ON

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.225

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

ANNOTATION The ANNOTATION ON/OFF softkey switches the displaying of frequency informa-
ON/OFF tion on the screen on and off.
• ON: Frequency information is displayed.
• OFF: Frequency information is not outputted to the display. This can be used for
example to protect confidential data.

Remote command: DISP:ANN:FREQ ON

DATA ENTRY The DATA ENTRY OPAQUE softkey sets the data entry windows to opaque. This
OPAQUE means that entry windows are underlaid with the background color for tables.

Remote command: --

DEFAULT The DEFAULT COLORS 1/2 softkeys restores the default settings for brightness,
COLORS 1/ color tint and color saturation for all display screen elements.
DEFAULT COL
The color schemes have been selected to give optimum visibility of all picture ele-
ORS 2
ments at an angle of vision from above or below. DEFAULT COLORS 1 is active in
the default setting of the instrument.

Remote command: DISP:CMAP:DEF1

DISP:CMAP:DEF2

DISPLAY PWR The DISPLAY PWR SAVE softkey is used to switch on/off the power-save mode for
SAVE the display and to enter the time for the power-save function to respond. After the
elapse of this time the display is completely switched off, i.e. including backlighting.

This mode is recommended for saving the TFT display especially when the instru-
ment is exclusively operated in remote control.

The power-save mode is configured as follows:

• The first keystroke activates the power-save mode and opens the editor for the
response time. The response time is entered in minutes between 1 and 6 minutes
and is confirmed by ENTER.
• The power-save mode is deactivated by pressing the key again.
On leaving the menu with the power-save mode in the activated state, the softkey is
highlighted in color on returning to the menu and opens again the editor for the
response time. Pressing again the key switches off the power-save mode.

Remote command: DISP:PSAV ON

DISP:PSAV:HOLD 15

SELECT The SELECT OBJECT softkey activates the SELECT DISPLAY OBJECT table, with
OBJECT which a graphics element can be selected. After selection, the brightness, tint and
saturation of the selected element can be changed using the softkeys of the same
name. The color changes by means of the PREDEFINED COLORS softkey can be
seen immediately on the display screen.

4.226 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

BRIGHTNESS The BRIGHTNESS softkey activates entry of the brightness of the selected graphics
element.
Values between 0 and 100% can be entered.

Remote command: DISP:CMAP3:HSL< hue>,<sat>,<lum>

TINT The TINT softkey activates the entry of the color tint of the selected element. The
entered value is related to a continuous color spectrum ranging from red (0%) to
blue (100%).

Remote command: DISP:CMAP3:HSL <hue>,<sat>,<lum>

SATURATION The SATURATION softkey activates the entry of the color saturation for the selected
element.
The range of inputs is from 0 to 100%.

Remote command: DISP:CMAP3:HSL <hue>,<sat>,<lum>

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.227

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

PREDEFINED The PREDEFINED COLORS softkey activates a table, with which the predefined
COLORS colors for the display screen elements can be selected.

COLOR

BLACK
BLUE
BROWN
GREEN
CYAN
RED
MAGENTA
YELLOW
WHITE
GRAY
LIGHT GRAY
LIGHT BLUE
LIGHT GREEN
LIGHT CYAN
LIGHT RED
LIGHT MAGENTA

Remote command: DISP:CMAP1 to 26:PDEF <color>

4.7.3 Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key

The SETUP key opens the menu for configuration of the R&S ESCI:

SETUP
REFERENCE INT / EXT

LISN ESH2-Z5 / ESH3-Z5 /

ENV 4200 / ENV 216 / OFF

PHASE N / PHASE L1 /
PHASE L2 / PHASE L3

150 KHZ HIGHPASS

PE GROUNDED /
PE FLOATING

PREAMP ON/OFF

PRESELECT ON/OFF

TRANSDUCER ! TRANSDUCER FACTOR

TRANSDUCER SET

NEW / EDIT ! INSERT LINE

(TRANSDUCER FACTOR is
set)

DELETE LINE

SAVE TRD FACTOR

NEW / EDIT ! INS BEFORE RANGE

(TRANSDUCER SET is set)

INS AFTER RANGE

DELETE RANGE

RANGES 1-5/6-10

4.228 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

SAVE TRD SET

DELETE

VIEW TRANSDUCER

REFLVL ADJ AUTO MAN

PAGE UP

PAGE DOWN

GENERAL SETUP ! GPIB ! GPIB ADDRESS

ID STRING FACTORY

ID STRING USER

GPIB LANGUAGE

IF GAIN NORM/PULS

SWEEP REP ON/OFF

COUPLING FSP/HP

USER PORT ! USER PORT IN/OUT

PORT 0 0/1 to PORT 7 0/1

COM INTERFACE

TIME+DATE

CONFIGURE NETWORK COMPUTER NAME

IP ADDRESS

SUBNET MASK

DHCP ON | OFF

CONFIGURE NETWORK

SHOW CONFIG

NETWORK LOGIN

OPTIONS ! INSTALL OPTION

REMOVE OPTION

Side menu

SOFT FRONTPANEL

SYSTEM INFO ! HARDWARE INFO

STATISTICS

SYSTEM MESSAGES

CLEAR ALL MESSAGES

SERVICE ! INPUT RF

INPUT CAL

SELFTEST

SELFTEST RESULTS

ENTER PASSWORD

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.229

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

1. Side menu

CAL GEN 128 MHZ

PULSE 10 kHz / PULSE 100

kHz /PULSE 200 kHz /
PULSE 500 kHz /PULSE 1
MHz /PULSE 2 MHz /PULSE
4 MHz /PULSE 8 MHz /

2. side menu

COMMAND TRACKING

Side menu

FIRMWARE UPDATE ! FIRMWARE UPDATE

RESTORE FIRMWARE

UPDATE PATH

NOISE SRC ON/OFF

PRESET RECEIVER

PRESET ANALYZER

OPEN START MENU

The following settings can be modified here:

• The REFERENCE INT/EXT softkey determines the source of the reference. For
details refer to section “External Reference” on page 4.231.
• The LISN softkey opens a submenu for the V-networks (LISNs) control. For details
refer to section “Control of V-Networks (LISNs)” on page 4.232.
• The PREAMP ON/OFF softkey switches the preamplifier on or off in analyzer
mode. For details refer to section “PREAMP ON/OFF” on page 4.235.
• The PRESELECT ON/OFF softkey is used to switch the preselection. For details
refer to section “Preamplification and Preselection” on page 4.233.
• The TRANSDUCER softkey opens a submenu for entering the correction
characteristics for transducers. For details refer to section “TRANSDUCER” on
page 4.237.
• The GENERAL SETUP softkey opens a submenu for all the general settings such
as GPIB address, date and time as well as the configuration of the device
interfaces. FIRMWARE OPTIONS can be installed under this menu item. For
details refer to section “GENERAL SETUP” on page 4.245.
• The SYSTEM INFO softkey opens a submenu for displaying the hardware
configuration of the instrument, the switching cycle statistics and system
messages. For details refer to section “SYSTEM INFO” on page 4.257.
• The SERVICE softkey opens a submenu in which special device functions and
system information can be selected for servicing. The password required for
service functions can be entered in this submenu. For details refer to section
“SERVICE” on page 4.259.
• The FIRMWARE UPDATE opens a submenu to update the firmware version, to
restore the firmware and to update the firmware path. For details refer to section
“Firmware Update” on page 4.262.

4.230 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

• The NOISE SRC ON/OFF softkey switches on and off the voltage supply for an
external noise source. For details refer to section “External Noise Source” on
page 4.263.
• The RECEIVER PRESET softkey sets the receiver mode as preset mode. For
details refer to “PRESET RECEIVER” on page 4.263
• The ANALYZER PRESET softkey sets the analyzer mode as preset mode. For
details refer to “PRESET ANALYZER” on page 4.263
• The SERVICE FUNCTIONS softkey enables additional special settings for
servicing and troubleshooting. It is available after entering the corresponding
password under the SERVICE softkey.

4.7.3.1 External Reference

The R&S ESCI can use the internal reference source or an external reference
source as frequency standard from which all internal oscillators are derived. A 10
MHz crystal oscillator is used as internal reference source. In the default setting
(internal reference), this frequency is available as output signal at rear-panel con-
nector REF OUT, e.g. to synchronize other instruments to the reference of the
R&S ESCI.
In the setting REFERENCE EXT, the connector REF IN is used as input connector
for an external frequency standard. In this case all internal oscillators of the
R&S ESCI are synchronized to the external reference frequency.

REFERENCE The REFERENCE INT / EXT softkey switches between the internal and external ref-
INT / EXT erence.
If the external reference is selected, also the frequency of the external reference is
adjustable between 1 MHz and 20 MHz. The default value is 10 MHz.
These reference settings are not changed if a preset occurs to maintain the specific
setup of a test system.

If the reference signal is missing when switching to external reference, the EXREF
message appears after a while to indicate that there is no synchronization.
When switching to internal reference ensure that the external reference signal is
deactivated to avoid interactions with the internal reference signal.

Remote command: ROSC:SOUR INT

ROSC:EXT:FREQ <numeric value>

REFERENCE As of firmware version 4.4x, instead of the REFERENCE INT / EXT softkey, the firm-
FREQUENCY ware provides the REFERENCE FREQUENCY softkey. This softkey opens a sub-
menu to configure the reference more precisely.
To maintain the setup of a test system, the reference settings do not change if a pre-
set is performed.

REFERENCE Activates the internal or external reference.

INTERNAL /
If the external reference is selected, you can set the frequency of the external refer-
EXTERNAL
ence with the REFERENCE FREQUENCY softkey.

Remote command: ROSC:SOUR EXT

ROSC:SOUR INT

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.231

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

REFERENCE Provides a fail-safe if the external reference signals fails for any reason.
EXT (INT)
The softkey activates the use of an external reference signal. However, if the
R&S ESCI detects an unlock due to a missing external reference signal, the refer-
ence signal source automatically switches to use the internal reference signal.
Once the R&S ESCI has switched to the internal reference signal it stays with the
internal reference. You have to switch back to the external reference signal manually
(press REFERENCE EXTERNAL and then activate REFERENCE EXT (INT) again).
The current source (internal or external) is indicated in the lower part of the softkey.

Remote command: ROSC:SOUR EAUT

REFERENCE Sets the frequency of the external reference. The range is from 1 MHz to 20 MHz
FREQUENCY with the default value being 10 MHz.
The reference frequency does not change after a preset to maintain the setup of a
test system.

Remote command: ROSC:EXT:FREQ 10 MHZ

REF BW (NORM Controls the PLL bandwidth used to sznchronize with the external reference signal.
WIDE) Possible settings are NORM (PLL bandwidth about 3 Hz) or WIDE (PLL bandwidth
about 30 Hz). The default setting is NORM.
The reference settings do not change after a preset to maintain the setup of a test
system.
The softkey is available only if the external reference frequency is 10 MHz.

This function requires a certain minimum board revision of the synthesizer board.

Remote command: ROSC:EXT:PLL NORM | WIDE

4.7.3.2 Control of V-Networks (LISNs)

LISN The LISN softkey opens the submenu including the settings required to control V-
networks (LISNs).

ESH2-Z5 / ESH3-Z5 / ENV 4200 / ENV 216 / OFF

PHASE N / PHASE L1 / PHASE L2 / PHASE L3

PE GROUNDED / PE FLOATING

4.232 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

ESH2-Z5 / The ESH2-Z5, ESH3-Z5, ENV 4200, ENV 216 and OFF softkeys select the V-net-
ESH3-Z5 / work to be controlled via the user port. They are toggle softkeys, and only one of
ENV 4200 / them can be activated at a time.
ENV 216 / OFF ESH2-Z5 four-line V-network is controlled.
ESH3-Z5 two-line V-network is controlled.
ENV 4200 four-line V-network is controlled.
ENV 216 two-line V-network is controlled.
OFF remote control is deactivated.

Remote command: INP:LISN TWOP | FOUR | ENV4200 | ENV216 |

OFF

PHASE N / The PHASE N, PHASE L1, PHASE L2, and PHASE L3 softkeys select the phase of
PHASE L1 / the V-network on which the RFI voltage is to be measured.
PHASE L2 / PHASE N RFI on phase N is measured.
PHASE L3
PHASE L1 RFI on phase L1 is measured.
PHASE L2 RFI on phase L2 is measured
(only for ESH2-Z5/ENV 4200).
PHASE L3 RFI on phase L3 is measured
(only for ESH2-Z5/ENV 4200).

Remote command: INP:LISN:PHAS L1|L2|L3|N

150 KHZ The 150 KHZ HIGHPASS softkey switches an 150 kHz highpass on to protect the
HIGHPASS receiver input from high signal levels below 150 kHz (only for ENV 216).

Remote command: INP:LISN:FILT:HPAS ON | OFF

PE GROUNDED The PE GROUNDED and PE FLOATING softkeys switch the protective earth con-
/ ductor chokes on or off.
PE FLOATING PE GROUNDED Protective earth conductor choke is switched off.
PE FLOATING Protective earth conductor choke is switched on.

Remote command: INP:LISN:PEAR GRO|FLO

4.7.3.3 Preamplification and Preselection

The R&S ESCI offers a switchable preselector and a switchable preamplifier. The
preselection filter is always active in receiver mode.
For the R&S ESCI the 20 dB preamplifier is available only if the preselection is
switched on. For the R&S ESCI7, the 20 dB preamplifier can be switched on and off
regardless of the preselection setting.

Preselection
The frequency range 9 kHz to 3 GHz is distributed over 11 filter bands.
With the R&S ESCI7, the frequency range 3 GHz to 7 GHz is preselected by a YIG
tracking bandpass filter.
Two fixed-tuned filters are used up to 2 MHz, eight tracking passband and high-pass
filters from 2 MHz to 2000 MHz and a fixed-tuned high-pass filter above 2 GHz.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.233

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

The filters are switched by a relay at 150 kHz and by PIN-diode switches above
150 kHz.

LP 15 0 kH z

B P 1 5 0 k H z ... 2 M H z

B P 2 ...8 M H z

P re a m p lifie r

B P 8 ...3 0 M H z

9 k H z . ..3 G H z 9 k H z ...3 G H z

B P 3 0 ...7 0 M H z

B P 7 0 ...1 5 0 M H z

B P 1 5 0 ...3 0 0 M H z

B P 3 0 0 .. .6 0 0 M H z

B P 6 0 0 ...1 0 0 0 M H z

B P 1 0 0 0 . ..2 0 0 0 M H z

H P 20 00 M H z

Fig. 4.17 Preselection and preamplifier

PRESELECT The PRESELECT ON/OFF softkey switches the preselection on or off.

ON/OFF
The softkey is available only in the analyzer mode.

Remote command: INP:PRES ON

Preselection causes additional dependencies which are automatically taken into

account in the coupled setting.
• With the preselection active, the FFT bandwidths are not available.
• With the preselection active, the start frequency is set to 150 kHz in the FULL
SPAN setting to avoid permanent switching of the relay at the band limit of 150
kHz.
• Due to the limited tuning speed of the tracking passband filters, the maximum
sweep rate (3 GHz / 15 ms) can no longer be attained with the preselection
switched on. The minimum settable sweep time is obtained from the sum of the
minimum possible sweep times in the associated filter bands.

4.234 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

Filter band Min. sweep time for filter band

9 kHz to 150 kHz -

150 kHz to 2 MHz -

2 to 8 MHz 500 ms

8 to 30 MHz 50 ms

30 to 70 MHz 50 ms

70 to 150 MHz 50 ms

150 to 300 MHz 50 ms

300 to 600 MHz 50 ms

600 to 1000 MHz 50 ms

1000 to 2000 MHz 50 ms

2000 to 3000 MHz -

3000 to 7000 MHz 50 ms

Preamplification
Switching on the preamplifier diminishes the total noise figure of the R&S ESCI, thus
increasing the sensitivity. The preamplifier follows the preselection filters so that the
risk of overdriving by strong out-of-band signals is reduced to a minimum. The signal
level of the subsequent mixer is 20 dB higher so that the maximum input level is
reduced by the gain of the preamplifier. The total noise figure of R&S ESCI is
reduced from approx. 18 dB to approx. 11 dB with the preamplifier switched on. The
use of the preamplifier is recommended when measurements with a maximum sen-
sitivity are to be performed. If the measurement should be performed at maximum
dynamic range, the preamplifier should be switched off.
The gain of the preamplifier is automatically considered in the level display. In ana-
lyzer mode, on switching on the preamplifier the RF attenuation or the reference
level is adapted depending on the settings of the R&S ESCI.

PREAMP ON/ The PREAMP ON/OFF softkey switches the preamplifier on or off.
OFF
The softkey is available only in the analyzer mode when the measurement with pre-
selection is activated.

Remote command: :INP:GAIN ON | OFF

4.7.3.4 Transducer
A transducer is often connected ahead of R&S ESCI both during the measurement
of useful signals and EMI and converts the useful or interference variable such as
field strength, current or RFI voltage into a voltage across 50 Ohm.
Transducers such as antennas, probes or current probes mostly have a frequency-
dependent transducer factor which can be stored in R&S ESCI and automatically
has the correct unit during level measurement.
If a transducer is switched on it is considered as part of the unit during the measure-
ment, i.e. the measured values are displayed in the correct unit and magnitude.
When working with two measurement windows, the transducer is always assigned
to two windows.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.235

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

R&S ESCI distinguishes between transducer factor and transducer set. A trans-
ducer factor takes the frequency response of a single transfer element, e.g. an
antenna into consideration. A transducer set can summarize different transducer
factors in several subranges (several transducer factors at the same time), e.g. an
antenna, a cable and a diplexer.
A transducer factor consists of max. 50 reference values defined with frequency,
transducer factor and the unit. For the measurement between frequency values lin-
ear or logarithmic interpolation of the transducer factor can be chosen.
Several factors can be compiled in a transducer set provided that all factors have
the same unit or unit "dB". The frequency range covered by a set can be subdivided
into max. 10 subranges (each with up to 4 transducer factors) which follow each
other without a gap, i.e. the stop frequency of a subrange is the start frequency of
the next subrange.
The transducer factors used in a subrange have to fully cover the subrange.
The definition of a transducer set is recommended if different transducers are used
in the frequency range to be measured or if a cable attenuation or an amplifier has
to be taken into consideration.
If a transducer set is defined during a frequency sweep, the latter can be stopped at
the interface between two transducer ranges and the user is asked to exchange the
transducer.
The following message informs that the limit has been reached:
TDS Range # reached, CONTINUE / BREAK
it is possible either to continue the sweep by confirming the message (CONTINUE)
or to switch off the transducer (BREAK).
With the automatic switchover of the transducer used, the frequency sweep is not
interrupted.

Activating Transducer Factors

The TRANSDUCER softkey opens a submenu enabling the user to activate or deac-
tivate defined transducer factors, to generate new transducer factors or to edit exist-
ing ones. A table with the transducer factors defined is displayed.
As soon as a transducer is activated, the unit of the transducer is automatically used
for all the level settings and outputs. The unit cannot be changed in the AMPT menu
since the R&S ESCI and the transducer used are regarded as one measuring instru-
ment. Only if the transducer has the unit dB, will the unit originally set on the
R&S ESCI be maintained and can be changed.
If a transducer factor is active, the remark TDF appears in the enhancement labels
column.
After all transducers have been switched off, the R&S ESCI returns to the unit that
was used before a transducer was activated.
In the analyzer mode, an active transducer for a sweep is calculated once in
advance for every point displayed and is added to the result of the level measure-
ment during the sweep. If the sweep range changes, the correction values are cal-
culated again. If several measured values are combined, only one value is taken
into consideration.
In the receiver mode, the transducer is also calculated for a set scan. The trans-
ducer is uniquely calculated for each frequency point and added to the result of the
level measurement as the measurement results are stored internally and can be
zoomed subsequently.

4.236 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

If the active transducer factor is not defined for the entire sweep range, the values
missing are replaced by zeroes.

TRANSDUCER The TRANSDUCER softkey opens a submenu for editing existing transducer factors
and sets or creating new transducer factors and sets.

TRANSDUCER FACTOR

TRANSDUCER SET

NEW / EDIT ! INSERT LINE

(transducer factors)

DELETE LINE

SAVE TRD FACTOR

NEW / EDIT ! INS BEFORE RANGE

(transducer sets)

INS AFTER RANGE

DELETE RANGE

RANGES 1-5/6-10

SAVE TRD SET

VIEW TRANSDUCER

REFLVL ADJ AUTO MAN

PAGE UP

PAGE DOWN

Tables show the settings of already existing transducer factors and transducer sets
as well as the settings of the active transducer factor or transducer set.

TRANSDUCER FACTOR
Name Unit
Cable_1 dB
HK116 dBuV/m
HL223 dBuV/m

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.237

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

The ACTIVE TRANSDUCER FACTOR / SET table indicates the active transducer
factor or the set with the associated name, frequency range and unit. If no factor or
set is active, NONE is displayed in the table. Additional information can be entered
in a comment line. If a transducer factor is active, the selected interpolation is dis-
played in addition, if a set is active, the break setting is displayed.
The TRANSDUCER FACTOR table comprises all the defined factors with name and
unit. If the number of defined transducer factors exceeds the number of possible
lines in the table, the table will be scrolled.
The TRANSDUCER SET table comprises all the defined transducer sets with the
corresponding information.
Only one set or transducer can be activated. An already active transducer factor or
set is switched off automatically if another one is switched on. An activated trans-
ducer factor or set is marked with a check sign.

TRANSDUCER The TRANSDUCER FACTOR softkey places the scrollbar on the position of the
FACTOR active transducer factor.
If a transducer factor is not active, the scrollbar is placed on the first line of the table.

Remote command: CORR:TRAN:SEL <name>

CORR:TRAN ON | OFF

TRANSDUCER The TRANSDUCER SET softkey places the scrollbar on the position of the active
SET transducer set. For further details refer to “Entry and Editing of Transducer Sets” on
page 4.242.
If no transducer set is switched on, the bar is set to the first line of the table.

Remote command: CORR:TSET:SEL <name>

CORR:TSET ON |OFF

EDIT TRD The EDIT TRD FACTOR softkey gives access to the submenu for editing and gener-
FACTOR ating transducer factors. For details refer to section “Entry and Editing of Transducer
Factors” on page 4.239.

NEW FACTOR The NEW FACTOR softkey gives access to the submenu for editing and generating
transducer factors. For details refer to section “Entry and Editing of Transducer Fac-
tors” on page 4.239.

DELETE The DELETE softkey deletes the marked factor or set.

To prevent deletion by mistake, deletion has to be confirmed.

Remote command: CORR:TRAN DEL

VIEW The VIEW TRANSDUCER softkey activates the display of the active transducer fac-
TRANSDUCER tor or set. During the measurement, the interpolated characteristic of the active
transducer factor or set is shown in the diagram instead of the measured values.

Remote command: CORR:TRAN:VIEW ON

4.238 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

REFLVL ADJ When a transducer factor is used, the trace is moved by a calculated shift. However,
AUTO MAN an upward shift reduces the dynamic range for the displayed values. With the soft-
key REFLVL ADJ an automatic reference level offset adaptation allows to restore
the original dynamic range by also shifting the reference level by the maximum
value of the transducer factor.

Remote command: CORR:TRAN:ADJ:RLEV ON | OFF

The remote commands CORR:TRAN:ADJ:RLEV or CORR:TRAN:ADJ:RLEV

have to be sent prior to this command.

PAGE UP The PAGE UP softkey is used to scroll through large tables that cannot completely
be displayed on the screen.

PAGE DOWN The PAGE DOWN softkey is used to scroll through large tables that cannot com-
pletely be displayed on the screen.

Entry and Editing of Transducer Factors

A transducer factor is characterized by the following:
• Reference values with frequency and factor (Values)
• Unit of the factor (Unit) and
• Name (Name) to distinguish the various factors.
During entry the R&S ESCI checks the transducer factor for compliance with specific
rules that must be met to ensure correct operation.
• The frequencies for the reference values must always be entered in ascending
order. Otherwise the entry will not be accepted and the following message is
displayed:
WRONG FREQUENCY SEQUENCE !
• The frequencies entered may exceed the frequency range of the R&S ESCI since
only the set frequency range is taken into account for measurements. The
minimum frequency of a reference value is 0 Hz, the maximum frequency
200 GHz.
• The value range for the transducer factor is ±200 dB. If the minimum or maximum
value is exceeded, the R&S ESCI outputs the following message:
out of range
• Gain has to be entered as a negative value, and attenuation as a positive value.

The softkeys in the UNIT submenu of the AMPT key cannot be operated if the
transducer is on.

NEW / EDIT
The submenu differs for transducer factors and tranducer sets. The submenu for
transducer sets is described in section “Entry and Editing of Transducer Sets” on
page 4.242. In the following, the submenu for transducer factors is described.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.239

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

The NEW and EDIT softkeys give access to the submenu for editing and generating
transducer factors.

INSERT LINE

DELETE LINE

SAVE TRD FACTOR

EDIT TRANSDUCER FACTOR

Name/Unit/Interpolation: Cable dB LIN
Comment:
FREQUENCY TDF/dB.. FREQUENCY TDF/dB..
1.0000000 MHz 1.000
1.0000000 GHz 5.500

Depending on the softkey selected, either the table with the data of the factor
marked (EDIT TRD FACTOR softkey) or an empty table (NEW FACTOR softkey) is
displayed. This table is empty except for the following entries:
Unit: dB
Interpolation: LIN for linear frequency scaling
LOG for logarithmic frequency scaling

The features of the factor are entered in the header of the table, and the frequency
and the transducer factor are entered in the columns.
Name Entry of name
Unit Selection of unit
Interpolation Selection of interpolation
Comment Entry of comment
FREQUENCY Entry of frequency of reference values
TDF/dB Entry of transducer factor.

During editing, a transducer factor remains stored in the background until the factor
edited is saved with the SAVE TRD FACTOR softkey or until the table is closed. A
factor that was edited by mistake can be restored by leaving the entry function.

Name - Entry of name

A maximum of 8 characters is permissible for the name. The characters have to

comply with the convention of DOS file names. If the name exceeds 8 characters,
the name is truncated. The unit automatically stores all transducer factors with the
extension .TDF. If an existing name is changed, the factor stored under the previous

4.240 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

name is retained and will not be overwritten automatically with the new name. The
previous factor can be deleted at a later time, using DELETE. Thus, factors can be
copied.

Remote command: CORR:TRAN:SEL <name>

Unit – Selection of unit

The unit of the transducer factor is selected from a selection box activated by the
ENTER key. The default setting is dB.

FACTOR UNIT
dB
dBm
dBµV
dBµV/m
dBµA
dBµA/m
dBpW
dBpT

Remote command: CORR:TRAN:UNIT <string>

Entry of value

The desired reference values for FREQUENCY and TDF/dB must be entered in
ascending order of frequencies. After the frequency has been entered, the scrollbar
automatically goes to the associated level value.
The table can be edited after entry of the first value using the INSERT LINE and
DELETE LINE softkeys. To change individual values later on, the value has to be
selected and a new one entered.

Remote command: CORR:TRAN:DATA <freq>,<level>

Interpolation - Selection of interpolation

Linear or logarithmic interpolation can be performed between the frequency refer-

ence values of the table. The ENTER key allows the user to select LIN or LOG (tog-
gle function).

Remote command: CORR:TRAN:SCAL LIN|LOG

The following diagrams show the effect that interpolation has on the calculated
trace:

Fig. 4.18 Linear frequency axis and linear interpolation

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.241

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

Fig. 4.19 Logarithmic frequency axis and interpolation

Comment - Entry of comment

Any comment with a maximum length of 50 characters can be entered.

Remote command: CORR:TRAN:COMM <string>

INSERT LINE The INSERT LINE softkey inserts an empty line above the marked reference value.
When entering a new reference value in the line, the ascending order of frequencies
must be taken into consideration, however.

Remote command: --

DELETE LINE The DELETE LINE softkey deletes the marked reference value (complete line). The
reference values that follow move one line up.

Remote command: --

SAVE TRD The SAVE TRD FACTOR softkey saves the changed table in a file on the internal
FACTOR hard disk.
If there is already a transducer factor that has the same name, a confirmation query
is output.
If the new factor is active, the new values become immediately valid.
If a transducer set is switched on comprising the factor, the values will only be used
when the set is switched on next time.

Remote command: --
(executed automatically after the definition of the
reference values)

Entry and Editing of Transducer Sets

A transducer set is characterized by:
– maximum 10 ranges (Ranges) in which different transducer factors can be active
– the combination of several transducer factors per range (Factor)
– a transducer-set name (Name)

NEW / EDIT
INS BEFORE RANGE

INS AFTER RANGE

DELETE RANGE

RANGES 1-5/6-10

SAVE TRD SET

4.242 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

The NEW and EDIT softkeys both open the submenu for editing and entering new
transducer factors if softkey TRANSDUCER SET is active.

The table with the data of the marked set (the EDIT softkey) or an empty table in
which the following entries are preset (the NEW softkey) is displayed:
Unit: dB
Break: OFF

The characteristics of the set can be entered in the header field of the table, the sub-
ranges in the columns of the set.
Name Entry of the name
Unit Selection of unit
Break Activating the query when changing the subrange
Comment Entry of a comment
Start Entry of the start frequency of the subrange
Stop Entry of the stop frequency of the subrange
Factors Selection of the transducer factors for the subrange

An overwritten transducer set remains stored in the background as long as the

edited factor is stored with the SAVE TRD SET softkey or until the table is closed. A
set overwritten by mistake can be restored by leaving the entry.

Name - Entry of name

A maximum of 8 characters is permissible for the name. The characters have to

comply with the convention of DOS file names. If the name exceeds 8 characters,
the name is truncated. The unit automatically stores all transducer sets with the
extension .TDS.
If an existing name is changed, the set stored under the previous name is retained
and will not be overwritten automatically with the new name. The previous set can
be deleted at a later time using DELETE FACTOR/SET. Thus, sets can be copied.

Remote command: CORR:TSET:SEL <name>

Unit - Selection of unit

The unit of the transducer set is selected from a selection box activated by the
ENTER key.
The unit should be selected prior to the entry as it determines the settable trans-
ducer factors. The preset unit for new sets is "dB".

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.243

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

Remote command: CORR:TSET:UNIT <string>

Break - Activation of query when changing a subrange

The sweep can be stopped if the user changes the subrange and selects a new sub-
range of the transducer. A message informs the user that the limit has been
attained. He can continue the sweep or switch off the transducer.
The interruption is activated by setting Break to ON. Selection is by the ENTER key
which toggles between ON and OFF (toggle function).

Remote command: CORR:TSET:BRE ON|OFF

Start - Entry of start frequency of subrange

Stop - Entry of stop frequency of subrange

The individual subranges have to be linked without a gap. That is why the start fre-
quency is already defined from the second subrange (= stop frequency of previous
range).

Remote command: CORR:TSET:RANG<1.10>

<freq>,<freq>,<name>..

INS BEFORE The INS BEFORE RANGE softkey copies the active column and inserts it to the
RANGE right. The frequency limits can be edited.

Remote command: --

INS AFTER The INS AFTER RANGE softkey copies the active column and inserts it to the left.
RANGE The frequency limits can be edited.

Remote command: --

DELETE The DELETE RANGE softkey deletes the marked subrange. The following sub-
RANGE ranges move left.

Remote command: --

RANGES 1-5/6- The RANGES 1-5/6-10 softkey switches between the display of ranges 1 to five and
10 ranges 6 to 10.

Remote command: --

4.244 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

Factors - Selection of factors for the subrange

The permissible transducer factors for the marked subrange can be selected in a
selection box. Only factors matching with the unit of the set and fully covering the
selected subrange are permissible.

After each change of range limits, R&S ESCI thus checks the factor list and, if
required, rebuilds it.
After reducing the start frequency or increasing the stop frequency of a range it may
happen that the factors defined for this range no longer fully cover the range. These
factors are deleted for this range when the transducer factor table is opened next
time.
A maximum of 4 transducer factors can be switched on at the same time in each
subrange. If none of them is switched on, 0 dB is assumed as a factor for the whole
subrange.

Remote command: --

SAVE TRD SET The SAVE TRD SET softkey saves the changed table in a file on the internal hard
disk. If a transducer name with the same name already exists, a corresponding
query is performed beforehand:
If the saved set is switched on, the new values will be used immediately.

Remote command: -- (executed automatically)

4.7.3.5 Programming the Interface Configuration and Time Setup

The GENERAL SETUP softkey opens a submenu in which the general instrument
parameters can be set up. In addition to the configuration of the digital interfaces
(IECBUS, COM), the date and time may be entered.
The current settings are displayed in tabular form on the display screen where they
may be edited.

GENERAL
GPIB ! GPIB ADDRESS
SETUP
ID STRING FACTORY

ID STRING USER

GPIB LANGUAGE

IF GAIN NORM/PULS

SWEEP REP ON/OFF

COUPLING FSP/HP

USER PORT ! USER PORT IN/OUT

PORT 0 0/1 to
PORT 7 0/1

COM INTERFACE

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.245

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

TIME+DATE

CONFIGURE COMPUTER NAME

NETWORK

IP ADDRESS

SUBNET MASK

DHCP ON | OFF

CONFIGURE
NETWORK

SHOW CONFIG

NETWORK LOGIN

OPTIONS ! INSTALL OPTION

REMOVE OPTION

Side menu

SOFT FRONTPANEL

Selecting the GPIB Address

GPIB The GPIB softkey opens a submenu for setting the parameters of the remote-control
interface.

Remote command: --

GPIB ADDRESS The GPIB ADDRESS softkey enables the entry of the GPIB address.
Valid addresses are 0 through 30. The default address is 20.

Remote command: SYST:COMM:GPIB:ADDR 20

ID STRING The ID STRING FACTORY softkey selects the default response to the *IDN? query.
FACTORY
Remote command: --

ID STRING The ID STRING USER softkey opens an editor for entering a user-defined response
USER to the *IDN? query.
Max. length of output string: 36 characters

Remote command: --

GPIB The GPIB LANGUAGE softkey opens a list of selectable remote-control languages:
LANGUAGE
• SCPI
• 71100C
• 71200C
• 71209A
• 8560E
• 8561E
• 8562E

4.246 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

• 8563E
• 8564E
• 8565E
• 8566A
• 8566B
• 8568A
• 8568A_DC
• 8568B
• 8568B_DC
• 8591E
• 8594E

For 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E, command sets A and B are available. Com-
mand sets A and B differ in the rules regarding the command structure from the
command structure of “SCPI”. Therefore, correct recognition of SCPI commands is
not ensured in these operating modes.
Selecting a language different from "SCPI" will set the GPIB address to 18 if it was
20 before.
Start / stop frequency, reference level and # of sweep points will be adapted to the
selected instrument model.
8568A_DC and 8568B_DC are using DC input coupling as default if it is supported
by the instrument.
The HP model 8591E is compatible to HP model 8594E, the HP models 71100C,
71200C, and 71209A are compatible to HP models 8566A/B.

On switching between remote-control languages, the following settings or changes

will be made:
SCPI:
➢ The instrument will perform a PRESET.
8566A/B, 8568A/B, 8594E:
➢ The instrument will perform a PRESET.
➢ The following instrument settings will then be changed:

Model # of Trace Start Freq. Stop Freq. Ref Level Input

Points Coupling

8566A/B 1001 2 GHz 22 GHz 0 dBm DC

8568A/B 1001 0 Hz 1.5 GHz 0 dBm AC

8560E 601 0 Hz 2.9 GHz 0 dBm AC

8561E 601 0 Hz 6.5 GHz 0 dBm AC

8562E 601 0 Hz 13.2 GHz 0 dBm AC

8563E 601 0 Hz 26.5 GHz 0 dBm AC

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.247

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

Model # of Trace Start Freq. Stop Freq. Ref Level Input

Points Coupling

8564E 601 0 Hz 40 GHz 0 dBm AC

8565E 601 0 Hz 50 GHz 0 dBm AC

8594E 401 0 Hz 3 GHz 0 dBm AC

Notes regarding switch over to 8566A/B and 8568A/B on R&S FSUP

• The stop frequency indicated in the table may be limited to the corresponding
frequency of the R&S ESCI, if required.

Remote command: SYST:LANG "SCPI" | "8560E" |

"8561E" | "8562E" | "8563E" |
"8564E" | "8565E" | "8566A" |
"8566B" | "8568A" | "8568A_DC" |
"8568B" | "8568B_DC" | "8591E" |
"8594E" | "71100C" | "71200C" |
"71209A"

IF GAIN NORM/ The IF GAIN NORM/PULS softkey configures the internal IF gain settings in HP
PULS emulation mode due to the application needs. This setting is only taken into account
for resolution bandwidth < 300 kHz.

NORM Optimized for high dynamic range,

overload limit is close to reference level.
PULS Optimized for pulsed signals,
overload limit up to 10 dB above reference level.

This softkey is only available, if a HP languge is selected via the GPIB LANGUAGE
softkey.

Remote command: SYST:IFG:MODE PULS

SWEEP REP The SWEEP REP ON/OFF softkey controls a repeated sweep of the E1 and MKPK
ON/OFF HI HP model commands (for details on the commands refer to “GPIB Commands of
HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E” on page 6.258). If the repeated
sweep is OFF, the marker is set without sweeping before.

In single sweep mode, switch off this softkey before you set the marker via the E1
and MKPK HI commands in order to avoid sweeping afresh.

This softkey is only available, if a HP languge is selected via the GPIB LANGUAGE
softkey.

Remote command: SYST:RSW ON

4.248 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

COUPLING The COUPLING FSP/HP softkey controls the default coupling ratios for:
FSP/HP
• span and resolution bandwidth (Span/RBW) and
• resolution bandwidth and video bandwidth (RBW/VBW)
for the HP emulation mode.
In case of FSP the standard parameter coupling of the instrument is used. As a
result in most cases a shorter sweeptime is used than in case of HP.
The softkey is only available in HP emulation mode.

Remote command: SYST:HPC FSP

User Port Configuration

The instrument provides a parallel interface, which is 8 bits wide. Over these ports,
arbitrary bit patterns can be output or input.

USER PORT
USER PORT IN/OUT

PORT 0 0/1 to PORT 7 0/1

The USER PORT softkey opens the submenu for setting the direction of the data
transmission and for entering the values of the individual ports.

USER PORT IN/ The USER PORT IN/OUT determines in which direction the interface transmits data.
OUT
USER PORT (read operation)
The value is indicated in a window. A new readout is started by pressing READ.
Pressing OK closes the window

USER PORT INPUT

00000000
READ OK
Remote command: INP:UPOR:STAT ON
INP:UPOR?

USER PORT OUT (write operation)

The bit pattern selected with softkeys PORT 0 to PORT 7 is output.

Remote command: OUTP:UPOR:STAT ON

PORT 0 0/1 to The PORT 0 0/1 to PORT 7 0/1 softkeys determine the output value for port 1 to 7.
PORT 7 0/1 These softkeys are only available for setting USER PORT OUT.

Remote command: OUTP:UPOR STAT ON

OUTP:UPOR #B10110010

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.249

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

Serial Interface Configuration

COM The COM INTERFACE softkey activates the COM INTERFACE table for entry of the
INTERFACE serial interface parameters.
The following parameters can be configured in the table:
Baud rate data transmission rate
Bits number of data bits
Parity bit parity check
Stop bits number of stop bits
HW-Handshake hardware handshake protocol
SW-Handshake software handshake protocol
Owner assignment to the measuring instrument or computer

Baud – Data transmission rate

The R&S ESCI supports baud rates between 110 and 128000 baud. The default set-
ting is 9600 baud.

Remote command: SYST:COMM:SER:BAUD 9600

Bits – Number of data bits per word

For the transmission of text without special characters, 7 bits are adequate. For
binary data as well as for text with special characters, 8 bits must be selected
(default setting).

Remote command: SYST:COMM:SER:BITS 7

4.250 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

Parity – Bit parity check

NONE no parity check (default setting)
EVEN even parity check
ODD odd parity check

Remote command: SYST:COMM:SER:PAR NONE

Stop bits – Number of stop bits

Available are 1 and 2. The default setting is 1 stop bit.

Remote command: SYST:COMM:SER:SBIT 1

HW-Handshake – Hardware handshake protocol

The integrity of data transmission can be improved by the use of a hardware hand-
shake mechanism, which effectively prevents uncontrolled transmission of data and
the resulting loss of data bytes. For hardware handshake additional interface lines
are used to transmit acknowledge signals with which the data transmission can be
controlled and, if necessary, stopped until the receiver is ready to receive data
again.
A prerequisite for using hardware handshaking is, however, that the interface lines
(DTR and RTS) are connected on both transmitter and receiver. For a simple 3-wire
connection, this is not the case and hardware handshake cannot be used here.
Default setting is NONE.

Remote command: SYST:COMM:SER:CONT:DTR OFF

SYST:COMM:SER:CONT:RTS OFF

SW-Handshake – Software handshake protocol

Besides the hardware handshake mechanism using interface lines, it is also possi-
ble to achieve the same effect by using a software handshake protocol. Here, con-
trol bytes are transmitted in addition to the normal data bytes. These control bytes
can be used, as necessary, to stop data transmission until the receiver is ready to
receive data again.
In contrast to hardware handshaking, software handshaking can be realized even
for a simple 3-wire connection.
One limitation is, however, that software handshaking cannot be used for the trans-
mission of binary data, since the control characters XON and XOFF require bit com-
binations that are also used for binary data transmission.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.251

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

Default setting is NONE.

Remote command: SYST:COMM:SER:PACE NONE

Owner – Assignment of the interface

The serial interface can be assigned alternatively to the measuring instrument sec-
tion or to the computer section.
If the interface is assigned to one section of the instrument, it is not available to the
other section.
INSTRUMENTThe interface is assigned to the measuring instrument section.
Outputs to the interface from the computer section are not possi-
ble and will get lost.
OS The interface is assigned to the computer section. It cannot be
used by the measuring instrument section. This means that
remote control of the instrument via the interface is not possible.

Setting Date and Time

TIME+DATE The TIME+DATE softkey activates the entry of time and date for the internal real-
time clock.

Time - Input of time

In the corresponding dialog box, the time is partitioned into two input fields so that
hours and minutes can be entered independently.

Remote command: SYST:TIME 21,59

Date - Input of Date

In the corresponding dialog box, the date is partitioned into 3 input fields so that day,
month and year can be input separately.
For the selection of the month, pressing a unit key opens a list of abbreviations
wherein the desired month can be selected.

Remote command: SYST:DATE 1009,03,01

Configuration of Network Settings

The instrument can be connected to an Ethernet LAN (local area network) by means
of the LAN Interface. This allows data transmission via the network and the use of
network printers. The network card is able to handle both 10 MHz Ethernet IEEE
802.3 and 100 MHz Ethernet IEEE 802.3u.
For more details see the Quick Start Guide 6, “LAN Interface”.

4.252 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

CONFIGURE The CONFIGURE NETWORK softkey opens the following submenu:

NETWORK
COMPUTER NAME

IP ADDRESS

SUBNET MASK

DHCP ON | OFF

CONFIGURE
NETWORK

SHOW CONFIG

The Network Configuration softkeys above are available from firmware Version
4.3x.
Instruments shipped with Windows XP Service Pack1 require an additional instal-
lation package (LXI installer) if the softkeys are not visible. This installation pack-
age is available on the R&S instrument's download area.
The configuration via softkeys is only possible if the LAN is connected to the
instrument.

COMPUTER The COMPUTERNAME softkey opens a dialog to enter the computer name. The
NAME naming conventions of Windows apply.
For more details see the Quick Start Guide 6, “LAN Interface”.

IP ADDRESS The IP ADDRESS softkey opens a dialog to configure the instrument's IP address.
The TCP/IP protocol is preinstalled with the IP address 10.0.0.10. If the DHCP
server is available (DHCP ON) the softkey is not available.
For more details see the Quick Start Guide 6, “LAN Interface”.

SUBNET MASK The SUBNET MASK softkey opens a dialog to configure the instrument's TCP/IP
subnet mask. The TCP/IP protocol is preinstalled with the subnet mask
255.255.255.0.
The subnet mask consists of four number blocks separated by dots. Each block con-
tain 3 numbers in maximum (e.g.100.100.100.100), but also one ore two numbers
are allowed in a block (as an example see the preinstalled address).
For more details see the Quick Start Guide 6, “LAN Interface”.

DHCP ON | OFF If the DHCP softkey is set ON, a new IP address is assigned each time the instru-
ment is restarted. This address must first be determined on the instrument itself.

To avoid problems, use a fixed IP address.

Using a DHCP server is not suitable for remote operation of the R&S FSU.

CONFIGURE The CONFIGURE NETWORK softkey opens the dialog box with the network set-
NETWORK tings.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.253

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

The softkey is used to modify an existing network configuration after the correspond-
ing tabs are selected (see the Quick Start Guide 6, “LAN Interface”).

A PC keyboard with trackball (or mouse instead) is required for the installation/
configuration of the network support.
The softkey is only available with built-in LAN interface R&S FSP-B16.

Remote command: --

SHOW CONFIG The SHOW CONFIG softkey shows the current network configuration.

NETWORK The NETWORK LOGIN softkey opens the dialog box with the auto login settings.
LOGIN
Important:
The password was changed to ’123456’ with firmware version 4.5. For version < 4.5,
the password is ’instrument’.

When a network is installed, the preset user name 'instrument' and the password
123456' can be adapted to a new user (see the Quick Start Guide 6, “LAN Inter-
face”.).
With the 'Auto Login' option active, an automatic registration is performed during
booting with the specified user name and password. Otherwise the Windows XP
login request is displayed during booting.

4.254 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

A PC keyboard with trackball (or mouse instead) is required for the installation/
configuration of the network support.
For information on deactivating/activating the auto login mechanism see section
“Logging on to the Network“ in chapter ’LAN Interface’ of the Quick Start Guide.

Remote command: --

Enabling Firmware Options

The OPTIONS softkey opens a submenu that allows license keys for firmware
options to be entered. Previously installed options are displayed in a table that
opens automatically.

Remote command: *OPT?

OPTIONS
INSTALL OPTION

REMOVE OPTION

INSTALL The INSTALL OPTION softkey opens the data entry for the license keycode of a
OPTION firmware option.
On entry of a valid license key the message OPTION KEY OK is displayed in the
status line and the firmware option appears in table FIRMWARE OPTIONS.
On entry of an invalid license key the message OPTION KEY INVALID is displayed
in the status line.

Remote command: --

REMOVE The REMOVE OPTION softkey removes all firmware options from the instruments.
OPTION Execution of this function must be confirmed in a message box in order to avoid
removal of the firmware options by mistake.

Remote command: --

Emulation of the Instrument Front Panel

SOFT The SOFT FRONTPANEL softkey switches the display of the front panel keys on
FRONTPANEL and off.
When the front-panel keys are displayed on the screen, the instrument can be con-
trolled by clicking the respective button with the mouse. This is especially useful
when the instrument in a different site is controlled via a remote-control program,

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.255

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

such as, for instance, the remote desktop of Windows XP, and the screen contents
are transferred to the controller via remote link (see the Quick Start Guide 6, “LAN
Interface”).

Display resolution

When the display of the front-panel keys is switched on, the screen resolution of the
instrument changes to 1024x768 pixels. Only a section of the total screen is then
displayed on the LC display, which will automatically be shifted on mouse moves.
In order to obtain a complete display of the user interface, an external monitor is to
be plugged into the corresponding connector at the rear panel. Prior to performing
the resolution change the user is prompted for confirmation whether the required
monitor is connected.
Switching off the front-panel display restores the original screen resolution.

Key assignment

Button labels largely correspond to those of the front-panel keys. The rotation func-
tion of the rotary knob is assigned to the 'KNOB LEFT' and 'KNOB RIGHT' buttons,
the press function (<ENTER>) to 'KNOB PRESS'.
The labels of the softkey buttons (F1 to F9) and of the hotkey buttons (C-F1 to C-F7)
indicate that the keys can be operated directly by means of the corresponding func-
tion keys F1 to F9 or <CTRL>F1 to <CTRL>F7 of a PS/2 keyboard.

Remote command: SYST:DISP:FPAN ON

4.256 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

4.7.3.6 System Information

The SYSTEM INFO softkey opens a submenu in which detailed information on mod-
ule data, device statistics and system messages is displayed.

SYSTEM INFO
HARDWARE INFO

STATISTICS

SYSTEM MESSAGES

CLEAR ALL
MESSAGES

Display of Module Data

HARDWARE The HARDWARE INFO softkey opens a table in which the modules (INSTALLED
INFO COMPONENTS) installed in the instrument are listed together with the correspond-
ing hardware revisions.
Table HARDWARE INFO consists of six columns:
SERIAL # serial number
COMPONENT name of module
ORDER # order number
MODEL model number of the module
REV main modification index of the module
SUB REV secondary modification index of the module

The screenshot lists the components of an R&S ESCI.

Display of Device Statistics

STATISTICS The STATISTICS softkey opens the table STATISTICS. This table contains the
model information, serial number, firmware version, and specifications version of the
basic device. Additionally, the operating time of the instrument, the power-on cycles
as well as attenuator switching cycles are displayed.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.257

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

For new delivered devices the specifications version (document of the hardware
properties) is shown. For already delivered device dashes (--.--) are displayed.

Remote command: --

Display of System Messages

SYSTEM The SYSTEM MESSAGES softkey opens a submenu including a table in which the
MESSAGES generated system messages are displayed in the order of their occurrence. The
most recent messages are placed at the top of the list.
The following information is available:
No Device-specific error code
MESSAGE Brief description of the message
COMPONENT On hardware messages:
name of the affected module
On software messages:
if needed, the name of the affected software components
DATE/TIME Date and time of the occurrence of the message

Messages that have occurred since the last call to the SYSTEM MESSAGES menu
are marked with an asterisk '*'.
The CLEAR ALL MESSAGES softkey is activated and allows clearing of the error
buffer.
If the number of error messages exceeds the capacity of the error buffer, the mes-
sage appearing first is "Message buffer overflow".

4.258 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

Remote command: SYST:ERR?

CLEAR ALL The CLEAR ALL MESSAGES softkey deletes all messages in the table.
MESSAGES
The softkey is only available when table SYSTEM INFO is active.

Remote command: SYST:ERR?

4.7.3.7 Service Menu

The service menu offers a variety of additional functions which are used for mainte-
nance and/or trouble shooting.

The service functions are not necessary for normal measurement operation. How-
ever, incorrect use can affect correct operation and/or data integrity of the
R&S ESCI.
Therefore, many of the functions can only be used after entering a password. They
are described in the instrument service manual.

SERVICE
INPUT RF

INPUT CAL

SELFTEST

SELFTEST RESULTS

ENTER PASSWORD

Side menu

CAL GEN 128 MHZ

PULSE 10 kHz / PULSE 100

kHz /PULSE 200 kHz /
PULSE 500 kHz /PULSE 1
MHz /PULSE 2 MHz /
PULSE 4 MHz /PULSE 8
MHz /

Side menu

COMMAND TRACKING

The SERVICE softkey opens a submenu for selection of the service function.
The INPUT RF and INPUT CAL softkeys are mutually exclusive selection switches.
Only one switch can be active at any one time.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.259

 R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

General Service Functions

INPUT RF The INPUT RF softkey switches the input of the R&S ESCI to the input connector
(normal position).
After PRESET, RECALL or R&S ESCI power on, the INPUT RF is always selected.

Remote command: DIAG:SERV:INP RF

INPUT CAL The INPUT CAL softkey switches the RF input of the R&S ESCI to the internal cali-
bration source (128 MHz) and activates the data entry of the output level of the cali-
bration source. Possible values are 0 dB and –30 dB.

Remote command: DIAG:SERV:INP CAL;

DIAG:SERV:INP:CSO 0 DBM

ENTER The ENTER PASSWORD softkey allows the entry of a password.

PASSWORD
The R&S ESCI contains a variety of service functions which, if incorrectly used, can
affect correct operation of the R&S ESCI. These functions are normally not accessi-
ble and are only usable after the entry of a password (see instrument service man-
ual).

Remote command: SYST:PASS "Password"

CAL GEN 128 The CAL GEN 128 MHZ softkey selects a sinusoidal signal at 128 MHz as output
MHZ signal for the internal calibration source. The internal pulse generator will be
switched off.
CAL GEN 128 MHZ is the default setting of the R&S ESCI.

Remote command: DIAG:SERV:INP CAL

DIAG:SERV:INP:PULS OFF

This softkey switches the internal pulse generator on and allows the pulse frequency
to be entered.

Remote command: DIAG:SERV:INP:PULS ON;

DIAG:SERV:INP:PULS:PRAT <value>

PULSE 10 kHz / The PULSE xx softkey switches the selected pulse generator on.
PULSE 100 kHz
/PULSE 200 kHz Remote command: DIAG:SERV:INP CAL
/PULSE 500 kHz DIAG:SERV:INP:PULS ON;
/PULSE 1 MHz / DIAG:SERV:INP:PULS:PRAT 2 MHZ
PULSE 2 MHz /
PULSE 4 MHz /
PULSE 8 MHz /

COMMAND The COMMAND TRACKING softkey activates or deactivates the SCPI error log
TRACKING function. All remote control commands received by the R&S ESCI are recorded in
the following log file:
D:\R_S\instr\log\IEC_CMDS.LOG
Logging the commands may be extremely useful for debug purposes, e.g. in order
to find misspelled keywords in control programs.

4.260 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

If this softkey is activated, the R&S ESCI becomes slower.

Remote command: --

Selftest

SELFTEST The SELFTEST softkey initiates the selftest of the instrument modules.
With this function the instrument is capable of identifying a defective module in case
of failure.
During the selftest a message box appears in which the current test and its result is
shown. The test sequence can be aborted by pressing ENTER ABORT.
All modules are checked consecutively and the test result (selftest PASSED or
FAILED) is output in the message box.

Remote command: *TST?

SELFTEST The SELFTEST RESULTS softkey calls the SELFTEST table in which the results of
RESULTS the module test are displayed.
In case of failure a short description of the failed test, the defective module, the
associated value range and the corresponding test results are indicated.

Remote command: DIAG:SERV:STE:RES?

PAGE UP / The PAGE UP or PAGE DOWN softkey sets the SELFTEST RESULTS table to the
PAGE DOWN next or previous page.

Remote command: --

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.261

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

Hardware Adjustment
Some of the R&S ESCI modules can be realigned. This realignment can become
necessary after calibration due to temperature drift or aging of components (see ser-
vice manual instrument).

The realignment should be carried out by qualified personnel since the changes
considerably influence the measurement accuracy of the instrument. This is the
reason why the softkeys REF FREQUENCY, CAL SIGNAL POWER and SAVE
CHANGES can only be accessed after entering a password.

4.7.3.8 Firmware Update

For the latest firmware version refer to the Rohde & Schwarz internet site and down-
load the most up-to-date firmware.
A detailed description about performing the firmware update in the intrument is given
in the release note, provided on this CD. The release note is also downloadable
from the Rohde & Schwarz internet site.
The installation of a new firmware version can be performed using a memory stick or
the built-in disk drive.
The installation program is called in the SETUP menu.

FIRMWARE
FIRMWARE UPDATE
UPDATE
RESTORE FIRMWARE

UPDATE PATH

The FIRMWARE UPDATE softkey opens the subdirectory for installing/deinstalling

new firmware versions.

Remote command: --

FIRMWARE The FIRMWARE UPDATE softkey starts the installation program and leads the user
UPDATE through the remaining steps of the update.

Remote command: "SYST:FIRM:UPD 'D:\USER\FWUPDATE'"

RESTORE The RESTORE FIRMWARE softkey restores the previous firmware version
FIRMWARE
Remote command: --

UPDATE PATH The UPDATE PATH softkey is used to select the drive and directories under which
the archive files for the firmware update are stored.
The firmware update can thus also be performed via network drives or USB memory
sticks/USB-CD-ROM drives.

Remote command: "SYST:FIRM:UPD 'D:\USER\FWUPDATE'"

4.262 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

APPL SETUP The APPL SETUP RECOVERY (Application Setup Recovery) softkey controls the
RECOVERY instrument behaviour when changing the active application, e.g from SPECTRUM to
FM DEMOD and back from FM DEMOD to SPECTRUM.
In the default state OFF a few parameters of the current analyzer setting are passed
to the application (e.g. center frequency, level settings) or from the application back
to the analyzer mode.
If APPL SETUP RECOVERY is switched ON, the settings of the applications are
independent of each other. Leaving the FM DEMOD application will restore the pre-
vious state of the ANALYZER.

The individual application settings are stored on the internal harddisk.

Remote command: SYST:APPL:SREC ON

4.7.3.9 External Noise Source

NOISE SRC The NOISE SRC ON/OFF softkey switches on or off the supply voltage for an exter-
ON/OFF nal noise source which is connected to the NOISE SOURCE connector on the rear
panel of the instrument.

Remote command: DIAG:SERV:NSO ON

PRESET The RECEIVER PRESET softkey sets the receiver mode as preset mode. Default
RECEIVER state is the receiver mode.

Remote command: SYST:PRES:COMP OFF

PRESET The ANALYZER PRESET softkey sets the analyzer mode as preset mode.
ANALYZER
The analyzer mode is compatible with the settings of R&S ESCI EMI Test Receiver
and R&S FSU Spectrum Analyzer. It facilitates programming of control software for
several instrument types.

Remote command: SYST:PRES:COMP FSP

OPEN START Opens the windows XP start menu and therefore provides an easy access to stan-
MENU dard windows functions if a mouse is connect.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.263

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

4.7.4 Saving and Recalling Data Sets – FILE Key

4.7.4.1 Overview
The FILE key calls the following functions:
• Storage/loading functions for storing (SAVE) instrument settings such as
instrument configurations (measurement/display settings, etc.) and measurement
results from working memory to permanent storage media, or to load (RECALL)
stored data into working memory.
• Functions for management of storage media (FILE MANAGER). Included are
among others functions for listing files, formatting storage media, copying, and
deleting/renaming files.
The R&S ESCI is capable of internally storing complete instrument settings with
instrument configurations and measurement data in the form of data sets. The
respective data are stored on the internal hard disk or, if selected, on a memory stick
or on a floppy. The hard disk and floppy disk drives have the following names:
floppy disk A:, hard disk D: (hard disk C: is reserved for instrument software)

FILE
SAVE | RECALL! SAVE FILE

RECALL FILE

SELECT PATH

SELECT FILE

EDIT FILE NAME

EDIT COMMENT

SELECT ITEMS! SELECT ITEMS

ENABLE ALL ITEMS

DISABLE ALL ITEMS

DELETE FILE

NEW FOLDER

STARTUP RECALL

FILE MANAGER ! EDIT PATH

NEW FOLDER

PASTE

SORT MODE ! NAME

DATE

EXTENSION

SIZE

2 FILE LISTS

Side menu

FORMAT DISK

4.264 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

For details on storing and loading instrument settings refer to the Quick Start Guide,
chapter “ Storing and Loading Instrument Settings”.

SAVE | The SAVE softkey opens the Save dialog box for entering the data set to be stored.
RECALL
The RECALL softkey activates the Recall dialog box to enter the data set to be
loaded. The RECALL table shows the current settings regarding the data set.
The entries are edited with the rotary knob or the CURSOR UP / DOWN key and is
confirmed by pressing the rotary knob or the ENTER key.
Subdirectories are opened by the CURSOR RIGHT Ur key and closed with the
CURSOR LEFT Ul key.
In the Save dialog box, the field already contains a suggestion for a new name: the
file name used in the last saving process is counted up to the next unused name.
For example, if the name last used was "test_004", the new name "test_005" is sug-
gested, but only if this name is not in use. If the name "test_005" is already in use,
the next free name is suggested, e.g. "test_006". You can change the suggested
name to any name conform to the following naming conventions.
The name of a settings file consists of a base name followed by an underscore and
three numbers, e.g. "limit_lines_005". In the example, the base name is "limit_lines".
The base name can contain characters, numbers and underscores. The file exten-
sion is added automatically and can not be changed.
The SAVE / RECALL table contains the entry fields for editing the data set.
Path Directory in which the data set is stored.
Files List of data sets already stored.
File Name Name of data set.
The name can be entered with or without drive name and directory; the
drive name and directory, if available, will then appear in the Path field.
The extension of the data name is ignored.
Comment Comment regarding the data set.
Items Selection of settings to be stored/loaded.

Remote command: MMEM:STOR:STAT 1,"a:\test02"

MMEM:LOAD:STAT 1,"a:\test02"

SAVE FILE The SAVE FILE softkey sets the focus on the File Name field to enter a conforming
file name.

RECALL FILE The RECALL FILE softkey sets the focus on the Files field to choose a stored file to
restore.

SELECT PATH The SELECT PATH softkey sets the focus on the Path field and opens the pull-down
list to choose the correct path to store the file.

SELECT FILE The SELECT FILE softkey sets the focus on the Files field to choose a already
stored file. In addition, the DELETE softkey is displayed. The list Files lists all data
sets which are stored in the selected directory.

Remote command: --

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.265

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

EDIT FILE The EDIT FILE NAME softkey sets the focus on the File Name field and.
NAME
In the Save dialog box, the field already contains a suggestion for a new name: the
file name used in the last saving process is counted up to the next unused name.
For example, if the name last used was "test_004", the new name "test_005" is sug-
gested, but only if this name is not in use. If the name "test_005" is already in use,
the next free name is suggested, e.g. "test_006". You can change the suggested
name to any name conform to the following naming conventions.
The name of a settings file consists of a base name followed by an underscore and
three numbers, e.g. "limit_lines_005". In the example, the base name is "limit_lines".
The base name can contain characters, numbers and underscores. The file exten-
sion is added automatically and can not be changed.

EDIT The EDIT COMMENT softkey activates the entry of commentary concerning the cur-
COMMENT rent data set. The focus is set on the Comment field and an on-screen keyboard
opens.

For further information on how to enter the comment text via the front panel of the
unit, see the Quick Start Guide, chapter 4, “Basic Operation”.

Remote command: MMEM:COMM "Setup for FM measurement"

SELECT ITEMS The SELECT ITEMS softkey moves the selection bar to the first line, left column of
the Items field. An entry is selected. Position the entry focus to the corresponding
partial data set using the cursor keys and then press the ENTER key in the desired
line. The selection is cleared by pressing the key again.
The following submenu is opend:

SELECT ITEMS

ENABLE ALL ITEMS

DISABLE ALL ITEMS

Remote command: MMEM:SEL:HWS ON (Current Settings)

MMEM:SEL:LIN:ALL ON (All Limit Lines)
MMEM:SEL:TRAC ON (All Traces)
MMEM:SEL:SCD ON (Source Cal Data)
MMEM:SEL:TRAN:ALL ON (All Transducers)
MMEM:SEL:FIN ON (Peak/Final List)
MMEM:SEL:CLISt ON (Scan Channel List)

Note that the command MMEM:SEL:SCD ON (Source Cal Data) is only available
with option R&S ESCI-B09 or R&S ESCI-B10.

4.266 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

The Save dialog box offers the following selectable data subsets in the Items field.
Current Settings These settings include:
• current configuration of general instrument parameters
• current measurement hardware settings
• active limit lines:
A data set may contain maximum 8 limit lines for each
window. It always contain the activated limit lines and the
de-activated limit lines used last, if any. Consequently, the
combination of the restored deactivated limit lines depends
on the sequence of use with command MMEM:LOAD.
• the activated transducer factor
• user-defined color settings
• configuration for hardcopy output
• active transducer set:
A data set may contain maximum 4 transducer factors. It
always contain the activated factors and the factors used
and de-activated last, if any. Consequently, the combination
of the restored deactivated transducer factors depends on
the sequence of use with the command MMEM:LOAD.
• peak list or final measurement results
(receiver mode)
• settings of tracking generator
(only with option R&S ESCI B9)
All Limit Lines all limit lines
All Transducer all transducer factors
All Transducers all transducer
All Traces all traces which are not blanked
Source Cal Data correction data for tracking generator
(only with options R&S ESCI B9 or R&S ESCI B10)
Scan Channel List adds the channel lists to the list of data subsets of a save/
recall device setting.
(only with option R&S ESCI K50)
Peak-Final List peak list or final measurement results

SELECT ITEMS The SELECT ITEMS softkey sets the focus on the Items field to select the appropri-
ate item to be stored.

ENABLE ALL The ENABLE ALL ITEMS softkey marks all partial data sets.
ITEMS
Remote command: MMEM:SEL:ALL

DISABLE ALL The DISABLE ALL ITEMS softkey deselects all partial data sets.
ITEMS
Remote command: MMEM:SEL:NONE

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.267

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

DELETE FILE The DELETE FILE softkey sets the focus on the File Name field to enter the file
name to be deleted. Alternatively the file to be deleted can be choosen from the
Files list. A message box opens to confirm the deletion.

Remote command: MMEM:DEL "test03"

NEW FOLDER The NEW FOLDER softkey opens an on-screen keyboard to enter a new folder
name.

DEFAULT The DEFAULT CONFIG softkey establishes the default selection of the data subset
CONFIG to be saved and outputs DEFAULT in the ITEMS field of the SAVE/RECALL DATA
SET table.

Remote command: MMEM:SEL:DEF

STARTUP The STARTUP RECALL softkey activates the selection of a data set which is auto-
RECALL matically loaded when the instrument is powered on and after PRESET. For this pur-
pose the Dialog Startup Recall is opened (analogously to DATA SET LIST).
The field Files lists all data sets stored in the selected directory. The currently
selected data set is checked.
In addition to the data sets stored by the user, the data set FACTORY, which speci-
fies the settings of the instrument before it was last switched off (Standby), is always
present (when unit is delivered).
To select a data set, the entry focus is set to the corresponding entry by means of
the rotary knob and the data set is activated by pressing the rotary knob or the
ENTER key.
If a data set other than FACTORY is chosen, this data set will be loaded when the
unit is switched on or after pressing the PRESET key. Any settings can be assigned
to the PRESET key.

Remote command: MMEM:LOAD:AUTO 1,"D:\user\config\test02"

4.268 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

4.7.4.2 Operating Concept of File Managers

FILE The FILE MANAGER softkey opens a menu for managing storage media and files.
MANAGER

The designation and the letter of the current drive are displayed in the upper left cor-
ner of the File Manager dialog.
The table below shows the files of the current directory and potential subdirectories.
A file or a directory in the table is selected via cursor keys. The ENTER key is used
to switch from one subdirectory to another. The softkeys COPY, RENAME, CUT and
DELETE are only visible if the entry focus is set to a file and not to a directory.
The dots ".." open up the next higher directory.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.269

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

EDIT PATH The EDIT PATH softkey activates the input of the directory which will be used in sub-
sequent file operations.

Use CURSOR UP / DOWN to select a drive and confirm your selection with ENTER.
Open subdirectories by using CURSOR RIGHT, and use CURSOR LEFT to close
them again.
When you have found the subdirectory you looked for, mark it with ENTER.

Remote command: MMEM:MSIS "a:"

MMEM:CDIR "D:\user "

NEW FOLDER The NEW FOLDER softkey creates subdirectories.

The entry of an absolute path name (e.g. "\USER\MEAS") as well as the path rela-
tive to the current directory (e.g. "..\MEAS") is possible.

Remote command: MMEM:MDIR "D:\user\test"

4.270 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

COPY The COPY softkey opens the help line editor to enter the target directory for a copy-
ing process. The file is also copied into the clipboard and can be copied into a differ-
ent directory at a later time by means of PASTE.

Files can also be copied to a different storage medium by indicating a certain drive
letter (e.g. D:). The selected files or directories will be copied after terminating the
entry with the ENTER key.

Remote command: MMEM:COPY "D:\user\set.cfg","a:"

RENAME The RENAME softkey opens the help line editor to rename a file or a directory (anal-
ogously to the COPY softkey).

Remote command: MMEM:MOVE "test02.cfg","set2.cfg"

CUT The CUT softkey shifts the selected file into the clipboard from where it can be cop-
ied into a different directory at a later time by means of PASTE.

The file in the output directory will only be deleted if the PASTE softkey has been
pressed.

Remote command: --

PASTE The PASTE softkey copies files from the clipboard to the current directory. The
directory is changed by means of the cursor keys and subsequent pressing of
ENTER or via the EDIT PATH softkey.

Remote command: --

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.271

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

DELETE The DELETE softkey deletes the selected file.

A confirmation query is displayed to avoid unintentional deletion of files.

Remote command: MMEM:DEL "test01.hcp"

MMEM:RDIR "D:\user\test"

SORT MODE
NAME

DATE

EXTENSION

SIZE

The SORT MODE softkey opens the submenu to select the sorting mode for the dis-
played files.

Directory names are located at the top of the list after the entry for the next higher
directory level ("..").

Remote command: --

NAME The NAME softkey sorts the file list by name.

Remote command: --

DATE The DATE softkey sorts the file list by date.

Remote command: --

EXTENSION The EXTENSION softkey sorts the file list by file extension.

Remote command: --

4.272 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

SIZE The SIZE softkey sorts the file list by size

Remote command: --

2 FILE LISTS The 2 FILE LISTS softkey opens a second window for the File Manager. The entry
focus can be moved between the two windows by means of SCREEN A and
SCREEN B hotkeys. Files can thus very easily be copied and shifted from one direc-
tory to the other.

The second file list can also be opened in the Full Screen mode via SCREEN B or
SCREEN A hotkey.

Remote command: -

FORMAT DISK The FORMAT DISK softkey formats disks located in drive A:.
To prevent accidental destruction of disk data, confirmation by the user is requested.

Remote command: MMEM:INIT "a:"

4.7.5 Measurement Documentation – HCOPY Key

The HCOPY key opens the HARDCOPY menu for starting and configuring the print-
out. The installation and configuration of printers is described in the Quick Start
Guide chapters 2, “Preparing for Use”, 6, “LAN Interface” and appendix A

HCOPY
PRINT SCREEN

PRINT TRACE

PRINT TABLE

DEVICE SETUP

DEVICE 1 / 2

COLORS ! COLOR ON/OFF

SCREEN COLORS

OPTIMIZED COLOR SET

USER DEFINED ! SELECT OBJECT

BRIGHTNESS

TINT

SATURATION

PREDEFINED COLORS

SET TO DEFAULT

COMMENT

Side menu

INSTALL PRINTER

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.273

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

Pressing one of the softkeys PRINT SCREEN, PRINT TRACE or PRINT TABLE in
the HCOPY menu initiates the print job. The printer parameters defined in the
DEVICE SETTINGS menu are used for setting up the printer configuration. All of the
display items to be printed are written to the printer buffer. Since the printer runs in
the background, the instrument may be operated immediately after pressing the
PRINT softkey.
With PRINT SCREEN selected, all the diagrams with traces and status displays are
printed as they occur on the screen. Softkeys, open tables and data entry fields are
not printed.
The PRINT TRACE function allows individual traces to be printed. With PRINT
TABLE, tables can be printed.
The DEVICE 1 / 2 softkeys are used for selecting and configuring the output inter-
face. For detailed information refer to “DEVICE 1 / 2” on page 4.275.
If the Print to File option in the Hardcopy Setup dialog box is selected, the printout is
directed to a file. Upon pressing one of the PRINT... softkeys, the file name to which
the output data is to be written is requested. An entry field is then opened for enter-
ing the file name. For detailed information refer to section “DEVICE SETUP” on
page 4.275.
The COLORS submenu allows switch over between black-and-white and color print-
outs (default), provided that the printer connected can produce color printouts. In
addition, the colors are set in this submenu. For detailed information refer to section
“Selecting Printer Colors” on page 4.276.
• SCREEN Output in screen colors.
• OPTIMIZED (default) Instead of light colors, dark colors are used for
traces and markers: trace 1 blue, trace 1 black,
trace 3 green, markers turquoise.
• USER DEFINED This option enables the user to change the colors
at will. It provides the same setting functions as
the DISPLAY – CONFIG DISPLAY – NEXT menu.

• With SCREEN and OPTIMIZED selected, the background will always be white
and the grid black. With USER DEFINED, these colors can be selected, too.
• Upon activation of the submenu, the color display is switched over to the
selected printout colors. When the menu is quit, the original color setting is
restored.

The COMMENT SCREEN A / B softkeys allow text to be added to the printout (date
and time are inserted automatically).
Use the INSTALL PRINTER softkey to install additional printer drivers.

PRINT The PRINT SCREEN softkey starts the output of test results.
SCREEN
All the diagrams, traces, markers, marker lists, limit lines etc. are printed out as long
as they are displayed on the screen. All the softkeys, tables and open data entry
fields are not printed out. Moreover, comments, title, date, and time are output at the
bottom margin of the printout.

Remote command: HCOP:ITEM:ALL

HCOP:IMM

4.274 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

PRINT TRACE The PRINT TRACE softkey starts the output of all curves visible on the display
screen without auxiliary information. Specifically, no markers or display lines are
printed.

Remote command: HCOP:ITEM:WIND:TRAC:STAT ON

HCOP:IMM

PRINT TABLE The PRINT TABLE softkey starts the output of all tables and info lists visible on the
display screen without the measurement diagrams and other information lying
behind.

Remote command: HCOP:ITEM:WIND:TABL:STAT ON

HCOP:IMM

DEVICE The DEVICE SETUP softkey opens the dialog where the file format and the printer
SETUP can be selected. For details on selecting and configuring printers, and printing out
the measurement results refer to the Quick Start Guide chapter 2, “Preparing for
Use” and chapter “ Printing Out the Measurement Results”.

Remote command: HCOP:DEV:LANG GDI;

SYST:COMM:PRIN:ENUM:FIRS?;
SYST:COMM:PRIN:ENUM:NEXT?;
SYST:COMM:PRIN:SEL <Printer>;
HCOP:PAGE:ORI PORT;
HCOP:DEST "SYST:COMM:PRIN";
HCOP:DEST "SYST:COMM:MMEM"

DEVICE 1 / 2 The R&S ESCI is able to manage two hardcopy settings independently of each
other. They are selected via the DEVICE 1 / 2 softkey, which displays also the asso-
ciated setting if the DEVICE SETUP dialog is open. For details on selecting and con-
figuring printers, and printing out the measurement results refer to the Quick Start
Guide chapter 2, “Preparing for Use” and chapter “ Printing Out the Measurement
Results”.

Remote command: --

COLORS The COLORS softkey gives access to the submenu where the colors for the printout
can be selected (see section “Selecting Printer Colors” on page 4.276).

Remote command: --

COMMENT The COMMENT softkey opens an entry field in which a comment of two lines (60
characters per line) can be entered for screen A or B.
If the user enters more than 60 characters, the excess characters appear on the
second line on the print-out. At any point, a manual line-feed can be forced by enter-
ing the @ character.
The comment is printed below the diagram area. The comment text appears on the
hardcopy, but not on the display screen.
If a comment should not be printed, it must be cleared.
If the instrument is reset by a click on the PRESET key, all entered comments are
cleared.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.275

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

The COMMENT softkey opens the auxiliary line editor where the desired letters
can be entered in the text field by means of rotary knob and cursor keys.

After clicking the COMMENT softkey, the auxiliary line editor can be reached with
the Ud key. Pressing the rotary knob or the ENTER key inserts the selected charac-
ters in the text line.
After editing is completed, return to the text line with the u
U key and confirm the
comment text with ENTER.
If the entered comment should be aborted, quit the auxiliary line editor with ESC.

Only after the auxiliary line editor has been closed with ESC can the softkeys and
hardkeys be operated again.

A detailed description of the auxiliary line editor can be found in the Quick Start
Guide, chapter 4, “Basic Operation”.

Remote command: HCOP:ITEM:WIND2:TEXT 'Comment'

INSTALL A certain number of printer drivers is already installed on the R&S ESCI.
PRINTER
The INSTALL PRINTER softkey opens the Printers and Faxes dialog where more
printer drivers can be installed.
For details refer to the Quick Start Guide, appendix A.

Remote command: --

4.7.5.1 Selecting Printer Colors

COLORS
COLOR ON/OFF

SCREEN COLORS

OPTIMIZED COLOR SET

USER DEFINED ! SELECT OBJECT

BRIGHTNESS

TINT

SATURATION

PREDEFINED COLORS

SET TO DEFAULT

The COLORS softkey gives access to the submenu where the colors for the printout
can be selected. To facilitate color selection, the selected color combination is dis-
played when the menu is entered. The previous colors are restored when the menu
is exited.

4.276 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

For details on selecting and configuring printers, and printing out the measurement
results refer to the Quick Start Guide chapter 2, “Preparing for Use” and chapter
“ Printing Out the Measurement Results”.

Remote command: --

COLOR ON/ The COLOR ON/OFF softkey switches over from color output to black-and-white
OFF output. All color-highlighted areas are printed in white and all color lines in black.
This improves the contrast on the printout. The default setting is COLOR ON.

Remote command: HCOP:DEV:COL ON

SCREEN The SCREEN COLORS softkey selects the current screen colors for the printout.
COLORS

The background is always printed in white and the grid in black.

Remote command: HCOP:CMAP:DEF1

OPTIMIZED The OPTIMIZED COLOR SET softkey selects an optimized color setting for the
COLOR SET printout to improve the visibility of the colors on the hardcopy.
Trace 1 is blue, trace 2 black, trace 3 green, and the markers are turquoise.
The other colors correspond to the display colors of the DISP – CONFIG DISPLAY –
DEFAULT COLORS 1 softkey.

The background is always printed in white and the grid in black.

Remote command: HCOP:CMAP:DEF2

USER DEFINED The USER DEFINED softkey opens a submenu for user-defined color selection (see
submenu USER DEFINED COLORS).

Remote command: HCOP:CMAP:DEF3

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.277

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

SELECT The SELECT OBJECT softkey allows picture elements to be selected to change
OBJECT their color setting. After selection, the PREDEFINED COLORS, BRIGHTNESS,
TINT and SATURATION softkeys enable the user to change the colors or bright-
ness, the hue and the color saturation of the element selected.

SE LECT D ISP LA Y O BJ ECT

Background
Grid
Function field + status field + data entry text
Function field LED on
Function field LED warn
Enhancement label text
Status field background
Trace 1
Trace 2
Trace 3
Marker
Lines
Measurement status + limit check pass
Limit check fail
Table + softkey text
Table + softkey background
Table selected field text
Table selected field background
Table + data entry field opaq titlebar
Data entry field opaq text
Data entry field opaq background
3D shade bright part
3D shade dark part
Softkey state on
Softkey state data entry
Logo

Remote command: --

BRIGHTNESS The BRIGHTNESS softkey serves for determining the brightness of the graphic ele-
ment selected.
A value between 0 and 100% can be entered.

Remote command: HCOP:CMAP5:HSL <hue>,<sat>,<lum>

TINT The TINT softkey serves for determining the hue of the element selected. The per-
centage entered refers to a continuous color spectrum from red (0%) to blue
(100%).

Remote command: HCOP:CMAP5:HSL <hue>,<sat>,<lum>

SATURATION The SATURATION softkey serves for determining the saturation of the element
selected.
A value between 0 and 100% can be entered.

Remote command: HCOP:CMAP5:HSL <hue>,<sat>,<lum>

4.278 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Basic Settings

PREDEFINED The PREDEFINED COLORS softkey opens a list from which predefined colors for
COLORS the displayed elements can be selected:

COLOR

BLACK
BLUE
BROWN
GREEN
CYAN
RED
MAGENTA
YELLOW
WHITE
GRAY
LIGHT GRAY
LIGHT BLUE
LIGHT GREEN
LIGHT CYAN
LIGHT RED
LIGHT MAGENTA

Remote command: HCOP:CMAP1 ... 26:PDEF <color>

SET TO The SET TO DEFAULT softkey reactivates the default color setting (= OPTIMIZED
DEFAULT COLOR SET).

Remote command: --

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.279

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
TV and RF Trigger – Option R&S FSP-B6

4.8 TV and RF Trigger – Option R&S FSP-B6

The option TV and RF Trigger, R&S FSP-B6, enables the R&S ESCI to trigger on
TV signals or on the presence of a RF carrier outside the resolution bandwidth.
For this purpose, the hardware board is equipped with a TV demodulator, which pro-
duces the trigger signals necessary for the analysis of TV signals. In addition to the
pure trigger function, the board also creates a demodulated CCVS video signal for
operation of external TV monitors. Apart from using the internal IF for creating the
trigger signals, the R&S ESCI can also make use of an externally supplied CCVS
signal; the corresponding connector is placed at the rear panel of the instrument.
In order to display different sections of a TV video signal, the R&S ESCI derives sev-
eral trigger signals from the video signals. This allows triggering as well on the frame
repetition as on each line of the TV video signal.
Additionally, the option includes a broadband RF detector (bandwidth = 12 MHz),
which allows triggering within a 6 MHz range around the selected frequency (= start
frequency in the frequency sweep). Thus, the measurement of spurious emissions,
e.g. for pulsed carriers, is possible even when the carrier lies outside the selected
frequency span. This RF power trigger can be used as long as the RF signal at the
input mixer is in the range of -10 dBm to -50 dBm. The resulting range for the input
signal at the RF input connector can be calculated using the following formula:

MixerLevel min + RFAtt – PreampGain ≤ InputSignal ≤ MixerLevel max + RFAtt – PreampGain

The RF Power Trigger can be selected and configured in the TRIGGER menu
(TRIG) using the softkey RF POWER:

RF POWER The RF POWER softkey activates triggering of the measurement via signals which
are outside the measurement channel.
For this purpose the instrument uses a level detector at the first intermediate fre-
quency. The detector threshold can be selected in a range between
- 50 dBm and -10 dBm at the input mixer. The resulting trigger level at the RF input
is calculated via the following formula:

MixerLevel min + RFAtt – PreampGain ≤ InputSignal ≤ MixerLevel max + RFAtt – PreampGain

The bandwidth at the intermediate frequency is 12 MHz. The instrument is triggered

as soon as the trigger threshold is exceeded within a 6 MHz range around the
selected frequency (= start frequency in the frequency sweep). Thus, the measure-
ment of spurious emissions, e.g. for pulsed carriers, is possible even when the car-
rier lies outside the selected frequency span.

Remote command: TRIG:SOUR RFP

SWE:EGAT:SOUR RFP

The configuration menu for TV trigger settings can be reached with key sequence
TRIG – NEXT – TV TRIG SETTINGS. The TRIG menu is described in section “Trig-
gering the Sweep – TRIG Key” on page 4.93.

4.280 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
TV and RF Trigger – Option R&S FSP-B6

TRIG
TRIG side menu

TV TRIG SETTINGS ! TV TRIGGER ON/OFF

VERT SYNC

VERT SYNC ODD FIELD /

VERT SYNC EVEN FIELD

HOR SYNC

VIDEO POL POS / NEG

LINES 625 / 525

CCVS INT / EXT

TV TRIG The TV TRIG SETTINGS softkey switches the TV trigger on and opens a submenu
SETTINGS for configuration of the TV signal parameters.

Triggering on TV signals is only possible in time domain (span = 0 Hz). Therefore

the softkey TV TRIG SETTINGS is without function in frequency domain.

Remote command: TRIG:SOUR TV

TV TRIGGER The TV TRIGGER ON/OFF softkey switches the TV Trigger on or off. When switch-
ON/OFF ing off the TV trigger the selected trigger source will be FREE RUN.

Remote command: SENS:TV ON | OFF

VERT SYNC The VERT SYNC softkey configures the trigger for the vertical sync signal. The
R&S ESCI triggers on the frame repetition without distinction between the two fields.

Remote command: TRIG:VID:FIEL:SEL ALL

VERT SYNC The softkeys VERT SYNC ODD FIELD and VERT SYNC EVEN FIELD configure
ODD FIELD / the trigger for the vertical sync signal of the first or second field.
VERT SYNC
EVEN FIELD Remote command: TRIG:VID:FIEL:SEL EVEN | ODD

HOR SYNC The HOR SYNC softkey configures the trigger for the horizontal sync signal and
opens the data entry field for selection of the corresponding line.
The trigger can be set on any line number, which can be in the range of 1 to 525 or 1
to 625, depending on the line system. The maximum possible line number will be
selected if the active range is exceeded.
In order to trigger on test line 17 according to CCIR 473-4, for example, the line
value has to be set to 17. This is the default setting after switching on the TV trigger.

Remote command: TRIG:VID:LINE:NUM 17

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.281

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
TV and RF Trigger – Option R&S FSP-B6

VIDEO POL The VIDEO POL POS / NEG softkey selects the polarity of the video signal.
POS / NEG
Positive video polarity is to be selected e.g. for standard L signals, negative video
polarity for signals according to the standards B/G/I/M (colour standard PAL or
NTSC). Default setting is VIDEO POL NEG.

Remote command: TRIG:VID:SSIG:POL NEG

LINES 625 / 525 The LINES 625 / 525 softkey selects the line system currently in use.
Default setting is 625 LINES.

Remote command: TRIG:VID:FORM:LPFR 625

CCVS INT / EXT The CCVS INT / EXT softkey selects the input channel for the TV trigger input sig-
nal. An external CCVS signal can be supplied via the corresponding connector at
the rear panel of the instrument.

Remote command: SENS:TV:CCVS INT

4.282 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9

4.9 Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9

During normal operation (without a frequency offset), the tracking generator emits a
signal exactly at the input frequency of the R&S ESCI.

For frequency-converting measurements it is possible to set a constant frequency

offset of ±150 MHz between the receive frequency of the R&S ESCI and the output
signal of the tracking generator.

Moreover, an I/Q modulation or AM and FM modulation of the output signal can be

provided using two analog input signals.

The output power is level-controlled and can be set in 0.1 dB steps in a range from -
30 dBm to 0 dBm.
The tracking generator can be used in all operating modes. Acquisition of test setup
calibration values (SOURCE CAL) and normalization using these correction values
(NORMALIZE) is only possible in the NETWORK operating mode.

The RF characteristics of some DUTs is especially sensitive concerning the input

VSWR. In such cases insertion of 20 dB attenuation between the DUT and the
tracking generator output is highly recommended.

The tracking generator is activated by means of the NETWORK hotkey in the hotkey
bar at the bottom of the screen (for details refer to section “Mode Selection – Hotkey
Bar” on page 4.9.)

4.9.1 Tracking Generator Settings

The NETWORK hotkey opens a menu for selecting the functions of the tracking
generator.

NETWORK
SOURCE ON/OFF

SOURCE POWER

POWER OFFSET

SOURCE CAL ! CAL TRANS

CAL REFL SHORT

CAL REFL OPEN

NORMALIZE

REF VALUE POSITION

REF VALUE

RECALL

SAVE AS TRD FACTOR

FREQUENCY OFFSET

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.283

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9

MODULATION EXT AM

EXT FM

EXT I/Q

MODULATION OFF

POWER SWEEP POWER SWP ON/OFF

START POWER

STOP POWER

Additional softkeys are available in the displayed menus for controlling an external
generator if option External Generator Control R&S FSP-B10 is fitted. For detailed
information see section “External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10” on
page 4.297.

SOURCE ON/ The SOURCE ON/OFF softkey switches the tracking generator on or off. Default
OFF setting is OFF

• When the tracking generator is switched on the maximum stop frequency is

limited to 3 GHz. This upper limit is automatically reduced by a frequency offset
set up for the tracking generator.
• In order to meet the data sheet accuracy for measurements with active tracing
generator the start frequency must be set to ≥ 3 × Resolution Bandwidth.
• The minimum sweeptime for measurements with data sheet accuracy is 100 ms
in frequency domain (span > 0 Hz). Selecting a sweeptime below this limit will
result in the sweeptime indicator field SWT being supplied with a red asterisk
and the message UNCAL being displayed.
• FFT filters (FILTER TYPE FFT in BW menu) are not available when the tracking
generator is active.

Remote command: OUTP:STAT ON

SOURCE The SOURCE POWER softkey allows the tracking generator output power to be
POWER selected.
The output power can be set in 0.1 dB steps from -30 dBm to 0 dBm.
If the tracking generator is off, it is automatically switched on when an output power
value is entered.
The default output power is -20 dBm.

Remote command: SOUR:POW -20dBm

POWER The POWER OFFSET softkey allows selection of a constant level offset for the
OFFSET tracking generator.
With this offset for example attenuators or amplifiers at the output connector of the
tracking generator can be taken into account for the displayed output power values
on screen or during data entry.

4.284 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9

The permissible setting range is -200 dB to +200 dB in steps of 0.1 dB. Positive off-
sets apply to an amplifier and negative offsets to an attenuator subsequent to the
tracking generator.
The default setting is 0 dB. Offsets <> 0 are marked by the activated enhancement
label LVL.

Remote command: SOUR:POW:OFFS -10dB

4.9.2 Transmission Measurement

This measurement will yield the transmission characteristics of a two-port network.
The built-in tracking generator serves as a signal source. It is connected to the input
connector of the DUT. The input of the R&S ESCI is fed from the output of the DUT.

Fig. 4.20 Test setup for transmission measurement

A calibration can be carried out to compensate for the effects of the test setup (e.g.
frequency response of connecting cables).

4.9.2.1 Calibration of Transmission Measurement

SOURCE CAL
CAL TRANS

CAL REFL SHORT

CAL REFL OPEN

NORMALIZE

REF VALUE POSITION

REF VALUE

RECALL

SAVE AS TRD FACTOR

The SOURCE CAL softkey opens a submenu comprising of the calibration functions
for the transmission and reflection measurement.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.285

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9

For information on the calibration of the reflection measurement

(CAL REFL SHORT and CAL REFL OPEN) and its mechanisms, refer to section
“Calibration of Reflection Measurement” on page 4.291.
To carry out a calibration for transmission measurements the whole test setup is
through-connected (THRU).

CAL TRANS The CAL TRANS softkey triggers the calibration of the transmission measurement.
It starts a sweep that records a reference trace. This trace is then used to calculate
the difference for the normalized values.

Fig. 4.21 Calibration curve for transmission measurement

During the calibration the following message is displayed:

After the calibration the following message is displayed:

This message will be cleared automatically after approx. 3 seconds.

Remote command: CORR:METH TRAN

4.286 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9

4.9.2.2 Normalization

NORMALIZE The NORMALIZE softkey switches the normalization on or off. The softkey is only
available if the memory contains a correction trace.
It is possible to shift the relative reference point within the grid using the REF VALUE
POSITION softkey. Thus, the trace can be shifted from the upper border of the grid
to the vertical center of the grid:

Fig. 4.22 Normalized display

In SPLIT SCREEN operation, the normalization is switched on in the currently active

window. Different types of normalization can be active in the two windows.
Normalization is aborted when the NETWORK operating mode is quit.

Remote command: CORR ON

REF VALUE The REF VALUE POSITION softkey marks a reference position in the active window
POSITION at which the normalization result (calculated difference with a reference trace) is dis-
played.
If no reference line is active, the softkey switches on a reference line and activates
the input of its position. The line can be moved within the grid boundaries.
The reference line is switched off by pressing the softkey again.
The function of the reference line is explained in the section “Calibration Mecha-
nism” on page 4.291.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.287

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9

Fig. 4.23 Normalized measurement, shifted with REF VALUE POSITION 50%

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RPOS 10PCT

REF VALUE The REF VALUE softkey activates the input of a value which is assigned to the ref-
erence line.
With default settings the reference line corresponds to a difference of 0 dB between
the currently measured trace and the reference trace. Setting the REF VALUE to a
different value helps to compensate for changes to the level conditions in the signal
path after the calibration data have been recorded. If e.g. after a source calibration a
10 dB attenuation is inserted into the signal path between DUT and R&S ESCI input,
the measurement trace will be moved by 10 dB down. Entering a REF VALUE of –
10 dB will then result in the reference line for difference calculation being moved by
10 dB down as well. This means that the measured trace will be placed on it, as dis-
played in Fig. 4.24.
REF VALUE always refers to the active window.

4.288 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9

Fig. 4.24 Measurement with REF VALUE -10 dB and REF VALUE POSITION 50%

After the reference line has been moved by entering a REF VALUE of –10 dB the
deviation from the nominal power level can be displayed with high resolution (e.g.
1 dB/div). The power is still displayed in absolute values, which means that in the
above example 1 dB below the nominal power (reference line) = 11 dB attenuation.

Fig. 4.25 Measurement of a 10dB attenuator pad with 1dB/DIV

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RVAL -10dB

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.289

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9

RECALL The RECALL softkey restores the R&S ESCI settings that were used during source
calibration.
This can be useful if device settings were changed after calibration (e.g. center fre-
quency, frequency deviation, reference level, etc.).
The softkey is only available if:
• the NETWORK mode has been selected
• the memory contains a calibration data set.

Remote command: CORR:REC

SAVE AS TRD SAVE AS TRD FACTOR uses the normalized measurement data to generate a
FACTOR transducer factor with up to 501 points. The trace data are converted to a transducer
with unit dB after the transducer name has been entered. The number of points is
defined by SWEEP COUNT. The frequency points are allocated in equidistant steps
between start and stop frequency. The generated transducer factor can be further
adapted in the SETUP menu – TRANSDUCER. The SAVE AS TRD FACTOR soft-
key is only available if normalization is switched on.

Remote command: CORR:TRAN:GEN <name>'

4.9.3 Reflection Measurement

Scalar reflection measurements can be carried out by means of a reflection-coeffi-
cient measurement bridge.

Fig. 4.26 Test Setup for Reflection Measurement

4.290 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9

4.9.3.1 Calibration of Reflection Measurement

The calibration mechanism for reflection measurement is basically the same as the
one used for transmission measurement.

CAL REFL The CAL REFL SHORT softkey starts the short-circuit calibration.
SHORT
If both calibrations (open circuit, short circuit) are carried out, the calibration curve is
calculated by averaging the two measurements and stored in the memory. The order
of the two calibration measurements is free.
After the calibration the following message is displayed:

The message is cleared after approx. 3 seconds.

Remote command: CORR:METH REFL

CORR:COLL THR

CAL REFL The CAL REFL OPEN softkey starts the open-circuit calibration. During calibration
OPEN the following message is displayed:

Remote command: CORR:METH REFL

CORR:COLL OPEN

4.9.4 Calibration Mechanism

Calibration means a calculation of the difference between the currently measured
power and a reference curve, independent of the selected type of measurement
(transmission/reflection). The hardware settings used for measuring the reference
curve are included in the reference data set.
Even with normalization switched on, the device settings can be changed in a wide
area without stopping the normalization. This reduces the necessity to carry out a
new normalization to a minimum.
For this purpose the reference dataset (trace with 501 measured values) is stored
internally as a table of 501 points (frequency/level).
Differences in level settings between the reference curve and the current device set-
tings are taken into account automatically. If the span is reduced, a linear interpola-
tion of the intermediate values is applied. If the span increases, the values at the left
or right border of the reference data set are extrapolated to the current start or stop
frequency, i.e. the reference data set is extended by constant values.
An enhancement label is used to mark the different levels of measurement accu-
racy. This enhancement label is displayed at the right diagram border when normal-
ization is switched on and a deviation from the reference setting occurs. Three
accuracy levels are defined:

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.291

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9

Table 4-6 Measurement accuracy levels

Accuracy Enhancement Reason/Limitation

label

High NOR No difference between reference setting and

measurement

Medium APX Change of the following settings:

(approximation)
• coupling (RBW, VBW, SWT)
• reference level, RF attenuation
• start or stop frequency
• output level of tracking generator
• frequency offset of tracking generator
• detector (max. peak, min. peak, sample, etc.)
Change of frequency:
• max. 501 points within the set sweep limits
(corresponds to a doubling of the span)

- Aborted • 501 and more extrapolated points within the current

normalization sweep limits (in case of span doubling)

At a reference level (REF LEVEL) of -10 dBm and at a tracking generator output
level of the same value the R&S ESCI operates without overrange reserve, i.e. the
R&S ESCI is in danger of being overloaded if a signal is applied whose amplitude
is higher than the reference line. In this case, either the message OVLD for over-
load is displayed in the status line or the display range is exceeded (clipping of the
trace at the upper diagram border = Overrange).
Overloading can be avoided as follows:
• Reducing the output level of the tracking generator (SOURCE POWER,
NETWORK menu)
• Increasing the reference level (REF LEVEL, AMPT menu)

4.292 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9

4.9.5 Frequency-Converting Measurements

For frequency-converting measurements (e.g. on converter units) the tracking gen-
erator is able to set a constant frequency offset between the output frequency of the
tracking generator and the receive frequency of the R&S ESCI.
Up to an output frequency of 150 MHz the measurement can be carried out in both
inverted and normal positions.

Fig. 4.27 Test setup for frequency converting measurements

FREQUENCY The FREQUENCY OFFSET softkey activates the input of the frequency offset
OFFSET between the output signal of the tracking generator and the input frequency of the
R&S ESCI. Possible offsets are in a range of ±150 MHz in 0.1 Hz steps.
The default setting is 0 Hz. Offsets <> 0 Hz are marked with the enhancement label
FRQ.
If a positive frequency offset is entered, the tracking generator generates an output
signal above the receive frequency of the R&S ESCI. In case of a negative fre-
quency offset it generates a signal below the receive frequency of the R&S ESCI.
The output frequency of the tracking generator is calculated as follows:
Tracking generator frequency = receive frequency + frequency offset.

Remote command: SOUR:FREQ:OFFS 50MHz

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.293

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9

4.9.6 External Modulation of the Tracking Generator

MODULATION
EXT AM

EXT FM

EXT I/Q

MODULATION OFF

The MODULATION softkey opens a submenu for selecting different modulation

modes.
The time characteristics of the tracking generator output signal can be influenced by
means of external signals (input voltage range -1 V to +1 V).
Two BNC connectors at the rear panel are available as signal inputs. Their function
changes depending on the selected modulation:
• TG IN I / AM and
• TG IN Q / FM
The modulation modes can be combined with each other and with the frequency off-
set function up to a certain degree. The following table shows which modulation
modes are possible at the same time and which ones can be combined with the fre-
quency offset function.
Table 4-7 Simultaneous modes of modulation (tracking generator)

Modulation Frequency EXT AM EXT FM EXT I/Q

offset

Frequency offset # # #
EXT AM # #
EXT FM # #
EXT I/Q #

# = can be combined

EXT AM The EXT AM softkey activates an AM modulation of the tracking generator output
signal.
The modulation signal is applied to the TG IN I / AM connector. An input voltage of
1 V corresponds to 100% amplitude modulation.
Switching on an external AM disables the active I/Q modulation.

Remote command: SOUR:AM:STAT ON

EXT FM The EXT FM softkey activates the FM modulation of the tracking generator output
signal.
The modulation frequency range is 1 kHz to 100 kHz, the deviation can be set in 1-
decade steps in the range of 100 Hz to 10 MHz at an input voltage of 1 V. The phase
deviation h should not exceed the value 100.
Phase deviation h = deviation / modulation frequency

4.294 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9

The modulation signal is applied to the TG IN Q / FM connector.

Switching on an external FM disables the active I/Q modulation.

Remote command: SOUR:FM:STAT ON

SOUR:FM:DEV 10MHz

EXT I/Q The EXT I/Q softkey activates the external I/Q modulation of the tracking generator.
The signals for modulation are applied to the two input connectors TG IN I and
TG IN Q at the rear panel of the unit. The input voltage range is ±1 V into 50 Ω.
Switching on an external I/Q modulation disables the following functions:
– active external AM
– active external FM
Functional description of the quadrature modulator:
I channel

0°
I mod
RF IN RF OUT

90°
Q channel

Q mod

Fig. 4.28 I/Q modulation

I/Q modulation is performed by means of the built-in quadrature modulator. The RF

signal is divided into two orthogonal I and Q components (in phase and quadrature
phase). Amplitude and phase are controlled in each path by the I and Q modulation
signal. By adding the two components an RF output signal is generated that can be
controlled in amplitude and phase.

Remote command: SOUR:DM:STAT ON

MODULATION The MODULATION OFF softkey switches off the modulation of the tracking genera-
OFF tor.

Remote command: SOUR:AM:STAT OFF

SOUR:FM:STAT OFF
SOUR:DM:STAT OFF

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.295

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9

4.9.7 Power Offset of the Tracking Generator

POWER
POWER SWP ON/OFF
SWEEP
START POWER

STOP POWER

The POWER SWEEP softkey opens a submenu for activates or deactivates the
power sweep.

POWER SWP The POWER SWP ON/OFF softkey activates or deactivates the power sweep. If the
ON/OFF power sweep is ON the enhancement label TGPWR is shown and the EMI Test
Receiver is set in zero span mode (span = 0Hz). During the sweep time of the zero
span the power at the internal tracking generator is changed linear from start power
to stop power. The start and stop power values are shown on the right side below
the diagram.

Remote command: :SOUR:POW:MODE SWE

:SOUR:POW:MODE FIX

START POWER The START POWER softkey defines the start power of the power sweep.
The start power can be set between -30 dBm and +0 dBm.

Remote command: :SOUR:POW:STAR –20dBm

STOP POWER The STOP POWER softkey defines the stop power of the power sweep.
The start power can be set between -30 dBm and +0 dBm.
The stop value can be smaller than the start value.

Remote command: :SOUR:POW:STOP –10dBm

4.296 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

4.10 External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

The external generator control option permits to operate a number of commercially
available generators as tracking generator on the R&S ESCI. Thus, scalar network
analysis with the R&S ESCI is also possible outside the frequency range of the inter-
nal tracking generator when the appropriate generators are used.
The R&S ESCI also permits to set a frequency offset for frequency-converting mea-
surements when external generators are used. For harmonics measurements or fre-
quency-converting measurements, it is also possible to enter a factor, by which the
generator frequency is increased or reduced compared with the receive frequency
of the R&S ESCI. Only make sure that the resulting generator frequencies do not
exceed the allowed setting range of the generator.
The level range to be set also depends on the generator used.
The generator is controlled via the – optional – second GPIB interface of the
R&S ESCI (= IEC2, supplied with the option) and, with some Rohde & Schwarz gen-
erators, additionally via the TTL synchronization interface included in the AUX inter-
face of the R&S ESCI.

The use of the TTL interface enables considerably higher measurement rates as
pure GPIB control, because the frequency stepping of the R&S ESCI is directly
coupled with the frequency stepping of the generator.

Therefore, the frequency sweep differs according to the capabilities of the generator
used:
• In the case of generators without TTL interface, the generator frequency is first set
for each frequency point via GPIB, then the setting procedure has to be completed
before recording of measured values is possible.
• In the case of generators with TTL interface, a list of the frequencies to be set is
entered into the generator before the beginning of the first sweep. Then the sweep
is started and the next frequency point selected by means of the TTL handshake
line TRIGGER. The recording of measured values is only enabled when the
generator signals the end of the setting procedure via the BLANK signal. This
method is considerably faster than pure GPIB control.
With the SELECT GENERATOR softkey, a list of the supported generators with the
frequency and level range as well as the capabilities used is included.
The external generator can be used in all operating modes. Recording of test setup
calibration values (SOURCE CAL) and normalization with the correction values
(NORMALIZE) are only possible in the NETWORK mode.

In order to enhance measurement accuracy a common reference frequency

should be used for both the R&S ESCI and the generator. If no independent 10
MHz reference frequency is available, it is recommended to connect the reference
output of the generator with the reference input of the R&S ESCI and to enable
usage of the external Reference on the R&S ESCI via SETUP - REFERENCE
EXT.

Like the internal tracking generator, the external generator is activated by means of
the hotkey bar: MORE hotkey - NETWORK hotkey (for details refer to section “Mode
Selection – Hotkey Bar” on page 4.9).

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.297

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

The external generator control is only available in the spectrum analyzer mode
and not in the receiver mode.

4.10.1 External Generator Settings

NETWORK The NETWORK hotkey opens the menu for setting the functions of the external gen-
erator.

SOURCE POWER

POWER OFFSET

SOURCE CAL ! CAL TRANS

CAL REFL SHORT

CAL REFL OPEN

NORMALIZE

REF VALUE POSITION

REF VALUE

RECALL

SAVE AS TRD FACTOR

FREQUENCY OFFSET

EXT SOURCE ! EXT SRC ON / OFF

SELECT GENERATOR

FREQUENCY SWEEP

GEN REF INT / EXT

Other softkeys are available in the displayed menus for controlling the internal
tracking generator when option Tracking Generator R&S FSP-B9 is fitted. For
detailed information see section “Tracking Generator – Option R&S FSP-B9” on
page 4.283.

SOURCE The SOURCE POWER softkey activates the entry of the generator output level. The
POWER value range depends on the selected generator. For detailed information see “List of
Generator Types Supported by the R&S ESCI” on page 4.311.
If both option External Generator Control B10 and option Tracking Generator B9 are
installed, the softkey will modify the output power of the generator currently in use.
The default output power is -20 dBm.

Remote command: SOUR:EXT:POW –20dBm

POWER The POWER OFFSET softkey activates the entry of a constant level offset of the
OFFSET generator. With this offset, attenuator pads or amplifiers connected to the output
connector of the generator can be handled during the input and output of output lev-
els.

4.298 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

The permissible setting range is -200 dB to +200 dB in steps of 0.1 dB. Positive off-
sets handle a subsequent amplifier and negative offsets an attenuator pad.
The default setting is 0 dB; offsets <> 0 are marked by the activated enhancement
label LVL.

Remote command: SOUR:POW:OFFS -10dB

4.10.2 Transmission Measurement

The transmission characteristic of a two-port network is measured. The external
generator serves as a signal source. It is connected to the input connector of the
DUT. The input of the R&S ESCI is fed from the output of the DUT.

Fig. 4.29 Test setup for transmission measurement

A calibration can be carried out to compensate for the effects of the test setup (e.g.
frequency response of connecting cables).

4.10.2.1 Calibration of Transmission Measurement

SOURCE CAL
CAL TRANS

CAL REFL SHORT

CAL REFL OPEN

NORMALIZE

REF VALUE POSITION

REF VALUE

RECALL

SAVE AS TRD FACTOR

The SOURCE CAL softkey opens a submenu comprising the calibration functions
for the transmission and reflection measurement.
For information on the calibration of the reflection measurement
(CAL REFL SHORT and CAL REFL OPEN) and its mechanisms, refer to section
“Calibration of Reflection Measurement” on page 4.305.
To carry out a calibration for transmission measurements the whole test setup is
through-connected (THRU).

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.299

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

CAL TRANS The CAL TRANS softkey triggers the calibration of the transmission measurement.
It starts a sweep that records a reference trace. This trace is then used to obtain the
differences to the normalized values.

Fig. 4.30 Calibration curve for transmission measurement

During the calibration the following message is displayed:

After the calibration sweep the following message is displayed:

This message is cleared after approx. 3 seconds.

Remote command: CORR:METH TRAN

4.300 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

4.10.2.2 Normalization

NORMALIZE The NORMALIZE softkey switches normalization on or off. The softkey is only avail-
able if the memory contains a correction trace.
It is possible to shift the relative reference point within the grid using the REF VALUE
POSITION softkey. Thus, the trace can be shifted from the top grid margin to the
middle of the grid:

Fig. 4.31 Normalized display

In the SPLIT SCREEN setting, the normalization is switched on in the current win-
dow. Different normalizations can be active in the two windows.
Normalization is aborted when the NETWORK mode is quit.

Remote command: CORR ON

REF VALUE The REF VALUE POSITION softkey (reference position) marks a reference position
POSITION in the active window on which the normalization (difference formation with a refer-
ence curve) is performed.
When pressed for the first time, the softkey switches on the reference line and acti-
vates the input of its position. The line can be shifted within the grid limits.
The reference line is switched off by pressing the softkey again.
The function of the reference line is explained in the section “Calibration Mecha-
nism” on page 4.305.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.301

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

Fig. 4.32 Normalized measurement, shifted with REF VALUE POSITION 50%

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RPOS 10PCT

REF VALUE The REF VALUE softkey activates the input of a level difference which is assigned
to the reference line.
In the default setting, the reference line corresponds to a level difference of 0 dB. If
e.g. a 10-dB attenuator pad is inserted between DUT and R&S ESCI input between
recording of the calibration data and normalization, the trace will be shifted down by
10 dB. By entering a REF VALUE of –10 dB the reference line for difference forma-
tion can also be shifted down by 10 dB so that it will again coincide with the trace
(see Fig. 4.33).

4.302 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

Fig. 4.33 Measurement with REF VALUE -10dB and REF VALUE POSITION 50%

After the reference line has been shifted by entering REF VALUE –10 dB, depar-
tures from the nominal value can be displayed with high resolution (e.g. 1 dB / Div.).
The absolute measured values are still displayed, in the above example, 1 dB below
nominal value (reference line) = 11 dB attenuation.

Fig. 4.34 Measurement of a 10-dB attenuator pad with 1dB/DIV

Remote command: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RVAL -10dB

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.303

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

RECALL The RECALL softkey restores the instrument setting with which the calibration was
carried out.
This can be useful if the device setting was changed after calibration (e.g. center fre-
quency setting, frequency deviation, reference level, etc.).
The softkey is only available if:
• the NETWORK mode has been selected
• the memory contains a calibration data set.

Remote command: CORR:REC

SAVE AS TRD SAVE AS TRD FACTOR uses the normalized measurement data to generate a
FACTOR transducer factor with up to 501 points. The trace data are converted to a transducer
with unit dB after the transducer name has been entered. The number of points is
defined by SWEEP COUNT. The frequency points are allocated in equidistant steps
between start and stop frequency. The generated transducer factor can be further
adapted in the menu SETUP – TRANSDUCER. SAVE AS TRD FACTOR is only
available if normalization is switched on.

Remote command: CORR:TRAN:GEN <name>'

4.10.3 Reflection Measurement

Scalar reflection measurements can be carried out by means of a reflection-coeffi-
cient bridge.

Fig. 4.35 Test setup for reflection measurement

4.304 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

4.10.3.1 Calibration of Reflection Measurement

The calibration mechanism essentially corresponds to that of the transmission mea-
surement.

CAL REFL The CAL REFL SHORT softkey starts the short-circuit calibration.
SHORT
If both calibrations (open circuit, short circuit) are carried out, the calibration curve is
formed by averaging the two measurements and stored in the memory. The order of
measurements is optional.
After the calibration the following message is displayed:

The display is cleared after approx. 3 seconds.

Remote command: CORR:METH REFL

CORR:COLL THR

CAL REFL The CAL REFL OPEN softkey starts the open-circuit calibration. During calibration
OPEN the following message is displayed:

Remote command: CORR:METH REFL

CORR:COLL OPEN

4.10.4 Calibration Mechanism

Calibration means a calculation of the difference between the currently measured
power and a reference curve, independent of the selected type of measurement
(transmission/reflection). The hardware settings used for measuring the reference
curve are included in the reference data set.
Even with normalization switched on, the device settings can be changed in a wide
area without stopping the normalization. This reduces the necessity to carry out a
new normalization to a minimum.
For this purpose, the reference dataset (trace with 501 measured values) is stored
as a table with 501 points (frequency/level).
Differences in level settings between the reference curve and the current device set-
tings are taken into account automatically. If the span is reduced, a linear interpola-
tion of the intermediate values is applied. If the span increases, the values at the left
or right border of the reference data set are extrapolated to the current start or stop
frequency, i.e. the reference data set is extended by constant values.
An enhancement label is used to mark the different levels of measurement accu-
racy. This enhancement label is displayed at the right diagram border when normal-
ization is switched on and a deviation from the reference setting occurs. Three
accuracy levels are defined:

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.305

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

Table 4-8 Measurement accuracy levels

Accuracy Enhancement Reason/Limitation

label

High NOR No difference between reference setting and measurement

Medium APX Change of the following settings:

(approximation)
• coupling (RBW, VBW, SWT)
• reference level, RF attenuation
• start or stop frequency
• output level of tracking generator
• frequency offset of tracking generator
• detector (max. peak, min. peak, sample, etc.)
Change of frequency:
• max. 501 points within the set sweep limits (corresponds to
a doubling of the span)

- Aborted • more than 500 extrapolated points within the current sweep
normalization limits (in case of span doubling)

At a reference level (REF LEVEL) of -10 dBm and at a tracking generator output
level of the same value the analyzer operates without overrange reserve, i.e. the
analyzer is in danger of being overloaded if a signal is applied whose amplitude is
higher than the reference line. In this case, either the message OVLD for overload
is displayed in the status line or the display range is exceeded (clipping of the trace
at the upper diagram border = Overrange).
Overloading can be avoided as follows:
• Reducing the output level of the tracking generator (SOURCE POWER,
NETWORK menu)
• Increasing the reference level (REF LEVEL, AMPT menu)

4.306 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

4.10.5 Frequency-Converting Measurements

For frequency-converting measurements (e.g. on converters) the external generator
is able to set a constant frequency offset between the output frequency of the gener-
ator and the receive frequency of the R&S ESCI and, in addition, the generator fre-
quency as a multiple of the R&S ESCI.
Fig. 4.36 Test setup for frequency-converting measurements

FREQUENCY The FREQUENCY OFFSET softkey activates the input of the frequency offset
OFFSET between the output signal of the generator and the input frequency of the
R&S ESCI. The value range depends on the selected generator.
The default setting is 0 Hz. Offsets <> 0 Hz are marked with the enhancement label
FRQ.
If a positive frequency offset is entered, the tracking generator generates an output
signal above the receive frequency of the analyzer. In case of a negative frequency
offset it generates a signal below the receive frequency of the analyzer. The output
frequency of the generator is calculated as follows:
Generator frequency = receive frequency + frequency offset

Remote command: SOUR:EXT:FREQ:OFFS 1GHZ

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.307

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

4.10.6 Configuration of an External Generator

EXT SOURCE
EXT SRC ON / OFF

SELECT GENERATOR

FREQUENCY SWEEP

GEN REF INT / EXT

The EXT SOURCE softkey opens a submenu for configuration of the external gen-
erator.
The R&S ESCI is able to manage two generators, one of which can be active at the
time.

4.308 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

EXT SRC ON / The EXT SRC ON / OFF softkey switches the external generator on or off.
OFF
It can only be switched on successfully if the generator has been selected by means
of SELECT GENERATOR and configured correctly by means of FREQUENCY
SWEEP. If one of these conditions is not fulfilled, an error message will be output.

When switching on the external generator by means of EXT SRC ON, the
R&S ESCI switches off the internal tracking generator and starts programming the
generator settings via the GPIB interface IEC2.
Programming requires takeover of the remote control at this interface by the
R&S ESCI. To avoid any access conflicts, ensure that no other controller is con-
nected to the IEC2 interface or the external generator when selecting EXT SRC
ON.
The maximum stop frequency is limited to the maximum generator frequency. This
upper limit is automatically reduced by the set frequency offset of the generator
and a set multiplication factor.
With the external generator switched on, the FFT filters (FILTER TYPE FFT in the
menu BW) are not available.
If an error occurs on the GPIB when programming the external generator, the gen-
erator will automatically be switched off and the following error message will be
output:

When the external generator is switched off using EXT SRC OFF, the GPIB control
is handed over again at the IEC2 interface, i.e. a different controller will then take
over the control of the signal generator.

Remote command: SOUR:EXT ON

SELECT The SELECT GENERATOR softkey opens a table for selection of the generator and
GENERATOR definition of GPIB address and control interface.
The table permits configuration of two generators so that switching between two dif-
ferent configurations is easily possible.

The individual fields contain the following settings:

• SRC
Index of generator selected
• TYPE
The field opens the list with the available generators:
After completion of the selection, the remaining fields of the table are filled with
the generator characteristics.
A list of generator types supported by the R&S ESCI is to be found in section “List
of Generator Types Supported by the R&S ESCI” on page 4.311.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.309

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

• IFC
This field selects the interface type of external generator 1 or 2. The following
types are available:
– GPIB: GPIB only, suitable for all generators of other manufacturers and some
Rohde & Schwarz instruments
– TTL: GPIB and TTL interface for synchronization, for most of the Rohde &
Schwarz generators, see table above.
The two operating modes differ in the speed of the control: Whereas, with pure
GPIB operation, each frequency to be set must be individually transferred to the
generator, additional use of the TTL interface permits to program a total frequency
list at once and subsequently perform the frequency stepping via TTL handshake,
which is a big advantage in terms of speed.

Generators equipped with the TTL interface can also be operated with GPIB only.
Only one of the two generators can be operated with TTL interface at a time. The
other generator must be configured for GPIB.

• GPIB ADDR
GPIB address of the respective generator. Addresses from 0 to 30 are possible.
• MODE
Operating mode of generator. The generator activated using the FREQUENCY
SWEEP softkey is automatically set to remote mode (REMOTE), the other to
manual operation (LOCAL).
• F MIN F MAX
Frequency range of generator. Select the start and stop frequency of the
R&S ESCI in a way that the specified range is not exceeded. If the start frequency
lies below F MIN, the generator is only switched on when F MIN is reached. If the
stop frequency lies above F MAX, it is limited to F MAX when the generator is
switched on using the EXT SRC ON/OFF softkey.
• P MIN P MAX
Level range of generator. This field defines the allowed input range for the
POWER column in the FREQUENCY SWEEP table.

Remote command: SYST:COMM:RDEV:GEN2:TYPE 'SMA01A'

SYST:COMM:RDEV:GEN:LINK TTL
SYST:COMM:GPIB:RDEV:GEN1:ADDR 28

4.310 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

4.10.7 List of Generator Types Supported by the R&S ESCI

The R&S SMA and R&S SMU require the following firmware versions:
• R&S SMA: V2.10.x or higher
• R&S SMU: V1.10 or higher

Generator Interface Generator Generator Generator Generator

Type Min Freq Max Freq Min Power Max Power
dBm dBm

SMA01A TTL 9 kHz 3.0 GHz -145 +30

SME02 TTL 5 kHz 1.5 GHz -144 +16

SME03 TTL 5 kHz 3.0 GHz -144 +16

SME06 TTL 5 kHz 6.0 GHz -144 +16

SMG GPIB 100 kHz 1.0 GHz -137 +13

SMGL GPIB 9 kHz 1.0 GHz -118 +30

SMGU GPIB 100 kHz 2.16 GHz -140 +13

SMH GPIB 100 kHz 2.0 GHz -140 +13

SMHU GPIB 100 kHz 4.32 GHz -140 +13

SMIQ02B TTL 300 kHz 2.2 GHz -144 +13

SMIQ02E GPIB 300 kHz 2.2 GHz -144 +13

SMIQ03B TTL 300 kHz 3.3 GHz -144 +13

SMIQ03E GPIB 300 kHz 3.3 GHz -144 +13

SMIQ04B TTL 300 kHz 4.4 GHz -144 +10

SMIQ06B TTL 300 kHz 6.4 GHz -144 +10

SML01 GPIB 9 kHz 1.1 GHz -140 +13

SML02 GPIB 9 kHz 2.2 GHz -140 +13

SML03 GPIB 9 kHz 3.3 GHz -140 +13

SMR20 TTL 1 GHz 20 GHz -130 2) +11 2)

SMR20B11 1) TTL 10 MHz 20 GHz -130 2) +13 2)

SMR27 TTL 1 GHz 27 GHz -130 2) +11 2)

SMR27B11 1) TTL 10 MHz 27 GHz -130 2) +12 2)

SMR30 TTL 1 GHz 30 GHz -130 2) +11 2)

SMR30B11 1) TTL 10 MHz 30 GHz -130 2) +12 2)

SMR40 TTL 1 GHz 40 GHz -130 2) +9 2)

SMR40B11 1) TTL 10 MHz 40 GHz -130 2) +12 2)

SMR50 TTL 1 GHz 50 GHz -130 2) +9 2)

SMR50B11 1) TTL 10 MHz 50 GHz -130 2) +12 2)

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.311

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

Generator Interface Generator Generator Generator Generator

Type Min Freq Max Freq Min Power Max Power
dBm dBm

SMR60 TTL 1 GHz 60 GHz -130 2) +9 2)

SMR60B11 1) TTL 10 MHz 60 GHz -130 2) +12 2)

SMP02 TTL 10 MHz 20 GHz -130 3) +17 3)

SMP03 TTL 10 MHz 27 GHz -130 3) +13 3)

SMP04 TTL 10 MHz 40 GHz -130 3) +12 3)

SMP22 TTL 10 MHz 20 GHz -130 3) +20 3)

SMT02 GPIB 5.0 kHz 1.5 GHz -144 +13

SMT03 GPIB 5.0 kHz 3.0 GHz -144 +13

SMT06 GPIB 5.0 kHz 6.0 GHz -144 +13

SMV03 GPIB 9 kHz 3.3 GHz -140 +13

SMU200A TTL 100 kHz 2.2 GHz -145 +13

SMU02B31 TTL 100 kHz 2.2 GHz -145 +19

SMU03 4) TTL 100 kHz 3 GHz -145 +13

SMU03B31 TTL 100 kHz 3 GHz -145 +19

SMU04 TTL 100 kHz 4 GHz -145 +13

SMU04B31 TTL 100 kHz 4 GHz -145 +19

SMU06 TTL 100 kHz 6 GHz -145 +13

SMU06B31 TTL 100 kHz 6 GHz -145 +13

SMX GPIB 100 kHz 1.0 GHz -137 +13

SMY01 GPIB 9 kHz 1.04 GHz -140 +13

SMY02 GPIB 9 kHz 2.08 GHz -140 +13

HP8340A GPIB 10 MHz 26.5 GHz -110 10

HP8648 GPIB 9 kHz 4 GHz -136 10

HP ESG-A GPIB 250 kHz 4 GHz -136 20

Series 1000A,
2000A,
3000A,
4000A

HP ESG-D GPIB 250 kHz 3 GHz -136 +10

SERIES
E4432B

1) Requires the option SMR-B11 to be fitted.

2) Maximum/minimum power depends on presence of Option SMR-B15/-B17 and set frequency range.
For more details see SMR data sheet.
3) Maximum/minimum power depends on presence of Option SMP-B15/-B17 and set frequency range.
For more details see SMP data sheet.

4.312 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

FREQUENCY The FREQUENCY SWEEP softkey opens a table for setting the generator level as
SWEEP well as the multiplier and the offset used to derive the generator frequency from the
analyzer frequency.
This table also permits configuration of two generators so that switching between
two different configurations is easily possible.

The individual fields contain the following settings:

• SRC
Index of selected generator
• STATE
Selects the active generator. Only one generator can be active at a time. The
operating mode of the active generator is set to remote control in the SELECT
GENERATOR table.
• POWER
Permits to enter the generator level within the limits P MIN to P MAX of the
SELECT GENERATOR table.
• NUM
Numerator,
• DEN
Denominator,
• OFFSET
Offset, used to derive the generator frequency from the current frequency of the
R&S ESCI according to the following formula:
Numerator
F Generator = F Analyzer ⋅ ----------------------------------- + F Offset
Denominator

Note that the frequencies resulting from start and stop frequency of the R&S ESCI
do not exceed the allowed generator range:
– If the start frequency lies below F MIN, the generator is only switched on when
F MIN is reached.
– If the stop frequency lies above F MAX, the generator is switched off. When
the generator is subsequently switched on using the EXT SRC ON/OFF
softkey, the stop frequency is limited to F MAX.
– If the stop frequency lies below F MIN, the generator is switched off and the
following error message output:

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.313

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

– In the time domain (Span = 0 Hz) the generator frequency is derived from the
set receive frequency of the R&S ESCI using the calculation formula.
For the sake of clarity, the formula is also displayed in the table.
The offset setting can be used to sweep in the reverse direction. This can be
achieved by setting a negative offset in the formula above:
Example for reverse sweep:
FAnalyzerStart= 100 MHz
FAnalyzerStop = 200 MHz
FOffset = -300 MHz
Numerator = Denominator = 1
→ FGeneratorStart = 200 MHz
→ FGeneratorStop = 100 MHz
If the offset is adjusted in a way that the sweep of the generator crosses the 0 Hz
Frequency, it is indicated by the additional statement “via 0 Hz”.
Example for reverse sweep via 0 Hz
FAnalyzerStart= 100 MHz
FAnalyzerStop = 200 MHz
FOffset = -150 MHz
Numerator = Denominator = 1
→ FGeneratorStart = 50 MHz
→ FGeneratorStop = 50 MHz via 0 Hz

Remote command: :SOUR:EXT:FREQ:NUM 1

:SOUR:EXT:FREQ:DEN 1
:SOUR:EXT:FREQ:OFFS -300MHZ

• RESULT
The frequency range of the generator resulting from the calculation formula. An
asterisk (*) after the upper limit indicates that the stop frequency of the R&S ESCI
must be adapted when the generator is switched on in order not to exceed its
maximum frequency. In the following illustration, this is true for the upper
generator at a stop frequency of 3.2 GHz of the R&S ESCI, whereas the lower
generator does not yet require an adaptation:

Remote command: SOUR:EXT:POW –30dBm

SOUR:EXT:FREQ:NUM 4
SOUR:EXT:FREQ:DEN 3
SOUR:EXT:FREQ:OFFS 100MHZ

4.314 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10

GEN REF INT / The GEN REF INT / EXT softkey switches over the reference oscillator of the gener-
EXT ator (switch over between internal and external reference source). Selection EXT
allows connecting the external generator to an external reference frequency source.
The internal reference source is selected as the default setting.

Remote command: SOUR:EXT1:ROSC INT

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.315

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
LAN Interface - Option R&S FSP-B16

4.11 LAN Interface - Option R&S FSP-B16

The instrument can be connected to an Ethernet LAN (local area network) using the
LAN interface connector on the rear panel. This makes it possible to transfer data
over the network and to use network printers. In addition, the instrument can be
remote-controlled via the network.
For details, refer to the Quick Start Guide chapters 2, “Preparing for Use”, 6, “LAN
Interface”.

4.11.1 NOVELL Networks

The operating system NETWARE from NOVELL is a server-based system. Data
cannot be exchanged between individual workstations; data transfer takes place
between the PC and a server. This server provides memory space and the connec-
tion to network printers. On a server, data is organized in directories as under DOS
and mapped to the workstation as virtual drives. A virtual drive behaves like an addi-
tional hard disk on the workstation, and the data can be edited accordingly. Network
printers can also be addressed like normal printers.
There are two versions of the NOVELL network operating system: bindery-based
(NETWARE 3) and NDS-based (more recent versions of NETWARE). With the older
version (NETWARE 3), each server manages its resources on its own and is inde-
pendent. A user must be managed on each server separately. In the case of NDS-
based versions, all resources in the network are managed together in the NDS
(NOVELL DIRECTORY SERVICE). The user must log into the network only once
and is given access to the resources according to his/her access rights. The individ-
ual resources and users are managed as objects in a hierarchical tree (NDS TREE).
The position of the object in the tree is referred to as "CONTEXT" with NETWARE
and must be known for access to the resources.

4.11.2 MICROSOFT Network

In case of a MICROSOFT network, data can be exchanged both between worksta-
tions (peer to peer) and between workstations and servers. The latter can supply
access to files and connection to the printers. On a server, data is organized in
directories as under DOS and mapped to the workstation as virtual drives. A virtual
drive behaves like an additional hard disk on the workstation, and the data can be
edited accordingly. Network printers can also be addressed like normal printers. A
connection is possible to DOS, WINDOWS FOR WORKGROUPS, WINDOWS95/
98/ME, WINDOWS NT/XP.

4.11.3 Remote Data Transfer with TCP/IP Services

The protocol TCP/IP allows the transfer of files between different computer systems.
This requires a program running on the two computers that controls this data trans-
fer. It is not necessary that the same operating or file system is used by both com-
puters. For example, a file transfer between DOS/WINDOWS and UNIX is possible.
One of the two partners must be configured as Host and the other one as Client.
However, they may change their roles. Usually, the system which is able to perform
several processes at the same time will play the host role. The file transfer program
usually used under TCP/IP is FTP (File Transfer Protocol). An FTP host is installed
as standard on the majority of UNIX systems.

4.316 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
LAN Interface - Option R&S FSP-B16

If the TCP/IP services are installed, a terminal connection is possible using Start -
Programs - Accessories - Telnet or a data transfer via FTP by means of Start - Run
ftp - OK. Thus all computer systems supporting these universal protocols can be
addressed (UNIX, VMS, etc.).
For further information, refer to the corresponding XP literature.

File Transfer via FTP

The total scope of functions and commands is described in the FTP literature. The
following table therefore only contains the major functions:

Setting up the connection

➢ Click Start and then Run in the task bar.

➢ The DOS command FTP starts the program.
➢ The command OPEN <xx.xx.xx.xx> sets up the connection. (xx.xx.xx.xx = IP
address e.g. 89.0.0.13)

Data transfer

• The command PUT <file name> transfers the data to the target system.
• The command GET <file name> transfers the data from the target system.
• The command TYPE B transfers the data in BINARY format; no conversion takes
place.
• The command TYPE A transfers the data in ASCII format, converting control
characters so that text files can also be read on the target system.

Examples

PUT C:\AUTOEXEC.BAT
sends the file AUTOEXEC.BAT to the target system.
LCD DATA
changes the current directory on the local machine to subdirectory DATA
CD SETTING
changes to the subdirectory SETTING on the target system
file name = file name e.g. DATA.TXT

Changing the directories

• The command LCD <path> changes the directory on the local machine as with
DOS.
• The command LDIR shows the directory contents on the local machine.
These commands refer to the file system of the R&S ESCI. If the “L” is omitted
ahead of the commands, they apply to the target system.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.317

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Protocol

4.12 RSIB Protocol

The instrument is equipped with an RSIB protocol as standard, which allows the
instrument to be controlled by means of Visual C++ and Visual Basic programs, but
also by means of the Windows applications WinWord and Excel as well as National
Instruments LabView, LabWindows/CVI and Agilent VEE. The control applications
run on an external computer in the network.
A UNIX operating system can be installed on an external computer in addition to a
Windows operating system. In this case, the control applications are created either
in C or C++. The supported UNIX operating systems include:
• Sun Solaris 2.6 Sparc Station
• Sun Solaris 2.6 Intel Platform
• Red Hat Linux 6.2 x86 Processors

4.12.1 Remote Control via RSIB Protocol

4.12.1.1 Windows Environment

To access the measuring instruments via the RSIB protocol, the file RSIB32.DLL
must be copied to the Windows system32 directory or to the directory of the control
applications. For 16-bit applications, the file RSIB.DLL must be additionally copied
to the directories mentioned. The files RSIB.DLL and RSIB32.DLL are included on
the instrument in directory D:\R_S\Instr\RSIB.
For the different programming languages, there are files available that contain the
declarations of the DLL functions and the definition of the error codes.
Visual Basic (16 bit): 'RSIB.BAS' (D:\R_S\Instr\RSIB)
Visual Basic (32 bit): 'RSIB32.BAS' (D:\R_S\Instr\RSIB)
C:/C++: 'RSIB.H' (D:\R_S\Instr\RSIB)

For C/C++: programs, import libraries are additionally available.

Import library for RSIB.DLL: RSIB.LIB' (D:\R_S\Instr\RSIB)
Import library for RSIB32.DLL: RSIB32.LIB' (D:\R_S\Instr\RSIB)

The control is performed using the Visual C++ or Visual Basic programs WinWord,
Excel, LabView, LabWindows/CVI or Agilent VEE. Every application that can load a
DLL is able to use the RSIB protocol. The programs use the IP address of the instru-
ment or its host name to set up the connection.

Via VisualBasic:

ud = RSDLLibfind ("82.1.1.200", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)

Return to manual operation is possible via the front panel (LOCAL key) or via the
RSIB protocol:

Via RSIB:

ud = RSDLLibloc (ud, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl);

or
ud = RSDLLibonl (ud, 0, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl);

4.318 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Protocol

4.12.1.2 UNIX Environment

To access the measuring equipment via the RSIB interface, copy the
librsib.so.X.Y file to a directory for which the control application has read
rights. X.Y in the file name indicates the version number of the library, for example
1.0.
The librsib.so.X.Y library is created as a shared library. The applications using
the library need not consider its version. They simply link the library with the lrsib
option. The following instructions have to be observed so that linking can be suc-
cessfully performed and the library can be found during program execution:
File link:
• Use the operating system command In to create a file with the link name
librsib.so and pointing to librsib.so.X.Y in a directory for which the
control application has read rights. Example:
$ ln –s /usr/lib/librsib.so.1.0 /usr/lib/librsib.so
Linker options for creating applications:
• -lrsib : import library
• -Lxxx : path information where the import library can be found. This is where the
above file link has been created. Example: -L/usr/lib.
Additional linker options for creating applications (only under Solaris):
• -Rxxx: path information where the library is searched for during the program run:
-R/usr/lib.
Run-time environment:
• Set environment variable LD_RUN_PATH to the directory in which the file link has
been created. This is necessary only if librsib.so cannot be found in the
default search path of the operating system and the -R linker option (only Solaris)
was not specified.
For C/C++ programming, the declarations of the library functions and the definition
of error codes are contained in:
C/C++: 'RSIB.H' (D:\R_S\Instr\RSIB)

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.319

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

4.13 RSIB Interface Functions

This section lists all functions of the DLL "RSIB.DLL" or "RSIB32.DLL" or
"librsib.so", which allow control applications to be produced.

4.13.1 Overview of Interface Functions

The library functions are adapted to the interface functions of National Instruments
for GPIB programming. The functions supported by the libraries are listed in the fol-
lowing table.

Function Description

RSDLLibfind() Provides a handle for access to a device.

RSDLLibwrt() Sends a zero-terminated string to a device.

RSDLLilwrt() Sends a certain number of bytes to a device.

RSDLLibwrtf() Sends the contents of a file to a device.

RSDLLibrd() Reads data from a device into a string.

RSDLLilrd() Reads a certain number of bytes from a device.

RSDLLibrdf() Reads data from a device into a file.

RSDLLibtmo() Sets time-out for RSIB functions.

RSDLLibsre() Switches a device to the local or remote state.

RSDLLibloc() Temporarily switches a device to the local state.

RSDLLibeot() Enables/disables the END message for write operations.

RSDLLibrsp() Performs a serial poll and provides the status byte.

RSDLLibonl() Sets the device online/offline.

RSDLLTestSRQ() Checks whether a device has generated an SRQ.

RSDLLWaitSrq() Waits until a device generates an SRQ.

RSDLLSwapBytes Swaps the byte sequence for binary numeric display (only
required for non-Intel platforms).

4.13.1.1 Variables ibsta, iberr, ibcntl

As with the National Instrument interface, the successful execution of a command
can be checked by means of the variables ibsta, iberr and ibcntl. For this pur-
pose, all RSIB functions are assigned references to these three variables.

Status word - ibsta

The status word ibsta provides information on the status of the RSIB interface. The
following bits are defined:

Bit designation Bit Hex code Description

ERR 15 8000 Is set when an error has occurred on calling a

function. If this bit is set, iberr contains an error
code that specifies the error in greater detail.

TIMO 14 4000 Is set when a time-out has occurred on calling a

function.

4.320 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

Bit designation Bit Hex code Description

CMPL 8 0100 Is set if the response of the GPIB parser has been
read out completely. If a parser response is read out
with the function RSDLLilrd() and the length of the
buffer is insufficient for the answer, the bit will be
cleared.

Error variable - iberr

If the ERR bit (8000h) is set in the status word, iberr contains an error code which
allows the error to be specified in greater detail. Extra error codes are defined for the
RSIB protocol, independent of the National Instruments interface.

Error Error code Description

IBERR_CONNECT 2 Setup of the connection to the measuring instrument

has failed.

IBERR_NO_DEVICE 3 A function of the interface has been called with an

illegal device handle.

IBERR_MEM 4 No empty memory available.

IBERR_TIMEOUT 5 Time-out has occurred.

IBERR_BUSY 6 The RSIB protocol is blocked by a function that is still

running.

IBERR_FILE 7 Error when reading or writing to a file.

IBERR_SEMA 8 Error upon creating or assigning a semaphore (only

under UNIX).

Count variable - ibcntl

The variable ibcntl is updated with the number of transferred bytes each time a
read or write function is called.

4.13.1.2 Description of Interface Functions

RSDLLibfind()
The function provides a handle for access to the device with the name udName.
VB format: Function RSDLLibfind (ByVal udName$, ibsta%,
iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer
C format: short WINAPI RSDLLibfind( char far *udName,
short far *ibsta, short far *iberr, unsigned
long far *ibcntl)
C format (UNIX): short RSDLLibfind( char *udName, short
*ibsta, short *iberr, unsigned long *ibcntl)
Parameters: udName IP address of device
Example: ud = RSDLLibfind ("89.10.38.97", ibsta,
iberr, ibcntl)

The function must be called prior to all other functions of the interface.
As return value, the function provides a handle that must be indicated in all functions
for access to the device. If the device with the name udName is not found, the han-
dle has a negative value.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.321

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

RSDLLibwrt
This function sends data to the device with the handle ud.
VB format: Function RSDLLibwrt (ByVal ud%, ByVal Wrt$,
ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer
C format: short WINAPI RSDLLibwrt( short ud, char far
*Wrt, short far *ibsta, short far *iberr,
unsigned long far *ibcntl )
C format (UNIX): short RSDLLibwrt( short ud, char *Wrt, short
*ibsta, short *iberr, unsigned long *ibcntl
)
Parameters: ud Device handle
Wrt String sent to the device.
Example: RSDLLibwrt(ud, "SENS:FREQ:STAR?", ibsta,
iberr, ibcntl)

This function allows setting and query commands to be sent to the measuring instru-
ments. Whether the data is interpreted as a complete command can be set using
the function RSDLLibeot().

RSDLLilwrt
This function sends Cnt bytes to a device with the handle ud.
VB format: Function RSDLLilwrt (ByVal ud%, ByVal Wrt$,
ByVal Cnt&, ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As
Integer
C format: short WINAPI RSDLLilwrt( short ud, char far
*Wrt, unsigned long Cnt, short far *ibsta,
short far *iberr, unsigned long far *ibcntl)
C format (UNIX): short RSDLLilwrt( short ud, char *Wrt,
unsigned long Cnt, short *ibsta, short
*iberr, unsigned long *ibcntl)
Parameters: ud Device handle
Wrt String sent to the GPIB parser.
Cnt Number of bytes sent to the device.
Example: RSDLLilwrt (ud, '......', 100, ibsta,
iberr, ibcntl)

Like RSDLLibwrt() this function sends data to a device. The only difference is that
binary data can be sent as well. The length of the data is not determined by a zero-
terminated string, but by the indication of Cnt bytes. If the data is to be terminated
with EOS (0Ah), the EOS byte must be appended to the string.

4.322 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

RSDLLibwrtf
This function sends the contents of a file$ file to the device with the handle ud.
VB format: Function RSDLLibwrtf (ByVal ud%, ByVal
file$, ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer
C format: short WINAPI RSDLLibwrt( short ud, char far
*Wrt, short far *ibsta, short far *iberr,
unsigned long far *ibcntl )
C format (UNIX): short RSDLLibwrt( short ud, char *Wrt, short
*ibsta, short *iberr, unsigned long *ibcntl
)
Parameters: ud Device handle
file File whose contents is sent to the
device.
Example: RSDLLibwrtf(ud, "C:\db.sav", ibsta, iberr,
ibcntl)

This function allows setting and query commands to be sent to the measuring instru-
ments. Whether the data is interpreted as a complete command can be set using
the function RSDLLibeot().

RSDLLibrd()
The function reads data from the device with the handle ud into the string Rd.
VB format: Function RSDLLibrd (ByVal ud%, ByVal Rd$,
ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer
C format: short WINAPI RSDLLibrd( short ud, char far
*Rd, short far *ibsta, short far *iberr,
unsigned long far *ibcntl )
C format (UNIX): short RSDLLibrd( short ud, char *Rd, short
*ibsta, short *iberr, unsigned long *ibcntl
)
Parameters: ud Device handle
Rd String to which the read data is copied.
Example: RSDLLibrd (ud, Rd, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)

This function fetches the responses of the GPIB parser to a query.

In the case of Visual Basic programming, a string of sufficient length must be gener-
ated beforehand. This can be done during the definition of the string or using the
command Space$().
Generation of a string of the length 100:
– Dim Rd as String * 100
– Dim Rd as String
Rd = Space$(100)

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.323

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

RSDLLilrd
This function reads Cnt bytes from the device with the handle ud.
VB format: Function RSDLLilrd (ByVal ud%, ByVal Rd$,
ByVal Cnt&, ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As
Integer
C format: short WINAPI RSDLLilrd( short ud, char far
*Rd, unsigned long Cnt, short far *ibsta,
short far *iberr, unsigned long far *ibcntl
)
C format (UNIX): short RSDLLilrd( short ud, char *Rd,
unsigned long Cnt, short *ibsta, short
*iberr, unsigned long *ibcntl )
Parameters: ud Device handle
cnt Maximum number of bytes copied from
the DLL into the target string Rd.
Example: RSDLLilrd (ud, RD, 100, ibsta, iberr,
ibcntl)

Like the function RSDLLibrd(), this function reads data from a device. The only
difference is that in this case the maximum number of bytes to be copied to the tar-
get string Rd can be indicated by means of Cnt. This function prevents writing
beyond the end of the string.

RSDLLibrdf()
Reads data from the device with the handle ud into the file file .
VB format: Function RSDLLibrdf (ByVal ud%, ByVal
file$, ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer
C format: short WINAPI RSDLLibrd( short ud, char far
*file, short far *ibsta, short far *iberr,
unsigned long far *ibcntl )
C format (UNIX): short RSDLLibrd( short ud, char *file, short
*ibsta, short *iberr, unsigned long *ibcntl
)
Parameters: ud Device handle
file File to which the read data is written.
Example: RSDLLibrdf (ud, "c:\db.sav", ibsta, iberr,
ibcntl)

The file name may as well include a drive or path specification.

4.324 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

RSDLLibtmo
This function defines the time-out for a device. The default value for the time-out is
set to 5 seconds.
VB format: Function RSDLLibtmo (ByVal ud%, ByVal tmo%,
ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer
C format: void WINAPI RSDLLibtmo( short ud, short tmo,
short far *ibsta, short far *iberr, unsigned
long far *ibcntl )
C format (UNIX): short RSDLLibtmo( short ud, short tmo, short
*ibsta, short *iberr, unsigned long *ibcntl
)
Parameters: ud Device handle
tmo Time-out in seconds
Example: RSDLLibtmo (ud, 10, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)

RSDLLibsre
This function sets the device to the 'LOCAL' or 'REMOTE' state.
VB format: Function RSDLLibsre (ByVal ud%, ByVal v%,
ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer
C format: void WINAPI RSDLLibsre( short ud, short v,
short far *ibsta, short far *iberr, unsigned
long far *ibcntl)
C format (UNIX): short RSDLLibsre( short ud, short v, short
*ibsta, short *iberr, unsigned long
*ibcntl)
Parameters: ud Device handle
v State of device
0 - local
1 - remote
Example: RSDLLibsre (ud, 0, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)

RSDLLibloc
This function temporarily switches the device to the 'LOCAL' state.
VB format: Function RSDLLibloc (ByVal ud%, ibsta%,
iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer
C format: void WINAPI RSDLLibloc( short ud, short far
*ibsta, short far *iberr, unsigned long far
*ibcntl)
C format (UNIX): short RSDLLibloc( short ud, short *ibsta,
short *iberr, unsigned long *ibcntl)
Parameter: ud Device handle
Example: RSDLLibloc (ud, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)

After switch over to LOCAL state, the instrument can be manually operated via the
front panel. On the next access to the instrument by means of one of the functions of
the library, the instrument is switched again to the REMOTE state.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.325

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

RSDLLibeot
This function enables or disables the END message after write operations.
VB format: Function RSDLLibeot (ByVal ud%, ByVal v%,
ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer
C format: void WINAPI RSDLLibsre( short ud, short v,
short far *ibsta, short far *iberr, unsigned
long far *ibcntl)
C format (UNIX): short RSDLLibsre( short ud, short v, short
*ibsta, short *iberr, unsigned long
*ibcntl)
Parameters: ud Device handle
v 0 - no END message 1 – send END
message
Example: RSDLLibeot (ud, 1, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)

If the END message is disabled, the data of a command can be sent with several
successive calls of write functions. The END message must be enabled again
before sending the last data block.

RSDLLibrsp
This function performs a serial poll and provides the status byte of the device.
VB format: Function RSDLLibrsp(ByVal ud%, spr%,
ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer
C format: void WINAPI RSDLLibrsp( short ud, char far*
spr, short far *ibsta, short far *iberr,
unsigned long far *ibcntl)
C format (UNIX): short RSDLLibrsp( short ud, char *spr,
short *ibsta, short *iberr, unsigned long
*ibcntl)
Parameters: ud Device handle
spr Pointer to status byte
Example: RSDLLibrsp(ud, spr, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)

4.326 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

RSDLLibonl
This function switches the device to 'online' or 'offline' mode. When it is switched to
‘offline’ mode, the interface is released and the device handle becomes invalid. By
calling RSDLLibfind again, the communication is set up again.
VB format: Function RSDLLibonl (ByVal ud%, ByVal v%,
ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer
C format: void WINAPI RSDLLibonl( short ud, short v,
short far *ibsta, short far *iberr,
unsigned long far *ibcntl)
C format: short RSDLLibonl( short ud, short v, short
*ibsta, short *iberr, unsigned long
*ibcntl)
Parameters: ud Device handle
v Device state
0 - local
1 - remote
Example: RSDLLibonl(ud, 0, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)

RSDLLTestSRQ
This function checks the status of the SRQ bit.
VB format: Function RSDLLTestSrq (ByVal ud%, Result%,
ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer
C format: void WINAPI RSDLLTestSrq( short ud, short
far *result, short far *ibsta, short far
*iberr, unsigned long far *ibcntl)
C format (UNIX): short RSDLLTestSrq( short ud, short
*result, short *ibsta, short *iberr,
unsigned long *ibcntl)
Parameters: ud Device handle
result Reference to an integer value in which
the library returns the status of the
SRQ bit
0 - no SRQ
1 - SRQ active, device requests ser-
vice
Example: RSDLLTestSrq (ud, result%, ibsta, iberr,
ibcntl)

This function corresponds to the function RSDLLWaitSrq. The only difference is

that RSDLLTestSRQ immediately returns the current status of the SRQ bit, whereas
RSDLLWaitSrq waits for an SRQ to occur.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.327

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

RSDLLWaitSrq
This function waits until the device triggers an SRQ with the handle ud.
VB format: Function RSDLLWaitSrq (ByVal ud%, Result%,
ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer
C format: void WINAPI RSDLLWaitSrq( short ud, short
far *result, short far *ibsta, short far
*iberr, unsigned long far *ibcntl)
C format (UNIX): short RSDLLWaitSrq( short ud, short
*result, short *ibsta, short *iberr,
unsigned long *ibcntl)
Parameters: ud Device handle
result Reference to an integer value in which
the library returns the status of the
SRQ bit
0 - No SRQ occurred during the time-
out
1 - SRQ occurred during the time-out
Example: RSDLLWaitSrq( ud, result, ibsta, iberr,
ibcntl );

The function waits until one of the following two events occurs.
• The measuring instrument triggers an SRQ.
• No SRQ occurs during the time-out defined with RSDLLibtmo().

RSDLLSwapBytes
This function changes the display of binary numbers on non-Intel platforms.
VB format: Not provided at present since it is
required only on non-Intel platforms.
C format: void WINAPI RSDLLSwapBytes( void far
*pArray, const long size, const long count)
C format (UNIX): void RSDLLSwapBytes( void *pArray, const
long size, const long count)
Parameters: pArray Array in which modifications are made
size Size of a single element in pArray
count Number of elements in pArray
Example: RSDLLSwapBytes( Buffer, sizeof(float),
ibcntl/sizeof(float))

This function swaps the display of various elements from Big Endian to Little Endian
and vice versa. It is expected that a coherent storage area of elements of the same
file type (size byte) is transferred to pArray. This function has no effect on Intel
platforms.

4.328 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

Different types of processor architecture store data in different byte sequences. For
example, Intel processors store data in the reverse order of Motorola processors.
Comparison of byte sequences:

Byte sequence Use in Display in memory Description

Big Endian Motorola processors, Most significant byte at The most significant
network standard least significant address byte is at the left end
of the word.

Little Endian Intel processors Least significant byte at The most significant
least significant address byte is at the right
end of the word.

4.13.2 Programming via the RSIB Protocol

4.13.2.1 Visual Basic

Programming tips

Access to the functions of the RSIB.DLL

To create Visual Basic control applications, the file RSIB.BAS must be added to a
project for 16-bit Basic programs and the file RSIB32.BAS for 32-bit Basic programs
(D:\R_S\INSTR\RSIB) so that the functions of the RSIB.DLL or RSIB32.DLL can be
accessed.

Generating a response buffer

Prior to calling the functions RSDLLibrd() and RSDLLilrd(), a string of suffi-

cient length must be generated. This is possible either by defining the string or using
the command Space$().
Generating a string of the length 100:
– Dim Response as String * 100
– Dim Response as String
Response = Space$(100)
If a response is to be output as a string from the measuring instrument, the
appended blanks can be removed using the Visual Basic Function RTrim().
Example:
Response = Space$(100)
Call RSDLLibrd(ud, Response, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
Response = RTrim(Response)
' Output of Response

Reading out trace data in real format

Using the function declarations in the file RSIB.BAS or RSIB32.BAS the responses
of the device can be assigned to one string only. If the data are to be read into an
array with float values, the header and the useful data must be read out with sepa-
rate function calls.
Example of a header

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.329

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

# 4 2004
Length of data, e.g.
Prefix for Number of digits of 501 pixels
binary data the following length 4 bytes/pixel
indication

In order to enable the trace data to be directly read into a float array, a special func-
tion declaration must be created.
Declare Function RSDLLilrdTraceReal Lib "rsib32.dll" Alias "RSDLLilrd" (ByVal
ud%, Rd As Single, ByVal Cnt&, ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer

Example

Dim ibsta As Integer

' Status variable
Dim iberr As Integer
' Error variable
Dim ibcntl As Long
' Count variable
Dim ud As Integer
' Handle for measuring instrument
Dim Result As String
' Buffer for simple results
Dim Digits As Byte
' Number of digits of length indication
Dim TraceBytes As Long
' Length of trace data in bytes
Dim TraceData(501) As Single
' Buffer for floating point Binary data

' Set up connection to instrument

ud = RSDLLibfind("89.10.38.97", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)

' Query trace data in real format

Call RSDLLibwrt(ud, "FORM:DATA REAL,32", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
Call RSDLLibwrt(ud, "TRACE? TRACE1", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)

' Read number of digits of length indication

Result = Space$(20)
Call RSDLLilrd(ud, Result, 2, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
Digits = Val(Mid$(Result, 2, 1))

' Read length indication

Result = Space$(20)
Call RSDLLilrd(ud, Result, Digits, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
TraceBytes = Val(Left$(Result, Digits))

4.330 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

'and store

' Read out trace data

Call RSDLLilrdTraceReal(ud, TraceData(0), TraceBytes, ibsta, iberr,ibcntl)

Programming examples

In this example, the start frequency of the instrument is queried.

Dim ibsta As Integer

' Status variable
Dim iberr As Integer
' Error variable
Dim ibcntl As Long
' Count variable
Dim ud As Integer
' Handle for measuring instrument
Dim Response As String
' Response string

' Set up connection to measuring instrument

ud = RSDLLibfind("89.10.38.97", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
If (ud < 0) Then
' Error treatment
End If

' Send query command

Call RSDLLibwrt(ud, "FREQ:START?", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)

' Provide space for response

Response = Space$(100)

' Read response from measuring instrument

Call RSDLLibrd(ud, Response, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)

In this example, a Save/Recall of the instrument setups is performed.

Dim ibsta As Integer

' Status variable
Dim iberr As Integer
' Error variable
Dim ibcntl As Long
' Count variable
Dim ud As Integer
' Handle for measuring instrument
Dim Cmd As String
' Command string

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.331

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

' Set up connection to measuring instrument

ud = RSDLLibfind("89.10.38.97", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
If (ud < 0) Then
' Error treatment
End If

' Request instrument settings

Cmd = "SYST:SET?"
Call RSDLLibwrt(ud, Cmd, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)

' Store instrument response in file

Call RSDLLibrdf(ud, "C:\db.sav", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)

' Reset instrument

Call RSDLLibwrt(ud, "*RST", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)

' and restore the previous settings

' to this end disable the END message
Call RSDLLibeot(ud, 0, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
' first send off command
Call RSDLLibwrt(ud, "SYST:SET ", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
' enable the END message again
Call RSDLLibeot(ud, 1, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
' and send the data
Call RSDLLibwrtf(ud, "C:\db.sav", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)

4.13.2.2 Visual Basic for Applications (Winword and Excel)

Programming tips
The programming language Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) is supported as a
macro language by various manufacturers. The programs Winword and Excel use
this language for the versions Winword 97 or Excel 5.0 and higher.
For macros created with Visual Basic for Applications, the same tips are valid as for
Visual Basic Applications.

Programming example
Using the macro QueryMaxPeak, a single sweep with subsequent query of the
maximum peak is performed. The result is entered in a Winword or Excel document.
Sub QueryMaxPeak()
Dim ibsta As Integer
' Status variable
Dim iberr As Integer
' Error variable
Dim ibcntl As Long
' transferred characters
Dim ud As Integer
' Unit Descriptor (handle)for instrument
Dim Response As String
' Response string

4.332 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

' Set up connection to measuring instrument

ud = RSDLLibfind("89.10.38.97", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
If (ud < 0) Then
Call MsgBox("Device with address 89.10.38.97 could" & _
"not be found", vbExclamation)
End
End If

' Determine maximum peak in the range 1-2MHZ

Call RSDLLibwrt(ud, "*RST", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
Call RSDLLibwrt(ud, "INIT:CONT OFF", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
Call RSDLLibwrt(ud, "FREQ:START 1MHZ", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
Call RSDLLibwrt(ud, "FREQ:STOP 2MHZ", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
Call RSDLLibwrt(ud, "INIT:IMM;*WAI", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
Call RSDLLibwrt(ud, "CALC:MARK:MAX;Y?", ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
Response = Space$(100)
Call RSDLLibrd(ud, Response, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
Response = RTrim(Response)
' Cut off space

' Insert value in current document (Winword)

Selection.InsertBefore (Response)
Selection.Collapse (wdCollapseEnd)

' Terminate connection to measuring instrument

Call RSDLLibonl(ud, 0, ibsta, iberr, ibcntl)
End Sub

The entry of the peak value in the Winword document can be replaced as follows for
Excel:
' Insert value in current document (Excel)
ActiveCell.FormulaR1C1 = Response

4.13.2.3 C / C++
Programming tips

Access to the functions of the RSIB32.DLL (Windows platforms)

The functions of the RSIB32.DLL are declared in the header file RSIB.H. The DLL
functions can be linked to a C/C++ program in different ways.
• Enter one of the supplied import libraries (RSIB.LIB or RSIB32.LIB) into the
linker options.
• Load the library using the function LoadLibrary() during runtime and
determine the function pointers of the DLL functions using GetProcAddress().
Before the end of the program, the RSIB.DLL must be unloaded again using the
function FreeLibrary().

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.333

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

When import libraries are used, the DLL is automatically loaded immediately before
the application is started. At the end of the program, the DLL is unloaded again
unless it is still used by other applications.

Access to librsib.so functions (UNIX platforms)

The functions of librsib.so are declared in the header file RSIB.H. Uppercase/
lowercase characters for file names are typically observed under UNIX. The library
functions are linked to a C/C++ program by entering the -lrsib linker option.
The shared library librsib.so is automatically loaded on starting the application.
The accessibility (for example via standard path) of the library must be ensured.
Refer to section “UNIX Environment” on page 4.319.

Query of strings

If instrument responses are to be further processed as strings, a zero termination

must be appended.

Example

char buffer[100];
...
RSDLLibrd( ud, buffer, &ibsta, &iberr, &ibcntl );
buffer[ibcntl] = 0;

Programming example
In the following C program example, a single sweep is started on the device with the
IP address 89.10.38.97 and subsequently a marker is set to maximum level. Prior to
the search for maximum, a synchronization to the end of the sweep is performed.
For this purpose the command "*OPC" (Operation complete) is used to create a
service request at the end of the sweep, for which the control program waits with the
function RSDLLWaitSrq(). Then the maximum is determined ("CALC:MARK:
MAX") and the level read out ("Y?").
#define MAX_RESP_LEN 100

short ibsta, iberr;

unsigned long ibcntl;
short ud;
short srq;
char MaxPegel[MAX_RESP_LEN];
char spr;

// Determine handle for instrument

ud = RSDLLibfind( "89.10.38.97", &ibsta, &iberr, &ibcntl );

// if instrument exists
if ( ud >= 0 )
{
// Set timeout for RSDLLWaitSrq() to 10 seconds
RSDLLibtmo( ud, 10, &ibsta, &iberr, &ibcntl );

4.334 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

// Activate SRQ generation via event status register (ESR)

// and enable ESB bit in SRE register
RSDLLibwrt( ud, "*ESE 1;*SRE 32", &ibsta, &iberr, &ibcntl );

// Set single sweep, trigger sweep and use "*OPC" to cause

// the generation of a service request at the end of the sweep
RSDLLibwrt( ud, "INIT:CONT off;INIT;*OPC", &ibsta, &iberr, &ibcntl );

// Wait for SRQ (end of sweep)

RSDLLWaitSrq( ud, &srq, &ibsta, &iberr, &ibcntl );

// Clear RQS/MSS bit

RSDLLibrsp( ud, &spr, &ibsta, &iberr, &ibcntl );

// if sweep is terminated
if (srq)
{
// then set marker to first maximum and query the level
RSDLLibwrt( ud, "CALC:MARK:MAX;Y?", &ibsta, &iberr, &ibcntl );
RSDLLilrd( ud, MaxPegel, MAX_RESP_LEN, &ibsta, &iberr, &ibcntl );
MaxPegel[ibcntl] = 0;
}
// End connection to instrument
RSDLLibonl (ud, 0, &ibsta, &iberr, &ibcntl ) ;
}
else
{
; // Error Instrument not found
}

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 4.335

R&S ESCI Instrument Functions
RSIB Interface Functions

4.336 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics

5 Remote Control – Basics

5.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3
5.2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3
5.3 Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3
5.4 Starting Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4
5.4.1 Display Contents during Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4
5.4.2 Remote Control via GPIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5
5.4.2.1Setting the Device Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5
5.4.2.2Return to Manual Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5
5.4.3 Remote Control via RS-232-Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6
5.4.3.1Setting the Transmission Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6
5.4.3.2Return to Manual Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6
5.4.3.3Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6
5.4.4 Remote Control in a Network (LAN Interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7
5.4.4.1Setting the Device Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7
5.4.4.2Return to Manual Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7
5.5 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8
5.5.1 GPIB Interface Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8
5.5.2 Device Messages (Commands and Device Responses) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8
5.6 Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9
5.6.1 SCPI Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9
5.6.2 Structure of a Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9
5.6.3 Structure of a Command Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
5.6.4 Responses to Queries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.12
5.6.5 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.13
5.6.6 Overview of Syntax Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15
5.6.7 Instrument Model and Command Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15
5.6.8 Input Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.16
5.6.9 Command Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.16
5.6.10 Instrument Data Base and Instrument Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.17
5.6.11 Status Reporting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.17
5.6.12 Output Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.17
5.6.13 Command Sequence and Command Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.17
5.7 Status Reporting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.18
5.7.1 Structure of an SCPI Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.18
5.7.2 Overview of the Status Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.21

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5.1

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics

5.7.3 Description of the Status Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.22

5.7.3.1Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable Register
(SRE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.22
5.7.3.2IST Flag and Parallel Poll Enable Register (PPE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.23
5.7.3.3Event-Status Register (ESR) and Event-Status-Enable
Register (ESE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.23
5.7.3.4STATus:OPERation Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.24
5.7.3.5STATus:QUEStionable Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25
5.7.3.6STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.26
5.7.3.7STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.27
5.7.3.8STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2> Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.27
5.7.3.9STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2> Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.28
5.7.3.10STATus:QUEStionable:POWer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.28
5.7.3.11STATus:QUEStionalble:TRANsducer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.29
5.7.4 Application of the Status Reporting Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.30
5.7.4.1Service Request, Making Use of the Hierarchy Structure . . . . . . . 5.30
5.7.4.2Serial Poll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.30
5.7.4.3Parallel Poll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.30
5.7.4.4Query by Means of Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.31
5.7.4.5Error Queue Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.31
5.7.5 Resetting Values of the Status Reporting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.31

5.2 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Overview

5.1 Overview
This chapter contains the following:
• instructions on how to put the R&S ESCI into operation via remote control,
• a general introduction to remote control of programmable instruments. This
includes the description of the command structure and syntax according to the
SCPI standard, the description of command execution and of the status registers,
• diagrams and tables describing the status registers used in the R&S ESCI.
In chapter “Remote Control – Description of Commands”, all remote control func-
tions are described in detail. The subsystems are listed by alphabetical order
according to SCPI.
Program examples for the R&S ESCI can be found in chapter “Remote Control –
Programming Examples”. The remote control interfaces and their interface functions
are described in chapter “Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces”.

5.2 Introduction
The instrument is equipped with an GPIB interface according to standard IEC 625.1/
IEEE 488.2 and an RS-232 interface. The connectors are located at the rear of the
instrument and permit to connect a controller for remote control.
In addition, the instrument can be remotely controlled in a local area network (LAN
interface).
The instrument supports the SCPI version 1997.0 (Standard Commands for Pro-
grammable Instruments). The SCPI standard is based on standard IEEE 488.2 and
aims at the standardization of device-specific commands, error handling and the
status registers (see section “SCPI Introduction” on page 5.9).
The tutorial "Automatic Measurement Control – A tutorial on SCPI and IEEE 488.2"
from John M. Pieper (R&S order number 0002.3536.00) offers detailed information
on concepts and definitions of SCPI. For remote control in a network, refer to sec-
tion “Remote Control in a Network (LAN Interface)” on page 5.7.
This section assumes basic knowledge of GPIB programming and operation of the
controller. A description of the interface commands can be obtained from the rele-
vant manuals.
The requirements of the SCPI standard placed on command syntax, error handling
and configuration of the status registers are explained in detail in the following sec-
tions. Tables provide a fast overview of the bit assignment in the status registers.
The tables are supplemented by a comprehensive description of the status regis-
ters.
The program examples for GPIB programming are all written in VISUAL BASIC.

5.3 Getting Started

The short and simple operating sequence provided below enables you to quickly put
the instrument into operation and set its basic functions. As a prerequisite, the GPIB
address, which is factory-set to 20, must remain unchanged.
1. Connect instrument and controller using GPIB cable.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5.3

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Starting Remote Control

2. Write and start the following program on the controller:

CALL IBFIND("DEV1", analyzer%)
'Open port to the instrument
CALL IBPAD(analyzer%, 20)
'Inform controller about instrument address
CALL IBWRT(analyzer%, '*RST;*CLS')
'Reset instrument
CALL IBWRT(analyzer%, 'FREQ:CENT 100MHz')
'Set center frequency to 100 MHz
CALL IBWRT(analyzer%, 'FREQ:SPAN 10MHz')
'Set span to 10 MHz
CALL IBWRT(analyzer%, 'DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV -10dBm')
'Set reference level to -10 dBm
The instrument now performs a sweep in the frequency range of 95 MHz to
105 MHz in analyzer mode.
3. To return to manual operation, press the LOCAL key at the front panel.

5.4 Starting Remote Control

On power-on, the instrument is always in the manual operating state ("LOCAL"
state) and can be operated via the front panel.
It is switched to remote control ("REMOTE" state)

GPIB as soon as it receives an addressed command from a controller.

if it is controlled in a network (RSIB interface), as soon as it receives a command
from a controller.
RS-232 as soon as it receives the command "@REM" from a controller.

During remote control, operation via the front panel is disabled. The instrument
remains in the remote state until it is reset to the manual state via the front panel or
via remote control interfaces. Switching from manual operation to remote control
and vice versa does not affect the remaining instrument settings.

5.4.1 Display Contents during Remote Control

During remote control, only the LOCAL softkey appears, with which it is possible to
return to manual operation.
In addition, the display of diagrams and results can be blanked out with the com-
mand "SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate OFF" (default in remote control) to obtain opti-
mum performance during remote control.
During program execution it is recommended to activate the display of results by
means of "SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate ON" so that it is possible to follow the
changes in the device settings and the recorded measurement curves on the
screen.

If the instrument is exclusively operated in remote control, it is recommended to

switch on the power-save mode (POWER SAVE). In this mode, the required dis-
play is completely switched off after a preset time.

5.4 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Starting Remote Control

5.4.2 Remote Control via GPIB

5.4.2.1 Setting the Device Address

In order to operate the instrument via the GPIB, it must be addressed using the set
GPIB address. The GPIB address of the instrument is factory-set to 20. It can be
changed manually in the SETUP - GENERAL SETUP menu or via remote control.
Addresses 0 to 30 are permissible.

Manually:

1. Call SETUP - GENERAL SETUP menu

2. Enter desired address in table GPIB-ADDRESS
3. Terminate input using the ENTER key

Via GPIB:

CALL IBFIND("DEV1", analyzer%)

'Open port to the instrument
CALL IBPAD(analyzer%, 20)
'Inform controller about old address
CALL IBWRT(analyzer%, "SYST:COMM:GPIB:ADDR 18")
'Set instrument to new address
CALL IBPAD(analyzer%, 18)
'Inform controller about new address

5.4.2.2 Return to Manual Operation

Return to manual operation is possible via the front panel or remote control.

Manually:

Press the LOCAL softkey or the PRESET key

• Before the transition, command processing must be completed as otherwise

transition to GPIB is performed immediately.
• The keys can be disabled by the universal command LLO (see chapter
“Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces”, section “Interface Messages” on
page 8.4) in order to prevent unintentional transition. In this case, transition to
manual operation is only possible via GPIB.
• The keys can be enabled again by deactivating the REN line of the GPIB (see
chapter “Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces”, section “Bus Lines” on
page 8.3).

Via GPIB:

CALL IBLOC(analyzer%)
'Set instrument to manual operation

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5.5

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Starting Remote Control

5.4.3 Remote Control via RS-232-Interface

5.4.3.1 Setting the Transmission Parameters

To enable an error-free and correct data transmission, the parameters of the unit
and the controller should have the same setting.
Parameters can be manually changed in menu SETUP-GENERAL SETUP in table
COM PORT or via remote control using the following command:
SYST:COMM:SER:…
The transmission parameters of the COM interface are factory-set to the following
values:
baudrate = 9600, data bits = 8, stop bits = 1, parity = NONE and owner =
INSTRUMENT.
For remote control, the interface should be allocated to the operating system (owner
= OS) so that the control characters including @ can be recognized by the interface.

Manually:

Setting the COM interface

1. Call SETUP-GENERAL SETUP menu
2. Select desired baudrate, bits, stopbit, parity in table COM PORT.
3. Set owner to OS in table COM PORT.
4. Terminate input using the ENTER key.

5.4.3.2 Return to Manual Operation

Return to manual operation is possible via the front panel or via RS-232 interface.

Manually:

Press the LOCAL softkey or the PRESET key.

• Before the transition, command processing must be completed as otherwise

transition to remote control is performed immediately
• The keys can be enabled again by sending the control string "@LOC" via RS-
232 (see chapter “Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces”, section “RS-232-C
Interface (COM)” on page 8.6).

Via RS-232:

v24puts(port,"@LOC");
Set instrument to manual operation.

5.4.3.3 Restrictions
The following restrictions apply if the unit is remote-controlled via the RS-232-C
interface:
No interface messages, only control strings (see interface description in chapter
“Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces”, section “RS-232-C Interface (COM)” on
page 8.6).

5.6 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Starting Remote Control

Only the Common Commands *OPC? can be used for command synchronization,
*WAI and *OPC are not available.
Block data cannot be transmitted.

5.4.4 Remote Control in a Network (LAN Interface)

Via the LAN interface, the R&S ESCI can be remotely controlled in a local area net-
work.
The LAN interface consists of a connector, a network interface card and protocols
(VXI-11 and RSIB). For details on the connector and its use refer to the Quick Start
Guide, chapter 1, "Front and Rear Panel".
Instrument access via VXI11 or RSIB is usually achieved from high level program-
ming platforms by using VISA as an intermediate abstraction layer. VISA encapsu-
lates the low level VXI, RSIB or even GPIB function calls and thus makes the
transport interface transparent for the user. The necessary VISA library is available
as a separate product. For details contact your local R&S sales representative.

5.4.4.1 Setting the Device Address

For control of the instrument in a network, it must be accessed using the preselected
IP address. The IP address of the instrument (device address) is defined in the net-
work configuration.

Setting the IP address:

1. Call SETUP - GENERAL SETUP – CONFIGURE NETWORK menu.

2. Select Protocols tab.
3. Under Properties, set IP address for TCP/IP protocol (for details refer to the Quick
Start Guide chapter 6, “LAN Interface”).

5.4.4.2 Return to Manual Operation

Return to manual operation can be made manually via the front panel or remotely
via the RSIB interface.

Manually:

Press LOCAL softkey or PRESET key.

Make sure that the execution of commands is completed prior to switch over since
otherwise the instrument will switch back to remote control immediately.

Via RSIB interface:

CALL RSDLLibloc(analyzer%, ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&)

'Set device to manual operation

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5.7

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Messages

5.5 Messages
The messages transferred via the data lines of the GPIB (see chapter “Maintenance
and Instrument Interfaces”, section “GPIB Interface” on page 8.2) can be divided
into two groups:
– “GPIB Interface Messages”
– “Device Messages (Commands and Device Responses)”

5.5.1 GPIB Interface Messages

Interface messages are transferred on the data lines of the GPIB, the "ATN" control
line being active. They are used for communication between controller and instru-
ment and can only be sent by a controller which has the remote control. Interface
commands can be subdivided into
– universal commands and
– addressed commands.
Universal commands act on all devices connected to the GPIB without previous
addressing, addressed commands only act on devices previously addressed as lis-
teners. The interface messages relevant to the instrument are listed in chapter
“Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces”, section “Interface Functions” on page 8.4.

5.5.2 Device Messages (Commands and Device Responses)

Device messages are transferred on the data lines of the GPIB, the "ATN" control
line not being active. ASCII code is used.
A distinction is made according to the direction in which they are sent on the GPIB:
– Commands are messages the controller sends to the instrument. They operate
the device functions and request informations.
The commands are subdivided according to two criteria:
• According to the effect they have on the instrument:
Setting commands cause instrument settings such as reset of the instrument
or setting the center frequency.
Queries cause data to be provided for output on the GPIB, e.g. for
identification of the device or polling the marker.
• According to their definition in standard IEEE 488.2:
Common Commands are exactly defined as to their function and notation in
standard IEEE 488.2. They refer to functions such as management of the
standardized status registers, reset and selftest.
Device-specific commands refer to functions depending on the features of
the instrument such as frequency setting. A majority of these commands has
also been standardized by the SCPI committee (cf. section “SCPI Introduction”
on page 5.9).
– Device responses are messages the instrument sends to the controller after a
query. They can contain measurement results, instrument settings and
information on the instrument status (cf. section “Responses to Queries” on
page 5.12).

5.8 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages

Structure and syntax of the device messages are described in the following section.

5.6 Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages

5.6.1 SCPI Introduction

SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments) describes a standard

command set for programming instruments, irrespective of the type of instrument or
manufacturer. The goal of the SCPI consortium is to standardize the device-specific
commands to a large extent. For this purpose, a model was developed which
defines the same functions inside a device or for different devices. Command sys-
tems were generated which are assigned to these functions. Thus it is possible to
address the same functions with identical commands. The command systems are of
a hierarchical structure.
Fig. 5.1 illustrates this tree structure using a section of command system SENSe,
which controls the device-specific settings, that do not refer to the signal character-
istics of the measurement signal. Further examples of structure and syntax are
taken from this command system.
SCPI is based on standard IEEE 488.2, i.e. it uses the same syntactic basic ele-
ments as well as the common commands defined in this standard. Part of the syntax
of the device responses is defined with greater restrictions than in standard IEEE
488.2 (see section “Responses to Queries” on page 5.12).

5.6.2 Structure of a Command

The commands consist of a so-called header and, in most cases, one or more
parameters. Header and parameter are separated by a "white space" (ASCII code 0
to 9, 11 to 32 decimal, e.g. blank). The headers may consist of several key words.
Queries are formed by directly appending a question mark to the header.

The commands used in the following examples are not in every case implemented
in the instrument.

Common commands

Common commands consist of a header preceded by an asterisk "*" and one or

several parameters, if any.
Examples:
*RST
RESET, resets the device
*ESE 253
EVENT STATUS ENABLE, sets the bits of the event status enable register
*ESR?
EVENT STATUS QUERY, queries the contents of the event status register.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5.9

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages

Device-specific commands

Hierarchy:
Device-specific commands are of hierarchical structure (see Fig. 5.1). The different
levels are represented by combined headers. Headers of the highest level (root
level) have only one key word. This key word denotes a complete command system.
Example:
SENSe
This key word denotes the command system SENSe.
For commands of lower levels, the complete path has to be specified, starting on the
left with the highest level, the individual key words being separated by a colon ":".
Example:
SENSe:FREQuency:SPAN 10MHZ
This command lies in the third level of the SENSe system. It sets the frequency
span.

SENSe

BANDwidth FUNCtion FREQuency DETector

STARt STOP CENTer SPAN OFFSet

Fig. 5.1 Tree structure the SCPI command systems using the SENSe system by way of example

Some key words occur in several levels within one command system. Their effect
depends on the structure of the command, that is to say, at which position in the
header of a command they are inserted.
Examples:
SOURce:FM:POLarity NORMal
This command contains key word POLarity in the third command level. It defines the
polarity between modulator and modulation signal.
SOURce:FM:EXTernal:POLarity NORMal
This command contains key word POLarity in the fourth command level. It defines
the polarity between modulation voltage and the resulting direction of the modulation
only for the external signal source indicated.

Optional key words

Some command systems permit certain key words to be optionally inserted into the
header or omitted. These key words are marked by square brackets in the descrip-
tion. The full command length must be recognized by the instrument for reasons of
compatibility with the SCPI standard. Some commands are considerably shortened
by these optional key words.

5.10 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages

Example:
[SENSe]:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:AUTO
This command couples the resolution bandwidth of the instrument to other parame-
ters. The following command has the same effect:
BANDwidth:AUTO

An optional key word must not be omitted if its effect is specified in detail by a
numeric suffix.

Long and short form

The key words feature a long form and a short form. Either the short form or the long
form can be entered, other abbreviations are not permissible.
Example:
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle 1= STAT:QUES:ENAB 1

The short form is marked by upper-case letters, the long form corresponds to the
complete word. Upper-case and lower-case notation only serve the above pur-
pose, the instrument itself does not make any difference between upper-case and
lower-case letters.

Parameter

The parameter must be separated from the header by a "white space". If several
parameters are specified in a command, they are separated by a comma ",". A few
queries permit the parameters MINimum, MAXimum and DEFault to be entered. For
a description of the types of parameter, refer to section “Parameters” on page 5.13.
Example:
SENSe:FREQuency:STOP? MAXimum
This query requests the maximal value for the stop frequency. Response: 3.5E9

Numeric suffix

If a device features several functions or features of the same kind, e.g. inputs, the
desired function can be selected by a suffix added to the command. Entries without
suffix are interpreted like entries with the suffix 1.
Example:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial2:BAUD 9600
This command sets the baudrate of a second serial interface.

5.6.3 Structure of a Command Line

A command line may consist of one or several commands. It is terminated by a

<New Line>, a <New Line> with EOI or an EOI together with the last data byte. The
IEC/IEEE driver of the controller usually produces automatically an EOI together
with the last data byte.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5.11

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages

Several commands in a command line are separated by a semicolon ";". If the next
command belongs to a different command system, the semicolon is followed by a
colon.
Example:
CALL IBWRT(analyzer%,"SENSe:FREQuency:CENTer 100MHz;:INPut:
ATTenuation 10")
This command line contains two commands. The first one is part of the SENSe
command system and is used to determine the center frequency of the
instrument. The second one is part of the INPut command system and sets the
input signal attenuation.
If the successive commands belong to the same system, having one or several lev-
els in common, the command line can be abbreviated. For that purpose, the second
command after the semicolon starts with the level that lies below the common levels
(see also Fig. 5.1). The colon following the semicolon must be omitted in this case.
Example:
CALL IBWRT(analyzer%, "SENSe:FREQuency:STARt 1E6;:SENSe:
FREQuency:STOP 1E9")
This command line is represented in its full length and contains two commands
separated from each other by the semicolon. Both commands are part of the
SENSe command system, subsystem FREQuency, i.e. they have two common
levels.
When abbreviating the command line, the second command begins with the level
below SENSe:FREQuency. The colon after the semicolon is omitted.
The abbreviated form of the command line reads as follows:
CALL IBWRT(analyzer%, "SENSe:FREQuency:STARt 1E6;STOP 1E9")

However, a new command line always begins with the complete path.
Example:
CALL IBWRT(analyzer, "SENSe:FREQuency:STARt 1E6")
CALL IBWRT(analyzer%, "SENSe:FREQuency:STOP 1E9")

5.6.4 Responses to Queries

A query is defined for each setting command unless explicitly specified otherwise. It
is formed by adding a question mark to the associated setting command. According
to SCPI, the responses to queries are partly subject to stricter rules than in standard
IEEE 488.2.
1. The requested parameter is transmitted without header.
Example: INPut:COUPling?
Response: DC
2. Maximum values, minimum values and all further quantities, which are requested
via a special text parameter are returned as numerical values.
Example: SENSe:FREQuency:STOP? MAX
Response: 3.5E9

5.12 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages

3. Numerical values are output without a unit. Physical quantities are referred to the
base units or to the units set using the Unit command.
Example: SENSe:FREQuency:CENTer?
Response: 1E6 for 1 MHz
4. Truth values <Boolean values> are returned as 0 (for OFF) and 1 (for ON).
Example: SENSe:BANDwidth:AUTO?
Response: 1 for ON
5. Text (character data) is returned in a short form.
Example: SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:RTS?
Response (for standard): STAN

5.6.5 Parameters

Most commands require a parameter to be specified. The parameters must be sep-

arated from the header by a "white space". Permissible parameters are numerical
values, Boolean parameters, text, character strings and block data. The type of
parameter required for the respective command and the permissible range of values
are specified in the command description

Numerical values

Numerical values can be entered in any form, i.e. with sign, decimal point and expo-
nent. Values exceeding the resolution of the instrument are rounded up or down.
The mantissa may comprise up to 255 characters, the exponent must lie inside the
value range -32000 to 32000. The exponent is introduced by an "E" or "e". Entry of
the exponent alone is not permissible. In the case of physical quantities, the unit can
be entered. Permissible unit prefixes are G (giga), MA (mega), MOHM and MHZ are
also permissible), K (kilo), M (milli), U (micro) and N (nano). It the unit is missing, the
base unit is used.
Example:
SENSe:FREQuency:STOP 1.5GHz = SENSe:FREQuency:STOP 1.5E9

Special numerical

The texts MINimum, MAXimum, DEFault, UP and DOWN are interpreted as values
special numerical values.
In the case of a query, the numerical value is provided.
Example:
Setting command: SENSe:FREQuency:STOP MAXimum
Query: SENSe:FREQuency:STOP?
Response: 3.5E9
MIN/MAX
MINimum and MAXimum denote the minimum and maximum value.
DEF
DEFault denotes a preset value which has been stored in the EPROM. This value
conforms to the default setting, as it is called by the *RST command

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5.13

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages

UP/DOWN
UP, DOWN increases or reduces the numerical value by one step. The step width
can be specified via an allocated step command (see annex C, List of Commands)
for each parameter which can be set via UP, DOWN.
INF/NINF
INFinity, Negative INFinity (NINF) Negative INFinity (NINF) represent the
numerical values -9.9E37 or 9.9E37, respectively. INF and NINF are only sent as
device responses.
NAN
Not A Number (NAN) represents the value 9.91E37. NAN is only sent as device
response. This value is not defined. Possible causes are the division of zero by
zero, the subtraction of infinite from infinite and the representation of missing
values.

Boolean Parameters

Boolean parameters represent two states. The ON state (logically true) is repre-
sented by ON or a numerical value unequal to 0. The OFF state (logically untrue) is
represented by OFF or the numerical value 0. 0 or 1 is provided in a query.
Example:
Setting command: DISPlay:WINDow:STATe ON
Query: DISPlay:WINDow:STATe?
Response: 1

Text

Text parameters observe the syntactic rules for key words, i.e. they can be entered
using a short or long form. Like any parameter, they have to be separated from the
header by a white space. In the case of a query, the short form of the text is pro-
vided.
Example:
Setting command: INPut:COUPling GROund
Query: INPut:COUPling?
Response: GRO

Strings

Strings must always be entered in quotation marks (' or ").

Example:
SYSTem:LANGuage "SCPI" or
SYSTem:LANGuage 'SCPI'

Block data

Block data is a transmission format which is suitable for the transmission of large
amounts of data. A command using a block data parameter has the following struc-
ture.

5.14 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages

Example:
HEADer:HEADer #45168xxxxxxxx
ASCII character # introduces the data block. The next number indicates how many
of the following digits describe the length of the data block. In the example, the 4 fol-
lowing digits indicate the length to be 5168 bytes. The data bytes follow. During the
transmission of these data bytes, all End or other control signs are ignored until all
bytes are transmitted.
This format only supports a byte count up to 9 digits for the number of bytes. For
more than 999999999 bytes, following additional format is used.
Example:
HEADer:HEADer #(1100000000) xxxxxxxx
The byte length count if put into brackets. In the example, the byte counts indicates
a length of 1.100.000.000 bytes. The data bytes follow the close bracket.

5.6.6 Overview of Syntax Elements

The following survey offers an overview of the syntax elements.

a

: The colon separates the key words of a command.

In a command line the colon after the separating semicolon marks the
uppermost command level.
; The semicolon separates two commands of a command line. It does not
alter the path.
, The comma separates several parameters of a command.
? The question mark forms a query.
* The asterisk marks a common command.
" Quotation marks introduce a string and terminate it.
# The double dagger introduces block data.
A white space (ASCII code 0 to 9, 11 to 32 decimal, e.g. blank) separates
header and parameter.

5.6.7 Instrument Model and Command Processing

The instrument model shown in Fig. 5.2 has been made viewed from the standpoint
of the servicing of remote commands. The individual components work indepen-
dently of each other and simultaneously. They communicate by means of so-called
"messages".

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5.15

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages

Input unit with

GPIB input puffer

Command
recognition

Data set Status

reporting
Instrument system
hardware

Output unit with

GPIB
output buffer

Fig. 5.2 Instrument model in the case of remote control by means of the GPIB

5.6.8 Input Unit

The input unit receives commands character by character from the GPIB and col-
lects them in the input buffer. The input unit sends a message to the command rec-
ognition as soon as the input buffer is full or as soon as it receives a delimiter,
<PROGRAM MESSAGE TERMINATOR>, as defined in IEEE 488.2, or the interface
message DCL.
If the input buffer is full, the GPIB traffic is stopped and the data received up to then
are processed. Subsequently the GPIB traffic is continued. If, however, the buffer is
not yet full when receiving the delimiter, the input unit can already receive the next
command during command recognition and execution. The receipt of a DCL clears
the input buffer and immediately initiates a message to the command recognition.

5.6.9 Command Recognition

The command recognition analyses the data received from the input unit. It pro-
ceeds in the order in which it receives the data. Only a DCL is serviced with priority,
a GET (Group Execute Trigger), e.g., is only executed after the commands received
before as well. Each recognized command is immediately transferred to the instru-
ment data base but without being executed there at once.
Syntactical errors in the command are recognized in the command recognition and
supplied to the status reporting system. The rest of a command line after a syntax
error is analyzed further if possible and serviced.
If the command recognition recognizes a delimiter (<PROGRAM MESSAGE SEPA-
RATOR> or <PROGRAM MESSAGE TERMINATOR>) or a DCL, it requests the
instrument data base to set the commands in the instrument hardware as well now.
Subsequently it is immediately prepared to process commands again. This means
for the command servicing that further commands can already be serviced while the
hardware is still being set ("overlapping execution").

5.16 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages

5.6.10 Instrument Data Base and Instrument Hardware

Here the expression "instrument hardware" denotes the part of the instrument fulfill-
ing the actual instrument function - signal generation, measurement etc. The con-
troller is not included.
The instrument data base is a detailed reproduction of the instrument hardware in
the software.
GPIB setting commands lead to an alteration in the data set. The data base man-
agement enters the new values (e.g. frequency) into the data base, however, only
passes them on to the hardware when requested by the command recognition.
The data are only checked for their compatibility among each other and with the
instrument hardware immediately before they are transmitted to the instrument
hardware. If the detection is made that an execution is not possible, an "execution
error" is signalled to the status reporting system. The alteration of the data base are
cancelled, the instrument hardware is not reset.
GPIB queries induce the data base management to send the desired data to the
output unit.

5.6.11 Status Reporting System

The status reporting system collects information on the instrument state and makes
it available to the output unit on request. The exact structure and function are
described in section “Overview of the Status Registers” on page 5.21.

5.6.12 Output Unit

The output unit collects the information requested by the controller, which it receives
from the data base management. It processes it according to the SCPI rules and
makes it available in the output buffer. If the instrument is addressed as a talker
without the output buffer containing data or awaiting data from the data base man-
agement, the output unit sends error message "Query UNTERMINATED" to the sta-
tus reporting system. No data are sent on the GPIB, the controller waits until it has
reached its time limit. This behavior is specified by SCPI.

5.6.13 Command Sequence and Command Synchronization

What has been said above makes clear that all commands can potentially be carried
out overlapping.
In order to prevent an overlapping execution of commands, one of commands
*OPC, *OPC? or *WAI must be used. All three commands cause a certain action
only to be carried out after the hardware has been set and has settled. By a suitable
programming, the controller can be forced to wait for the respective action to occur.

Command Action after the hardware has settled Programming the controller

*OPC Setting the operation-complete bit in the ESR - Setting bit 0 in the ESE
- Setting bit 5 in the SRE
- Waiting for service request (SRQ)

*OPC? Writing a "1" into the output buffer Addressing the instrument as a talker

*WAI Continuing the GPIB handshake Sending the next command

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5.17

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Status Reporting System

An example as to command synchronization can be found in chapter “Remote Con-

trol – Programming Examples”.
For a couple of commands the synchronization to the end of command execution is
mandatory in order to obtain the desired result. The affected commands require
either more than one measurement in order to accomplish the desired instrument
setting (e.g. auto range functions), or they require a longer period of time for execu-
tion. If a new command is received during execution of the corresponding function
this may either lead to either to an aborted measurement or to invalid measurement
data.
The following list includes the commands, for which a synchronization via *OPC,
*OPC? or *WAI is mandatory:

Command Purpose

INIT start measurement

INIT:CONM continue measurement

CALC:MARK:FUNC:ZOOM zoom frequency range around marker 1

CALC:STAT:SCAL:AUTO ONCE optimize level settings for signal statistic measurement functions

[SENS:]POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV optimize level settings for adjacent channel power measurements

5.7 Status Reporting System

The status reporting system (cf. Fig. 5.4) stores all information on the present oper-
ating state of the instrument, e.g. that the instrument presently carries out a calibra-
tion and on errors which have occurred. This information is stored in the status
registers and in the error queue. The status registers and the error queue can be
queried via GPIB.
The information is of a hierarchical structure. The register status byte (STB) defined
in IEEE 488.2 and its associated mask register service request enable (SRE) form
the uppermost level. The STB receives its information from the standard event sta-
tus register (ESR) which is also defined in IEEE 488.2 with the associated mask reg-
ister standard event status enable (ESE) and registers STATus:OPERation and
STATus:QUEStionable which are defined by SCPI and contain detailed information
on the instrument.
The IST flag ("Individual STatus") and the parallel poll enable register (PPE) allo-
cated to it are also part of the status reporting system. The IST flag, like the SRQ,
combines the entire instrument status in a single bit. The PPE fulfills the same func-
tion for the IST flag as the SRE for the service request.
The output buffer contains the messages the instrument returns to the controller. It
is not part of the status reporting system but determines the value of the MAV bit in
the STB and thus is represented in Fig. 5.4.

5.7.1 Structure of an SCPI Status Register

Each SCPI register consists of 5 parts which each have a width of 16 bits and have
different functions (cf. Fig. 5.3). The individual bits are independent of each other,
i.e. each hardware status is assigned a bit number which is valid for all five parts.
For example, bit 3 of the STATus:OPERation register is assigned to the hardware

5.18 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Status Reporting System

status "wait for trigger" in all five parts. Bit 15 (the most significant bit) is set to zero
for all parts. Thus the contents of the register parts can be processed by the control-
ler as positive integer.

15 14 13 12 CONDition part 3 2 1 0

15 14 13 12 PTRansition part 3 2 1 0

15 14 13 12 NTRansition part 3 2 1 0

15 14 13 12 EVENt part 3 2 1 0

to higher-order register
& & & & & & & & & & & & & & & &
+ Sum bit & = logical AND

+ = logical OR
15 14 13 12 ENABle part 3 2 1 0
of all bits
Fig. 5.3 The status-register model

CONDition part

The CONDition part is directly written into by the hardware or the sum bit of the next
lower register. Its contents reflects the current instrument status. This register part
can only be read, but not written into or cleared. Its contents is not affected by read-
ing.

PTRansition part

The Positive-TRansition part acts as an edge detector. When a bit of the CONDition
part is changed from 0 to 1, the associated PTR bit decides whether the EVENt bit is
set to 1.
PTR bit =1: the EVENt bit is set.
PTR bit =0: the EVENt bit is not set.
This part can be written into and read at will. Its contents is not affected by reading.

NTRansition part

The Negative-TRansition part also acts as an edge detector. When a bit of the CON-
Dition part is changed from 1 to 0, the associated NTR bit decides whether the
EVENt bit is set to 1.
NTR-Bit = 1: the EVENt bit is set.
NTR-Bit = 0: the EVENt bit is not set.
This part can be written into and read at will. Its contents is not affected by reading.
With these two edge register parts the user can define which state transition of the
condition part (none, 0 to 1, 1 to 0 or both) is stored in the EVENt part.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5.19

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Status Reporting System

EVENt part

The EVENt part indicates whether an event has occurred since the last reading, it is
the "memory" of the condition part. It only indicates events passed on by the edge
filters. It is permanently updated by the instrument. This part can only be read by the
user. During reading, its contents is set to zero. In linguistic usage this part is often
equated with the entire register.

ENABle part

The ENABle part determines whether the associated EVENt bit contributes to the
sum bit (cf. below). Each bit of the EVENt part is ANDed with the associated ENABle
bit (symbol '&'). The results of all logical operations of this part are passed on to the
sum bit via an OR function (symbol '+').
ENABle-Bit = 0: the associated EVENt bit does not contribute to the sum bit
ENABle-Bit = 1: if the associated EVENT bit is "1", the sum bit is set to "1" as well.
This part can be written into and read by the user at will. Its contents is not affected
by reading.

Sum bit

As indicated above, the sum bit is obtained from the EVENt and ENABle part for
each register. The result is then entered into a bit of the CONDition part of the
higher-order register.
The instrument automatically generates the sum bit for each register. Thus an
event, e.g. a PLL that has not locked, can lead to a service request throughout all
levels of the hierarchy.

The service request enable register SRE defined in IEEE 488.2 can be taken as
ENABle part of the STB if the STB is structured according to SCPI. By analogy, the
ESE can be taken as the ENABle part of the ESR.

5.20 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Status Reporting System

5.7.2 Overview of the Status Registers

The following figure shows the status registers used by the R&S ESCI base unit.
The status registers used by the R&S ESCI options are described in the separate
software manuals.

Fig. 5.4 Overview of the status registers (base unit)

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5.21

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Status Reporting System

5.7.3 Description of the Status Registers

5.7.3.1 Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable Register (SRE)
The STB is already defined in IEEE 488.2. It provides a rough overview of the instru-
ment status by collecting the pieces of information of the lower registers. It can thus
be compared with the CONDition part of an SCPI register and assumes the highest
level within the SCPI hierarchy. A special feature is that bit 6 acts as the sum bit of
the remaining bits of the status byte.
The STATUS BYTE is read out using the command "*STB?" or a serial poll.
The STB implies the SRE. It corresponds to the ENABle part of the SCPI registers
as to its function. Each bit of the STB is assigned a bit in the SRE. Bit 6 of the SRE
is ignored. If a bit is set in the SRE and the associated bit in the STB changes from 0
to 1, a Service Request (SRQ) is generated on the GPIB, which triggers an interrupt
in the controller if this is appropriately configured and can be further processed
there.
The SRE can be set using command "*SRE" and read using "*SRE?".

Bit Meaning
No.

2 Error Queue not empty

The bit is set when an entry is made in the error queue.
If this bit is enabled by the SRE, each entry of the error queue generates a Service Request.
Thus an error can be recognized and specified in greater detail by polling the error queue. The
poll provides an informative error message. This procedure is to be recommended since it
considerably reduces the problems involved with GPIB control.

3 QUEStionable status sum bit

The bit is set if an EVENt bit is set in the QUEStionable: status register and the associated
ENABle bit is set to 1.
A set bit indicates a questionable instrument status, which can be specified in greater detail
by polling the QUEStionable status register.

4 MAV bit (message available)

The bit is set if a message is available in the output buffer which can be read.
This bit can be used to enable data to be automatically read from the instrument to the
controller (cf. chapter “Remote Control – Programming Examples”).

5 ESB bit
Sum bit of the event status register. It is set if one of the bits in the event status register is set
and enabled in the event status enable register.
Setting of this bit implies an error or an event which can be specified in greater detail by polling
the event status register.

6 MSS bit (master status summary bit)

The bit is set if the instrument triggers a service request. This is the case if one of the other
bits of this registers is set together with its mask bit in the service request enable register SRE.

7 OPERation status register sum bit

The bit is set if an EVENt bit is set in the OPERation-Status register and the associated
ENABle bit is set to 1.
A set bit indicates that the instrument is just performing an action. The type of action can be
determined by polling the OPERation-status register.

5.22 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Status Reporting System

5.7.3.2 IST Flag and Parallel Poll Enable Register (PPE)

By analogy with the SRQ, the IST flag combines the entire status information in a
single bit. It can be queried by means of a parallel poll (cf. section “Parallel Poll” on
page 5.30) or using command "*IST?".
The parallel poll enable register (PPE) determines which bits of the STB contribute
to the IST flag. The bits of the STB are ANDed with the corresponding bits of the
PPE, with bit 6 being used as well in contrast to the SRE. The Ist flag results from
the ORing of all results. The PPE can be set using commands "*PRE" and read
using command "*PRE?".

5.7.3.3 Event-Status Register (ESR) and Event-Status-Enable Register (ESE)

The ESR is already defined in IEEE 488.2. It can be compared with the EVENt part
of an SCPI register. The event status register can be read out using command
"*ESR?".
The ESE is the associated ENABle part. It can be set using command "*ESE" and
read using command "*ESE?".

Bit Meaning
No.

0 Operation Complete
This bit is set on receipt of the command *OPC exactly when all previous commands have
been executed.

1 This bit is not used

2 Query Error
This bit is set if either the controller wants to read data from the instrument without having
send a query, or if it does not fetch requested data and sends new instructions to the
instrument instead. The cause is often a query which is faulty and hence cannot be executed.

3 Device-dependent Error
This bit is set if a device-dependent error occurs. An error message with a number between
-300 and -399 or a positive error number, which denotes the error in greater detail, is entered
into the error queue (cf. chapter “Error Messages”).

4 Execution Error
This bit is set if a received command is syntactically correct, however, cannot be performed
for other reasons. An error message with a number between -200 and -300, which denotes
the error in greater detail, is entered into the error queue (cf. chapter “Error Messages”).

5 Command Error
This bit is set if a command which is undefined or syntactically incorrect is received. An error
message with a number between -100 and -200, which denotes the error in greater detail, is
entered into the error queue (cf. chapter “Error Messages”).

6 User Request
This bit is set on pressing the LOCAL key.

7 Power On (supply voltage on)

This bit is set on switching on the instrument.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5.23

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Status Reporting System

5.7.3.4 STATus:OPERation Register

In the CONDition part, this register contains information on which actions the
instrument is being executing or, in the EVENt part, information on which actions the
instrument has executed since the last reading. It can be read using commands
"STATus:OPERation:CONDition?" or "STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?".

Bit Meaning
No.

0 CALibrating
This bit is set as long as the instrument is performing a calibration.

1 to 7 These bits are not used

8 HardCOPy in progress
This bit is set while the instrument is printing a hardcopy.

9 SCAN results available

This bit is set when a block of scan results is available. Must be enabled by TRAC:FEED:
CONT ALWays

10 Sweep Break
This bit is set when end of sweep range is reached (spurious measurement, mode analyzer).
Command “INIT:CONM” has to be used to proceed.

11 to These bits are not used

12

13 Threshold signal active

14 This bit is not used

15 This bit is always 0

5.24 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Status Reporting System

5.7.3.5 STATus:QUEStionable Register

This register comprises information about indefinite states which may occur if the
unit is operated without meeting the specifications. It can be queried by commands
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition? and STATus:QUEStionable[:
EVENt]?.

Bit Meaning
No.

0 to 2 These bits are not used.

3 POWer
This bit is set if a questionable power occurs (cf. also section “STATus:QUEStionable:POWer
Register” on page 5.28)

4 This bit is not used.

5 FREQuency
The bit is set if a frequency is questionable (cf. section “STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency
Register” on page 5.27)

6 This bit is not used.

7 This bit is not used

8 CALibration
The bit is set if a measurement is performed uncalibrated (equivalent to label "UNCAL")

9 LIMit (device-specific)
This bit is set if a limit value is violated (see also section “STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>
Register” on page 5.27)

10 LMARgin
This bit is set if a margin is violated (see also section “STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>
Register” on page 5.28)

11 This bit is not used

12 ACPLimit
This bit is set if a limit for the adjacent channel power measurement is violated (see also
section “STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit Register” on page 5.26)

13 TRANSducer break

14 This bit is not used

15 This bit is always 0.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5.25

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Status Reporting System

5.7.3.6 STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit Register

This register comprises information about the observance of limits during adjacent
power measurements. It can be queried with commands STATus:QUEStionable:
ACPLimit:CONDition? and STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit[:EVENt]?.

Bit Meaning
No.

0 ADJ UPPer FAIL(Screen A)

This bit is set if in screen A. the limit is exceeded in the upper adjacent channel

1 ADJ LOWer FAIL (Screen A)

This bit is set if in screen A the limit is exceeded in the lower adjacent channel.

2 ALT1 UPPer FAIL (Screen A)

This bit is set if in screen A the limit is exceeded in the upper 1st alternate channel.

3 ALT1 LOWer FAIL (Screen A)

This bit is set if in screen A the limit is exceeded in the lower 1st alternate channel.

4 ALT2 UPPer FAIL (Screen A)

This bit is set if in screen A the limit is exceeded in the upper 2nd alternate channel.

5 ALT2 LOWer FAIL (Screen A)

This bit is set if in screen A the limit is exceeded in the lower 2nd alternate channel.

6 ALT3 to 11 LOWer/UPPer FAIL (Screen A)

This bit is set if in screen A the limit is exceeded in one of the lower or upper alternate channels
3 to 11.

7 not used

8 ADJ UPPer FAIL (Screen B)

This bit is set if in screen B the limit is exceeded in the upper adjacent channel.

9 ADJ LOWer FAIL (Screen B)

This bit is set if in screen B the limit is exceeded in the lower adjacent channel.

10 ALT1 UPPer FAIL (Screen B)

This bit is set if in screen B the limit is exceeded in the upper 1st alternate channel.

11 ALT1 LOWer FAIL (Screen B)

This bit is set if in screen B the limit is exceeded in the lower 1st alternate channel.

12 ALT2 UPPer FAIL (Screen B)

This bit is set if in screen B the limit is exceeded in the upper 2nd alternate channel.

13 ALT2 LOWer FAIL (Screen B)

This bit is set if in screen B the limit is exceeded in the lower 2nd alternate channel.

14 This bit is not used.

15 This bit is always set to 0.

5.26 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Status Reporting System

5.7.3.7 STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency Register

This register comprises information about the reference and local oscillator.
It can be queried with commands STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDi-
tion? and STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]?.

Bit Meaning
No.

0 OVEN COLD
This bit is set if the reference oscillator has not yet attained its operating temperature. 'OCXO'
will then be displayed.

1 LO UNLocked (Screen A)
This bit is set if the local oscillator no longer locks. 'LOUNL will then be displayed.

2 to 8 not used

9 LO UNLocked (Screen B)
This bit is set if the local oscillator no longer locks.' LOUNL' will then be displayed.

10 to not used
14

15 This bit is always 0.

5.7.3.8 STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2> Register

This register comprises information about the observance of limit lines in the corre-
sponding measurement window (LIMit 1 corresponds to Screen A, LIMit 2 to Screen
B). It can be queried with commands STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:
CONDition? and STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>[:EVENt]?.

Bit Meaning
No.

0 LIMit 1 FAIL
This bit is set if limit line 1 is violated.

1 LIMit 2 FAIL
This bit is set if limit line 2 is violated.

2 LIMit 3 FAIL
This bit is set if limit line 3 is violated.

3 LIMit 4 FAIL
This bit is set if limit line 4 is violated.

4 LIMit 5 FAIL
This bit is set if limit line 5 is violated.

5 LIMit 6 FAIL
This bit is set if limit line 6 is violated.

6 LIMit 7 FAIL
This bit is set if limit line 7 is violated.

7 LIMit 8 FAIL
This bit is set if limit line 8 is violated.

8 to 14 not used

15 This bit is always 0.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5.27

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Status Reporting System

5.7.3.9 STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2> Register

This register comprises information about the observance of limit margins in the cor-
responding measurement window (LMARgin1 corresponds to Screen A, LMARgin2
corresponds to Screen B). It can be queried with commands STATus:QUEStion-
able:LMARgin<1|2>:CONDition? and "STATus:QUEStionable:LMAR-
gin<1|2>[:EVENt]?.

Bit Meaning
No.

0 LMARgin 1 FAIL
This bit is set if limit margin 1 is violated.

1 LMARgin 2 FAIL
This bit is set if limit margin 2 is violated.

2 LMARgin 3 FAIL
This bit is set if limit margin 3 is violated.

3 LMARgin 4 FAIL
This bit is set if limit margin 4 is violated.

4 LMARgin 5 FAIL
This bit is set if limit margin 5 is violated.

5 LMARgin 6 FAIL
This bit is set if limit margin 1 is violated.

6 LMARgin 7 FAIL
This bit is set if limit margin 7 is violated.

7 LMARgin 8 FAIL
This bit is set if limit margin 8 is violated.

8 to not used
14

15 This bit is always 0.

5.7.3.10 STATus:QUEStionable:POWer Register

This register comprises all information about possible overloads of the unit.
It can be queried with commands STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?
and STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]?.

Bit Meaning
No.

0 OVERload (Screen A)
This bit is set if the RF input is overloaded. 'OVLD' will then be displayed.

1 UNDerload (Screen A)
This bit is set if the RF input is underloaded. 'UNLD' will then be displayed.

2 IF_OVerload (Screen A)
This bit is set if the IF path is overloaded. 'IFOVL' will then be displayed.

3 to 7 not used

8 OVERload (Screen B)
This bit is set if the RF input is overloaded. 'OVLD' will then be displayed.

5.28 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Status Reporting System

Bit Meaning
No.

9 UNDerload (Screen B)
This bit is set if the RF input is underloaded. 'UNLD' will then be displayed.

10 IF_OVerload (Screen B)
This bit is set if the IF path is overloaded. 'IFOVL' will then be displayed.

11 to not used
14

15 This bit is always 0.

5.7.3.11 STATus:QUEStionalble:TRANsducer Register

This register indicates that a transducer hold point is attained (bit 15) and what
range is to be swept next (bit 0 to 10). The sweep can be continued with command
“INITiate<1|2>:CONMeas”.
It can be queried with commands “STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:CONDi-
tion?” and “STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer[:EVENt]?”.

Bit Meaning
No.

0 Range 1
This bit is set when subrange 1 is attained.

1 Range 2
This bit is set when subrange 1 is attained.

2 Range 3
This bit is set when subrange 1 is attained.

3 Range 4
This bit is set when subrange 1 is attained.

4 Range 5
This bit is set when subrange 1 is attained.

5 Range 6
This bit is set when subrange 1 is attained.

6 Range 7
This bit is set when subrange 1 is attained.

7 Range 8
This bit is set when subrange 1 is attained.

8 Range 9
This bit is set when subrange 1 is attained.

9 Range 10
This bit is set when subrange 1 is attained.

10 to not used
13

14 Subrange limit
This bit is set when the transducer is at the point of changeover from one range to another.

15 This bit is always 0.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5.29

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Status Reporting System

5.7.4 Application of the Status Reporting Systems

In order to be able to effectively use the status reporting system, the information
contained there must be transmitted to the controller and further processed there.
There are several methods which are represented in the following. Detailed program
examples are to be found in chapter “Remote Control – Programming Examples”.

5.7.4.1 Service Request, Making Use of the Hierarchy Structure

Under certain circumstances, the instrument can send a service request (SRQ) to
the controller. Usually this service request initiates an interrupt at the controller, to
which the control program can react with corresponding actions. As evident from
Fig. 5.4, an SRQ is always initiated if one or several of bits 2, 3, 4, 5 or 7 of the sta-
tus byte are set and enabled in the SRE. Each of these bits combines the informa-
tion of a further register, the error queue or the output buffer. The corresponding
setting of the ENABle parts of the status registers can achieve that arbitrary bits in
an arbitrary status register initiate an SRQ. In order to make use of the possibilities
of the service request, all bits should be set to "1" in enable registers SRE and ESE.
Examples (cf. Fig. 5.4 and chapter “Remote Control – Programming Examples”):
Use of command "*OPC" to generate an SRQ at the end of a sweep.
➢ CALL IBWRT(analyzer%, "*ESE 1")Set bit 0 in the ESE (Operation
Complete)
➢ CALL IBWRT(analyzer%, "*SRE 32")Set bit 5 in the SRE (ESB)
After its settings have been completed, the instrument generates an SRQ.
The SRQ is the only possibility for the instrument to become active on its own. Each
controller program should set the instrument in a way that a service request is initi-
ated in the case of malfunction. The program should react appropriately to the ser-
vice request. A detailed example for a service request routine is to be found in
chapter “Remote Control – Programming Examples”.

5.7.4.2 Serial Poll

In a serial poll, just as with command "*STB", the status byte of an instrument is que-
ried. However, the query is realized via interface messages and is thus clearly
faster. The serial-poll method has already been defined in IEEE 488.1 and used to
be the only standard possibility for different instruments to poll the status byte. The
method also works with instruments which do not adhere to SCPI or IEEE 488.2.
The VISUAL BASIC command for executing a serial poll is "IBRSP()". Serial poll is
mainly used to obtain a fast overview of the state of several instruments connected
to the GPIB.

5.7.4.3 Parallel Poll

In a parallel poll, up to eight instruments are simultaneously requested by the con-
troller by means of a single command to transmit 1 bit of information each on the
data lines, i.e., to set the data line allocated to each instrument to logically "0" or "1".
By analogy to the SRE register which determines under which conditions an SRQ is
generated, there is a parallel poll enable register (PPE) which is ANDed with the
STB bit by bit as well considering bit 6. The results are ORed, the result is then sent
(possibly inverted) as a response in the parallel poll of the controller. The result can
also be queried without parallel poll by means of command "*IST".

5.30 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Status Reporting System

The instrument first has to be set for the parallel poll using quick-BASIC command
"IBPPC()". This command allocates a data line to the instrument and determines
whether the response is to be inverted. The parallel poll itself is executed using
"IBRPP()".
The parallel-poll method is mainly used in order to quickly find out after an SRQ
which instrument has sent the service request if there are many instruments con-
nected to the GPIB. To this effect, SRE and PPE must be set to the same value. A
detailed example as to the parallel poll is to be found in chapter “Remote Control –
Programming Examples”.

5.7.4.4 Query by Means of Commands

Each part of every status register can be read by means of queries. The individual
commands are indicated in the detailed description of the registers. What is returned
is always a number which represents the bit pattern of the register queried. Evaluat-
ing this number is effected by the controller program.
Queries are usually used after an SRQ in order to obtain more detailed information
on the cause of the SRQ.

5.7.4.5 Error Queue Query

Each error state in the instrument leads to an entry in the error queue. The entries of
the error queue are detailed plain-text error messages which can be looked at in the
ERROR menu via manual operation or queried via the GPIB using SYSTem:
ERRor? command. Each call of SYSTem:ERRor? provides an entry from the error
queue. If no error messages are stored there any more, the instrument responds
with 0, "No error".
The error queue should be queried after every SRQ in the controller program as the
entries describe the cause of an error more precisely than the status registers.
Especially in the test phase of a controller program the error queue should be que-
ried regularly since faulty commands from the controller to the instrument are
recorded there as well.

5.7.5 Resetting Values of the Status Reporting System

Table 5-13 comprises the different commands and events causing the status report-
ing system to be reset. None of the commands, except for *RST and SYSTem:PRE-
Set influences the functional instrument settings. In particular, DCL does not change
the instrument settings.

Event Switching on DCL,SDC *RST or STATus: *CLS

supply voltage (Device Clear, SYSTem: PRESet
Selected PRESet
Power-On-Status-
Clear Device Clear)

Effect 0 1

Clear STB,ESR — yes — — — yes

Clear SRE,ESE — yes — — —

Clear PPE — yes — — —

Clear EVENTt parts of the — yes — — yes

registers

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5.31

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Basics
Status Reporting System

Event Switching on DCL,SDC *RST or STATus: *CLS

supply voltage (Device Clear, SYSTem: PRESet
Selected PRESet
Power-On-Status-
Clear Device Clear)

Effect 0 1

Clear Enable parts of all — yes — — yes —

OPERation and QUEStionable
registers, Fill Enable parts of all
other registers with "1".

Fill PTRansition parts with "1" , — yes — — yes —

Clear NTRansition parts

Clear error queue yes yes — — — yes

Clear output buffer yes yes yes 1) 1) 1)

Clear command processing and yes yes yes — — —

input buffer

1) Every command being the first in a command line, i.e., immediately following a <PROGRAM MESSAGE TERMINATOR> clears the output
buffer.

5.32 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands

6 Remote Control – Description of

Commands
6.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4
6.2 Notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5
6.3 Common Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8
6.4 ABORt Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.11
6.5 CALCulate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12
6.5.1 CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13
6.5.2 CALCulate:ESPectrum Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21
6.5.3 CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22
6.5.3.1CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.27
6.5.3.2CALCulate:LIMit:CONTrol Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.34
6.5.3.3CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36
6.5.3.4CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39
6.5.4 CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.42
6.5.4.1CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.51
6.5.4.2CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:HARMonics Subsystem . . . . . . . . 6.61
6.5.4.3CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.64
6.5.4.4CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . 6.73
6.5.4.5CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . 6.75
6.5.5 CALCulate:MATH Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.87
6.5.6 CALCulate:PEAKsearch I PSEarch Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.89
6.5.7 CALCulate:STATistics Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.91
6.5.8 CALCulate:THReshold Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.95
6.5.9 CALCulate:UNIT Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.97
6.6 CALibration Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.98
6.7 DIAGnostic Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100
6.8 DISPlay Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.103
6.9 FORMat Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.113
6.10 HCOPy Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.114
6.11 INITiate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.120
6.12 INPut Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.124
6.13 INSTrument Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.128
6.14 MMEMory Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.133
6.15 OUTPut Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.146
6.16 SENSe Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.147
6.16.1 SENSe:AVERage Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.148

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.1

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands

6.16.2 SENSe:BANDwidth Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.150

6.16.3 SENSe:CORRection Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.154
6.16.4 SENSe:DEMod Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.161
6.16.5 SENSe:DETector Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162
6.16.6 SENSe:ESPectrum Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.163
6.16.7 SENSe:FMEasurement Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.171
6.16.8 SENSe:FREQuency Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.174
6.16.9 SENSe:LIST Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.177
6.16.10 SENSe:MPOWer Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.186
6.16.11 SENSe:POWer Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.190
6.16.12 SENSe:ROSCillator Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.199
6.16.13 SENSe:SCAN Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.201
6.16.14 SENSe:SWEep Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.204
6.16.15 SENSe:TV Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.209
6.17 SOURce Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.210
6.17.1 Internal Tracking Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.210
6.17.2 SOURce:EXTernal Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213
6.18 STATus Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.216
6.19 SYSTem Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.225
6.20 TRACe Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.236
6.20.1 General Trace Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.236
6.20.2 Number and Format of the Measurement Values for the Different
Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.239
6.20.3 TRACe:IQ Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.242
6.21 TRIGger Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.253
6.22 UNIT Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.257
6.23 GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and
8594E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.258
6.23.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.258
6.23.2 Command Set of Models 8560E, 8561E, 8562E, 8563E, 8564E,
8565E, 8566A/B, 8568A/B, 8591E, 8594E, 71100C, 71200C, and
71209A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.258
6.23.3 Special Features of the Syntax Parsing Algorithms for 8566A and
8568A Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.276
6.23.4 856x: Emulation of the Spurious Response Measurement Utility
85672A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.277
6.23.4.1General commands for Spurious . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.277
6.23.4.2Commands for TOI-Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.277
6.23.4.3Commands for Harmonic Distortion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.277
6.23.4.4Commands for Spurious . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.278

6.2 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands

6.23.5 Special Behavior of Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.279

6.23.6 Model-Dependent Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.281
6.23.7 Data Output Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.281
6.23.8 Trace Data Output Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.282
6.23.9 Trace Data Input Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.282
6.23.10 GPIB Status Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.282
6.24 Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE
Families of Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.283

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.3

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Introduction

6.1 Introduction
This chapter describes all remote control commands of the R&S ESCI in detail. For details on the nota-
tion of the remote control commands refer to “Notation” on page 6.5.
Before sending a command sequence consisting of commands described in chapter 6, please make
sure that the analyzer mode is active, by one of the following actions:
• Perform a preset (*RST).
• Use the INST:SEL SAN command.
The remote control commands are sorted according to the subsystem they belong to. The following
subsystems are included in this chapter:
• “Common Commands” on page 6.8
• “ABORt Subsystem” on page 6.11
• “CALCulate Subsystem” on page 6.12
• “CALibration Subsystem” on page 6.98
• “DIAGnostic Subsystem” on page 6.100
• “DISPlay Subsystem” on page 6.103
• “FORMat Subsystem” on page 6.113
• “HCOPy Subsystem” on page 6.114
• “INITiate Subsystem” on page 6.120
• “INPut Subsystem” on page 6.124
• “INSTrument Subsystem” on page 6.128
• “MMEMory Subsystem” on page 6.133
• “OUTPut Subsystem” on page 6.146
• “SENSe Subsystem” on page 6.147
• “SOURce Subsystem” on page 6.210
• “STATus Subsystem” on page 6.216
• “SYSTem Subsystem” on page 6.225
• “TRACe Subsystem” on page 6.236
• “TRIGger Subsystem” on page 6.253
• “UNIT Subsystem” on page 6.257
An alphabetical list of all remote commands is provided at the end of this chapter in section “Alphabetical
List of Remote Commands” on page 6.330. Additionally, a subset of remote commands of HP models is
supported. These commands are listed in section “GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B,
8568A/B and 8594E” on page 6.258.

6.4 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Notation

6.2 Notation
In the following sections, all commands implemented in the instrument are first listed in tables and then
described in detail, arranged according to the command subsystems. The notation is adapted to the
SCPI standard. The SCPI conformity information is included in the individual description of the com-
mands.

Table of
Commands
Command: In the command column, the table provides an overview of the
commands and their hierarchical arrangement (see indentations).
Parameter: The parameter column indicates the requested parameters
together with their specified range.
Unit: The unit column indicates the base unit of the physical parame-
ters.
Comment: In the comment column an indication is made on:
– whether the command does not have a query form,
– whether the command has only one query form
– whether the command is implemented only with a certain option
of the instrument
Indentations The different levels of the SCPI command hierarchy are repre-
sented in the table by means of indentations to the right. The lower
the level, the further the indentation to the right. Please note that
the complete notation of the command always includes the higher
levels as well.
Example:
SENSe:FREQuency:CENTer is represented in the table as fol-
lows:
SENSe first level
:FREQuency second level
:CENTer third level
Individual The individual description contains the complete notation of the
description command. An example for each command, the *RST value and
the SCPI information are included as well.
The operating modes for which a command can be used are indi-
cated by the following abbreviations:
– R – receiver
– A – analyzer
– A-F – analyzer - frequency domain only
– A-T – analyzer - time domain only (zero span)

The receiver and analyzer modes are implemented in the base unit. For the other
modes, the corresponding options are required.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.5

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Notation

Upper/lower case Upper/lower case letters are used to mark the long or short form of the key words
notation of a command in the description (see chapter “Remote Control – Basics”). The
instrument itself does not distinguish between upper and lower case letters.
Special characters |
A selection of key words with an identical effect exists for several commands.
These key words are indicated in the same line; they are separated by a vertical
stroke. Only one of these key words needs to be included in the header of the
command. The effect of the command is independent of which of the key words is
used.
Example:
SENSe:FREQuency:CW|:FIXed
The two following commands with identical meaning can be created. They set
the frequency of the fixed frequency signal to 1 kHz:
SENSe:FREQuency:CW 1E3 = SENSe:FREQuency:FIXed 1E3
A vertical stroke in parameter indications marks alternative possibilities in the
sense of "or". The effect of the command is different, depending on which
parameter is used.
Example: Selection of the parameters for the command
DISPlay:FORMat FULL | SPLit
If parameter FULL is selected, full screen is displayed, in the case of SPLit, split
screen is displayed.
[ ]
Key words in square brackets can be omitted when composing the header (cf.
chapter “Remote Control – Basics”, section “Optional key words” on page 5.10).
The full command length must be accepted by the instrument for reasons of com-
patibility with the SCPI standards.
Parameters in square brackets can be incorporated optionally in the command or
omitted as well.
{ }
Parameters in braces can be incorporated optionally in the command, either not at
all, once or several times.
Description of Due to the standardization, the parameter section of SCPI commands consists
parameters always of the same syntactical elements. SCPI has therefore specified a series of
definitions, which are used in the tables of commands. In the tables, these estab-
lished definitions are indicated in angled brackets (< to >) and will be briefly
explained in the following (see also chapter “Remote Control – Basics”, section
“Parameters” on page 5.13).
<Boolean> This key word refers to parameters which can adopt two states, "on" and "off". The
"off" state may either be indicated by the key word OFF or by the numeric value 0,
the "on" state is indicated by ON or any numeric value other than zero. Parameter
queries are always returned the numeric value 0 or 1.

6.6 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Notation

<numeric_value> These key words mark parameters which may be entered as numeric values or be
<num> set using specific key words (character data).
The following key words given below are permitted:
– MINimum – This key word sets the parameter to the smallest possible value.
– MAXimum – This key word sets the parameter to the largest possible value.
– DEFault – This key word is used to reset the parameter to its default value.
– UP – This key word increments the parameter value.
– DOWN – This key word decrements the parameter value.
The numeric values associated to MAXimum/MINimum/DEFault can be queried by
adding the corresponding key words to the command. They must be entered fol-
lowing the quotation mark.
Example:
SENSe:FREQuency:CENTer? MAXimum
returns the maximum possible numeric value of the center frequency as result.
<arbitrary block This key word is provided for commands the parameters of which consist of a
program data> binary data block.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.7

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Common Commands

6.3 Common Commands

The common commands are taken from the IEEE 488.2 (IEC 625-2) standard. A particular command
has the same effect on different devices. The headers of these commands consist of an asterisk "*" fol-
lowed by three letters. Many common commands refer to the status reporting system which is described
in detail in chapter “Remote Control – Basics”.

Command Parameter Function Comment

*CAL? Calibration Query query only

*CLS Clear Status no query

*ESE 0 to 255 Event Status Enable

*ESR? Standard Event Status Query query only

*IDN? Identification Query query only

*IST? Individual Status Query query only

*OPC Operation Complete

*OPT? Option Identification Query query only

*PCB 0 to 30 Pass Control Back no query

*PRE 0 to 255 Parallel Poll Register Enable

*PSC 0|1 Power On Status Clear

*RST Reset no query

*SRE 0 to 255 Service Request Enable

*STB? Status Byte Query query only

*TRG Trigger no query

*TST? Self Test Query query only

*WAI Wait to continue no query

*CAL?
CALIBRATION QUERY initiates a calibration of the instrument and subsequently queries the
calibration status. Any responses > 0 indicate errors.

*CLS
CLEAR STATUS sets the status byte (STB), the standard event register (ESR) and the EVENt-part of
the QUEStionable and the OPERation register to zero. The command does not alter the mask and
transition parts of the registers. It clears the output buffer.

*ESE 0 to 255
EVENT STATUS ENABLE sets the event status enable register to the value indicated. The query form
*ESE? returns the contents of the event status enable register in decimal form.

*ESR?
STANDARD EVENT STATUS QUERY returns the contents of the event status register in decimal form
(0 to 255) and subsequently sets the register to zero.

6.8 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Common Commands

*IDN?
IDENTIFICATION QUERY queries the instrument identification.
Example:
"Rohde&Schwarz, ESCI-3, 123456/789, 4.32"
ESCI-3 = Device name
123456/789 = Serial number of the instrument
4.32 = Firmware version number

*IST?
INDIVIDUAL STATUS QUERY returns the contents of the IST flag in decimal form (0 | 1). The IST flag
is the status bit which is sent during a parallel poll (cf. chapter “Remote Control – Basics”).

*OPC
OPERATION COMPLETE sets bit 0 in the event status register when all preceding commands have
been executed. This bit can be used to initiate a service request (cf. chapter “Remote Control –
Basics”).

*OPC?
OPERATION COMPLETE QUERY writes message "1" into the output buffer as soon as all preceding
commands have been executed (cf. chapter “Remote Control – Basics”).

*OPT?
OPTION IDENTIFICATION QUERY checks which options the instrument contains and returns a list of
installed options. The individual options are separated by commas.

Position Option

1 standard Audio Demodulator

2 R&S FSP-B4 OCXO

3 standard Preselector

4 R&S FSP-B6 TV and RF Trigger

5 to 6 reserved

7 R&S FSP-B9 Tracking Generator 3 GHz /can be I/Q-modulated

8 R&S FSP-B10 Ext. Generator Control

9 to 13 reserved

14 implemented LAN Interface

15 to 51 reserved

Example:
B3,B4,B2,B6,0,0,B9,B10,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,K7,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0,K50,0,0,0,0,0,0,0

*PCB 0 to 30
PASS CONTROL BACK indicates the controller address which the GPIB control is to be returned to
after termination of the triggered action.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.9

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Common Commands

*PRE 0 to 255
PARALLEL POLL REGISTER ENABLE sets the parallel poll enable register to the indicated value.
The query form *PRE? returns the contents of the parallel poll enable register in decimal form.

*PSC 0 | 1
POWER ON STATUS CLEAR determines whether the contents of the ENABle registers are preserved
or reset during power-up.
*PSC = 0 causes the contents of the status registers to be preserved. Thus
a service request can be generated when switching on the instru-
ment, if the status registers ESE and SRE are suitably configured.
*PSC <> 0 Resets the registers.

The query form *PSC? reads out the contents of the power-on-status-clear flag. The response can be
0 or 1.

*RST
RESET sets the instrument to a defined default status. The command essentially corresponds to
pressing the PRESET key. The default setting is indicated in the description of the commands.

*SRE 0 to 255
SERVICE REQUEST ENABLE sets the service request enable register to the indicated value. Bit 6
(MSS mask bit) remains 0. This command determines under which conditions a service request is
generated. The query form *SRE? reads the contents of the service request enable register in decimal
form. Bit 6 is always 0.

*STB?
READ STATUS BYTE QUERY reads out the contents of the status byte in decimal form.

*TRG
TRIGGER initiates all actions in the currently active test screen expecting a trigger event. This
command corresponds to INITiate:IMMediate (cf. section “TRIGger Subsystem” on page 6.253).

*TST?
SELF TEST QUERY initiates the selftest of the instrument and outputs an error code in decimal form
(0 = no error).

*WAI
WAIT-to-CONTINUE permits servicing of subsequent commands only after all preceding commands
have been executed and all signals have settled (cf. section “*OPC” on page 6.9 and chapter “Remote
Control – Basics”).

6.10 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
ABORt Subsystem

6.4 ABORt Subsystem

The ABORt subsystem contains the commands for aborting triggered actions. An action can be triggered
again immediately after being aborted. All commands trigger events, and therefore they have no *RST
value.

ABORt
This command aborts a current measurement and resets the trigger system.

Example: "ABOR;INIT:IMM"

Characteristics: *RST value: 0

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

HOLD
This command interrupts a current scan measurement. The scan is resumed by “INITiate<1|2>[:
IMMediate]” on page 6.121

Example: "HOLD"
'interrupts the current scan measurement

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.11

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5 CALCulate Subsystem

The CALCulate subsystem contains commands for converting instrument data, transforming and carry-
ing out corrections. These functions are carried out subsequent to data acquisition, i.e. following the
SENSe subsystem.
The numeric suffix is used in CALCulate to make the distinction between the two measurement windows
SCREEN A and SCREEN B:
CALCulate1 = Screen A
CALCulate2 = Screen B.
For commands without suffix, screen A is selected automatically.
Full Screen The settings are valid for the measurement window selected with the numeric suffix.
They become effective as soon as the corresponding measurement window has been
selected as active measurement window using the command DISPLay[:WIN-
Dow<1|2>]:SELect. Triggering measurements and querying measured values is
possible only in the active measurement window.
Split Screen The settings are valid for the measurement window selected by means of the numeric
suffix and become effective immediately.

In receiver mode, the marker can be activated only for the scan display (numeric
suffix 2) and after a scan is carried out.

6.12 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.1 CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem

The CALCulate:DELTamarker subsystem controls the delta-marker functions in the instrument.

The measurement windows are selected via CALCulate1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B).

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches on and off the delta marker if delta marker 1 is selected. If marker 2, 3 or 4 is
selected and used as a marker, it is switched to delta marker mode. If the corresponding marker is not
activated, it will be activated and positioned on the maximum of the measurement curve.
If no numeric suffix is indicated, delta marker 1 is selected automatically.
The measurement windows are selected via CALCulate1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B).

Example: "CALC:DELT3 ON"

'Switches marker 3 in screen A to delta marker mode.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MODE ABSolute | RELative

This command switches between relative and absolute frequency input of the delta marker (or time
with span = 0). It affects all delta markers independent of the measurement window.

Example: "CALC:DELT:MODE ABS"

'Switches the frequency/time indication for all delta markers to absolute values.
"CALC:DELT:MODE REL"
'Switches the frequency/time indication for all delta markers to relative to marker 1.

Characteristics: *RST value: REL

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:AOFF
This command switches off all active delta markers.
The measurement windows are selected via CALCulate1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B).

Example: "CALC:DELT:AOFF"
'Switches off all delta markers in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.13

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:TRACe 1 to 3
This command assigns the selected delta marker to the indicated measurement curve. The selected
measurement curve must be active, i.e. its state must be different from "BLANK".
The measurement windows are selected via CALCulate1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B).

Example: "CALC:DELT3:TRAC 2"

'Assigns deltamarker 3 to trace 2 in screen A.
"CALC2:DELT:TRAC 3"
'Assigns delta marker 1 to trace 3 in screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X 0 to MAX (frequency | sweep time)

This command positions the selected delta marker in the indicated measurement window to the
indicated frequency (span > 0), time (span = 0) or level (APD measurement = ON or CCDF
measurement = ON). The input is in absolute values or relative to marker 1 depending on the
command CALCulate:DELTamarker:MODE. If the reference fixed measurement (CALCulate:
DELTamarker:FUNCtion:FIXed:STATe ON) is active, relative values refer to the reference
position are entered. The query always returns absolute values.

Example: "CALC:DELT:MOD REL"

'Switches the input for all delta markers to relative to marker 1.
"CALC:DELT2:X 10.7MHz"
'Positions delta marker 2 in screen A 10.7 MHz to the right of marker 1.
"CALC2:DELT:X?"
'Outputs the absolute frequency/time of delta marker 1 in screen B
"CALC2:DELT:X:REL?"
'Outputs the relative frequency/time/level of delta marker 1 in screen B

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X:RELative?
This command queries the frequency (span > 0) or time (span = 0) of the selected delta marker relative
to marker 1 or to the reference position (for CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:FIXed:STATe
ON). The command activates the corresponding delta marker, if necessary.

Example: "CALC:DELT3:X:REL?"
'Outputs the frequency of delta marker 3 in screen B relative to marker 1 or relative
to the reference position.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

6.14 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y?
This command queries the measured value of the selected delta marker in the indicated measurement
window. The corresponding delta marker will be activated, if necessary. The output is always a relative
value referred to marker 1 or to the reference position (reference fixed active).
To obtain a valid query result, a complete sweep with synchronization to the sweep end must be
performed between the activation of the delta marker and the query of the y value. This is only possible
in single-sweep mode. In receiver mode, the markers can be only activated after a scan is carried out.
Depending on the unit defined with CALC:UNIT or on the activated measuring functions, the query
result is output in the units below:
• DBM | DBPW | DBUV | DBMV | DBUA: Output unit DB
• WATT | VOLT | AMPere: Output unit W | V | A
• Statistics function (APD or CCDF) on: Dimensionless output

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:DELT2 ON"
'Switches on delta marker 2 in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for its end.
"CALC:DELT2:Y?"
'Outputs measurement value of delta marker 2 in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the specified delta marker to the current maximum value of the trace. If
necessary, the corresponding delta marker will be activated first.

Example: "CALC2:DELT3:MAX"
'Sets delta marker 3 in screen B to the maximum value of the associated trace.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT
This command positions the specified delta marker to the next smaller maximum value of the trace.
The corresponding delta marker will be activated first, if necessary.

Example: "CALC1:DELT2:MAX:NEXT"
'Sets delta marker 2 in screen A to the next smaller maximum value.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.15

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt
This command positions the specified delta marker to the next smaller maximum value to the right of
the current value (i.e. ascending X values). The corresponding delta marker is activated first, if
necessary.

Example: "CALC2:DELT:MAX:RIGH"
'Sets delta marker 1 in screen B to the next smaller maximum value to the right of
the current value.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT
This command positions the specified delta marker to the next smaller maximum value to the left of
the current value (i.e. descending X values). The corresponding delta marker will be activated first, if
necessary.

Example: "CALC:DELT:MAX:LEFT"
'Sets delta marker 1 in screen A to the next smaller maximum value to the left of
the current value.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the specified delta marker to the current minimum value of the trace. The
corresponding delta marker will be activated first, if necessary.

Example: "CALC2:DELT3:MIN"
'Sets delta marker 3 in screen B to the minimum value of the associated trace.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT
This command positions the specified delta marker to the next higher minimum value of the trace. The
corresponding delta marker will be activated first, if necessary.

Example: "CALC1:DELT2:MIN:NEXT"
'Sets delta marker 2 in screen A to the next higher minimum value.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

6.16 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt
This command positions the specified delta marker to the next higher minimum value to the right of the
current value (i.e. ascending X values). The corresponding delta marker will be activated first, if
necessary.

Example: "CALC2:DELT:MIN:RIGH"
'Sets delta marker 1 in screen B to the next higher minimum value to the right of
the current value.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT
This command positions the specified delta marker to the next higher minimum value to the left of the
current value (i.e. descending X values). The corresponding delta marker will be activated first, if
necessary.

Example: "CALC:DELT:MIN:LEFT"
'Sets delta marker 1 in screen A to the next higher minimum to the left of the current
value.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:LINK ON | OFF
This command switches on and off a link of delta marker 1 to marker 1. If the link is switched on and
the x-axis value of the marker 1 is changed, the delta marker 1 will follow on the same x-position.
The suffix at DELTamarker can only be 1 or not present, because the functionality is only available for
marker 1 and delta marker 1.

Example: "CALC1:DELT1:LINK ON"

Switches the link of marker1/delta marker 1 on.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches the relative measurement to a fixed reference value on or off. Marker 1 will
be activated previously and a peak search will be performed, if necessary. If marker 1 is activated, its
position becomes the reference point for the measurement. The reference point can then be modified
with commands CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:X and to:RPOint:Y
independently of the position of marker 1 and of a trace. It is valid for all delta markers in the selected
measurement window as long as the function is active.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.17

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

Example: "CALC2:DELT:FUNC:FIX ON"

'Switches on the measurement with fixed reference value for all delta markers in
screen B.
"CALC2:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:X 128 MHZ"
'Sets the reference frequency in screen B to 128 MHz.
"CALC2:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:Y 30 DBM"
'Sets the reference level in screen B to +30 dBm

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific.

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:MAXimum[:PEAK]
<numeric_value>
This command sets the reference point level for all delta markers in the selected measurement window
for a measurement with fixed reference point (CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:STAT ON) to the peak of the
selected trace.
For phase noise measurements (CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:PNOise:STATe ON), the
command defines a new reference point level for delta marker 2 in the selected measurement window.

Example: "CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:MAX"
'Sets the reference point level for the delta marker in screen A to the peak of the
trace.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y <numeric_value>
This command defines a new reference point level for all delta markers in the selected measurement
window for a measurement with fixed reference point. (CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:
FIXed:STATe ON).
For phase noise measurements (CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:PNOise:STATe ON), the
command defines a new reference point level for delta marker 2 in the selected measurement window.

Example: "CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:Y -10dBm"

'Sets the reference point level for delta markers in screen A to -10 dBm.

Characteristics: *RST value: - (FUNction:FIXed[:STATe] is set to OFF)

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y:OFFSet <numeric_value>
This command defines an additional level offset for the measurement with fixed reference value
(CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:FIXed:STATe ON). For this measurement, the offset is
included in the display of all delta markers of the selected measurement window.
For phase noise measurements (CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:PNOise:STATe ON), the
command defines an additional level offset which is included in the display of delta marker 2 in the
selected measurement window.

6.18 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

Example: "CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:Y:OFFS 10dB"

'Sets the level offset for the measurement with fixed reference value or the phase
noise measurement in screen A to 10 dB.

Characteristics: *RST value: 0 dB

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:X <numeric_value>
This command defines a new reference frequency (span > 0) or time (span = 0) for all delta markers
in the selected measurement window for a measurement with fixed reference value (CALCulate:
DELTamarker:FUNCtion:FIXed:STATe ON).
For phase noise measurements (CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:PNOise:STATe ON), the
command defines a new reference frequency or time for delta marker 2 in the selected measurement
window.

Example: "CALC2:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:X 128MHz"

'Sets the reference frequency in screen B to 128 MHz.

Characteristics: *RST value: - (FUNction:FIXed[:STATe] is set to OFF)

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise:AUTO ON | OFF
This command adds an automatic peak search action for the reference fixed marker 1 at the end of
each particular sweep. This function may be used for tracking of a drifting source whilst phase noise
measurement. The delta marker 2 which shows the phase noise measurement result keeps the delta
frequency value. Therefore the phase noise measurement in a certain offset is valid although the
source is drifting. Only when the marker 2 is reaching the border of the span the delta marker value is
adjusted to be within the span. Choose a larger span in such situations.

Example: "CALC:DELT:FUNC:PNO 1"

’Switches the phase noise measurement on.
“CALC:DELT:FUNC:PNO:AUTO ON”
’Activates the automatic peak search.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
The suffix at DELTamarker is ignored.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the phase noise measurement with all active delta markers in the
selected measurement window. The correction values for the bandwidth and the log amplifier are taken
into account in the measurement.
Marker 1 will be activated, if necessary, and a peak search will be performed. If marker 1 is activated,
its position becomes the reference point for the measurement.
The reference point can then be modified with commands CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:
FIXed:RPOint:X and ...:RPOint:Y independently of the position of marker 1 and of a trace (the
same commands used for the measurement with fixed reference point).
The numeric suffix <1...4> with DELTamarker is not relevant for this command.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.19

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

Example: "CALC:DELT:FUNC:PNO ON"

'Switches on the phase noise measurement with all delta markers in screen A.
"CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:X 128 MHZ"
'Sets the reference frequency to 128 MHz.
"CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:Y 30 DBM"
'Sets the reference level to +30 dBm

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult?
This command queries the result of the phase noise measurement in the selected measurement
window. The measurement will be switched on, if necessary.

Example: "CALC:DELT:FUNC:PNO:RES?"
'Outputs the result of phase noise measurement of the selected delta marker in
screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

6.20 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.2 CALCulate:ESPectrum Subsystem

The following chapter describes remote control commands that configure the list evaluation for the Spec-
trum Emission Mask measurement.

CALCulate<1|2>:ESPectrum:PSEarch|PEAKsearch:AUTO ON | OFF
This command activates or deactivates the list evaluation of the Spectrum Emission Mask
measurement.

Example: “CALC:ESP:PSE:AUTO OFF”

’Deactivates the list evaluation

Characteristics: RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

:CALCulate<1|2>:ESPectrum:PSEarch | PEAKsearch:MARGin -200dB … +200dB

This command sets the margin used for the limit check/peak search of the Spectrum Emission Mask
measurement.

Example: “CALC:ESP:PSE:MARG 10"

' sets the margin to 10 dB

Characteristics: *RST value: 6 dB

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.21

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.3 CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem

The CALCulate:LIMit subsystem consists of the limit lines and the corresponding limit checks. In receiver
mode, upper limit lines can be defined. In analyzer mode, limit lines can be defined as upper or lower
limit lines. The individual Y values of the limit lines correspond to the values of the x-axis (CONTrol). The
number of X and Y values must be identical.
In analyzer and receiver mode, 8 limit lines can be active at the same time (marked by LIMIT1 to LIMIT8)
in screen A and/or screen B. The measurement windows is selected via CALCulate 1 (screen A) or 2
(screen B). The limit check can be switched on separately for each measurement screen and limit line.
WINDow1 corresponds to screen A, WINDow2 to screen B.
Each limit line can be assigned a name (max. 8 letters) under which the line is stored in the instrument.
An explanatory comment can also be given for each line (max. 40 characters).

Example (analyzer mode):

Definition and use of a new limit line 5 for trace 2 in screen A and trace 1 in screen B with the following
features:
• upper limit line
• absolute x-axis in the frequency domain
• 5 ref. values: 126 MHz/-40 dB, 127 MHz/-40 dB, 128 MHz/-20 dB, 129 MHz/-40 dB, 130 MHz/-40 dB
• relative y-axis with unit dB
• absolute threshold value at -35 dBm
• no safety margin

Definition of the line (example for analyzer mode):

1. Defining the name: CALC:LIM5:NAME 'TEST1'

2. Entering the comment: CALC:LIM5:COMM 'Upper limit line'
3. Associated trace in screen A: CALC1:LIM5:TRAC 2
4. Associated trace in screen B: CALC2:LIM5:TRAC 1
5. Defining the x-axis range: CALC:LIM5:CONT:DOM FREQ
6. Defining the x-axis scaling: CALC:LIM5:CONT:MODE ABS
7. Defining the y-axis unit: CALC:LIM5:UNIT DB
8. Defining the y-axis scaling: CALC:LIM5:UPP:MODE REL
9. Defining the x-axis values: CALC:LIM5:CONT 126MHZ, 127MHZ, 128MHZ, 129MHZ, 130MHZ
10.Defining the y values: CALC:LIM5:UPP -40, -40, -30, -40, -40
11. Defining the y threshold value: CALC:LIM5:UPP:THR -35DBM
The definition of the safety margin and shifting in X and/or Y direction can take place as from here (see
commands below).

6.22 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

Switching on and evaluating the line in screen A (example for analyzer mode):

1. Switching on the line in screen A: CALC1:LIM5:UPP:STAT ON

2. Switching on the limit check in screen A: CALC1:LIM5:STAT ON
3. Starting a new measurement with synchronization: INIT;*WAI
4. Querying the limit check result: CALC1:LIM5:FAIL?
Switching on and evaluating the line in screen B is performed in the same way by using CALC2 instead of
CALC1.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACTive?
This commands queries the names of all active limit lines. The numeric suffixes at CALCulate<1|2>
and LIMit<1...8> are ignored.

Return value: The return values are sorted in alphabetic order. If no limit line is active, an empty
string is returned.

Example: "CALC:LIM:ACT?"

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific
This command is a query only and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CATalog?
This command queries all the names of the limit lines saved on the hard disc.
Up to 8 limit lines can be defined at the same time. The numeric suffixes <1|2> of CALCulate indicate
the measurement window.

Return value: The syntax of the return values is:

<sum of file length of all following files>,<free spaces on hard disc>,<1st file
name>,<1st file length>, <2nd file name>,<2 nd file length>,....,<n th file
name>,<nth file length>

Example: "CALC:LIM:CAT?"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific
This command is a query only and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:TRACe 1 to 3
This command assigns a limit line to a trace.
Up to 8 limit lines can be defined at the same time. The numeric suffixes <1|2> of CALCulate indicate
the measurement window.

Example: "CALC:LIM2:TRAC 3"

'Assigns limit line 2 to trace 3 in screen A.
"CALC2:LIM2:TRAC 1"
'Assigns limit line 2 to trace 1 in screen B at the same time.

Characteristics: *RST value: 1

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.23

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the limit check for the selected limit line.
The result of the limit check can be queried with CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL?.
Up to 8 limit lines can be defined at the same time. The numeric suffixes <1|2> of CALCulate indicate
the measurement window.

Example: "CALC:LIM:STAT ON"

'Switches on the limit check for limit line 1 in screen A.
"CALC2:LIM:STAT OFF"
'Switches off the limit check for limit line 1 in screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT AMPere | DB | DBM | DBMV | DBPT | DBPW | DBUA | DBUA_M |

DBUV | DBUV_M | DBV | DEG | HZ | PCT | RAD | S | UNITLESS | VOLT | WATT
This command defines the unit for the associated limit line.
The definition is valid regardless of the measurement window.
Specification of the DB unit automatically switches the limit line over to relative mode. Units other than
DB cause the limit line to switch over to absolute mode.

Example: "CALC:LIM4:UNIT DBUV"

'Sets the unit of limit line 4 to dBµV.

Characteristics: *RST value: DBM

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL?
This command queries the result of the limit check of the limit line. It should be noted that a complete
sweep must have been performed for obtaining a valid result. A synchronization with *OPC, *OPC? or
*WAI should therefore be provided.
Up to 8 limit lines can be defined at the same time. The numeric suffixes <1|2> of CALCulate indicate
the measurement window. The result of the limit check responds with 0 for PASS, 1 for FAIL, and 2 for
MARGIN.
In receiver mode, this command is not available.

Example: "INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a new sweep and waits for its end.
"CALC2:LIM3:FAIL?"
'Queries the result of the check for limit line 3 in screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

6.24 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CLEar[:IMMediate]
This command deletes the result of the current limit check for all limit lines.
Up to 8 limit lines can be defined at the same time. The numeric suffixes <1|2> of CALCulate indicate
the measurement window.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value.

Example: "CALC:LIM:CLE"
'Deletes the result of the limit check in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:COMMent <string>
This command defines a comment for the limit line selected (max. 40 characters).
Up to 8 limit lines can be defined at the same time. The comment is independent from the
measurement window.

Example: "CALC:LIM5:COMM 'Upper limit for spectrum'"

'Defines the comment for limit line 5.

Characteristics: *RST value: blank comment

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:COPY 1 to 8 | <name>
This command copies one limit line onto another one.
Up to 8 limit lines can be defined at the same time. The command is independent of the measurement
window.

Parameter: 1 to n ::= number of the new limit line or

<name> ::= name of the new limit line given as a string

Example: "CALC:LIM1:COPY 2"

'Copies limit line 1 to line 2.
"CALC:LIM1:COPY 'FM2'"
'Copies limit line 1 to a new line named 'FM2'.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.25

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:NAME <name of limit line>

This command assigns a name to a limit line. If it does not exist already, a limit line with this name is
created.
The name of the limit line may contain a maximum of 8 characters.
Up to 8 limit lines can be defined at the same time. The command is independent of the measurement
window.

Example: "CALC:LIM1:NAME 'FM1'"

'Assigns the name 'FM1' to limit line 1.

Characteristics: *RST value: 'REM1' to 'REM8' for lines 1 to 8

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:DELete
This command deletes the selected limit line.
Up to 8 limit lines can be defined at the same time. The command is independent of the measurement
window.

Example: "CALC:LIM1:DEL"
'Deletes limit line 1.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

6.26 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.3.1 CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower Subsystem

The CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower subsystem defines the limit check for adjacent channel power measure-
ment.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches on and off the limit check for adjacent channel power measurements in the
selected measurement window. The commands CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower:ACHannel:STATe
or CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower:ALTernate:STATe must be used in addition to specify whether
the limit check is to be performed for the upper/lower adjacent channel or for the alternate adjacent
channels.
The numeric suffixes <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.

Example: "CALC:LIM:ACP ON"

'Switches on the ACP limit check in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative] 0 to 100dB, 0 to 100dB

This command defines the relative limit of the upper/lower adjacent channel for adjacent channel
power measurements in the selected measurement window. The reference value for the relative limit
value is the measured channel power.
It should be noted that the relative limit value has no effect on the limit check as soon as it is below the
absolute limit value defined with CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute. This
mechanism allows automatic checking of the absolute basic values of adjacent channel power as
defined in mobile radio standards.
The numeric suffixes <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.

Parameter: The first numeric value is the limit for the upper (lower) adjacent channel. The
second value is ignored but must be indicated for reasons of compatibility with the
FSE family.

Example: "CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH 30DB, 30DB"

'Sets the relative limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper
adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power.

Characteristics: *RST value: 0 dB

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative]:STATe ON | OFF
This command activates the limit check for the relative limit value of the adjacent channel when
adjacent channel power measurement is performed. Before the command, the limit check must be
activated using CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower:STATe ON.
The result can be queried with CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult?. It should be
noted that a complete measurement must be performed between switching on the limit check and the
result query, since otherwise no valid results are available.
The numeric suffixes <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.27

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

Example: "CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH 30DB, 30DB"

'Sets the relative limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper
adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS -35DBM, -35DBM"
'Sets the absolute limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper
adjacent channel to -35 dBm.
"CALC:LIM:ACP ON"
'Switches on globally the limit check for the channel/adjacent channel
measurement in screen A.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:REL:STAT ON"
'Switches on the check of the relative limit values for adjacent channels in
screen A.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS:STAT ON"
'Switches on the check of absolute limit values for the adjacent channels in
screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:RES?"
'Queries the limit check result in the adjacent channels in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute -200DBM to 200DBM, -200 to

200DBM
This command defines the absolute limit value for the lower/upper adjacent channel during adjacent
channel power measurement (Adjacent Channel Power) in the selected measurement window.
It should be noted that the absolute limit value has no effect on the limit check as soon as it is below
the relative limit value defined with CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower:ACHannel:RELative. This
mechanism allows automatic checking of the absolute basic values of adjacent channel power as
defined in mobile radio standards.
The numeric suffixes <1...8> in LIMIt are irrelevant for this command.

Parameter: The first value is the limit for the lower and the upper adjacent channel. The second
limit value is ignored but must be indicated for reasons of compatibility with the FSE
family.

Example: "CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS -35DBM, -35DBM"

'Sets the absolute limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper
adjacent channel to -35 dBm.

Characteristics: *RST value: -200DBM

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.28 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute:STATe ON | OFF
This command activates the limit check for the adjacent channel when adjacent channel power
measurement (Adjacent Channel Power) is performed. Before the command, the limit check for the
channel/adjacent channel measurement must be globally switched on using CALC:LIM:ACP ON.
The result can be queried with CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult?. It should be
noted that a complete measurement must be performed between switching on the limit check and the
result query, since otherwise no valid results are available.
The numeric suffixes <1...8> in LIMIt are irrelevant for this command.

Example: "CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH 30DB, 30DB"

'Sets the relative limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper
adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS -35DBM, -35DBM"
'Sets the absolute limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper
adjacent channel to -35 dBm.
"CALC:LIM:ACP ON"
'Switches on globally the limit check for the channel/adjacent channel
measurement in screen A.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:REL:STAT ON"
'Switches on the check of the relative limit values for adjacent channels in
screen A.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS:STAT ON"
'Switches on the check of absolute limit values for the adjacent channels in
screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:RES?"
'Queries the limit check result in the adjacent channels in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult?
This command queries the result of the limit check for the upper/lower adjacent channel in the selected
measurement window when adjacent channel power measurement is performed.
If the power measurement of the adjacent channel is switched off, the command produces a query
error.
The numeric suffixes <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.

Parameter: The result is returned in the form <result>, <result> where

<result> = PASSED | FAILED, and where the first returned value denotes the
lower, the second denotes the upper adjacent channel.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.29

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

Example: "CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH 30DB, 30DB"

'Sets the relative limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper
adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS -35DBM, -35DBM"
'Sets the absolute limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper
adjacent channel to -35 dB.
"CALC:LIM:ACP ON"
'Switches on globally the limit check for the channel/adjacent channel
measurement in screen A.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:STAT ON"
'Switches on the limit check for the adjacent channels in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:RES?"
'Queries the limit check result in the adjacent channels in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1 to 11>[:RELative] 0 to 100dB, 0 to 100dB.

This command defines the limit for the alternate adjacent channels in the selected measurement
window for adjacent channel power measurements. The reference value for the relative limit value is
the measured channel power.
The numeric suffix after ALTernate<1 to 11> denotes the alternate channel. The numeric suffixes
<1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
It should be noted that the relative limit value has no effect on the limit check as soon as it is below the
absolute limit defined with CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower:ALTernate<1 to 11>:ABSolute. This
mechanism allows automatic checking of the absolute basic values of adjacent channel power as
defined in mobile radio standards.

Parameter: The first value is the limit for the lower and the upper alternate adjacent channel.
The second limit value is ignored but must be indicated for reasons of compatibility
with the FSE family.

Example: "CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2 30DB, 30DB"

'Sets the relative limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper
alternate adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power.

Characteristics: *RST value: 0DB

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1 to 11>[:RELative]:STATe ON | OFF

This command activates the limit check for the alternate adjacent channels in the selected
measurement window for adjacent channel power measurements. Before the command, the limit
check must be activated using CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower:STATe ON.
The numeric suffix after ALTernate<1 to 11> denotes the alternate channel. The numeric suffixes
<1...8> are irrelevant for this command.

6.30 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

The result can be queried with CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower:ALTernate<1 to 11>:RESult?. It

should be noted that a complete measurement must be performed between switching on the limit
check and the result query, since otherwise no valid results are obtained.

Example: "CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2 30DB, 30DB"

'Sets the relative limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper
second alternate adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:ABS -35DBM, -35DBM"
'Sets the absolute limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper
second alternate adjacent channel to -35 dBm.
"CALC:LIM:ACP ON"
'Switches on globally the limit check for the channel/adjacent channel
measurement in screen A.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:REL:STAT ON"
'Switches on the check of the relative limit values for the alternate adjacent
channels in screen A.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS:STAT ON"
'Switches on the check of absolute limit values for the alternate adjacent channels
in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT:RES?"
'Queries the limit check result in the second alternate adjacent channels in
screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1 to 11>:ABSolute -200DBM to 200DBM,

-200DBM to 200DBM
This command defines the absolute limit value for the lower/upper alternate adjacent channel power
measurement (Adjacent Channel Power) in the selected measurement window.
The numeric suffix after ALTernate<1 to 11> denotes the alternate channel. The numeric suffixes
<1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
It should be noted that the absolute limit value for the limit check has no effect as soon as it is below
the relative limit value defined with CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower:ALTernate<1 to 11>:
RELative. This mechanism allows automatic checking of the absolute basic values defined in mobile
radio standards for the power in adjacent channels.

Parameter: The first value is the limit for the lower and the upper alternate adjacent channel.
The second limit value is ignored but must be indicated for reasons of compatibility
with the FSE family.

Example: "CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:ABS -35DBM, -35DBM"

'Sets the absolute limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper
second alternate adjacent channel to -35 dBm.

Characteristics: *RST value: -200DBM

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.31

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1 to 11>:ABSolute:STATe ON | OFF

This command activates the limit check for the alternate adjacent channels in the selected
measurement window for adjacent channel power measurement (Adjacent Channel Power).
Before the command, the limit check must be globally switched on for the channel/adjacent channel
power with the command CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower:STATe ON.
The numeric suffix after ALTernate<1 to 11> denotes the alternate channel. The numeric suffixes
<1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
The result can be queried with CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower:ALTernate<1 to 11>:RESult?.
It should be noted that a complete measurement must be performed between switching on the limit
check and the result query, since otherwise no valid results are available.

Example: "CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2 30DB, 30DB"

'Sets the relative limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper
second alternate adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:ABS -35DBM, -35DBM"
'Sets the absolute limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper
second alternate adjacent channel to -35 dBm.
"CALC:LIM:ACP ON"
'Switches on globally the limit check for the channel/adjacent channel
measurement in screen A.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:REL:STAT ON"
Switches on the check of the relative limit values for the alternative adjacent
channels in screen A.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS:STAT ON"
'Switches on the check of absolute limit values for the alternative adjacent
channels in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:RES?"
'Queries the limit check result in the second alternate adjacent channels in
screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1 to 11>:RESult?
This command queries the result of the limit check for the alternate adjacent channels in the selected
measurement window for adjacent channel power measurements.
The numeric suffix after ALTernate<1 to 11> denotes the alternate channel. The numeric suffixes
<1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
If the power measurement of the adjacent channel is switched off, the command produces a query
error.

Parameter: The result is returned in the form <result>, <result> where

<result> = PASSED | FAILED and where the first (second) returned value denotes
the lower (upper) alternate adjacent channel.

6.32 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

Example: "CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2 30DB, 30DB"

'Sets the relative limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper
second alternate adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:ABS -35DBM, -35DBM"
'Sets the absolute limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper
second alternate adjacent channel to -35 dBm.
"CALC:LIM:ACP ON"
'Switches on globally the limit check for the channel/adjacent channel
measurement in screen A.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT:STAT ON"
'Switches on the limit check for the adjacent channels in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT:RES?"
'Queries the limit check result in the second alternate adjacent channels in
screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.33

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.3.2 CALCulate:LIMit:CONTrol Subsystem

The CALCulate:LIMit:CONTrol subsystem defines the x-axis (CONTrol-axis).

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol[:DATA] <numeric_value>,<numeric_value>..
This command defines the x-axis values (frequencies or times) of the upper or lower limit lines.
The values are defined independently of the measurement window.
The number of values for the CONTrol axis and for the corresponding UPPer and/or LOWer limit lines
have to be identical. Otherwise default values are entered for missing values or not required values
are deleted.
In analyzer mode, the unit of values depends on the frequency or time domain of the x-axis, i.e. it is
HZ with CALC:LIM:CONT:DOM FREQ and S with CALC:LIM:CONT:DOM TIME.

Example: "CALC:LIM2:CONT 1MHz,30MHz,100MHz, 300MHz,1GHz"

'Defines 5 reference values for the x-axis of limit line 2
"CALC:LIM2:CONT?"
'Outputs the reference values for the x-axis of limit line 2 separated by a comma.

Characteristics: *RST value: - (LIMit:STATe is set to OFF)

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:DOMain FREQuency | TIME

This command defines the frequency or time domain for the x-axis values.

Example: "CALC:LIM2:CONT:DOM TIME"

'Defines the time domain for the x-axis of limit line 2.

Characteristics: *RST value: FREQuency

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:OFFSet <numeric_value>
This command defines an offset for the x-axis value of the selected relative limit line in the frequency
or time domain.
The unit of values depends on the frequency or time domain of the x-axis, i.e. it is HZ with CALC:LIM:
CONT:DOM FREQ and S with CALC:LIM:CONT:DOM TIME.

Example: "CALC:LIM2:CONT:OFFS 100us"

'Sets the X offset for limit line 2 (defined in the time domain) to 100µs.

Characteristics: *RST value: 0

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

6.34 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:MODE RELative | ABSolute

This command selects the relative or absolute scaling for the x-axis of the selected limit line. The
definition is independent of the measurement window.

Example: "CALC:LIM2:CONT:MODE REL"

'Defines the x-axis of limit line 2 as relatively scaled.

Characteristics: *RST value: ABSolute

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:SHIFt <numeric_value>
This command moves a limit line by the indicated value in x direction. In contrast to CALC:LIM:CONT:
OFFS, the line is shifted by modifying the individual x values and not by means of an additive offset.
The shift is independent of the measurement window.
In analyzer mode, the unit of values depends on the frequency or time domain of the x-axis, i.e. it is
HZ with CALC:LIM:CONT:DOM FREQ and S with CALC:LIM:CONT:DOM TIME.
In analyzer mode, the unit of values depends on the frequency or time domain of the x-axis, i.e. it is
HZ with CALC:LIM:CONT:DOM FREQ and S with CALC:LIM:CONT:DOM TIME.

Example: "CALC:LIM2:CONT:SHIF 50KHZ"

'Shifts all reference values of limit line 2 by 50 kHz.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic

This command selects linear or logarithmic interpolation for the calculation of limit lines from frequency
points.

Example: "CALC:LIM:CONT:SPAC LIN"

Characteristics: *RST value: LIN

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.35

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.3.3 CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer Subsystem

The CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer subsystem defines the lower limit line.
This subsystem is not available in receiver mode.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer[:DATA] <numeric_value>,<numeric_value>...
This command defines the values for the selected lower limit line.
Up to 8 limit lines can be defined at the same time. This command is independent of the measurement
window.
The number of values for the CONTrol axis and for the corresponding LOWer limit line has to be
identical. Otherwise default values are entered for missing values or not necessary values are deleted.
The unit must be identical with the unit selected by CALC:LIM:UNIT. If no unit is indicated, the unit
defined with CALC:LIM:UNIT is automatically used.
If the measured values are smaller than the LOWer limit line, the limit check signals errors.
In analyzer mode, the units DEG, RAD, S, HZ, PCT are not available.

Example: "CALC:LIM2:LOW -30,-40,-10,-40,-30"

'Defines 5 lower limit values for limit line 2 in the preset unit.
"CALC:LIM2:LOW?"
'Outputs the lower limit values of limit line 2 separated by a comma.

Characteristics: *RST value: - (LIMit:STATe is set to OFF)

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the indicated limit line. The limit check is activated separately with
CALC:LIM:STAT ON.
Up to 8 limit lines can be defined at the same time. The numeric suffixes <1|2> of CALCulate indicate
the measurement window.
In analyzer mode, the result of the limit check can be queried with CALCulate:LIMit<1...8>:
FAIL?.

Example: "CALC:LIM4:LOW:STAT ON"

'Switches on limit line 4 (lower limit) in screen A.
"CALC2:LIM4:LOW:STAT ON"
'Switches on limit line 4 (lower limit) also in screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

6.36 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:OFFSet <numeric_value>
This command defines an offset for the y-axis of the selected relative lower limit line. In contrast to
CALC:LIM:LOW:SHIFt, the line is not shifted by modifying the individual Y values but by means of
an additive offset. The offset is independent of the measurement window.

Example: "CALC:LIM2:LOW:OFFS 3dB"

'Shifts limit line 2 in the corresponding measurement windows by 3 dB upwards.

Characteristics: *RST value: 0

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:MARGin <numeric_value>
This command defines a margin to a lower limit line, at which out-of-limit values are signaled (if the
limit check is active), but not handled as a violation of the limit value. The margin is independent of the
measurement window.

Example: "CALC:LIM:LOW:MARG 10dB"

Characteristics: *RST value: 0

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:MODE RELative | ABSolute

This command selects the relative or absolute scaling for the y-axis of the selected lower limit line.
The setting is independent of the measurement window.
Selecting RELative causes the unit to be switched to DB.

Example: "CALC:LIM:LOW:MODE REL"

'Defines the y-axis of limit line 2 as relative scaled.

Characteristics: *RST value: ABSolute

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:SHIFt <numeric_value>
This command shifts a limit line by the indicated value in Y direction. In contrast to CALC:LIM:LOW:
OFFS, the line is shifted by modifying the individual Y values but not by means of an additive offset.
Up to 8 limit lines can be defined at the same time. The shift is independent of the measurement
window.

Example: "CALC:LIM3:LOW:SHIF 20DB"

'Shifts all Y values of limit line 3 by 20 dB.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.37

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic

This command selects linear or logarithmic interpolation for the lower limit line.

Example: "CALC:LIM:LOW:SPAC LIN"

Characteristics: *RST value: LIN

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:THReshold <numeric_value>
This command defines an absolute threshold value for limit lines with relative y-axis scaling
independently of the measurement window. The absolute threshold value is used in the limit check as
soon as it exceeds the relative limit value.
The unit must correspond to the unit selected with CALC:LIM:UNIT (except dB which is not allowed).
If no unit is indicated, the unit defined with CALC:LIM:UNIT is automatically used (exception: dBm
instead of dB).
The units DEG, RAD, S, HZ, PCT are not available.

Example: "CALC:LIM2:LOW:THR -35DBM"

'Defines an absolute threshold value for limit line 2.

Characteristics: *RST value: -200 dBm

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.38 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.3.4 CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer Subsystem

The CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer subsystem defines the upper limit line.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer[:DATA] <numeric_value>,<numeric_value>...
This command defines the values for the upper limit lines.
Up to 8 limit lines can be defined at the same time. This command is independent of the measurement
window.
The number of values for the CONTrol axis and for the corresponding UPPer and/or LOWer limit line
have to be identical. Otherwise default values are entered for missing values or not necessary values
are deleted.
The unit must be identical with the unit selected by CALC:LIM:UNIT. If no unit is indicated, the unit
defined with CALC:LIM:UNIT is automatically used.
In analyzer mode, the limit check signals errors if the measured values exceed the UPPer limit line.

Example: "CALC:LIM2:UPP -10,0,0,-10,-5"

'Defines 5 upper limit values for limit line 2 in the preset unit.
"CALC:LIM2:UPP?"
'Outputs the upper limit values for limit line 2 separated by a comma.

Characteristics: *RST value: - (LIMit:STATe is set to OFF)

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the indicated limit line. The limit check is activated separately with
CALC:LIM:STAT ON.
Up to 8 limit lines can be defined at the same time. The numeric suffixes <1|2> of CALCulate indicate
the measurement window.
In analyzer mode, the result of the l imit check can be queried with CALCulate:LIMit<1 to 8>:
FAIL?.

Example: "CALC1:LIM4:UPP:STAT ON"

'Switches on limit line 4 (upper limit) in screen A.
"CALC2:LIM4:UPP:STAT ON"
'Switches on limit line 4 (upper limit) in screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.39

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:OFFSet <numeric_value>
This command defines an offset for the y-axis of the selected relative upper limit line. In contrast to
CALC:LIM:UPP:SHIFt, the line is not shifted by modifying the individual Y values but by means of
an additive offset. The offset is independent of the measurement window.

Example: "CALC:LIM2:UPP:OFFS 3dB"

'Shifts limit line 2 by 3 dB upwards in the corresponding measurement windows.

Characteristics: *RST value: 0

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:MARGin <numeric_value>
This command defines a margin to an upper limit line, at which out-of-limit values are signaled (if the
limit check is active), but not handled as a violation of the limit value. The margin is independent of the
measurement window.

Example: "CALC:LIM2:UPP:MARG 10dB"

'Defines the margin of limit line 2 to 10 dB below the limit value.

Characteristics: *RST value: 0

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:MODE RELative | ABSolute

This command selects the relative or absolute scaling for the y-axis of the selected upper limit line. The
setting is independent of the measurement window.
Selecting RELative causes the unit to be switched to DB.

Example: "CALC:LIM2:UPP:MODE REL"

'Defines the y-axis of limit line 2 as relative scaled.

Characteristics: *RST value: ABSolute

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:SHIFt <numeric_value>
This command moves a limit line by the indicated value in Y direction. In contrast to CALC:LIM:UPP:
OFFS, the line is shifted by modifying the individual Y values and not by means of an additive offset.
Up to 8 limit lines can be defined at the same time. The shift is independent of the measurement
window.

Example: "CALC:LIM3:UPP:SHIF 20DB"

'Shifts all Y values of limit line 3 by 20 dB.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

6.40 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic

This command selects linear or logarithmic interpolation for the upper limit line.

Example: "CALC:LIM:UPP:SPAC LIN"

Characteristics: *RST value: LIN

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:THReshold <numeric_value>
This command defines an absolute threshold value for limit lines with relative y-axis scaling
independently of the measurement window. The absolute threshold value is used in the limit check as
soon as it exceeds the relative limit value.
The unit must correspond to the unit selected with CALC:LIM:UNIT (except dB which is not possible).
If no unit is indicated, the unit defined with CALC:LIM:UNIT is automatically used (exception: dBm
instead of dB).
In analyzer mode, the units DEG, RAD, S, HZ, PCT are not available.

Example: "CALC:LIM2:UPP:THR -35DBM"

'Defines an absolute threshold value for limit line 2.

Characteristics: *RST value: -200 dBm

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.41

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.4 CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem

The CALCulate:MARKer subsystem checks the marker functions in the instrument.
The measurement windows are selected via CALCulate1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B).

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the selected marker. If no indication is made, marker 1 is selected
automatically. If marker 2, 3 or 4 is selected and used as a delta marker, it is switched to marker mode.
The measurement windows are selected via CALCulate1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B).

Example: "CALC:MARK3 ON"

'Switches marker 3 in screen A on or to marker mode.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:AOFF
This command switches off all active markers in the indicated measurement window.
All delta markers and active marker/delta marker measurement functions are also switched off.

Example: "CALC:MARK:AOFF"
'Switches off all markers in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:TRACe 1 to 3
This command assigns the selected marker (1...4) to the indicated measurement curve. The
corresponding trace must be active, i.e. its status must be different from "BLANK".
If necessary, the corresponding marker is switched on prior to the assignment.
The measurement windows are selected via CALCulate1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B).

Example: "CALC:MARK3:TRAC 2"

'Assigns marker 3 in screen A to trace 2.
"CALC2:MARK:TRAC 3"
'Assigns marker 1 in screen B to trace 3.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X 0 to MAX (frequency | sweep time)

This command positions the selected marker to the indicated :
• frequency (span > 0) in receiver and analyzer mode
• time (span = 0) in analyzer mode

6.42 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

• level (APD/CCDF measurement) in analyzer mode

If marker 2, 3 or 4 is selected and used as delta marker, it is switched to marker mode.
The measurement windows are selected via CALCulate1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B).

Example: "CALC1:MARK2:X 10.7MHz"

'Positions marker 2 in screen A to frequency 10.7 MHz.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches between a limited (ON) and unlimited (OFF) search range in the selected
measurement window. The function is independent of the selection of a marker, i.e. the numeric suffix
MARKer<1...4> is irrelevant.
If the time domain power measurement is active, this command limits the evaluation range on the
trace.

Example: "CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON"

'Switches on search limitation in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:LEFT 0 to MAX (frequency | sweep time)

This command sets the left limit of the search range for markers and delta markers in the selected
measurement window. Depending on the x-axis domain, the indicated value defines:
• frequency (span > 0) in receiver and analyzer mode
• time (span = 0) in analyzer mode
The function is independent of the selection of a marker, i.e. the numeric suffix in MARKer<1...4> is
irrelevant.
If the time domain power measurement is active, this command limits the evaluation range to the trace.

The function is only available if the search limit for marker and delta marker is
switched on (CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON).

Example: "CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON"

'Switches the search limit function on for screen A.
"CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:LEFT 10MHz"
'Sets the left limit of the search range in screen A to 10 MHz.

Characteristics: *RST value: - (is set to the left diagram border on switching on search limits)
SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.43

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:RIGHt 0 to MAX (frequency | sweep time)

This command sets the right limit of the search range for markers and delta markers in the selected
measurement window. Depending on the x-axis domain the indicated value defines a frequency (span
> 0) or time (span = 0). The function is independent of the selection of a marker, i.e. the numeric suffix
in MARKer<1...4> is irrelevant.
If the time domain power measurement is active, this command limits the evaluation range to the trace.

The function is only available if the search limit for marker and delta marker is
switched on (CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON).

Example: "CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON"

'Switches the search limit function on for screen A.
"CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:RIGH 20MHz"
'Sets the right limit of the search range in screen A to 20 MHz.

Characteristics: *RST value: - (is set to the right diagram border on switching on search limits)
SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the frequency counter at the marker position in the selected
measurement window. The count result is queried with CALCulate:MARKer:COUNt:FREQuency?.
Frequency counting is possible only for one marker at a time for each measurement window. If it is
activated for another marker, it is automatically de-activated for the previous marker.
It should be noted that a complete sweep must be performed after switching on the frequency counter
to ensure that the frequency to be measured is actually reached. The synchronization to the sweep
end required for this is possible only in single-sweep mode.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK ON"
'Switches on marker 1 in screen A.
"CALC:MARK:COUN ON"
'Switches on the frequency counter for marker 1.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:COUN:FREQ?"
'Outputs the measured value in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.44 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt:RESolution 0.1 | 1 | 10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 Hz

This command specifies the resolution of the frequency counter in the selected measurement window.
The setting is independent of the selected marker, i.e. the numeric suffix in MARKer<1...4> is
irrelevant.

Example: "CALC:MARK:COUN:RES 1kHz"

'Sets the resolution of the frequency counter to 1 kHz.

Characteristics: *RST value: 1kHz

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt:FREQuency?
This command queries the result of the frequency counter for the indicated marker in the selected
measurement window. Before the command, the frequency counter should be switched on and a
complete measurement performed to obtain a valid count result. Therefore, a single sweep with
synchronization must be performed between switching on the frequency counter and querying the
count result.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK2 ON"
'Switches marker 2 in screen A.
"CALC:MARK2:COUN ON"
'Switches the frequency counter for marker 2.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK2:COUN:FREQ?"
'Outputs the measured value of marker 2 in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUPled[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches the coupling of the receiver frequency to the marker on or off.

Example: "CALC:MARK:COUP ON"

'marker coupling is switched on

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R
The numeric suffix in MARKer<1...4> is irrelevant.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.45

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SCOupled[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches the coupling of the receiver frequency settings from the corresponding
subscans to the marker frequency on or off.

Example: "CALC:MARK:SCO ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R
The numeric suffix in MARKer<1...4> is not significant.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:LOEXclude ON | OFF
This command switches the local oscillator suppression for peak search on or off. This setting is valid
for all markers and delta markers in all measurement windows. The numeric suffixes 1|2 and 1...4 are
irrelevant.

Example: "CALC:MARK:LOEX ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y?
This command queries the measured value of the selected marker in the indicated measurement
window. The corresponding marker is activated before or switched to marker mode, if necessary.
To obtain a valid query result, a complete sweep with synchronization to the sweep end must be
performed between the activation of the marker and the query of the y value. This is only possible in
single-sweep mode.
The query result is output in the unit determined with the CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer command.
Only with linear level scaling is the output in %.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK2 ON"
'Switches marker 2 in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK2:Y?"
'Outputs the measured value of marker 2 in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.46 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y:PERCent 0 to100%
This command positions the selected marker in the selected window to the given probability. If marker
2, 3 or 4 is selected and used as a delta marker, it is switched to marker mode.

The command is only available with the CCDF measurement switched on.
The associated level value can be determined with the CALC:MARK:X? command.

Example: "CALC1:MARK:Y:PERC 95PCT"

'Positions marker 1 in screen A to a 'probability of 95%.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the specified marker to the current maximum value of the corresponding
trace. The corresponding marker is activated first or switched to the marker mode.

If no maximum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent values < peak
excursion), an execution error (error code: -200) is produced.

Example: "CALC:MARK2:MAX"
'Positions marker 2 in screen A to the maximum value of 'the trace.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT
This command positions the specified marker to the next smaller maximum value of the corresponding
trace.

If no next smaller maximum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent
values < peak excursion), an execution error (error code: -200) is produced.

Example: "CALC:MARK2:MAX:NEXT"
'Positions marker 2 in screen A to the next 'lower maximum value.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.47

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt
This command positions the specified marker to the next smaller maximum value to the right of the
current value (i.e. in ascending X values) on the corresponding trace.

If no next smaller maximum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent
values < peak excursion), an execution error (error code: -200) is produced.

Example: "CALC:MARK2:MAX:RIGH"
'Positions marker 2 in screen A to the next lower maximum value to the right of the
current value.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT
This command positions the specified marker to the next smaller maximum value to the left of the
current value (i.e. in descending X values) on the trace.

If no next smaller maximum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent
values < peak excursion), an execution error (error code: -200) is produced.

Example: "CALC:MARK2:MAX:LEFT"
'Positions marker 2 in screen A to the next lower maximum value to the left of the
current value.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:AUTO ON | OFF
This command switches an automatic maximum peak search for marker 1 at the end of each particular
sweep on and off. The current marker search limit settings (LEFT LIMIT, RIGHT LIMIT, THRESHOLD,
EXCLUDE LO) are taken into account. The numeric suffix at MARKer<1...4> is irrelevant.

Example: "CALC:MARK:MAX:AUTO ON"

Activates the auto search function for marker 1.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.48 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:AUTO ON | OFF
This command switches an automatic minimum peak search for marker 1 at the end of each particular
sweep on and off. The current marker search limit settings (LEFT LIMIT, RIGHT LIMIT, THRESHOLD,
EXCLUDE LO) are taken into account. The numeric suffix at MARKer<1...4> is irrelevant.

Example: "CALC:MARK:MIN:AUTO ON"

Activates the auto search function for marker 1.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the specified marker to the current minimum value of the corresponding trace.
The corresponding marker is activated first or switched to marker mode, if necessary.

If no minimum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent values < peak
excursion), an execution error (error code: -200) is produced.

Example: "CALC:MARK2:MIN"
'Positions marker 2 in screen A to the minimum value of the trace.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT
This command positions the specified marker to the next higher minimum value of the corresponding
trace.

If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent
values < peak excursion), an execution error (error code: -200) is produced.

Example: "CALC:MARK2:MIN:NEXT"
'Positions marker 2 in screen A to the next higher maximum value.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.49

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt
This command positions the specified marker to the next higher minimum value to the right of the
current value (i.e. in ascending X direction) on the corresponding trace.

If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent
values < peak excursion), an execution error (error code: -200) is produced.

Example: "CALC:MARK2:MIN:RIGH"
'Positions marker 2 in screen A to the next higher minimum value to the right of the
current value.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT
This command positions the specified marker to the next higher minimum value to the left of the current
value (i.e. in descending X direction) on the corresponding trace.

If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent
values < peak excursion), an execution error (error code: -200) is produced.

Example: "CALC:MARK2:MIN:LEFT"
'Positions marker 2 in screen A to the next higher minimum value to the left of the
current value.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion <numeric_value>
This command defines the peak excursion, i.e. the spacing below a trace maximum which must be
attained before a new maximum is recognized, or the spacing above a trace minimum which must be
attained before a new minimum is recognized. The set value is valid for all markers and delta markers.
The unit depends on the selected operating mode.

Example: "CALC:MARK:PEXC 10dB"

'Defines peak excursion 10 dB.

Characteristics: *RST value: 6dB

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
The numeric suffix in MARKer<1...4> is irrelevant.

6.50 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.4.1 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion Subsystem

The measurement window is selected by CALCulate 1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B).

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks[:IMMediate] <numeric_value>
This command searches the selected trace for the indicated number of maxima. The results are
entered in a list and can be queried with commands CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPEaks:X? and CALC:
MARK:FUNC:FPEaks:Y?. The number of maxima found can be queried with CALC:MARK:FUNC:
FPEaks:COUNt?. The trace to be examined is selected with CALC:MARK:TRACe. The order of the
results in the list can be defined with CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPEaks:SORT.

The number of maxima found depends on the waveform and value set for the
Peak Excursion parameter (CALC:MARK:PEXC), however, a maximum number of
50 maxima are determined. Only the signals which exceed their surrounding val-
ues at least by the value indicated by the peak excursion parameter will be recog-
nized as maxima. Therefore, the number of maxima found is not automatically the
same as the number of maxima desired.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'switches to single-sweep mode
"INIT;*WAI"
'starts measurement and synchronizes to end
"CALC:MARK:TRAC 1"
'sets marker 1 in screen A to trace 1
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:SORT X"
'sets the sort mode to increasing X values
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE 3"
'searches the 3 highest maxima for trace 1
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:COUN?"
'queries the number of maxima found
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:Y?"
'queries the level of maxima found
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:X?"
'queries the frequencies (span <> 0) or time (span = 0) of maxima found.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:COUNt?
This query reads out the number of maxima found during the search. If no search for maxima has been
performed, 0 is returned.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE 3"

'searches the 3 highest maxima for trace 1
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:COUN?"
'queries the number of maxima found

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.51

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:X?
This query reads out the list of X values of the maxima found. The number of available values can be
queried with CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPEaks:COUNt?.
With sort mode X, the X values are in increasing order; with sort mode Y the order corresponds to the
decreasing order of the Y values.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:SORT Y"

'sets the sort mode to decreasing y values
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE 3"
'searches the 3 highest maxima for trace 1
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:COUN?"
'queries the number of maxima found
"CALC:MARK:FPE:FUNC:X?"
'queries the frequencies (span <> 0) or time (span = 0) of the maxima found.

Return value: "107.5E6,153.8E6,187.9E6"

'frequencies in increasing order
"2.05E-3,2.37E-3, 3.71e-3"
'times in increasing order

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:Y?
This query reads out the list of X values of the maxima found. The number of available values can be
queried with CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPEaks:COUNt?.
With sort mode X, the X values are in increasing order; with sort mode Y the order corresponds to the
decreasing order of the Y values.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:SORT Y"

'sets the sort mode to decreasing y values
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE 3"
'searches the 3 highest maxima for trace 1
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:COUN?"
'queries the number of maxima found
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:Y?"
'queries the levels of the maxima found.

Return value: "-37.5,-58.3,-59.6"

'level in decreasing order

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.52 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:SORT X|Y
This command sets the sort mode for the search for maxima:

Parameter: X: the maxima are sorted in the list of responses according to increasing X values
Y: the maxima are sorted in the list of responses according to decreasing Y values

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:SORT Y"

'sets the sort mode to decreasing y values

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown <numeric_value>
This command defines the level spacing of the two delta markers to the right and left of marker 1 in the
selected measurement window. Marker 1 is always used as the reference marker. The numeric suffix
<1...4> is irrelevant for this command.
The temporary markers T1 and T2 are positioned by n dB below the active reference marker. The
frequency spacing of these markers can be queried with CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:
NDBDown:RESult?.
If a negative value is entered than the markers are placed n dB above the active reference marker.
This is then a n dB up function which can be used for notch filter measurements:

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD 3dB"

'Sets the level spacing in screen A to 3 dB.

Characteristics: *RST value: 6dB

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches the "N dB Down" function on or off in the selected measurement window.
Marker 1 is activated first, if necessary. The numeric suffix <1...4> is irrelevant for this command.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:STAT ON"

'Switches on the N-dB-down function in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:RESult?
This command queries the frequency spacing (bandwidth) of the N-dB-down markers in the selected
measurement window. The numeric suffix <1...4> is irrelevant for this command.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value in order to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible
in single-sweep mode.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.53

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD ON"
'Switches on the n-dB-down function in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:RES?"
'Outputs the measured value of screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:FREQuency?
This command queries the two frequencies of the N-dB-down marker in the selected measurement
window. The numeric suffix <1...4> is irrelevant for this command. The two frequency values are
separated by comma and output in ascending order.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in single-
sweep mode.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD ON"
'Switches on the n-dB-down function in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:FREQ?"
'Outputs the frequencies of the temporary markers in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:TIME?
This command queries the two time values of the "N dB Down" markers in the specified measurement
window. The suffix <1...4> has no meaning with this command. The two time values are output in
ascending order, separated by commas.
To obtain a valid query response, a complete sweep with synchronization to the sweep end must have
been performed in between activating the function and querying the measurement results. This is
possible only in single-sweep mode.

6.54 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD ON"
'Switches on the "N dB Down" function in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:TIME?"
'Outputs the time values of the temporary markers in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:ZOOM <numeric_value>
The frequency at the marker position becomes the new center frequency at the diagram. The results
of a previous measured scan are displayed in the activated frequency range.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:ZOOM 1kHz;*WAI"
'Activates zooming in screen A and waits for its end.
for phase noise mode
"CALC1:MARK1:FUNC:ZOOM 10"
'Zooms in around marker 1 by a factor of 10.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NOISe[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches the noise measurement on or off for all markers of the indicated measurement
window. The noise power density is measured at the position of the markers. The result can be queried
with CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:NOISe:RESult?.

Example: "CALC2:MARK:FUNC:NOIS ON"

'Switches on the noise measurement for screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.55

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NOISe:RESult?
This command queries the result of the noise measurement.
A complete sweep with synchronization to the sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value in order to obtain a valid query result. This is only
possible in single-sweep mode.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK2 ON"
'Switches on marker 2 in screen A.
"CALC:MARK2:FUNC:NOIS ON"
'Switches on noise measurement for marker 2.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK2:FUNC:NOIS:RES?"
'Outputs the noise result of marker 2 in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SELect AM | FM
This command selects the demodulation type for the audio demodulator. The command is independent
of the measurement window and of the selected marker, i.e. suffixes 1|2 and 1...4 are irrelevant.

In receiver mode the audio demodulator is controlled by the SENSe:DEMod sub-

system.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:DEM:SEL FM"

Characteristics: *RST value: AM

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the audio demodulator when the indicated marker is reached in the
selected measurement window. In the frequency domain (span > 0) the hold time can be defined at
the corresponding marker position with CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion: DEModulation:HOLD.
In the time domain (span = 0) the demodulation is permanently active.

Example: "CALC2:MARK3:FUNC:DEM ON"

'Switches on the demodulation for marker 3 in screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.56 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:HOLDoff 10ms to 1000s

This command defines the hold time at the marker position for the demodulation in the frequency
domain (span > 0). The setting is independent of the measurement window and the selected marker,
i.e. the suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:DEM:HOLD 3s"

Characteristics: *RST value: - (DEModulation is set to OFF)

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:CONTinuous ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the continuous demodulation in the frequency domain (span >0) in
the selected measurement window. Thus acoustic monitoring of the signals can be performed in the
frequency domain. The function does not depend on the selected marker, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4>
is irrelevant.

Example: "CALC2:MARK3:FUNC:DEM:CONT ON"

'Switches on the continuous demodulation in screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SQUelch[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command enables or disables the squelch function for the audio output.
This function is linked to the video trigger. Therefore Gated Trigger is not available.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:DEM:SQU ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SQUelch:LEVel 0 to 100 PCT

This command sets the trigger level for the squelch function.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:DEM:SQU ON"

'Switches on the sqelch function.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:DEM:SQU:LEV 80 PCT"
’Sets the squelch to 80%.

Characteristics: *RST value: 50PCT

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:MDEPth[:STATe]
This command switches on the measurement of the AM modulation depth. An AM-modulated carrier
is required on the screen for correct operation. If necessary, marker 1 is previously activated and set
to the largest signal available.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.57

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

The level value of marker 1 is regarded as the carrier level. On activating the function, marker 2 and
marker 3 are automatically set as delta markers symmetrically to the carrier to the adjacent maxima of
the trace.
If the position of delta marker 2 is changed, delta marker 3 is moved symmetrically with respect to the
reference marker (marker 1). If the position of delta marker 3 is changed, fine adjustment can be
performed independently of delta marker 2.
The R&S ESCI calculates the power at the marker positions from the measured levels.
The AM modulation depth is calculated from the ratio of power values at the reference marker and the
delta markers. If the two AM sidebands differ in power, the average value of the two power values is
used for calculating the AM modulation depth.
The numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is irrelevant with this command.

Example: "CALC:MARK:X 10MHZ"

'Sets the reference marker (marker 1) to the carrier signal at 10 MHz
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP ON"
'Switches on the modulation depth measurement in screen A.
"CALC:DELT2:X 10KHZ"
'Sets delta markers 2 and 3 to the signals at 10 kHz from the carrier signal
"CALC:DELT3:X 9.999KHZ"
'Corrects the position of delta marker 3 relative to delta marker 2.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:MDEPth:RESult?
This command queries the AM modulation depth in the indicated measurement window.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in single-
sweep mode.
The numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is irrelevant for this command.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:X 10MHZ"
'Sets the reference marker (marker 1) to the carrier signal at 10 MHz.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP ON"
'Switches on the modulation depth measurement in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP:RES?"
'Outputs the measured value of screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

6.58 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TOI[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command initiates the measurement of the third-order intercept point.
A two-tone signal with equal carrier levels is expected at the RF input of the instrument. Marker 1 and
marker 2 (both normal markers) are set to the maximum of the two signals. Delta marker 3 and delta
marker 4 are positioned to the intermodulation products. The delta markers can be modified separately
afterwards with the commands CALCulate:DELTamarker3:X and CALCulate:DELTamarker4:
X.
The third-order intercept is calculated from the level spacing between the normal markers and the delta
markers.
The numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is irrelevant for this command.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI ON"

'Switches on the measurement of the third-order intercept in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:TOI:MARKer CALCulate | SEARch

This command controls the positioning of the intercept markers 3 and 4 for TOI measurement, based
on the two carrier signals.
• CALCulate:
Calculates the intermodulation product frequencies.
• SEARch:
Performs a local peak search near the expected intermodulation product frequencies.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI:MARK SEAR"

' selects TOI marker search mode

Characteristics: *RST value: CALC

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult?
This command queries the third-order intercept point measurement in the indicated measurement
window.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in single-
sweep mode.
The numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is irrelevant of this command.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI ON"
'Switches the intercept measurement in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI:RES?"
'Outputs the measured value of screen A.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.59

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CENTer
This command sets the receiver or center frequency of the selected measurement window equal to the
frequency of the indicated marker.
If marker 2, 3 or 4 is selected and used as delta marker, it is switched to the marker mode.

Example: "CALC:MARK2:FUNC:CENT"
'Sets the receiver frequency to the frequency of marker 2.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A-F
This command is an "event" and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CSTep
This command sets the step width of the receiver or center frequency in the selected measurement
window to the X value of the current marker.
If marker 2, 3 or 4 is selected and used as delta marker, it is switched to the marker mode.

Example: "CALC2:MARK2:FUNC:CST"
'Sets the receiver frequency to the same value as the frequency of marker 2.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A-F
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:REFerence
This command sets the reference level to the power measured by the indicated marker. If the selected
marker was used as delta marker, it is switched to marker mode.

Example: "CALC:MARK2:FUNC:REF"
'Sets the reference level of screen A to the level of marker 2.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

6.60 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.4.2 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:HARMonics Subsystem

The CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:HARMonics subsystem contains the commands for Harmonic Dis-
tortion measurement

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the measurement of the harmonics of a carrier signal. The carrier
signal is the first harmonic. The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the suffix <1|2>
or <1...4> of CALCulate or MARKer is irrelevant. It is only available in the frequency domain (span >
0).
If the measurement is started in the frequency domain (span > 0), the last span will define the search
range for the first harmonic. The level for the first harmonic will also be calculated in the frequency
domain. However, the measurement can also be started in the time domain (span = 0), in which case
the center frequency and the level used will remain unchanged.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM ON"

'Switches on the measurement of harmonics.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F^

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:BANDwidth[:LIST]?
This command returns the resolution bandwidth values used by the harmonic measurment. A separate
value for every harmonic frequency is automatically calculated. It is possible to query the calculated
values with this command.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the suffix <1|2> or <1 to 4> of CALCulate or
MARKer is irrelevant.

Example: “CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:BAND?"
' Returns the used bandwidth values of the harmonics measurement.

Characteristics: *RST value:-

SCPI: device-specific
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:NHARmonics 1 to 26
This command defines the number of harmonics of a carrier signal to be measured. The function is
independent of the marker selection, i.e. the suffix <1|2> or <1...4> of CALCulate or MARKer is
irrelevant.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:NHARM 3"

'Sets the number of harmonics to be measured to 3.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:BANDwidth:AUTO ON | OFF
This command specifies whether the resolution bandwidth of the 2nd to the nth harmonic should be
identical to the bandwidth of the first harmonic (OFF) or to the next largest bandwidth (corresponding
to the harmonic) of the multiple of the bandwidth of the first harmonic (ON).

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.61

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:BAND:AUTO OFF"

'Switches automatic bandwidth expansion off.

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F, A-T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:PRESet
This command optimizes the device settings depending on the mode in which the harmonic
measurement was started:
If the harmonic measurement was started in the frequency domain (span > 0), the frequency and the
level of the first harmonic are calculated, from which the measurement list is set up.
If the measurement was started in the time domain (span = 0), the frequency of the first harmonic is
not changed. The level, however, is not calculated.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the suffix <1|2> or <1...4> of CALCulate
or MARKer is irrelevant.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:PRES"
'Optimizes the device setting for the measurement of harmonics.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

Mode: A-F, A-T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:DISTortion? TOTal
This command queries the results of the total harmonic distortion (THD).
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end should be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in the
single-sweep mode.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the suffix <1|2> or <1...4> of CALCulate
or MARKer is irrelevant.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

’Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:NHARM 3"
'Sets the number of harmonics to 3.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM ON"
’Switches on the measurement of harmonics.
"INIT;*WAI"
’Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:DIST? TOT"
’Outputs the total harmonic distortion in % and dB.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F, A-T

6.62 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:LIST?
This command reads out the list of harmonics. The first value is the absolute power of the first
harmonic in the unit set via UNIT. The other values are relative to the carrier signal and are output
in dB.
The numeric values are output, separated by commas. The number corresponds to that of the
harmonics to be measured, which are defined with CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:NHARM.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end should be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in the
single-sweep mode.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the suffix <1|2> or <1...4> of CALCulate
or MARKer is irrelevant.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

’Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:NHARM 3"
'Sets the number of harmonics to 3.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM ON"
’Switches on the measurement of harmonics.
"INIT;*WAI"
’Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:LIST?"
’Outputs the three measured harmonics, separated by commas.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F, A-T

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.63

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.4.3 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer Subsystem

The CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWER subsystem contains the commands for control of power
measurement.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect ACPower | CPOWer | MCACpower |

OBANdwidth | OBWidth | CN | CN0
This command selects – and switches on – one of the above types of power measurement in the
selected measurement window. This function is independent of the selected marker, i.e. the numerical
suffix <1...4> appended to MARKer has no effect.
The channel spacings and channel bandwidths are configured in the SENSe:POWer:ACHannel
subsystem.
Please note the following:
If CPOWer is selected, the number of adjacent channels (command: [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:
ACPairs) is set to 0. If ACPower is selected, the number of adjacent channels is set to 1, unless
adjacent channel power measurement is switched on already.
With respect to the above two settings, the behavior of the R&S ESCI differs from that of the ESIB
family.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.

The channel/adjacent channel power measurement is performed for the trace

selected with SENSe:POWer:TRACe 1|2|3.

The occupied bandwidth measurement is performed for the trace on which marker 1 is positioned. To
select another trace for the measurement, marker 1 is to be positioned on the desired trace by means
of CALC:MARK:TRAC 1|2|3.

Parameter: ACPower: adjacent channel power measurement with a single carrier signal
CPOWer: Channel power measurement with a single carrier signal (equivalent to
adjacent channel power measurement with NO. OF ADJ CHAN = 0)
MCACpower: Channel/adjacent channel power measurement with several carrier
signals
OBANdwidth | OBWidth: Measurement of occupied bandwidth
CN: Measurement of carrier-to-noise ratio
CN0: Measurement of carrier-to-noise ratio referenced to 1 Hz bandwidth

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL ACP"

'Switches on adjacent channel power measurement in window A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

6.64 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult? ACPower | CPOWer | MCACpower |

OBANdwidth | OBWidth | CN | CN0
This command queries the result of the power measurement performed in the selected window.
If necessary, the measurement is switched on prior to the query.
The channel spacings and channel bandwidths are configured in the SENSe:POWer:ACHannel
subsystem.
To obtain a valid result, a complete sweep with synchronization to the end of the sweep must be
performed before a query is output. Synchronization is possible only in the single-sweep mode.

Parameters:

ACPower: adjacent channel power measurement

Results are output in the following sequence, separated by commas:
1. Power of transmission channel
2. Power of lower adjacent channel
3. Power of upper adjacent channel
4. Power of lower alternate channel 1
5. Power of upper alternate channel 1
6. Power of lower alternate channel 2
7. Power of upper alternate channel 2
The number of measured values returned depends on the number of adjacent/
alternate channels selected with SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs.
With logarithmic scaling (RANGE LOG), the power is output in the currently
selected level unit; with linear scaling (RANGE LIN dB or LIN %), the power is
output in W. If SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:MODE REL is selected, the adjacent/
alternate-channel power is output in dB.
CPOWer: Channel power measurement
With logarithmic scaling (RANGE LOG), the channel power is output in the cur-
rently selected level unit; with linear scaling (RANGE LIN dB or LIN %), the chan-
nel power is output in W.
MCACpower: Channel/adjacent channel power measurement with several carrier signals
Results are output in the following sequence, separated by commas:
1. Power of carrier signal 1
2. Power of carrier signal 2
3. Power of carrier signal 3
4. Power of carrier signal 4
5. Power of carrier signal 5
6. Power of carrier signal 6
7. Power of carrier signal 7
8. Power of carrier signal 8
9. Power of carrier signal 9
10.Power of carrier signal 10
11. Power of carrier signal 11
12.Power of carrier signal 12

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.65

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

13.Total power of all carrier signals

14.Power of lower adjacent channel
15.Power of upper adjacent channel
16.Power of lower alternate channel 1
17.Power of upper alternate channel 1
18.Power of lower alternate channel 2
19.Power of upper alternate channel 2
The number of measured values returned depends on the number of
carrier signals and adjacent/alternate channels selected with
SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:TXCHannel:COUNt and SENSe:POWer:ACHan-
nel:ACPairs.
If only one carrier signal is measured, the total value of all carrier signals will not
be output.
With logarithmic scaling (RANGE LOG), the power is output in dBm; with linear
scaling (RANGE LIN dB or LIN %), the power is output in W. If SENSe:POWer:
ACHannel:MODE REL is selected, the adjacent/alternate-channel power is out-
put in dB.
OBANdwidth | Measurement of occupied bandwidth
OBWidth:
The occupied bandwidth in Hz is returned.
CN: Measurement of carrier-to-noise ratio
The carrier-to-noise ratio in dB is returned.
CN0: Measurement of carrier-to-noise ratio referenced to 1 Hz bandwidth.
The carrier-to-noise ratio in dB/Hz is returned.

Example of channel/adjacent channel power measurement:

"SENS2:POW:ACH:ACP 3" 'Sets the number of adjacent/alternate channels in

screen B to 3.
"SENS2:POW:ACH:BAND 30KHZ" 'Sets the bandwidth of the transmission channel to
30 kHz.
"SENS2:POW:ACH:BAND:ACH 40KHZ" 'Sets the bandwidth of each adjacent channel to 40 kHz.
"SENS2:POW:ACH:BAND:ALT1 50KHZ" 'Sets the bandwidth of each alternate channel to 50 kHz.
"SENS2:POW:ACH:BAND:ALT2 60KHZ" 'Sets the bandwidth of alternate channel 2 to 60 kHz.
"SENS2:POW:ACH:SPAC 30KHZ" 'Sets the spacing between the transmission channel and
the adjacent channel to 30 kHz, the spacing between the
transmission channel and alternate channel 1 to 60 kHz,
and the spacing between the transmission channel and
alternate channel 2 to 90 kHz.
"SENS2:POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT1 100KHZ" 'Sets the spacing between the transmission channel and
alternate channel 1 to 100 kHz, and the spacing between
the transmission channel and alternate channel 2 to
150 kHz.
"SENS2:POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT2 140KHZ" 'Sets the spacing between the transmission channel and
alternate channel 2 to 140 kHz.
"SENS2:POW:ACH:MODE ABS" 'Switches on absolute power measurement.

6.66 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

"CALC2:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL ACP" 'Switches on the adjacent channel power measurement in

screen B.
"INIT:CONT OFF" 'Switches over to single-sweep mode.
"INIT;*WAI" 'Starts a sweep and waits for the end of the sweep.
"CALC2:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? ACP" 'Queries the result of adjacent channel power measure-
ment in screen B.
"SENS2:POW:ACH:REF:AUTO ONCE" 'Defines the measured channel power as the reference
value for relative power measurements.

If the channel power only is to be measured, all commands relating to adjacent/alternate channel
bandwidth and channel spacings are omitted. The number of adjacent/alternate channels is set to 0
with SENS2:POW:ACH:ACP 0.

Example of occupied bandwidth measurement:

"SENS2:POW:BAND 90PCT" 'Defines 90% as the percentage of the power to be con-

tained in the bandwidth range to be measured.
"INIT:CONT OFF" 'Switches over to single-sweep mode.
"INIT;*WAI" 'Starts a sweep and waits for the end of the sweep.
"CALC2:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? OBW" 'Queries the occupied bandwidth measured in screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.67

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult:PHZ ON | OFF
This command switches the query response of the power measurement results in the indicated
measurement window between output of absolute values (OFF) and output referred to the
measurement bandwidth (ON).
The measurement results are output with CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult?

Parameter: ON: Results output referred to measurement bandwidth.

OFF: Results output in absolute values.

Example of channel/adjacent channel measurement:

"SENS2:POW:ACH:ACP 3" 'Sets the number of adjacent channels in screen B to 3.

"SENS2:POW:ACH:BAND 30KHZ" 'Sets the bandwidth of the main channel to 30 kHz.
"SENS2:POW:ACH:BAND:ACH 40KHZ" 'Sets the bandwidth of all adjacent channels to 40 kHz.
"SENS2:POW:ACH:BAND:ALT1 50KHZ" 'Sets the bandwidth of all alternate adjacent channels to
50 kHz.
"SENS2:POW:ACH:BAND:ALT2 60KHZ" 'Sets the bandwidth of alternate adjacent channel 2 to
60 kHz.
"SENS2:POW:ACH:SPAC 30KHZ" 'Sets the spacing between channel and adjacent chan-
nel as well as between all adjacent channels to 30 kHz.
"SENS2:POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT1 40KHZ" 'Sets the spacing between adjacent channel and alter-
nate adjacent channel as well as between all alternate
adjacent channels to 40 kHz.
"SENS2:POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT2 50KHZ" 'Sets the spacing between alternate adjacent channel 1
and alternate adjacent channel 2 to 50 kHz.
"SENS2:POW:ACH:MODE ABS" 'Switches on absolute power measurement.
"CALC2:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL ACP" 'Switches the adjacent channel power measurement in
screen B.
"INIT:CONT OFF" 'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"INIT;*WAI" 'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC2:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES:PHZ ON" 'Output of results referred to the channel bandwidth.
"CALC2:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? ACP" 'Queries the result of the adjacent channel power mea-
surement in screen B referred to the channel bandwidth.

If only the channel power is to be measured, all commands for defining the bandwidths of adjacent
channels as well as the channel spacings are not necessary. The number of adjacent channels is set
to 0 with SENS2:POW:ACH:ACP 0.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

6.68 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer[:STATe] OFF
This command switches off the power measurement in the selected measurement window.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW OFF"

'Switches off the power measurement in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:PRESet NADC | TETRA | PDC | PHS | CDPD |

FWCDma | RWCDma | F8CDma | R8CDma | F19Cdma | R19Cdma | FW3Gppcdma | RW3Gppcdma
| D2CDma | S2CDma | M2CDma | FIS95A | RIS95A | FIS95C0 | RIS95C0 | FJ008 | RJ008 | FIS95C1
| RIS95C1 | TCDMa | NONE | AWLan | BWLan | WIMax | WIBro
This command selects the power measurement setting for a standard in the indicated measurement
window and previously switches on the corresponding measurement, if required. The function is
independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of MARKer is irrelevant.
The configuration for a standard comprises of the parameters weighting filter, channel bandwidth and
spacing, resolution and video bandwidth, as well as detector and sweep time.
Meaning of the CDMA standard abbreviations:
FIS95A, F8CDma CDMA IS95A forward
RIS95A, R8CDma CDMA IS95A reverse
FJ008, F19CDma CDMA J-STD008 forward
RJ008, R19CDma CDMA J-STD008 reverse
FIS95C0 CDMA IS95C Class 0 forward
RIS95C0 CDMA IS95C Class 0 reverse
FIS95C1 CDMA IS95C Class 1 forward
RIS95C1 CDMA IS95C Class 1 reverse
FWCDma W-CDMA 4.096 MHz forward
RWCDma W-CDMA 4.096 MHz reverse
FW3Gppcdma W-CDMA 3.84 MHz forward
RW3Gppcdma W-CDMA 3.84 MHz reverse
D2CDma CDMA 2000 direct sequence
S2CDma CDMA 2000 MC1 multi carrier with 1 carrier
M2CDma CDMA 2000 MC3 multi carrier with 3 carriers
TCDMa TD-SCDMA
AWLan WLAN 802.11a
BWLan WLAN 802.11b
WIMax WiMAX (Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access)
IEEE 802.16-2004/Cor1-2005
WIBro WiMAX WiBro (Wireless Broadband)
IEEE 802.16-2004/Cor1-2005

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.69

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

The settings for standards IS95A and C differ as far as the calculation method of
channel spacings is concerned. For IS95A and J-STD008 the spacing is calcu-
lated from the center of the main channel to the center of the corresponding adja-
cent channel, for IS95C from the center of the main channel to the nearest border
of the adjacent channel.

Example: "CALC2:MARK:FUNC:POW:PRES NADC"

'Selects the standard setting for NADC in screen B

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:MODE WRITe | MAXHold

This command selects the Clear Write or Maxhold for Channel Power values.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:MODE MAXH"

'Maxhold for Channel Power values

Characteristics: *RST value: WRITe

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:STANdard:CATalog?
This command returns all predefine ACP standards and all user standards. The numeric suffixes at
MARKer are irrelevant for this command.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:STAN:CAT?”
'get all available ACP standards

Characteristics: *RST value:-

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:STANdard:DELete <name>
This command removes the ACP user standard <name>. It is not possible to remove predefine ACP
standards. The numeric suffixes at MARKer are irrelevant for this command.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL ACP"

' activate ACP measurement
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:PRES FW3G"
' use WCDMA 3GPP as basis
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:REL -60,-60"
' change ACP limit to -60dBc
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:STAN:SAVE 'my_acp_std"
' save as ACP USER standard my_acp_std
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:STAN:DEL 'my_acp_std"
' delete the user standard my_acp_std

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.70 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:POWer:STANdard:SAVE <file_name>

This command saves the current ACP settings as an ACP user standard. The numeric suffixes at
MARKer are irrelevant for this command.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL ACP"

' activate ACP measurement
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:PRES FW3G"
' use WCDMA 3GPP as basis
"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:REL -60,-60"
' change ACP limit to -60dBc
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:STAN:SAVE 'my_acp_std"
' save as ACP user standard my_acp_std

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:POWer:PRESet NADC | TETRA | PDC | PHS | CDPD |

FWCDma | RWCDma | F8CDma | R8CDma | F19Cdma | R19Cdma | FW3Gppcdma | RW3Gppcdma
| D2CDma | S2CDma | M2CDma | FIS95A | RIS95A | FIS95C0 | RIS95C0 | FJ008 | RJ008 | FIS95C1
| RIS95C1 | TCDMa | NONE | AWLan | BWLan | WIMax | WIBro | EUTRa | REUTra | 'string'
Meaning of the CDMA standard abbreviations:

FIS95A, F8CDma CDMA IS95A forward

RIS95A, R8CDma CDMA IS95A reverse

FJ008, F19CDma CDMA J-STD008 forward

RJ008, R19CDma CDMA J-STD008 reverse

FIS95C0 CDMA IS95C Class 0 forward

RIS95C0 CDMA IS95C Class 0 reverse

FIS95F1 CDMA IS95C Class 1 forward

FIS95C1 CDMA IS95C Class 1 reverse

FWCDma W-CDMA 4.096 MHz forward

RWCDma W-CDMA 4.096 MHz reverse

FW3Gppcdma W-CDMA 3.84 MHz forward

RW3Gppcdma W-CDMA 3.84 MHz reverse

D2CDma CDMA2000 direct sequence

S2CDma CDMA2000 MC1 multi carrier with 1 carrier

M2CDma CDMA2000 MC3 multi carrier with 3 carriers

TCDMa TD-SCDMA

AWLan WLAN 802.11a

BWLan WLAN 802.11b

WIMax WiMAX (Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access) IEEE 802.16-2004/Cor1-2005

WIBro WiMAX WiBro (Wireless Broadband) IEEE 802.16-2004/Cor1-2005

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.71

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

EUTRa E-UTRA/LTE Square

Use this standard setting to measure the assumed adjacent channel carrier configuration, E-UTRA
of same BW. In this mode, on all channels a square filter is applied.

REUTra E-UTRA/LTE Square/RRC

Use this standard setting to measure the assumed adjacent channel carrier configuration, 1.28, 3.84,
7.68, Mcps UTRA. In this mode, a square filter is applied to the Tx channel and a RRC filter is applied
to the adjacent, alternate channels.

<string> <string> is the file name of a customized standard that has been saved with SAVE AS USER STD.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:PRES BWLan"

Selects the standard setting for WLAN 802.11b.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

6.72 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.4.4 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack Subsystem

The CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack subsystem defines the settings of the signal track.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:STRack[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches the signal-track function on or off for the selected measurement window. The
function is independent of the selected marker, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of MARKer is irrelevant.
With signal track activated, the maximum signal is determined after each frequency sweep and the
center frequency is set to the frequency of this signal. Thus with drifting signals the center frequency
follows the signal.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR ON"

'Switches on the signal track function for screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:STRack:BANDwidth|BWIDth 10Hz to MAX(SPAN)

These commands have the same function. For the selected measurement window they define the
bandwidth around the center frequency within which the largest signal is searched. The function is
independent of the selected marker, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of MARKer is irrelevant. It is only
available in the frequency domain (span > 0).

The entry of the search bandwidth is only possible if the Signal Track function is
switched on (CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR ON).

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR:BAND 1MHZ"

'Sets the search bandwidth for screen A to 1 MHz.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR:BWID 1MHZ"
'Alternative command for the same function.

Characteristics: *RST value: -- (= span/10 on activating the function)

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:STRack:THReshold -330dBm to +30dBm

This command defines the threshold above which the largest signal is searched for in the selected
measurement window. The function is independent of the selected marker, i.e. the numeric suffix
<1...4> of MARKer is irrelevant. It is only available in the frequency domain (span > 0).
The response unit depends on the settings defined with CALC:UNIT.

The entry of the search bandwidth is only possible if the Signal Track function is
switched on (CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR ON).

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR:THR -50DBM"

'Sets the threshold for signal tracking in screen A to -50 dBm.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.73

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

Characteristics: *RST value: -120 dBm

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:STRack:TRACe 1 to 3
This command defines the trace on which the largest signal is searched for in the selected
measurement window. The function is independent of the selected marker, i.e. the numeric suffix
<1...4> of MARKer is irrelevant. It is only available in the frequency domain (span > 0).

Example: "CALC2:MARK:FUNC:STR:TRAC 3"

'Defines trace 3 in screen B as the trace for signal tracking.

Characteristics: *RST value: 1

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

6.74 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.4.5 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary Subsystem

This subsystem contains the commands for controlling the time domain power functions. These are pro-
vided in the marker subsystem for reasons of compatibility with the FSE family.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the previously selected time domain power measurements. Thus one
or several measurements can be first selected and then switched on and off together with CALC:
MARK:FUNC:SUMMary:STATe.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the suffix of MARKer is irrelevant. It is only
available in the time domain (span = 0).

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:STAT ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the measurement of the positive peak value in the selected
measurement window.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of MARKer is
irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE ON"

'Switches on the function in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:RESult?
This command is used to query the result of the measurement of the positive peak value in the selected
measurement window. The measurement may have to be switched on previously.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of MARKer is
irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in single-
sweep mode.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE ON"
'Switches on the function in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE:RES?"
'Outputs the result of screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.75

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

Mode: A-T
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:AVERage:RESult?
This command is used to query the result of the measurement of the averaged positive peak value in
the selected measurement window. The query is only possible if averaging has been activated
previously using CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> in MARKer is
irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in single-
sweep mode.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE ON"
'Switches on the function in screen A.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:AVER ON"
'Switches on the calculation of average in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE:AVER:RES?"
'Outputs the result of screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

6.76 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:PHOLd:RESult?
This command is used to query the result of the measurement of the positive peak value with active
peak hold function. The query is only possible if the peak hold function has been activated previously
using CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is
irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in single-
sweep mode.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE ON"
'Switches on the function in screen A.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PHOL ON"
'Switches on the measurement of the peak value in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE:PHOL:RES?"
'Outputs the result of screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the measurement of the effective (RMS) power in the selected
measurement window. If necessary the function is switched on previously.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is
irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).

Example: "CALC2:MARK:FUNC:SUM:RMS ON"

'Switches on the function in screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:RESult?
This command queries the result of the measurement of the RMS power value in the selected
measurement window.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is
irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in single-
sweep mode.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.77

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS ON"
'Switches on the function in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS:RES?"
'Outputs the result of screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:AVERage:RESult?
This command queries the result of the measurement of the averaged RMS value in the selected
measurement window. The query is only possible if averaging has been activated previously using
CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage ON.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is
irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in single-
sweep mode.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS ON"
'Switches on the function in screen A.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:AVER ON"
Switches on the average value calculation in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS:AVER:RES?"
'Outputs the result of screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:PHOLd:RESult?
This command queries the result of the measurement of the RMS value with active peak hold in the
selected measurement window. The query is only possible only if the peak hold function has been
activated previously using CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is
irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).

6.78 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in single-
sweep mode.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS ON"
'Switches on the function in screen A.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PHOL ON"
'Switches on the peak value measurement in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS:PHOL:RES?"
'Outputs the result of screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the measurement of the mean value in the selected measurement
window.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is
irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).

The measurement is performed on the trace on which marker 1 is positioned. In

order to evaluate another trace, marker 1 must be positioned on another trace with
CALC:MARK:TRAC 1|2|3.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON"

'Switches on the function in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.79

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:RESult?
This command queries the result of the measurement of the mean value in the selected measurement
window.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is
irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in single-
sweep mode.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON"
'Switches on the function in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN:RES?"
'Outputs the result of screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:AVERage:RESult?
This command queries the result of the measurement of the averaged mean value in the selected
measurement window. The query is only possible if averaging has been activated previously using
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is
irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in single-
sweep mode.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON"
'Switches on the function in screen A.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:AVER ON"
'Switches on the average value calculation in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN:AVER:RES?"
'Outputs the result of screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

6.80 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:PHOLd:RESult?
This command queries the result of the measurement of the mean value with active peak hold in the
selected measurement window. The query is only possible if the peak hold function has been switched
on previously using CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage
The query is possible only if the peak hold function is active. The function is independent of the marker
selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain
(span = 0).
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in single-
sweep mode.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON"
'Switches on the function in screen A
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PHOL ON"
'Switches on the peak value measurement in screen A
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN:PHOL:RES?"
'Outputs the result of screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the measurement of the standard deviation in the selected
measurement window. The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix
<1...4> of :MARKer is irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).
On switching on the measurement, the mean power measurement is switched on as well.

Example: "CALC2:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV ON"

'Switches on the measurement of the standard deviation in screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.81

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:RESult?
This command queries the results of the standard deviation measurement. The function is
independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is irrelevant. It is only
available in the time domain (span = 0).
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in single-
sweep mode.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV ON"
'Switches on the function in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV:RES?"
'Outputs the result of screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:AVERage:RESult?
This command queries the result of the averaged standard deviation determined in several sweeps in
the selected measurement window. The query is possible only if averaging is active. The function is
independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is irrelevant. It is only
available in the time domain (span = 0).
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in single-
sweep mode.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV ON"
'Switches on the function in screen A.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:AVER ON"
'Switches on the calculation of average in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN:SDEV:RES?"
'Outputs the result of screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

6.82 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:PHOLd:RESult?
This command queries the maximum standard deviation value determined in several sweeps in the
selected measurement window. The query is possible only if the peak hold function is active.
The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is
irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the
function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result. This is only possible in single-
sweep mode.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV ON"
'Switches on the function in screen A.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PHOL ON"
'Switches on the peak value measurement in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV:PHOL:RES?"
'Outputs the result of screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the peak-hold function for the active time domain power
measurement in the indicated measurement window. The function is independent of the marker
selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain
(span = 0). The peak-hold function is reset by switching it off and on again.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PHOL ON"

'Switches on the function in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
The peak-hold function is reset by switching off and on, again.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.83

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage ON | OFF
This command switches on or off averaging for the active time domain power measurement in the
indicated window. The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4>
of :MARKer is irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).
Averaging is reset by switching it off and on again.
The number of results required for the calculation of average is defined with [SENSe<1|2>:
]AVERage:COUNt.
It should be noted that synchronization to the end of averaging is only possible in single-sweep mode.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"CALC2:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:AVER ON"
'Switches on the calculation of average in screen B.
"AVER:COUN 200"
'Sets the measurement counter to 200.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MODE ABSolute | RELative

This command selects absolute or relative time domain power measurement in the indicated
measurement window. The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix
<1...4> of :MARKer is irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).
The reference power for relative measurement is defined with CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:
SUMMary:REFerence:AUTO ONCE. If the reference power is not defined, the value 0 dBm is used.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MODE REL"

'Switches the time domain power measurement to relative.

Characteristics: *RST value: ABSolute

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T

6.84 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:REFerence:AUTO ONCE
With this command the currently measured average value (…:SUMMary:MEAN) and RMS value (…:
SUMMary:RMS)are declared as reference values for relative measurements in the indicated
measurement window. The function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix
<1 to 4> of :MARKer is irrelevant. It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).
If the measurement of RMS value and average is not activated, the reference value 0 dBm is used.
If the function …:SUMMary:AVERage or …:SUMMary:PHOLd is switched on, the current value is the
accumulated measurement value at the time considered.

Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:REF:AUTO ONCE"

'Takes the currently measured power in screen A as reference value for the relative
time domain power measurement.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AOFF
This command switches off all time domain measurements in the selected measurement window. The
function is independent of the marker selection, i.e. the numeric suffix <1...4> of :MARKer is irrelevant.
It is only available in the time domain (span = 0).

Example: "CALC2:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:AOFF"
'Switches off the time domain power measurement functions in screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: _

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:MSUMmary? <time offset of first pulse>, <measurement

time>, <period>, < # of pulses to measure>
The commands of this subsystem are used to determine the power of a sequence of signal pulses
having the same interval. The number of pulses to be measured as well as the measurement time and
the period can be set. To define the position of the first pulse in the trace, a suitable offset can be
entered.
The evaluation is performed on the measurement data of a previously recorded trace. The data
recorded during the set measurement time is combined to a measured value for each pulse according
to the detector specified and the indicated number of results is output as a list.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.85

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

Measurement Measurement Measurement

Time Time Time
P

Period Period t
Time offset of
first pulse

Trace start

TRACE 1 of the selected screen is always used by the function. The suffix of MARKer will be ignored.

Example: "DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV –10dBm"

'Sets the reference level to 10 dBm
"INP:ATT 30 dB"
'Sets the input attenuation to 30 dB
"FREQ:CENT 935.2MHz;SPAN 0Hz"
'Sets the receive frequency to 935.2 MHz and the span to 0 Hz
"BAND:RES 1MHz;VID 3MHz"
'Sets the resolution bandwidth to 1 MHz and the video bandwidth to 3 MHz
"DET RMS"
'Sets the RMS detector
"TRIG:SOUR VID;LEV:VID 50 PCT"
'Selects the trigger source VIDeo and sets the level of the video trigger source to
50 PCT
"SWE:TIME 50ms"
'Sets the sweep time to 50 ms
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts the measurement with synchronization
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:MSUM? 50US,450US,576.9US,8"
'Queries 8 bursts with an offset of 50 µs, a test time of 450 µs and a period of
576.9 µs

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T

6.86 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.5 CALCulate:MATH Subsystem

The CALCulate:MATH subsystem allows to process data from the SENSe-subsystem in numeric expres-
sions.
The measurement windows are selected by CALCulate1 (screen A) and CALCulate2 (screen B).

CALCulate<1|2>:MATH[:EXPression][:DEFine] (<expr>)
This command defines the mathematical expression for relating traces to trace1.
The CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:STATe command switches the mathematical relation of traces on or off.
The measurement windows are selected via CALCulate1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B).

Parameter: <expr>::= 'OP1 - OP2'

OP1 ::= TRACE1
OP2 ::= TRACE2 | TRACE3

Example: "CALC1:MATH (TRACE1 - TRACE2)"

'Selects the subtraction of trace 1 from trace 2 in screen A.
"CALC2:MATH (TRACE1 - TRACE3)"
'Selects the subtraction of trace 1 from trace 3 in screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: A-T

CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:POSition -100PCT to 200PCT

This command defines the position of the result of the trace mathematics in the selected measurement
window. The indication is in % of the screen height, with 100% corresponding to the upper diagram
border.

Example: "CALC:MATH:POS 50PCT"

'Sets the position in screen A to the horizontal diagram center.

Characteristics: *RST value: 50 %

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T

CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches the mathematical relation of traces on or off.
The measurement windows are selected via CALCulate1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B).

Example: "CALC:MATH:STAT ON"

'Switches on the trace mathematics in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: conform

Mode: A-T

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.87

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:MODE LINear | LOGarithmic | POWER

This command selects linear or logarithmic (= video) calculation of the mathematical functions related
to the traces. The calculation of the average is one of the affected functions. The setting is valid for all
measurement windows, i.e. the numeric suffix <1|2> of CALCulate is irrelevant.

Example: "CALC:MATH:MODE LIN"

'Switches on the linear calculation.

Characteristics: *RST value: LOG

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T

6.88 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.6 CALCulate:PEAKsearch I PSEarch Subsystem

The CALCulate:PEAKsearch subsystem contains commands for verifying scan results in the test
receiver mode.

CALCulate<1|2>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:AUTO ON | OFF
By using this command, the peak list in the spurious measurement is calculated automatically after a
measurement. For each range, exactly one peak value is calculated.
The SENSe suffix is unused.

Example: "CALC:PEAK:AUTO ON"

’Switches the automatic peak search on.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:ADD <nummeric value>

This command adds a frequency value to the peaklist in receiver mode (RECEIVER – FINAL MEAS –
EDIT PEAK LIST). Only frequencies in the currently displayed frequency range of the receiver scan
are allowed.

Example: "CALC:PEAK:ADD 93MHz"

’The frequency 93 MHz as added to the peak list.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

CALCulate<1|2>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:CLEar[:IMMediate]
The peaklist in receiver mode (RECEIVER – FINAL MEAS – EDIT PEAK LIST) is cleared.

Example: "CALC:PEAK:CLE"
’The peak list is cleared.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

CALCulate<1|2>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch[:IMMediate]
This command activates the generation of a peak list.
The numeric suffix in CALCULATE<1|2> is not significant.

Example: "CALC:PEAK"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A, R
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.89

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:MARGin MINimum .. MAXimum

This command defines the margin for the peak search.
The numeric suffix in CALCULATE<1|2> is not significant.

Example: "CALC:PEAK:MARG 5 dB"

Characteristics: *RST value: 6 dB

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A, R

CALCulate<1|2>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:SUBRanges 1 to 500
This command defines the number of subranges for the peak search.
The numeric suffix in CALCULATE<1|2> is not significant.

Example: "CALC:PEAK:SUBR 10"

Characteristics: *RST value: 25

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A, R

CALCulate<1|2>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:METHod SUBRange | PEAK

This command defines the method that is used to determine the level maxima of a scan.
The numeric suffix in CALCULATE<1|2> is not significant.

Example: "CALC:PEAK:METH SUBR"

Characteristics: *RST value: PEAK

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

6.90 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.7 CALCulate:STATistics Subsystem

The CALCulate:STATistics subsystem controls the statistical measurement functions in the instrument.
The measurement window cannot be selected with these functions. The numeric suffix in CALCulate is
therefore ignored.

CALCulate:STATistics:APD[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the measurement of amplitude distribution (APD). On activating this
function, the CCDF measurement is switched off.

Example: "CALC:STAT:APD ON"

'Switches on the APD measurement.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate:STATistics:CCDF[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the measurement of the complementary cumulative distribution
function (CCDF). On activating this function, the APD measurement is switched off.

Example: "CALC:STAT:CCDF ON"

'Switches on the CCDF measurement.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate:STATistics:CCDF:X<1...3>? P0_01 | P0_1 | P1 | P10

This command reads out the level values for the probabilities 0.01%, 0.1%, 1% and 10%. The trace is
selected by means of the numeric suffix <1...3>.
The desired result is selected by means of the following parameters:

Parameter: P0_01: Level value for 0.01% probability

P0_1: Level value for 0.1% probability
P1: Level value for 1% probability
P10: Level value for 10% probability

Example: "CALC:STAT:CCDF:X? P1"

'Reads out the level values for 1% probability.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.91

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate:STATistics:NSAMples 100 to 1E9

This command sets the number of measurement points to be acquired for the statistical measurement
functions.

Example: "CALC:STAT:NSAM 500"

'Sets the number of measurement points to be acquired to 500.

Characteristics: *RST value: 100000

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:AUTO ONCE
This command optimizes the level setting of the instrument depending on the measured peak power,
in order to obtain maximum instrument sensitivity.
To obtain maximum resolution, the level range is set as a function of the measured spacing between
peak power and the minimum power for the APD measurement and of the spacing between peak
power and mean power for the CCDF measurement. In addition, the probability scale for the number
of test points is adapted.
+

Subsequent commands have to be synchronized with *WAI, *OPC or *OPC? to the

end of the auto range process which would otherwise be aborted.

Example: "CALC:STAT:SCAL:AUTO ONCE;*WAI"

'Adapts the level setting for statistical measurements and activates the
synchronization.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RLEVel -130dBm to 30dBm

This command defines the reference level for the x-axis of the measurement diagram. The setting is
identical to the reference level setting using the command DISPlay:WINDow:TRACe:Y:RLEVel.
With the reference level offset <> 0 the indicated value range of the reference level is modified by the
offset.
The unit depends on the setting performed with CALC:UNIT.

Example: "CALC:STAT:SCAL:X:RLEV -60dBm"

Characteristics: *RST value: -20dBm

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.92 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RANGe 1dB to 200dB

This command defines the level range for the x-axis of the measurement diagram. The setting is
identical to the level range setting defined with the command DISPlay:WINDow:TRACe:Y:SCALe.

Example: "CALC:STAT:SCAL:X:RANG 20dB"

Characteristics: *RST value: 100dB

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UNIT PCT | ABS

This command toggles the scaling of y-axis between percentage and absolute.

Example: "CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:UNIT PCT"

'toggle to percentage

Characteristics: *RST value: ABS

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer 1E-8 to 1.0

This command defines the upper limit for the y-axis of the diagram in statistical measurements. Since
probabilities are specified on the y-axis, the entered numerical values are dimensionless.

Example: "CALC:STAT:Y:UPP 0.01"

Characteristics: *RST value: 1.0

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:LOWer 1E-9 to 0.1

This command defines the lower limit for the y-axis of the diagram in statistical measurements. Since
probabilities are specified on the y-axis, the entered numerical values are dimensionless.

Example: "CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:LOW 0.001"

Characteristics: *RST value: 1E-6

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.93

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate:STATistics:PRESet
This command resets the scaling of the X and Y axes in a statistical measurement. The following
values are set:
• x-axis ref level: -20 dBm
• x-axis range APD: 100 dB
• x-axis range CCDF: 20 dB
• y-axis upper limit: 1.0
• y-axis lower limit: 1E-6

Example: "CALC:STAT:PRES"
'Resets the scaling for statistical functions

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

CALCulate:STATistics:RESult<1...3>? MEAN | PEAK | CFACtor | ALL

This command reads out the results of statistical measurements of a recorded trace. The trace is
selected with the numeric suffix <1...3> attached to RESult.
The required result is selected via the following parameters:

Parameter: MEAN: Average (=RMS) power in dBm measured during the measurement time.
PEAK: Peak power in dBm measured during the measurement time.
CFACtor: Determined CREST factor (= ratio of peak power to average power) in
dB.
ALL: Results of all three measurements mentioned before, separated by commas:
<mean power>,<peak power>,<crest factor>

Example: "CALC:STAT:RES2? ALL"

'Reads out the three measurement results of trace 2. Example of answer string:
5.56,19.25,13.69 i.e. mean power: 5.56 dBm, peak power 19.25 dBm, CREST
factor 13.69 dB

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

CALCulate<1|2>:STATistics:X:MPOSition 0 … 100
This command defines the relative X position of the mean power value for the CCDF measurement.
The default position is 0% (left corner of the grid). This function is only available if the statistics
measurement function CCDF is switched on.

Example: "CALC:STAT:X:MPOS 10.0"

' set the mean power position to 10%

Characteristics: *RST value: 0

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.94 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.8 CALCulate:THReshold Subsystem

The CALCulate:THReshold subsystem controls the threshold value for the maximum/minimum search of
markers. The measurement windows are selected by CALCulate 1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B).

CALCulate<1|2>:DLINe<1|2> MINimum .. MAXimum (depending on current unit)

This command defines the position of Display Line 1 or 2. These lines enable the user to mark any
levels in the diagram. The unit depends on the setting made with CALC:UNIT.

Example: "CALC:DLIN -20dBm"

Characteristics: *RST value: - (STATe to OFF)

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:DLINe<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches Display Line 1 or 2 (level lines) on or off.

Example: "CALC:DLIN2:STAT OFF"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:THReshold MINimum to MAXimum (depending on current unit)

This command defines the threshold value for the maximum/minimum search of markers with marker
search functions MAX PEAK, NEXT PEAK, etc. in the selected measurement window. The associated
display line is automatically switched on.

Example: "CALC:THR -82DBM"

'Sets the threshold value for screen A to -82 dBm.

Characteristics: *RST value: - (STATe to OFF)

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALCulate<1|2>:THReshold:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the threshold line in the selected measurement window. The unit
depends on the setting performed with CALC:UNIT.

Example: "CALC2:THR:STAT ON"

'Switches on the threshold line in screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.95

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:FLINe<1|2> 0 to fmax
This command defines the position of the frequency lines.
The frequency lines mark the frequencies specified in the measurement window. Frequency lines are
only available with SPAN > 0.

Example: "CALC:FLIN2 120MHz"

Characteristics: *RST value: - (STATe to OFF)

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A-F

CALCulate<1|2>:FLINe<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches the frequency line on or off.

Example: "CALC:FLIN2:STAT ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A-F

CALCulate<1|2>:TLINe<1|2> 0 to 1000s
This command defines the position of the time lines.
The time lines mark the times specified in the measurement window. Time lines are only available with
SPAN = 0.

Example: "CALC:TLIN 10ms"

Characteristics: *RST value: - (STATe auf OFF)

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T

CALCulate<1|2>:TLINe<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches the time line on or off.

Example: "CALC:TLIN2:STAT ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T

6.96 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALCulate Subsystem

6.5.9 CALCulate:UNIT Subsystem

The CALCulate:Unit subsystem defines the units for power measurement settings.

CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer DBM | V | A | W | DBPW | WATT | DBUV | DBMV | VOLT | DBUA |

AMPere | DBPT | DBUV_M | DBUA_M
This command selects the unit for power in the selected measurement window.
In receiver mode, only the units DBM, DBUV, DBUA, DBPW, and DBPT are available.

Example: "CALC:UNIT:POW DBM"

'Sets the power unit for screen A to dBm.

Characteristics: *RST value: dBm

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.97

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALibration Subsystem

6.6 CALibration Subsystem

The commands of the CALibration subsystem determine the data for system error correction in the
instrument.

CALibration[:ALL]?
This command initiates the acquisition of system error correction data. A "0" is returned if the
acquisition was successful.

During the acquisition of correction data, the instrument does not accept any
remote control commands, except
*RST
CALibration:ABORt

In order to recognize when the acquisition of correction data is completed, the MAV bit in the status
byte can be used. If the associated bit is set in the Service Request Enable Register, the instrument
generates a service request after the acquisition of correction data has been completed.

Example: "*CLS"
'Resets the status management.
"*SRE 16"
'Enables MAV bit in the Service Request Enable Register.
"*CAL?"
'Starts the correction data recording and then a service request is generated.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

CALibration:ABORt
This command aborts the acquisition of correction data and restores the last complete correction data
set.

Example: "CAL:ABOR"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

6.98 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
CALibration Subsystem

CALibration:RESult?
This command outputs the results of the correction data acquisition. The lines of the result table (see
chapter “Instrument Functions”, section “Recording the Correction Data – CAL Key” on page 4.113)
are output as string data separated by commas:

Return value: "Total Calibration Status: PASSED","Date (dd/mm/yyyy): 12/07/

2006",
"Time: 16:24:54","Runtime:00.06"

Example: "CAL:RES?"

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

CALibration:STATe ON | OFF
This command determines whether the current calibration data are taken into account by the
instrument (ON) or not (OFF).

Example: "CAL:STAT OFF"

'Sets up the instrument to ignore the calibration data.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.99

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
DIAGnostic Subsystem

6.7 DIAGnostic Subsystem

The DIAGnostic subsystem contains the commands which support instrument diagnostics for mainte-
nance, service and repair. In accordance with the SCPI standard, all of these commands are device-spe-
cific.
The measurement windows are selected by DIAGnostic1 (screen A) or DIAGnostic2 (screen B).

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut[:SELect] CALibration | RF
This command toggles between the RF input on the front panel and the internal 128 MHz reference
signal in the selected measurement window. The level of the 128-MHz signals can be selected by
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:CSOource[:POWer] command.

Example: "DIAG:SERV:INP CAL"

’ Selects the internal reference signal.

Characteristics: *RST value: RF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut:PULSed[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command toggles the calibration signal in the selected measurement window between pulsed and
non-pulsed.
The selection takes effect only if the RF input has been set to the internal reference signal using the
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut[:SELect] command.

Example: "DIAG:SERV:INP CAL"

"DIAG:SERV:INP:PULS ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut:PULSed:PRATe 10 kHz | 100 kHz | 200 kHz | 500 kHz | 1 MHz |

2 MHz | 4 MHz | 8 MHz
This command selects the pulse rate for the pulsed calibration signal in the selected measurement
window.

Example: "DIAG:SERV:INP:PULS:PRAT 2 MHz

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:SFUNction ’<string>’
This command activates a service function which can be selected by indicating the five parameters:
function group number, board number, function number, parameter 1 and parameter 2 (see service
manual). The contents of the parameter string is identical to the code to be entered in the data entry
field of manual operation.
The entry of a service function is accepted only if the system password Level 1 or Level 2 has been
entered previously (command: SYSTem:SECurity).
The numeric suffix <1|2> is ignored with this command.

6.100 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
DIAGnostic Subsystem

The service functions of the instrument are not identical to those of the FSE family.
That is why the remote command differs in syntax and data format.

Example: "DIAG:SERV:SFUN '2.0.2.12.1'"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:NSOurce ON | OFF
This command switches the 28 V supply of the noise source at the rear panel on or off.
The numeric suffix <1|2> is ignored with this command.

Example: "DIAG:SERV:NSO ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:CSOource[:POWer] <numeric_value>
This command switches the level of the 128 MHz reference signal source between 0 dBm and -30 dBm
in the selected measurement window.

Example: "DIAG:SERV:CSO 0DBM"

Characteristics: *RST value: -30 dBm

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:STESt:RESult?
This command reads the results of the selftest out of the instrument. The lines of the result table are
output as string data separated by commas:
The numeric suffix <1|2> is ignored with this command.

Parameter: "Total Selftest Status: PASSED","Date (dd/mm/yyyy): 09/07/

2006
TIME: 16:24:54","Runtime: 00:06", ...

Example: "DIAG:SERV:STES:RES?"

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.101

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
DIAGnostic Subsystem

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:HWINfo?
This command queries the contents of the module info table. Table lines are output as string data and
are separated by commas.
"<component 1>|<serial #>|<order #>|<model>|<HWC>|<rev>|<sub rev>",
"<component 2>|<serial #>|<order #>|<model>|<HWC>|<rev>|<sub rev>", ...
The individual columns of the table are separated from each other by '|'.
The numeric suffix <1|2> is ignored with this command.

Example: "DIAG:SERV:HWIN?"
Result (shortened):
"RF_ATTEN_7|650551/007|1067.7684|02|00|20|04",
"IF-FILTER|648158/037|1093.5540|03|01|07|05",
...

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

6.102 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
DISPlay Subsystem

6.8 DISPlay Subsystem

The DISPLay subsystem controls the selection and presentation of textual and graphic information as
well as of measurement data on the display.
The measurement windows are selected by WINDow1 (screen A) or WINDow2 (screen B).

DISPlay:FORMat SINGle | SPLit

This command switches the measurement result display between FULL SCREEN and SPLIT
SCREEN. The coupling of settings between screen A and screen B can be selected with the command
INSTrument:COUPle.
In full-screen display the active measurement window can be selected with DISPlay:WINDow<1|2>:
SELect.

Example: "DISP:FORM SPL"

'Switches the display to 2 measurement windows.

Characteristics: *RST value: SINGle

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

DISPlay:ANNotation:FREQuency ON | OFF
This command switches the x-axis annotation on or off.

Example: "DISP:ANN:FREQ OFF"

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

DISPlay:LOGO ON | OFF
This command switches the company logo on the screen on or off.

Example: "DISP:LOGO OFF"

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

DISPlay:PSAVe[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the power-save mode of the display. With the power-save mode
activated the display including backlight is completely switched off after the elapse of the response
time (see command DISPlay:PSAVe:HOLDoff).

This mode is recommended for preserving the display especially if the instrument
is exclusively operated via remote control.

Example: "DISP:PSAVe ON"

'Switches on the power-save mode.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.103

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
DISPlay Subsystem

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

DISPlay:PSAVe:HOLDoff 1 to 60
This command sets the hold off time for the power-save mode of the display. The available value range
is 1 to 60 minutes, the resolution 1 minute. The entry is dimensionless.

Example: "DISP:PSAV:HOLD 30"

Characteristics: *RST value: 15

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

DISPlay:CMAP<1...34>:DEFault<1|2>
This command resets the screen colors of all display items to their default settings. Two default
settings DEFault1 and DEFault2 are available. The numeric suffix of CMAP is irrelevant.

Example: "DISP:CMAP:DEF2"
'Selects default setting 2 for setting the colors.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no query and no *RST value.

DISPlay:CMAP<1...34>:HSL <hue>,<sat>,<lum>
This command defines the color table of the instrument.
Each numeric suffix of CMAP is assigned one or several graphical elements which can be modified by
varying the corresponding color setting. The following assignment applies:

CMAP1 Background
CMAP2 Grid
CMAP3 Function field + status field + data entry text
CMAP4 Function field LED on
CMAP5 Function field LED warn
CMAP6 Enhancement label text
CMAP7 Status field background
CMAP8 Trace 1
CMAP9 Trace 2
CMAP10 Trace 3
CMAP11 Marker
CMAP12 Lines
CMAP13 Measurement status + limit check pass
CMAP14 Limit check fail
CMAP15 Table + softkey text
CMAP16 Table + softkey background

6.104 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
DISPlay Subsystem

CMAP17 Table selected field text

CMAP18 Table selected field background
CMAP19 Table + data entry field opaque title bar
CMAP20 Data entry field opaque text
CMAP21 Data entry field opaque background
CMAP22 3D shade bright part
CMAP23 3D shade dark part
CMAP24 Softkey state on
CMAP25 Softkey state data entry
CMAP26 Logo
CMAP27 Bar graph PK+
CMAP28 Bar graph PK-
CMAP29 Bar graph QPK
CMAP30 Bar graph AVER
CMAP31 Bar graph RMS
CMAP32 Final Meas
CMAP33 Bar graph CACV
CMAP34 Bar graph CRMS

Parameter: hue = TINT

sat = SATURATION
lum = BRIGHTNESS
The value range is 0 to 1 for all parameters.

Example: "DISP:CMAP2:HSL 0.3,0.8,1.0"

'Changes the grid color.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
The values set are not changed by *RST.

DISPlay:CMAP<1...34>:PDEFined BLACk | BLUE | BROWn | GREen | CYAN | RED | MAGenta |

YELLow | WHITe | DGRAy | LGRAy | LBLUe | LGREen | LCYan | LRED | LMAGenta
This command defines the color table of the instrument using predefined color values. Each numeric
suffix of CMAP is assigned one or several graphical elements which can be modified by varying the
corresponding color setting.
The same assignment as for DISPlay:CMAP<1 to 26>:HSL applies.

Example: "DISP:CMAP2:PDEF GRE"

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
The values set are not changed by *RST.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.105

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
DISPlay Subsystem

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:ACTive?
This command returns the active measurement window. The numeric response has following
meaning:
1 Screen A
2 Screen B
3 Screen C
4 Screen D

Example: "DISP:WIND:ACT?"
returns the active window

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
The numeric suffix at WINDow<1|2> is irrelevant.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SELect
This command selects the active measurement window. WINDow1 corresponds to SCREEN A,
WINDow2 to SCREEN B.
In full screen mode, the measurements are only performed in the active measurement window.
Measurements are therefore initiated in the active window and result queries (marker, trace data and
other results) answered also in the active window.
Initiating measurements and querying results in the inactive window yields an error message
(execution error).
In split screen mode, the selection of the active window for result queries is irrelevant.

In full screen mode, settings can also be performed in the inactive measurement
window. They become effective as soon as the corresponding window becomes
active.

Example: "DISP:WIND2:SEL"
'Selects screen B as active measurement window.

Characteristics: *RST value: SCREEN A active

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no query.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SIZE LARGe | SMALl

This command switches the measurement window for channel and adjacent channel power
measurements to full screen or half screen. Only "1" is allowed as a numerical suffix.

Example: "DISP:WIND1:SIZE LARG"

'Switches the measurement window to full screen.

Characteristics: *RST value: SMALl

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.106 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
DISPlay Subsystem

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TEXT[:DATA] <string>
This command defines a comment (max. 20 characters) which can be displayed on the screen in the
selected measurement window.

Example: "DISP:WIND2:TEXT 'Noise Measurement'"

'Defines the title for screen B

Characteristics: *RST value: "" (empty)

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TEXT:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the display of the comment (screen title) in the selected
measurement window.

Example: "DISP:TEXT:STAT ON"

'Switches on the title of screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TIME ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the screen display of date and time. The numeric suffix in
WINDow<1| 2> is irrelevant.

Example: "DISP:TIME ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:X:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic

This command toggles between linear and logarithmic display.

Example: "DISP:TRAC:X:SPAC LIN"

Characteristics: *RST value: LOGarithmic

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
The numeric suffix in TRACe<1...3> is irrelevant.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:X[:SCALe]:ZOOM ON | OFF
This command switches the zoom on or off.

Example: "DISP:TRAC:X:ZOOM ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
The numeric suffix in TRACe<1...3> is irrelevant.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.107

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
DISPlay Subsystem

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[:SCALe] 10dB to 200dB

This command defines the display range of the y-axis (level axis) in the selected measurement window
with logarithmic scaling (DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y:SPACing).
For linear scaling, the display range is fixed and cannot be modified. The numeric suffix at
TRACe<1...3> is irrelevant.

Example: "DISP:TRAC:Y 110dB"

Characteristics: *RST value: 100dB

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[:SCALe]:MODE ABSolute | RELative

This command defines the scale type of the y-axis (absolute or relative) in the selected measurement
window. SYSTem:DISPlay is set to OFF, this command has no immediate effect on the screen. The
numeric suffix in TRACe<1...3> is irrelevant.

Example: "DISP:TRAC:Y:MODE REL"

Characteristics: *RST value: ABS

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel -130dBm to 30dBm

This command defines the reference level in the selected measurement window. Depending on the
coupling of the measurement windows, it is valid for both screens or only for the selected measurement
window (INSTrument:COUPle). The unit depends on the setting defined with the CALCulate<1|2>:
UNIT:POWer command.
The numeric suffix at TRACe<1...3> is irrelevant.
If the reference level offset is not 0 (DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:
OFFSet), the indicated value range of the reference level is modified by the offset.

Example: "DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV -60"

Characteristics: *RST value: -20

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet -200dB to 200dB

This command defines the offset of the reference level in the selected measurement window.
Depending on the coupling of the measurement windows, it is valid for both screens or only for the
selected measurement window (INSTrument:COUPle).
The numeric suffix at TRACe<1...3> is irrelevant.

Example: "DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV:OFFS -10dB"

Characteristics: *RST value: 0dB

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

6.108 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
DISPlay Subsystem

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue <numeric_value>
If the tracking generator option or the external generator control option (R&S FSP-B9/R&S FSP-B10)
is available and the normalization in the NETWORK mode is activated, this value defines the power
value assigned to the reference position in the selected measurement window. This value corresponds
to the parameter REFERENCE VALUE in manual operation.
The numeric suffix at TRACe<1...3> is irrelevant.

Example: "DISP:TRAC:Y:RVAL 0"

'Sets the power value assigned to the reference position to 0 dB (Tracking
Generator/Ext. Generator Control option).

Characteristics: *RST value:

0 dB (NETWORK mode)
SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition 0 to 100PCT
This command defines the position of the reference value in the selected measurement window. The
numeric suffix in TRACe<1...3> is irrelevant.
In NETWORK mode (Tracking Generator/Ext. Generator Option R&S FSP-B9/R&S FSP-B10) with
active normalization, RPOSition defines the reference point for the output of the normalized
measurement results.

Example: "DISP:TRAC:Y:RPOS 50PCT"

Characteristics: *RST value:

100PCT(ANALYZER mode)
50 PCT (NETWORK mode)
SCPI: conform

Mode: A

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[:SCALe]:BOTTom <numeric_value>
In receiver mode, this command defines the minimum grid level in the current unit for the scan display.
The numeric suffix in TRACE<1...3> is irrelevant.

Example: "DISP:TRAC:Y:BOTT -20"

'The minimum grid level is set to -20 dBuV (pre-condition: the default unit has not
been changed)

Characteristics: *RST value: 0

SCPI: conform

Mode: R

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic| LDB

This command toggles between linear and logarithmic display in the selected measurement window.
On a linear scale, switch over between the unit % (command DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC LIN) and
the unit dB (command DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC LDB) is also possible.
If the FM demodulator (R&S FS-K7) is active and result display AF spectrum of FM is selected, only
the parameters LINear and LOGarithmic are permissible.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.109

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
DISPlay Subsystem

The numeric suffix in TRACe<1...3> is irrelevant.

Example: "DISP:TRAC:Y:SPAC LIN"

Characteristics: *RST value: LOGarithmic

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y:UNIT?
This command returns the Y unit that has been set.
This command is only a query and has the *RST value from the UNIT:POWer command.
The numeric suffix in TRACe<1...3> has no significance.

Example: "DISP:WIND1:TRAC:Y:UNIT?"

Characteristics: *RST value: DBM

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:MODE WRITe | VIEW | AVERage | MAXHold | MINHold

This command defines the type of display and the evaluation of the traces in the selected
measurement window. WRITE corresponds to the Clr/Write mode of manual operation.
The trace is switched off (= BLANK in manual operation) with the DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:
TRACe<1...3>[:STATe] command.
The number of measurements for AVERage, MAXHold and MINHold is defined with the [SENSe<1|2>:
]AVERage:COUNt or [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt command.
Synchronization to the end of the indicated number of measurements is only possible in single-sweep
mode.
If calculation of average values is active, selection between logarithmic and linear averaging is
possible. For more detail see command [SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:TYPE.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switching to single-sweep mode.
"SWE:COUN 16"
'Sets the number of measurements to 16.
"DISP:WIND1:TRAC3:MODE MAXH"
'Switches on the calculation of the for trace 3 in screen A.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 16 sweeps.

Characteristics: *RST value: WRITe for TRACe1, STATe OFF for TRACe2/3
SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

6.110 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
DISPlay Subsystem

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:MODE:HCONtinuous ON | OFF
This command specifies whether or not the traces with peak or minimum value detection are reset after
specific parameter changes.
Usually the measurement must be restarted after a parameter change, before an evaluation of the
measurement results is performed (e.g. with a marker). In cases in which a change causes a
compulsory new measurement, the trace is automatically reset in order to prevent erroneous
measurements of previous measurement results (e.g. when the span changes). For applications in
which this behavior is not desired, this mechanism can be switched off.

Parameter: OFF: The traces are reset after specific parameter changes.
ON: The reset mechanism is switched off.

Example: "DISP:WIND1:TRAC3:MODE:HCON ON"

'The reset mechanism is switched off for measurement window 1.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the display of the corresponding trace in the selected measurement
window.

Example: "DISP:WIND1:TRAC3 ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: ON for TRACe1, OFF for TRACe2 and 3

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:SYMBol CROSs | OFF

This command switches on or off the indication of the peak list or the final measurement result on the
trace.

Parameter: CROSs: The single value is indicated as x.

OFF: No indication.

Example: "DISP:TRAC:SYMB CROS"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

DISPlay:BARGraph:LEVel:LOWer?
This command queries the minimum level of the bar graph.

Example: ":DISP:BARG:LEV:LOW?"

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.111

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
DISPlay Subsystem

DISPlay:BARGraph:LEVel:UPPer?
This command queries the maximum level of the bar graph.

Example: ":DISP:BARG:LEV:UPP?"

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

DISPlay:BARGraph:PHOLd ON | OFF
This command switches the indication of the maxhold value of the bar graph measurement on or off.

Example: ":DISP:BARG:PHOL ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

DISPlay:BARGraph:PHOLd:RESet
This command resets the maxhold value of the numeric indication of the bar graph measurement.

Example: ":DISP:BARG:PHOL:RES"

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R
This command is an event and thus has no *RST value and no query.

6.112 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
FORMat Subsystem

6.9 FORMat Subsystem

The FORMat subsystem specifies the data format of the data transmitted from and to the instrument.

FORMat[:DATA] ASCii | REAL | UINT [, 8 | 32]

This command specifies the data format for the data transmitted from the instrument to the control PC.
The format settings are valid for the binary transmission of trace data (see also TRACe[:DATA]).

Example: "FORM REAL,32"

"FORM ASC"
"FORM UINT,8"

Characteristics: *RST value: ASCii

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
The data format is either ASCII or one of the formats REAL. ASCII data are transmitted in plain text,
separated by commas. REAL data are transmitted as 32-bit IEEE 754 floating-point numbers in the
"definite length block format".
The FORMat command is valid for the transmission of trace data and the results of the bar graph
measurement. The data format of trace data received by the instrument is automatically recognized,
regardless of the format which is programmed.

Incorrect format setting will result in numerical conversion, which may lead to
incorrect results.

FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator POINt | COMMA

This command defines which decimal separator (decimal point or comma) is to be used for outputting
measurement data to the file in ASCII format. Different languages of evaluation programs (e.g.
Microsoft Excel) can thus be supported.

Example: "FORM:DEXP:DSEP POIN

'Sets the decimal point as separator.

Characteristics: *RST value: -- (factory setting is POINt; *RST does not affect setting)
SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.113

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
HCOPy Subsystem

6.10 HCOPy Subsystem

The HCOPy subsystem controls the output of display information for documentation purposes on output
devices or files. The instrument allows two independent printer configurations which can be set sepa-
rately with the numeric suffix <1|2>.

HCOPy:ABORt
This command aborts a running hardcopy output.

Example: "HCOP:ABOR"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

HCOPy:CMAP<1...34>:DEFault<1|2|3>
This command resets the colors for a hardcopy to the selected default settings. DEFault1(SCREEN
COLORS, but background white), DEFault2 (OPTIMIZED COLOR SET) and DEFault3 (USER
DEFINED). The numeric suffix in CMAP is not significant.

Example: "HCOP:CMAP:DEF2"
'selects OPTIMIZED COLOR SET for the color settings of a hardcopy.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no query and no *RST value.

HCOPy:CMAP<1...34>:HSL <hue>,<sat>,<lum>
This command defines the color table in USER DEFINED COLORS mode.
To each numeric suffix of CMAP is assigned one or several picture elements which can be modified
by varying the corresponding color setting. The following assignment applies:

CMAP1 Background
CMAP2 Grid
CMAP3 Function field + status field + data entry text
CMAP4 Function field LED on
CMAP5 Function field LED warn
CMAP6 Enhancement label text
CMAP7 Status field background
CMAP8 Trace 1
CMAP9 Trace 2
CMAP10 Trace 3
CMAP11 Marker
CMAP12 Lines
CMAP13 Measurement status + limit check pass
CMAP14 Limit check fail

6.114 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
HCOPy Subsystem

CMAP15 Table + softkey background

CMAP16 Table + softkey text
CMAP17 Table selected field text
CMAP18 Table selected field background
CMAP19 Table + data entry field opaque title bar
CMAP20 Data entry field opaque text
CMAP21 Data entry field opaque background
CMAP22 3D shade bright part
CMAP23 3D shade dark part
CMAP24 Softkey state on
CMAP25 Softkey state data entry
CMAP26 Logo
CMAP27 Bar graph PK+
CMAP28 Bar graph PK-
CMAP29 Bar graph QPK
CMAP30 Bar graph AVER
CMAP31 Bar graph RMS
CMAP32 Final Meas
CMAP33 Bar graph CAV
CMAP34 Bar graph CRMS

Parameter: hue = tint

sat = saturation
lum = brightness
The value range is 0 to 1 for all parameters

Example: "HCOP:CMAP2:HSL 0.3,0.8,1.0"

'Changes the grid color.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
The values set are not changed by *RST.

HCOPy:CMAP<1 to 34>:PDEFined BLACk | BLUE | BROWn | GREen | CYAN | RED | MAGenta |

YELLow | WHITe | DGRAy | LGRAy | LBLUe | LGREen | LCYan | LRED | LMAGenta
This command defines the color table in USER DEFINED COLORS using predefined color values. To
each numeric suffix of CMAP is assigned one or several picture elements which can be modified by
varying the corresponding color setting. The same assignment as for :HCPOy:CMAP<1 to 26>:HSL
applies

Example: "HCOP:CMAP2:PDEF GRE"

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
The values set are not changed by *RST.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.115

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
HCOPy Subsystem

HCOPy:DESTination<1|2> <string>
This command selects the printer output medium (Disk, Printer or Clipboard) associated with
configuration 1 or 2.

The type of instrument is selected with SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:

SELect, which will automatically select a default output medium. Therefore the
command HCOPy:DESTination should always be sent after setting the device
type.

Parameter: <string>::= 'SYST:COMM:GPIB' | 'SYST:COMM:SER' | 'SYST:COMM:CENT' |

'MMEM' | 'SYST:COMM:PRIN' | 'SYST:COMM:CLIP'
'MMEM': Directs the hardcopy to a file. Command MMEM:NAME '<file_name>'
defines the file name. All formats can be selected for HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage.
'SYST:COMM:PRIN': Directs the hardcopy to the printer. The printer is selected
with command SYSTEM:COMMunicate:PRINter:SELect.
GDI should be selected for HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage.
'SYST:COMM:CLIP': Directs the hardcopy to the clipboard. EWMF should be
selected for HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage.

Example: "SYST:COMM:PRIN:SEL2 'LASER on LPT1'"

'Selects the printer and output medium for device 2
"HCOP:DEST2 'SYST:COMM:PRIN'"
'Selects the printer interface as device 2.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

HCOPy:DEVice:COLor ON|OFF
This command selects between color and monochrome hardcopy of the screen.

Example: "HCOP:DEV:COL ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

6.116 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
HCOPy Subsystem

HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage<1|2> GDI | WMF | EWMF | BMP

This command determines the data format for the printed output.

Parameter: GDI (Graphics Device Interface): Default format for output to a printer that has
been configured under Windows. Must be selected for output to the printer
interface (HCOPy:DEVice 'SYST:COMM:PRIN'). Can be used for output to a file
(HCOPy:DEVice 'SYST:COMM:MMEM'). The printer driver that was configured
under Windows is used to generate a file format that is specific to the printer. GDI
is available only for HCOPY:MODE SCReen.
WMF (WINDOWS Metafile) and EWMF (Enhanced Metafile Format): Data formats
for output to files which can be directly processed at a later point in time for
documentation purposes using suitable software. WMF can be used only for output
to a file (HCOPy:DEVice 'SYST:COMM:MMEM'), EWMF can also be used for
output to the clipboard (HCOPy:DEVice 'SYST:COMM:CLIP').
BMP (Bitmap): Data format, exclusively for output to files (HCOPy:DEVice
'SYST:COMM:MMEM').
BMP is available only for HCOPY:MODE SCReen.

Example: "HCOP:DEV:LANG WMF"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

HCOPy[:IMMediate<1|2>]
This command starts a hardcopy output. The numeric suffix selects which printer configuration (1 or 2)
is to be used for the hardcopy output. If there is no suffix, configuration 1 is automatically selected.

Example: "HCOP"
"HCOPy:IMM1"
'Starts the hardcopy output to device 1 (default).
"HCOPy:IMM2"
'Starts the output to device 2.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.117

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
HCOPy Subsystem

HCOPy:ITEM:ALL
This command selects the complete screen to be output.
The hardcopy output is always provided with comments, title, time and date. As an alternative to the
whole screen, only traces (commands 'HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow:TRACe:STATe ON') or tables
(command 'HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow:TABLe:STATe ON') can be output.

Example: "HCOP:ITEM:ALL"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TABle:STATe ON | OFF
This command selects the output of the currently displayed tables.

Example: "HCOP:ITEM:WIND:TABL:STAT ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
The command HCOPy:DEVice:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TABle:STATe OFF as well as command
HCOPy:DEVice:ITEM:ALL enables the output of the whole screen.

HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TEXT <string>
This command defines the comment text for measurement window 1 or 2 for printout, with a maximum
of 100 characters; line feed by means of character @).

Example: "HCOP:ITEM:WIND2:TEXT 'comment'"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TRACe:STATe ON | OFF
This command selects the output of the currently displayed trace.

Example: "HCOP:ITEM:WIND:TRACe:STAT ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
The command HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TRACe:STATe OFF as well as command HCOPy:
ITEM:ALL enables the output of the whole screen.

6.118 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
HCOPy Subsystem

HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation<1|2> LANDscape | PORTrait

The command selects the format of the output (portrait and landscape) (hardcopy unit 1 or 2).

The command is only available provided that the output device "printer" (HCOP:
DEST 'SYST:COMM:PRIN') has been selected.

Example: "HCOP:PAGE:ORI LAND"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.119

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
INITiate Subsystem

6.11 INITiate Subsystem

The INITiate subsystem controls the init measurement function in the selected measurement window. In
receiver mode, a distinction is made between single measurement (INITiate1) and scan (INITiate2). In
analyzer mode, a distinction is made between INITiate1 (screen A) and INITiate2 (screen B) in split
screen representation.

Fig. 6.1 State diagramm of the receiver scan

INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous ON | OFF
This command determines whether the trigger system is continuously initiated (continuous) or
performs single measurements (single).
Setting "INITiate:CONTinuous ON" corresponds to function SCAN/SWEEP CONTinuous, i.e. the
scan/sweep of the receiver/analyzer is cyclically repeated. The setting "INITiate:CONTinuous
OFF" corresponds to function SCAN/SWEEP SINGLE.

Example: "INIT2:CONT OFF"

'Switches the sequence in screen B to single scan/sweep.
"INIT2:CONT ON"
'Switches the sequence to continuous scan/sweep.

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

6.120 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
INITiate Subsystem

INITiate<1|2>:CONMeas
In receiver mode, this command continues a stopped measurement at the current receiver frequency
in scan mode, if a scan was interrupted by a transducer stop. If the scan was interrupted with the HOLD
command, continue the scan with the command INITiate2:IMMediate.
In analyzer mode, this command continues a stopped measurement at the current position in single-
sweep mode. The function is useful especially for trace functions MAXHold, MINHold and AVERage if
the previous results are not to be cleared with Sweep Count > 0 or Average Count > 0 on restarting
the measurement (INIT:IMMediate resets the previous results on restarting the measurement).
The single-sweep mode is automatically switched on. Synchronization to the end of the indicated
number of measurements can then be performed with the command *OPC, *OPC? or *WAI. In the
continuous-sweep mode, synchronization to the sweep end is not possible since the overall
measurement "never" ends.

Example: "INIT2:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE AVER
'Switches on trace averaging.
"SWE:COUN 20"
Setting the sweep counter to 20 sweeps.
"INIT2;*WAI"
'Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 20 sweeps.
"INIT2:CONM;*WAI"
'Continues the measurement (next 20 sequences) and waits for the end.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate]
The command initiates a new sweep in the indicated measurement window.
In receiver mode with SINGLE SCAN selected, the R&S ESCI performs a single scan and stops at the
end frequency. With CONTINUOUS SCAN selected, the scan is performed continuously until it is
deliberately stopped.
In analyzer mode, with Sweep Count > 0 or Average Count > 0, this means a restart of the indicated
number of measurements. With trace functions MAXHold, MINHold and AVERage, the previous
results are reset on restarting the measurement.
In single-sweep mode, synchronization to the end of the indicated number of measurements can be
achieved with the command *OPC, *OPC? or *WAI. In continuous-sweep mode, synchronization to
the sweep end is not possible since the overall measurement never ends.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.121

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
INITiate Subsystem

Example: "INIT2:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE AVER
'Switches on trace averaging.
"SWE:COUN 20"
Setting the sweep counter to 20 sweeps.
"INIT2;*WAI"
'Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 20 sweeps.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

INITiate<1|2>:DISPlay ON | OFF
This command configures the behavior of the display during a single sweep.
The numeric suffix of INITiate is irrelevant with this command.

Parameter: OFF: the display is switched off during the measurement,

ON: the display is switched on during the measurement.

Example: "INIT2:CONT OFF"

'Switches to single-sweep mode
"INIT2:DISP OFF"
'Sets the display behavior to OFF
"INIT2;*WAI"
'Starts the measurement with display switched off.

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

INITiate<1|2>:ESPectrum
This command starts a Spectrum Emission Mask measurement. The measurement can be stopped in
continuous sweep mode with ABORt.

Example: "SENS:SWE:MODE ESP"

' activates the SEM measurement
"INIT:CONT OFF"
' Set to Single Sweep
"INIT:ESP"
' Starts a SEM measurement

Characteristics: *RST value:-

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.122 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
INITiate Subsystem

INITiate<1|2>:FMEasurement
In receiver mode, this command starts a final measurement sequence.

Example: "INIT2:FME" 'Starts the final measurement

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R
This command is an event, so it has neither an *RST value nor a query function.

INITiate<1|2>:EMItest
In receiver mode, this command starts an automatic sequence consisting of the preliminary
measurement, determination of the peak list and subsequent final measurement.

Example: "INIT2:EMI"
'Starts the sequence preliminary measurement, peak search and final
measurement

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R
This command is an event, so it has neither an *RST value nor a query function.

INITiate<1|2>:SPURious
This command starts a new spurious measurement.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'switches to single-sweep mode
"INIT:SPUR;*WAI"
'starts the measurement by waiting for the end of the 20 measurements

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.123

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
INPut Subsystem

6.12 INPut Subsystem

The INPut subsystem controls the input characteristics of the RF inputs of the instrument. In receiver
mode, the suffix is irrelevant. In analyzer mode, the measurement windows are assigned to INPut1
(screen A) and INPut2 (screen B).

INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation 0 to 75 dB
This command programs the input attenuator. To protect the input mixer against damage from
overloads, the setting 0 dB can be obtained by entering numerals, not by using the command DEC.
The step width is 5 dB, the range is 0 dB to..75 dB.
In analyzer mode, the attenuation set on the step attenuator is coupled to the reference level of the
instrument. If the attenuation is programmed directly, the coupling to the reference level is switched off.
In receiver mode, if the attenuation is programmed directly, the auto range function is switched off if
necessary. Setting 0 dB can be prevented by activating the protection function (INPut:
ATTenuation:PROTection ON).

Characteristics: *RST value: 10 dB (AUTO is set to ON)

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO ON | OFF
In analyzer mode, this command automatically couples the input attenuation to the reference level
(state ON) or switches the input attenuation to manual entry (state OFF). The minimum input
attenuation set with the coupling switched on is 10 dB.
In receiver mode, this command automatically sets the attenuation so that a good S/N ratio is obtained
without the receiver stages being overdriven (state ON).

Example: "INP:ATT:AUTO ON"

'Switches the auto ranging function on.

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:PROTection[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command defines whether the 0 dB position of the attenuator is to be used in manual or automatic
adjustment.

Example: "INP:ATT:PROT ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

INPut<1|2>:GAIN:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches the preamplifier for the instrument on or off. The switchable gain is fixed to 20
dB.
In analyzer mode, the command is only available, if the preselector measurement has been activated.

Example: "INP:GAIN:STAT ON"

'Switches the 20 dB preamplifier on.

6.124 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
INPut Subsystem

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

INPut<1|2>:GAIN:AUTO ON | OFF
This command includes the preamplifier into the autoranging function of the R&S ESCI.

Example: ":INP:GAIN:AUTO ON"

'Includes the preamplifier into the auto range function

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: conform

Mode: R

INPut<1|2>:LISN[:TYPE] TWOPhase | FOURphase | ESH3Z5 | ESH2Z5 | ENV4200 | ENV216 | OFF

This command selects the V-network that is controlled via the USER port. In receiver mode, this setting
is used also for the preliminary measurement.
TWOPhase and ESH3Z5 R&S ESH3-Z5 (two phases and protective earth are controllable)
FOURphase and ESH2Z5 R&S ESH2-Z5 (four phases and protective earth are controllable)
ENV4200 R&S ENV 4200 (four phases are controllable)
ENV216 R&S ENV 216 (two phases and highpass are controllable)
OFF Remote control deactivated

Example: ”:INP:LISN:TWOP"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

INPut<1|2>:LISN:PHASe L1 | L2 | L3 | N
This command selects the phase of the V-network that is used and which is controlled via the USER
port. In receiver mode, this setting is used also for the preliminary measurement. The permissible
selection depends on the selected V-network.

Example: ":INP:LISN:PHAS L1"

Characteristics: *RST value: L1

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

INPut<1|2>:LISN:PEARth GROunded | FLOating

This command selects the setting of the Protective EARth that is controlled via the USER port. In
receiver mode, this setting is used also for the preliminary measurement. The availability depends on
the selected V-network.

Example: ":INP:LISN:PEAR GRO"

Characteristics: *RST value: GROunded

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.125

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
INPut Subsystem

INPut<1|2>:LISN:FILTer:HPAS[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command selects the setting for the highpass on the V-network that is controlled via the USER
port. In receiver mode, this setting is used also for the preliminary measurement. This command is
available only for the R&S ENV 216 V-network (INP:LISN ENV216).

Example: ":INP:LISN:FILT:HPAS ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

INPut<1|2>:IMPedance 50 | 75
This command sets the nominal input impedance of the instrument. The set impedance is taken into
account in all level indications of results.
The setting 75 Ω should be selected, if the 50 Ω input impedance is transformed to a higher impedance
using a 75 Ω adapter of the RAZ type (= 25 Ω in series to the input impedance of the instrument). The
correction value in this case is 1.76 dB = 10 log (75Ω / 50Ω).

Example: "INP:IMP 75"

Characteristics: *RST value: 50 Ω

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

INPut<1|2>:PRESelection[:STATe] ON | OFF
In analyzer mode, this command switches the preselection on or off.

In receiver mode, the preselection is always switched on and cannot be switched

off.

Example: ":INP:PRES:STAT ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

INPut<1|2>:UPORt[:VALue]?
This command queries the control lines of the user ports.

Example: "INP:UPOR?"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.

6.126 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
INPut Subsystem

INPut<1|2>:UPORt:STATe ON | OFF
This command toggles the control lines of the user ports between INPut and OUTPut.

Example: "INP:UPOR:STAT ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
With ON, the user port is switched to INPut, with OFF to OUTPut.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.127

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
INSTrument Subsystem

6.13 INSTrument Subsystem

The INSTrument subsystem selects the operating mode of the unit either via text parameters or fixed
numbers. Only operating modes available for the base unit and the models and the options described in
this manual (see “Documentation Overview” on page 0.2) are listed. For details on the other operating
modes refer to the corresponding separate manuals.

INSTrument[:SELect] SANalyzer | RECeiver | ADEMod

This command enables you to switch between modes by entering the mode designation.

Parameter: SANalyzer: spectrum analyzer

RECeiver: Receiver mode
ADEMod: FM demodulator

Example: "INST SAN"

'Switches the instrument to SPECTRUM.

Characteristics: *RST value: RECeiver

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

A changeover to a mode other than SANalyzer and RECeiver is only possible if

the corresponding option is installed.

INSTrument:NSELect <numeric value>

This command enables you to switch between the modes by using numbers.

Parameter: 1: Analyzer mode

3: FM demodulator mode
6: Receiver mode

Example: "INST:NSEL 1"

'Switches to the analyzer mode.

Characteristics: *RST value: 6

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

A changeover to a mode is only possible if the corresponding option is installed.

6.128 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
INSTrument Subsystem

INSTrument:CONFigure<1|2>:DISPlay SANalyzer | RECeiver

This command selects the combination to be displayed in the mixed mode (INSTrument:
CONFigure:MIXed ON).
Two combinations are available:

Screen 1 (top): Screen 2 (bottom):

BARgraph Sweep
Sweep SCAN

Sweep corresponds to the parameter SANalyzer and bargraph an scan to the parameter RECeiver.
If, for example, INST:CONF1 SAN is used to set the spectrum analyzer for screen 1, the scan display
is automatically selected for screen 2 – which is equivalent to INST:CONF2 REC. The same applies
conversely, allowing the desired display to be set using only one command.

Example: "INST:CONF:DISP REC"

Characteristics: *RST value:REC

SCPI:device-specific

Mode: R, A

INSTrument:CONFigure<1|2>:MIXed ON | OFF
This command splits the screen and decouples the two subscreens, permitting a mixed analyzer/
receiver display.
Two combinations are available:

Screen 1 (top): Screen 2 (bottom):

BARgraph Sweep
Sweep SCAN

The screens are selected with the following command:

INSTrument:CONFigure:DISPlay SANalyzer | RECeiver

Example: "INST:CONF:MIX ON"

Characteristics: *RST value:ON

SCPI:device-specific

Mode: R, A

INSTrument:COUPle NONE | RLEVel | CF_B | CF_A

In analyzer mode, this command selects the parameter coupling between the two measurement
windows screen A and B.

Parameter: NONE: No coupling. The two measurement windows are operated like two
independent "virtual" devices.
RLEVel: The reference levels of the two measurement windows are coupled.
CF_B: The center frequency of screen B is coupled to the frequency of marker 1 in
screen A.
CF_A: The center frequency of screen A is coupled to the frequency of marker 1 in
screen B.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.129

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
INSTrument Subsystem

Example: "INST:COUP NONE"

'Switches off the coupling of measurement windows. This leads to two independent
"virtual" devices.

Characteristics: *RST value: NONE

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

INSTrument:COUPle:ATTenuation ALL | NONE

This command couples die RF attenuation settings for the analyzer and receiver modes with one
another.
The RF attenuation unit and level unit are then set to the same value in the analyzer and receiver
screen.

Example: "INST:COUP:ATT ALL"

Characteristics: *RST value:ALL

SCPI:device-specific

Mode: R, A

INSTrument:COUPle:BANDwidth|BWIDth ALL | NONE

This command couples the bandwidth settings for the analyzer and receiver modes with one another.
The resolution bandwidth (RBW) and filter type are then set to the same value on the analyzer and
receiver screen. In some cases, other settings (e.g. the quasipeak detector) can block these settings.

Example: "INST:COUP:BWID ALL"

Characteristics: *RST value:NONE

SCPI:device-specific

Mode: R, A

INSTrument:COUPle:CENTer ALL | NONE

This command couples the center frequency and receive frequency settings for the analyzer and
receiver modes with one another.

Example: "INST:COUP:CENT ALL"

Characteristics: *RST value:ALL

SCPI:device-specific

Mode: R, A

INSTrument:COUPle:DEModulation ALL | NONE

This command couples the settings of the audio demodulator for the analyzer and receiver modes with
one another.

Example: "INST:COUP:DEM ALL"

Characteristics: *RST value:NONE

SCPI:device-specific

Mode: R, A

6.130 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
INSTrument Subsystem

INSTrument:COUPle:GAIN ALL | NONE

This command couples gain settings for the analyzer and receiver modes with one another.

Example: "INST:COUP:GAIN ALL"

Characteristics: *RST value:ALL

SCPI:device-specific

Mode: R, A

INSTrument:COUPle:MARKer ALL | NONE

This command couples the frequency of the marker in spectrum analyzer mode to the receive
frequency in receiver mode

Example: “INST:COUP:MARK ALL”

Characteristics: *RST value: NONE

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

INSTrument:COUPle:PRESelector ALL | NONE

This command couples the activation of the preselector for the analyzer and receiver modes with one
another.
In receiver mode, the preselector cannot be deactivated. In normal operation, this means that the
preselector is always automatically activated when a change to the analyzer mode occurs and
coupling has been activated.

Example: "INST:COUP:PRES ALL"

Characteristics: *RST value:ALL

SCPI:device-specific

Mode: R, A

INSTrument:COUPle:PROTection ALL | NONE

This command couples the RF protection attenuation of 10 dB for the analyzer and receiver modes
with one another.
To prevent damage to the RF input, activate this coupling.

Example: "INST:COUP:PROT ALL"

Characteristics: *RST value:ALL

SCPI:device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.131

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
INSTrument Subsystem

INSTrument:COUPle:SPAN ALL | NONE

This command couples the start and stop frequencies of sweep and scan for the analyzer and receiver
modes with one another.

Example: "INST:COUP:SPAN ALL"

Characteristics: *RST value:NONE

SCPI:device-specific

Mode: R, A

6.132 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
MMEMory Subsystem

6.14 MMEMory Subsystem

The MMEMory (mass memory) subsystem provides commands which allow for access to the storage
media of the instrument and for storing and loading various instrument settings.
The various drives can be addressed via the "mass storage unit specifier" <msus> using the conven-
tional DOS syntax. The internal hard disk is addressed by "D:", the floppy disk drive by "A:" and a mem-
ory stick by “F:”.
Note that the floppy drive is not integrated in the R&S ESCI7.
The various drives can be addressed via the "mass storage unit specifier" <msus> using the conven-
tional DOS syntax. The internal hard disk is addressed by "D:", the flash disk by "F:".

For reasons of compatibility with the FSE/ESIB instruments, addressing the hard
disk by "C:" is also accepted. Since hard disk "C:" is reserved for instrument soft-
ware, all read and write operations are rerouted to hard disk "D:" in normal opera-
tion (service level 0).

The file names <file_name> are indicated as string parameters with the commands being enclosed in
quotation marks. They also comply with DOS conventions.
DOS file names consist of max. 8 ASCII characters and an extension of up to three characters separated
from the file name by a dot "." Both, the dot and the extension are optional. The dot is not part of the file
name. DOS file names do not distinguish between uppercase and lowercase notation. All letters and dig-
its are permitted as well as the special characters "_", "^", "$", "~", "!", "#", "%", "&", "-", "{", "}", "(", ")", "@"
and "`". Reserved file names are CLOCK$, CON, AUX, COM1 to COM4, LPT1 to LPT3, NUL and PRN.
The two characters "*" and "?" have the function of so-called "wildcards", i.e., they are variables for
selection of several files. The question mark "?" replaces exactly one character, the asterisk means any
of the remaining characters in the file name. "*.*" thus means all files in a directory.

MMEMory:CATalog? <path>
This command reads the indicated directory. According to DOS convention, wild card characters can
be entered in order to query e.g. a list of all files of a certain type.
The path name should be in conformance with DOS conventions and may also include the drive name.

Parameter: <path>::= DOS Path name

Example: "MMEM:CAT? 'D:\USER\DATA'"

'Returns the contents of the D:\USER\DATA directory
"MMEM:CAT? 'D:\USER\DATA\*.LOG'"
'Returns all files in D:\USER\DATA with .LOG extension
"MMEM:CAT? 'D:\USER\DATA\SPOOL?.WMF'"
'Returns all files in D:\USER\DATA whose names start with SPOOL, have 6 letters
and the .WMF extension .

Return value: List of file names in the form of strings separated by commas, i.e.
'SPOOL1.WMF','SPOOL2.WMF','SPOOL3.WMF'

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.133

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
MMEMory Subsystem

MMEMory:CATalog:LONG? <path>
This command queries the directories and files in the given path.

Parameter: <path>::= DOS path

Example: "MMEM:CAT:LONG? 'D:\USER\DATA'"

'queries the contents of directory D:\USER\DATA

Return value: <used_bytes_in_this_directory>,<free_bytes_on_this_disk>,

"<file_name>,<file_type>,<filesize_in_bytes>",
"<file_name>,<file_type>,<filesize_in_bytes>", …

with
<file_name>: name of file or directory
<file_type>: DIR (directory), ASCii (ASCII file), BINary (binary file) and STATe (file
with device settings)
<filesize_in_bytes>: size of file, 0 for directories

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

MMEMory:CDIRectory <directory_name>
This command changes the current directory.
In addition to the path name, the indication of the directory may contain the drive name. The path name
complies with the DOS conventions.

Parameter: <directory_name>::= DOS path name

Example: "MMEM:CDIR 'D:\USER\DATA'"

'Returns the list of files in directory D:\USER\DATA.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

MMEMory:CLEar:STATe 1,<file_name>
This command deletes the instrument setting selected by <file_name>. All associated files on the
mass memory storage are cleared. A list of the extensions used is included under MMEMory:LOAD:
STATe.
The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive. The path name complies
with DOS conventions.

Parameter: <file_name> ::= DOS file name without extension

Example: "MMEM:CLE:STAT 1,'TEST'"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

6.134 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
MMEMory Subsystem

MMEMory:CLEar:ALL
This command deletes all device settings in the current directory. The current directory can be selected
with MMEM:CDIR. The default directory is D:.

Example: "MMEM:CLE:ALL"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

MMEMory:COMMent <string>
This command defines a comment (max. 60 characters) for a device setting to be stored.

Example: "MMEM:COMM 'Setup for FM measurement'"

Characteristics: *RST value: blank comment

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

MMEMory:COPY <file_source>,<file_destination>
This command copies the files indicated in <file_source> to the destination directory indicated with
<file_destination> or to the destination file indicated by <file_destination> when <file_source> is just a
file.
The indication of the file name may include the path and the drive name. The file names and path
information must be in accordance with the DOS conventions.

Parameter: <file_source>,<file_destination> ::= <file_name>

<file_name> ::= DOS file name

Example: "MMEM:COPY 'D:\USER\DATA\SETUP.CFG','A:'"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

MMEMory:DATA <file_name>[,<block data>]

This command writes the block data contained in <block> into the file characterized by <file_name>.
The GPIB delimiter must be set to EOI to obtain error-free data transfer.
The associated query command reads the indicated file from the mass memory and transfers it to the
control computer via the GPIB. It should be noted that the buffer memory of the control computer
should be large enough to store the file. The setting of the GPIB delimiter is irrelevant in this case.
The command is useful for reading stored device settings or trace data from the instrument or for
transferring them to the instrument.
• MMEMory:DATA <file_name>,<block data>
Data transfer from control computer to instrument.
• MMEMory:DATA? <file_name>
Data transfer from instrument to control computer.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.135

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
MMEMory Subsystem

<file_name> selects the file to be transferred.

The binary data block <block> has the following structure:
– it always begins with the character '#',
– followed by a digit for the length of the length information,
– followed by the indicated number of digits as length information (number of bytes) for the binary
data themselves,
– finally the binary data with the indicated number of bytes

Example: "MMEM:DATA 'TEST01.HCP',#216This is the file"

'means:
'#2: the next 2 characters are the length indication
'16: number of subsequent binary data bytes
'This is the file: 16 bytes stored as binary data in the file TEST01.HCP.
"MMEM:DATA? 'TEST01.HCP'"
'Transfers the file TEST01.HCP from the instrument to the control computer.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

MMEMory:DELete <file_name>
This command deletes the indicated files.
The indication of the file name contains the path and, optionally, the drive name. Indication of the path
complies with DOS conventions.

Parameter: <file_name> ::= DOS file name

Example: "MMEM:DEL 'TEST01.HCP'"

'The file TEST01.HCP is deleted.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

MMEMory:INITialize <msus>
This command formats the disk in drive A. Formatting deletes all data stored on the disk.

Parameter: <msus> ::= 'A:'

Only drive name A: is accepted.

Example: "MMEM:INIT 'A:'"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

6.136 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
MMEMory Subsystem

MMEMory:LOAD:AUTO 1,<file_name>
This command defines which device setting is automatically loaded after the device is switched on.
The contents of the file are read after switching on the device and used to define the new device state.
The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive. The path name complies
with DOS conventions.

The data set defined as auto recall set will also be restored by a *RST-command.

Parameter: <file_name> ::= DOS file name without extension;

FACTORY denotes the data set previously in the instrument

Example: "MMEM:LOAD:AUTO 1,'D:\USER\DATA\TEST'"

Characteristics: *RST value: FACTORY

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

MMEMory:LOAD:STATe 1,<file_name>
This command loads device settings from data set files (*.FSP). The contents of the file are loaded and
set as the new device state. Items can be individually deselected for the recall. The maximum items to
be loaded are the maximum number of items stored in the data set file. If items were deselected for
storage, thoses items cannot be recalled.
The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive name. The default path
for data set files is D:\USER\CONFIG.

Parameter: <file_name> ::= DOS file name without extension

Example: "MMEM:LOAD:STAT 1,'A:TEST'"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

MMEMory:MDIRectory <directory_name>
This command creates a new directory. The file name includes indication of the path and may also
include the drive name. The path name complies with DOS conventions.

Parameter: <directory_name>::= DOS path name

Example: "MMEM:MDIR 'D:\USER\DATA'"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.137

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
MMEMory Subsystem

MMEMory:MOVE <file_source>,<file_destination>
This command renames existing files, if <file_destination> contains no path indication. Otherwise the
file is moved to the indicated path and stored under the file name specified there, if any.
The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive. The path name complies
with DOS conventions.

Parameter: <file_source>,<file_destination> ::= <file_name>

<file_name> ::= DOS file name

Example: "MMEM:MOVE 'D:\TEST01.CFG','SETUP.CFG'"

'Renames TEST01.CFG in SETUP.CFG in directory D:\.
"MMEM:MOVE 'D:\TEST01.CFG','D:\USER\DATA'"
'Moves TEST01.CFG from D:\ to D:\USER\DATA.
"MMEM:MOVE 'D:\TEST01.CFG','D:\USER\DATA\SETUP.CFG'"
'Moves TEST01.CFG from D:\ to D:\USER\DATA and renames the file in
SETUP.CFG.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

MMEMory:MSIS <device>
This command changes to the drive indicated. The drive may be the internal hard disk “D:”, a memory
stick or the floppy disk drive “A:”.

Characteristics: *RST value: "D:'

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

MMEMory:NAME <file_name>
This command defines a destination file for the printout started with the command HCOPy:
IMMediate. In this case the printer output must be routed to destination FILE using the command
"HCOP:DEST 'MMEM' ".
The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive name. The file name and
path information comply with DOS conventions.

Parameter: <file_name> ::= DOS file name

Example: "HCOP:DEV:LANG BMP"

'Selection of data format.
"HCOP:DEST 'MMEM'"
'Selection of the output device
"MMEM:NAME 'PRINT1.BMP'"
'Selection of file name.
"HCOP:IMM"
'Start of the printout.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

6.138 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
MMEMory Subsystem

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

MMEMory:RDIRectory <directory_name>
This command deletes the indicated directory. The directory name includes indication of the path and
may also include the drive name. The path name complies with DOS conventions.

Parameter: <directory_name>::= DOS path name

Example: "MMEM:RDIR 'D:\TEST'"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:ALL
This command includes all data subsets in the list device settings to be stored/loaded.

Example: "MMEM:SEL:ALL"

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value.

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:CLISt ON | OFF
This command includes the scan channel list to be stored/loaded.

Example: "MMEM:SEL:CLIS ON"

'inserts the scan channel list to the list of partial data sets

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:DEFault
This command sets the default list of device settings to be stored/loaded. The latter includes:
• current configuration of general device parameters (general setup)
• current setting of the measurement hardware including markers
• activated limit lines
• user-defined color setting
• configuration for the hardcopy output
• activated transducers
• Tracking generator settings
(only in conjunction with option Tracking Generator B9 or External Generator Control B10)
• Correction data for source calibration
(only in conjunction with option Tracking Generator B9 or External Generator Control B10)

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.139

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
MMEMory Subsystem

Trace data, non-used transducer factors/sets and non-used limit lines are not included.

Example: "MMEM:SEL:DEF"

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value.

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:HWSettings ON | OFF
This command includes the hardware settings in the list of data subsets of a device setting to be stored/
loaded. The hardware settings include:
• current configuration of general device parameters (general setup)
• current setting of the measurement hardware including markers
• activated limit lines:
A data set may include 8 limit lines at maximum in each measurement window. This number
includes the activated limit lines and, if available, the de-activated limit lines last used.
Therefore the combination of the non-activated restored limit lines depends on the sequence of use
with the command MMEM:LOAD.
• user-defined color setting
• configuration for the hardcopy output
• the activated transducers:
A data set may include 4 transducer factors at maximum. It comprises the activated factors and, if
available, the de- activated factors last used. Therefore the combination of non-activated restored
transducer factors depends on the sequence of use with the command MMEM:LOAD.
• Tracking generator settings
(only in conjunction with option Tracking Generator B9 or External Generator Control B10)
• Correction data for source calibration
(only in conjunction with option Tracking Generator B9 or External Generator Control B10)

Example: "MMEM:SEL:HWS ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:LINes:ALL ON | OFF
This command adds all limit lines (activated and de-activated) to the list of device settings to be stored/
loaded.

Example: "MMEM:SEL:LIN:ALL ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

6.140 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
MMEMory Subsystem

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:FINal ON | OFF
This command includes the final measurement data in the list of partial datasets of a device setting to
be stored/loaded.

Example: "MMEM:SEL:FIN ON"

'inserts the final measurement data in the list of partial data sets

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:NONE
This command deletes all data subsets from the list of device settings to be stored/loaded.

Example: "MMEM:SEL:NONE"

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value.

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:SCData ON | OFF
This command adds the tracking generator calibration data to the list of device settings to be stored/
loaded.

Example: "MMEM:SEL:SCD ON"

'Inserts the tracking generator correction data in the list of data subsets

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is only available in conjunction with the tracking generator option B9 or external
generator control option B10.

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRACe[:ACTive] ON | OFF
This command adds the active traces to the list of data subsets of a save/recall device setting. Active
traces are all traces whose state is not blank.

Example: "MMEM:SEL:TRAC ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF, i.e. no traces will be stored

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRANsducer:ALL ON | OFF
This command includes all transducer factors and sets in the list of data subsets of a device setting to
be stored/loaded.

Example: "MMEM:SEL:TRAN:ALL ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.141

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
MMEMory Subsystem

Mode: R, A

MMEMory:STORe:FINal <file_name>
This command stores the final measurement data in an ASCII file.
The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive. The path name
corresponds to the DOS conventions.

Parameter: <file_name> := DOS file name

Example: ":MMEM:STOR:FIN 'A:\TEST.ASC'"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:MARKer <file_name>
This command saves the data of all active markers to a file < file_name >.

Example: "MMEM:STOR:MARK 'C:\marker.txt'"

’Generates a MARKER.TXT file that contains all data of the active markers in
screen A.
If in screen A two markers are active, the gemerated MARKER.TXT file includes
the following:
Marker;1;T1
-25.87;dBm
19.920000000;GHz
Delta;2;T1
-21.90;dB
-5.920000000;GHz

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
The command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:PEAKlist <file_name>
This command stores the content of the marker peak list in ASCII format to the specified file.

Parameter: <file_name> := DOS file name

Example: "MMEM:STOR:PEAK 'D:\TEST.ASC'"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

6.142 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
MMEMory Subsystem

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:SPURious <file_name>
This command stores the peak list in an ASCII file to a file on a disk.
The file has a header containing important parameters for scaling, several data sections containing the
sweep settings per range and a data section containing the peak list.
The header data is made up of three columns, separated by ';':
parameter name; numeric value; base unit
The data section for the measurement values starts with the key word "TRACE <n>:", where <n>
includes the number of the used trace. Next comes the peak list with several columns also separated
by ';'.
Spreadsheet programs such as MS Excel can read this format. Use ';' as the delimiter for the table
cells.

Different language versions of evaluation programs may require different handling

of the decimal point. Using the DECIM SEP softkey, you can thus choose between
the delimiters '.' (decimal point) and ',' (comma).

Parameter: <file_name> := DOS file name

Example: "MMEM:STOR:SPUR 'D:\TEST.ASC'"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:STATe 1,<file_name>
This command stores the current device settings in a specified file name.
The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive name. The numeric suffix
in STORe<1|2> is irrelevant with this command.
For a detailed discription of the selectable items refer to the command “MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:ALL”
on page 6.139.

Parameter: <file_name> = DOS file name without extension

Example: "MMEM:STOR:STAT 1,'TEST'"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:TRACe 1 to 3,<file_name>
This command stores the selected trace in a file with ASCII format. The file format is described in
chapter “Instrument Functions”, section “ASCII FILE EXPORT” on page 4.106.
The numeric suffix at STORe<1|2> indicates the measurement window (screen A or B).
The decimal separator (decimal point or comma) for floating-point numerals contained in the file is
defined with the FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator command.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.143

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
MMEMory Subsystem

Parameter: 1 to 3 := selected measurement curve (trace)

<file_name> := file name in compliance to DOS conventions, including indication
of the path and the drive name

Example: "MMEM:STOR2:TRAC 3,'A:\TEST.ASC'"

'Stores trace 3 from screen B in the file TEST.ASC on a disk.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
For Spurious Measurement an extended file format is used:

File contents Explanation

File header Type;R&S ESCI; Model

Version;3.9x; Firmware version

Date;02.Feb 2007; Storage date of data set

Mode;ANALYZER;SPURIOUS; Operating mode of the device

Format for Spurious Emissions measurement

Start;9000.000000;Hz Start/stop of the span

Stop;8000000000.000000;Hz Unit: Hz

x-Axis;LIN; Linear (LIN) or logarithmic (LOG) (future feature) scaling of the x-

axis

Sweep Count;1; Selected number of sweeps

Range 1: Loop across all defined sweep ranges (1 to 20)

Start; 9000.000000;Hz Range start frequency in Hz

Stop; 150000.000000;Hz Range stop frequency in Hz

Filter Type;NORMAL; Range filter type: NORMAL, RRC or CFILTER

RBW;10000.000000;Hz Resolution bandwidth of the measurement filter

VBW;30000.000000;Hz Resolution bandwidth of the video filter

Auto Sweep time;ON

Sweep time; 0.145000;s Selected sweep time in the current range

Detector;RMS; Detector: MAX PEAK, MIN PEAK, RAVERAGE

REF-Level; -10.000000;dBm Setting of the reference level in the current range

Auto RF-Attenuator; OFF; Manual (OFF) or automatic (ON) setting of the RF attenuator

RF Att;15.000000;dB Range input attenuation

Sweep Points;501; Number of sweep points in the current range

Preamp; 0.000000;dB Range preamplifier, on (20 dB) or off (0 dB)

Stop after range;OFF; Stop after range, switched on (ON) or off (OFF) for the current
range

Transducer;TRD1; Transducer name (if activated)

repeated for all sweep list ranges

6.144 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
MMEMory Subsystem

File contents Explanation

File data section TRACE 1: Selected trace

x-Unit;Hz; Unit of x values:

y-Unit;dBm; Unit of y values:

Values;2500; Number of measurement points

9000.000000;-99.619965; Measurement values:

9225.961538;-105.416908; <x value>; <y value>
9451.923077;-100.938057;
9677.884615;-99.483894;
9903.846154;-106.879539;
10129.807692;-108.772316;

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.145

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
OUTPut Subsystem

6.15 OUTPut Subsystem

The OUTPut subsystem controls the output features of the instrument.
In conjunction with the tracking generator option, a distinction is made between OUTPut1 (screen A) and
OUTPut2 (screen B).

OUTPut<1|2>[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches the tracking generator on or off.

• With the tracking generator switched on, the maximum stop frequency is limited
to 3 GHz. This upper limit is automatically modified by the set frequency offset
of the generator.
• If measurements in compliance with specs are to be performed with the tracking
generator, the start frequency has to be ≥3 x resolution bandwidth.
• The minimum sweep time for measurements in compliance with the data sheet
is 100 ms in the frequency domain (span >0). If a shorter sweep time is
selected, the sweep time indicator SWT on the screen is marked with a red
asterisk and the message UNCAL is also displayed.

Example: "OUTP ON"

'Switches on the tracking generator in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
This command is only valid in conjunction with option tracking generator R&S FSP-B9.

OUTPut:UPORt[:VALue] #B00000000 to #B11111111

This command sets the control lines of the user ports. In manual operation, the control lines are
represented by softkeys PORT 0 to 7.
The user port is written to with the given binary pattern. If the user port is programmed to INPut instead
of OUTPut, the output value is temporarily stored.

Example: "OUTP:UPOR #B10100101"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

OUTPut:UPORt:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches the control line of the user ports between INPut and OUTPut.
The user port is switched to OUTPut with parameter ON, to INPut with OFF.

Example: "OUTP:UPOR:STAT ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

6.146 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

6.16 SENSe Subsystem

The SENSe subsystem is organized in several subsystems. The commands of these subsystems
directly control device-specific settings, they do not refer to the signal characteristics of the measure-
ment signal.
The SENSe subsystem controls the essential parameters of the R&S ESCI. In accordance with the SCPI
standard, the key word "SENSe" is optional for this reason, which means that it is not necessary to
include the SENSe node in command sequences.
The measurement windows are selected by SENSe1 and SENSe2:
SENSe1 = Modification of screen A settings
SENSe2 = Modification of screen B settings.
Screen A is automatically selected if 1 or 2 is missing.
In the receiver mode, the screen partitioning for the split-screen mode is fixed – bargraph at top and scan
display below. Therefore, the numeric suffix is not required to select the measurement window.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.147

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

6.16.1 SENSe:AVERage Subsystem

The SENSe:AVERage subsystem calculates the average of the acquired data. A new test result is
obtained from several successive measurements.
There are two types of average calculation: logarithmic and linear. In case of logarithmic average calcu-
lation (denoted with VIDeo), the average value of the measured logarithmic power is calculated and in
case of linear average calculation, the linear power is averaged before the logarithm is applied.
The measurement windows are selected by SENSe1 (screen A) and SENSe2 (screen B).

[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt 0 to 32767
In receiver mode, this command defines the number of scan started with single scan. In analyzer
mode, it defines the number of measurements which contribute to the average value.
It should be noted that continuous averaging will be performed after the indicated number has been
reached in continuous-sweep mode.
In single sweep or scan mode, the scan/sweep is stopped as soon as the indicated number of
measurements (scans/sweeps) is reached. Synchronization to the end of the indicated number of
measurements is only possible in single scan/sweep mode.
The command [SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt is the same as command [SENSe<1|2>:
]SWEep:COUNt. In both cases, the number of measurements is defined whether the average
calculation is active or not.
The number of measurements is valid for all traces in the indicated measurement window.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Switching to single-sweep mode.
"AVER:COUN 16"
'Sets the number of measurements to 16.
"AVER:STAT ON"
'Switches on the calculation of average.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 16 sweeps.

Characteristics: *RST value: 0

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage[:STATe<1...3>] ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the average calculation for the selected trace (STATe<1...3>) in the
selected measurement window.

Example: "AVER OFF"

'Switches off the average calculation for trace 1 in screen A.
"SENS2:AVER:STAT3 ON"
'Switches on the average calculation for trace 3 in screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

6.148 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:TYPE VIDeo | LINear

This command selects the type of average function. If VIDeo is selected, the logarithmic power is
averaged and, if LINear is selected, the power values are averaged before they are converted to
logarithmic values.
The type of average calculation is equally set for all traces in one measurement window.

Example: "AVER:TYPE LIN"

'Switches screen A to linear average calculation.

Characteristics: *RST value: VIDeo

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.149

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

6.16.2 SENSe:BANDwidth Subsystem

This subsystem controls the setting of the instrument's filter bandwidths. Both groups of commands
(BANDwidth and BWIDth) perform the same functions.
The measurement windows are selected by SENSe1 (screen A) and SENSe2 (screen B).

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:FFT WIDE | AUTO | NARROW

This command allows to specify between the following three options for FFT filters.
WIDE: The FFT filters with the greater partial span (this is the span which is covered with one FFT
analysis) are used always.
AUTO: The firmware decides whether to use wide or narrow filters to achieve the best performance of
the measurement.
NARROW: The FFT filters with the smaller partial span are used, this allows measurements near a
carrier with reduced reference level, because of a more narrow analog prefilter.

Example: "BWID:FFT WIDE"

Characteristics: *RST value: AUTO

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] 10 Hz to 3 MHz
This command defines the IF bandwidth or, in analyzer mode, the resolution bandwidth.
Analog resolution filters from 10 Hz to 3 MHz in 1, 3, 10 steps are available. These filters are
implemented as 4-circuit LC filters in the range from 300 kHz to 3 MHz and as digital filters with analog
characteristic in the range of 10 Hz to 100 kHz
In addition, the EMI bandwidths 200 Hz, 9 kHz, and 120 kHz are available (6 dB bandwidths each).
The 1 MHz EMI bandwidth is the impulse bandwidth.
The EMI bandwidths are only available when parameter PULSe is selected by command BAND:TYPE.
FFT filters from 1 Hz to 30 kHz (3 dB bandwidth each) are also available in the frequency domain (span
> 0) for fast measurements on periodic signals. The instrument automatically switches to analog filters
above 30 kHz.
The FFT bandwidths are not available if the preselector is switched on.
A number of especially steep-edged channel filters can be selected provided that parameters
CFILter or RRC are selected using the BAND:TYPE command. The possible combinations of filter
type and filter bandwidth are listed in the table "List of available channel filters" of chapter “Instrument
Functions”, section “Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key” on page 4.83.
If the resolution bandwidth is modified in analyzer mode, the coupling to the span is automatically
switched off.
If the resolution bandwidth is modified in FM demodulator mode, the coupling to the demodulation
bandwidth is automatically switched off.

Example: "BAND 120 kHz"

'Sets the IF bandwidth to 120 kHz

Characteristics: *RST value: - (AUTO is set to ON)

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

6.150 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO ON | OFF
In receiver mode with activated quasipeak detector, this command either automatically couples the IF
bandwidth of the R&S ESCI to the frequency range or cancels the coupling.
In analyzer mode, this command either automatically couples the resolution bandwidth of the
instrument to the span or cancels the coupling.
The automatic coupling adapts the resolution bandwidth to the currently set frequency span according
to the relationship between frequency span and resolution bandwidth.
The 6 dB bandwidths 200 Hz, 9 kHz and 120 kHz and the channel filters are not set by the automatic
coupling.
The ratio resolution bandwidth/span can be modified with the command [SENSe<1|2>:
]BANDwidth[:RESolution]:RATio.

Example: "BAND:AUTO OFF"

'Switches off the coupling of the IF bandwidth to the frequency range (receiver
mode).
'Switches off the coupling of the resolution bandwidth to the span (analyzer mode).

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A-F

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:RATio 0.0001 to 1
This command defines the ratio resolution bandwidth (Hz) / span (Hz). The ratio to be entered is
reciprocal to the ratio span/RBW used in manual operation.

Example: "BAND:RAT 0.1"

Characteristics: *RST value: 0.02 with BAND:TYPE NORMal or RBW > 30 kHz
0.01 with BAND:TYPE FFT for RBW ≤ 30 kHz
SCPI: conform

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:TYPE NORMal | CFILter | RRC | FFT | NOISe |

PULSe
This command switches the filter type for the resolution bandwidth between "normal" analog or FIR
filters in 1, 3, 10 steps and the FFT filtering for bandwidths <100 kHz.
The advantage of FFT filtering is the higher measurement speed compared to digital filters with analog
filter characteristic. However, FFT filters are only suitable for periodic signals, and they are only
available for span > 0 Hz.
Steep-edged channel filters and filters with RRC (Root Raised Cosine) characteristic are available.
The possible combinations of filter type and filter bandwidth are listed in in chapter “Instrument
Functions”, section “Filter Types” on page 4.88.
The filter type NOISe selects the 3 dB bandwidths for analyzer, filter type PULSe selects the 6 dB
bandwidths for EMI measurements.

When changing the filter type, the next larger filter bandwidth is selected if the
same filter bandwidth is not available for the new filter type.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.151

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Example: "BAND:TYPE NORM"

Characteristics: *RST value: NORMal

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo 1Hz to 10MHz

This command defines the instrument's video bandwidth. Bandwidths from 10 Hz to 10 MHz in 1, 3,
10 steps are available. The command is not available if FFT filtering is switched on and the set
bandwidth is ≤ 30 kHz or if the quasipeak detector is switched on.

In receiver mode, the video bandwidth is set to ten times the resolution bandwidth.

Example: "BAND:VID 10kHz"

Characteristics: *RST value: - (AUTO is set to ON)

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO ON | OFF
This command either automatically couples the instrument's video bandwidth to the resolution
bandwidth or cancels the coupling.
The ratio video bandwidth/resolution bandwidth can be modified with the command [SENSe<1|2>:
]BANDwidth:VIDeo:RATio.

In receiver mode, the video bandwidth is set to ten times the resolution bandwidth.

Example: "BAND:VID:AUTO OFF"

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:RATio 0.01 to 1000

This command defines the ratio video bandwidth (Hz) / resolution bandwidth (Hz).The ratio to be
entered is reciprocal to the ratio RBW/VBW used in manual operation.

In receiver mode, the video bandwidth is set to ten times the resolution bandwidth.

Example: "BAND:VID:RAT 3"

'Sets the coupling of video bandwidth to video bandwidth = 3*resolution bandwidth

6.152 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Characteristics: *RST value: 3

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:TYPE LINear | LOGarithmic

This command selects the psition of the video filter in the signal path, provided that the resolution
bandwidth is ≤100 kHz:
• If LINear is selected, the video filter is connected ahead of the logarithmic amplifier (default)
• If LOGarithmic is selected, the video filter follows the logarithmic amplifier
The essential difference between the two modes is the transient response at falling signal edges:
If LINear is selected, the measurement with logarithmic level scaling yields a much "flatter" falling edge
than LOGarithmic. This behavior is due to the conversion of linear power into logarithmic level. If the
linear power is halved, the level decreases by only 3 dB.

Example: "BAND:VID:TYPE LIN"

'Video filter ahead of the logarithmic amplifier

Characteristics: *RST value: LIN

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.153

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

6.16.3 SENSe:CORRection Subsystem

The SENSe:CORRection subsystem controls the correction of measured results by means of frequency-
dependent correction factors (e.g. for antenna or cable attenuation).
This subsystem also controls calibration and normalization during operation with the tracking generator
options (B9/B10). The measurement windows are selected by SENSe1 (screen A) and SENSe2
(screen B).

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command activates/deactivates the normalization of the measurement results in the selected
window provided that the tracking generator is active. The command is available only after acquisition
of a reference trace for the selected type of measurement (transmission/reflection, see command
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:COLLect[:ACQire]).

Example: "CORR ON "

'Activates normalization in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: conform

Mode: A
This command is only valid in conjunction with the tracking generator / ext. generator control option
(B9/B10).

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:METHod TRANsmission | REFLection

This command selects the type of measurement with active tracking generator (transmission/
reflection).

Example: "CORR:METH TRAN "

'Sets the type of measurement in screen A to “transmission“.

Characteristics: *RST value: TRANsmission

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A
This command is only valid in conjunction with the tracking generator / ext. generator control option
(B9/B10).

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire] THRough | OPEN

When the tracking generator is active, this command determines the type of result acquisition for the
normalization reference measurement and starts the measurement selected:

Parameter: THRough:
TRANsmission mode: calibration with direct connection between tracking
generator and device input.
REFLection mode: calibration with short circuit at the input
OPEN: only valid in REFLection mode: calibration with open input
To obtain a valid reference measurement, a complete sweep with synchronization to the end of the
sweep must have been carried out. This is only possible in the single-sweep mode.

6.154 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'Selects single sweep operation
"CORR:COLL THR;*WAI"
'Starts the measurement of reference data using direct connection between
generator and device input and waits for the sweep end.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: conform

Mode: A
This command is an "event" and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is only valid in conjunction with the tracking generator / ext. generator control option
(B9/B10).

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:RECall
This command restores the instrument setting that was valid for the measurement of the reference
data, provided that the tracking generator is active.

Example: "CORR:REC"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is only valid in conjunction with the tracking generator / ext. generator control option
(B9/B10).

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:ACTive?
This command queries the active transducer factor. If no transducer factor is active, an empty string is
returned.

Example: "CORR:TRAN:ACT?"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:CATalog?
This command queries all the names of the transducer files saved on the hard disc.
The syntax of the output is:
<sum of file length of all following files>,<free spaces on hard disc>,<1st file name>,<1st file length>,
<2nd file name>,<2nd file length>,....,<nth file name>,<nth file length>

Example: "CORR:TRAN:CAT?"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.155

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:GENerate <name>
This command generates a transducer factor <name> using normalized trace data. The function is
only available when normalization is switched on.

Parameter: <name>::= Name of the transducer factors as string data with up to 8 characters.

Example: "CORR:TRAN:GEN 'FACTOR1'"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect <name>
This command selects the transducer factor designated by <name>. If <name> does not exist yet, a
new transducer factor is created.

This command must be sent prior to the subsequent commands for modifying/acti-
vating transducer factors.

Parameter: <name>::= Name of the transducer factor in string data form with a maximum of 8
characters.

Example: "CORR:TRAN:SEL 'FACTOR1'"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:UNIT <string>
This command specifies the unit for the selected transducer factor. Prior to this command, the
command SENS:CORR:TRAN:SEL must be sent.

Parameter: <string>::= 'DB' | 'DBM' | 'DBMV' | 'DBUV' | 'DBUV/M' | 'DBUA' | 'DBUA/M' | 'DBPW'
| 'DBPT'

Example: "CORR:TRAN:SEL 'FACTOR1'"

"CORR:TRAN:UNIT 'DBUV'"

Characteristics: *RST value: 'DB'

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

6.156 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SCALing LINear | LOGarithmic

This command defines whether the frequency scaling of the transducer factor is linear or logarithmic.
Prior to this command, the command SENS:CORR:TRAN:SEL must be sent.

Example: "CORR:TRAN:SEL 'FACTOR1'"

"CORR:TRAN:SCAL LOG"

Characteristics: *RST value: LINear

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:COMMent <string>
This command defines the comment for the selected transducer factor. Prior to this command, the
command SENS:CORR:TRAN:SEL must be sent.

Example: "CORR:TRAN:SEL 'FACTOR1'"

"CORR:TRAN:COMM 'FACTOR FOR ANTENNA'"

Characteristics: *RST value: '' (empty comment)

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DATA <freq>,<level>..
This command defines the reference values of the transducer factor selected. These values are
entered as a sequence of frequency/level pairs. The frequencies must be sent in ascending order. Prior
to this command, the command SENS:CORR:TRAN:SEL must be sent. The level values are sent as
dimensionless numbers; the unit is specified by means of the command SENS:CORR:TRAN:UNIT.

Example: "CORR:TRAN:SEL 'FACTOR1'"

"CORR:TRAN:TRANsducer:DATA 1MHZ,-30,2MHZ,-40"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches the selected transducer factor on or off. Prior to this command, the command
SENS:CORR:TRAN:SEL must be sent.

Example: "CORR:TRAN:SEL 'FACTOR1'"

"CORR:TRAN ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.157

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DELete
This command deletes the selected transducer factor. Prior to this command, the command SENS:
CORR:TRAN:SEL must be sent.

Example: "CORR:TRAN:SEL 'FACTOR1'"

"CORR:TRAN:DEL"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value.

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:VIEW ON | OFF
This command switches on the display of the active transducer factor or set. Prior to this command,
the command SENS:CORR:TRAN:SEL must be sent.
This command is available from firmware version 1.40 or higher.

Example: "CORR:TRAN:SEL 'FACTOR1'"

"CORR:TRAN:VIEW ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:ADJust:RLEVel[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches the automatic adjustment of the reference level to the selected transducer
factor on or off. Prior to this command, the command SENS:CORR:TRAN:SEL must be sent.

Example: "CORR:TRAN:SEL 'FACTOR1'"

"CORR"CORR:TRAN:ADJ:RLEV ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:SELect <name>
This command selects the transducer set designated by <name>. If <name> does not exist yet, a new
set is created.

This command must be sent prior to the subsequent commands for modifying/acti-
vating transducersets.

Parameter: <name>::= name of the transducer set in string data form with a maximum of 8
characters.

Example: "CORR:TSET:SEL 'SET1'"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

6.158 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:UNIT <string>
This command defines the unit of the selected transducer sets. When assigning transducer factors to
the set, only factors which are compatible to the selected unit, i.e. factors with the same unit or the unit
dB, are allowed. Prior to this command, the command SENS:CORR:TSET:SEL must be sent.

Parameter: <string>::= 'DB' | 'DBM' | 'DBUV' | 'DBUV/M' | 'DBUA' | 'DBUA/M'' | DBPW' | 'DBPT'

Example: "CORR:TSET:SEL 'SET1'"

"CORR:TSET:UNIT 'DBUV'"

Characteristics: *RST value: 'DB'

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:BREak ON | OFF
This command defines if the sweep is to be stopped on changeover from range to another. Prior to this
command, the command SENS:CORR:TSET:SEL must be sent.

Example: "CORR:TSET:SEL 'SET1'"

"CORR:TSET:BRE ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:CATalog?
This command reads out the names of all transducer sets stored on the internal drive.
Syntax of output format:
<Sum of file lengths of all subsequent files>,<free memory on hard disk>, <1st file
name>,<1st file length>, <2nd file name>,<2nd file length>,....,<nth file name>, <nth file length>

Example: "CORR:TSET:SEL 'SET1'"

"CORR:TSET:CAT?"

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:COMMent <string>
This command defines the comment for the selected transducer set. Prior to this command, the
command SENS:CORR:TSET:SEL must be sent.

Example: "CORR:TSET:SEL 'SET1'"

"CORR:TSET:COMM 'SET FOR ANTENNA'"

Characteristics: *RST value: '' (empty comment)

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R,A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.159

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:RANGe<1 to 10> <freq>,<freq>,<name>..

This command defines a partial range of the selected transducer set. The partial range is determined
by its start and stop frequencies plus a list of names of the assigned transducer factors. The ranges 1
to 10 must be sent in ascending order. Prior to this command, the command SENS:CORR:TSET:SEL
must be sent.

Parameter: <freq>,<freq>::= start frequency, stop frequency of the range

<name>...::= list of names for the assigned transducer factors.
The individual names must be characterized by single quotation marks (') and
separated by commas.

Example: "CORR:TSET:SEL 'SET1'"

"CORR:TRAN:TSET:RANG 1MHZ,2MHZ,'FACTOR1,'FACTOR2'"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches the selected transducer set on or off.

Example: "CORR:TSET:SEL 'SET1'"

"CORR:TSET ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:DELete
This command deletes the selected transducer set.

Example: "CORR:TSET:SEL 'SET1'"

"CORR:TSET:DEL"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value.

6.160 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

6.16.4 SENSe:DEMod Subsystem

The SENSe:DEMod subsystem controls the analog demodulation of the video signal. The measurement
window is selected by SENSe1 (screen A) and SENSe2 (screen B).

[SENSe<1|2>:]DEMod OFF | AM | FM
This command selects the type of analog demodulation.

Example: "DEM FM"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

[SENSe<1|2>:]DEMod:SQUelch:LEVel <numeric_value> | MIN | MAX | DEF

This command enables the input of a level threshold below which the audible AF is cut off.

Example: "SENSe:DEM:SQU:LEV 80"

'Sets the squelch level to 80.

Characteristics: *RST value: 60

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.161

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

6.16.5 SENSe:DETector Subsystem

The SENSe:DETector subsystem controls the acquisition of measurement data via the selection of the
detector for the corresponding trace. The measurement windows are selected by SENSe1 (screen A)
and SENSe2 (screen B).

[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1..3>[:FUNCtion] APEak | NEGative | POSitive | SAMPle | RMS | AVERage

| QPEak | CAVerage | CRMS
This command sets the detector for recording measured values for the selected trace in the specified
measurement window.
• The APEak detector (AutoPeak) displays the positive and also the negative peak value of the noise
floor. If a signal is detected, only the positive peak value is displayed.
• The POSitive or NEGative detector only displays the positive or the negative peak value.
• With the Sample detector the value measured at the sampling time is displayed, whereas the RMS
value of the power measured at each measurement point is displayed with the RMS detector.
• The AVERage detector displays the power average value at each measurement point.
• The detectors QPEak for quasipeak, CAVerage for CISPR average and CRMS for CISPR-RMS
perform standard-compliant signal evaluations for the EMC test equipment.
If QPEak is selected, the video filter is automatically switched off. In addition, the couplings between
the span and RBW as well as between RBW and the sweep time are switched off. They are not
restored until another detector is selected. Accordingly, the sweep time should be set to a value that
is large enough so that the quasipeak detector can settle in completely at each measurement point.
The trace is indicated as a numerical suffix for DETector.

Example: "DET POS"

'Sets the detector in screen A to "positive peak".

Characteristics: *RST value: APEak

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1..3>[:FUNCtion]:AUTO ON | OFF
This command either couples the detector in the selected measurement window to the current trace
setting or turns coupling off. The trace is selected by the numeric suffix at DETector.

Example: "DET:AUTO OFF"

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

6.162 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1..3>:RECeiver[:FUNCtion] POSitive | NEGative | RMS | AVERage |

QPEak | CAVerage | CRMS
In receiver mode, this command switches on the detectors for an individual measurement to record
measured values.
The trace cannot be selected; three detectors can be switched on simultaneously.

Example: "DET:REC POS,AVER,QPE"

'Switches on the peak, average and quasipeak detectors.

Characteristics: *RST value: AVER

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1..3>:FMEasurement NEGative | POSitive | RMS | AVERage | QPEak |

CAVerage | CRMS
This command selects the detector for the final measurement which is performed subsequent to the
overview measurement.

Example: "DET:FME POS"

Characteristics: *RST value: Trace 1 QPEak

Trace 2 AVERage
Trace 3 RMS
SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

6.16.6 SENSe:ESPectrum Subsystem

This chapter describes all remote control commands available to configure Spectrum Emission Mask
measurements.

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:BWIDth numeric_value
This command defines the bandwidth used for measuring the channel power in the Spectrum Emission
Mask measurement. Allowed range: 20 Hz …span of reference range.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:BWIDT 3.84MHz"

'sets the channel bandwidth to 3.84MHz

Characteristics: *RST value: 3.84 MHz

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:FILTer:RRC[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command activates or deactivates the use of a RRC filter for measuring the channel power in the
Spectrum Emission Mask measurement.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:FILT ON"

'RRC filter switched on

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.163

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:FILTer:RRC:ALPHa 0…1
This command sets the alpha value of the RRC filter for measuring the channel power in the Spectrum
Emission Mask measurement if the RRC filter is switched on.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:FILT ON"

'RRC filter switched on

Characteristics: *RST value: 0.22

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet[:STANdard] 'xml_file'
This command selects the specified XML file under D:\r_s\instr\sem_std. If the file is stored in a
subdirectory, include the relative path.
The query returns information about the selected standard, the power class and the link direction. If no
standard has been selected, the query returns ''.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:PRES 'WCDMA\3GPP\DL\PowerClass_31_39.xml"

'Selects the PowerClass_31_39.xml XML file in the folder
’D:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WCDMA\3GPP\DL.
"ESP:PRES?"
'Returns 'W-CDMA 3GPP (31,39)dBm DL

Characteristics: *RST value:

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet:RESTore
This command copies the XML files from the D:\R_S.FW\\instr\sem_backup folder to the
D:\R_S\instr\sem_std folder. Files of the same name are overwritten.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:PRES:REST"
'Restores the originally provided XML files.

Characteristics: *RST value:-

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.164 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:BANDwidth[:RESolution] <numeric_value>
This command selects the resolution bandwidth (RBW) of a range in the Spectrum Emission Mask
measurement.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG2:BAND 10E3"

'sets the RBW to 10 KHz

Characteristics: *RST value: 10 kHz

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:BANDwidth:VIDeo <numeric_value>
This command selects the video bandwidth (VBW) of a range in the Spectrum Emission Mask
measurement.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG2:BAND:VIDeo 100E3"

'sets the VBW to 100 KHz

Characteristics: *RST value: 30 kHz

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:COUNt?
This command indicates the number of defined ranges of the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> at SENSe and <1 to 20> at RANGe are irrelevant for this command.

Example: "ESP:RANG:COUN?"
'indicates the number of ranges

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:DELete
This command deletes a range of the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement configuration.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG2:DEL"
'deletes range 2

Characteristics: *RST value:-

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.165

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:FILTer:TYPE NORMal | CFILter | RRC | PULSe

This command sets the filter in the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG2:FILT:TYPE RRC"

'RRC filter

Characteristics: *RST value: NORMal

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>[:FREQuency]:STARt <numeric_value>
This command sets the relative start frequency of a range in the Spectrum Emission Mask
measurement.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG2:STAR -2.52MHz"

'start frequency of range 2 to -2.52 MHz

Characteristics: *RST value:-

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>[:FREQuency]:STOP <numeric_value>
This command sets the relative stop frequency of a range in the Spectrum Emission Mask
measurement.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG2:STOP 2.52MHZ"

'stop frequency of range 2 to +2.52MHz

Characteristics: *RST value:-

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:INPut:ATTenuation <numeric_value>
This command defines the RF attenuation of a range in the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG2:INP:ATT 30db"

'RF attenuation of range 2 to 30 dB

Characteristics: *RST value:-

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.166 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO ON | OFF
This command switches the attenuation mode of a range in the Spectrum Emission Mask
measurement to AUTO (ON) or MANUAL (OFF).
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG2:INP:ATT:AUTO ON"

'attenuation mode is AUTO for range 2

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:INPut:GAIN:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches the preamplifier of a range in the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement on
or off.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG2:INP:GAIN:STAT ON"

' activates the preamplifier for range 2

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1..20>:LIMit:ABSolute:STARt <numeric_value>
This command defines the absolute limit at the start frequency of the range for the Spectrum Emission
Mask measurement.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG5:LIM:ABS:START -40"

'Abs limit at Startfreq. in Range 5 is -40dBm

Characteristics: *RST value: -13dBm

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1..20>:LIMit:ABSolute:STOP <numeric_value>
This command defines the absolute limit at the stop frequency of the range for the Spectrum Emission
Mask measurement.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG5:LIM:ABS:STOP -40"

'Abs Limit at Stop Freq. in Range 5 is -40dBm

Characteristics: *RST value: -13dBm

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.167

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1..20>:INSert AFTer | BEFore

This command inserts a new range before or after the specified range. The range numbers are
updated accordingly. The numeric suffix at RANGe<1...20> specify the range.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG3:INS BEF"

'Inserts a new range before Range 3
"ESP:RANG1:INS AFT"
'Inserts a new range after Range 1

Characteristics: *RST value:-

SCPI: device-specific

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1..20>:LIMit:RELative:STARt <numeric_value>
This command defines the absolute limit at the start frequency of the range for the Spectrum Emission
Mask measurement.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG5:LIM:ABS:START -40"

'Abs limit at Startfreq. in Range 5 is -40dBm

Characteristics: *RST value: -13dBm

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1..20>:LIMit:RELative:STOP <numeric_value>
This command defines the absolute limit at the stop frequency of the range for the Spectrum Emission
Mask measurement.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG5:LIM:ABS:STOP -40"

'Abs Limit at Stop Freq. in Range 5 is -40dBm

Characteristics: *RST value: -13dBm

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1..20>:LIMit:STATe ABSolute | RELative | AND | OR

This command sets the type of limit check for all ranges of Spectrum Emission Mask measurement.
• ABSolute
Checks only the absolute limits defined
• RELative:
Checks only the relative limits. Relative limits are defined as relative to the measured power in the
reference range.
• AND
Combines the absolute and relative limit. The limit check fails when both limits are violated.
• OR
Combines the absolute and relative limit. The limit check fails when one of the limits is violated.
The numeric suffixes at SENSe<1|2> and the numeric suffix at RANGe<1..20> are irrelevant.

6.168 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Example: "ESP:RANG5:LIM -40"

'limit in range 5 is -40dBm
"ESP:RANG7:LIM -20"
'limit in range 7 is -20dBm
"ESP:RANG:LIM:STAT ON"
'activates limit checking

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:RLEVel <numeric_value>
This command defines the reference level of a range in the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG2:RLEV -30"

'sets the reference level in range 2 to -30 dBm

Characteristics: *RST value:-

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:SWEep:TIME <numeric_value>
This command defines the sweep duration of a range in the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement.

Example: "ESP:RANG2:SWE:TIME 1MS"

'sets the sweep time in range 2 to 1 ms

Characteristics: *RST value:-

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:SWEep:TIME:AUTO ON | OFF
This command controls the automatic coupling of the sweep duration on the frequency span and the
bandwidth settings in a Spectrum Emission Mask measurement range.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG2:SWE:TIME:AUTO ON"

'activates the coupling of frequency range and bandwidths in range 2

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:TRANsducer <string>
This command sets the transducer factor for a range in the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RANG2:TRAN ON 'fac_1’"

'sets the transducer factor fac_1 in range 2

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.169

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Characteristics: *RST value:-

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RRANge?
This command returns the numer of the reference range of the Spectrum Emission Mask
measurement.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RRAN?"

Characteristics: *RST value:-

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RTYPe PEAK | CPOWer

This command sets selects the type of power measurement in the reference range:
• PEAK:
Measures the highest peak within the reference range.
• CHAN:
Measures the channel power within the reference range (integral bandwidth method).
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "ESP:RTYP PEAK"

'selects highest peak

Characteristics: *RST value: CPOW

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.170 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

6.16.7 SENSe:FMEasurement Subsystem

This subsystem controls the parameters of final measurement.

[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:THReshold[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches the threshold scan function (direct final measurement during the scan) on and
off.

Example: "FME:THR ON "

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:NBBB[:STATe] ON | OFF <numeric_value>:

This command switches on automatic detection of narrowband and broadband interference signals.
The detector for the final measurement is also automatically selected.

Example: "FME:NBBB ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:NBBB:LEVel <numeric_value>:
This command enters the decision threshold to discriminate between broadband and narrowband
interference.

Example: "FME:NBBB:LEV 6 DB "

Characteristics: *RST value: 6 dB

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:AUTO ON | OFF
This command switches between automatic and interactive final measurement.

Example: "FME:AUTO ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.171

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:LISN[:TYPE] TWOPhase | FOURphase | ESH3Z5 | ESH2Z5 |

ENV4200 | ENV216 | OFF
This command selects whether a V-network is driven automatically via the user port in the final
measurement and, if yes, which one:
TWOPhase and ESH3Z5 R&S ESH3-Z5 (two phases and protective earth are controllable)
FOURphase and ESH2Z5 R&S ESH2-Z5 (four phases and protective earth are controllable)
ENV4200 R&S ENV 4200 (four phases are controllable)
ENV216 R&S ENV 216 (two phases and highpass are controllable)
OFF Remote control deactivated

Example: ":FME:LISN:TWOP"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:LISN:PHASe L1 | L2 | L3 | N[[,L1 | L2 | L3 | N],…]

This command selects the phases of the V-network on which level measurements are consecutively
performed in the final measurement. L2 and L3 are only available with four-line V-networks
(FMEasurement:LISN FOURphase | ENV4200).

Example: ":FME:LISN:PHAS L1,N"

Characteristics: *RST value: L1

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:LISN:PEARth GROunded | FLOating[,GROunded | FLOating]

This command selects the ground settings on the V-network on which level measurements are
consecutively performed in the final measurement. This command is available only for certain
V-networks (FMEasurement:LISN FOURphase | TWOPhase | ESH3Z5 | ESH2Z5).

Example: ":FME:LISN:PEAR GRO,FLO"

Characteristics: *RST value: GRO

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:LISN:FILTer:HPAS[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command selects the setting for the high pass on the V-network with which the level measurement
is performed in the final measurement. This command is available only for the R&S ENV 216 V-
network (FMEasurement:LISN ENV216).

Example: ":FME:LISN:FILT:HPAS ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

6.172 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:TIME <numeric_value>
This command defines the measurement time in which the values indicated in the peak list (final
measurement values) are re-checked.

Example: ":FME:TIME 0.01"

Characteristics: *RST value: 1 s

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.173

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

6.16.8 SENSe:FREQuency Subsystem

The SENSe:FREQuency subsystem defines the frequency axis of the active display. The frequency axis
can either be defined via the start/stop frequency or via the center frequency and span.
The measurement windows are selected by SENSe1 (screen A) and SENSe2 (screen B).

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer 0 to fmax
This command defines the receiver frequency or the center frequency in analyzer mode.

Example: "FREQ:CENT 100MHz"

Characteristics: *RST value: fmax /2 with fmax = maximum frequency

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP 0 to fmax
This command defines the step width of the center frequency.

Example: "FREQ:CENT:STEP 120MHz"

Characteristics: *RST value: - (AUTO 0.1 × SPAN is switched on)

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK SPAN | RBW | OFF

This command couples the step width of the center frequency to span (span >0) or to the resolution
bandwidth (span = 0) or cancels the couplings.

Parameter: SPAN = Coupling to frequency display range (for span > 0)

RBW = Coupling to resolution bandwidth (for span = 0)
OFF = manual input, no coupling.

Example: "FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK SPAN"

Characteristics: *RST value: SPAN

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK:FACTor 1 to 100 PCT

This command couples the step width of the center frequency with a factor to the span (span >0) or to
the resolution bandwidth (span = 0).

Example: "FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 20PCT"

Characteristics: *RST value: - (AUTO 0.1 × SPAN is switched on)

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN 0 to fmax
In analyzer mode, this command defines the frequency span.

Example: "FREQ:SPAN 10MHz"

6.174 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Characteristics: *RST value: fmax with fmax = maximum frequency

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN:FULL
In analyzer mode, this command sets the frequency span to its maximum.

Example: "FREQ:SPAN:FULL"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STARt 0 to fmax
This command defines the start frequency of the overall scan in receiver mode. It defines the start
frequency of the sweep in analyzer mode..

Example: "FREQ:STAR 20MHz"

Characteristics: *RST value: 0

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A-F

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STOP 0 to fmax
This command defines the stop frequency of the overall scan in receiver mode. It defines the stop
frequency of the sweep in analyzer mode..

Example: "FREQ:STOP 20MHz"

Characteristics: *RST value: fmax

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A-F

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:MODE CW | FIXed | SWEep | SCAN

In analyzer mode, this command switches between frequency domain (SWEep) and time domain (CW
| FIXed).
In receiver mode, this command switches between single frequency measurement (CW) and scan
(SCAN).
For CW and FIXed, the frequency setting is made using the FREQuency:CENTer command. For
SWEep, the setting is made using the FREQuency:STARt, STOP, CENTer and SPAN commands.
For SCAN, the frequency setting is made using the commands FREQuency:STARt, FREQuency:
STOP in the SENSe:SCAN submenu.

Example: "FREQ:MODE SWE"

Characteristics: *RST value: SWEep for the analyzer mode and SCAN for the receiver mode
SCPI: conforming

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.175

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:OFFSet <numeric_value>
This command defines the frequency offset of the instrument.

Example: "FREQ:OFFS 1GHZ"

Characteristics: *RST value: 0 Hz

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

6.176 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

6.16.9 SENSe:LIST Subsystem

The commands of this subsystem are used for measuring the power at a list of frequency points with dif-
ferent device settings. The measurement is always performed in the time domain (span = 0 Hz).
A new trigger event is required for each test point (exception: Trigger FREE RUN).
The results are output as a list in the order of the entered frequency points. The number of results per
test point depends on the number of concurrently active measurements (peak/RMS/average).
Selection of concurrently active measurements and setting of parameters that are constant for the whole
measurement is via a configuration command (SENSe:LIST:POWer:SET). This also includes the set-
ting for trigger and gate parameters.
The following setting parameters can be selected independently for each frequency point:
• Analyzer frequency
• Reference level
• RF attenuation
• Resolution filter
• Resolution bandwidth
• Video bandwidth
• Measurement time
• Detector
The number of frequencies is limited to 100 entries.
The commands of this subsystem can be used in two different ways:
1. Instrument setup, measurement and querying of the results in a single command:
With this method, there is the least delay between the measurement and the result output. However,
it requires the control computer to wait for the response from the instrument.
2. Instrument setup and querying of the result list at the end of the measurement:
With this method, the control computer may be used for other activities while the measurement is being
performed. However, more time is needed for synchronization via service request.

Settings that are not directly included in commands of this subsystem can be con-
figured by sending the corresponding commands prior to the SENSe:LIST com-
mands.
Please note that changes to the trigger level have to be executed in time domain
(span = 0 Hz) in order to take effect for the SENSe:LIST commands.

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:RESult?
This command queries the result of a previous list measurement as configured and initiated with
SENSe:LIST:POWer[:SEQuence]. The measured results are output in a list of floating point values
separated by commas. The unit of the results depends on the setting made with the CALC:UNIT
command.
This command may be used to obtain measurement results in an asynchronous way, using the service
request mechanism for synchronization with the end of the measurement.
If no measurement results are available, the command will return a query error.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.177

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Example:
'Configuration of the status reporting system for the generation of an SRQ
on operation complete
*ESE 1
*SRE 32
'Configuring and starting the measurement
"SENSe:LIST:POWer 935.2MHz,-20dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,434us,0,
935.4MHz,-20dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,30kHz,100kHz,434us,0,
935.6MHz,-20dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,30kHz,100kHz,434us,0;
*OPC"
'Further actions of the control computer during measurement
to
'Response to service request
On SRQ:
SENSe:LIST:POWer:RESult?

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer[:SEQuence] <analyzer freq>,<ref level>,<rf att>,OFF, <el att>,

<filter type>,<rbw>,<vbw>, <meas time>,<trigger level>
This command configures the list of settings (max. 100 entries) for the multiple power measurement
and starts a measurement sequence. When synchronizing the command with *OPC, a service request
is generated as soon as all frequency points are processed and the defined number of individual
measurements is reached.
To reduce the setting time, all indicated parameters are set up simultaneously at each test point.
The query form of the command processes the list and immediately returns the list of results. The
number of results per test point depends on the setting of the "SENSe:LIST:POWer:SET" command.

The following parameters are the settings for an individual frequency point. They
are repeated for every other frequency point.
For reasons of compatibility with the FSP instrument family, input OFF is required
after parameter <rf att>.

Parameter:
<analyzer freq>: Receive frequency for the signal to be measured (= center frequency in manual
operation)
Range of values: 0 Hz to max. frequency, depending on the instrument
model.
<ref level>: Reference level
Range of values: +30 dBm to -75 dBm in 5 dB steps
<rf att>: RF input attenuation
Range of values: 0 dB to 75 dB in 5 dB steps
OFF: always OFF

6.178 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

<filter type>: NORMal: normal resolution filter

CFILter: channel filter. These are especially steep-edged
filters, which are used for example in Fast ACP
measurement to ensure the band-limiting of a
transmission channel in the time domain.
RRC: Root Raised Cosine filter. This special filter form is
used to determine the channel power for some mobile
radio standards.
<rbw>: Resolution bandwidth
See filter table for <filter type> = CFILter and <filter
type> = RRC. For possible combinations of filter type
and filter bandwidth see table "List of available
channel filters" in chapter “Instrument Functions”,
section “Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time –
BW Key” on page 4.83.
<vbw>: Video bandwidth
Range of values: 1 Hz to 10 MHz in 1, 3, 10 steps.
The value is ignored for <filter type> = CFILter or RRC
<meas time>: Measurement time
Range of values: 1us to 30s
<trigger level>: Reserved. Must be set to 0.

For allowed <rbw> setting for <filter type> = CFILter and <filter type> = RRC see section “Setting the
Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key” - “List of Available Channel Filters” on page 4.89.

Return value:
The query command returns a list of comma-separated values (CSV) which contains the power
measurement results in floating-point format. The unit depends on the setting with CALC:UNIT.
Command
"SENSe:LIST:POWer? 935.2MHz,-20dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,434us,0,
935.4MHz,-20dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,30kHz,100kHz,434us,0,
935.6MHz,-20dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,30kHz,100kHz,434us,0"
thus returns the following list, for example:
-28.3,-30.6,-38.1
If the command sequence is extended to
"SENSe:LIST:POWer:SET ON,ON,ON,IMM,POS,0,0"
"SENSe:LIST:POWer? 935.2MHz,-20dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,434us,0,
935.4MHz,-20dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,30kHz,100kHz,434us,0,
935.6MHz,-20dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,30kHz,100kHz,434us,0"
the result list is extended to 3 results per frequency point (peak, RMS and average):
-28.3, -29.6, 1.5, -30.6, -31.9, 0.9, -38.1, -40.0, 2.3

Example:
"SENSe:LIST:POWer 935.2MHz,-20dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,434us,0,
935.4MHz,-20dBm,10dB,OFF,CFIL,30kHz,100kHz,434us,0,
935.6MHz,-20dBm,10dB,OFF,CFIL,30kHz,100kHz,434us,0"
performs a measurement sequence with the following settings:

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.179

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Step Freq. Ref Level RF Att el Att Filter type RBW VBW Meas Time TRG Level
[MHz] (reserved)

1 935.2 -20 dBm 10 dB OFF Normal 1 MHz 3 MHz 434 us 0

"SENSe:LIST:POWer? 935.2MHz,-20dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,434us,0,
935.4MHz,-20dBm,10dB,OFF,CFIL,30kHz,100kHz,434us,0,
935.6MHz,-20dBm,10dB,OFF,CFIL,30kHz,100kHz,434us,0"
performs the same measurement and returns the result list immediately after the last frequency point.

• The measurement is performed in the time domain and therefore the span is set
to 0 Hz. If the time domain is abandoned, the function is automatically switched
off.
• The measurement is not compatible with other measurements, especially as far
as marker, adjacent channel power measurement or statistics are concerned.
The corresponding commands thus automatically deactivate the function.
• The function is only available in remote control. It is deactivated when switching
the instrument back to LOCAL.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:SET <PEAK meas>,<RMS meas>,<AVG meas>,<trigger mode>,<trigger

slope>,<trigger offset>, <gate length>
This command defines the constant settings for the list during multiple power measurement.
Parameters <PEAK meas>, <RMS meas> and <AVG meas> define, which measurements are to be
performed at the same time at the frequency point. Correspondingly, one, two or three results per
frequency point are returned for the SENS:LIST:POW? command. If all three parameters are set to
OFF, the command generates an execution error.

Parameter: <PEAK meas>: ON activates the measurement of the peak power (peak detector).
OFF deactivates the measurement of the peak power.
<RMS meas>: ON activates the measurement of the RMS power (RMS detector).
OFF deactivates the measurement of the RMS power.
<AVG meas>: ON activates the measurement of the average power (average
detector). OFF deactivates the measurement of the average power.
<trigger mode>: Selection of the trigger source used for the list measurement.
Possible values: IMMediate | VIDeo | EXTernal | IFPower
<trigger slope>: Used trigger slope.
Possible values: POSitive | NEGative
<trigger offset>: Offset between the detection of the trigger signal and the start of
the measurement at the next frequency point.
Range of values: 0 s, 125 ns to 100s
<gate length>: Gate length with Gated Sweep.
Range of values: 0 s, 125 ns to 100s

6.180 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

• The value 0 s deactivates the use of GATED TRIGGER; other values activate
the GATED TRIGGER function.
• Values <> 0 s are only possible if <trigger mode> is different from IMMediate.
Otherwise, an execution error is triggered.

Return value: The query command returns a list of comma-separated values (CSV) of the
settings, i.e.
ON,ON,ON,IMM,POS,0,0
if the configuration has been set with the command
"SENSe:LIST:POWer:SET ON,ON,ON,IMM,POS,0,0"

Example: "SENSe:LIST:POWer:SET ON,OFF,OFF,EXT,POS,10US,434US"

"SENSe:LIST:POWer:SET ON,ON,ON,VID,NEG,10US,0"

Characteristics: *RST values: ON,OFF,OFF,IMM,POS,0S,0S

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:SET:AVERage:TYPE LINear | LOGarithmic

With this command the average type of the sense list measurement can be set either to linear (default)
or logarithmic. In linear mode voltages are averaged in logarithmic mode levels.

Example: "LIST:POW:SET:AVER LOG"

'sets log averaging for list measurement.

Characteristics: *RST value: LIN

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:STATe OFF
This command deactivates the list measurement.

Example: "SENSe:LIST:POWer:STATe OFF"

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:BANDwidth[:RESolution] <numeric_value>
This command selects the resolution bandwidth (RBW) of a range in the spurious measurement.

Example: "LIST:RANG2:BAND 10E3"

'Sets the RBW to 10 KHz.

Characteristics: *RST value: 10 kHz

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.181

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:BANDwidth:VIDeo <numeric_value>
This command selects the video bandwidth (VBW) of a range in the spurious measurement.

Example: "LIST:RANG2:BAND:VIDeo 40E3"

'Sets the VBW to 40 KHz.

Characteristics: *RST value: 30 kHz

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:BREak ON | OFF
This command determines whether a sweep is stopped in the spurious measurement when a range is
changed.

Example: "LIST:RANG2:BRE ON"

'Sweep stops if the range is changed from range 2 to 3.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:COUNt?
This command indicates the number of defined ranges of the spurious measurement.
The numeric suffix <1 to 20> with RANGe is not relevant for this command.

Example: "LIST:RANG:COUN?"
'Indicates the number of ranges

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:DELete
This command deletes a range.

Example: "LIST:RANG2:DEL"
'Deletes range 2

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:DETector APEak | NEGative | POSitive | SAMPle | RMS |

AVERage
This command sets the detector in the spurious measurement.

Example: "LIST:RANG2:DET APE"

'Autopeak detector

Characteristics: *RST value: POS

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.182 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:FILTer:TYPE NORMal | CHANnel | RRC | PULSe

This command sets the filter in the spurious measurement. For details on filter type refer to chapter 4,
section “Filter Types” on page 4.88.

Example: "LIST:RANG2:FILT:TYPE RRC"

'RRC filter

Characteristics: *RST value: NORMal

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>[:FREQuency]:STARt <numeric_value>
This command sets the start frequency of a range in the spurious measurement.

Example: "LIST:RANG2:STAR 1GHZ"

'Start frequency of range 2 to 1 GHz

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>[:FREQuency]:STOP <numeric_value>
This command sets the stop frequency of a range in the spurious measurement.

Example: "LIST:RANG2:STOP 2GHZ"

'Stop frequency of range 2 to 2 GHz

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:INPut:ATTenuation <numeric_value>
This command defines the RF attenuation of a range in the spurious measurement.

Example: "LIST:RANG2:INP:ATT 30db"

'RF attenuation of range 2 to 30 dB

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO ON | OFF
This command switches the autoranging of a range in the spurious measurement on or off.

Example: "LIST:RANG2:INP:ATT:AUTO ON"

'Activates autorange for range 2

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.183

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:INPut:GAIN:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches the preamplifier of a range in the spurious measurement on or off.

Example: "LIST:RANG2:INP:GAIN:STAT ON"

'Activates the preamplifier for range 2

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit -200dB to +200dB

This command defines the limit lines for the spurious emission measurement LIST EVALUATION (for
details on this measurement see page 190). For each of the 20 ranges, you can specify a limit line via
the numeric suffix at RANGe<1...20>. The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Example: "LIST:RANG5:LIM -40"

’Limit line in range 5 is –40 dB.

Characteristics: *RST value: -13dB

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:STATe ON | OFF
This command activates/deactivates the limit checking for the spurious emission measurement LIST
EVALUATION (for details on this measurement see page 190).
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> and the numeric suffix at RANGe1...20> are irrelevant.

Example: "LIST:RANG5:LIM -40"

’Limit line in range 5 is –40 dB.
"LIST:RANG7:LIM -20"
’Limit line in range 7 is–20 dB.
"LIST:RANG:LIM:STAT ON"
’Activates the limit checking in all ranges.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:POINts <numeric_value>
This command defines the number of sweep points of a range in the spurious measurement.

Example: "LIST:RANG2:POIN 301"

'Sets 301 sweep points in range 2

Characteristics: *RST value: 625

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.184 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:RLEVel <numeric_value>
This command defines the reference level of a range in the spurious measurement.

Example: "LIST:RANG2:RLEV -30"

'Sets the reference level in range 2 to -30 dBm

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:SWEep:TIME <numeric_value>
This command defines the sweep duration of a range in the spurious measurement.

Example: "LIST:RANG2:SWE:TIME 2.5MS"

'Sets the sweep time in range 2 to 2.5 ms

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:SWEep:TIME:AUTO ON | OFF
This command controls the automatic coupling of the sweep duration on the frequency span and the
bandwidth settings in a spurious measurement range.

Example: "LIST:RANG2:SWE:TIME:AUTO ON"

'Activates the coupling of frequency range and bandwidths in range 2

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:TRANsducer <string>
This command sets the transducer factor for a range in the spurious measurement.

Example: "LIST:RANG2:TRAN 'fac_1'"

'Sets the transducer factor fac_1 in range 2

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.185

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

6.16.10 SENSe:MPOWer Subsystem

The commands of this subsystem are used to determine the mean burst power or peak burst power for a
given number of signal bursts, and for outputting the results in a list. Since all the settings required for a
measurement are combined in a single command, the measurement speed is considerably higher than
when using individual commands.
For measuring the signal bursts, the GATED SWEEP function is used in the time domain. The gate is
controlled either by an external trigger signal or by the video signal. An individual trigger event is required
for each burst to be measured. In case of an external trigger, the R&S ESCI transfers the threshold value
from the normal trigger settings (TRIG key). In case of a video signal or an IF signal, the threshold can
be set separately.
If option R&S FSP-B6 is installed, you can also use an RF signal as trigger signal. The threshold can
also be set separately.
If an external trigger signal is used, the threshold is adjusted to those of the normal trigger settings (TRIG
key), while with a video signal the threshold can be set as desired.
The following graphics shows the relation between trigger time, trigger offset (for delayed gate opening)
and measurement time.
Measurement Measurement Measurement
Time Time Time

t
Trigger Trigger Trigger
Offset Offset Offset

Trigger Trigger Trigger

Signal Signal Signal
Depending on the settings made, the measurements are performed with the RMS detector for RMS
power or the PEAK detector for peak power. For all these measurements, TRACE 1 of the selected sys-
tem is used.
The setting parameters for this measurement are:
• analyzer frequency
• resolution bandwidth
• measurement time used for a single burst
• trigger source
• trigger level
• trigger offset
• type of power measurement (PEAK, MEAN)
• number of bursts to be measured
The commands of this subsystem can be used in two different ways:

6.186 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

1. Setting up the instrument and at the same time querying the result list:
This method ensures the smallest delay between measurement and the output of the measured
values, but requires the control computer to wait actively for the response of the instrument.
2. Setting up the instrument and querying the result list after synchronization to the end of measurement:
With this method the control computer can be used for other activities while the instrument is
performing the measurement at the cost of additional time needed for synchronization via service
request.

[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer[:SEQuence] <analyzer freq>,<rbw>,<meas time>,<trigger source>,

<trigger level>,<trigger offset>,<type of meas>,<# of meas>
This command configures the instrument setup for multiple burst power measurement and starts a
measurement sequence. When synchronizing the command with *OPC, a service request is
generated as soon as the defined number of individual measurements (# of meas) is reached.
To reduce the setting time, the setup is performed simultaneously for all selected parameters.
The command in the form of a query makes the instrument settings, performs the defined number of
measurements and outputs the measurement results list.

Parameter: <analyzer freq>

Receive frequency for the burst signals to be measured (= center frequency in
manual operation) The range is 0 Hz to max. frequency, depending on instrument
model
<rbw>
Resolution bandwidth for the measurement
The range is from 10 Hz to 10 MHz in steps of 1, 3, 10.
<meas time>
Time span during which measurement samples are sampled for RMS / peak
measurement The type of measurement is selected by <type of meas>. The range
is from 1 us to 30 s.
<trigger source>
Possible settings of the trigger signal source are:
EXTernal:
The trigger signal is fed from the "Ext. Trigger/Gate" input on the rear of the unit.
VIDeo:
The internal video signal is used as trigger signal.
IFPower:
The internal IF signal with 10 MHz bandwidth is used as the trigger signal.
RFPower:
If option R&S FSP-B6 is installed, the RF signal with a 80 MHz bandwidth is used
as the trigger signal.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.187

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

<trigger level>
Signal level at which the trigger becomes active.
For <trigger source> = VIDeo this is the level of the video signal as a percentage
of the diagram height.
For <trigger source> = IFPower this is the signal level in dBm.
For <trigger source> = RFPower this is the signal level in dBm.
If <trigger source> = EXTernal is selected, the value entered here is ignored, as in
this case the trigger input uses the normal trigger settings made via the TRIG key.
The range for trigger source video is 0 – 100PCT.
The range for trigger source IFPower is -50 dBm to +30 dBm.
The range for trigger source RFPower is -70 dBm to +30 dBm.

To properly use this command, you have to specify the unit of the trigger level
(DBM or PCT).

<trigger offset>
Offset between the detection of the trigger signal and the start of the measurement.
The range is from 125 ns to 100s
<type of meas>
Determines whether mean power (RMS) or peak power (PEAK) is to be measured.
The detector is selected accordingly. Possible values are MEAN and PEAK.
<# of meas>
Number of individual bursts to be measured. The range is 1 to 501.

Return value: The query command returns a list separated by commas (comma separated values
= CSV), which contains the power measurement results in floating-point format.
The unit used for the return values is always dBm.
The command
"SENSe:MPOWer? 935.2MHz,1MHz,434us,VIDEO,50PCT,5us,MEAN,20"
may, for instance, cause the following list to be returned:
18.3,18.6,18.1,18.0,17.9,18.3,18.6,18.1,18.0,17.9,18.3,18.6,18.1,18.0,17.9,18.3,
18.6,18.1,18.0,17.9

Example: "SENSe:MPOWer 935.2MHz,1MHz,434us,VIDEO,50PCT,5us,MEAN,20"

'performs a measurement sequence with the following settings:
'Frequency = 935.2 MHz,
'Resolution bandwidth = 1 MHz
'Measurement time = 434 µs
'Trigger source = VIDEO
'Trigger threshold = 50%
'Trigger offset = 5 µs
'Type of measurement = MEAN power
'No. of measurements = 20
"SENSe:MPOWer? 935.2MHz,1MHz,434us,VIDEO,50PCT,5us,MEAN,20"
'performs the same measurement and in addition returns the results list
immediately after completion of the last measurement.

6.188 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

The measurement function always uses trace 1 in the selected screen, and acti-
vates the selected screen.
Repeated use of the command without changes to its parameters (i.e. using the
same settings again) will speed up the measurement since the previous hardware
settings will be cached and therefore additional hardware settling times will be
avoided. This also holds true if only part of the parameters (e.g. only the trigger
delay) are changed, as in this case the rest of the parameters will be cached.
This measurement is not compatible with other measurements, especially as far
as marker functions, adjacent channel measurement or statistics are concerned.
The corresponding functions are therefore automatically switched off. In return
incompatible commands will automatically deactivate the multi burst power func-
tion.
The function is only available in the remote control. It is deactivated on switching
back to LOCAL.
If available also the RRC and the CFILer filter type can be used by defining it with
the command ”BAND|BWID:TYPE NORM | FFT | CFIL | RRC“ before using
the MPOW command.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: instrument-specific

Mode: A-F, A-T

[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer:RESult[:LIST]?
This command queries the results of a multiple burst power measurement as configured and initiated
with SENSe:MPOWer[:SEQuence]. The results are output in a comma-separated list of floating point
values. The unit used for the return values is always dBm.
This command may be used to obtain measurement results in an asynchronous way using the service
request mechanism for synchronization with the end of the measurement.
If no measurement results are available, the command will return a query error.

Example: *ESE 1
*SRE 32
'Configuration of status reporting systems for the generation of an SRQ on
operation complete
SENSe:MPOWer
935.2MHz,1MHz,434us,VIDEO,50PCT,5us,MEAN,20;*OPC
'Configuring and starting the measurement
...
'Further actions of the control computer during measurement
On SRQ:
'Response to service request
SENSe:MPOWer:RESult?

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: instrument-specific

Mode: A-F, A-T

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.189

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer:RESult:MIN?
This command queries the minimum power value in a multiple burst power measurement as
configured and initiated with SENSe:MPOWer[:SEQuence]. The unit used for the return values is
always dBm.
If no measurement result is available, the command will return a query error.

Example: *ESE 1
*SRE 32
'Configuration of status reporting systems for the generation of an SRQ on
operation complete
SENSe:MPOWer
935.2MHz,1MHz,434us,VIDEO,50PCT,5us,MEAN,20;*OPC
'Configuring and starting the measurement
...
'Further actions of the control computer during measurement
On SRQ:
'Response to service request
SENSe:MPOWer:RESult:MIN?

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: instrument-specific

Mode: A-F, A-T

6.16.11 SENSe:POWer Subsystem

This subsystem controls the setting of the instrument's channel and adjacent channel power measure-
ments.
The measurement windows are selected by SENSe1 (screen A) and SENSe2 (screen B).

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:CHANnel<1 to 11> 100 Hz to 2000 MHz

This command defines the channel spacing of the carriers. At the same time the spacing of carriers
with higher channel number are set to the same value. If the spacing is equal between all carriers it is
sufficient to set the spacing between carrier 1 and 2 with the command SENS:POW:ACP:SPAC:CHAN1
or SENS:POW:ACP:SPAC:CHAN. If the spacing are set in ascending order individual spacing of the
carriers can be set.
The command is available only for measurements in the frequency domain (span > 0).

Example: "POW:ACH:SPAC:CHAN 25kHz"

'Sets the spacing between all carriers to 25 kHz
"POW:ACH:SPAC:CHAN2 4.8MHz"
'sets the spacing between TX carrier 2 and 3 to 4.8 MHz.

Characteristics: *RST value: 20 kHz

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

6.190 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ACHannel 100 Hz to 2000 MHz

This command defines the channel spacing of the adjacent channel to the TX channel. At the same
time, the spacing of alternate adjacent channels 1 to 11 is set to the double or triple etc. of the entered
value.
The command is only available in the frequency domain (span > 0).

Example: "POW:ACH:SPAC:ACH 33kHz"

'Sets the spacing between the carrier signal and
'- the adjacent channel to 33 kHz
'- the alternate adjacent channel 1 to 66 kHz
'- the alternate adjacent channel 2 to 99 kHz

Characteristics: *RST value: 14 kHz

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate<1 to 11> 100 Hz to 2000 MHz

This command defines the spacing between the alternate adjacent channels and the TX channel. If
the spacing to an alternate adjacent channel ALTernate<k> is modified, the spacing to all the following
alternate adjacent channels ALTernate<n> is set to (<n> + 1) / (<k> + 1) times the entered value.
This command is only available in the frequency domain (span > 0).

Example: "POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT1 100kHz"

'Sets the spacing between TX channel and alternate adjacent channel 1 to 100 kHz
and between TX channel and alternate adjacent channel 2 to 150 kHz.

Characteristics: *RST value:

40 kHz (ALT1)
60 kHz (ALT2)
80 kHz (ALT3)
100 kHz (ALT4)
120 kHz (ALT5)
140 kHz (ALT6)
160 kHz (ALT7)
180 kHz (ALT8)
200 kHz (ALT9)
220 kHz (ALT10)
240 kHz (ALT11)
SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:TXCHannel:COUNt 1 to 12
This command selects the number of carrier signals.
The command is available only for multi carrier channel and adjacent channel power measurements
(CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL MCAC) in the frequency domain (span > 0).

Example: "POW:ACH:TXCH:COUN 3"

Characteristics: *RST value: 4

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.191

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs 0 to 12
This command sets the number of adjacent channels (upper and lower channel in pairs). The figure 0
stands for pure channel power measurement.
The command is only available in the frequency domain (span > 0).

Example: "POW:ACH:ACP 3"

'Sets the number of adjacent channels to 3, i.e. the adjacent channel and alternate
adjacent channels 1 and 2 are switched on.

Characteristics: *RST value: 1

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:CHANnel] 100 Hz to 1000 MHz

This command sets the channel bandwidth of the radio communication system. The bandwidths of
adjacent channels are not influenced by this modification (in contrast to the FSE family).
With SENS:POW:HSP ON the steep-edged channel filters from the table "List of available channel
filters" in chapter “Instrument Functions”, section “Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key”
on page 4.83 are available.

Example: "POW:ACH:BWID 30kHz"

'Sets the bandwidth of the TX channel to 30 kHz.

Characteristics: *RST value: 14 kHz

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth:ACHannel 100 Hz to 1000 MHz

This command defines the channel bandwidth of the adjacent channel of the radio transmission
system. If the bandwidth of the adjacent channel is changed, the bandwidths of all alternate adjacent
channels are automatically set to the same value.
With SENS:POW:HSP ON the steep-edged channel filters from the table "List of available channel
filters" in chapter “Instrument Functions”, section “Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key”
on page 4.83 are available.

Example: "POW:ACH:BWID:ACH 30kHz"

'Sets the bandwidth of all adjacent channels to 30 kHz.

Characteristics: *RST value: 14 kHz

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth:ALTernate<1...11> 100 Hz to 1000 MHz

This command defines the channel bandwidth of the alternate adjacent channels of the radio
transmission system. If the channel bandwidth of an alternate adjacent channel (e.g. channel no. 1) is
changed, the bandwidth of all the following alternate adjacent channels (e.g. channels no. 2 to 11) is
automatically set to the same value.
With SENS:POW:HSP OFF, the analog and FIR filters are available in the range from 10 Hz to 10 MHz.
With SENS:POW:HSP ON the steep-edged channel filters from the table "List of available channel
filters" in chapter “Instrument Functions”, section “Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key”
on page 4.83 are available.

6.192 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Example: "POW:ACH:BWID:ALT2 30kHz"

Characteristics: *RST value: 14 kHz

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:ALL 0…1
This command sets the rolloff factor of the RRC weighting filter for the TX channel, the adjacent
channel and all alternate channels as well. It is only available if Fast ACP is not active and no
predefined standard is selected. The query command is not supported..

Example: "POW:ACH:FILT:ALPH:ALL 0.26"

'sets Alpha to 0.26

Characteristics: *RST value: 0.26

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:CHANnel<1...12> 0…1
This command sets the rolloff factor of the RRC weighting filter for the TX channel. It is only available
if Fast ACP is not active and no predefine standard is selected.

Example: "POW:ACH:FILT:ALPH:CHAN 0.26"

'sets Alpha to 0.26

Characteristics: *RST value: 0.22

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:ACHannel 0…1
This command sets the rolloff factor of the RRC weighting filter for the adjacent channel. It is only
available if Fast ACP is not active and no predefine standard is selected.
This command changes the setting for the alternate channels as well.

Example: "POW:ACH:FILT:ALPH:ACH 0.26"

'sets Alpha to 0.26

Characteristics: *RST value: 0.22

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:ALTernate<1...11> 0…1
This command sets the rolloff factor of the RRC weighting filter for the alternate channels. It is only
available if Fast ACP is not active and no predefine standard is selected.
This command changes the setting for the adjacent channel as well. The numeric suffixes at ALTernate
are irrelevant for this command.

Example: "POW:ACH:FILT:ALPH:ALT 0.26"

'sets Alpha to 0.26

Characteristics: *RST value: 0.22

SCPI: device-specific

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.193

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:STATe:ALL ON | OFF
This command switches the weigthing filter state for TX channel, adjacent channel and all alternate
channels on or off. It is only available if Fast ACP is not active and no predefine standard is selected.

Example: "POW:ACH:FILT:STAT:ALL ON"

'activates weighting filters for all channels

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:STATe:CHANnel<1...12> ON | OFF
This command switches the weigthing filter state for the TX channel on or off. It is only available if Fast
ACP is not active and no predefine standard is selected.
This command changes the setting for the TX channel. The numeric suffix at CHANnel is ignored.

Example: "POW:ACH:FILT:STAT:CHAN ON"

'activates the weighting filter

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:STATe:ACHannel ON | OFF
This command switches the weigthing filter state for the adjacent channel on or off. It is only available
if Fast ACP is not active and no predefine standard is selected.
This command changes the setting for the alternate channels as well.

Example: "POW:ACH:FILT:STAT:ACH ON"

’activates the weighting filter

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:STATe:ALTernate<1 to 11> ON | OFF

This command switches the weigthing filter state for the alternate channel on or off. It is only available
if Fast ACP is not active and no predefine standard is selected.
This command changes the setting for all alternate channels and for the adjacent channel as well. The
numeric suffixes at ALTernate are irrelevant for this command.

Example: "POW:ACH:FILT:STAT:ALT ON"

'activates weighting filter

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.194 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE ABSolute | RELative

This command toggles between absolute and relative adjacent channel measurement.
For the relative measurement the reference value is set to the currently measured channel power by
command SENSe:POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:AUTO ONCE.
The command is only available in the frequency domain (span > 0).

Example: "POW:ACH:MODE REL"

Characteristics: *RST value: ABSolute

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet:RLEVel:OFFSet 0 … 100 dB
This command allows to modify the ADJUST REF LEVEL function for user standards. It defines an
additional level offset to be taken into account for the analyzer's reference level setting. It is only
available if Fast ACP is not active and no predefine standard is selected.

Example: "POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV:OFFS 10dB"

'set the level adjust offset to 10dB

Characteristics: *RST value: 0 dB

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:AUTO ONCE
This command sets the reference value for the relative measurement to the currently measured
channel power.
The command is only available in the frequency domain (span > 0).

Example: "POW:ACH:REF:AUTO ONCE"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:TXCHannel:AUTO MINimum | MAXimum | LHIGhest |

OFF
This command activates or deactivates the automatic selection of a transmission channel to be used
as a reference channel in relative adjacent channel power measurements.
The transmission channel with the highest power, the transmission channel with the lowest power,
or the transmission channel nearest to the adjacent channels can be defined as a reference channel.
The command is available only for multi carrier channel and adjacent channel power measurements
(CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL MCAC) in the frequency domain (span > 0).

Parameter: MINimum: Transmission channel with the lowest power

MAXimum: Transmission channel with the highest power
LHIGhest: Lowermost transmission channel for the lower adjacent channels,
uppermost transmission channel for the upper adjacent channels
OFF: Deactivates the automatic transmission channel selection.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.195

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Example: "POW:ACH:REF:TXCH:AUTO MAX"

'The transmission channel with the highest power is used as a reference channel.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:TXCHannel:MANual 1 to 12
This command selects a transmission channel to be used as a reference channel in relative adjacent
channel power measurements.
The command is available only for multi carrier channel and adjacent channel power measurements
(CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL MCAC) in the frequency domain (span > 0).

Example: "POW:ACH:REF:TXCH:MAN 3"

'Transmission channel 3 is used as a reference channel.

Characteristics: *RST value: 1

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet ACPower | CPOWer | MCACpower | OBANdwidth |

OBWidth | CN | CN0
This command adjusts the frequency span, the measurement bandwidths and the detector as required
for the number of channels, the channel bandwidths and the channel spacings selected in the active
power measurement. If necessary, adjacent channel power measurement is switched on prior to the
adjustment.
To obtain valid results, a complete sweep with synchronization to the end of the sweep must be
performed after the adjustment. Synchronization is possible only in the single-sweep mode.
The result is queried with the command CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult?.
The command is available only for measurements in the frequency domain (span > 0).

Example: "POW:ACH:PRES ACP"

'Sets the frequency span, the measurement bandwidths and the detector as
required for the ACP measurement in screen A.
"INIT:CONT OFF"
'Switches over to single-sweep mode.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for the end of the sweep.
"CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? ACP"
'Queries the result of the adjacent channel power measurement.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

6.196 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet:RLEVel
This command adapts the reference level to the measured channel power and – if required - switches
on previously the adjacent channel power measurement. This ensures that the signal path of the
instrument is not overloaded. Since the measurement bandwidth is significantly smaller than the signal
bandwidth in channel power measurements, the signal path can be overloaded although the trace is
still significantly below the reference level. If the measured channel power equals the reference level,
the signal path is not overloaded.
The command is only available in the frequency domain (span > 0).

Subsequent commands have to be synchronized with *WAI, *OPC or *OPC? to the

end of the auto range process which would otherwise be aborted.

Example: "POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV;*WAI"
'Adapts the reference level to the measured channel power.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:BANDwidth|BWIDth 10 to 99.9PCT
This command defines the percentage of the power with respect to the total power. This value is the
basis for the occupied bandwidth measurement (command: POWer:ACHannel:PRESet OBW).
The command is only available in the frequency domain (span > 0).

Example: "POW:BWID 95PCT"

Characteristics: *RST value: 99PCT

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:HSPeed ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the high-speed channel/adjacent channel power measurement. The
measurement itself is performed in the time domain on the center frequencies of the individual
channels. The command automatically switches to the time domain and back.
Depending on the selected mobile radio standard, weighting filters with √cos characteristic or very
steep-sided channel filters are used for band limitation.
The command is only available in the frequency domain (span > 0).

If the high-speed power measurement is switched off, the complete channel/adja-

cent channel power measurement is switched off.

Example: "POW:HSP ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-F

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.197

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:NCORrection ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the correction of the instrument inherent noise for channel power
measurement. On activating this function, a reference measurement of the instrument inherent noise
is performed. The measured noise power is then subtracted from the power in the examined channel.
The instrument inherent noise is then re-determined after any change of the center frequency,
resolution bandwidth, sweep time and level setting by repeating the reference measurement in the new
instrument setting.

Example: "POW:NCOR ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:TRACe 1 to 3
This command assigns the channel/adjacent channel power measurement to the indicated trace in the
selected measurement window. The corresponding trace must be active, i.e. its state must be different
from blank.

The measurement of the occupied bandwidth (OBW) is performed on the trace on

which marker 1 is positioned. To evaluate another trace, marker 1 must be posi-
tioned to another trace with CALCulate:MARKer:TRACe.

Example: "POW:TRAC 2"

'Assigns the measurement in screen A to trace 2.
"SENS2:POW:TRAC 3"
'Assigns the measurement in screen B to trace 3.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.198 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

6.16.12 SENSe:ROSCillator Subsystem

This subsystem controls the reference oscillator. The numeric suffix in SENSe is irrelevant for the com-
mands of this subsystem.

[SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:SOURce INTernal | EXTernal | EAUTo

This command controls selection of the reference oscillator.

INTernal Uses the internal reference signal.

EXTernal Uses the external reference signal.
EAUTo Uses the external reference signal, but automatically switches to the internal
reference signal, if no external reference signal is detected. Note that you have
to change the reference source back to EXT and EAUT once the connection to
the external reference is reestablished.
You can query the current status with [SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:SOURce:
EAUTo?

If the external reference oscillator is selected, the reference signal must be connected to the rear panel
of the instrument.
As of firmware version 4.4x, you can you also select EAUTo. This paramater selects an external
reference signal, but switches to the internal reference signal if no external reference is detected. If the
external reference oscillator is selected (EXT | EAUT), the reference signal must be connected to the
rear panel of the instrument.
The reference settings are not changed after a preset.

Example: "ROSC:SOUR EXT"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
*RST is not influencing this parameter.

[SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:SOURce:EAUTo?
This command queries the current source of the reference signal, if the external reference source EXT
(INT) is used. The command returns INT if the internal reference source is used and EXT for an
external reference source.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.

Example: "ROSC:SOUR:EAUT?"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency 1MHz to 20MHz

This command informs the instrument on the frequency of the external reference oscillator. This
frequency is used as starting point for the synchronization of the internal reference frequencies.
The value of the external reference frequency (1 MHz to 20 MHz) is rounded in steps of 1 Hz.

Example: "ROSC:EXT:FREQ 5MHz"

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.199

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
*RST is not influencing this parameter.

[SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:EXTernal:PLL NORMal | WIDE

This command controls the PLL bandwidth used to synchronize with the external reference signal and
is available only with an external reference frequency of 10 MHz. By default, it is set to NORMal.

NORMal Uses a PLL bandwidth of about 3 Hz

WIDE Uses a PLL bandwidth of about 30 Hz

This function requires a certain minimum board revision of the synthesizer board.

Example: "ROSC:EXT:PLL NORM"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator[:INTernal]:TUNe 0 to 4095
This command defines the value for the tuning of the internal reference oscillator.
The reference oscillator should be tuned only if an error has been detected in the frequency accuracy
check. After rebooting the instrument, the factory-set reference frequency or the previously saved
reference frequency is restored.

This command is only available at service level 1.

Example: "ROSC:TUN 128"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator[:INTernal]:TUNe:SAVe
This command saves the new value for the tuning of the internal reference oscillator. The factory-set
value in the EEPROM is overwritten.

This command is only available at service level 1.

Example: "ROSC:TUN:SAV"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

6.200 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

6.16.13 SENSe:SCAN Subsystem

This subsystem controls the parameters for the receiver scan data.
The numeric suffix in [SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN selects the scan range. The measurement window is
selected by SENSe1 (screen A) and SENSe2 (screen B).

[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:STARt fmin to fmax

This command defines the start frequency of the selected receiver scan range.

Example: ":SCAN1:STAR 50kHz"

'Sets the start frequency of scan range 1 to 50 kHz

Characteristics: *RST value: 150 kHz (range1)

30 MHz (range2)
SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:STOP fmin to fmax

This command defines the stop frequency of the selected receiver scan range.

Example: ":SCAN1:STOP 200kHz"

'Sets the stop frequency of scan range 1 to 200 kHz

Characteristics: *RST value: 30 MHz (range1)

1 GHz (range2)
SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:STEP fmin to fmax

This command defines the step size for the frequency of the selected receiver scan range.

Example: ":SCAN1:STEP 100Hz"

'Sets the step size for the frequency of scan range 1 to 100 Hz

Characteristics: *RST value: 4 kHz (range 1)

40 kHz (range 2)
SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:BANDwidth:RESolution fmin to fmax

This command defines the bandwidth for the selected receiver scan range.

Example: ":SCAN1:BAND:RES 1MHz"

'Sets the resolution bandwidth of scan range 1 to 1 MHz

Characteristics: *RST value: 9 kHz (range 1)

120 kHz (range 2)
SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.201

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:TIME 33 µs to 100 s

This command defines the measurement time of the receiver subscan.

Example: ":SCAN1:TIME 1 ms"

'Sets the measurement time of scan range 1 to 1 ms

Characteristics: *RST value: 1 ms (range 1)

100 µs (range 2)
SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:INPut:ATTenuation dBmin to dBmax

This command defines the RF attenuation for the selected receiver scan range.

Example: ":SCAN1:INP:ATT 30dB"

'Sets the input attenuation of scan range 1 to 30 dB

Characteristics: *RST value: 10 dB

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO ON | OFF

This command switches on or off the autoranging function in the selected receiver scan range.

Example: ":SCAN1:INP:ATT:AUTO ON"

'Activates the auto ranging function for scan range 1

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:INPut:GAIN[:STATE] ON | OFF

This command switches on or off the preamplifier in the selected receiver scan range.

Example: ":SCAN1:INP:GAIN:STAT ON"

'Activates the preamplifier for scan range 1

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:INPut:GAIN:AUTO ON | OFF

This command includes the preamplifier in the autoranging function of the selected receiver scan
range.

Example: ":SCAN1:INP:GAIN:AUTO ON"

'Includes the preamplifier in the autoranging function for scan range 1

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

6.202 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:RANGes[:COUNt] 1 to 10
This command determines the number of ranges. With setting 0, the scan is performed using the
current receiver settings and not the settings defined with commands SENSe:SCAN:....

Example: "SCAN:RANG:COUN 3"

'Sets the number of ranges to 3

Characteristics: *RST value: 0

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.203

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

6.16.14 SENSe:SWEep Subsystem

This subsystem controls the sweep parameters.
The measurement windows are selected by SENSe1 (screen A) and SENSe2 (screen B).

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME 33 µs to 100 s (receiver) | 2,5 ms to 16000 s (frequency domain) | 1 µs to

16000 s (time domain)
This command defines the receiver single scan or the analyzer sweep time.
For receiver single scan, the available time value range is 33 µs to 100 s with a 2-digit resolution. For
the average, RMS, and peak detector, the smallest possible measurement time depends on the
bandwidth (see chapter “Instrument Functions”, section “Setting the Measurement Time” on
page 4.28).
The available sweep time values are different in the frequency domain (2,5 ms to 16000s with span >
0) and in the time domain (1 µs to 16000 s with span = 0).
If SWEep:TIME is directly programmed, automatic coupling to resolution bandwidth and video
bandwidth is switched off.

Example: "SWE:TIME 10s"

Characteristics: *RST value: - (analyzer; AUTO is set to ON)

100 ms (receiver)
SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME:AUTO ON | OFF
This command controls the automatic coupling of the sweep time to the frequency span and bandwidth
settings.
If SWEep:TIME is directly programmed, automatic coupling is switched off.

Example: "SWE:TIME:AUTO ON"

'Switches on the coupling to frequency span and bandwidths.

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt 0 to 32767
This command defines the number of scans started with single scan in receiver mode,
In analyzer mode, this command defines the number of sweeps started with single sweep, which are
used for calculating the average or maximum value. In average mode, the value 0 defines a continuous
averaging of measurement data over 10 sweeps.

Example: "SWE:COUN 64"

'Sets the number of sweeps to 64.
"INIT:CONT OFF"
'Switches to single-sweep mode.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for its end.

Characteristics: *RST value: 0

SCPI: conform

6.204 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt:CURRent?
This query command returns the current number of started sweeps. A sweep count value should be
set and the device should be in single-sweep mode. This command is a query and therefore has no
*RST value.

Example: "SWE:COUNt 64"

'sets sweep count to 64
"INIT:CONT OFF"
'switches to single-sweep mode
"INIT"
'starts a sweep (without waiting for the sweep end!)
"SWE:COUN:CURR?"
'queries the number of started sweeps

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe ON | OFF
This command switches on/off the sweep control by an external gate signal. If the external gate is
selected the trigger source is automatically switched to EXTernal as well.
In case of measurement with external gate, the measured values are recorded as long as the gate is
opened. There are two possibilities:
– The gate is edge-triggered ("SWEep:EGATe:TYPE EDGE"):
After detection of the set gate signal edge, the gate remains open until the gate delay (SWEep:
EGATe:HOLDoff) has expired.
– The gate is level-triggered ("SWEep:EGATe:TYPE LEVel"):
After detection of the gate signal, the gate remains open until the gate signal disappears.
A delay between applying the gate signal and the start of recording measured values can be defined
with SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff.
During a sweep the gate can be opened and closed several times. The synchronization mechanisms
with *OPC, *OPC? and *WAI remain completely unaffected.
The sweep end is detected when the required number of measurement points (501 in analyzer mode)
has been recorded.

Example: "SWE:EGAT ON"

'Switches on the external gate mode.
"SWE:EGAT:TYPE EDGE"
'Switches on the edge-triggered mode.
"SWE:EGAT:HOLD 100US"
'Sets the gate delay to 100 µs.
"SWE:EGAT:LEN 500US"
'Sets the gate opening time to 500 µs.
"INIT;*WAI"
'Starts a sweep and waits for its end.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.205

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TYPE LEVel | EDGE

This command sets the type of triggering (level or edge) by the external gate signal.
The gate opening time cannot be defined with the parameter EGATe:LENGth in case of level
triggering. The gate is closed when the gate signal disappears.

Example: "SWE:EGAT:TYPE EDGE"

Characteristics: *RST value: EDGE

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:POLarity POSitive | NEGative

This command determines the polarity of the external gate signal. The setting is valid both for the edge
of an edge-triggered signal and the level of a level-triggered signal.

Example: "SWE:EGAT:POL POS"

Characteristics: *RST value: POSitive

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff 125 ns to 100 s

This command defines the delay time between the external gate signal and the continuation of the
sweep.

Example: "SWE:EGAT:HOLD 100us"

Characteristics: *RST value: 0s

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth 0 to 100 s
In case of edge triggering, this command determines the time interval during which the instrument
sweeps.

Example: "SWE:EGAT:LENG 10ms"

Characteristics: *RST value: 0s

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:SOURce EXTernal | IFPower | RFPower

This command toggles between external gate signal and IF power/RF power signal as a signal source
for the gate mode. If an IF power signal is used, the gate is opened as soon as a signal at > -20 dBm
is detected within the IF path bandwidth (10 MHz).

6.206 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

Selection RFPower is only available with option R&S FSP-B6

(TV and RF Trigger).

Example: "SWE:EGAT:SOUR IFP"

'Switches the gate source to IF power.

Characteristics: *RST value: IFPower

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<1..3>COMMent
To enter a comment string in the gate range table.
The suffix after TRACe indicates the trace.

Example: "SWE:EGAT:TRAC2:COMMent"
’To enter a comment in trace 2.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<1..3>STATe<1..3> ON | OFF
The gate range in the gate range table is set on or off.
The suffix after TRACe indicates the trace.
The suffix after STATe indicates the range.

Example: "SWE:EGAT:TRAC2:STAT1 ON"

’Range 1 for trace 2 is switched on.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<1..3>STARt<1..3> | STOP<1..3> <value>

Sets the start or stop value of a gate range in the gate range table.
The suffix after TRACe indicates the trace.
The suffix after STARt | STOP indicates the range.

Example: "SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:STAR2 5us"

’Start value of range 2, trace 1 is set to 5 µs.

Characteristics: *RST value: 1.797693135E+308

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.207

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<1..3>PERiod <value>
The period of the signal is set for the gate range table.
The suffix after TRACe indicates the trace.

Example: "SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:PER 5ms"

’Period of trace 1 is set to 5 ms.

Characteristics: *RST value: 1.797693135E+308

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:MODE AUTO | LIST | ESPectrum

This command controls the sweep continuation.
AUTO free running sweep - the spurious list is activated
ESPectrum activates the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement
LIST Activates the spurious emissions measurement. The sweep list is
defined using the SENS:LIST:RANGE commands.

Example: "SWE:MODE LIST"

Activates the spurious emissions measurement.

Characteristics: *RST value: AUTO

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:POINts 125, 251, 501, 1001, 2001, 4001, 8001

This command defines the number of measurement points for one sweep run.

Example: "SWE:POIN 251"

Characteristics: *RST value: 501

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic | AUTO

In receiver mode, this command toggles between linear, logarithmic sand automatic linear tep modes.
In receiver mode this setting does not influence the display of the frequency axis.
In analyzer mode, this command toggles between linear and logarithmic sweep. The frequency axis is
set to linear or logarithmic scaling accordingly.

Example: "SWE:SPAC LOG"

Characteristics: *RST value: LIN

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

6.208 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SENSe Subsystem

6.16.15 SENSe:TV Subsystem

This subsystem controls the TV trigger part of option R&S FSP-B6 (TV and RF trigger). The setup of the
individual trigger parameters is included in subsystem TRIGger.

[SENSe<1|2>:]TV[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches triggering on TV signals on or off.

Example: "TV ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is only available with option R&S FSP-B6 (TV and RF Trigger).

[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:CCVS INTernal | EXTernal

This command selects between an internal and an external CCVS signal as TV demodulator input
signal.

Example: "TV:CCVS EXT"

Characteristics: *RST value: INT

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is only available with option R&S FSP-B6 (TV and RF Trigger).

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.209

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SOURce Subsystem

6.17 SOURce Subsystem

The SOURce subsystem controls the output signals of the instrument if the options tracking generator
(B9) or External Generator Control (B10) are installed. The measurement window is selected by
SOURce1 (screen A) and SOURce2 (screen B).

6.17.1 Internal Tracking Generator

SOURce<1|2>:AM:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the external amplitude modulation of the tracking generator in the
selected measurement window.
External I/Q modulation is switched off, if active. This command is only valid in conjunction with the
tracking generator option B9.

Example: "SOUR:AM:STAT ON"

'Switches on the external amplitude modulation of the tracking generator for
screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

SOURce<1|2>:DM:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the external I/Q modulation of the tracking generator in the selected
measurement window.
External AM and external FM are switched off, if active. This command is only valid in conjunction with
the tracking generator option B9.

Example: "SOUR2:DM:STAT ON"

'Switches on the external I/Q modulation of the tracking generator for screen B.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

SOURce<1|2>:FM:STATe ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the external frequency modulation of the tracking generator in the
selected measurement window.
External I/Q modulation is switched off, if active. This command is only valid in conjunction with the
tracking generator option B9.

Example: "SOUR:FM:STAT ON"

'Switches on the external frequency modulation of the tracking generator for
screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

6.210 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SOURce Subsystem

SOURce<1|2>:FM:DEViation 100Hz to 10MHz

This command defines the maximum frequency deviation at 1 V input voltage at the FM input of the
tracking generator.
The possible value range is 100 Hz to 10 MHz in steps of one decade.
This command is only available in connection with the Tracking Generator Option B9.

Example: "SOUR:FM:DEV 1MHz"

'Sets the maximum frequency deviation of the tracking generator for screen A to 1
MHz.

Characteristics: *RST value: 100 Hz

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

SOURce<1|2>:FREQuency:OFFSet -150MHz to 150MHz

This command defines a frequency offset of the tracking generator for the indicated measurement
window. Frequency-converting DUTs can be measured with this setting.
The possible value range is -150 MHz to 150 MHz. It should be noted that the terms (start frequency
- tracking frequency offset) and (stop frequency - tracking frequency offset) are both > 1 kHz or both <
-1 kHz.
External I/Q modulation is switched off, if active. This command is only valid in conjunction with the
tracking generator option B9.

Example: "SOUR:FREQ:OFFS 10MHz"

'Switches on the frequency offset of the tracking generator for screen A to 10 MHz.

Characteristics: *RST value: 0 Hz

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

SOURce<1|2>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] <numeric_value>
This command defines the output level of the tracking generator in the current measurement window.
This command is only valid in conjunction with the tracking generator option B9.

Parameter: <numeric value>::= -30 dBm to 0 dBm

Example: "SOUR:POW -20dBm"

'Sets the tracking generator level in screen A to -20 dBm.

Characteristics: *RST value: -20 dBm

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.211

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SOURce Subsystem

SOURce<1|2>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet -200dB to +200dB

This command defines a level offset for the tracking generator level. Thus, for example, attenuators or
amplifiers at the output of the tracking generator can be taken into account for the setting.
This command is only valid in conjunction with the tracking generator option B9.

Example: "SOUR:POW:OFFS -10dB"

'Sets the level offset of the tracking generator in screen A to - 20 dBm.

Characteristics: *RST value: 0dB

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

SOURce<1|2>:POWer:MODE FIXed | SWEep

This command activates or deactivates the power sweep. If the power sweep is ON the enhancement
label TGPWR is shown and the R&S ESCI is set to zero span mode (span = 0Hz). During the sweep
time of the zero span the power at the internal tracking generator is changed linear from start power
to stop power. The start and stop power values are shown on the right side below the diagram

Example: "SOUR:POW:MODE SWE"

''switches on the level sweep in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: FIX

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

SOURce<1|2>:POWer:STARt -30 dBm to 0 dBm

This command defines the start power of the power sweep. The start value can be smaller than the
start value.

Example: The start power can be set between -30 dBm and +0 dBm. "SOUR:POW:STAR
0dBm"
'sets the end level to 0 dBm in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: 0 dBm

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

SOURce<1|2>:POWer:STOP -30 dBm to 0 dBm

This command defines the stop power of the power sweep. The stop power can be set between -30
dBm and +0 dBm. The stop value can be smaller than the start value.

Example: "SOUR:POW:STOP 0dBm"

'sets the end level to 0 dBm in screen A.

Characteristics: *RST value: 0 dBm

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

6.212 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SOURce Subsystem

6.17.2 SOURce:EXTernal Subsystem

The SOURce:EXTernal subsystem controls the operation of the unit with option Ext. Generator Control
(R&S FSP-B10). The commands are only valid for the selected window, with SOURce1 changing the
setting in screen A and SOURce2 the setting in screen B.
The selection of the external generator 1 or 2 is via EXTernal<1|2>.

The commands of the SOURce:EXTernal subsystem assume that the addressed

generator was correctly configured with the commands of subsystem SYSTem:
COMMunicate:GPIB:RDEVice:GENerator.
If no external generator is selected, if the GPIB address is not correct or the gener-
ator is not ready for operation, an execution error will be generated.

SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command activates or deactivates the external generator selected with SOUR:EXT<1|2>:FREQ:
SWE ON in the selected window.
The suffix behind EXTernal is irrelevant for this command.
This command is only available in connection with option Ext. Generator Control R&S FSP-B10.

Example: "SYST:COMM:RDEV:GEN1:TYPE 'SMP02'"

'Selects SMP02 as generator 1.
"SYST:COMM:RDEV:GEN1:LINK TTL"
'Selects GPIB + TTL link as interface.
"SYST:COMM:RDEV:GEN1:ADDR 28"
'Sets the generator address to 28.
"SOUR:EXT1:FREQ:SWE ON"
'Activates the frequency sweep for generator 1.
"SOUR:EXT ON"
'Activates the external generator

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>:FREQuency[:FACTor]:DENominator <numeric_value>
This command defines the denominator of the factor with which the analyzer frequency is multiplied in
order to obtain the transmit frequency of the selected generator 1 or 2 in the selected window.

Select the multiplication factor in a way that the frequency range of the generator
is not exceeded by the following formula:
Numerator
F Generator = F Analyzer ⋅ ------------------------------- + F Offset
Denominator

if applied to the start and stop frequency of the analyzer.

This command is only valid in combination with option Ext. Generator Control
R&S FSP-B10.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.213

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SOURce Subsystem

Example: "SOUR:EXT:FREQ:NUM 4"

"SOUR:EXT:FREQ:DEN 3"
'Sets a multiplication factor of 4/3, i.e. the transmit frequency of the generator is 4/
3 times the analyzer frequency.

Characteristics: *RST value: 1

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>:FREQuency[:FACTor]:NUMerator <numeric_value>
This command defines the numerator of the factor with which the analyzer frequency is multiplied to
obtain the transmit frequency of the selected generator 1 or 2 in the selected window.

Select the multiplication factor in a way that the frequency range of the generator
is not exceeded by the following formula:
Numerator
F Generator = F Analyzer ⋅ ------------------------------- + F Offset
Denominator

if applied to the start and stop frequency of the analyzer.

This command is only valid in combination with option Ext. Generator Control
R&S FSP-B10.

Example: "SOUR:EXT:FREQ:NUM 4"

"SOUR:EXT:FREQ:DEN 3"
'Sets a multiplication factor of 4/3, i.e. the transmit frequency of the generator is 4/
3 times the analyzer frequency.

Characteristics: *RST value: 1

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>:FREQuency:OFFSet <numeric_value>
This command defines the frequency offset of the selected generator 1 or 2 with reference to the
receive frequency in the selected window.

Select the multiplication factor in a way that the frequency range of the generator
is not exceeded by the following formula:
Numerator
F Generator = F Analyzer ⋅ ------------------------------- + F Offset
Denominator

if applied to the start and stop frequency of the analyzer.

This command is only valid in combination with option Ext. Generator Control
R&S FSP-B10.

Example: "SOUR:EXT:FREQ:OFFS 1GHZ"

'Sets a frequency offset of the generator transmit frequency compared to the
analyzer receive frequency of 1 GHz.

Characteristics: *RST value: 0 Hz

SCPI: device-specific

6.214 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SOURce Subsystem

Mode: R, A

SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>:FREQuency:SWEep[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command activates or deactivates the frequency sweep for generator 1 or 2 in the selected
window.
This command is only valid in combination with option Ext. Generator Control R&S FSP-B10.

Example: "SOUR:EXT1:FREQ:SWE ON"

'Activates the frequency sweep for ext. generator 1.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>:POWer[:LEVel] <numeric_value>
This command sets the output power of the selected generator 1 or 2 in the selected window.
This command is only valid in combination with option Ext. Generator Control R&S FSP-B10.

Example: "SOUR:EXT:POW –30dBm"

'Sets the generator level to –30 dBm

Characteristics: *RST value: -20 dBm

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>:ROSCillator[:SOURce] INTernal | EXTernal

This command switches between external and internal reference oscillator for the frequency
processing of external generator 1 and 2.
The command always works on both generators. Therefore, the numeric suffix in EXTernal<1|2> is not
significant.
This command is only valid in combination with option Ext. Generator Control R&S FSP-B10.

Example: "SOUR:EXT:ROSC EXT"

'switches to external reference oscillator

Characteristics: *RST value: INT

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.215

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
STATus Subsystem

6.18 STATus Subsystem

The STATus subsystem contains the commands for the status reporting system (see chapter “Remote
Control – Basics”, section “Status Reporting System” on page 5.18). *RST does not influence the status
registers.

STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:OPERation register. The
contents of the EVENt section are deleted after readout.

Example: "STAT:OPER?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
This command queries the CONDition section of the STATus:OPERation register. Readout does not
delete the contents of the CONDition section. The value returned reflects the current hardware status.

Example: "STAT:OPER:COND?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

STATus:OPERation:ENABle 0 to 65535
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:OPERation register. The ENABle
register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the summary bit
in the status byte.

Example: "STAT:OPER:ENAB 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

STATus:OPERation:PTRansition 0 to 65535
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:OPERation register from 0 to 1 for the
transitions of the CONDition bit.

Example: "STAT:OPER:PTR 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

6.216 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
STATus Subsystem

STATus:OPERation:NTRansition 0 to 65535
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:OPERation register from 1 to 0 for the
transitions of the CONDition bit.

Example: "STAT:OPER:NTR 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

STATus:PRESet
This command resets the edge detectors and ENABle parts of all registers to a defined value. All
PTRansition parts are set to FFFFh, i.e. all transitions from 0 to 1 are detected. All NTRansition parts
are set to 0, i.e. a transition from 1 to 0 in a CONDition bit is not detected. The ENABle part of the
STATus:OPERation and STATus:QUEStionable registers are set to 0, i.e. all events in these registers
are not passed on.

Example: "STAT:PRES"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:QUEStionable register. The
contents of the EVENt section are deleted after the readout.

Example: "STAT:QUES?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
This command queries the CONDition section of the STATus:QUEStionable register. Readout does not
delete the contents of the CONDition section.

Example: "STAT:QUES:COND?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.217

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
STATus Subsystem

STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle 0 to 65535
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus-QUEStionable register. The ENABle
register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the summary bit
in the status byte.

Example: "STAT:QUES:ENAB 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition 0 to 65535
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable register from 0 to 1 for
the transitions of the CONDition bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:PTR 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition 0 to 65535
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable register from 1 to 0 for
the transitions of the CONDition bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:NTR 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:QUEStionable:POWer
register. Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section.

Example: "STAT:QUES:POW?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?
This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus:QUEStionable:POWer
register. Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section.

Example: "STAT:QUES:POW:COND?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

6.218 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
STATus Subsystem

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle 0 to 65535
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:POWer register. The
ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the
summary bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:POW:ENAB 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition 0 to 65535
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:POWer register from 0
to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:POW:PTR 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition 0 to 65535
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:POWer register from 1
to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:POW:NTR 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2> [:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register.
Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section.

Example: "STAT:QUES:LIM?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition?
This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit
register.
Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section.

Example: "STAT:QUES:LIM:COND?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.219

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
STATus Subsystem

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle 0 to 65535
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register. The
ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the
summary bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:LIM:ENAB 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition 0 to 65535
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register from 0 to
1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:LIM:PTR 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition 0 to 65535
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register from 1 to
0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:LIM:NTR 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2> [:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin
register. Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section.

Example: "STAT:QUES:LMAR?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:CONDition?
This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin
register. Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section.

Example: "STAT:QUES:LMAR:COND?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

6.220 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
STATus Subsystem

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:ENABle 0 to 65535
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin register. The
ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the
summary bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:LMAR:ENAB 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:PTRansition 0 to 65535
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin register from
0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:LMAR:PTR 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:NTRansition 0 to 65535
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin register from
1 to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:LMAR:NTR 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit
register. Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section.

Example: "STAT:QUES:ACPL?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:CONDition?
This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit
register. Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section.

Example: "STAT:QUES:ACPL:COND?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.221

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
STATus Subsystem

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:ENABle 0 to 65535
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit register.
The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the
summary bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:ACPL:ENAB 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:PTRansition 0 to 65535
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit register from
0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:ACPL:PTR 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:NTRansition 0 to 65535
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit register from
1 to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:ACPL:NTR 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency
register.

Example: "STAT:QUES:FREQ?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section.

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition?
This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus:QUEStionable:
FREQuency register. Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section.

Example: "STAT:QUES:FREQ:COND?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

6.222 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
STATus Subsystem

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle 0 to 65535
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency register.
The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the
summary bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:FREQ:ENAB 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition 0 to 65535
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency register
from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:FREQ:PTR 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition 0 to 65535
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency register
from 1 to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:FREQ:NTR 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer
register. Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section.

Example: "STAT:QUES:TRAN?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:CONDition?
This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus:QUEStionable:
FREQuency register. Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section.

Example: "STAT:QUES:TRAN:COND?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.223

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
STATus Subsystem

STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:ENABle 0 to 65535
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer register.
The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the
sum bit in the status byte.

Example: "STAT:QUES:TRAN:ENAB 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:PTRansition 0 to 65535
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer register
from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:TRAN:PTR 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:NTRansition 0 to 65535
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer register
from 1 to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.

Example: "STAT:QUES:TRAN:NTR 65535"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

STATus:QUEue[:NEXT]?
This command returns the earliest entry to the error queue and deletes it.
Positive error numbers indicate device-specific errors, negative error numbers are error messages
defined by SCPI (cf. chapter “Error Messages”). If the error queue is empty, the error number 0, "no
error", is returned. This command is identical with the command SYSTem:ERRor.

Example: "STAT:QUE?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

6.224 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SYSTem Subsystem

6.19 SYSTem Subsystem

This subsystem contains a series of commands for general functions.

SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess 0 to 30
This command changes the GPIB address of the unit.

Example: "SYST:COMM:GPIB:ADDR 18"

Characteristics: *RST value: - (no influence on this parameter, factory default 20)
SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:RTERminator LFEOI | EOI

This command changes the GPIB receive terminator.
According to the standard the terminator in ASCII is <LF> and/or <EOI>. For binary data transfers (e.g.
trace data) from the control computer to the instrument, the binary code (0AH) used for <LF> might be
included in the binary data block, and therefore should not be interpreted as a terminator in this
particular case. This can be avoided by changing the receive terminator to EOI.
Output of binary data from the instrument to the control computer does not require such a terminator
change.

Example: "SYST:COMM:GPIB:RTER EOI"

Characteristics: *RST value: -- (no influence on this parameter, factory default LFEOI)
SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:RDEVice:GENerator<1|2>:ADDRess 0 to 30
This command changes the GPIB address of the device selected as external generator 1 or 2.

If two generators are connected at the same time to IECBUS 2 their addresses
must be different.
The command is only available with option Ext. Generator Control, R&S FSP-B10.

Example: "SYST:COMM:GPIB:RDEV:GEN1:ADDR 19"

'Changes the GPIB address of generator 1 to 19

Characteristics: *RST value: 28

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.225

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SYSTem Subsystem

SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:RDEVice:COMMand 0...30,<’command string’>

This command sends a command or query string to the external generator connected via the GPIB
interface of the Ext. Generator Control, R&S FSP-B10. Usually an external generator is connected to
this interface.

Only basic I/O is possible.

The first parameter is the GPIB address of the device connected with GPIB inter-
face of option FSP-B10.
The command is only available with option Ext. Generator Control, R&S FSP-B10.

Parameter: 0...30: GPIB address of the external generator connected via the GPIB interface of
the Ext. Generator Control, R&S FSP-B10. In the following example, the GPIB
address is 18.
"SYST:COMM:GPIB:RDEF:COMM 18,'*RST'"
’Resets generator.
"SYST:COMM:GPIB:RDEF:COMM 18,'SOURCE:FREQ:CW 2E9'"
’Sets generator frequency to 2 GHz.
"SYST:COMM:GPIB:RDEF:COMM 18,'SOUR:POW 0'"
'Sets generator power to 0dBm.
"SYST:COMM:GPIB:RDEF:COMM? 18,'SENS:POW?'"
'Queries the generator power.

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:COMMunicate:RDEVice:GENerator<1|2>:LINK GPIB | TTL

This command selects the interface type of the external generator 1 or 2.
The following types are available
• GPIB alone (= GPIB, for all the generators of other manufacturers and some Rohde & Schwarz
units)
• GPIB and TTL interface for synchronization (= TTL, for most of the Rohde & Schwarz generators,
see table in command SYSTem:COMMunicate:RDEVice:GENerator:TYPE).
The difference between the two operating modes is the execution speed. While, during GPIB
operation, each settable frequency is transmitted separately to the generator, a whole frequency list
can be programmed in one go if the TTL interface is also used. Frequency switching can then be
performed per TTL handshake which results in considerable speed advantages.

Only one of the two generators can be operated via the TTL interface at a time.
The other generator must be configured for GPIB.
The command is only available with option Ext. Generator Control, R&S FSP-B10.

Example: "SYST:COMM:RDEV:GEN:LINK TTL"

'Selects GPIB + TTL interface for generator operation

Characteristics: *RST value: GPIB

SCPI: device-specific

6.226 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SYSTem Subsystem

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:COMMunicate:RDEVice:GENerator<1|2>:TYPE <name>
This command selects the type of external generator 1 or 2. For a list of the available generator types
including the associated interface, see chapter “External Generator Control – Option R&S FSP-B10”,
section “List of Generator Types Supported by the R&S ESCI” on page 4.311.

Generators with TTL interface can also be operated via GPIB alone.
With NONE selected, the corresponding generator 1 or 2 is deactivated.
The command is only available with option Ext. Generator Control, R&S FSP-B10.

Example: "SYST:COMM:RDEV:GEN2:TYPE 'SME02'"

'Selects SME02 as generator 2.

Characteristics: *RST value: NONE

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DTR IBFull | OFF

SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:RTS IBFull | OFF

These commands switch the hardware handshake procedure for the serial interface off (OFF) or on
(IBFull).
The two commands are equivalent.

Example: "SYST:COMM:SER:CONT:DTR OFF"

"SYST:COMM:SER:CONT:RTS IBF"

Characteristics: *RST value: -- (no influence on this parameter, factory default OFF)
SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial[:RECeive]:BAUD 110 | 300 | 600 | 1200 | 2400 | 9600 | 19200 | 38400

| 57600 | 115200 | 128000
This command sets the transmission speed for the serial interface (COM).

Example: "SYST:COMM:SER:BAUD 2400"

Characteristics: *RST value: -- (no influence on this parameter, factory default 9600)
SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial[:RECeive]:BITS 7|8
This command defines the number of data bits per data word for the serial interface (COM).

Example: "SYST:COMM:SER:BITS 7"

Characteristics: *RST value: -- (no influence on this parameter, factory default 8)

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.227

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SYSTem Subsystem

SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial[:RECeive]:PARity[:TYPE] EVEN | ODD | NONE

This command defines the parity check for the serial interface (COM).

Parameter: EVEN: even parity

ODD: odd parity
NONE: no parity check.

Example: "SYST:COMM:SER:PAR EVEN"

Characteristics: *RST value: -- (no influence on this parameter, factory default NONE)
SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial[:RECeive]:SBITs 1|2
This command defines the number of stop bits per data word for the serial interface (COM).

Example: "SYST:COMM:SER:SBITs 2"

Characteristics: *RST value: -- (no influence on this parameter, factory default 1)

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial[:RECeive]:PACE XON | NONE

This command switches on or off the software handshake for the serial interface.

Example: "SYST:COMM:SER:PACE XON"

Characteristics: *RST value: -- (no influence on this parameter, factory default NONE)
SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:FIRSt?
This command queries the name of the first printer (in the list of printers) available under Windows NT.
The names of other installed printers can be queried with command SYSTem:COMMunicate:
PRINter:ENUMerate:NEXT?.
If no printer is configured an empty string is output.

Example: "SYST:COMM:PRIN:ENUM:FIRS?"

Characteristics: *RST value: NONE

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

6.228 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SYSTem Subsystem

SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:NEXT?
This command queries the name of the next printer installed under Windows NT.
The command SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:FIRSt? should be sent previously
to return to the beginning of the printer list and query the name of the first printer.
The names of other printers can then be queried with NEXT?. After all available printer names have
been output, an empty string enclosed by quotation marks (") is output for the next query. Further
queries are answered by a Query Error.

Example: "SYST:COMM:PRIN:ENUM:NEXT?"

Characteristics: *RST value: NONE

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:SELect <1|2> <printer_name>

This command selects one of the printers configured under Windows NT including the associated
output destination.
The specified printer name must be a string as returned by the commands
SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:FIRSt? or
SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:NEXT?

Command HCOPy:DESTination is used to select an output medium other than

the default one.

Example: "SYST:COMM:PRIN:SEL 'LASER on LPT1'"

Characteristics: *RST value: NONE

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:DATE 1980 to 2099, 1 to 12, 1 to 31

This command is used to enter the date for the internal calendar.
The sequence of entry is year, month, day.

Example: "SYST:DATE 2000,6,1"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.229

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SYSTem Subsystem

SYSTem:DISPlay:FPANel ON | OFF
This command activates or deactivates the display of the front panel keys on the screen.
With the display activated, the instrument can be operated on the screen using the mouse by pressing
the corresponding buttons. This may be useful if the instrument is operated in a detached station by
means of a remote program such as PCANYWHERE.

With the display of the front panel keys activated, the screen resolution of the unit
is set to 1024x768. Thus, only a section of the whole screen is visible on the inter-
nal LCD display, which will be moved by mouse moves.
For a full display of the user interface, an external monitor has to be connected to
the rear panel.
When the front panel display is deactivated, the original screen resolution is
restored.

Example: "SYST:DISP:FPAN ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the update of all display elements during remote control.

The best performance is obtained when the display output is switched off during
remote control.

Example: "SYST:DISP:UPD ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:ERRor?
This command queries the earliest entry in the error queue, and deletes it after the readout.
Positive error numbers indicate device-specific errors, negative error numbers are error messages
defined by SCPI (cf. chapter “Error Messages”). If the error queue is empty, the error number 0, "no
error", is returned. This command is identical with the command STATus:QUEue:NEXT?.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.

Example: "SYST:ERR?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

6.230 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SYSTem Subsystem

SYSTem:ERRor:LIST?
This command reads all system messages and returns a list of comma separated strings. Each string
corresponds to an entry in the table SYSTEM MESSAGES.
If the error list is empty, an empty string "" will be returned.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.

Example: "SYST:ERR:LIST?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:ERRor:CLEar:ALL
This command deletes all entries in the table SYSTEM MESSAGES.
This command is an event and therefore has no query and no *RST value.

Example: "SYST:ERR:CLE:ALL?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:FIRMware:UPDate <path>
This command starts a firmware update using the data set in the selected directory. Beforehand, the
update files have to be stored in the following subdirectories using command MMEM:DATA:

Directory Contents

DISK1 disk1.bin

DISK2 data3.cab

DISK3 data4.cab

.......... ................

DISK<n> data<n+1>.cab

Example: "SYST:FIRM:UPD 'D:\USER\FWUPDATE'"

'Starts the firmware update from directory D:\USER\FWUPDATE using the files of
subdirectories DISK1 to DISK11

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is an 'event' and therefore has no query and no *RST value.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.231

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SYSTem Subsystem

SYSTem:HPCoupling FSP | HP
This command controls the default coupling ratios Span/RBW and RBW/VBW for HP emulation mode.
In case of FSP the standard parameter coupling of the instrument is used. As a result in most cases a
shorter sweeptime is used than in case of HP. This command can only be selected in the HP emulation
mode.

Parameter: FSP: Use the instrument's default coupling ratios for span and resolution
bandwidth (Span/RBW) and for resolution bandwidth and video bandwidth
(RBW/VBW)

HP: Origin HP coupling ratios

Example: "SYST:LANG '8566B'"

’Switches the HP emulation on
"SYST:HPC HP"'
’Uses HP coupling ratios

Characteristics: *RST value: FSP

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

SYSTem:IDENtify:FACTory
This command resets the *IDN string to the factory default.

Return value: "1" for the factory default state

"0" for a changed *IDN string

Example: "SYST:IDEN:FACT"
’Sets the ID string to the factory default.

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:IFGain:MODE NORMal | PULSe

This command switches the 10 dB overload reserve on or off.
This command can only be selected in the HP emulation mode.

Parameter: NORM: switches the overload reserve off

PULSe: switches the overload reserve on

Example: "SYST:LANG '8566B'"

’Switches the HP emulation on
"SYST:IFG:MODE PULS"'
’Switches the overload reserve on

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

6.232 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SYSTem Subsystem

SYSTem:KLOCk ON | OFF
The alias remote command SYST:KLOC can be used to activate the LLO (local lockout) or to return to
the local mode (GTL go to local). Parameter ON is LLO, OFF is GTL.

Example: "SYST:KLOC ON"

’activates LLO

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

SYSTem:LANGuage 'SCPI' | '71100C' | '71200C' | '71209A' | '8560E' | '8561E' | '8562E' | '8563E' |

'8564E' | '8565E' | '8566A' | '8566B' | '8568A' | '8568A_DC' | '8568B' | '8568B_DC' | '8591E' | '8594E'
This command activates the emulation of various analyzers. The analyzer default command set is
SCPI.
The following remote-control languages are available:
SCPI, 71100C, 71200C, 71209A, 8560E, 8561E, 8562E, 8563E, 8564E, 8565E, 8566A, 8566B,
8568A, 8568A_DC, 8568B, 8568B_DC, 8591E, 8594E

• When SCPI is selected, the 8566B/8568B/8594E command set is available in

addition.
• When 8566A, 8566B, 8568A or 8568B is selected, both command sets A and B
are available, as far as they are supported.
• The HP model 8591E is compatible to HP model 8594E,
the HP models 71100C, 71200C, and 71209A are compatible to HP models
8566A/B.

The settings or changes made on switching between remote-control languages are described in the
Quick Start Guide, chapter 2.

Notes regarding switch over to 8566A/B and 8568A/B:

• Commands IP and KST, too, will perform the settings for the "# of Trace Points",
"Start Freq.", "Stop Freq." and "Input Coupling".
• Switch over of the "# of Trace Points" will not take place until the instrument is
switched to the remote control mode. For manual operation (selected with
LOCAL softkey), the number of sweep points (trace points) will always be set to
1251.
• In the remote control mode, the screen area for the measurement will be
reduced. The LOCAL softkey (lowermost softkey) will be shifted slightly towards
the center of the screen.

Example: "SYST:LANG 'SCPI'"

Characteristics: *RST value: 'SCPI'

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
There is no query for this command.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.233

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SYSTem Subsystem

SYSTem:PASSword[:CENable] 'password'
This command enables access to the service functions by means of the password.

Example: "SYST:PASS 'XXXX'"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

SYSTem:PRESet
This command initiates an instrument reset.
The effect of this command corresponds to that of the PRESET key with manual operation or to the
*RST command.

Example: "SYST:PRES"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:PRESet:COMPatible FSP | OFF

This command specifies the preset compatibility.

Parameter: OFF: Mixed mode is set as preset mode.

FSP: Analyzer mode is set as preset mode.

Example: "SYST:PRES:COMP FSP"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:SPEaker:VOLume 0 to 1
This command sets the volume of the built-in loudspeaker for demodulated signals. Minimum volume
is set by 0 and maximum volume by 1.
The value 0 is the lowest volume, the value 1 the highest volume.

Example: "SYST:SPE:VOL 0.5"

Characteristics: *RST value: 0

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

6.234 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
SYSTem Subsystem

SYSTem:TIME 0 to 23, 0 to 59, 0 to 59

This command sets the internal clock. The sequence of entry is hour, minute, second.

Example: "SYST:TIME 12,30,30"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:VERSion?
This command queries the number of the SCPI version, which is relevant for the instrument.

Example: "SYST:VERS?"

Characteristics: *RST value: –

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.

SYSTem:MSIZe? MBOard
This command outputs the memory size of the mainboard.

Parameter:
MBOard Mainboard

Example: "SYST:MSIZ? MBO"

Outputs the memory size of the mainboard.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

SYSTem:RSW: ON | OFF
This command controls a repeated sweep of the E1 and MKPK HI HP model commands. If the
repeated sweep is OFF, the marker is set without sweeping before.

Example: "SYST:RSW:ON"
'Sets the repeated sweep on.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.235

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

6.20 TRACe Subsystem

The TRACe subsystem controls access to the instrument's internal trace memory.

6.20.1 General Trace Commands

TRACe[:DATA] TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | SINGle | PHOLd | SCAN | STATus | FINAL1 | FINAL2
| FINAL3 | LIST | SPURious, <block> | ABITstream | <numeric_value>
This command transfers trace data from the control computer to the instrument, the query reads trace
data out of the instrument.
Programmiing trace data to the instrument is available in spectrum analyzer mode.
The numeric suffix at TRACe<1|2> selects the measurement window.

If the FM demodulator (option R&S FS-K7) is active, only the displayed trace data
is read out and recalled. A portion of the measurement data that can be called by
means of a marker, however, is calculated from the raw measurement data. These
results are no longer available after recalling a trace; the associated queries gen-
erate a query error.

TRACE1 to TRACE3 selects trace 1 to 3.

LIST reads the peak list in the spurious measurement LIST EVALUATION (for
details on this measurement see page 190).
The suffix at TRACe<1|2> is irrelevant.
As results a list of <result of range 1>,< result of range 2>,..< result of range n> are
returned.
Every single range has following format:
<No>,<Start>,<Stop>,<rbw>,<freq>,<Levelabs>,<Levelrel>,<Delta>,
<Limitcheck>,<unused1>,<unused2>
Where:
No Range number
Start Range start frequency
Stop Range stop frequency
Rbw Resolution bandwidth
Freq Frequency of the peak in the range
Levelabs Absolute peak power of the range in dBm
Levelrel Reserved (0.0)
Delta Delta of the peak power to the limit line in dB
Limitcheck Limit check state (0 = PASSED, 1 = FAILED)
Unused1 Reserved (0.0)
Unused2 Reserved (0.0)

6.236 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

These values are defined via the [SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20> subsystem.

SPURious reads the peak list in the spurious measurement. As results a list of
frequency, level and delta to limit line values is returned. A delta limit of +200dB
indicates no limit check is active.
PHOLd reads the maximum value obtained from successive measurements.
SINGle is possible only in form of a query for single measurements in the receiver
mode. The values of all activated detectors are transferred separated by commas
in the following order: POS, NEG, QPE, AVER, RMS. For inactive detectors, the
value and the comma are omitted at the position(s) in question.
SCAN is only possible in form of a query during scan measurements. The number
of transmitted measurements results depend on the scan settings.
STATus is only possible in form of a query during the scan measurements. 1 byte
status information per measurement result is transmitted:
bit 2: overrange trace1 to 3;
ABITstream reads the bit streams of all 15 slots one after another.
FINAL1 to FINAL3 are onay possible in form of a query. The final measurement
values are transmitted.

Return value: The returned values are scaled in the current level unit. Returned FM-modulated
measurement values (activated option R&S FS-K7) are scaled in Hz.

Example: "TRAC TRACE1,"+A$ (A$: data list in the current format)

"TRAC? TRACE1"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conforming

Mode: all

Return value: The returned values are scaled in the current level unit. Returned FM-modulated
measurement values (activated option FS-K7) are scaled in Hz.

ASCII format (FORMat ASCII):

In ASCII format, a list of values separated by commas is returned (Comma Separated Values = CSV).
The number of measurement points is 501 (default). For more information refer to “SWEEP POINTS”
on page 4.93).

Binary format (FORMat REAL,32):

If the transmission takes place using the binary format (REAL,32), the data are transferred in block
format (Definite Length Block Data according to IEEE 488.2). They are arranged in succeeding lists of
I and Q data of 32 Bit IEEE 754 floating point numbers. General structure of return string for a sweep
with 501 points:
#42004<meas value 1><meas value value2> to <meas value 501>
with
– #4: digits of the subsequent number of data bytes (4 in the example)
– 2004: Number of the subsequent data bytes (2004 in the example)
– <meas value x>: 4 byte floating point measurement values

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.237

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

Saving and recalling:

Saving and recalling trace data together with the device settings to/from the device-internal hard disk
or to/from a memory stick/floppy is controlled via the commands MMEMory:STORe:STATe and
MMEMory:LOAD:STATe respectively. Trace data are selected with "MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:
ALL" or "MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRACe". Trace data in ASCII format (ASCII FILE EXPORT)
are exported with the command "MMEM:STORe:TRACe".
The commands for final measurement data are "MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:FINal" and "MMEM:
STORe:FINal".

Transfer format:

The trace data are transferred in the current format (corresponding to the command FORMat
ASCii|REAL). The device-internal trace memory is addressed using the trace names 'TRACE1' to
'FINAL3'.
The transfer of trace data from the control computer to the instrument takes place by indicating the
trace name and then the data to be transferred. In ASCII format, these data are values separated by
commas. If the transfer takes place using the format real (REAL,32), the data are transferred in block
format.
The parameter of the query is the trace name TRACE1 to FINAL3, it indicates which trace memory will
be read out.

6.238 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

6.20.2 Number and Format of the Measurement Values for the Different
Operating Modes

The number of measurement values depends on the instrument setting:

Analyzer mode (span > 0 and zero span):

155 up to 30001 (default 625) results are output in the unit selected for display.
For spurious emissions measurement the number of results is the sum of all sweep points, specified
in the sweep list configuration.

With AUTO PEAK detector, only positive peak values can be read out.
Trace data can be written into the instrument with logarithmic display only in dBm,
with linear display only in volts.

FORMat REAL, 32 is to be used as format for binary transmission, and FORMat ASCii for ASCII
transmission.
SPURious reads the peak list in the spurious measurement. As results a list of frequency, level and
delta to limit line values is returned. A delta limit of +200dB indicates no limit check is active.

Receiver mode

For reasons of compatibility with the ESIB test receiver, the data structure of the
status information is designed for 4 traces. However, only 3 traces can be acti-
vated and transferred.

SINGle is possible only as a query for single measurements in the receiver mode (bargraph). The
values of all activated detectors are transferred separated by commas in the following order: POS,
NEG, QPE, AVER, CAV, RMS, CRMS. For inactive detectors, the value and the comma are omitted at
the position(s) in question.
PHOLD returns the peakhold value or values of the bargraph measurements with the associated
frequencies. (DISP:BARG:PHOL ON).
SCAN is only possible in form of a query during scan measurements. The number of transmitted
measurement results depends on the scan settings.
FORMAT REAL,32 is to be used as format setting for binary transmission.
Structure of transmitted data:
– 4 byte: trace status: bit 0 to 9 subscan; bit 10: last block of subscan; Bit 11: last block of last subscan
of scan; Bit 12: last of all blocks (for multiple scans after the last scan)
– 4 bytes:number n of the transmitted measurement results of a trace
– 4 byte:trace1 active (0/1)
– 4 byte:trace2 active (0/1)
– 4 byte:trace3 active (0/1)
– n*4 bytes:measurement results of trace 1 if trace 1 is active
– n*4 bytes:measurement results of trace 2 if trace 2 is active
– n*4 bytes:measurement results of trace 3 if trace 3 is active

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.239

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

– n*1 byte:status information per measurement result:

bit 2: overrange trace1 to trace 3;
STATus is only possible in form of a query during scan measurements. 1 byte status information per
measurement result is transmitted:
bit 2: overrange trace1 to trace 3;
FINAL1, FINAL2 and FINAL3 are only possible in form of a query. The final measurement values
are transmitted.

TRACe<1|2>:COPY TRACE1| TRACE2| TRACE3 , TRACE1| TRACE2| TRACE3

This command copies data from one trace to another. The second operand describes the source, the
first operand the destination of the data to be copied.
The associated measurement window is selected with the numeric suffix of TRACe<1|2>.

Example: "TRAC:COPY TRACE3,TRACE1"

Characteristics: *RST value: -

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A
This command is an event and therefore has no query and no *RST value.

TRACe<1|2>:FEED:CONTrol<1..3> ALWays | NEVer

This command switches block data transmission during a scan on and off. The availability of data is
reported in the STATus:OPERation-Register.
The block size depends on scan time and the upper limit defined by TRACe:POINts:LIMit.

Example: "TRAC:FEED:CONT ALW"

'switches to single-sweep mode

Characteristics: *RST value: NEVer

SCPI: conform

Mode: R

TRACe<1|2>:IMMediate:LEVel?
This query returns the current Y results of the sweep. During a sweep the last measured value is read
out.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'switches to single-sweep mode
"INIT"
'starts a sweep (without waiting for the sweep end!)
"TRAC1:IMM:LEV?"
'queries the level of the last measured measurement point

Characteristics: *RST value:

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

6.240 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

TRACe<1|2>:IMMediate:RESult?
This query returns the current X and Y results of the sweep. During a sweep the last measured values
are read out.

Example: "INIT:CONT OFF"

'switches to single-sweep mode
"INIT"
'starts a sweep (without waiting for the sweep end!)
"TRAC:IMM:RES?"
'queries the X and Y values of the last measured measurement point

Characteristics: *RST value:

SCPI: conform

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.241

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

6.20.3 TRACe:IQ Subsystem

The commands of this subsystem are used for collection and output of measured IQ data. A special
memory is therefore available in the instrument with 128k words for the I and Q data. The measurement
is always performed in the time domain (span = 0 Hz) at the selected center frequency. The number of
samples to be collected can be set. The sample rate can be set in the range from 15.625 kHz to 32 MHz;
if channel filters are used, the sample rate is a function of the filter involved and can be determined by a
separate command depending on the setting. Prior to being stored in memory or output via GPIB, the
measurement data are corrected in terms of frequency response.
Depending on the sample rate, the following maximum bandwidths can be obtained during the measure-
ment.

Sample rate Max. bandwidth Notes

32 MHz 9.6 MHz

16 MHz 7.72 MHz

8 MHz 4.8 MHz Signals outside the given bandwidth are folded back into the
useful band due to the anti-aliasing filter.

4 MHz 2.8 MHz

2 MHz 1.6 MHz max. bandwidth = 0.8 * sample rate for sample rate ≤ 2 MHz

1 MHz 800 kHz

500 kHz 400 kHz

250 kHz 200 kHz

125 kHz 100 kHz

62.5 kHz 50 kHz

31.25 kHz 25 kHz

15.625 kHz 12.5 kHz

Due to the sampling concept (21.4 MHz IF, 32 MHz Sampling rate), the image frequency is suppressed
only by the 10 MHz analog IF filter. When applying an input signal at the edge of the 10 MHz band (+5
MHz from center), the image frequency appears 800 kHz above the input signal.
The image frequency in MHz is calculated as follows:
fimage = 2 x (fcenter + 5.4 MHz) - fsignal
where
fimage = image frequency in MHz
fcenter = center frequency in MHz
fsignal = frequency of the signal to be measured in MHz
For correct operation the RF input signal shall be limited in bandwidth. Signals more than 5.4 MHz above
the center frequency will be mirrored into the 10 MHz pass band.
For additional bandwidth limitation of the measurement data the analog filters (RBW ≥ 300 kHz) are
available.

6.242 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

Fig. 6.2 shows the analyzer hardware from the IF section to the processor. The IF filter is the resolution
filter of the R&S ESCI with bandwidths selectable from 300 kHz to 10 MHz. The A/D converter samples
the IF signal (20.4 MHz) at a rate of 32 MHz.
The digital signal is down-converted to the complex baseband, lowpass-filtered, and the sampling rate is
reduced, i.e. the output sampling rate is set between 15.625 kHz and 32 MHz by dividing the original
sampling rate by powers of 2. This avoids unnecessary oversampling at narrower bandwidths, which
saves processing time and increases the maximum recording time.
The I/Q data are written to separate memories of 128 k words each (512 k words with option
R&S FSP-B70). The memories are hardware-triggered.
Fig. 6.2 Block diagram illustrating the R&S ESCI signal processing

Maximum useful bandwidth

Sample rate from Sample rate to Maximum bandwidth

> 81.6 MHz <163.2 MHz 0.68 sample rate

163.2 MHz 326.4 MHz 120 MHz

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.243

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:AVERage[:STATe] ON|OFF
The command enables averaging of the recorded I/Q data provided that I/Q data acquisition was
previously enabled with TRAC:IQ ON and the sampling rate was set to 32 MHz.

Averaging is not supported at sampling rates <> 32 MHz or for a trigger offset < 0.

Example: TRAC:IQ ON
'Switches on acquisition of I/Q data.
TRAC:IQ:SYNC ON
'Switches on synchronization of the aquision of I/Q measurement data with the
trigger time.
TRAC:IQ:SET NORM,10MHz,32MHz,EXT,POS,0,2048
'Reads 2048 I/Q values starting at the time of trigger.
'Filter type: NORMAL (analogue)
'RBW: 10 MHz
'Sample Rate: 32 MHz
'Trigger: external
'Slope: positive
TRAC:IQ:AVER ON
'Enables averaging of the recorded I/Q data..
TRAC:IQ:AVER:COUN 10
'Selects averaging over 10 data sets..
TRAC:IQ:DATA?
'Starts the measurement and reads out the averaged data.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is available from firmware version 1.36 or higher.

6.244 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:AVERage:COUNt 0 .. 32767
This command defines the number of I/Q data sets that are to serve as a basis for averaging.

Example: TRAC:IQ ON
'Switches on acquisition of I/Q data.
TRAC:IQ:SYNC ON
'Switches on synchronization of the aquision of I/Q measurement data with the
trigger time.
TRAC:IQ:SET NORM,10MHz,32MHz,EXT,POS,0,2048
'Reads 2048 I/Q values from the moment of triggering.
'Filter type: NORMAL (analogue)
'RBW: 10 MHz
'Sample Rate: 32 MHz
'Trigger: external
'Slope: positive
TRAC:IQ:AVER ON
'Enables averaging of the I/Q measurement data
TRAC:IQ:AVER:COUN 10
'Selects averaging over 10 data sets
TRAC:IQ:DATA?
'Starts the measurement and reads out the averaged data.

Characteristics: *RST value: 0

SCPI: conform

Mode: A
This command is available from firmware version 1.36 or higher.

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:DATA?
This command starts a measurement with the settings defined via TRACe:IQ:SET and returns the list
of measurement results immediately after they are corrected in terms of frequency response. The
number of measurement results depends on the settings defined with TRACe:IQ:SET, the output
format depends on the settings of the FORMat – subsystem.

The command requires that all response data are read out completely before the
instrument accepts further commands.

Parameter: none

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.245

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

Example: "TRAC:IQ:STAT ON"

'Enables acquisition of I/Q data
"TRAC:IQ:SET NORM,10MHz,32MHz,EXT,POS,0,4096"
'Measurement configuration:
'Filter type: Normal
'RBW: 10 MHz
'Sample Rate: 32 MHz
'Trigger Source: External
'Trigger Slope: Positive
'Pretrigger Samples: 0
'# of Samples: 4096
"FORMat REAL,32"
'Selects format of response data
"TRAC:IQ:DATA?"
'Starts measurement and reads results

Return value: The result values are scaled linear in unit Volt and correspond to the voltage at the
RF input of the instrument.

ASCII Format (FORMat ASCII):

In this case the command returns a comma separated list of the measured voltage values in floating
point format (Comma Separated Values = CSV). The number of values returned is 2 × number of
samples, the first half being the I-values, the second half the Q-values.

With >512 k ≡ 524288 samples, the data is transmitted in logical blocks of 512k
values. See below.

Binary Format (FORMat REAL,32):

In this case, the command returns binary data (Definite Length Block Data according to IEEE 488.2),
with the lists of I- and Q-data being arranged one after the other in 32 Bit IEEE 754 floating point data.
The scheme of the response string is as follows:
#41024<I-value1><I-value2>...<I-value128><Q-value1><Q-value2>...<Q-value128>
– #4: digits of the subsequent number of data bytes (4 in the example)
– 1024: number of subsequent data bytes (# of DataBytes, 1024 in the example)
– <I-value x>: 4-Byte-Floating Point I-value (max. 128k resp. 512k with option R&S FSP-B70
– <Q-value y>: 4-Byte-Floating Point Q-value (max. 128k resp. 512k with option R&S FSP-B70
The number of I- and Q-data can be calculated as follows:
# of I-data = # of Q-data = (# of DataBytes) / 8
The offset of Q-data in the output buffer can be calculated as follows:
Q-data offset = (# of DataBytes) / 2 + LengthIndicatiorDigit
with LengthIndicatorDigits being the number of digits of the length indicator including the '#'. In the
example above (#41024...) this results in a value of 6 for LengthIndicatorDigits and the offset for the
Q-data will result in 512 + 6 = 518.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

6.246 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

Using the command with the *RST values for the TRAC:IQ:SET command, the
following minimum buffer sizes for the response data are recommended:
ASCII format: 10 kBytes
Binary format: 2 kBytes

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:DATA:FORMat COMPatible | IQBLock | IQPair

Parameter: COMPatible: First, all I and then all Q data is transferred

IQBLock: First, all I and then all Q data is transferred
IQPair: I/Q data is transferred in pairs

Example: "TRAC:IQ:DATA:FORM IQP"

Characteristics: *RST value: COMP

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:DATA:MEMory[:RF]? <offset samples>,<# of samples>

This command permits the readout of previously acquired (and frequency response corrected) I/Q data
from the memory, with indication of the offset related to the start of measurement and with indication
of the number of measurement values. Therefore a previously acquired data set can be read out in
smaller portions. The maximum amount of available data depends on the settings of command
TRACe:IQ:SET, the output format on the settings in the FORMat – subsystem.

The command requires that all requested measurement data be completely

retrieved before the device accepts any further commands.
If no baseband IQ data is available in the memory because the associated mea-
surement has not yet been started, the command generates a query error.

Parameter: <offset samples>: Offset of the values to be output, referenced to the start of the
sampled data.
Value range: 0 ... <# of samples> - 1, where <# of samples> is the value specified
with the TRACe:IQ:SET command
<# of samples>: Number of measurement values to be read.
Value range: 1 ... <# of samples> - <offset samples> where <# of samples> is the
value specified with the TRACe:IQ:SET command.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.247

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

Example: "TRAC:IQ:STAT ON"

'activates the I/Q data sampling
"TRAC:IQ:SET NORM,10MHz,32MHz,EXT,POS,100,4096"
'configures the measurement:
'Filter type: Normal
'RBW: 10 MHz
'Sample Rate: 32 MHz
'Trigger Source: External
'Trigger Slope: Positive
'Pretrigger Samples: 100
'# of Samples: 4096
"INIT;*WAI"
'starts the measurement and waits for its end
"FORMat REAL,32"
'specifies the format of the response data
'Reading the results:
"TRAC:IQ:DATA:MEM? 0,2048"
'reads in 2048 I/Q values starting with the beginning of the sampling
"TRAC:IQ:DATA:MEM? 2048,1024"
'reads in 2048 I/Q values starting with the beginning of the sampling
"TRAC:IQ:DATA:MEM? 100,512"
'reads in 512 I/Q values starting with the trigger time (<Pretrigger Samples> was
100)

Return value: Irrespective of the output format selected, the data is scaled linearly with 'V' as the
unit and corresponds to the voltage at the RF input of the device.
The return buffer is similarly configured to the return buffer with the TRACe:IQ:
DATA? command where all I data has the value 0.

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T

6.248 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SET <filter type>,<rbw>,<sample rate>,<trigger source>,<trigger slope>,

<pretrigger samples>,<# of samples>
This command defines the settings of the analyzer hardware for the measurement of I/Q data.
This allows setting the bandwidth of the analog filters in front of the A/D converter as well as setting
the sample rate, trigger conditions and the record length.

If this command is omitted, the current analyzer settings will be used for the corre-
sponding parameters.

Parameter: <filter type>: NORMAL

Selects the analog analyzer resolution filters as filter type. This is currently the only
available filter type.
<rbw>: Bandwidth of the analog filters in front of the A/D converter.
<sample rate>: Sampling rate for the data acquisition.
Value range: 15.625 kHz, 31.25 kHz, 62.5 kHz, 125 kHz, 250 kHz, 500 kHz, 1 MHz,
2 MHz, 4 MHz, 8 MHz, 16 MHz, 32 MHz for <filter type> = NORMal
<trigger mode>: Selection of the trigger source used for the measurement.
Values: IMMediate | EXTernal | IFPower | RFPower

IFPower and RFPower are available as of model 03

of the detector board assembly.RFPower requires the TV and RF Trigger option
R&S FSP-B6.
After selecting IFPower and RFPower, the trigger threshold can be set with com-
mand TRIG:LEV:IFP or TRIG:LEV:RFP.

<trigger slope>: Used trigger slope.

Values: POSitive | NEGative
<pretrigger samples>: Number of measurement values to be recorded before the
trigger point.
Range: -130559 (= -(128*1024-1-512)) to 130559 (= 128*1024-1-512)
(Negative values correspond to a trigger delay.)

For <trigger mode> = IMMediate the value must be 0.

<# of samples>: Number of measurement values to record.

Value range: 1 to 130560 (= 128*1024 – 512)

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.249

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

Example: "TRAC:IQ:SET NORM,10MHz,32MHz,EXT,POS,0,2048"

'Reads 2048 I/Q-values starting at the trigger point.
'Filtertype: NORMAL (analog)
'RBW: 10 MHz
'Sample Rate: 32 MHz
'Trigger: External
'Slope: Positive
"TRAC:IQ:SET NORM,1MHz,4MHz,EXT,POS,1024,512"
'Reads 512 I/Q-values from 1024 measurement points before the trigger point.
'Filter type: NORMAL (analog)
'RBW: 1 MHz
'Sample Rate: 4 MHz
'Trigger: External
'Slope: Positive

Characteristics: *RST values: NORM,3MHz,32MHz,IMM,POS,0,128

For using these default settings with command TRAC:IQ:DATA? the following
minimum buffer sizes for the response data are recommended:
ASCII format: 10 kBytes
Binary format: 2 kBytes

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SRATe 15.625 kHz to 32 MHz

This command sets the sampling rate for the I/Q data acquisition. Thus the sample rate can be
modified without affecting the other settings.

Return value: 15.625 kHz, 31.25 kHz, 62.5 kHz, 125 kHz, 250 kHz, 500 kHz, 1 MHz, 2 MHz,
4 MHz, 8 MHz, 16 MHz, 32 MHz

Example: TRAC:IQ:SRAT 4MHZ

Characteristics: *RST value: 32 MHz

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T

TRACe<1|2>:IQ[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches the I/Q data acquisition on or off.

The I/Q data acquisition is not compatible with other measurement functions.
Therefore all other measurement functions will be switched off as soon as the I/Q
measurement function is switched on. Additionally a trace display is not possible in
this operating mode. Therefore all traces are set to "BLANK". Finally split screen
operation will automatically be stopped.

6.250 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

Example: TRAC:IQ ON
'Switches on I/Q data acquisition
TRAC:IQ:ONL ON
'Switches the online output of the I/Q data on.
INIT:CONT ON
'Selects continuous measurement data output.

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SYNChronize[:STATe] ON | OFF
This command switches on or off the synchronization of the start of I/Q data acquisition to the trigger
event. Prior to this command, I/Q data acquisition has to be switched. The synchronization is only
active for sampling rate 32 MHz. It delays the internal trigger event up to 5us to ensure a phase relation
between different I/Q data measurements. This is required for I/Q average.
For I/Q data measurements with exact trigger timing instead, turn off the synchronization. Otherwise,
the R&S FSP produces a trigger jitter of up to 5 µs.
By default, the synchronization is ON.

This command is not supported for sampling rates other than 32 MHz.

"TRAC:IQ ON"
'Switches on I/Q data acquisition
"TRAC:IQ:SYNC ON ON"
'Switches on synchronization of I/Q data acquisition to the trigger event
"TRAC:IQ:SET NORM,10MHz,32MHz,EXT,POS,0,2048"
'Reads 2048 I/Q-values starting at the trigger point.
'Filtertype: NORMAL (analog)
'RBW: 10 MHz
'Sample Rate: 32 MHz
'Trigger: External
'Slope: Positive
TRAC:IQ:AVER ON
'Enables averaging of the I/Q measurement data
TRAC:IQ:AVER:COUN 10
'Selects averaging over 10 data sets
TRAC:IQ:DATA?
'Starts the measurement and reads out the averaged data.

Characteristics: *RST value: ON

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A-T
This command is available from firmware version 1.40 or higher.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.251

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRACe Subsystem

TRACe<1|2>:POINTs LIMit, 1 to 10000

This command defines the maximum number of measurement points which are transferred in one
block after the query command TRACe? SCAN. The total amount of bytes which is transferred
depends on the number of active traces.

Example: "TRAC:POIN LIM, 8000"

'A maximum of 8000 measurement values per trace will be transferred with a single
query

Characteristics: *RST value: 1000

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R

6.252 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRIGger Subsystem

6.21 TRIGger Subsystem

The TRIGger subsystem is used to synchronize instrument actions with events. It is thus possible to con-
trol and synchronize the start of a sweep. An external trigger signal can be applied to the connector at
the rear panel of the instrument. A distinction is made between TRIGger1 (screen A) and TRIGger2
(screen B).

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce IMMediate | EXTernal | VIDeo | IFPower | RFPower | TV | AF |

AM | FM | PM
This command selects the trigger source for the start of a sweep.

The trigger source selection has to be done with the command TRIGger<1|2>[:
SEQuence]:SYNChronize:ADJust.
The selection RFPower or TV is only available with option R&S FSP-B6 (TV and
RF Trigger).
The parameters AF, AM, FM and PM are only available if option FM Demodulator
(R&S FS-K7) is enabled.

Parameter:
IMMediate Automatic triggering of the next measurement at the end of the
previous one. The value IMMediate corresponds to the FREE RUN
setting.
EXTernal The next measurement is triggered by the signal at the external
trigger input.
VIDeo The next measurement is triggered by the detection of a signal at
the video filter output.
IFPower The next measurement is triggered by the detection of a signal at
the instrument IF (10 MHz bandwidth)
RFPower The next measurement is triggered by the detection of a signal at
the instrument RF (80 MHz bandwidth)
TV The next measurement is triggered by the detection of a TV signal
according to the settings of the TRIGger:SEQuence:VIDeo-
subsystem (not available for FM demodulator mode)

Example: "TRIG:SOUR EXT"

'Selects the external trigger input as source of the trigger signal

Characteristics: *RST value: IMMediate

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal] 0.5 to +3.5 V

This command sets the level of the external trigger source.

Example: "TRIG:LEV 2V"

Characteristics: *RST value: 1.4 V

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.253

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRIGger Subsystem

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:IFPower -30 to –10 dBm

This command sets the level of the IF power trigger source.

Example: "TRIG:LEV:IFP –20DBM"

Characteristics: *RST value: -20 dBm

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:RFPower -50 to –10 dBm

This command sets the level of the RF power trigger source.

Example: "TRIG:LEV:RFP –20DBM"

Characteristics: *RST value: -20 dBm

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A
This command is only available with option R&S FSP-B6 (TV and RF Trigger).

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:VIDeo 0 to 100PCT
This command sets the level of the video trigger source.

Example: "TRIG:LEV:VID 50PCT"

Characteristics: *RST value: 50 PCT

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff -100 to 100s

This command defines the length of the trigger delay.
A negative delay time (pretrigger) can be set in the time domain (span = 0 Hz) only.

Example: "TRIG:HOLD 500us"

Characteristics: *RST value: 0 s

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff:ADJust:AUTO ON|OFF
This command defines whether the group delay of the bandwidth filters for the external trigger is
compensated (ON) or not (OFF). If a burst signal is analyzed in the time domain mode, the rising edge
will remain at the same time position if compensation is on and the bandwidth changes.

Example: "TRIG:HOLD:ADJ:AUTO ON"

Characteristics: *RST value: OFF

SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

6.254 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRIGger Subsystem

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

This command selects the slope of the trigger signal. The measurement starts on a positive or negative
slope of the trigger signal. The selected trigger slope applies to all trigger signal sources.

Example: "TRIG:SLOP NEG"

Characteristics: *RST value: POSitive

SCPI: conform

Characteristics: SCPI: device-specific

Mode: R, A

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:FORMat:LPFRame 525 | 625

This command defines the line system in use (525 or 625 lines) with active TV trigger.

Example: "TRIG:VID:FORM:LPFR 525"

Characteristics: *RST value: --

SCPI: conform

Mode: A-T
This command is only available with option R&S FSP-B6 (TV and RF Trigger).

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:LINE:NUMBer <numeric_value>
With active TV trigger this command activates triggering at the horizontal sync signal of the indicated
line number.

Example: "TRIG:VID:LINE:NUMB 17"

Characteristics: *RST value:

SCPI: conform

Mode: A-T
This command is only available with option R&S FSP-B6 (TV and RF Trigger).

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:FIELd:SELect ALL | ODD | EVEN

With active TV trigger this command activates triggering at the vertical sync signal.
The measurement is triggered on both fields with selection ALL, on odd fields with selection ODD and
on even fields with selection EVEN.

Example: "TRIG:VID:FIEL:SEL ALL"

Characteristics: *RST value:

SCPI: conform

Mode: A-T
This command is only available with option R&S FSP-B6 (TV and RF Trigger).

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.255

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
TRIGger Subsystem

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:SSIGnal:POLarity NEGative | POSitive

With active TV trigger this command selects the polarity of the video sync signal.

Example: "TRIG:VID:SSIG:POL NEG"

Characteristics: *RST value:

SCPI: conform

Mode: A-T
This command is only available with option R&S FSP-B6 (TV and RF Trigger).

6.256 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
UNIT Subsystem

6.22 UNIT Subsystem

The UNIT subsystem is used to switch the base unit of setting parameters.
The numeric suffix at UNIT<1|2> selects the measurement window.

UNIT<1|2>:POWer DBM | V | A | W | DB | PCT | UNITLESS | DBPW | WATT | DBUV | DBMV | VOLT |

DBUA | AMPere | DBPT | DBUV_M | DBUA_M

Example: This command selects the unit for power for the selected measurement window.
"UNIT:POW DBM"
'Sets the power unit for screen A to dBm.

Characteristics:

Characteristics: *RST value: DBUV

SCPI: conform

Mode: R, A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.257

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

6.23 GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B,

8568A/B and 8594E

6.23.1 Introduction

The R&S FSP analyzer family supports a subset of the GPIB commands of HP models 8560E, 8561E,
8562E, 8563E, 8564E, 8565E, 8566A, 8566B, 8568A, 8568B and 8594E.
Despite the differences in system architecture and device features, the supported commands have been
implemented in a way to ensure a sufficiently high degree of correspondence with the original.
This includes the support of syntax rules for not only newer device families (B and E models) but for the
previous A family as well.
In many cases the selection of commands supported by the R&S ESCI is sufficient to run an existing
GPIB program without adaptation.
The device model to be emulated is selected manually by means of the key sequence SETUP - GEN-
ERAL SETUP - GPIB - GPIB LANGUAGE via the GPIB using the SYSTem:LANGuage command.
To make it possible to also emulate device models that are not part of the selection list of the GPIB LAN-
GUAGE softkey, the identification string received in response to the ID command can be modified (key
sequence SETUP - GENERAL SETUP - GPIB - ID STRING USER). This allows any device model to be
emulated whose command set is compatible with one of the supported device models.

6.23.2 Command Set of Models 8560E, 8561E, 8562E, 8563E, 8564E,

8565E, 8566A/B, 8568A/B, 8591E, 8594E, 71100C, 71200C, and
71209A
As with the original units, the R&S ESCI includes the command set of the A models in the command set
of the B models.

The HP model 8591E is compatible to HP model 8594E, the HP models 71100C,

71200C, and 71209A are compatible to HP models 8566A/B.

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

A1 A1 Clear/Write A HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

A2 A2 Max Hold A HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

A3 A3 View A HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

A4 A4 Blank A HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

ABORT 1) ABORT Stop previous HP 856xE / available

function HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

ADD Add HP 8566B / available in V4.1x and

HP 8568B / above
HP 8594E

6.258 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

ADJALL ADJALL Adjust all HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

ADJCRT 2) ADJCRT Adjust CRT HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

ADJIF 2) ADJIF Auto adjust IF HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

AMB AMB ON|OFF Trace A - B -> HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and

AMB 1|0 Trace A HP 8594E above
AMB?

AMBPL AMBPL ON|OFF HP 856xE / available

AMBPL 1|0 HP 8566B /
AMBPL? HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

ANNOT ANNOT ON|OFF Annotation HP 856xE / available

ANNOT 1|0 HP 8566B /
ANNOT? HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

APB APB Trace A + B -> HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and

Trace A HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

AT AT <numeric_value> DB | DM Attenuation HP 8566A/ available

AT DN HP 8568A/
AT UP HP 856xE /
AT AUTO HP 8566B /
AT? HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

AUNITS AUNITS DBM | DBMV | DBUV | Amplitude HP 856xE / available

AUNITS? Units HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

AUTOCPL AUTOCPL Coupling HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

default HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

AXB AXB Exchange HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

trace A and B HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

B1 B1 Clear/Write B HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

B2 B2 Max Hold B HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

B3 B3 View B HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.259

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

B4 B4 Blank B HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

BL BL Trace B - HP 8566A/ available in V3.3x and

Display Line -> HP 8568A above
Trace B

BML BML Trace B - HP 856xE/ available in V3.3x and

Display Line -> HP8594E above
Trace B

BTC BTC Transfer Trace HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and

B -> C HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

BXC BXC Exchange HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and

Trace B and C HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

BLANK BLANK TRA|TRB|TRC Blank Trace HP 856xE / available

HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

C1 C1 A-B off HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

C2 C2 A-B -> A HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

CA CA Couple HP 8566A/ available

Attenuation HP 8568A

CAL 1) CAL ALL Start analyzer HP 856xE / available

CAL ON self alignment HP 8566B /
CAL OFF HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

CF CF <numeric_value> Center HP 8566A/ available

HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ Frequency HP 8568A/
CF UP HP 856xE /
CF DN HP 8566B /
CF? HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

CHANPWR CHANPWR TRA|TRB, Channel Power HP 856xE / available in V3.4x and

<numeric_value>,? Measurement HP 8594E above

CHPWRBW CHPWRBW <numeric_value> Channel Power HP 856xE / available in V3.4x and

HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ Bandwidth HP 8594E above

CLRW CLRW TRA|TRB|TRC Clear/Write HP 856xE / available

Trace HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

CLS 1) CLS Clear all status HP 856xE / available

bits HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

6.260 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

CONTS CONTS HP 856xE / available

HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

COUPLE COUPLE AC|DC Input coupling HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

CR CR Couple RBW HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

CS CS Couple Step HP 8566A/ available

Size HP 8568A

CT CT Couple SWT HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

CTA Convert to HP 8566B/ available in V4.1x and

absolute units HP 8568B/ above
HP 8594E

CV CV Couple VBW HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

D1 2) D1 Display Size HP 8566A/ available in V3.3x and

normal HP 8568A above

DA 2) DA Display available in V3.7x and

address above

DEMOD 1) DEMOD ON|OFF|AM|FM AF HP 856xE / available

Demodulator HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

DEMODAGC 2) DEMODAGC ON|OFF|1|0 Demodulation HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

DEMODAGC? AGC HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

DEMODT DEMODT <numeric_value> Demodulation HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and

S|MS|US|SC time HP 8566B / above
DEMODT UP|DN HP 8568B /
DEMODT? HP 8594E

DET DET POS|SMP|NEG Detector HP 856xE / available

DET? HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

DISPOSE2) ONEOS | TRMATH | ONSWP |

ALL | <numeric_value>

DIV Divide HP 8566B / available in V4.1x and

HP 8568B / above
HP 8594E

DL DL <numeric_value> DB|DM Display Line HP 856xE / available

DL DN HP 8566B /
DL UP HP 8568B /
DL ON HP 8594E
DL OFF
DL?

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.261

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

DLE DLE ON|OFF Display Line HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and

enable HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

DONE DONE Done query HP 856xE / available

DONE? HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

DW 2) DW Write to display
and increment
address

E1 E1 Peak Search HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

E2 E2 Marker to HP 8566A/ available

Center Freq. HP 8568A

E3 E3 Deltamarker HP 8566A/ available

Step Size HP 8568A

E4 E4 Marker to Ref. available available

Level

EDITDONE limit line edit HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

done above

EDITLIML edit limit line HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

above

ERR ERR 250 cal level error Now some FSx HP8568A Available in V3.7x and
ERR 300 LO unlock errors are HP856xE above
ERR 472 cal error digital filter mapped to HP
ERR 473 cal error analog filter errors.
ERR 552 cal error log amp
ERR 902 unscale tracking
generator
ERR 906 oven cold
ERR117 numeric unit error
ERR112 Unrecognized Command

ERR? ERR? Error queue HP 856xE / available

query HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

EX EX Exchange HP 8566A / available in V3.2x and

trace A and B HP 8568A above

FA FA <numeric_value> Start HP 8566A/ available

HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ Frequency HP 8568A/
FA UP HP 856xE /
FA DN HP 8566B /
FA? HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

FB FB <numeric_value> Stop HP 8566A/ available

HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ Frequency HP 8568A/
FB UP HP 856xE /
FB DN HP 8566B /
FB? HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

6.262 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

FOFFSET1) FOFFSET <numeric_value> Frequency HP 856xE / available

HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ Offset HP 8566B /
FOFFSET? HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

FREF FREF INT|EXT Reference HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

Frequency HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

FS FS Full Span HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

FUNCDEF Define HP 8594E / available in V3.7x and

Function HP 856xE / above
Function must HP 8566B
be in one line
between
delimiters @

GATE 1) GATE ON|OFF HP 856xE / available

GATE 1|0 HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

GATECTL 1) GATECTL EDGE|LEVEL HP 856xE / available

GATECTL? HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

GD 1) GD <numeric_value> US|MS|SC HP 856xE / available

GD DN HP 8566B /
GD UP HP 8568B /
GD? HP 8594E

GL 1) GL <numeric_value> US|MS|SC HP 856xE / available

GL DN HP 8566B /
GL UP HP 8568B /
GL? HP 8594E

GP 1) GP POS|NEG HP 856xE / available

GP? HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

GRAT 2) GRAT ON|OFF Graticule HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

I1 I1 HP 8566A/ available
HP 8568A

I2 I2 HP 8566A/ available
HP 8568A

ID ID Identify HP 8566A/ available

ID? HP 8568A/
HP 856xE /
HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.263

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

INZ 1) INZ 75 Input HP 856xE / available

INZ 50 Impedance HP 8566B /
INZ? HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

IP IP Instrument HP 8566A/ available

preset HP 8568A

KEYDEF KEYDEF Key definition HP 8566B/ available in V3.7x and

HP 856xE / above
HP 859xE

KEYEXEC KEYEXEC Key execute HP 8566B available in V3.7x and

above

KS= KS= <numeric_value> Marker HP 8566A/ available

HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ Frequency HP 8568A
KS= DN Counter
KS= UP Resolution
KS=?

KS/ KS/ Manual HP 8566A/ available in V3.2x and

Peaking HP 8568A above

KS( KS( Lock register HP 8566A/ available in V3.4x and

HP 8568A above

KS) KS) Unlock register HP 8566A/ available in V3.4x and

HP 8568A above

KS91 KS91 Read HP 8566A/ available in V3.4x and

Amplitude HP 8568A above
Error

KSA KSA Amplitude HP 8566A/ available

Units in dBm HP 8568A

KSB KSB Amplitude HP 8566A/ available

Units in dBmV HP 8568A

KSC KSC Amplitude HP 8566A/ available

Units in dBuV HP 8568A

KSD KSD Amplitude HP 8566A/ available

Units in V HP 8568A

KSE KSE <numeric_value>|<char Title mode HP 8566A/ available

data>@ HP 8568A

KSG KSG Video HP 8566A/ available

KSG ON Averaging on HP 8568A
KSG <numeric_value>

KSH KSH Video HP 8566A/ available

Averaging Off HP 8568A

KSK Marker to Next HP 8566A/ available

Peak HP 8568A

KSL Marker Noise HP 8566A/ available

off HP 8568A

KSM Marker Noise HP 8566A/ available

on HP 8568A

KSO KSO Deltamarker to HP 8566A/ available in V3.2x and

span HP 8568A above

6.264 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

KSP KSP <numeric_value> HPIB address HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

KSQ 2) KSQ Band lock off HP 8566A/ available in V3.2x and

HP 8568A above

KST KST Fast Preset HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

KSV KSV <numeric_value> Frequency HP 8566A/ available

HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ Offset HP 8568A
KSV?

KSW KSW Error HP 8566A/ available

Correction HP 8568A
Routine

KSX KSX Correction HP 8566A/ available

Values On HP 8568A

KSY KSY Correction HP 8566A/ available

Values Off HP 8568A

KSZ KSZ <numeric_value> DB Reference HP 8566A/ available

KSZ? Value Offset HP 8568A

KSa KSa Normal HP 8566A/ available

Detection HP 8568A

KSb KSb Pos Peak HP 8566A/ available

Detection HP 8568A

KSd KSd Neg Peak HP 8566A/ available

Detection HP 8568A

KSe KSe Sample HP 8566A/ available

Detection HP 8568A

KSg CRT beam off

KSh CRT beam on

KSj KSj View Trace C HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

KSk KSk Blank Trace C HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

KSl KSl Transfer B to C HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

KSm KSm Graticule off HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

KSn2) KSn Grid on HP 8566A/ available in V3.2x and

HP 8568A above

KSo KSn Character HP 8566A/ available in V3.2x and

display off HP 8568A above

KSp KSp Character HP 8566A/ available in V3.2x and

display on HP 8568A above

KSr KSr Create service HP 8566A/ available in V3.2x and

request HP 8568A above

KSt 2) KSt Band lock on HP 8566A/ available in V3.2x and

HP 8568A above

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.265

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

KSv 2) KSv Signal ident on HP 8566A/ available in V3.2x and

HP 8568A above

L0 L0 Display line off HP 8566A/ available in V3.2x and

HP 8568A above

LB LB <numeric_value>|<char Label HP 8566A/ available in V3.2x and

data>@ HP 8568A above

LF LF Low frequency HP 8566A/ available in V3.2x and

band preset HP 8568A above

LIMD limit line HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

delta above

LIMF limit line HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

frequency above

LIMIFAIL limit fail query HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

above

LIMIPURGE purge limit line HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

above

LIMIRCL recall limit line HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

above

LIMIREL relative limit HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

line above

LIMISAV save limit line HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

above

LIMITEST limit line test HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

above

LIML lower limit line HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

value above

LIMM middle limit line HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

value above

LIMTFL flat limit line HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

segment above

LIMTSL slope limit line HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

segment above

LIMU upper limit line HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

value above

LG LG <numeric_value> DB | DM Amplitude HP 856xE / available

LG? Scale Log HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

LL 2) LL Plot command HP 8566A/ available in V3.2x and

HP 8568A above

LN LN Amplitude HP 856xE / available

Scale Lin HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

M1 M1 Marker Off HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

6.266 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

M2 M2 Marker Normal HP 8566A/ available

M2 <numeric_value> HP 8568A
HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ
M2 DN
M2 UP
M2?

M3 M3 Delta Marker HP 8566A/ available

M3 <numeric_value> HP 8568A
HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ
M3 DN
M3 UP
M3?

M4 M4 <numeric_value> Marker Zoom HP 8566A/ available

HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ HP 8568A

MA MA Marker HP 8566A/ available

Amplitude HP 8568A

MC0 MC0 Marker Count HP 8566A/ available

off HP 8568A

MC1 MC1 Marker Count HP 8566A/ available

on HP 8568A

MDS MDS Measurement HP 8566B available in V3.7x and

data size above

MEAS Measurement HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

status above

MF MF Marker HP 8566A/ available

MF? Frequency HP 8568A/
HP 856xE /
HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

MINH1) MINH TRC Minimum Hold HP 856xE / available

HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

MKA MKA <numeric_value> Marker HP 856xE / MKA <numeric_value>

MKA? Amplitude HP 8566B / available in V3.4x and
HP 8568B / above
HP 8594E query always available

MKACT MKACT 1 Select the HP 856xE / available

MKACT? active marker HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

MKBW 1) MKBW <numeric_value> N dB Down HP 856xE / available

MKBW ON HP 8566B /
MKBW OFF HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.267

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

MKD MKD Delta Marker HP 856xE / available

MKD <numeric_value> HZ|KHZ| HP 8566B /
MHZ|GHZ HP 8568B /
MKD DN HP 8594E
MKD UP
MKD ON
MKD OFF
MKD?

MKDR MKDR <numeric_value> Delta Marker HP 856xE / query available in V3.2x and
HZ|KHZ| reverse HP 8566B / above,
MHZ|GHZ| HP 8568B / completely available in
S|SC|MS|MSEC|USMKDR? HP 8594E V3.3x and above

MKDR? Delta Marker

reverse query

MKF MKF <numeric_value> Set Marker HP 856xE / available

HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ Frequency HP 8566B /
MKF? HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

Marker On hidden

MKFC MKFC ON|OFF Frequency HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

Counter on/off HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

MKFCR 1) MKFCR <numeric_value> Frequency HP 856xE / available

HZ|KHZ| MHZ|GHZ Counter HP 8566B /
MKFCR DN Resolution HP 8568B /
MKFCR UP HP 8594E
MKFCR?

MKMIN MKMIN Marker -> Min HP 856xE / available

HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

MKN MKN Normal Marker HP 856xE / available

MKN <numeric_value> HP 8566B /
HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ HP 8568B /
MKN DN HP 8594E
MKN UP
MKN ON
MKN OFF
MKN?

MKNOISE MKNOISE ON|OFF Noise HP 856xE / available

MKNOISE 1|0 Measurement HP 8566B /
MKNOISE? HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

MKOFF MKOFF Marker off HP 856xE / available

MKOFF ALL HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

MKP MKP <numeric_value> Marker position HP 856xE / available in V3.4x and

MKP? HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

6.268 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

MKPK MKPK Marker Search HP 856xE / available

MKPK HI HP 8566B /
MKPK NH HP 8568B /
MKPK NR HP 8594E
MKPK NL

MKPT MKPT Marker Peak HP 856xE / available

MKPT HI Threshold HP 8566B /
MKPT NH HP 8568B /
MKPT NR HP 8594E
MKPT NL

MKPX MKPX <numeric_value> DB Peak HP 856xE / available

MKPX DN Excursion HP 8566B /
MKPX UP HP 8568B /
MKPX? HP 8594E

MKRL MKRL Ref Level = HP 856xE / available

Marker Level HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

MKSP MKSP Deltamarker to HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

span HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

MKSS MKSS CF Stepsize = HP 856xE / available

Marker Freq HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

MKT MKT <numeric_value> MKF = fstart + HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and

S|MS|US|SC MKT/ HP 8594E above
MKT? SWT*Span

MKTRACE MKTRACE TRA|TRB|TRC Marker to HP 856xE / available

Trace HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

MKTRACK MKTRACK ON|OFF Signal Track HP 856xE / available

MKTRACK 1|0 HP 8566B /
MKTRACK? HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

MKTYPE MKTYPE AMP Marker type HP 856xE / available in V3.4x and

MKTYPE? HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

ML Mixer level HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

above

MOV MOV Move Trace HP 856xE / available

TRA|TRB|TRC,TRA|TRB|TRC Contents HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

MPY Multiply HP 8566B / available in V4.1x and

HP 8568B / above
HP 8594E

MT0 MT0 Marker Track HP 8566A/ available

Off HP 8568A

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.269

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

MT1 MT1 Marker Track HP 8566A/ available

On HP 8568A

MXMH MXMH TRA|TRB Maximum Hold HP 856xE / available

HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

NORMALIZE NORMALIZE Normalize HP 856xE / available in V4.1x and

trace above
HP 8566B / available in V3.2x and
HP 8568B / above
HP 8594E

NRL 1) NRL <numeric_value> DB | DM Normalized HP 856xE / available

NRL? Reference HP 8566B /
Level HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

NRPOS NRPOS <numeric_value> Normalize HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

NRL? position HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

O1 O1 Format ASCII, HP 8566A/ available

Values 0 to HP 8568A
4095

O2 O2 Format Binary, HP 8566A/ available in V3.3x and

Values 0 to HP 8568A above
4095

O3 O3 Format ASCII HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

OA OA Output All HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

OL OL <80 characters> Output Learn HP 8566A/ available

OL? String HP 8568A

OT OT Output Trace HP 8566A/ available

Annotations HP 8568A

PA 2) PA <numeric_value>, Plot command HP 8566A/ available in V3.2x and

<numeric_value HP 8568A above

PD 2) PD <numeric_value>, Plot command HP 8566A/ available in V3.2x and

<numeric_value HP 8568A above

PLOTORG 2) PLOTORG DSP|GRT Plot command HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

PLOTSRC 2) PLOTSRC ANNT|GRT|TRB| Plot command HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

TRA|ALLDSP|GRT HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

PP PP Preselector HP 8566A/ available

Peaking HP 8568A

6.270 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

PRINT 1) PRINT Hardcopy HP 856xE / available

PRINT 1|0 HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

PSDAC 2) PSDAC <numeric_value> Preselector HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

PSDAC UP|DN DAC value HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

PSTATE 2) PSTATE ON|OFF|1|0 Protect State HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

PU 2) PU Pen Up HP 8566A/ available in V3.3x and

HP 8568A above

PWRBW PWRBW Power HP 8566B/ available in V3.7x and

Bandwidth HP 859x/ above
HP 856xE

R1 R1 Set Status Bit HP 8566A/ available

Enable HP 8568A

R2 R2 Set Status Bit HP 8566A/ available

Enable HP 8568A

R3 R3 Set Status Bit HP 8566A/ available

Enable HP 8568A

R4 R4 Set Status Bit HP 8566A/ available

Enable HP 8568A

RB RB <numeric_value> Resolution HP 856xE / available

HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ Bandwidth HP 8566B /
RB DN HP 8568B /
RB UP HP 8594E
RB AUTO
RB?

RBR RBR <numeric_value> Resolution HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

RBR DN Bandwidth HP 8566B / above
RBR UP Ratio HP 8568B /
RBR? HP 8594E

RC1...6 RC1...6 Recall Last HP 8566A/ available

State HP 8568A

RCLS RCLS <numeric_value> Recall State HP 856xE / available

Register HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

RCLT RCLT TRA|TRB,<number> Recall Trace HP856xE / available in V3.3x and

HP8594E above

RESET RESET Instrument HP 856xE / available

preset HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

REV REV Firmware HP 856xE / available

REV? revision HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.271

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

RL RL <numeric_value> DB|DM Reference HP 856xE / available

RL DN Level HP 8566B /
RL UP HP 8568B /
RL? HP 8594E

RLCAL RLCAL <numeric_value> Reference HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

RL? Level HP 8566B / above
Calibration HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

RCLOSCAL RCLOSCAL Recall Open/ HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and

Short Average HP 8594E above

RCLTHRU RCLTHRU Recall Thru HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and

HP 8594E above

RLPOS 1) RLPOS <numeric_value> Reference HP 856xE / available

RLPOS DN Level Position HP 8566B /
RLPOS UP HP 8568B /
RLPOS? HP 8594E

ROFFSET ROFFSET <numeric_value> DB | Reference HP 856xE / available

DM Level Offset HP 8566B /
ROFFSET? HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

RQS RQS Service HP 856xE / available

Request Bit HP 8566B /
mask HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

S1 S1 Continuous HP 8566A/ available

Sweep HP 8568A

S2 S2 Single Sweep HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

SADD add a limit line HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

segment above

SAVES SAVES <numeric_value> Save State HP 856xE / available

Register HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

SAVET SAVET TRA|TRB,<number> Save Trace HP856xE / avalable in V3.3x and above
HP8594E

SDEL delete limit line HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

segment above

SDON limit line HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

segment done above

SEDI edit limit line HP 856xE available in V4.3x and

segment above

SMOOTH SMOOTH TRA|TRB|TRC, Smooth Trace HP 856xE / avalable in V3.4x and above
<number of points> HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

SNGLS SNGLS Single Sweep HP 856xE / available

HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

6.272 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

SQUELCH 2) SQUELCH <numeric_value> Squelch HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and

DM | DB HP 8566B / above
SQUELCH UP|DN HP 8568B /
SQUELCH ON|OFF HP 8594E

SP SP <numeric_value> Span HP 8566A/ available

HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ HP 8568A/
SP DN HP 856xE /
SP UP HP 8566B /
SP? HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

SRCNORM 1) SRCNORM ON|OFF Source HP 856xE / available

SRCNORM 1|0 Normalization HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

SRCPOFS 1) SRCPOFS <numeric_value> DB | Source Power HP 856xE / available

DM Offset HP 8566B /
SRCPOFS DN HP 8568B /
SRCPOFS UP HP 8594E
SRCPOFS?

SRCPWR 1) SRCPWR <numeric_value> DB | Source Power HP 856xE / available

DM HP 8566B /
SRCPWR DN HP 8568B /
SRCPWR UP HP 8594E
SRCPWR ON
SRCPWR OFF
SRCPWR?

SS SS <numeric_value> CF Step Size HP 8566A/ available

HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ HP 8568A/
SS DN HP 856xE /
SS UP HP 8566B /
SS AUTO HP 8568B /
SS? HP 8594E

ST ST <numeric_value> US|MS|SC Sweep Time HP 8566A/ available

ST DN HP 8568A/
ST UP HP 856xE /
ST AUTO HP 8566B /
ST? HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

STB STB Status byte HP 856xE / available

query HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

STOREOPEN STOREOPEN Store Open HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and

HP 8594E above

STORESHORT STORESHORT Store Short HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and

HP 8594E above

STORETHRU STORETHRU Store Thru HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and

HP 8594E above

SUB Subtract HP 8566B / available in V4.1x and

HP 8568B / above
HP 8594E

SUM sum of trace HP 8566B / available in V4.3x and

amplitudes HP 8568B / above
HP 8594E

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.273

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

SV1...6 SV1...6 Save State HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

SWPCPL 2) SWPCPL SA | SR Sweep Couple HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and

SWPCPL? HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

SWPOUT 2) SWPOUT FAV|FAVA|RAMP Sweep Output HP 856xE / available in V3.2x and

SWPOUT? HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

T0 T0 Threshold off HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

T1 T1 Free Run HP 8566A/ available

Trigger HP 8568A

T2 2) T2 Line Trigger HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

T3 T3 External HP 8566A/ available

Trigger HP 8568A

T4 T4 Video Trigger HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

TA TA Transfer A HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

TACL TACL? Returns available in V3.7x and

instantaneous above
TBCL TBCL? measurement
results.
TCCL TCCL?
See
TRACe<trace
#>:IMMediate:
LEVel? for full
description.

TACR TACR? Returns available in V3.7x and

instantaneous above
TBCR TBCR? measurement
results.
TCCR TCCR?
See
TRACe<trace
#>:IMMediate:
LEVel? for full
description.

TB TB Transfer B HP 8566A/ available

HP 8568A

TDF TDF P Trace Data HP 856xE / available

TDF M Format HP 8566B /
TDF B HP 8568B /
TDF A HP 8594E
TDF I

6.274 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

TH TH <numeric_value> DB|DM Threshold HP 856xE / available

TH DN HP 8566B /
TH UP HP 8568B /
TH ON HP 8594E
TH OFF
TH AUTO
TH?

THE THE ON| OFF Threshold Line HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and
enable HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

TIMEDSP 1) TIMEDSP ON|OFF Time Display HP 856xE / available

TIMEDSP 1|0 HP 8566B /
TIMEDSP? HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

TM TM FREE|VID|EXT|LINE2) Trigger Mode HP 856xE / available

TM? HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

TM LINE 2) TM LINE Trigger Line HP 8566B available in V3.7x and

above

TRA TRA B Transfer A HP 856xE / available

TRA A HP 8566B /
TRA I HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

TRB TRB B Transfer B HP 856xE / available

TRB A HP 8566B /
TRB I HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

TRSTAT TRSTAT? Trace State HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and

Query HP 8566B / above
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

TS TS Take Sweep HP 856xE / available

HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

UR 2) UR Plot Command HP 8566A/ available in V3.2x and

HP 8568A above

VARDEF VARDEF Variable HP 8566B / available in V4.1x and

definition, HP 8568B / above, ignored in earlier
arrays are not HP 8594E versions
supported

VAVG VAVG Video HP 856xE / available

Averaging HP 8566B /
VAVG TRA|TRB|TRC
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

VB VB <numeric_value> Video HP 856xE / available

HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ Bandwidth HP 8566B /
VB DN HP 8568B /
VB UP HP 8594E
VB AUTO
VB?

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.275

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

VBR 1) VBR <numeric_value> Video HP 856xE / available

VBR DN Bandwidth HP 8566B /
VBR UP Ratio HP 8568B /
VBR? HP 8594E

VIEW VIEW TRA|TRB|TRC HP 856xE / available

HP 8566B /
HP 8568B /
HP 8594E

VTL VTL <numeric_value> DB|DM Video Trigger HP 856xE / available in V3.3x and
VTL DN Level HP 8594E above
VTL UP
VTL?

1) HP 8594E only
2) Command will be accepted without error message, but will be ignored

6.23.3 Special Features of the Syntax Parsing Algorithms for 8566A and
8568A Models
The command syntax is very different for models A and B. Different names are assigned to identical
instrument functions, and the command structure likewise differs considerably between models A and
models B.
The command structure for models A is as follows:
<command> ::=
<command code>[<SPC>][<data>|<step>][<SPC>][<delimiter>][<command code>]...<delimiter>
<data> ::= <value>[<SPC>][<units code>][<SPC>][<delimiter>][<SPC>][<data>]...
<step> ::= UP|DN
where
<command code> = see Table "Supported Commands"
<value> = integer or floating-point numerical value
<units code> = DM | -DM | DB | HZ | KZ | MZ | GZ | MV | UV | SC | MS | US
<delimiter> = <CR> | <LF> | <,> | <;> | <ETX>
<SPC> = 3210
<ETX> = 310
Command sections given in [ ] are optional.
The R&S ESCI GPIB hardware differs from that used in the HP analyzers. Therefore, the following con-
straint exists:
<LF>| <EOI> are still used as delimiters since the GPIB hardware is able to identify them. The other
delimiters are identified and evaluated during syntax analysis.

6.276 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

6.23.4 856x: Emulation of the Spurious Response Measurement Utility

85672A

6.23.4.1 General commands for Spurious

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

SP_OK A value of 1 denotes a HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

successful measurement above

SP_RMT A value of 1 means, that the HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

instrument settings are above
saved to register 9

SP_EXTREF 0: use internal reference; HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

above
1. use external reference

SP_EXIT Quits spurious HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

above

6.23.4.2 Commands for TOI-Measurement

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

SP_TOI Executes TOI HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

measurement above

SP_TOIFA Lower primary signal HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

frequency in Hz above

SP_TOIFB Upper primary signal HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

frequency in Hz above

SP_TOIFS Primary signal frequency HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

spacing in Hz above

SP_TOI_SL Lower signal amplitude in HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

dBm above

SP_TOI_SU Upper signal amplitude in HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

dBm above

SP_TOI_PL Lower distortion product HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

amplitude in dBm above

SP_TOI_PU Upper distortion product HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

amplitude in dBm above

SP_TOI_A, Third or intercept point in HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

SP_TOI_B dBm above

SP_TOINA, The flag=0 indicates a good HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

SP_TOINB measurement above

6.23.4.3 Commands for Harmonic Distortion

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

SP_HARM Executes harmonis distortion HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

measurement above

SP_H_MAX Maximum harmonic to be HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

measured, range is from 2 to 10 above

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.277

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

SP_H_FFLAG Displays or hides harmonics HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

above

SP_HPWMIN Minimum resolution bandwidth HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

above

SP_H_LVL Array of amplitudes for each HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

[1..10] harmonic in dBc relative to the above
fundamental. SP_H_LVL[1] = 0
(the level of the fundamental in
dBc). The index is the number of
the harmonic

SP_THD Total harmonic distortion in HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

percent above

SP_H_NS[1..10] Array of flags corresponding to HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

each measurement in the above
SP_H_LVL array. A value of 0
denotes a good measurement

SP_H_FRQ Frequency of the fundamental in HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

Hz above

SP_H_AMP Amplitude of the fundamental in HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

dBm above

6.23.4.4 Commands for Spurious

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

SP_TIME Calculates an estimated time for HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

the spurious search above

SP_GEN Executes the spurious search HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

above

SP_SR_FL Lower search mimit in Hz HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

above

SP_SR_FU Upper search limit in Hz HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

above

SP_DBCFLG Values in dBm (SP_DBCFLG=0) HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

or above
dBc (SP_DBCFLG=1)

SP_SR_TH Lower search amplitude limit in HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

dBm or dBc above

SP_SR_TG Upper search amplitude limit in HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

dBm or dBc above

SP_SRTFLG Sort flag, 0=sort output by HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

frequencies, 1=sort output by above
amplitudes

SP_SR_TM Estimated search time in HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

seconds above

SP_NUMSP Number of spurious found HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

above

6.278 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Supported subset Function Corresponding Status

HP-Models

SP_SR_F[1..50] Array of frequencies in Hz for HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

spurious signals found above

SP_SR_A[1..50] Array of amlplitudes of the HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

spurious signals found in dBm or above
dBc

SP_SR_CF Reference frequency in Hz for HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

dBc mode above

SP_SR_CP Reference amplitude in dBm for HP 856xE available in V4.1x and

dBc mode above

6.23.5 Special Behavior of Commands

Command Known Differences

ABORT Does not automatically set the command complete bit (bit 4) in the status byte. An additional DONE is
required for that purpose.

ANNOT Only frequency axis annotation is affected.

AT AT DN/UP: Step size

CAL The CAL commands do not automatically set the command complete bit (bit 4) in the status byte. An
additional DONE command is required for that purpose.

CF Default value, range, step size

CR Default ratio Span / RBW

CT Formula for coupled sweeptime

CV Default ratio RBW / VBW

DET DET? returns SAMP instead of SMP on the R&S ESCI.

DET not automatically set the command complete bit (bit 4) in the status byte. An additional DONE is required
for that purpose.

ERR? Deletes the error bit in the status register but always returns a '0' in response.

FA Default value, range, step size

FB Default value, range, step size

ID Query of instrument type. The instrument type entered with SETUP - GENERAL SETUP - GPIB - ID STRING
USER will be returned.

M2 Default value, range, step size

M3 Default value, range, step size

MKACT Only marker 1 is supported as the active marker.

MKBW Default value

MKPT Step size

MKPX Step size

NRL

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.279

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

Command Known Differences

OL? Storage of instrument settings:

80 characters are returned as information on the instrument settings.
The contents of the 80 characters returned does not correspond to the original data contents of the 8566A /
8568A family.

OL Readout of instrument settings:

The 80 characters read by means of OL? are accepted as information on the corresponding instrument
settings.
The contents of the 80 characters read does not correspond to the original data contents of the 8566A /
8568A family.

RB Default value, range, step size

RL Default value, step size

RLPOS Adapts the position of the reference level even if the tracking generator normalization is not active.

RQS Supported bits:

1 (Units key pressed)
2 (End of Sweep)
3 (Device error)
4 (Command complete)
5 (Illegal command)

SRCNORM

SRCPWR

SP Default value, range, step size

SS Default value, range, step size

ST Default value, range, step size

STB The status bits are mapped as described with command RQS.

Bit 2 and 4 are always set in parallel if "Command Complete" or "End of Sweep"
are recognized. The R&S ESCI cannot distinguish between these conditions.
Additionally these bits are not suitable for synchronization on the end of sweep in
continuous sweep operation.

TA Output of 1001 trace points of trace A in O1 or O3 format.

TB Output of 1001 trace points of trace B in O1 or O3 format.

TH Default value

VB Range

VBR Default value

6.280 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

6.23.6 Model-Dependent Default Settings

If the GPIB language is switched over to an 85xx model, the GPIB address will automatically be switched
over to 18 provided that the default address of the R&S ESCI (20) is still set. If a different value is set,
this value will be maintained. Upon return to SCPI, this address will remain unchanged.
The following table shows the default settings obtained after a change of the GPIB language and for the
commands IP, KST and RESET:

Model # of Trace Points Start Freq. Stop Freq. Ref Level Input Coupling

8566A/B 1001 2 GHz 22 GHz 0 dBm DC

8568A/B 1001 0 Hz 1.5 GHz 0 dBm AC

8560E 601 0 Hz 2.9 GHz 0 dBm AC

8561E 601 0 Hz 6.5 GHz 0 dBm AC

8562E 601 0 Hz 13.2 GHz 0 dBm AC

8563E 601 0 Hz 26.5 GHz 0 dBm AC

8564E 601 0 Hz 40 GHz 0 dBm AC

8565E 601 0 Hz 50 GHz 0 dBm AC

8594E 401 0 Hz 3 GHz 0 dBm AC

Notes regarding the set stop frequency:

• The stop frequency given in the table may be limited to the corresponding
frequency range of the R&S FSUP.
• Command LF sets the stop frequency for 8566A/B to a maximum value of 2
GHz.

Note regarding the number of test points (trace points):

• The number of trace points is switched over only upon transition to the REMOTE
state.

6.23.7 Data Output Formats

In the case of the SCPI and IEEE488.2 standards, the output formats for numerical data are flexible to a
large extent. The output format for the HP units, by contrast, is accurately defined with respect to the
number of digits. The memory areas for reading instrument data have therefore been adapted accord-
ingly in the remote-control programs for instruments of this series.
Therefore, in response to a query, the R&S ESCI returns data of the same structure as that used by the
original instruments; this applies in particular to the number of characters returned.
Two formats are currently supported when trace data is output: Display Units (command O1) and physi-
cal values (command O2, O3 or TDF P). As to the "Display Units" format, the level data of the R&S ESCI
is converted to match the value range and the resolution of the 8566/8568 series. Upon transition to the
REMOTE state, the R&S ESCI is reconfigured such that the number of test points (trace points) corre-
sponds to that of the 85xx families (1001 for 8566A/B and 8568A/B, 601 for 8560E to 8565E, 401 for
8594E).

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.281

 R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E

6.23.8 Trace Data Output Formats

All formats are supported for trace data output: display units (command O1), display units in two byte
binary data (command O2 or TDF B and MDS W), display units in one byte binary data (command O4 or
TDF B and MDS B) and physical values (commands O3 or TDF P). With format "display units" the level
data will be converted into value range and resolution of the 8566/8568 models. On transition to
REMOTE state the number of trace points will be reconfigured in order to be conform to the selected
instrument model (1001 for 8566A/B and 8568 A/B, 601 for 8560E to 8565E, 401 for 8594E).

6.23.9 Trace Data Input Formats

Trace data input is only supported for binary date (TDF B, TDF A, TDF I, MDS W, MDS B).

6.23.10 GPIB Status Reporting

The assignment of status bits by commands R1, R2, R3, R4, RQS is supported starting at firmware ver-
sion 1.8x.
The STB command and the serial poll respond with an 8-bit value having the following assignment:

Bit enabled by RQS

0 not used (value 0)

1 Units key pressed

2 End of Sweep

3 Device Error

4 Command Complete

5 Illegal Command

6 Service Request

7 not used (value 0)

Bits 0 and 7 are not used and always have the value 0.
Please note that the R&S ESCI reports any key pressed on the front panel rather than only the unit keys
if bit 1 was enabled.
Another difference is the behavior of bit 6 when using the STB? query. On the HP analyzers this bit mon-
itors the state of the SRQ line on the bus. On the R&S ESCI this is not possible. Therefore this bit is set,
as soon as one of the bits 1 to 5 is set. It won't be reset by performing a serial poll.

6.282 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

6.24 Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and

the FSE Families of Instruments
The following list of commands contains the differences in syntax and behavior
between the GPIB command set of the FSP and the FSE families of instruments.
Firmware options are not described in this operating manual as the related com-
mands are not available in the basic instrument. FSE alone in column "Devices"
denotes the instrument families FSE, FSIQ, FSET and ESIB, unless otherwise
noted in column "Notes".

Devices Command (Sheet 1 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE *CAL? R&S ESCI: executes

ESCI total calibration
FSE: executes short
calibration

R&S FSE *CLS

ESCI

R&S FSE *ESE

ESCI

R&S FSE *ESR?

ESCI

R&S FSE *IDN? model indicator and

ESCI version index is different
for R&S ESCI and FSE

R&S FSE *IST?

ESCI

R&S FSE *OPC?

ESCI

R&S FSE *OPT? list of available options is

ESCI slightly different for
R&S ESCI and FSE, but
equally available options
have equal names

R&S FSE *PCB

ESCI

R&S FSE *PRE

ESCI

R&S FSE *PSC

ESCI

R&S FSE *RST instrument settings are

ESCI slightly different for
R&S ESCI and FSE due
to different instrument
specs

R&S FSE *SRE

ESCI

R&S FSE *STB?

ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.283

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 2 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE *TRG R&S ESCI starts

ESCI measurement in active
screen
FSE: starts
measurement in both
screens (split screen
mode)

R&S FSE *TST?

ESCI

R&S FSE *WAI

ESCI

R&S FSE ABORt

ESCI

R&S CALCulate:STATistics:APD[:STATe] ON | OFF new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate:STATistics:CCDF[:STATe] ON | OFF new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate:STATistics:NSAMples 100 to 1E9 new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate:STATistics:PRESet new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate:STATistics:Result<1...3>? MEAN | PEAK | CFACtor new function for

ESCI | ALL R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:AUTO ONCE new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate:STATistics:X:RANGe -10dB to 200dB new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate:STATistics:X:RLEVel -130dBm to 30dBm new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate:STATistics:Y:LOWer -1E-9 to 0.1 new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate:STATistics:Y:UPPer -1E-8 to 1.0 new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:CTHReshold MIN to MAX not available in

R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:CTHReshold:STATe ON | OFF not available in

R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:AOFF markers 2...4 are either

ESCI normal or delta markers;
marker 1 always serves
as the reference marker
for all deltamarkers

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:AOFF there are 4markers and

4 deltamarkers; the most
recently used marker
serves as the reference
marker for all
deltamarkers

6.284 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 3 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion: <numeric_value> R&S ESCI: marker 1 can

ESCI FIXed:RPOint:X be moved independently
from the reference point
FSE: the marker and the
reference point are
linked to each other

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion: <numeric_value> R&S ESCI: marker 1 can

ESCI FIXed:RPOint:Y be moved independently
from the reference point;
FSE: the marker and the
reference point are
linked to each other

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion: <numeric_value>

ESCI FIXed:RPOint:Y: OFFSet

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion: new function for

ESCI FIXed:RPOint:MAX: PEAK R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF

ESCI FIXed[:STATe]

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI PNOise:RESult?

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF

ESCI PNOise[:STATe]

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum: not available for

APEak R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:

ESCI LEFT

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:

ESCI NEXT

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:

ESCI RIGHt

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum[:

ESCI PEAK]

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:

ESCI LEFT

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:

ESCI NEXT

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:

ESCI RIGHt

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum[:

ESCI PEAK]

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MODE ABSolute | RELative

ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:STEP: ON | OFF not available for

AUTO R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:STEP[: <numeric_value> not available for

INCRement] R&S ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.285

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 4 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:TRACe 1 to 3 R&S ESCI: 3 traces are

ESCI available per screen;
FSE: 4 traces are
available in full screen
mode and 2 traces per
screen in split screen
mode

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X 0 to MAX (frequency | unit 'SYM' is not

ESCI sweep time) available for R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X:RELative

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y?

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>[:STATe] ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DLINe<1|2> MIN to MAX

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:DLINe<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF

ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:FEED 'XTIM:DDEM:MEAS' | not available for

'XTIM:DDEM:REF' | R&S ESCI
'XTIM:DDEM:ERR:MPH'
| 'XTIM:DDEM:ERR:
VECT' | 'XTIM:DDEM:
SYMB' | 'XTIM:AM' |
'XTIM:FM' | 'XTIM:PM' |
'XTIM:AMSummary' |
'XTIM:FMSummary'
|'XTIM:PMSummary' |
'TCAP'

FSET CALCulate<1|2>:FEED 'XTIM:DDEM:MEAS' | not available for

'XTIM:DDEM:REF' | R&S ESCI
'XTIM:DDEM:ERR:MPH'
| 'XTIM:DDEM:ERR:
VECT' | 'XTIM:DDEM:
SYMB' | 'TCAP'

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:FLINe<1|2> 0 to fmax

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:FLINe<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF

ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat MAGNitude | PHASe | not available for

UPHase | RIMag | R&S ESCI
FREQuency | IEYE |
QEYE | TEYE | FEYE |
COMP | CONS

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:FSK:DEViation:REFerence <numeric value> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel 0 to 100 DB, compatible to

0 to 100 DB CALCulate<1|2>:
LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:
ACHannel [:RELative] of
R&S ESCI
not available for FSET

6.286 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 5 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower: -200 to 200 DBM, new function for

ESCI ACHannel:ABSolute -200 to 200 DBM R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower: ON | OFF new function for

ESCI ACHannel:ABSolute:STATe R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:

ESCI ACHannel:RESult?

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower: ON | OFF compatible to

ACHannel:STATe CALCulate<1|2>:
LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:
ACHannel[:RELative]:
STATe of R&S ESCI
not available for FSET

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower: 0 to 100 DB, compatible to

ESCI ACHannel[:RELative] 0 to 100 DB CALCulate<1|2>:
LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:
ACHannel of FSE

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower: ON | OFF compatible to

ESCI ACHannel[:RELative]:STATe CALCulate<1|2>:
LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:
ACHannel:STATe of FSE

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower: 0 to 100 DB, compatible to

ALTernate<1|2> 0 to 100 DB CALCulate<1|2>:
LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:
ALTernate<1|2>
[:RELative] of R&S ESCI
not available for FSET

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower: -200 to 200 DBM, new function for

ESCI ALTernate<1|2>:ABSolute -200 to 200 DBM R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower: ON | OFF new function for

ESCI ALTernate<1|2>:ABSolute:STATe R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:

ESCI ALTernate<1|2>:RESult?

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower: ON | OFF compatible to

ALTernate<1|2>:STATe CALCulate<1|2>:
LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:
ALTernate<1|2>
[:RELative]:STATe of
R&S ESCI
not available for FSET

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower: 0 to 100 DB, compatible to

ESCI ALTernate<1|2>[:RELative] 0 to 100 DB CALCulate<1|2>:
LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:
ALTernate<1|2> of FSE

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower: ON | OFF compatible to

ESCI ALTernate<1|2>[:RELative]:STATe CALCulate<1|2>:
LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:
ALTernate<1|2>: STATe
of FSE

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower[:STATe] ON | OFF

ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.287

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 6 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:POWer? not available for

R&S ESCI, FSET and
ESIB

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:PTEMplate? not available for

R&S ESCI, FSET and
ESIB

FSE CALCulate:LIMit:CATalog? not available in

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CLEar[:IMMediate]

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:COMMent <string>

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:DOMain FREQuency | TIME

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:MODE RELative | ABSolute

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:OFFset <numeric value>

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:SHIFt <numeric_value>

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic

ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:UNIT[: S | SYM not available for

TIME] R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol[:DATA] <numeric value>,

ESCI <numeric value>

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:COPY 1 to 8|<name>

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:DELete

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL?

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:MARGin <numeric value>

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:MODE RELative | ABSolute

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:OFFset <numeric value>

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:SHIFt <numeric_value>

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:STATe ON | OFF

ESCI

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:THReshold <numeric value> new function for

R&S ESCI

6.288 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 7 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer[:DATA] <numeric value>

ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:MARGin 0 to 100DB not available for

R&S ESCI, FSET and
ESIB

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:NAME 1 to 8|<string>

ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:SPECtrum: ARFCn | TXBand | not available for

MODulation:EXCeptions? RXBand| COMBined | R&S ESCI, FSET and
DCSRx1800 ESIB

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:SPECtrum: ARFCn | TXBand | not available for

MODulation:FAILs? RXBand| COMBined | R&S ESCI, FSET and
DCSRx1800 ESIB

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:SPECtrum: ARFCn | TXBand | not available for

MODulation? RXBand| COMBined | R&S ESCI, FSET and
DCSRx1800 ESIB

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:SPECtrum: not available for

SWITching:FAILs? R&S ESCI, FSET and
ESIB

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:SPECtrum: not available for

SWITching? R&S ESCI, FSET and
ESIB

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:SPURious:FAILs? TXBand | OTXBand| not available for

RXBand | IDLeband R&S ESCI, FSET and
ESIB

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:SPURious? TXBand | OTXBand| not available for

RXBand | IDLeband R&S ESCI, FSET and
ESIB

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:STATe ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:TRACe 1 to 3 R&S ESCI: 3 traces are

ESCI available per screen
FSE: 4 traces are
available in full screen
mode and 2 traces per
screen in split screen
mode

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT DBM | DBPW | WATT | Available units are

ESCI DBUV | DBMV | VOLT | compatible to the FSE
DBUA | AMPere | DB |
DBUV_M | DBUA_M |
DEG | RAD | S | HZ |
PCT | UNITLESS

FSE/ CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT DBM | DBPW | WATT | only the following units

FSIQ DBUV | DBMV | VOLT | are available for the
DBUA | AMPere | DB | R&S ESCI:DBM | DBPW
DBUV_MHZ | | WATT | DBUV | DBMV |
DBMV_MHZ | VOLT | DBUA | AMPere |
DBUA_MHZ | |DBUV_M DB | DBUV_M |
| DBUA_M | DBUV_MHZ DBUA_M | DEG | RAD |
| DBUA_MHZ | DEG | S | HZ | PCT |
RAD | S | HZ | PCT | UNITLESS
UNITLESS

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.289

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 8 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSET/ CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT DBM | DBPW | WATT | only the following units

ESIB DBUV | DBMV | VOLT | are available for the
DBUA | AMPere | DB | R&S ESCI:DBM | DBPW
DBUV_MHZ | | WATT | DBUV | DBMV |
DBMV_MHZ | VOLT | DBUA | AMPere |
DBUA_MHZ | |DBUV_M DB | DBUV_M |
| DBUA_M | DBUV_MHZ DBUA_M | DEG | RAD |
| DBUA_MHZ | DEG | S | HZ | PCT |
RAD | S | HZ | PCT | UNITLESS
UNITLESS

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:MARGin <numeric value>

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:MODE RELative | ABSolute

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:OFFset <numeric value>

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:SHIFt <numeric_value>

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:STATe ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:THReshold <numeric value> new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer[:DATA] <numeric value>

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:AOFF

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt:

ESCI FREQuency?

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt: 0.1 | 1 | 10 | 100 | 1000 |

ESCI RESolution 10000 Hz

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>: ON | OFF not available for

COUPled[STATe] R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

ADEMod:AFRequency[:RESult]? R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: PPEak | MPEak | not available for

ADEMod:AM[:RESult]? MIDDle | RMS R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

ADEMod:CARRier[:RESult]? R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

ADEMod:FERRor[:RESult]? R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: PPEak | MPEak | not available for

ADEMod:FM[:RESult]? MIDDle | RMS | RDEV R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: PPEak | MPEak | not available for

ADEMod:PM[:RESult]? MIDDle | RMS R&S ESCI and FSET

6.290 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 9 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

ADEMod:SINad:RESult? R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF not available for

ADEMod:SINad[:STATe] R&S ESCI and FSET

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI CENTer

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI CSTep

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: MERM | MEPK | MEPS | not available for

DDEMod:RESult? PERM PEPK | PEPS | R&S ESCI
EVRM | EVPK | EVPS
IQOF | IQIM |ADR |
FERR | FEPK | RHO |
DEV | FSRM |
R&S ESCIK |
R&S ESCIS | DTTS

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: new function for

ESCI DEModulation: R&S ESCI
CONTinuous

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: 10ms to 1000s

ESCI DEModulation:HOLDoff

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: AM | FM

ESCI DEModulation:SELect

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF

ESCI DEModulation[:STATe]

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: <numeric value> new function for

ESCI FPEaks[:IMMediate] R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: new function for

ESCI FPEaks:COUNt? R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: new function for

ESCI FPEaks:X? R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: new function for

ESCI FPEaks:Y? R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: X|Y new function for

ESCI FPEaks:SORT R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: new function for

ESCI MDEPth:RESult? R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: new function for

ESCI MDEPth[:STATe] R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: <numeric_value>, new function for

ESCI MSUMmary? <numeric_value>, R&S ESCI
<numeric_value>,
<numeric_value>

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

MSTep R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: <numeric_value>

ESCI NDBDown

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI NDBDown:FREQuency?

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.291

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 10 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI NDBDown:RESult?

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF

ESCI NDBDown:STATe

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI NOISe:RESult?

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF

ESCI NOISe:STATe

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF not available for

POWer:CFILter R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: NADC | TETRA | PDC | available standards are

ESCI POWer:PRESet PHS | CDPD | FWCDma compatible to the FSE
| RWCDma | F8CDma |
R8CDma | F19Cdma |
R19Cdma |
FW3Gppcdma|
RW3Gppcdma |
D2CDma | S2CDma |
M2CDma | NONE

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF new function for

ESCI POWer:RESult:PHZ R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ACPower | CPOWer | MCACpower is not

ESCI POWer:RESult? OBANdwidth | OBWidth | available on the FSE
MCACpower
MCACpower, ACPower
and CPOWer are not
available on the FSET

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ACPower | CPOWer | MCACpower is not

ESCI POWer:SELect? OBANdwidth | OBWidth | available on the FSE
CN | CN0 | MCACpower
MCACpower, ACPower
and CPOWer are not
available on the FSET

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: OFF

ESCI POWer[:STATe]

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI REFerence

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: (60dB/3dB) | (60dB/6dB) not available for

SFACtor R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

SFACtor:FREQuency? R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

SFACtor:RESult? R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF not available for

SFACtor:STATe R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

STARt R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:STOP not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: 10 Hz to MAX(span) new function for

ESCI STRack: BANDwidth|BWIDth R&S ESCI. Replaces
DISP:FLINE of the FSE.

6.292 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 11 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: -330 to +30 dBm new function for

ESCI STRack:THReshold R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: 1 to 3 new function for

ESCI STRack:TRACe R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF

ESCI STRack[:STATe]

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI SUMMary:AOFF

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF

ESCI SUMMary:AVERage

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

SUMMary:MAXimum: AVERage:RESult? R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

SUMMary:MAXimum: PHOLd:RESult? R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

SUMMary:MAXimum: RESult? R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF not available for

SUMMary:MAXimum [:STATe] R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI SUMMary:MEAN: AVERage:RESult?

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI SUMMary:MEAN:PHOLd:RESult?

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI SUMMary:MEAN:RESult?

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF

ESCI SUMMary:MEAN[:STATe]

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

SUMMary:MIDDle: AVERage:RESult? R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

SUMMary:MIDDle: PHOLd:RESult? R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

SUMMary:MIDDle: RESult? R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF not available for

SUMMary:MIDDle [:STATe] R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ABSolute | RELative new function for

ESCI SUMMary:MODE R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

SUMMary:MPEak: AVERage:RESult? R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

SUMMary:MPEak: PHOLd:RESult? R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: not available for

SUMMary:MPEak: RESult? R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF not available for

SUMMary:MPEak [:STATe] R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF

ESCI SUMMary:PHOLd

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.293

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 12 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI SUMMary:PPEak: AVERage:RESult?

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI SUMMary:PPEak:PHOLd:RESult?

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI SUMMary:PPEak:RESult?

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF

ESCI SUMMary:PPEak[:STATe]

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ONCE new function for

ESCI SUMMary:REFerence: AUTO R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI SUMMary:RMS:AVERage:RESult?

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI SUMMary:RMS:PHOLd: RESult?

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:

ESCI SUMMary:RMS:RESult?

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF

ESCI SUMMary:RMS[:STATe]

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: new function for

ESCI SUMMary:SDEViation: RESult? R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: new function for

ESCI SUMMarySDEViation: AVERage:RESult? R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: new function for

ESCI SUMMary:SDEViation: PHOLd:RESult? R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF new function for

ESCI SUMMary:SDEViation [:STATe] R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: ON | OFF

ESCI SUMMary[:STATe]

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TOI: new function for

ESCI RESult? R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TOI[: ON | OFF new function for

ESCI STATe] R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion: <numeric_value> R&S ESCI: function

ESCI ZOOM uses always marker 1 as
its reference marker;
FSE: all available
markers can be used as
a reference marker

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:LOEXclude ON | OFF

ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum: not available for

APEak R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:

ESCI NEXT

6.294 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 13 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:

ESCI RIGHt

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum[:

ESCI PEAK]

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum[:

ESCI PEAK]

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion <numeric_value>

ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:READout MPHase | RIMaginary not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>: ON | OFF not available for

SCOupled[STATe] R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:STEP:AUTO ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:STEP[: <numeric_value> not available for

INCRement] R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:TRACe 1 to 3 R&S ESCI: 3 traces are

ESCI available per screen
FSE: 4 traces are
available in full screen
mode and 2 traces per
screen in split screen
mode

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X 0 to MAX (frequency | additional unit SYM is

ESCI sweep time) available for FSE

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:LEFT 0 to MAX (frequency | new function for

ESCI sweep time) R&S ESCI. Replaces
DISP:FLIN and DISP:
TLIN commands of the
FSE

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:RIGHt 0 to MAX new function

ESCI (frequency|sweep time) forR&S ESCI. Replaces
DISP:FLIN and DISP:
TLIN commands of the
FSE

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits[: ON | OFF

ESCI STATe]

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y?

ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y:PERCent <numeric_value> new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>[:STATe] ON | OFF

ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.295

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 14 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:MODE LINear | LOGarithmic affects all traces on the

ESCI R&S ESCI; therefore the
numeric suffix :
MATH<1...4> is not
allowed for the
R&S ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MATH<1...4>:MODE LINear | LOGarithmic for FSE, only the trace

indicated by a numeric
suffix is affected

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:POS -100PCT to 200PCT new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI; replacement
for CALC:RLINe of the
FSE

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:STATe ON | OFF for R&S ESCI, traces

ESCI can only be subtracted
from trace 1; therefore
there is no numeric suffix
behind :MATH

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:MATH[:EXPRession][:DEFine] <expr> for R&S ESCI, traces

ESCI can only be subtracted
from trace 1; therefore
there is no numeric suffix
behind :MATH and
<expr> may only consist
of (TRACE1-TRACE2)
or (TRACE1-TRACE3)

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:RLINe MIN to MAX not available for

R&S ESCI (replaced by
CALC:MATH:POS)

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:RLINe:STATe ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI (replaced by
CALC:MATH:POS)

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:THReshold MIN to MAX

ESCI

R&S FSE CALCulate<1|2>:THReshold:STATe ON | OFF

ESCI

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:TLINe<1|2> 0 to 1000s not available on the

R&S ESCI; replaced by
CALC:SLIMits:LEFT and
CALC:SLIMits:RIGHt

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:TLINe<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF not available on the

R&S ESCI; replaced by
CALC:SLIMits:LEFT and
CALC:SLIMits:RIGHt

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:ANGLe DEG | RAD not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer DBM | V | A | W | DBPW available units are

ESCI | WATT | DBUV | DBMV compatible to the FSE
| VOLT | DBUA |
AMPere

6.296 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 15 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSET/ CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer DBM | V | W | DB | PCT the R&S ESCI supports

ESIB | UNITLESS | DBPW | the following units:DBM |
WATT | DBUV | DBMV | V| A| W | DBPW | WATT
VOLT | DBUA | AMPere | DBUV | DBMV | VOLT
| DBPT | DBUV_MHZ | | DBUA | AMPere
DBMV_MHZ |
DBUA_MHZ | DBUV_M |
DBUA_M |
DBUV_MMHZ |
DBUA_MMHZ

FSE/ CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer DBM | V | W | DB | PCT the R&S ESCI supports

FSIQ | UNITLESS | DBPW | the following units:DBM |
WATT | DBUV | DBMV | V| A| W | DBPW | WATT
VOLT | DBUA | AMPere | DBUV | DBMV | VOLT
| DBUV_MHZ | | DBUA | AMPere
DBMV_MHZ |
DBUA_MHZ | DBUV_M |
DBUA_M |
DBUV_MMHZ |
DBUA_MMHZ

FSE CALCulate<1|2>:X:UNIT:TIME S | SYM not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S CALibration:ABORt new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

FSE CALibration:BANDwidth | BWIDth[:RESolution]? not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE CALibration:IQ? not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE CALibration:LDETector? not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE CALibration:LOSuppression? not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE CALibration:PPEak? not available for

R&S ESCI

ESIB CALibration:PRESelector? not available for

R&S ESCI

CALibration:RESult? new function for

R&S ESCI

FSE CALibration:SHORt? not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE CALibration:STATe ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE CALibration[:ALL]?

ESCI

FSE CONFigure:BURSt:PFERror:COUNt 1 to 1000 not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:BURSt:PFERror[IMMediate] not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:BURSt:POWer:CONDition NORMal | EXTReme not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.297

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 16 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSE CONFigure:BURSt:POWer:COUNt 1 to 1000 not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:BURSt:POWer[IMMediate] not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:BURSt:PTEMplate:[IMMediate] not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:BURSt:PTEMplate:COUNt 1 to 1000 not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:BURSt:PTEMplate:SELect FULL | TOP | RISing | not available for

FALLing R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:BURst:REFerence:AUTO ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:SPECtrum:MODulation:COUNt 1 to 1000 not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:SPECtrum:MODulation:RANGe ARFCn | TXBand | not available for

RXBand | COMBined | R&S ESCI and FSET
DCSRx1800

FSE CONFigure:SPECtrum:MODulation:TGATe ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:SPECtrum:MODulation[:IMMediate] not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:SPECtrum:SWITching:COUNt 1 to 1000 not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:SPECtrum:SWITching[:IMMediate] not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:SPURious:ANTenna CONDucted | RADiated not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:SPURious:COUN:RXBandt 1 to 1000 not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:SPURious:COUNt 1 to 1000 not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:SPURious:RANGe TXBand | OTXBand | not available for

RXBand | IDLeband | R&S ESCI and FSET
COMBined

FSE CONFigure:SPURious:STEP:COUNt? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:SPURious:STEP<1..26> ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure:SPURious[:IMMediate] not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:ARFCn <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:ARFCn:AUTO ONCE not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:CHANnel:SFH ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

6.298 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 17 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:CHANnel:SLOT 0 to 7 not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:CHANnel:SLOT:AUTO ONCE not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:CHANnel:TSC 0 to 7 not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:CHANnel:TSC:AUTO ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:COSiting ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:LIMIt:FREQency <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:LIMIt:PPEak <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:LIMIt:PRMS <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:LIMit:STANdard ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:NETWork:PHASe 1|2[,PLUS] not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:NETWork[:TYPE] PGSM |PGSM900 | not available for

EGSM |EGSM900 | DCS R&S ESCI and FSET
|GSM1800 | PCS |
GSM1900 | RGSM |
RGSM900

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:CLASs 1 to 8 | 1 to 4 | M1 | M2 | not available for

M3 R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:COUPled ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:DYNamic 0 to 15 not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:EXPected <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:LIMit <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:SINGle:CLEar not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:SINGle[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:STATic 0 to 6 not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:PRESet not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:SWEeptime STANdard | AUTO not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]:TXSupp ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.299

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 18 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSE CONFigure[:BTS]MEASurement? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:ARFCn <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:ARFCn:AUTO ONCE not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:CHANnel:SFH ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:CHANnel:TSC 0 to 7 not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:LIMIt:FREQuency <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:LIMIt:PPEak <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:LIMIt:PRMS <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:LIMit:STANdard ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:NETWork:PHASe 1|2[,PLUS] not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:NETWork[:TYPE] PGSM |PGSM900 | not available for

EGSM |EGSM900 | DCS R&S ESCI and FSET
|GSM1800 | PCS |
GSM1900 | RGSM |
RGSM900

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:POWer:CLASs <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:POWer:COUPled ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:POWer:EXPected <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:POWer:LEVel 0 to 31 not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:POWer:LIMit <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:POWer:SINGle:CLEar not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:POWer:SINGle[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:POWer:SMALl ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:PRESet not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:SWEeptime STANdard | AUTO not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE CONFigure[:MS]:TXSupp ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

6.300 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 19 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSE CONFigure[:MS]MEASurement? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSET DIAGnostic:INFO:CCOunt:ATTenuation? not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE DIAGnostic:INFO:CCOunt:ATTenuation<1 | 10>? not available for

R&S ESCI

FSIQ DIAGnostic:INFO:CCOunt:ATTenuation<1 | 2 | 3>? not available for

R&S ESCI

ESIB DIAGnostic:INFO:CCOunt:ATTenuation<1|2|4>? not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE DIAGnostic:INFO:CCOunt:PRESelector<1..6>? not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S DIAGnostic:SERVice:CSOurce[:POWer] <numeric_value> new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

FSE DIAGnostic:SERVice:FUNCtion <numeric_value>, not available for

<numeric_value> to R&S ESCI. Replaced by
DIAG:SERV:SFUNction

FSET DIAGnostic:SERVice:HGENerator OFF | 10 kHz | 100 kHz | not available for

BALanced R&S ESCI

R&S DIAGnostic:SERVice:HWINfo? new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S FSE DIAGnostic:SERVice:INPut[:SELect] CALibration | RF

ESCI

R&S DIAGnostic:SERVice:INPut:PULSed[:STATe] ON | OFF new command for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S DIAGnostic:SERVice:INPut:PULSed:PRATe <numeric_value> new command for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S FSE DIAGnostic:SERVice:NSOurce ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S DIAGnostic:SERVice:SFUNction <string> to replacement for DIAG:

ESCI SERV:FUNC of
R&S ESCI;
necessary due to
different parameter
formats needed on the
R&S ESCI

R&S DIAGnostic:SERVice:STESt:RESult? new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S FSE DISPlay:ANNotation:FREQuency ON | OFF

ESCI

DISPlay:BARGraph:LEVel:LOWer not available for

R&S ESCI

DISPlay:BARGraph:LEVel:UPPer not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE DISPlay:CMAP<1...26>:DEFault<1|2> larger selection of

ESCI independently
configurable items (1 to
26)

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.301

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 20 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE DISPlay:CMAP<1...26>:HSL 0 to 1,0 to 1,0 to 1 larger selection of

ESCI independently
configurable items (1 to
26)

R&S FSE DISPlay:CMAP<1...26>:PDEFined <color> larger selection of

ESCI independently
configurable items (1 to
26)

R&S FSE DISPlay:FORmat SINGle | SPLit

ESCI

R&S FSE DISPlay:LOGO ON | OFF

ESCI

FSE DISPlay:PROGram[:MODE] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE DISPlay:PSAVe:HOLDoff 0 to 60

ESCI

R&S FSE DISPlay:PSAVe[:STATe] ON | OFF

ESCI

FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:FEED 'AF' | 'VIDeo' not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:MINFo ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SELect new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SIZE LARGe | SMALl new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TEXT:STATe ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TEXT[:DATA] <string>

ESCI

R&S FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TIME ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:MODE WRITe | VIEW | R&S ESCI: 3 traces are

ESCI AVERage | MAXHold | available per screen
MINHold FSE: 4 traces are
available in full screen
mode and 2 traces per
screen in split screen
mode

FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:EYE: 1 to Result Length not available for

COUNt R&S ESCI

FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:MODE: ON | OFF not available for

ANALog R&S ESCI

FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:MODE: ON | OFF not available for

CWRite R&S ESCI

FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:MODE: ON | OFF not available for

HCONtinuous R&S ESCI

FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:SYMBol DOTS | BARS | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

6.302 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 21 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:X: LINear | LOGarithmic not available for

SPACing R&S ESCI

FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:X[: <numeric_value> not available for

SCALe]:RVALue R&S ESCI

FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:X[: ON | OFF not available for

SCALe]:ZOOM R&S ESCI

FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:X[: <numeric_value> not available for

SCALe]:ZOOM R&S ESCI
[:FREQuency]:CENTer

FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:X[: <numeric_value> not available for

SCALe]:ZOOM R&S ESCI
[:FREQuency]:STARt

FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:X[: <numeric_value> not available for

SCALe]:ZOOM R&S ESCI
[:FREQuency]:STOP

R&S DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y: LINear | LOGarithmic | R&S ESCI:

ESCI SPACing LDB TRACe<1...3>
LDB is not available for
FSE

FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y: LINear | LOGarithmic | PERCent is not available

SPACing PERCent for R&S ESCI
FSE: TRACE<1...4>

R&S FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[: 10dB to 200dB R&S ESCI:

ESCI SCALe] TRACe<1...3>
FSE: TRACE<1...4>

FSET/ DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[: <numeric_value> not available for

ESIB SCALe]:BOTTom R&S ESCI

R&S FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[: ABSolute | RELative R&S ESCI:

ESCI SCALe]:MODE TRACe<1...3>
FSE: TRACE<1...4>

FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[: not available for

SCALe]:PDIVision R&S ESCI

R&S FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[: -130dBm to 30dBm R&S ESCI:

ESCI SCALe]:RLEVel TRACe<1...3>
FSE: TRACE<1...4>

R&S FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[: -200dB to 200dB R&S ESCI:

ESCI SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet TRACe<1...3>
FSE: TRACE<1...4>

R&S FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[: 0 to 100 PCT R&S ESCI:

ESCI SCALe]:RPOSition TRACe<1...3>
FSE: TRACE<1...4>

R&S FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[: <numeric_value> R&S ESCI:

ESCI SCALe]:RVALue TRACe<1...3>
FSE: TRACE<1...4>

FSE DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[: ON | OFF not available for

SCALe]:RVALue:AUTO R&S ESCI

FSET/ DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[: <numeric_value> not available for

ESIB SCALe]:TOP R&S ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.303

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 22 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>[:STATe] ON | OFF R&S ESCI:

ESCI TRACe<1...3>
FSE: TRACE<1...4>

FSE FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:AVERage? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:STATus? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE FETCh:BURSt:PERRor:PEAK:AVERage? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE FETCh:BURSt:PERRor:PEAK:MAXimum? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE FETCh:BURSt:PERRor:PEAK:STATus? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE FETCh:BURSt:PERRor:RMS:AVERage? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE FETCh:BURSt:PERRor:RMS:MAXimum? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE FETCh:BURSt:PERRor:RMS:STATus? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE FETCh:BURSt:POWer[:IMMediate]? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE FETCh:MODulation[:ALL]? ARFCn | TXBand | not available for

RXBand |COMBined | R&S ESCI and FSET
DCSRx1800

FSE FETCh:PTEMplate:REFerence? TXBand not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE FETCh:SPECtrum:MODulation:REFerence? TXBand not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE FETCh:SPECtrum:SWITching:REFerence? TXBand not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE FETCh:SPECtrum:SWITching[:ALL]? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE FETCh:SPURious:STEP? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE FETCh:SPURious[:ALL]? TXBand OTXBand | not available for

RXBand | IDLeband R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE FORMat:DEXPort:APPend[:STATe] ON|OFF[,32] not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator POINt|COMMa

ESCI

FSE FORMat:DEXPort:HEADer[:STATe] ON|OFF[,32] not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FORMat[:DATA] ASCii | REAL[,32]

ESCI

6.304 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 23 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSE FORMat[:DATA] ASCii | REAL | UINT UINT is not available for

[,32] R&S ESCI

R&S FSE HCOPy:ABORt

ESCI

R&S HCOPy:CMAP:DEFault new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S HCOPy:CMAP:HSL <numeric_value>, new function for

ESCI <numeric_value>, R&S ESCI
<numeric_value>

R&S HCOPy:CMAP:PDEFined <char data> new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S HCOPy:DESTination<1|2> 'MMEM' | 'SYST:COMM:

ESCI PRIN' | 'SYST:COMM:
CLIP'

FSE/ HCOPy:DESTination<1|2> 'SYST:COMM:GPIB' | SYST:COMM:GPIB/

FSET 'SYST:COMM:SER1' | SER1/SER2 is not
'SYST:COMM:SER2' | available for R&S ESCI
'SYST:COMM:CENT' |
'MMEM' | 'SYST:COMM:
PRIN' | 'SYST:COMM:
CLIP'

FSIQ/ HCOPy:DESTination<1|2> 'MMEM' | 'SYST:COMM:

ESIB PRIN' | 'SYST:COMM:
CLIP'

R&S FSE HCOPy:DEVice:COLor ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage<1|2> GDI | WMF | EWMF |

ESCI BMP

FSE/ HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage<1|2> HPGL | PCL4 | PCL5 |

FSET POSTscript | ESCP |
WMF | PCX | HP7470 to

FSIQ/ HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage<1|2> WMF | GDI | EWMF |

ESIB BMP to

FSE/ HCOPy:DEVice:PRESet<1|2> ON | OFF not available for

FSET R&S ESCI

FSE/ HCOPy:DEVice:RESolution<1|2> 150 | 300 not available for

FSET R&S ESCI

R&S FSE HCOPy:ITEM:ALL

ESCI

FSE HCOPy:ITEM:FFEed<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE HCOPy:ITEM:LABel:TEXT <string> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE HCOPy:ITEM:PFEed<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TABle:STATe ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TEXT <string>

ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.305

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 24 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSE HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TRACe: ON | OFF not available for

CAINcrement R&S ESCI

R&S FSE HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TRACe:STATe ON | OFF

ESCI

FSE HCOPy:PAGE:DIMensions:FULL not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE HCOPy:PAGE:DIMensions:QUADrant<1...4> not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation<1|2> LANDscape | PORTrait

ESCI

R&S FSE HCOPy[:IMMediate]

ESCI

FSET/ HOLD not available for

ESIB R&S ESCI

R&S FSE INITiate<1|2>:CONMeas ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE INITiate<1|2>:DISPlay ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate]

ESCI

FSET INPut:PRESelection:CATalog? not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET INPut:PRESelection:USET:NAME 'name of user defined not available for

preselector set (to edit R&S ESCI
existing set or to create
new set)'

FSET INPut:PRESelection:USET:CLEar not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET INPut:PRESelection:USET:COMMent 'comment for not available for

preselector-set' R&S ESCI

FSET INPut:PRESelection:USET:LRANge[:DATA] <numeric_value>, not available for

<numeric_value>, R&S ESCI
<numeric_value>

FSET INPut:PRESelection:USET:MRANge[:DATA] <numeric_value>, not available for

<numeric_value>, R&S ESCI
<numeric_value>

R&S FSE INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation 0 to 70dB

ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation 0 to 70 | 80dB 80 dB not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO ON | OFF

ESCI

6.306 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 25 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO:MODE NORMal | LNOise | not available for models

ESCI LDIStorsion 3 and 7;
not available for
R&S ESCI

FSET/ INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:PROTection ON | OFF not available for

ESIB R&S ESCI

R&S INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:PROTection:PRESet new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:STEPsize 1dB | 10dB not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:BIMPedance 150OHM | 600OHM | not available for

10kOHM R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:COUPling AC | DC only available for

R&S ESCI models 3, 8,
26

INPut<1|2>:EATT 0 to 30dB new function for

R&S ESCI

INPut<1|2>:EATT:AUTO ON | OFF new function for

R&S ESCI

INPut<1|2>:EATT:STATe ON | OFF new function for

R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:GAIN 0 to 30dB not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET/ INPut<1|2>:GAIN:AUTO ON | OFF not available for

ESIB R&S ESCI

R&S FSE INPut<1|2>:GAIN:STATe ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE INPut<1|2>:IMPedance 50 | 75

ESCI

FSE INPut<1|2>:IMPedance:CORRection RAM | RAZ not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:LISN:PEARth GROunded | FLOating not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:LISN:PHASe L1 | L2 | L3 | N not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:LISN[:TYPE] TWOphase | not available for

FOURphase | OFF R&S ESCI

R&S FSE INPut<1|2>:MIXer <numeric_value> not available for

ESCI R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:PRESelection:COUPling ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:PRESelection:COUPling:HIGH: 5MHz to 500MHz not available for

FREQuency R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:PRESelection:COUPling:HIGH:SET 'name of preselector set not available for

for high RBW' R&S ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.307

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 26 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSET INPut<1|2>:PRESelection:COUPling:LOW: 10Hz to 5MHz not available for

FREQuency R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:PRESelection:COUPling:LOW:SET 'name of preselector set not available for

for low RBW' R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:PRESelection:COUPling:MID:SET 'name of preselector set not available for

for medium RBW' R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:PRESelection:FILTer:HPASS[: 100Hz to 5MHz not available for

FREQuency] R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:PRESelection:FILTer:LPASS[: 20KHz to 40MHz not available for

FREQuency] R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:PRESelection:FILTer[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:PRESelection:SET NARRow | NORMal | not available for

WIDE R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:PRESelection:USET[:SELect] 'name of user defined not available for

preselector set' R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:PRESelection[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET INPut<1|2>:TYPE RF | BALanced not available for

R&S ESCI

ESIB INPut<1|2>:TYPE INPUT1 | INPUT2 not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE INPut<1|2>:UPORt<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE INPut<1|2>:UPORt<1|2>[:VALue]? not available for

R&S ESCI

ESIB INPut2:COUPling AC | DC not available for

R&S ESCI

INSTrument:COUPle NONE | RLEVel | CF_B | available coupling

CF_A modes between Screen
A and Screen B have
been changed between
FSE and R&S ESCI

FSE INSTrument:COUPle NONE | MODE | X | Y | Available coupling

CONTrol | XY | modes between screen
XCONtrol | YCONtrol | A and screen B have
ALL been changed between
FSE and R&S ESCI

INSTrument<1|2>:NSELect 1 currently only parameter

value 1 available

ESIB INSTrument<1|2>:NSELect 1 to 3 | 6 4 parameter values are

available

FSE/ INSTrument<1|2>:NSELect 1 to 5 5 parameter values are

FSIQ available

FSET INSTrument<1|2>:NSELect 1|2|6 3 parameter values are

available

INSTrument<1|2>[:SELect] SANalyzer Currently only

SANalyzer available

6.308 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 27 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSE/ INSTrument<1|2>[:SELect] SANalyzer | DDEMod | 5 parameters are

FSIQ ADEMod | BGSM | available.
MGSM

ESIB INSTrument<1|2>[:SELect] RECeiver | SANalyzer | 4 parameters are

DDEMod | ADEMod available.

FSET INSTrument<1|2>[:SELect] ANalyzer | DDEMod | 3 parameters are

RECeiver available.

R&S FSE MMEMory:CATalog? string

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:CDIRectory directory name

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:CLear:ALL

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:CLear:STATe 1,path

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:COMMent <string>

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:COPY path\file, path\file

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:DATA filename[, <block data>]

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:DELete path\filename

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:LOAD:AUTO 1,path

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:LOAD:STATe 1,path

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:MDIRectory path

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:MOVE path

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:NAME path\filename

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:RDIRectory directory

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:ALL

ESCI

FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:CSETup ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI (default
setting on the
R&S ESCI)

FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:CVL:ALL ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:CVL[:ACTive] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

R&S FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:DEFault

ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.309

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 28 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:GSETup ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI (default
setting on the
R&S ESCI)

FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:HCOPy ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI (default
setting on the
R&S ESCI)

R&S FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:HWSettings ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:LINes:ALL ON | OFF

ESCI

FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:LINes:ALL ON | OFF

FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:LINes[:ACTive] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI (default
setting on the
R&S ESCI)

FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:MACRos ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:NONE

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:SCData ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRACe[:ACTive] ON | OFF no numeric suffixes

ESCI behind TRACe

FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRACe<1...4> ON | OFF numeric suffixes behind

TRACe

FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRANsducer:ALL ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRANsducer[:ACTive] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:STORe:STATe 1,path

ESCI

R&S FSE MMEMory:STORe:TRACe 1 to 3,path

ESCI

FSE OUTPut:AF:SENSitivity <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE OUTPut:UPORt<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE OUTPut:UPORt<1|2>[:VALue] #B00000000 to not available for

#B11111111 R&S ESCI

R&S FSE OUTPut<1|2>[:STATe] ON | OFF

ESCI

FSE READ:BURSt:FERRor:AVERage? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE READ:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

6.310 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 29 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSE READ:BURSt:FERRor:STATus? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE READ:BURSt:PERRor:PEAK:AVERage? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE READ:BURSt:PERRor:PEAK:MAXimum? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE READ:BURSt:PERRor:PEAK:STATus? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE READ:BURSt:PERRor:RMS:AVERage? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE READ:BURSt:PERRor:RMS:MAXimum? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE READ:BURSt:PERRor:RMS:STATus? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE READ:BURSt:POWer:DYNamic? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE READ:BURSt:POWer:LEVel? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE READ:BURSt:POWer:STATic? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE READ:BURSt:POWer? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE READ:BURSt:REFerence[:IMMediate?] not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE READ:SPECtrum:MODulation[:ALL]? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE READ:SPECtrum:SWITching[:ALL]? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE READ:SPURious:STEP? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE READ:SPURious[:ALL]? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]ADEMod:AF:COUPling AC | DC not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]ADEMod:RTIMe ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]ADEMod:SBANd NORMal | INVerse not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]ADEMod:SQUelch:LEVel 30 to 150 dBm not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]ADEMod:SQUelch[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]AM:RANGe[:UPPer] 3PCT | 10 PCT | 100PCT not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:AUTO ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.311

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 30 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt 0 to 32767

ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt 0 to 32767

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:TYPE VIDeo | LINear command is used to

ESCI select logarithmic or
linear averaging on the
R&S ESCI;
therefore parameters are
incompatible to the FSE

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:TYPE MAXimum | MINimum | command is used to

SCALar select logarithmic or
linear averaging on the
R&S ESCI;
therefore parameters are
incompatible to the FSE

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage[:STATe<1...3>] ON | OFF

ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:DEMod <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:PLL AUTO | HIGH | MEDium not available for

| LOW R&S ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo 1Hz to 10MHz

ESCI

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo 1Hz to 500MHz

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO ON | OFF

ESCI

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo: ON | OFF not available for

EXTernal[:STATe] R&S ESCI

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:RATio 0.0001 to 1 only numeric values

ESCI available. Parameter
ranges differ between
R&S ESCI and FSE

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:RATio 0.001 to 1000 | SINe | also text parameters are

PULSe | NOISe available. Parameter
ranges differ between
R&S ESCI and FSE
not available for FSET

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] 10Hz to 10MHz (anal. FSE: 10Hz to 10MHz

ESCI filter) 1Hz to 10MHz (models 20) 1Hz to
(FFT filter) 10MHz (models 30)

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] 10 Hz to 500MHz

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]: ON | OFF

ESCI AUTO

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]: ANALog | DIGital not available for

MODE R&S ESCI and FSET

6.312 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 31 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]: ON | OFF old command that is still

ESCI MODE:FFT supported, but has been
replaced on the
R&S ESCI by
[SENSe<1|2>:
]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:
RESolution]:TYPE

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]: 0.0001 to 1

ESCI RATio

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]: NORMal | FFT | CFILter | new function for

ESCI TYPE RRC R&S ESCI

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:TYPE LINear | LOGarithmic new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire] THRough | OPEN

ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:BAND A|Q|U|V|E|W|F|D|G|Y|J not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:BIAS <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:CATalog? not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:CLEar not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:COMMent <string> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:DATA <freq>,<level> to not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:MIXer <string> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:PORTs 2|3 not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:SELect <file_name> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:SNUMber <string> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:TYPE ODD | EVEN | EODD not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE/ [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:LOSS:INPut[: <numeric_value> not available for

FSIQ MAGNitude] R&S ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:METHod TRANsmission |

ESCI REFLexion

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:RECall

ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:RXGain:INPut[: <numeric_value> not available for

MAGNitude] R&S ESCI, FSET and
ESIB

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection[:STATe] ON | OFF

ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.313

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 32 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:ACTive?

ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:

ESCI CATalog?

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer: <string>

ESCI COMMent

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DATA <freq>,<level> to

ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DELete

ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer: LINear|LOGarithmic

ESCI SCALing

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect <name>

ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:UNIT <string>

ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer[:STATe] ON | OFF

ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:ACTive? not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:BREak ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:CATalog? not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:COMMent <string> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:DELete not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET: <freq>,<freq>,<name> not available for

RANGe<1...10> to R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:SELect <name> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:UNIT <string> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:YIG:TEMPerature: ON | OFF new function for

ESCI AUTO R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:FILTer:ALPHa 0.2 to 1 not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:FILTer:MEASurement OFF | RCOSine | not available for

RRCosine | GAUSsian | R&S ESCI
B22 | B25 | B44 | QFM |
QFR | QRM | QRR |
A25Fm | EMES | EREF

6.314 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 33 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:FILTer:REFerence RCOSine | RRCosine | not available for

GAUSsian | B22 | B25 | R&S ESCI
B44 | QFM | QFR | QRM
| QRR | A25Fm | EMES |
EREF

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:FORMat QPSK | PSK | MSK not available for

|QAM | FSK R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:FSK:NSTate 2|4 not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:MSK:FORMat TYPE1 | TYPE2 | not available for

NORMal | DIFFerential R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:NORMalize ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRATe 1 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE/ [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet GSM | EDGe | NADC | not available for

ESIB TETRa | DCS1800 | R&S ESCI
PCS1900 | PHS |
PDCup | PDCDown |
APCO25CQPSK |
APCO25C4FM | CDPD |
DECT | CT2 | ERMes |
MODacom | PWT | TFTS
| F16 | F322 | F324 | F64
| FQCDma | RQCDma |
FNADc | RNADc |
BPSK18 | GMSK18 |
QPSK18 | GMSK36

FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet GSM | EDGe | NADC | not available for

TETRa | PHS | PDCup | R&S ESCI
PDCDown |
APCO25CQPSK |
APCO25C4FM | CDPD |
DECT | CT2 | ERMes |
MODacom | PWT | TFTS
| F16 | F322 | F324 | F64
| FWCDma | RWCDma |
FW3Gppcdma |
RW3Gppcdma |
BPSK18 | GMSK18 |
QPSK18 | GMSK36

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet GSM | EDGe | NADC | not available for

TETRa | DCS1800 | R&S ESCI
PCS1900 | PHS |
PDCup | PDCDown |
APCO25CQPSK |
APCO25C4FM | CDPD |
DECT | CT2 | ERMes |
MODacom | PWT | TFTS
| F16 | F322 | F324 | F64
| FQCDma | RQCDma |
FNADc | RNADc |
BPSK18 | GMSK18 |
QPSK18 | GMSK36

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PSK:FORMat NORMal | DIFFerential | not available for

N3Pi8 R&S ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.315

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 34 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PSK:NSTate 2|8 not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:QAM:NSTate 16 not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:QPSK:FORMat NORMal | DIFFerential | not available for

OFFSet | DPI4 R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SBANd NORMal | INVerse not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:PULSe:STATe ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC: not available for

CATalog? R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC: <string> not available for

COMMent R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:DATA <string> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:NAME <string> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:OFFSet <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:PATTern <string> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:SELect <string> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:STATe ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:TIME 100 to 1600 not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SRATe 160 Hz to 1,6 MHz not available for

R&S ESCI

FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SRATe 160 Hz to 7 MHz not available for

R&S ESCI

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:TIME 1 to Frame Length not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]DEMod OFF | AM | AMVideo | not available for

FM | PM R&S ESCI

ESIB [SENSe<1|2>:]DEMod OFF | AM | FM not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]DEMod:FILTer:HPASs:FREQuency 0 Hz | 10 Hz | 100 Hz | 1 not available for

kHZ R&S ESCI

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]DEMod:FILTer[:LPASs]:AUTO ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]DEMod:FILTer[:LPASs]: <numeric_value> not available for

FREQuency R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...4>:CMEM[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

6.316 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 35 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...3>[:FUNCtion] APEak |NEGative | R&S ESCI: number of

ESCI POSitive | SAMPle | traces restricted to 3;
RMS | AVERage | detector settings
QPEak correspond to selected
screen
FSE: Qpeak not
available

ESIB [SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1..4>[:FUNCtion] APEak |NEGative |

POSitive | SAMPle |
RMS | AVERage |
QPEak

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...3>[:FUNCtion]:AUTO ON | OFF number of traces

ESCI restricted to 3

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...4>:PSTRetch:AUTO ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]DETecto<1...4>r:PSTRetch[: ON | OFF not available for

STATe] R&S ESCI

ESIB [SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...4>:RECeiver[: POSitive |NEGative| not available for

FUNCtion] RMS | AVERage | R&S ESCI
QPEak

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...4>:RECeiver[: POSitive | NEGative | not available for

FUNCtion] RMS | AVERage R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:CCITt[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:CMESsage[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:DEMPhasis:LINK DISPlay | AUDio not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:DEMPhasis:TCONstant <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:DEMPhasis[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:HPASs:FREQuency 30 Hz | 300 HZ not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:HPASs:FREQuency 10 kHz | 1 kHz | 100 Hz not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:HPASs[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:LPASs:FREQuency 3 kHz| 15 kHz not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:LPASs[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:NOTCh[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]FM[:DEViation]:RANGe:UPPer ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]FM[:DEViation]:RANGe[:UPPer] <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.317

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 36 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer 0 to fmax frequency ranges are

ESCI different for R&S ESCI
and FSE

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:LINK STARt | STOP | SPAN not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP 0 to fmax frequency ranges are

ESCI different for R&S ESCI
and FSE

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK SPAN | RBW | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK: 1 to 100 PCT

ESCI FACTor

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:MODE CW|FIXed | SWEep

ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:OFFSet <numeric_value>

ESCI

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:RANGe 2 GHz | 22 GHz not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN 0 to fmax frequency ranges are

ESCI different for R&S ESCI
and FSE

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN:FULL

ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN:LINK CENTer | STOP | SPAN not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STARt 0 to fmax frequency ranges are

ESCI different for R&S ESCI
and FSE

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STARt:FLINe[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI. Replaced by
CALC:MARK:FUNC:
SLIMits

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STARt:LINK CENTer | STOP | SPAN not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STOP 0 to fmax frequency ranges are

ESCI different for R&S ESCI
and FSE

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STOP:FLINe[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI; replaced by
CALC:MARK:FUNC:
SLIMits.

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STOP:LINK CENTer | STARt | SPAN not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET/ [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed] fmin to fmax not available for

ESIB R&S ESCI

FSET/ [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed]:STEP fmin to fmax not available for

ESIB R&S ESCI

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:RESult? new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

6.318 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 37 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer[:SEQuence] <analyzer freq>, new function for

ESCI <ref level>, R&S ESCI
<rf att>,
<el att>,
<filter type>,
<rbw>,
<vbw>,
<meas time>,
<trigger level>,...

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:SET <PEAK meas>, new function for

ESCI <RMS meas>, R&S ESCI
<AVG meas>,
<trigger mode>,
<trigger slope>,
<trigger offset>,
<gate length>

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:STATe ON | OFF new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:BIAS <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:BIAS:LIMit:MIN <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:BIAS:LIMit[:MAX] <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:BLOCk ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:HARMonic <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:HARMonic:BAND A|Q|U|V|E|W|F| not available for

D|G|Y|J R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:HARMonic:TYPE ODD | EVEN | EODD not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:LOSS:HIGH <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:LOSS:TABLE <file_name> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:LOSS[:LOW] <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:PORTs 2|3 not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:SIGNal 2|3 not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:THReshold 0.1 to 100 dB not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.319

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 38 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer[:SEQuence] <analyzer freq>, new function for

ESCI <rbw>, R&S ESCI
<meas time>,
<trigger source>,
<trigger level>,
<trigger offset>,
<type of meas>,
<# of meas>

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer:RESult[:LIST]? new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer:RESult:MIN? new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MSUMmary:AHOLd[:STATe] ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MSUMmary:MODE ABSolute | RELative not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MSUMmary:MTIMe 0.1S | 1S not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MSUMmary:REFerence <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MSUMmary:REFerence:AUTO ONCE not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]MSUMmary:RUNit PCT | DB not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]PM[:DEViation]:RANGe[:UPPer] <numeric_value> not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs 0 to 3 R&S ESCI: new

ESCI parameter value 0 for
channel power
measurement

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel: 100 to 1000MHz R&S ESCI: parameter

ESCI BANDwidth|BWIDth:ACHannel range starts at 100Hz
FSE: parameter range
starts at 0 Hz

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel: 100 to 1000MHz R&S ESCI: parameter

ESCI BANDwidth|BWIDth:ALTernate<1|2> range starts at 100Hz
FSE: parameter range
starts at 0 Hz

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel: 100 to 1000MHz R&S ESCI: parameter

ESCI BANDwidth|BWIDth[:CHANnel] range starts at 100Hz
FSE: parameter range
starts at 0 Hz

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE ABSolute | RELative

ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet ACPower | CPOWer | MCACpower not

ESCI OBANdwidth | OBWidth | available for FSE
CN | CN0 | MCACpower

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet:RLEVel new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

6.320 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 39 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence: ONCE

ESCI AUTO

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing[: 100Hz to 2000MHz different parameter

ESCI ACHannel] range

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:CHannel:SPACing: 100Hz to 2000MHz new function for

ESCI CHANnel R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing[: 0 to 1000MHz not available for

UPPer] R&S ESCI and FSET

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing: 100Hz to 2000MHz different parameter

ESCI ALTernate<1|2> range

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:TXCHannel: 1|2|3|4 new function for

ESCI COUNt R&S ESCI

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence: MINimum | MAXimum | new function for

ESCI TXCHannel:AUTO LHIGhest R&S ESCI

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence: 1 to 12 new function for

ESCI TXCHannel:MANual R&S ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:BANDwidth|BWIDth 10 to 99.9PCT different parameter

ESCI range

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:HSPeed ON | OFF new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:NCORrection ON | OFF new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:TRACe 1 to 3 new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:[INTernal:]TUNe 0 to 4095

ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:[INTernal:]TUNe:SAVe

ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency 1MHz to 16MHz not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:SOURce INTernal | EXTernal

ESCI

FSET/ [SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<:RANGes[COUNt] 1 to 10 not available for

ESIB R&S ESCI

FSE/ [SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1...10>:BANDwidth: fmin to fmax not available for

ESIB RESolution R&S ESCI

FSET/ [SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1...10>:INPut:ATTenuation dBmin to dBmax not available for

ESIB R&S ESCI

FSET/ [SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1...10>:INPut:ATTenuation: ON | OFF not available for

ESIB AUTO R&S ESCI

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1...10>:INPut:BIMPedance 150OHM | 600OHM | not available for

10kOHM R&S ESCI

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1...10>:INPut:GAIN 0dB to 30dB not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET/ [SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1...10>:INPut:GAIN:AUTO ON | OFF not available for

ESIB R&S ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.321

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 40 of 47) Parameter Notes

ESIB [SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1...10>:INPut:GAIN[: ON | OFF not available for

STATE] R&S ESCI

ESIB [SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1...10>:INPut:TYPE INPUT1 | INPUT2 not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET [SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1...10>:INPut:TYPE RF | BALanced not available for

R&S ESCI

FSET/ [SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1...10>:STARt fmin to fmax not available for

ESIB R&S ESCI

FSET/ [SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1...10>:STEP fmin to fmax not available for

ESIB R&S ESCI

FSET/ [SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1...10>:STOP fmin to fmax not available for

ESIB R&S ESCI

FSET/ [SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1...10>:TIME 100 µs to 100 s not available for

ESIB R&S ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt 0 to 32767

ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff 0 to 100s

ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth 0 to 100s

ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth 0 to 100s

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:LEVel -5V to +5V not availabe for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:POLarity POSitive | NEGative

ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:SOURce EXTernal | IFPower |

ESCI RFPower

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TYPE LEVel | EDGE

ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:GAP ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:GAP:LENGth 0 to 100s not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:GAP:PRETrigger 0 to 100s not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:GAP:TRGTogap 0 to 100s not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:POINts <numeric_value> not available for FSE

ESCI

FSET/ [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic | not available for

ESIB AUTO R&S ESCI

FSE/ [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic not available for

FSIQ R&S ESCI

6.322 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 41 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME 2.5ms to 1000s | 1µs to different parameter

ESCI 16000s ranges for R&S ESCI
and FSE

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME:AUTO ON | OFF

ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]TCAPture:LENGth 1024 | 2048 | 4096 | not available for

8192 | 16384 R&S ESCI

FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]TV:PSOFfset 0 to 6.5 MHz not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

R&S [SENSe<1|2>:]TV:CCVS INTernal | EXTernal new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S FSE [SENSe<1|2>:]TV[:STATe] ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE SOURce:AM:STATe ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE SOURce:DM:STATe ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S SOURce:EXTernal[:STATe ] ON | OFF new command for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S SOURce:EXTernal:FREQuency:OFFset <numeric_value> new command for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S SOURce:EXTernal:FREQuency[:FACTor]: <numeric_value> new command for

ESCI NUMerator R&S ESCI

R&S SOURce:EXTernal:FREQuency[:FACTor]: <numeric_value> new command for

ESCI DENominator R&S ESCI

R&S SOURce:EXTernal:FREQuency:SWEep[:STATe] ON | OFF new command for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S SOURce:EXTernal:POWer[:LEVel] <numeric_value> new command for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S FSE SOURce:FM:STATe ON | OFF

ESCI

R&S FSE SOURce:FREQuency:OFFSet -150Hz to 150MHz different value ranges for

ESCI R&S ESCI and FSE

FSE SOURce:POWer:ALC:SOURce INTernal | EXTernal not available for

R&S ESCI and FSET

R&S FSE SOURce:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet -200dB to +200dB

ESCI

R&S FSE SOURce:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] -30dBm to 0dBm different value ranges for

ESCI R&S ESCI and FSE

R&S FSE STATus:OPERation:CONDition?

ESCI

FSE STATus:OPERation:CONDition?

R&S FSE STATus:OPERation:ENABle 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:OPERation:NTRansition 0 to 65535

ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.323

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 42 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE STATus:OPERation:PTRansition 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:OPERation[:EVENt?]

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:PRESet

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:CONDition?

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:ENABle 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:NTRansition 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:PTRansition 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit[:EVENt]?

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition?

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]?

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition? R&S ESCI: individual

ESCI registers for screen A
and B

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle 0 to 65535 R&S ESCI: individual

ESCI registers for screen A
and B

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition 0 to 65535 R&S ESCI: individual

ESCI registers for screen A
and B

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition 0 to 65535 R&S ESCI: individual

ESCI registers for screen A
and B

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>[:EVENt]? R&S ESCI: individual

ESCI registers for screen A
and B

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>: R&S ESCI: individual

ESCI CONDition? registers for screen A
and B

6.324 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 43 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:ENABle 0 to 65535 R&S ESCI: individual

ESCI registers for screen A
and B

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>: 0 to 65535 R&S ESCI: individual

ESCI NTRansition registers for screen A
and B

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>: 0 to 65535 R&S ESCI: individual

ESCI PTRansition registers for screen A
and B

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>[:EVENt]? R&S ESCI: individual

ESCI registers for screen A
and B

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]?

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:ENABle 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:NTRansition 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:PTRansition 0 to 65535

ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]?

ESCI

FSE STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:CONDition? not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:ENABle 0 to 65535 not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:NTRansition 0 to 65535 not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:PTRansition 0 to 65535 not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer[:EVENt]? not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S FSE STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?

ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.325

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 44 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE STATus:QUEue[:NEXT?]

ESCI

FSE SYSTem:BINFo? not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:RDEVice: 0 to 30 new command for

ESCI GENerator<1|2>:ADDRess R&S ESCI

FSE SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:RDEVice<1|2>: 0 to 30 not available for

ADDRess R&S ESCI

R&S FSE SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess 0 to 30

ESCI

R&S FSE SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]: LFEOI | EOI

ESCI RTERminator

R&S FSE SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:

ESCI FIRSt?

R&S FSE SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:

ESCI NEXT?

R&S SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:SELect<1|2> <printer_name> numeric suffix behind

ESCI SELect

FSIQ/ SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter<1|2>:SELect <printer_name> numeric suffix behind

ESIB PRINters

R&S SYSTem:COMMunicate:RDEVice: GPIB | TTL new function for

ESCI GENerator<1|2>:LINK R&S ESCI

R&S SYSTem:COMMunicate:RDEVice: <name> new function for

ESCI GENerator<1|2>:TYPE R&S ESCI

R&S FSE SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DTR IBFull | OFF only SERial1 available

ESCI for R&S ESCI

R&S FSE SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:RTS IBFull | OFF only SERial1 available

ESCI for R&S ESCI

R&S FSE SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial[:RECeive]:BAUD 110 | 300 | 600 | 1200 | only SERial1 available
ESCI 2400 | 9600 | 19200 | for R&S ESCI
38400 | 57600 | 115200 |
128000

R&S FSE SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial[:RECeive]:BITS 7|8 only SERial1 available

ESCI for R&S ESCI

R&S FSE SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial[:RECeive]:PACE XON | NONE only SERial1 available

ESCI for R&S ESCI

R&S FSE SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial[:RECeive]: EVEN | ODD | NONE only SERial1 available

ESCI PARity[:TYPE] for R&S ESCI

R&S FSE SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial[:RECeive]:SBITs 1|2 only SERial1 available

ESCI for R&S ESCI

R&S FSE SYSTem:DATE 1980 to 2099, 1 to 12, 1

ESCI to 31

R&S SYSTem:DISPlay:FPANel ON | OFF new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S FSE SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate ON | OFF

ESCI

6.326 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 45 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S FSE SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI, but
compatible to SYSTem:
ERRor? on the FSE

R&S SYSTem:ERRor:LIST? new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S SYSTem:ERRor:CLEar:ALL new command for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S FSE SYSTem:FIRMware:UPDate <path>

ESCI

R&S SYSTem:LANGuage 'SCPI' | '8560E' | '8561E' new command for

ESCI | '8562E' | '8563E' | R&S ESCI
'8564E' | '8565E' |
'8566A' | '8566B' |
'8568A' | '8568B' |
'8594E'

R&S FSE SYSTem:PASSword[:CENable] 'pass word'

ESCI

R&S FSE SYSTem:PRESet

ESCI

ESIB/ SYSTem:PRESet:COMPatible FSE | OFF not available for

FSIQ R&S ESCI

R&S FSE SYSTem:SET

ESCI

R&S FSE SYSTem:SPEaker:VOLume 0 to 1

ESCI

R&S FSE SYSTem:TIME 0 to 23, 0 to 59, 0 to 59

ESCI

R&S FSE SYSTem:VERSion?

ESCI

R&S FSE TRACe:COPY TRACE1 | TRACE2 | only TRACE1...TRACE3

ESCI TRACE3 , TRACE1 | available for R&S ESCI
TRACE2 | TRACE3

FSET/ TRACe:FEED:CONTrol<1...4> ALWays | NEVer not available for

ESIB R&S ESCI

R&S FSE TRACe[:DATA] TRACE1 | TRACE2 | only TRACE1...TRACE3

ESCI TRACE3 , <block> | available for R&S ESCI
<numeric_value>

FSET/ TRACe[:DATA] TRACE1| TRACE2|

ESIB TRACE3| TRACE4|
SINGle| SCAN| STATus,
<block> |
<numeric_value>

R&S TRACe:IQ:DATA? new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.327

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 46 of 47) Parameter Notes

R&S TRACe:IQ:SET <filter type>, new function for

ESCI <rbw>, R&S ESCI
<sample rate>,
<trigger source>,
<trigger slope>,
<pretrigger samples>,
<# of samples>

R&S TRACe:IQ:AVERage[:STATe] ON | OFF new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S TRACe:IQ:AVERage:COUNt <numeric_value> new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S TRACe:IQ:SRATe 16kHz to 32MHz new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S TRACe:IQ[:STATe] ON | OFF new function for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S FSE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff 0 to 100s

ESCI

FSE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:AF -120 to +120PCT not available for

R&S ESCI

FSE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:VIDeo 0 to 100PCT not available for

R&S ESCI; replaced by
TRIGger:SEQuence:
SOURce:VIDeo

FSE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal] -5.0 to +5.0V not available for

R&S ESCI

R&S TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:IFPower <numeric_value> new command for

ESCI R&S ESCI

R&S FSE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative

ESCI

R&S TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce IMMediate | LINE |

ESCI EXTernal | VIDeo |
IFPower

FSE/ TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce IMMediate | LINE |

ESIB EXTernal | VIDeo |
RFPower | TV | AF

FSIQ TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce IMMediate | LINE |

EXTernal | VIDeo |
RFPower | AF

FSET TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce IMMediate | LINE |

EXTernal | VIDeo

R&S FSE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce:VIDeo: 525 | 625 requires option B6 on

ESCI FORMat:LPFrame FSP

R&S FSE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce:VIDeo: ALL|ODD|EVEN requires option B6 on

ESCI FIELd:SELect FSP

R&S FSE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce:VIDeo:LINE: <numeric_value> requires option B6 on

ESCI NUMBer FSP

R&S FSE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce:VIDeo: NEGative | POSitive requires option B6 on

ESCI SSIGnal:POLarity FSP

6.328 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Differences in GPIB Behavior between the FSP and the FSE Families of Instruments

Devices Command (Sheet 47 of 47) Parameter Notes

FSE/ TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SYNChronize:ADJust: 0 to 100s not available for

ESIB FRAMe R&S ESCI

FSE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SYNChronize:ADJust: ONCE not available for

FRAMe:AUTO R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SYNChronize:ADJust: 0 to 100s not available for

SLOT R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SYNChronize:ADJust: ONCE not available for

SLOT:AUTO R&S ESCI and FSET

FSE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SYNChronize: FRAMe | TSC not available for

SOURce R&S ESCI and FSET

R&S UNIT<1|2>:POWer DBM | DBPW | WATT | available units are

ESCI DBUV | DBMV | VOLT | compatible to the FSE.
DBUA | AMP | V | A | W

FSE/ UNIT<1|2>:POWer DBM | DBPW | WATT | for R&S ESCI, the

FSIQ DBUV | DBMV | VOLT | following units apply:
DBUA | AMP | DB | PCT DBM | DBPW | WATT |
| UNITLESS | DBUV | DBMV | VOLT |
DBUV_MHZ | DBUA | AMP | V | A | W
DBMV_MHZ |
DBUA_MHZ | DBUV_M |
DBIA_M | DBUV_MMHZ
| DBUA_MMHZ

FSET/ UNIT<1|2>:POWer DBM | DBPW | DBPT | for R&S ESCI, the

ESIB WATT | DBUV | DBMV | following units apply:
VOLT | DBUA | AMPere | DBM | DBPW | WATT |
V | W | DB | PCT | DBUV | DBMV | VOLT |
UNITLESS | DBUA | AMP | V | A | W
DBUV_MHZ |
DBMV_MHZ |
DBUA_MHZ | DBUV_M |
DBIA_M | DBUV_MMHZ
| DBUA_MMHZ

FSE UNIT<1|2>:PROBe ON | OFF not available for

R&S ESCI

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.329

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

6.25 Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

Command Parameter Page
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>: 6.109
Y[:SCALe]:RVALue
6.89
*CAL? 6.8
*CLS 6.8
*ESE 0 to 255 6.8
*ESR? 6.8
*IDN? 6.9
*IST? 6.9
*OPC 6.9
*OPC? 6.9
*OPT? 6.9
*PCB 0 to 30 6.9
*PRE 0 to 255 6.10
*PSC 0 | 1 6.10
*RST 6.10
*SRE 0 to 255 6.10
*STB? 6.10
*TRG 6.10
*TST? 6.10
*WAI 6.10
:CALCulate<1|2>:ESPectrum:PSEarch | PEAKsearch:MARGin -200dB … +200dB 6.21
ABORt 6.11
CALCulate:STATistics:APD[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.91
CALCulate:STATistics:CCDF[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.91
CALCulate:STATistics:CCDF:X<1...3>? P0_01 | P0_1 | P1 | P10 6.91
CALCulate:STATistics:NSAMples 100 to 1E9 6.92
CALCulate:STATistics:PRESet 6.94
CALCulate:STATistics:RESult<1...3>? MEAN | PEAK | CFACtor | ALL 6.94
CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:AUTO ONCE 6.92
CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RANGe 1dB to 200dB 6.93
CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RLEVel -130dBm to 30dBm 6.92
CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:LOWer 1E-9 to 0.1 6.93
CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UNIT PCT | ABS 6.93
CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer 1E-8 to 1.0 6.93
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:AOFF 6.13
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint: <numeric_value> 6.18
MAXimum[:PEAK]
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:X <numeric_value> 6.19
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y <numeric_value> 6.18
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y:OFFSet <numeric_value> 6.18
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.17
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise:AUTO ON | OFF 6.19
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? 6.20
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.19
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:LINK ON | OFF 6.17
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT 6.16
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT 6.15
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK] 6.15
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt 6.16
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT 6.17
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT 6.16
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK] 6.16

6.330 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

Command Parameter Page

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt 6.17
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MODE ABSolute | RELative 6.13
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.13
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:TRACe 1 to 3 6.14
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X 0 to MAX (frequency | sweep time) 6.14
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X:RELative? 6.14
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y? 6.15
CALCulate<1|2>:DLINe<1|2> MINimum .. MAXimum (depending on 6.95
current unit)
CALCulate<1|2>:DLINe<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF 6.95
CALCulate<1|2>:ESPectrum:PSEarch|PEAKsearch:AUTO ON | OFF 6.21
CALCulate<1|2>:FLINe<1|2> 0 to fmax 6.96
CALCulate<1|2>:FLINe<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF 6.96
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute -200DBM to 200DBM, -200 to 200DBM 6.28
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute:STATe ON | OFF 6.29
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative] 0 to 100dB, 0 to 100dB 6.27
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative]:STATe ON | OFF 6.27
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult? 6.29
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1 to 11>:ABSolute -200DBM to 200DBM, -200DBM to 6.31
200DBM
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1 to 11>:ABSolute: ON | OFF 6.32
STATe
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1 to 11>[:RELative] 0 to 100dB, 0 to 100dB. 6.30
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1 to 11>[:RELative]: ON | OFF 6.30
STATe
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1 to 11>:RESult? 6.32
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.27
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACTive? 6.23
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CATalog? 6.23
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CLEar[:IMMediate] 6.25
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:COMMent <string> 6.25
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol[:DATA] <numeric_value>,<numeric_value>.. 6.34
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:DOMain FREQuency | TIME 6.34
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:MODE RELative | ABSolute 6.35
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:OFFSet <numeric_value> 6.34
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:SHIFt <numeric_value> 6.35
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic 6.35
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:COPY 1 to 8 | <name> 6.25
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:DELete 6.26
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? 6.24
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer[:DATA] <numeric_value>,<numeric_value>... 6.36
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:MARGin <numeric_value> 6.37
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:MODE RELative | ABSolute 6.37
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:OFFSet <numeric_value> 6.37
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:SHIFt <numeric_value> 6.37
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic 6.38
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:STATe ON | OFF 6.36
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:THReshold <numeric_value> 6.38
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:NAME <name of limit line> 6.26
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:STATe ON | OFF 6.24
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:TRACe 1 to 3 6.23
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT AMPere | DB | DBM | DBMV | DBPT | 6.24
DBPW | DBUA | DBUA_M | DBUV |
DBUV_M | DBV | DEG | HZ | PCT | RAD |
S | UNITLESS | VOLT | WATT
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer[:DATA] <numeric_value>,<numeric_value>... 6.39

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.331

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

Command Parameter Page

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:MARGin <numeric_value> 6.40
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:MODE RELative | ABSolute 6.40
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:OFFSet <numeric_value> 6.40
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:SHIFt <numeric_value> 6.40
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic 6.41
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:STATe ON | OFF 6.39
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:THReshold <numeric_value> 6.41
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:POWer:PRESet NADC | TETRA | PDC | PHS | CDPD | 6.71
FWCDma | RWCDma | F8CDma |
R8CDma | F19Cdma | R19Cdma |
FW3Gppcdma | RW3Gppcdma | D2CDma
| S2CDma | M2CDma | FIS95A | RIS95A |
FIS95C0 | RIS95C0 | FJ008 | RJ008 |
FIS95C1 | RIS95C1 | TCDMa | NONE |
AWLan | BWLan | WIMax | WIBro | EUTRa
| REUTra | 'string'
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:POWer:STANdard:SAVE <file_name> 6.71
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:TOI:MARKer CALCulate | SEARch 6.59
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:AOFF 6.42
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt ON | OFF 6.44
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt:FREQuency? 6.45
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt:RESolution 0.1 | 1 | 10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 Hz 6.45
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUPled[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.45
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CENTer 6.60
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CSTep 6.60
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:CONTinuous ON | OFF 6.57
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:HOLDoff 10ms to 1000s 6.57
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SELect AM | FM 6.56
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SQUelch: 0 to 100 PCT 6.57
LEVel
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SQUelch[: ON | OFF 6.57
STATe]
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.56
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:COUNt? 6.51
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks[:IMMediate] <numeric_value> 6.51
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:SORT X|Y 6.53
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:X? 6.52
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:Y? 6.52
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:BANDwidth: ON | OFF 6.61
AUTO
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:BANDwidth[: 6.61
LIST]?
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:DISTortion? 6.62
TOTal
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:LIST? 6.63
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:NHARmonics 1 to 26 6.61
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:PRESet 6.62
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.61
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:MDEPth:RESult? 6.58
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:MDEPth[:STATe] 6.57
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:MSUMmary? <time offset of first pulse>, <measurement 6.85
time>, <period>, < # of pulses to measure>
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown <numeric_value> 6.53
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:FREQuency? 6.54
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:RESult? 6.53
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:STATe ON | OFF 6.53
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:TIME? 6.54

6.332 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

Command Parameter Page

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NOISe:RESult? 6.56
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NOISe[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.55
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:MODE WRITe | MAXHold 6.70
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:PRESet NADC | TETRA | PDC | PHS | CDPD 6.69
|FWCDma | RWCDma | F8CDma |
R8CDma | F19Cdma | R19Cdma |
FW3Gppcdma | RW3Gppcdma | D2CDma
| S2CDma | M2CDma | FIS95A | RIS95A |
FIS95C0 | RIS95C0 | FJ008 | RJ008 |
FIS95C1 | RIS95C1 | TCDMa | NONE |
AWLan | BWLan | WIMax | WIBro
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult:PHZ ON | OFF 6.68
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult? ACPower | CPOWer | MCACpower | 6.65
OBANdwidth | OBWidth | CN | CN0
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect ACPower | CPOWer | MCACpower | 6.64
OBANdwidth | OBWidth | CN | CN0
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:STANdard:CATalog? 6.70
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:STANdard:DELete <name> 6.70
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer[:STATe] OFF 6.69
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:REFerence 6.60
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:STRack:BANDwidth|BWIDth 10Hz to MAX(SPAN) 6.73
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:STRack[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.73
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:STRack:THReshold -330dBm to +30dBm 6.73
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:STRack:TRACe 1 to 3 6.74
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AOFF 6.85
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage ON | OFF 6.84
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:AVERage: 6.80
RESult?
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:PHOLd: 6.81
RESult?
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:RESult? 6.80
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.79
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MODE ABSolute | RELative 6.84
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd ON | OFF 6.83
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:AVERage: 6.76
RESult?
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:PHOLd: 6.77
RESult?
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:RESult? 6.75
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.75
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:REFerence:AUTO ONCE 6.85
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:AVERage: 6.78
RESult?
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:PHOLd: 6.78
RESult?
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:RESult? 6.77
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.77
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation: 6.82
AVERage:RESult?
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation: 6.83
PHOLd:RESult?
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation: 6.82
RESult?
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation[: ON | OFF 6.81
STATe]
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.75
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult? 6.59
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TOI[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.59

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.333

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

Command Parameter Page

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:ZOOM <numeric_value> 6.55
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:LOEXclude ON | OFF 6.46
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:AUTO ON | OFF 6.48
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT 6.48
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT 6.47
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK] 6.47
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt 6.48
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:AUTO ON | OFF 6.49
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT 6.50
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT 6.49
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK] 6.49
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt 6.50
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion <numeric_value> 6.50
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SCOupled[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.46
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.42
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:TRACe 1 to 3 6.42
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X 0 to MAX (frequency | sweep time) 6.42
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:LEFT 0 to MAX (frequency | sweep time) 6.43
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:RIGHt 0 to MAX (frequency | sweep time) 6.44
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.43
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y:PERCent 0 to100% 6.47
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y? 6.46
CALCulate<1|2>:MATH[:EXPression][:DEFine] (<expr>) 6.87
CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:MODE LINear | LOGarithmic | POWER 6.88
CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:POSition -100PCT to 200PCT 6.87
CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:STATe ON | OFF 6.87
CALCulate<1|2>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:ADD <nummeric value> 6.89
CALCulate<1|2>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:AUTO ON | OFF 6.89
CALCulate<1|2>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:CLEar[:IMMediate] 6.89
CALCulate<1|2>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch[:IMMediate] 6.89
CALCulate<1|2>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:MARGin MINimum .. MAXimum 6.90
CALCulate<1|2>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:METHod SUBRange | PEAK 6.90
CALCulate<1|2>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:SUBRanges 1 to 500 6.90
CALCulate<1|2>:STATistics:X:MPOSition 0 … 100 6.94
CALCulate<1|2>:THReshold MINimum to MAXimum (depending on 6.95
current unit)
CALCulate<1|2>:THReshold:STATe ON | OFF 6.95
CALCulate<1|2>:TLINe<1|2> 0 to 1000s 6.96
CALCulate<1|2>:TLINe<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF 6.96
CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer DBM | V | A | W | DBPW | WATT | DBUV | 6.97
DBMV | VOLT | DBUA | AMPere | DBPT |
DBUV_M | DBUA_M
CALibration:ABORt 6.98
CALibration[:ALL]? 6.98
CALibration:RESult? 6.99
CALibration:STATe ON | OFF 6.99
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:CSOource[:POWer] <numeric_value> 6.101
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:HWINfo? 6.102
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut:PULSed:PRATe 10 kHz | 100 kHz | 200 kHz | 500 kHz | 6.100
1 MHz | 2 MHz | 4 MHz | 8 MHz
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut:PULSed[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.100
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut[:SELect] CALibration | RF 6.100
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:NSOurce ON | OFF 6.101
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:SFUNction ’<string>’ 6.100
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:STESt:RESult? 6.101

6.334 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

Command Parameter Page

DISPlay:ANNotation:FREQuency ON | OFF 6.103
DISPlay:BARGraph:LEVel:LOWer? 6.111
DISPlay:BARGraph:LEVel:UPPer? 6.112
DISPlay:BARGraph:PHOLd ON | OFF 6.112
DISPlay:BARGraph:PHOLd:RESet 6.112
DISPlay:CMAP<1...34>:DEFault<1|2> 6.104
DISPlay:CMAP<1...34>:HSL <hue>,<sat>,<lum> 6.104
DISPlay:CMAP<1...34>:PDEFined BLACk | BLUE | BROWn | GREen | CYAN 6.105
| RED | MAGenta | YELLow | WHITe |
DGRAy | LGRAy | LBLUe | LGREen |
LCYan | LRED | LMAGenta
DISPlay:FORMat SINGle | SPLit 6.103
DISPlay:LOGO ON | OFF 6.103
DISPlay:PSAVe:HOLDoff 1 to 60 6.104
DISPlay:PSAVe[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.103
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:ACTive? 6.106
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SELect 6.106
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SIZE LARGe | SMALl 6.106
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TEXT[:DATA] <string> 6.107
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TEXT:STATe ON | OFF 6.107
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TIME ON | OFF 6.107
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:MODE WRITe | VIEW | AVERage | MAXHold | 6.110
MINHold
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:MODE:HCONtinuous ON | OFF 6.111
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.111
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:SYMBol CROSs | OFF 6.111
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:X[:SCALe]:ZOOM ON | OFF 6.107
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:X:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic 6.107
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[:SCALe] 10dB to 200dB 6.108
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[:SCALe]:BOTTom <numeric_value> 6.109
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[:SCALe]:MODE ABSolute | RELative 6.108
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel -130dBm to 30dBm 6.108
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet -200dB to 200dB 6.108
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition 0 to 100PCT 6.109
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue <numeric_value> 6.109
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic| LDB 6.109
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...3>:Y:UNIT? 6.110
FORMat[:DATA] ASCii | REAL | UINT [, 8 | 32] 6.113
FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator POINt | COMMA 6.113
HCOPy:ABORt 6.114
HCOPy:CMAP<1 to 34>:PDEFined BLACk | BLUE | BROWn | GREen | CYAN 6.115
| RED | MAGenta | YELLow | WHITe |
DGRAy | LGRAy | LBLUe | LGREen |
LCYan | LRED | LMAGenta
HCOPy:CMAP<1...34>:DEFault<1|2|3> 6.114
HCOPy:CMAP<1...34>:HSL <hue>,<sat>,<lum> 6.114
HCOPy:DESTination<1|2> <string> 6.116
HCOPy:DEVice:COLor ON|OFF 6.116
HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage<1|2> GDI | WMF | EWMF | BMP 6.117
HCOPy[:IMMediate<1|2>] 6.117
HCOPy:ITEM:ALL 6.118
HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TABle:STATe ON | OFF 6.118
HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TEXT <string> 6.118
HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TRACe:STATe ON | OFF 6.118
HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation<1|2> LANDscape | PORTrait 6.119
HOLD 6.11

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.335

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

Command Parameter Page

INITiate<1|2>:CONMeas 6.121
INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous ON | OFF 6.120
INITiate<1|2>:DISPlay ON | OFF 6.122
INITiate<1|2>:EMItest 6.123
INITiate<1|2>:ESPectrum 6.122
INITiate<1|2>:FMEasurement 6.123
INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate] 6.121
INITiate<1|2>:SPURious 6.123
INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation 0 to 75 dB 6.124
INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO ON | OFF 6.124
INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:PROTection[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.124
INPut<1|2>:GAIN:AUTO ON | OFF 6.125
INPut<1|2>:GAIN:STATe ON | OFF 6.124
INPut<1|2>:IMPedance 50 | 75 6.126
INPut<1|2>:LISN:FILTer:HPAS[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.126
INPut<1|2>:LISN:PEARth GROunded | FLOating 6.125
INPut<1|2>:LISN:PHASe L1 | L2 | L3 | N 6.125
INPut<1|2>:LISN[:TYPE] TWOPhase | FOURphase | ESH3Z5 | 6.125
ESH2Z5 | ENV4200 | ENV216 | OFF
INPut<1|2>:PRESelection[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.126
INPut<1|2>:UPORt:STATe ON | OFF 6.127
INPut<1|2>:UPORt[:VALue]? 6.126
INSTrument:CONFigure<1|2>:DISPlay SANalyzer | RECeiver 6.129
INSTrument:CONFigure<1|2>:MIXed ON | OFF 6.129
INSTrument:COUPle NONE | RLEVel | CF_B | CF_A 6.129
INSTrument:COUPle:ATTenuation ALL | NONE 6.130
INSTrument:COUPle:BANDwidth|BWIDth ALL | NONE 6.130
INSTrument:COUPle:CENTer ALL | NONE 6.130
INSTrument:COUPle:DEModulation ALL | NONE 6.130
INSTrument:COUPle:GAIN ALL | NONE 6.131
INSTrument:COUPle:MARKer ALL | NONE 6.131
INSTrument:COUPle:PRESelector ALL | NONE 6.131
INSTrument:COUPle:PROTection ALL | NONE 6.131
INSTrument:COUPle:SPAN ALL | NONE 6.132
INSTrument:NSELect <numeric value> 6.128
INSTrument[:SELect] SANalyzer | RECeiver | ADEMod 6.128
MMEMory:CATalog:LONG? <path> 6.134
MMEMory:CATalog? <path> 6.133
MMEMory:CDIRectory <directory_name> 6.134
MMEMory:CLEar:ALL 6.135
MMEMory:CLEar:STATe 1,<file_name> 6.134
MMEMory:COMMent <string> 6.135
MMEMory:COPY <file_source>,<file_destination> 6.135
MMEMory:DATA <file_name>[,<block data>] 6.135
MMEMory:DELete <file_name> 6.136
MMEMory:INITialize <msus> 6.136
MMEMory:LOAD:AUTO 1,<file_name> 6.137
MMEMory:LOAD:STATe 1,<file_name> 6.137
MMEMory:MDIRectory <directory_name> 6.137
MMEMory:MOVE <file_source>,<file_destination> 6.138
MMEMory:MSIS <device> 6.138
MMEMory:NAME <file_name> 6.138
MMEMory:RDIRectory <directory_name> 6.139
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:ALL 6.139
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:CLISt ON | OFF 6.139

6.336 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

Command Parameter Page

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:DEFault 6.139
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:FINal ON | OFF 6.141
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:HWSettings ON | OFF 6.140
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:LINes:ALL ON | OFF 6.140
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:NONE 6.141
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:SCData ON | OFF 6.141
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRACe[:ACTive] ON | OFF 6.141
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRANsducer:ALL ON | OFF 6.141
MMEMory:STORe:FINal <file_name> 6.142
MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:MARKer <file_name> 6.142
MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:PEAKlist <file_name> 6.142
MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:SPURious <file_name> 6.143
MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:STATe 1,<file_name> 6.143
MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:TRACe 1 to 3,<file_name> 6.143
OUTPut:UPORt:STATe ON | OFF 6.146
OUTPut:UPORt[:VALue] #B00000000 to #B11111111 6.146
OUTPut<1|2>[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.146
[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt 0 to 32767 6.148
[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage[:STATe<1...3>] ON | OFF 6.148
[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:TYPE VIDeo | LINear 6.149
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:FFT WIDE | AUTO | NARROW 6.150
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] 10 Hz to 3 MHz 6.150
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO ON | OFF 6.151
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:RATio 0.0001 to 1 6.151
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:TYPE NORMal | CFILter | RRC | FFT | NOISe | 6.151
PULSe
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo 1Hz to 10MHz 6.152
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO ON | OFF 6.152
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:RATio 0.01 to 1000 6.152
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:TYPE LINear | LOGarithmic 6.153
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire] THRough | OPEN 6.154
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:METHod TRANsmission | REFLection 6.154
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:RECall 6.155
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.154
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:ACTive? 6.155
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:ADJust:RLEVel[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.158
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:CATalog? 6.155
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:COMMent <string> 6.157
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DATA <freq>,<level>.. 6.157
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DELete 6.158
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:GENerate <name> 6.156
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SCALing LINear | LOGarithmic 6.157
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect <name> 6.156
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.157
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:UNIT <string> 6.156
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:VIEW ON | OFF 6.158
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:BREak ON | OFF 6.159
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:CATalog? 6.159
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:COMMent <string> 6.159
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:DELete 6.160
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:RANGe<1 to 10> <freq>,<freq>,<name>.. 6.160
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:SELect <name> 6.158
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.160
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:UNIT <string> 6.159
[SENSe<1|2>:]DEMod OFF | AM | FM 6.161

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.337

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

Command Parameter Page

[SENSe<1|2>:]DEMod:SQUelch:LEVel <numeric_value> | MIN | MAX | DEF 6.161
[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1..3>:FMEasurement NEGative | POSitive | RMS | AVERage | 6.163
QPEak | CAVerage | CRMS
[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1..3>[:FUNCtion] APEak | NEGative | POSitive | SAMPle | 6.162
RMS | AVERage | QPEak | CAVerage |
CRMS
[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1..3>[:FUNCtion]:AUTO ON | OFF 6.162
[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1..3>:RECeiver[:FUNCtion] POSitive | NEGative | RMS | AVERage | 6.163
QPEak | CAVerage | CRMS
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:BWIDth numeric_value 6.163
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:FILTer:RRC:ALPHa 0…1 6.164
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:FILTer:RRC[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.163
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet:RESTore 6.164
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet[:STANdard] 'xml_file' 6.164
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1..20>:INSert AFTer | BEFore 6.168
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1..20>:LIMit:ABSolute:STARt <numeric_value> 6.167
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1..20>:LIMit:ABSolute:STOP <numeric_value> 6.167
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1..20>:LIMit:RELative:STARt <numeric_value> 6.168
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1..20>:LIMit:RELative:STOP <numeric_value> 6.168
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1..20>:LIMit:STATe ABSolute | RELative | AND | OR 6.168
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:BANDwidth[:RESolution] <numeric_value> 6.165
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:BANDwidth:VIDeo <numeric_value> 6.165
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:COUNt? 6.165
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:DELete 6.165
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:FILTer:TYPE NORMal | CFILter | RRC | PULSe 6.166
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>[:FREQuency]:STARt <numeric_value> 6.166
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>[:FREQuency]:STOP <numeric_value> 6.166
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:INPut:ATTenuation <numeric_value> 6.166
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO ON | OFF 6.167
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:INPut:GAIN:STATe ON | OFF 6.167
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:RLEVel <numeric_value> 6.169
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:SWEep:TIME <numeric_value> 6.169
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:SWEep:TIME:AUTO ON | OFF 6.169
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1…20>:TRANsducer <string> 6.169
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RRANge? 6.170
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RTYPe PEAK | CPOWer 6.170
[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:AUTO ON | OFF 6.171
[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:LISN:FILTer:HPAS[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.172
[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:LISN:PEARth GROunded | FLOating[,GROunded | 6.172
FLOating]
[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:LISN:PHASe L1 | L2 | L3 | N[[,L1 | L2 | L3 | N],…] 6.172
[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:LISN[:TYPE] TWOPhase | FOURphase | ESH3Z5 | 6.172
ESH2Z5 | ENV4200 | ENV216 | OFF
[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:NBBB:LEVel <numeric_value>: 6.171
[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:NBBB[:STATe] ON | OFF <numeric_value>: 6.171
[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:THReshold[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.171
[SENSe<1|2>:]FMEasurement:TIME <numeric_value> 6.173
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer 0 to fmax 6.174
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP 0 to fmax 6.174
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK SPAN | RBW | OFF 6.174
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK:FACTor 1 to 100 PCT 6.174
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:MODE CW | FIXed | SWEep | SCAN 6.175
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:OFFSet <numeric_value> 6.176
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN 0 to fmax 6.174
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN:FULL 6.175
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STARt 0 to fmax 6.175

6.338 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

Command Parameter Page

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STOP 0 to fmax 6.175
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:RESult? 6.177
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer[:SEQuence] <analyzer freq>,<ref level>,<rf att>,OFF, 6.178
<el att>, <filter type>,<rbw>,<vbw>,
<meas time>,<trigger level>
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:SET <PEAK meas>,<RMS meas>,<AVG 6.180
meas>,<trigger mode>,<trigger
slope>,<trigger offset>, <gate length>
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:SET:AVERage:TYPE LINear | LOGarithmic 6.181
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:STATe OFF 6.181
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit -200dB to +200dB 6.184
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:STATe ON | OFF 6.184
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:BANDwidth[:RESolution] <numeric_value> 6.181
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:BANDwidth:VIDeo <numeric_value> 6.182
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:BREak ON | OFF 6.182
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:COUNt? 6.182
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:DELete 6.182
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:DETector APEak | NEGative | POSitive | SAMPle | 6.182
RMS | AVERage
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:FILTer:TYPE NORMal | CHANnel | RRC | PULSe 6.183
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>[:FREQuency]:STARt <numeric_value> 6.183
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>[:FREQuency]:STOP <numeric_value> 6.183
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:INPut:ATTenuation <numeric_value> 6.183
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO ON | OFF 6.183
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:INPut:GAIN:STATe ON | OFF 6.184
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:POINts <numeric_value> 6.184
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:RLEVel <numeric_value> 6.185
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:SWEep:TIME <numeric_value> 6.185
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:SWEep:TIME:AUTO ON | OFF 6.185
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1…20>:TRANsducer <string> 6.185
[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer:RESult[:LIST]? 6.189
[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer:RESult:MIN? 6.190
[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer[:SEQuence] <analyzer freq>,<rbw>,<meas 6.187
time>,<trigger source>,
<trigger level>,<trigger offset>,<type of
meas>,<# of meas>
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs 0 to 12 6.192
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth:ACHannel 100 Hz to 1000 MHz 6.192
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth:ALTernate<1...11> 100 Hz to 1000 MHz 6.192
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:CHANnel] 100 Hz to 1000 MHz 6.192
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:ACHannel 0…1 6.193
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:ALL 0…1 6.193
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:ALTernate<1...11> 0…1 6.193
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:CHANnel<1...12> 0…1 6.193
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:STATe:ACHannel ON | OFF 6.194
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:STATe:ALL ON | OFF 6.194
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:STATe:ALTernate<1 to 11> ON | OFF 6.194
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:STATe:CHANnel<1...12> ON | OFF 6.194
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE ABSolute | RELative 6.195
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet ACPower | CPOWer | MCACpower | 6.196
OBANdwidth | OBWidth | CN | CN0
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet:RLEVel 6.197
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet:RLEVel:OFFSet 0 … 100 dB 6.195
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:AUTO ONCE 6.195
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:TXCHannel:AUTO MINimum | MAXimum | LHIGhest | OFF 6.195
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:TXCHannel:MANual 1 to 12 6.196

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.339

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

Command Parameter Page

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ACHannel 100 Hz to 2000 MHz 6.191
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate<1 to 11> 100 Hz to 2000 MHz 6.191
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:CHANnel<1 to 11> 100 Hz to 2000 MHz 6.190
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:TXCHannel:COUNt 1 to 12 6.191
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:BANDwidth|BWIDth 10 to 99.9PCT 6.197
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:HSPeed ON | OFF 6.197
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:NCORrection ON | OFF 6.198
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:TRACe 1 to 3 6.198
[SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency 1MHz to 20MHz 6.199
[SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:EXTernal:PLL NORMal | WIDE 6.200
[SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator[:INTernal]:TUNe 0 to 4095 6.200
[SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator[:INTernal]:TUNe:SAVe 6.200
[SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:SOURce INTernal | EXTernal | EAUTo 6.199
[SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:SOURce:EAUTo? 6.199
[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:BANDwidth:RESolution fmin to fmax 6.201
[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:INPut:ATTenuation dBmin to dBmax 6.202
[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO ON | OFF 6.202
[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:INPut:GAIN:AUTO ON | OFF 6.202
[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:INPut:GAIN[:STATE] ON | OFF 6.202
[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:RANGes[:COUNt] 1 to 10 6.203
[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:STARt fmin to fmax 6.201
[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:STEP fmin to fmax 6.201
[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:STOP fmin to fmax 6.201
[SENSe<1|2>:]SCAN<1 to 10>:TIME 33 µs to 100 s 6.202
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt 0 to 32767 6.204
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt:CURRent? 6.205
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe ON | OFF 6.205
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff 125 ns to 100 s 6.206
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth 0 to 100 s 6.206
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:POLarity POSitive | NEGative 6.206
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:SOURce EXTernal | IFPower | RFPower 6.206
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<1..3>COMMent 6.207
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<1..3>PERiod <value> 6.208
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<1..3>STARt<1..3> | STOP<1..3> <value> 6.207
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<1..3>STATe<1..3> ON | OFF 6.207
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TYPE LEVel | EDGE 6.206
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:MODE AUTO | LIST | ESPectrum 6.208
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:POINts 125, 251, 501, 1001, 2001, 4001, 8001 6.208
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic | AUTO 6.208
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME 33 µs to 100 s (receiver) | 2,5 ms to 6.204
16000 s (frequency domain) | 1 µs to
16000 s (time domain)
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME:AUTO ON | OFF 6.204
[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:CCVS INTernal | EXTernal 6.209
[SENSe<1|2>:]TV[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.209
SOURce<1|2>:AM:STATe ON | OFF 6.210
SOURce<1|2>:DM:STATe ON | OFF 6.210
SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>:FREQuency[:FACTor]:DENominator <numeric_value> 6.213
SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>:FREQuency[:FACTor]:NUMerator <numeric_value> 6.214
SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>:FREQuency:OFFSet <numeric_value> 6.214
SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>:FREQuency:SWEep[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.215
SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>:POWer[:LEVel] <numeric_value> 6.215
SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>:ROSCillator[:SOURce] INTernal | EXTernal 6.215
SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.213
SOURce<1|2>:FM:DEViation 100Hz to 10MHz 6.211

6.340 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

Command Parameter Page

SOURce<1|2>:FM:STATe ON | OFF 6.210
SOURce<1|2>:FREQuency:OFFSet -150MHz to 150MHz 6.211
SOURce<1|2>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] <numeric_value> 6.211
SOURce<1|2>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet -200dB to +200dB 6.212
SOURce<1|2>:POWer:MODE FIXed | SWEep 6.212
SOURce<1|2>:POWer:STARt -30 dBm to 0 dBm 6.212
SOURce<1|2>:POWer:STOP -30 dBm to 0 dBm 6.212
STATus:OPERation:CONDition? 6.216
STATus:OPERation:ENABle 0 to 65535 6.216
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]? 6.216
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition 0 to 65535 6.217
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition 0 to 65535 6.216
STATus:PRESet 6.217
STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:CONDition? 6.221
STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:ENABle 0 to 65535 6.222
STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit[:EVENt]? 6.221
STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:NTRansition 0 to 65535 6.222
STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:PTRansition 0 to 65535 6.222
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition? 6.217
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle 0 to 65535 6.218
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]? 6.217
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition? 6.222
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle 0 to 65535 6.223
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]? 6.222
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition 0 to 65535 6.223
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition 0 to 65535 6.223
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2> [:EVENt]? 6.219
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition? 6.219
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle 0 to 65535 6.220
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition 0 to 65535 6.220
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition 0 to 65535 6.220
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2> [:EVENt]? 6.220
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:CONDition? 6.220
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:ENABle 0 to 65535 6.221
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:NTRansition 0 to 65535 6.221
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:PTRansition 0 to 65535 6.221
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition 0 to 65535 6.218
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition? 6.218
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle 0 to 65535 6.219
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]? 6.218
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition 0 to 65535 6.219
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition 0 to 65535 6.219
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition 0 to 65535 6.218
STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:CONDition? 6.223
STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:ENABle 0 to 65535 6.224
STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer[:EVENt]? 6.223
STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:NTRansition 0 to 65535 6.224
STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:PTRansition 0 to 65535 6.224
STATus:QUEue[:NEXT]? 6.224
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:RDEVice:COMMand 0...30,<’command string’> 6.226
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:RDEVice:GENerator<1|2>:ADDRess 0 to 30 6.225
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess 0 to 30 6.225
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:RTERminator LFEOI | EOI 6.225
SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:FIRSt? 6.228
SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:NEXT? 6.229

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.341

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

Command Parameter Page

SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:SELect <1|2> <printer_name> 6.229
SYSTem:COMMunicate:RDEVice:GENerator<1|2>:LINK GPIB | TTL 6.226
SYSTem:COMMunicate:RDEVice:GENerator<1|2>:TYPE <name> 6.227
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DTR IBFull | OFF 6.227
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:RTS IBFull | OFF 6.227
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial[:RECeive]:BAUD 110 | 300 | 600 | 1200 | 2400 | 9600 | 19200 6.227
| 38400 | 57600 | 115200 | 128000
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial[:RECeive]:BITS 7|8 6.227
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial[:RECeive]:PACE XON | NONE 6.228
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial[:RECeive]:PARity[:TYPE] EVEN | ODD | NONE 6.228
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial[:RECeive]:SBITs 1|2 6.228
SYSTem:DATE 1980 to 2099, 1 to 12, 1 to 31 6.229
SYSTem:DISPlay:FPANel ON | OFF 6.230
SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate ON | OFF 6.230
SYSTem:ERRor:CLEar:ALL 6.231
SYSTem:ERRor:LIST? 6.231
SYSTem:ERRor? 6.230
SYSTem:FIRMware:UPDate <path> 6.231
SYSTem:HPCoupling FSP | HP 6.232
SYSTem:IDENtify:FACTory 6.232
SYSTem:IFGain:MODE NORMal | PULSe 6.232
SYSTem:KLOCk ON | OFF 6.233
SYSTem:LANGuage 'SCPI' | '71100C' | '71200C' | '71209A' | 6.233
'8560E' | '8561E' | '8562E' | '8563E' |
'8564E' | '8565E' | '8566A' | '8566B' |
'8568A' | '8568A_DC' | '8568B' |
'8568B_DC' | '8591E' | '8594E'
SYSTem:MSIZe? MBOard 6.235
SYSTem:PASSword[:CENable] 'password' 6.234
SYSTem:PRESet 6.234
SYSTem:PRESet:COMPatible FSP | OFF 6.234
SYSTem:RSW: ON | OFF 6.235
SYSTem:SPEaker:VOLume 0 to 1 6.234
SYSTem:TIME 0 to 23, 0 to 59, 0 to 59 6.235
SYSTem:VERSion? 6.235
TRACe[:DATA] TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | SINGle | 6.236
PHOLd | SCAN | STATus | FINAL1 |
FINAL2 | FINAL3 | LIST | SPURious,
<block> | ABITstream | <numeric_value>
TRACe<1|2>:COPY TRACE1| TRACE2| TRACE3 , TRACE1| 6.240
TRACE2| TRACE3
TRACe<1|2>:FEED:CONTrol<1..3> ALWays | NEVer 6.240
TRACe<1|2>:IMMediate:LEVel? 6.240
TRACe<1|2>:IMMediate:RESult? 6.241
TRACe<1|2>:IQ:AVERage:COUNt 0 .. 32767 6.245
TRACe<1|2>:IQ:AVERage[:STATe] ON|OFF 6.244
TRACe<1|2>:IQ:DATA:FORMat COMPatible | IQBLock | IQPair 6.247
TRACe<1|2>:IQ:DATA:MEMory[:RF]? <offset samples>,<# of samples> 6.247
TRACe<1|2>:IQ:DATA? 6.245
TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SET <filter type>,<rbw>,<sample rate>,<trigger 6.249
source>,<trigger slope>,
<pretrigger samples>,<# of samples>
TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SRATe 15.625 kHz to 32 MHz 6.250
TRACe<1|2>:IQ[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.250
TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SYNChronize[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.251
TRACe<1|2>:POINTs LIMit, 1 to 10000 6.252
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff -100 to 100s 6.254

6.342 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

Command Parameter Page

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff:ADJust:AUTO ON|OFF 6.254
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal] 0.5 to +3.5 V 6.253
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:IFPower -30 to –10 dBm 6.254
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:RFPower -50 to –10 dBm 6.254
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:VIDeo 0 to 100PCT 6.254
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SLOPe POSitive | NEGative 6.255
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce IMMediate | EXTernal | VIDeo | IFPower | 6.253
RFPower | TV | AF | AM | FM | PM
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:FIELd:SELect ALL | ODD | EVEN 6.255
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:FORMat:LPFRame 525 | 625 6.255
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:LINE:NUMBer <numeric_value> 6.255
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:SSIGnal:POLarity NEGative | POSitive 6.256
UNIT<1|2>:POWer DBM | V | A | W | DB | PCT | UNITLESS | 6.257
DBPW | WATT | DBUV | DBMV | VOLT |
DBUA | AMPere | DBPT | DBUV_M |
DBUA_M

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 6.343

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Description of Commands
Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

6.344 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples

7 Remote Control – Programming

Examples
7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2
7.2 Basic Programming Steps for the VISA Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2
7.2.1 Service Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2
7.2.1.1Initiate Service Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3
7.2.1.2Waiting for the Arrival of a Service Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3
7.2.1.3Waiting Without Blocking the Keyboard and Mouse . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5
7.2.1.4Service Request Routine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6
7.2.1.5Evaluation of SCPI Status Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6
7.2.1.6Evaluation of Event Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7
7.3 More Complex Programming Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8
7.3.1 Using Marker and Delta Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8
7.3.1.1Measuring Spurious Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8
7.3.1.2Shape Factor Measurement (Using n dB Down) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9
7.3.1.3Measuring the Third Order Intercept Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10
7.3.1.4Measuring the AM Modulation Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.12
7.3.2 Limit Lines and Limit Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
7.3.3 Measuring the Channel and Adjacent Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15
7.3.4 Occupied Bandwidth Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.17
7.3.5 Time Domain Power Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.18
7.3.6 Fast Power Measurement on Power Ramps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19
7.3.6.1Power Measurement with Multi-Summary Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19
7.3.6.2Multi-Burst Power Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.22
7.3.7 Fast Level Measurement Using Frequency Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.24
7.3.8 Level Correction of Transducers (Definition of Transducer Factors) . . . 7.26
7.3.9 Measuring the Magnitude and Phase of a Signal
(I/Q Data Acquisition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.27
7.3.10 Averaging I/Q Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29
7.3.11 Reading and Writing Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.30
7.3.11.1Reading a File from the Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.30
7.3.11.2Creating a File on the Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.31

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7.1

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
Introduction

7.1 Introduction
The following programming examples have a hierarchical structure, i.e. subsequent
examples are based on previous ones. It is thus possible to compile very easily an
operational program from the modules of the given examples. VISUAL BASIC has
been used as programming language. However, the programs can be translated into
other languages.

In progamming languages as C, C++ or programmes as MATLAB, NI Interactive

Control, a backslash starts an escape sequence (e.g. “\n” is used to start a new
line). In these progamming languages and programms, two backslashes instead of
one must be used in remote commands (for an example refer to the Quick Start
Guide, chapter “Brief Introduction to Remote Control“.)

Example:
To store instrument settings use: MMEM:STOR:STAT 1,'D:
\\USER\\DATA\\TEST1'
instead of: MMEM:STOR:STAT 1,'D:\USER\DATA\TEST1
In this chapter, more complex programming examples are given. In the Quick Start
Guide, chapter 6, basic steps in remote control programming are provided.

7.2 Basic Programming Steps for the VISA Interface

In this section, all basic programming examples about the topic service request are
included:
• “Initiate Service Request” on page 7.3
• “Waiting for the Arrival of a Service Request” on page 7.3
• “Waiting Without Blocking the Keyboard and Mouse” on page 7.5
• “Service Request Routine” on page 7.6
• “Evaluation of SCPI Status Registers” on page 7.6
• “Evaluation of Event Status Register” on page 7.7
Basic examples that explain the programming of the instrument and can serve as a
basis to solve more complex programming tasks are provided in the Quick Start
Guide, chapter 6.

7.2.1 Service Request

The service request routine requires an extended initialization of the instrument in
which the relevant bits of the transition and enable registers are set. In order to use
the service request function in conjunction with a National Instruments GPIB driver,
the setting "Disable Auto Serial Poll" must be changed to "yes" by means of
IBCONF.

7.2 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
Basic Programming Steps for the VISA Interface

7.2.1.1 Initiate Service Request

REM ---- Example of initialization of the SRQ in the case of errors --------
PUBLIC SUB SetupSRQ()
status = viWrite(analyzer, "*CLS", 4, retCnt)
’Reset status reporting system
status = viWrite(analyzer, "*SRE 168", 8, retCnt)
'Permit service request for STAT:OPER,STAT:QUES and ESR registe
status = viWrite(analyzer, "*ESE 60", 7, retCnt)
'Set event enable bit for command, execution, device-dependent
'and query error
status = viWrite(analyzer, "STAT:OPER:ENAB 32767", 20, retCnt)
'Set OPERation enable bit for all events
status = viWrite(analyzer, "STAT:OPER:PTR 32767", 19, retCnt)
'Set appropriate OPERation Ptransition bits
status = viWrite(analyzer, "STAT:QUES:ENAB 32767", 20, retCnt)
'Set questionable enable bits for all events
status = viWrite(analyzer, "STAT:QUES:PTR 32767", 19, retCnt)
'Set appropriate questionable Ptransition bits
END SUB
REM ***********************************************************************

7.2.1.2 Waiting for the Arrival of a Service Request

There are basically two methods of waiting for the arrival of a service request:

Blocking (user inputs not possible)

This method is appropriate if the waiting time until the event to be signalled by an
SRQ is short (shorter than the selected time-out), if no response to user inputs is
required during the waiting time, and if – as the main criterion – the event is abso-
lutely certain to occur.
Reason:
From the time the WaitSRQ() function is called until the occurrence of the expected
event, it does not allow the program to respond to mouse clicks or key entries during
the waiting time. Moreover, it causes program abort if the SRQ event does not occur
within the predefined time-out period.
The method is, therefore, in many cases not suitable for waiting for measurement
results, especially with triggered measurements.
The following function calls are required:
status = viEnableEvent(analyzer, VI_EVENT_SERVICE_REQ, VI_QUEUE, VI_NULL)
status = viWaitOnEvent(analyzer, VI_EVENT_SERVICE_REQ, 10000, etype, eevent)
'Wait for service request
IF (result% = 1) THEN CALL Srq
'If SRQ is recognized => subroutine for evaluation

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7.3

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
Basic Programming Steps for the VISA Interface

Non-blocking (user inputs possible)

This method is recommended if the waiting time until the event to be signalled by an
SRQ is long (longer than the selected time-out), and user inputs should be possible
during the waiting time, or if the event is not certain to occur. This method is, there-
fore, the preferable choice for waiting for the end of measurements, i.e. the output of
results, especially in the case of triggered measurements.
The method necessitates a waiting loop that checks the status of the SRQ line at
regular intervals and returns control to the operating system during the time the
expected event has not yet occurred. In this way, the system can respond to user
inputs (mouse clicks, key entries) during the waiting time.
A query of the VI_ATTR_GPIB_SRQ_STATE attribute can only be sent from the
controller, not from the instrument. Therefore, the handle of the controller board is
used for this calling of the viGetAttribute attribute.
It is advisable to employ the Hold() auxiliary function, which returns control to the
operating system for a selectable waiting time (see section “Waiting Without Block-
ing the Keyboard and Mouse” on page 7.5), so enabling user inputs during the wait-
ing time.
result% = 0
For i = 1 To 10
'Abort after max. 10 loop iterations
Call viGetAttribute(board, VI_ATTR_GPIB_SRQ_STATE, result%)
'Check service request line
If (result% <> 0) Then
CALL Srq
'If SRQ is recognized => subroutine for evaluation
Else
CALL Hold(20)
'Call hold function with 20 ms waiting time.
'User inputs are possible.
Endif
Next i
If result% = 0 Then
PRINT "Timeout Error; Program aborted"
'Output error message
STOP
'Stop software
Endif

7.4 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
Basic Programming Steps for the VISA Interface

7.2.1.3 Waiting Without Blocking the Keyboard and Mouse

A frequent problem with remote control programs using Visual Basic is to insert wait-
ing times without blocking the keyboard and the mouse.
If the program is to respond to user inputs also during a waiting time, control over
the program events during this time must be returned to the operating system. In
Visual Basic, this is done by calling the DoEvents function. This function causes key-
board- or mouse-triggered events to be executed by the associated elements. For
example, it allows the operation of buttons and input fields while the user waits for
an instrument setting to be completed.
The following programming example describes the Hold() function, which returns
control to the operating system for the period of the waiting time selectable in milli-
seconds.
Rem **********************************************************************
Rem The waiting function below expects the transfer of the desired
Rem waiting time in milliseconds. The keyboard and the mouse remain
Rem operative during the waiting period, thus allowing desired elements
Rem to be controlled
REM **********************************************************************
Public SUB Hold(delayTime As Single)
Start = Timer
'Save timer count on calling the function
DO While Timer < Start + delayTime / 1000
'Check timer count
DoEvents
'Return control to operating system to enable control of
desired elements as long as timer has not elapsed
LOOP
END SUB
REM **********************************************************************

The waiting procedure is activated simply by calling Hold(<Waiting time in millisec-

onds>).

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7.5

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
Basic Programming Steps for the VISA Interface

7.2.1.4 Service Request Routine

A service request is processed in the service request routine.
REM ------------ Service request routine ----------------------------------
Public SUB Srq()
ON ERROR GOTO noDevice
'No user existing
Call viReadSTB(analyzer, STB%)
'Serial poll, read status byte
IF STB% > 0 THEN
'This instrument has bits set in the STB
SRQFOUND% = 1
IF (STB% AND 16) > 0 THEN CALL Outputqueue
IF (STB% AND 4) > 0 THEN CALL ErrorQueueHandler
IF (STB% AND 8) > 0 THEN CALL Questionablestatus
IF (STB% AND 128) > 0 THEN CALL Operationstatus
IF (STB% AND 32) > 0 THEN CALL Esrread
END IF
noDevice:
END SUB
REM ***********************************************************************

Reading out the status event registers, the output buffer and the error/event queue
is effected in subroutines.

7.2.1.5 Evaluation of SCPI Status Registers

REM ------ Subroutine for evaluating Questionable Status Register ---------
Public SUB Questionablestatus()
Ques$ = SPACE$(20)
'Preallocate blanks to text variable
status = viWrite(analyzer, "STATus:QUEStionable:EVENt?", 26, retCnt)
status = viRead(analyzer, Ques$, 20, retCnt)
PRINT "Questionable Status: "; Ques$
END SUB
REM ***********************************************************************
REM ------ Subroutine for evaluating Operation Status Register ------------
Public SUB Operationstatus()
Oper$ = SPACE$(20)
'Preallocate blanks to text variable
status = viWrite(analyzer, "STATus:OPERation:EVENt?", 23, retCnt)
status = viRead(analyzer, Oper$, 20, retCnt)
PRINT "Operation Status: "; Oper$
END SUB
REM ***********************************************************************

7.6 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
Basic Programming Steps for the VISA Interface

7.2.1.6 Evaluation of Event Status Register

REM ------ Subroutine for evaluating the Event Status Register ------------
Public SUB Esrread()
Esr$ = SPACE$(20)
'Preallocate blanks to text variable
status = viWrite(analyzer, "*ESR?", 5, retCnt)
'Read ESR
status = viRead(analyzer, Esr$, 20, retCnt)
IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 1) > 0 THEN PRINT "Operation complete"
IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 2) > 0 THEN PRINT "Request Control"
IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 4) > 0 THEN PRINT "Query Error"
IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 8) > 0 THEN PRINT "Device dependent error"
IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 16) > 0 THEN
PRINT "Execution Error; Program aborted"
'Output error message
STOP
'Stop software
END IF
IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 32) > 0 THEN
PRINT "Command Error; Program aborted"
'Output error message
STOP
'Stop software
END IF
IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 64) > 0 THEN PRINT "User request"
IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 128) > 0 THEN PRINT "Power on"
END SUB
REM **********************************************************************

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7.7

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

7.3 More Complex Programming Examples

In this section, the more advanced programming examples are included:
• “Using Marker and Delta Marker” on page 7.8
• “Limit Lines and Limit Test” on page 7.13
• “Measuring the Channel and Adjacent Channel Power” on page 7.15
• “Occupied Bandwidth Measurement” on page 7.17
• “Time Domain Power Measurement” on page 7.18
• “Fast Power Measurement on Power Ramps” on page 7.19
• “Fast Level Measurement Using Frequency Lists” on page 7.24
• “Level Correction of Transducers (Definition of Transducer Factors)” on page 7.26
• “Measuring the Magnitude and Phase of a Signal (I/Q Data Acquisition)” on
page 7.27
• “Reading and Writing Files” on page 7.30
For basic programming examples, refer to section “Basic Programming Steps for the
VISA Interface” on page 7.2 and the Quick Start Guide, chapter 6.

7.3.1 Using Marker and Delta Marker

7.3.1.1 Measuring Spurious Emissions

In transmission measurements, it is often necessary to search a large frequency
range for unwanted spurious emissions.
This can be done by means of the R&S ESCI's LIST PEAKS function, which finds up
to 50 peaks in a preselected frequency range and outputs them as a list. The search
range can be defined both in terms of frequency and level, and the number of peaks
to be found is selectable as well.
In the following example, the 10 highest peaks are to be found in a preselected fre-
quency range. Only signals >-60 dBm in a range ± 400 kHz about the center fre-
quency are of interest, so the search range is limited accordingly. The signals found
are output in the order of ascending frequency.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub SpuriousSearch()
powerlist$ = Space$(1000)
freqlist$ = Space$(1000)
countstr$ = Space$(30)
'--------- R&S ESCI default setting --------------------------
CALL SetupInstrument
'Default setting
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT:CONT OFF", 13, retCnt)
'Single sweep
'--------- Definition of search range -----------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:STAT ON", 24, retCnt)
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:LEFT 99.6MHz;RIGHt 100.4MHz", 44,
retCnt)

7.8 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

'Activate search limit and set to ±400 kHz about center

frequency
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:THR:STAT ON", 16, retCnt)
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:THR -60DBM", 15, retCnt)
'Activate threshold and set to –60 dBm
'--------- Activate search for spurious ---------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:SORT X", 25, retCnt)
'Sort according to frequency
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT;*WAI", 9, retCnt)
'Perform sweep with sync
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE 10", 21, retCnt)
'Search for 10 highest peaks
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:COUN?", 24, retCnt)
'Call number of peaks, check it,
status = viRead(analyzer, countstr$, 30, retCnt)
'and read it in
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:X?", 21, retCnt)
'Query and read
status = viRead(analyzer, freqlist$, 1000, retCnt)
'frequency list
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:Y?", 21, retCnt)
'Query and read
status = viRead(analyzer, powerlist$, 1000, retCnt)
'level list
Print "# of spurious: ";countstr$
'Output number of results
Print "Frequencies: ";freqlist$
'Output frequency list
Print "Power: ";powerlist$
'Output level list
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

7.3.1.2 Shape Factor Measurement (Using n dB Down)

The n-dB-down function of the R&S ESCI is used twice to determine the shape fac-
tor of a filter (ratio of bandwidths at 60 dB and 3 dB below the filter maximum).
The following example is again based on a signal with a level of –30 dBm at 100
MHz. The shape factor is determined for the 30 kHz resolution bandwidth. The
default setting of the R&S ESCI is used for measurements (SetupInstrument).
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub ShapeFactor()
result$ = Space$(100)
'--------- R&S ESCI default setting --------------------------
CALL SetupInstrument
'Default setting
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT:CONT OFF", 13, retCnt)
'Single sweep

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7.9

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

'--------- Set frequency ------------------------------------

status = viWrite(analyzer, "FREQ:SPAN 1MHz", 14, retCnt)
'Span
status = viWrite(analyzer, "BAND:RES 30kHz", 14, retCnt)
'Resolution bandwidth
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT;*WAI", 9, retCnt)
'Perform sweep with sync
'--------- Measure 60 dB value ------------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:PEXC 6DB", 18, retCnt)
'Peak excursion
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:STAT ON", 17, retCnt)
'Marker1 on
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:TRAC 1", 16, retCnt)
'Assign marker1 to trace1
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:MAX", 13, retCnt)
'Set marker1 to 100 MHz
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD 60dB", 24, retCnt)
'Read out bandwidth measured
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:RES?", 24, retCnt)
'at 60 dB
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCnt)
result60 = Val(result$)
'--------- Measure 3 dB Down value --------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD 3dB", 23, retCnt)
'Read out bandwidth measured
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:RES?", 24, retCnt)
'at 60 dB
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCnt)
result3 = Val(result$)
'--------- Read out shape factor-----------------------------
Print "Shapefaktor 60dB/3dB: ";result60/result3
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

7.3.1.3 Measuring the Third Order Intercept Point

The third order intercept point (TOI) is the (virtual) level of two adjacent useful signals
at which the intermodulation products of third order have the same level as the useful
signals.
The intermodulation product at fS2 is obtained by mixing the first harmonic of the
useful signal PN2 with signal PN1, the intermodulation product at fS1 by mixing the first
harmonic of the useful signal PN1 with signal PN2.
fS1 = 2 × fn1 – fn2 (4)
fS2 = 2 × fn2 – fn1 (5)
The following example is based on two adjacent signals with a level of –30 dBm at
100 MHz and 110 MHz. The intermodulation products lie at 90 MHz and 120 MHz
according to the above formula. The frequency is set so that the examined mixture
products are displayed in the diagram. Otherwise, the default setting of the
R&S ESCI is used for measurements (SetupInstrument).

7.10 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub TOI()
result$ = Space$(100)
'--------- R&S ESCI default setting --------------------------
CALL SetupStatusReg
'Set status registers
status = viWrite(analyzer, "*RST", 4, retCnt)
'Reset instrument
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INST:SEL SAN", 12, retCnt)
'Change into analyzer mode
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT:CONT OFF", 13, retCnt)
'Single sweep
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SYST:DISP:UPD ON", 16, retCnt)
'ON: display on
'OFF: off
'--------- Set frequency ------------------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "FREQ:STARt 85MHz;STOP 125 MHz", 29, retCnt)
'Span
'--------- Set level ----------------------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV -20dBm", 28, retCnt)
'Reference level
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT;*WAI", 4, retCnt)
'Perform sweep with sync
'--------- TOI measurement ----------------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:PEXC 6DB", 18, retCnt)
'Peak excursion
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI ON", 21, retCnt)
'Switch on TOI measurement
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI:RES?", 23, retCnt)
'and read out results
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCnt)
'--------- Read out result ---------------------------------
Print "TOI [dBm]: "; result$
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7.11

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

7.3.1.4 Measuring the AM Modulation Depth

The example below is based on an AM-modulated signal at 100 MHz with the fol-
lowing characteristics:
• Carrier signal level: –30 dBm
• AF frequency: 100 kHz
• Modulation depth: 50%
The default setting of the R&S ESCI can be used for the measurements described
below (SetupInstrument).
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub AMMod()
result$ = Space$(100)
CALL SetupInstrument
'Default setting
'--------- Peak search --------------------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT:CONT OFF", 13, retCnt)
'Single sweep
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT;*WAI", 9, retCnt)
'Perform sweep with sync
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:PEXC 6DB", 18, retCnt)
'Peak excursion
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:STAT ON", 17, retCnt)
'Marker 1 on
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:TRAC 1", 16, retCnt)
'Assign marker1 to trace1
'--------- Measure modulation depth--------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:MAX;FUNC:MDEP ON", 26, retCnt)
'Marker to Peak;
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP:RES?", 24, retCnt)
'Measure mod. depth
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCnt)
'Read out result
'--------- Read out result ----------------------------------
Print "AM Mod Depth [%]: "; result$
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

7.12 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

7.3.2 Limit Lines and Limit Test

The example below shows the definition and use of a new limit line 5 for trace 1 on
screen A and trace 2 on screen B with the following characteristics:
• Upper limit line
• Absolute x-axis in the frequency range
• 5 reference values: 120 MHz/-70 dB, 126 MHz/-40 dB, 127 MHz/-40 dB, 128 MHz/
-10 dB,
129 MHz/-40 dB, 130 MHz/-40 dB, 136 MHz/-70 dB
• Relative y-axis with unit dB
• Absolute threshold at -75 dBm
• No margin
The signal of the integrated calibration source (128 MHz, -30 dBm) is used to check
the limit test.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub LimitLine()
result$ = Space$(100)
'--------- R&S ESCI default setting --------------------------
CALL SetupInstrument
'Default setting
status = viWrite(analyzer, "FREQUENCY:CENTER 128MHz;Span 10MHz", 34, retCnt)
'Span
status = viWrite(analyzer, "Diag:Serv:Inp Cal;CSO -30dBm", 28, retCnt)
'Cal signal on
'--------- Definition of limit lines ------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:LIM5:NAME 'TEST1'", 22, retCnt)
'Define name
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:LIM5:COMM 'Upper limit'", 28, retCnt)
'Define comment
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC1:LIM5:TRAC 1", 17, retCnt)
'Assign trace in screen A
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC2:LIM5:TRAC 2", 17, retCnt)
'Assign trace in screen B
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:LIM5:CONT:DOM FREQ", 23, retCnt)
'Define x-axis range
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:LIM5:CONT:MODE ABS", 23, retCnt)
'Define x-axis scaling
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:LIM5:UNIT DB", 17, retCnt)
'Define y-axis unit
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:LIM5:UPP:MODE REL", 22, retCnt)
'Define y-axis scaling

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7.13

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

'--------- Definition of data points and threshold ----------

xlimit$ = "CALC:LIM5:CONT 120MHZ,126MHZ,127MHZ,128MHZ,129MHZ,130MHz,136MHz"
status = viWrite(analyzer, xlimit$, 63, retCnt) 'Set values for x-axis
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:LIM5:UPP -70,-40,-40,-20,-40,-40,-70", 41,
retCnt)
'Set values for y-axis
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:LIM5:UPP:THR -75DBM", 24, retCnt)
'Set y threshold (only possible for relative y-axis)
'A margin or an x /y offset can be defined here.
'--------- Activate and evaluate the limit line in screen A --
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC1:LIM5:UPP:STAT ON", 22, retCnt)
'Activate line 5 in screen A
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC1:LIM5:STAT ON", 18, retCnt)
'Activate limit check in screen A
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT;*WAI", 9, retCnt)
'Perform sweep with sync
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC1:LIM5:FAIL?", 16, retCnt)
'Query result of limit check
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCnt)
'Result: 1 (= FAIL)
'--------- Read out result ---------------------------------
Print "Limit Result Line 5: "; result$
'- Evaluate limit line in screen A by means of status register -
status = viWrite(analyzer, "*CLS", 4, retCnt)
'Reset status register
'--------- Measure ------------------------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT;*OPC?", 4, retCnt)
'Perform sweep with sync
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCnt)
'Wait for service request
status = Val(result$)
'--------- Read out result ----------------------------------
IF (status% = 1) THEN
status = viWrite(analyzer, "STAT:QUES:LIM1:COND?", 20, retCnt)
'Read out STAT:QUES:LIMit register
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCnt)
'Read out result
IF ((Val(result$) And 16) <> 0) THEN
Print "Limit5 failed"
ELSE
Print "Limit5 passed"
END IF
END IF
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

7.14 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

7.3.3 Measuring the Channel and Adjacent Channel Power

In the following example, the channel and adjacent channel power is first measured
on a signal with a level of 0 dBm at 800 MHz to IS95. Then the channel and adjacent
channel power is measured on a GSM signal at 935.2 MHz with fast ACP measure-
ment (FAST ACP).
In addition, the limit test is activated.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub ACP()
result$ = Space$(100)
'--------- R&S ESCI default setting ---------------------------------------
CALL SetupStatusReg
'Set status register
status = viWrite(analyzer, "*RST", 4, retCnt)
'Reset instrument
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INST:SEL SAN", 12, retCnt)
'Change into analyzer mode
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT:CONT OFF", 13, retCnt)
'Single sweep
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SYST:DISP:UPD ON", 16, retCnt)
'ON: display on
'OFF: off
'--------- Set frequency --------------------------------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "FREQ:CENT 800MHz", 16, retCnt) 'Set frequency
'--------- Set level ------------------------------------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV 10dBm", 27, retCnt)
'Reference level
'--------- Example 1: Configure CP/ACP for CDMA --------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC2:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL ACP", 27, retCnt)
'ACP measurement on
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:PRES F8CDMA", 30, retCnt)
'Select CDMA800 FWD
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:ACH:ACP 2", 18, retCnt)
'Select 2 adjacent channels
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:ACH:PRES ACP", 21, retCnt)
'Optimize settings
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV;*WAI", 27, retCnt)
'Optimize reference level
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:ACH:MODE ABS", 21, retCnt)
'Absolute measurement
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:HSP ON", 15, retCnt)
'Fast ACP measurement
'--------- Perform measurement and query results --------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT;*WAI", 9, retCnt)
'Perform sweep with sync
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC2:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? ACP", 28, retCnt)
'Query result
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCnt)

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7.15

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

'--------- Read out result ------------------------------------------------

Print "Result (CP, ACP low, ACP up, Alt low, Alt up): "
Print result$
'--------- Example 2: Configure CP/ACP manually for GSM ------------------
result$ = Space$(100)
status = viWrite(analyzer, "FREQ:CENT 935.2MHz", 18, retCnt)
'Set frequency
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL ACP", 26, retCnt)
'ACP measurement on
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:ACH:ACP 1", 18, retCnt)
'1 adjacent channel
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:ACH:BAND 200KHZ", 24, retCnt)
'Channel bandw. 200 kHz
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:ACH:BAND:ACH 200KHZ", 28, retCnt)
'Adjacent channel bandwidth 200 kHz
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:ACH:SPAC 200KHZ", 24, retCnt)
'Channel spacing 200 kHz
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:ACH:PRES ACP", 21, retCnt)
'Optimize settings
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV;*WAI", 27, retCnt)
'Optimize reference level
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:ACH:MODE ABS", 21, retCnt)
'Absolute measurement
'--------- Start measurement and query result -----------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT;*WAI", 9, retCnt)
'Perform sweep with sync
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? ACP", 27, retCnt)
'Query result
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCnt)
'--------- Read out result ------------------------------------------------
Print "Result (CP, ACP low, ACP up): "
Print result$
'--------- Active limit check ---------------------------------------------
result$ = Space$(100)
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH 30DB, 30DB", 27, retCnt)
'Set relative limit
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS -35DBM,-35DBM", 34, retCnt)
'Set absolute limit
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:STAT ON", 24, retCnt)
'Rel. limit check on
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS:STAT ON", 28, retCnt)
'Abs. limit check on
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:LIM:ACP ON", 15, retCnt)
'Limit check on

7.16 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

'--------- Start measurement and query result -----------------------------

status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT;*WAI", 9, retCnt)
'Perform sweep with sync
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:RES?", 21, retCnt)
'Query result of
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCnt)
'limit check
'--------- Read out result ------------------------------------------------
Print "Result Limit Check: "; result$
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

7.3.4 Occupied Bandwidth Measurement

In the following example, the bandwidth is to be found in which 95% of the power of
a GSM signal is contained. Signal frequency is 935,2 MHz; channel bandwidth is
200 kHz.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub OBW()
result$ = Space$(100)
'--------- R&S ESCI default setting -----------------------------------------
CALL SetupStatusReg
'Set status register
status = viWrite(analyzer, "*RST", 4, retCnt)
'Reset instrument
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INST:SEL SAN", 12, retCnt)
'Change into analyzer mode
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT:CONT OFF", 13, retCnt)
'Single sweep
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SYST:DISP:UPD ON", 16, retCnt)
'ON: display on
'OFF: off
'--------- Configure R&S ESCI for OBW for GSM -------------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "FREQ:CENT 935.2MHz", 18, retCnt)
'Set frequency
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL OBW", 26, retCnt)
'OBW measurement on
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:ACH:BAND 200KHZ", 24, retCnt)
'Channel bandw. 200 kHz
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:BWID 95PCT", 19, retCnt)
'Percentage of power
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:ACH:PRES OBW", 21, retCnt)
'Set frequency and
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV;*WAI", 27, retCnt)
'Optimize reference level
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SENS:POW:NCOR OFF", 17, retCnt)
'Noise correction

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7.17

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

'OFF: switch off

'ON: switch on
'--------- Perform measurement and query results ---------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT;*WAI", 9, retCnt)
'Perform sweep with sync
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? OBW", 27, retCnt)
'Query result
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCnt)
Print result$
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

7.3.5 Time Domain Power Measurement

In the following example, the mean carrier power of a signal with 300 kHz bandwidth
at 100 MHz is to be determined. In addition, the peak power, the rms value and the
standard deviation are measured. To do this, the time-domain-power measurement
functions are used.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub TimeDomainPower()
result$ = Space$(100)
'--------- R&S ESCI default setting --------------------------
CALL SetupStatusReg
'Set status register
status = viWrite(analyzer, "*RST", 4, retCnt)
'Reset instrument
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INST:SEL SAN", 12, retCnt)
'Change into analyzer mode
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT:CONT OFF", 13, retCnt)
'Single sweep
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SYST:DISP:UPD ON", 16, retCnt)
'ON: display on
'OFF: off
'---- Configure R&S ESCI for time domain power measurement ---
status = viWrite(analyzer, "FREQ:CENT 100MHz;SPAN 0Hz", 25, retCnt)
'Set frequency
status = viWrite(analyzer, "BAND:RES 300kHz", 15, retCnt)
'Resolution bandwidth
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SWE:TIME 200US", 14, retCnt)
'Sweep time
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE ON", 26, retCnt)
'Peak measurement on
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON", 27, retCnt)
'Mean measurement on
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS ON", 26, retCnt)
'RMS measurement on
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV ON", 27, retCnt)
'Standard deviation on

7.18 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

'--------- Perform measurement and query results ------------

status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT;*WAI", 9, retCnt)
'Perform sweep with sync
'Query results:
query$ = " CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE:RES?;"
'Peak measurement
query$ = query$ + ":CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN:RES?;"
'Mean measurement
query$ = query$ + ":CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS:RES?;"
'RMS measurement
query$ = query$ + ":CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV:RES?"
'Standard deviation
status = viWrite(analyzer, query$, 120, retCnt)
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCnt)
Print result$
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

7.3.6 Fast Power Measurement on Power Ramps

A frequent task in mobile radio tests is measurement of a DUT at various power con-
trol levels at the highest possible speed. The R&S ESCI offers two test functions for
this task, which can be used depending on the signal characteristics.
In the following, the two methods are presented by means of two examples.

7.3.6.1 Power Measurement with Multi-Summary Marker

The multi-summary marker function is suitable for measuring the power of a
sequence of pulses with the following characteristics:
• The pulses occur at identical time intervals, which is typical of GSM transmission
in slots, for example.
• The level of the first signal is reliably above threshold.
• The subsequent pulses may have any levels.
The function uses the first pulse as a trigger signal. The power of the subsequent
pulses is determined exclusively via the timing pattern selected for the pulse
sequence. The function is, therefore, suitable for adjustments where the DUT output
power varies considerably and is not reliably above the trigger threshold.
The measurement accuracy is determined by the ratio of pulse duration to total
measurement time; this should not be below 1:50.
The function always uses TRACE 1 of the selected screen.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7.19

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

Measurement Measurement Measurement

Time Time Time
P

Trigger
Threshold

Period Period t
Time offset of
first pulse

Trace start

Fig. 7.1 Block diagram illustrating signal processing by the R&S ESCI

In the example below, a sequence of 8 pulses is measured with an offset of 50 µs of

the first pulse, 450 µs measurement time/pulse and 576.9 µs pulse period.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub MultiSumMarker()
result$ = Space$(200)
'--------- R&S ESCI default setting---------------------------
CALL SetupStatusReg
'Configure status register
status = viWrite(analyzer, "*RST", 4, retCnt
'Reset instrument
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INST:SEL SAN", 12, retCnt)
'Change into analyzer mode
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT:CONT OFF", 13, retCnt)
'Single sweep mode
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SYST:DISP:UPD ON", 16, retCnt)
'ON: switch display on
'OFF: switch display off
'-- Configure R&S ESCI for power measurement in time domain --
status = viWrite(analyzer, "FREQ:CENT 935.2MHz;SPAN 0Hz", 27, retCnt)
'Frequency setting
status = viWrite(analyzer, "DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV 10dBm", 27, retCnt)
'Set reference level to 10 dB
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INP:ATT 30 dB", 13, retCnt)
'Set input attenuation to 30 dB
status = viWrite(analyzer, "BAND:RES 1MHz;VID 3MHz", 22, retCnt)
'Bandwidth setting
status = viWrite(analyzer, "DET RMS", 7, retCnt)
'Select RMS detector
status = viWrite(analyzer, "TRIG:SOUR VID", 13, retCnt)
'Trigger source: video
status = viWrite(analyzer, "TRIG:LEV:VID 50 PCT", 19, retCnt)

7.20 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

'Trigger threshold: 50%

status = viWrite(analyzer, "SWE:TIME 50ms", 13, retCnt)
'Sweep time ≥ 1 frame
'--------- Perform measurement and query results ------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT;*WAI", 9, retCnt)
'Perform sweep with sync
'Query results:
cmd$ = "CALC:MARK:FUNC:MSUM? "
cmd$ = cmd$ + "50US,"
'Offset of first pulse
cmd$ = cmd$ + "450US,"
'Measurement time
cmd$ = cmd$ + "576.9US,"
'Pulse period
cmd$ = cmd$ + "8"
'Number of bursts
status = viWrite(analyzer, cmd$, 41, retCnt)
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCnt)
'Read results
Print result$
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7.21

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

7.3.6.2 Multi-Burst Power Measurement

The multi-burst power measurement function is suitable for measuring the power of
a sequence of pulses with the following characteristics:
• The pulses occur at variable time intervals.
• The levels of all pulses of the sequence are reliably above the trigger threshold,
or an external trigger signal is used.
The function requires one trigger event per pulse. This means that if the video trig-
ger or the IF power trigger is used, the levels of all pulses must be above the trigger
threshold.
The function is, therefore, particularly suitable for re-measuring DUTs already
adjusted and whose output power is within the specified range. The measurement is
optimized for minimum overhead relative to the actual measurement time.

Measurement Measurement Measurement

Time Time Time

Trigger
Threshold

t
Trigger Trigger Trigger
Offset Offset Offset

Trigger Trigger Trigger

Signal Signal Signal

Fig. 7.2 Block diagram illustrating signal processing by the R&S ESCI

Either the root-mean-square power or the peak power is measured, depending on

whether the RMS detector or the PEAK detector is selected. The function always
uses TRACE 1 of the selected screen.
The following parameters are to be set for this measurement:
• Analyzer frequency
• Resolution bandwidth
• Measurement time per single pulse
• Trigger source
• Trigger threshold
• Trigger offset
• Type of power measurement (PEAK, MEAN)
• Number of pulses to be measured
During the measurement, each pulse is mapped into a pixel of the screen, i.e. any
change of the trace can be detected only at the left-hand edge of the screen. Maxi-
mum measurement speed is as usual achieved with the display switched off.

7.22 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

In the example below, a GSM pulse sequence of 8 pulses is measured with 5 µs

trigger offset, 434 µs measurement time/pulse, video trigger with 50% trigger thresh-
old, and peak detection:
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub MultiBurstPower()
result$ = Space$(200)
'--------- R&S ESCI default setting -------------------------
CALL SetupStatusReg
'Configure status register
status = viWrite(analyzer, "*RST", 4, retCnt)
'Reset instrument
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INST:SEL SAN", 12, retCnt)
'Change into analyzer mode
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT:CONT OFF", 13, retCnt)
'Single sweep mode
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SYST:DISP:UPD OFF", 17, retCnt)
'OFF: display off
'--------- Perform measurement and query results ------------
cmd$ = "MPOW? "
cmd$ = cmd$ + "935.2 MHZ,"
'Center frequency
cmd$ = cmd$ + "1MHZ,"
'Resolution bandwidth
cmd$ = cmd$ + "434US,"
'Measurement time
cmd$ = cmd$ + "VID,"
'Trigger source
cmd$ = cmd$ + "50PCT,"
'Trigger threshold
cmd$ = cmd$ + "1US,"
'Trigger offset, must be > 125 ns
cmd$ = cmd$ + "PEAK,"
'Peak detector
cmd$ = cmd$ + "8"
'Number of bursts
status = viWrite(analyzer, cmd$, 47, retCnt)
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCnt)
'Read results
Print result$
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7.23

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

7.3.7 Fast Level Measurement Using Frequency Lists

A typical task for the R&S ESCI is power measurement at a number of frequency
points, e.g. at multiples of the fundamental (harmonics measurement), or at frequen-
cies defined by a mobile radio standard (e.g. spectrum due to transients at
± 200 kHz, ± 400 kHz, etc. about the carrier frequency of a GSM signal). In many
cases, different level and/or bandwidth settings are required for the different fre-
quency points to match the channel spacing and meet the requirements of dynamic
range.
Especially for this application, the R&S ESCI offers a number of remote-control
functions (commands available in SENSe:LIST subsystem) that allow level mea-
surement based on a frequency list with different instrument settings assigned to dif-
ferent frequencies. Not only the frequency list can be programmed, but also the
measurement types (PEAK, RMS, AVG) to be performed simultaneously can be
selected.
The example below describes a harmonics measurement on a dual-band amplifier.
The harmonics level in general decreases as the frequency increases. To boost
measurement sensitivity, therefore, the reference level is lowered by 10 dB from the
third harmonic.
The following settings are used:
• Reference level: 10.00 dBm up to 2nd harmonic, 0 dBm from 3rd harmonic
• RF attenuation: 20 dB
• Electronic attenuation: 0 dB
• RBW: 1 MHz
• VBW: 3 MHz
• Filter type: NORMal
• Measurement time: 300 µs
• Trigger delay: 100 µs
• Trigger: video, 45%

Frequency Type

935.2 MHz GSM 900 fundamental

1805.2 MHz GSM 1800 fundamental

1870.4 MHz GSM 900 2nd harmonic

2805.6 MHz GSM 900 3rd harmonic

3610.4 MHz GSM 1800 2nd harmonic

3740.8 MHz GSM 900 4th harmonic

5815.6 MHz GSM 1800 3rd Harmonic

The frequencies are selected in ascending order to minimize system-inherent wait-

ing times resulting from frequency changes.
At each frequency point the peak power and the rms power are measured. The peak
power and the rms power values are stored alternately in the results memory.

7.24 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub FrequencyList()
result$ = Space$(500)
'--------- R&S ESCI default setting -------------------------
CALL SetupStatusReg
'Configure status register
status = viWrite(analyzer, "*RST", 4, retCnt)
'Reset instrument
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INST:SEL SAN", 12, retCnt)
'Change into analyzer mode
status = viWrite(analyzer, "INIT:CONT OFF", 13, retCnt)
'Single sweep mode
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SYST:DISP:UPD OFF", 17, retCnt)
'Display off
'-- Configure R&S ESCI for power measurement based on frequency
list ---
status = viWrite(analyzer, "TRIG:LEV:VID 45PCT", 18, retCnt)
'Video trigger threshold
status = viWrite(analyzer, "LIST:POWer:SET ON,ON,OFF,VID,POS,100us,0", 40,
retCnt)
'-------- Perform measurement and query results ------------
cmd$ = "LIST:POWer? "
cmd$ = cmd$ + "935.2MHZ,10dBm,20dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,300us,0,"
cmd$ = cmd$ + "1805.2MHZ,10dBm,20dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,300us,0,"
cmd$ = cmd$ + "1870.4MHZ,10dBm,20dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,300us,0,"
cmd$ = cmd$ + "2805.6MHZ,0dBm,20dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,300us,0,"
cmd$ = cmd$ + "3610.4MHz,10dBm,20dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,300us,0,"
cmd$ = cmd$ + "3740.8MHz,0dBm,20dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,300us,0,"
cmd$ = cmd$ + "5815.6MHz,0dBm,20dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,300us,0"
status = viWrite(analyzer, cmd$, 343, retCnt)
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCnt)
Print result$
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7.25

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

7.3.8 Level Correction of Transducers (Definition of Transducer Fac-

tors)
In more complex test systems, the frequency response of the test setup must be
taken into account in all power measurements to avoid any measurement errors
being introduced from sources other than the DUT.
The R&S ESCI offers the possibility of defining a frequency-dependent attenuation
correction factor (transducer factor).
In the example below, a factor with the following characteristics is defined:
Name: Transtest
Unit: dB
Scaling: lin
Comment: simulated cable correction
Frequency Level
10 MHz 0 dB
100 MHz 3 dB
1 GHz 7 dB
3 GHz 10 dB

The factor is defined and can be activated as required.

REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub TransducerFactor()
'--------- Define transducer factor -------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CORR:TRAN:SEL 'TRANSTEST'", 25, retCnt)
'Define "Transtest" transducer factor
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CORR:TRAN:UNIT 'DB'", 19, retCnt)
'Unit 'dB'
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CORR:TRAN:SCAL LIN", 18, retCnt)
'Linear frequency axis
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CORR:TRAN:COMM 'Simulated cable correction'", 43,
retCnt)
cmd$ = "CORR:TRAN:DATA "
'Enter frequency and level
cmd$ = cmd$ + "10MHz, 0,"
'values. Level values without unit!
cmd$ = cmd$ + "100MHz, 3,"
cmd$ = cmd$ + "1GHz, 7,"
cmd$ = cmd$ + "3GHz, 10"
status = viWrite(analyzer, cmd$, 50, retCnt)
'Enter frequency and level values
'--------- Activate transducer ------------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "CORR:TRAN:STAT ON", 17, retCnt)
'Activate transducer factor
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

7.26 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

7.3.9 Measuring the Magnitude and Phase of a Signal

(I/Q Data Acquisition)
Due to the R&S ESCI's internal architecture, it is capable of measuring and output-
ting the magnitude and phase of a signal in addition to its power values. This opens
up a variety of possibilities for more in-depth analysis (FFT, demodulation, etc.).
For details on signal processing and the relation between sampling rate and maxi-
mum bandwidth refer to chapter 6, section “TRACe:IQ Subsystem” on page 6.242.
The following maximum bandwidths are possible in this measurement depending on
the selected sampling rate:
The following example shows the steps necessary to collect data at a predefined
sampling rate and read it from the I/Q memory.
Data is output in the form of voltage values referring to the analyzer input.
Data can be read in binary or ASCII format.
In binary format, the length information carried in the message header is evaluated
and used for calculating the x-axis values.
In ASCII format, only a list of voltage values is output.
Binary data is read in three steps:
1. The number of digits carrying the length information is read.
2. The length information itself is read.
3. The trace data is read.
This procedure is necessary with programming languages like Visual Basic which
support only structures of identical data types (arrays), whereas the binary data for-
mat uses different data types in the header and the data section.

The arrays for measured data are dimensioned in such a way that they can
accommodate the I/Q data of the R&S ESCI (2 * 128 k * 4 byte).

---REM ********************************************************************
Public Sub ReadIQData()
'--------- Create variables -----------------------------------------------
Dim IData(131072) As Single
'Buffer for floating-point I data (= 128*1024 bytes)
Dim QData(131072) As Single
'Buffer for floating-point Q data (= 128*1024 bytes)
'Note:
'Visual Basic cannot read in data volumes larger than 128k
words!
Dim digits As Byte
'No. of digits as length
Dim IQBytes As Long
'Length of trace data in bytes
Dim IQValues As Long
'No. of meas. values in buffer
asciiResult$ = Space$(6553600) 'Buffer for ASCII I/Q data

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7.27

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

'(= 25*2*1024 bytes)

result$ = Space$(100)
'Buffer for simple results
'--------- R&S ESCI default setting ---------------------------------------
CALL SetupInstrument
'Default setting
status = viWrite(analyzer, "TRAC:IQ:STAT ON", 15, retCnt)
'Activate I/Q data acquisition mode; must be done before
TRAC:IQ:SET !
'Select number of test points (= 128 * 1024 – 512) at RBW
10 MHz, sample rate 32 MHz, trigger free run, pos. trigger edge
and 0 s trigger delay.
status = viWrite(analyzer, "TRAC:IQ:SET NORM,10MHz,32MHz,IMM,POS,0,130560",
45, retCnt)
'--------- Read-out in binary format---------------------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "FORMAT REAL,32", 14, retCnt)
'Set binary format
status = viWrite(analyzer, "TRAC:IQ:DATA?", 13, retCnt)
'Measure + read out I/Q data
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 2, retCnt)
'Read and store length for
digits = Val(Mid$(result$, 2, 1))
'number of digits
result$ = Space$(100)
'Re-initialize buffer
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, digits, retCnt)
'Read and store length
IQBytes = Val(Left$(result$, digits))
IQBytes = IQBytes / 2
'Divide no. per buffer in half
status = viRead32(analyzer, IData(0), IQBytes, retCnt)
'Read I data in buffer
status = viRead32(analyzer, QData(0), IQBytes, retCnt)
'Read Q data in buffer
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 1, retCnt)
'Read in end character <NL>
'--------- Output of binary data as frequency/level pair ------------------
IQValues = IQBytes/4
'Single Precision = 4 Bytes
For i = 0 To IQValues – 1
Print "I-Value["; i; "] = "; IData(i)
Print "Q-Value["; i; "] = "; QData(i)
Next i
'--------- Read-out in ASCII-Format ---------------------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "FORMAT ASCII", 12, retCnt)
'Set ASCII format
status = viWrite(analyzer, "TRAC:IQ:DATA?", 13, retCnt)
'Re-measure and read out I/Q data

7.28 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 6553600, retCnt)

status = viWrite(analyzer, "TRAC:IQ:STAT OFF", 16, retCnt)
'Stop I/Q data aquisition mode if no further measurements are
to be done
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

7.3.10 Averaging I/Q Data

The R&S ESCI has averaging capability also for I/Q measurements, i.e. I/Q data can
be averaged over several test runs. This is subject to the following conditions:
1. An external trigger signal must be available for data measurement, and the trigger
signal must be phase-locked to the signal measured.
2. The same reference-frequency signal must be used for the DUT and the
R&S ESCI.
3. The sampling rate must be 32 MHz, since only with this sampling frequency will
the measurement be performed phase-synchronous with the trigger signal.
If all of the above conditions are fulfilled, no phase shift will occur between consecu-
tive test runs. Phase shift may invalidate the measured average so that in extreme
cases a value of 0 is obtained.
The default setting of the instrument for data measurement without averaging has to
be changed as follows:
'--------- R&S ESCI default setting ---------------------------------------
CALL SetupInstrument
'Default setting
status = viWrite(analyzer, "TRAC:IQ:STAT ON", 15, retCnt)
'Activate I/Q data acquisition mode; this must be
'done before TRAC:IQ:SET!
'Select max. number of test points (= 128 * 1024 – 512) at
10 MHz RBW, 32 MHz sampling rate, external trigger, pos.
trigger edge and 0 s trigger delay.
status = viWrite(analyzer, "TRAC:IQ:SET NORM,10MHz,32MHz,EXT,POS,0,130560",
45, retCnt)
status = viWrite(analyzer, "TRAC:IQ:AVER ON", 15, retCnt)
'Switch on I/Q averaging
status = viWrite(analyzer, "TRAC:IQ:AVER:COUN 10", 20, retCnt)
'Set 10 test runs
'--------- Read data in binary format -------------------------------------
...

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7.29

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

7.3.11 Reading and Writing Files

7.3.11.1 Reading a File from the Instrument

In the following example, file TEST1.SET stored under D:\USER\DATA is read from
the instrument and stored in the controller.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub ReadFile()
'--------- Generate variables ------------------------------
Dim digits As Byte
'Number of digits of length information
Dim fileBytes As Long
'Length of file with trace data in bytes
result$ = Space$(100) 'Buffer for simple results
'--------- Default setting of status register ---------------
Call SetupStatusReg
'Configure status register
'--------- Read out file ------------------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "MMEM:DATA? 'D:\USER\DATA\TEST1.SET'", 35, retCnt)
'Select file
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 2, retCnt)
'Read and store number of
digits = Val(Mid$(result$, 2, 1))
'digits of length information
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, digits, retCnt)
'Read and store length
fileBytes = Val(Left$(result$, digits))
'information
FileBuffer$ = Space$(fileBytes)
'Buffer for file
status = viRead(analyzer, FileBuffer, fileBytes, retCnt)
'Read file into buffer
status = viRead(analyzer, result$, 1, retCnt)
'Read terminator <NL>
'--------- Store file to controller -------------------------
Open "TEST1.SET" For Output As #1
Print #1, FileBuffer;
' ; to avoid linefeed at end of file
Close #1
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

7.30 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

7.3.11.2 Creating a File on the Instrument

In the following example, the TEST1.SET file available on the controller is stored in
the instrument under D:\USER\DATA\DUPLICAT.SET.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub WriteFile()
'--------- Generate variables -------------------------------
FileBuffer$ = Space$(100000)
'Buffer for file
Dim digits As Long
'Number of digits of length information
Dim fileBytes As Long
'Length of file in bytes
fileSize$ = Space$(100)
'Length of file as a string
result$ = Space$(100)
'Buffer for simple results
'--------- Default setting of status register ---------------
Call SetupStatusReg
'Configure status register
'--------- Prepare the definite length block data -----------
fileBytes = FileLen("test1.set")
'Determine length of file
fileSize$ = Str$(fileBytes)
digits = Len(fileSize$) – 1
'Determine number of digits of
fileSize$ = Right$(fileSize$, digits)
'length information
FileBuffer$ = "#" + Right$(Str$(digits), 1) + fileSize$
'Store length information in file buffer
'--------- Read file from controller ----------------------
Open "TEST1.SET" For Binary As #1
FileBuffer$ = FileBuffer$ + Left$(Input(fileBytes, #1), fileBytes)
Close #1
'--------- Write file ------------------------------------
status = viWrite(analyzer, "SYST:COMM:GPIB:RTER EOI", 23, retCnt)
'Set receive terminator on the instrument
status = viWrite(analyzer, "MMEM:DATA 'D:\USER\DATA\DUPLICAT.SET'," +
FileBuffer$, 36 + Len(FileBuffer$), retCnt)
'Select file
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7.31

R&S ESCI Remote Control – Programming Examples
More Complex Programming Examples

7.32 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces
Introduction

8 Maintenance and Instrument Inter-

faces
8.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1
8.2 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2
8.2.1 Storing and Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2
8.2.2 List of Power Cables Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2
8.3 Instrument Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2
8.3.1 GPIB Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2
8.3.1.1Interface Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3
8.3.1.2Bus Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3
8.3.1.3Interface Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4
8.3.1.4GPIB Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4
8.3.2 Printer Interface (LPT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5
8.3.3 RS-232-C Interface (COM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6
8.3.3.1Interface Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6
8.3.3.2Signal Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7
8.3.3.3Transmission Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8
8.3.3.4Control Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8
8.3.3.5Handshake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.9

8.1 Introduction
The following chapter contains information on the maintenance of the R&S ESCI and
on the instrument interfaces:
• “Maintenance” on page 8.2
• “Instrument Interfaces” on page 8.2
Please follow the instructions in the service manual when exchanging modules or
ordering spares. The order no. for spare parts can be found in the service manual.
The address of our support center and a list of all Rohde & Schwarz service centers
can be found at the beginning of this manual.
The service manual includes further information particularly on troubleshooting,
repair, exchange of modules (including battery exchange, adjustment of the OCXO
oscillator) and calibration.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 8.1

R&S ESCI Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces
Maintenance

8.2 Maintenance

8.2.1 Storing and Packing

For the storage temperature range of the R&S ESCI, see the instrument specifica-
tions. When stored for an extended period of time the instrument should be pro-
tected against dust.
The original packing should be used, particularly the protective covers at the front
and rear, when the instrument is to be transported or dispatched. If the original pack-
ing is no longer available, use a sturdy cardboard box of suitable size and carefully
wrap the instrument to protect it against mechanical damage.

8.2.2 List of Power Cables Available

Stock No. Earthed-contact connector Preferably used in

DS 006.7013 BS1363: 1967' complying with IEC 83: 1975 standard B2 Great Britain

DS 006.7020 Type 12 complying with SEV-regulation 1011.1059, standard sheet S 24 507 Switzerland

DS 006.7036 Type 498/13 complying with US-regulation UL 498, or with IEC 83 USA/Canada

DS 006.7107 Type SAA3 10 A, 250 V, complying with AS C112-1964 Ap. Australia

DS 0025.2365 DIN 49 441, 10 A, 250 V, angular Europe (except Switzerland)

DS 0099.1456 DIN 49 441, 10 A, 250 V, straight

8.3 Instrument Interfaces

In this section, only a selection of connectors is described:
• “GPIB Interface” on page 8.2
• “Printer Interface (LPT)” on page 8.5
• “RS-232-C Interface (COM)” on page 8.6
For further information on the front and back panel connectors refer to the Quick
Start Guide, chapter 1.

8.3.1 GPIB Interface

The standard instrument is equipped with an GPIB connector. An IEEE 488 interface
connector is located on the rear panel of the R&S ESCI. An external controller for
remote control of the instrument can be connected via the IEEE 488 interface con-
nector using a shielded cable.

8.2 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces
Instrument Interfaces

8.3.1.1 Interface Characteristics

• 8-bit parallel data transfer
• bi-directional data transfer
• three-line handshake
• high data transfer rate
• up to 15 instruments can be connected
• maximal length of the interconnecting cables 15 m (single connection, 2m)
• wired-OR connection if several instruments are connected in parallel.
ATN IFC NRFD EOI DIO3 DIO1
SHIELD SRQ NDAC DAV DIO4 DIO2

12 1
24 13

LOGIC GND GND(10) GND(8) GND(6) DIO8 DIO6

GND(11) GND(9) GND(7) REN DIO7 DIO5

Fig. 8.1 Pin assignment of GPIB interface

8.3.1.2 Bus Lines

Data bus with 8 lines DIO 1 to DIO 8.

The transmission is bit-parallel and byte-serial in the ASCII/ISO code. DIO1 is the
least significant, DIO8 the most significant bit.

Control bus with 5 lines.

IFC (Interface Clear),

active low resets the interfaces of the devices connected to the default setting.
ATN (Attention),
active low signals the transmission of interface messages
inactive high signals the transmission of device messages.
SRQ (Service Request),
active low enables a device connected to send a service request to the controller.
REN (Remote Enable),
active low permits the switch over to remote control.
EOI (End or Identify),
has two functions in connection with ATN:
active low marks the end of data transmission when ATN=high
active low triggers a parallel poll when ATN=low.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 8.3

R&S ESCI Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces
Instrument Interfaces

Handshake bus with three lines.

DAV (Data Valid),

active low signals a valid data byte on the data bus.
NRFD (Not Ready For Data),
active low signals that one of the devices connected is not ready for data transfer.
NDAC (Not Data Accepted),
active low as long as the device connected is accepting the data present on the data
bus.

8.3.1.3 Interface Functions

Instruments which can be remote controlled via the GPIB can be equipped with dif-
ferent interface functions. The table below lists the interface functions appropriate
for the instrument.

Control character Interface function

SH1 Handshake source function (source handshake), full capability

AH1 Handshake sink function (acceptor handshake), full capability

L4 Listener function, full capability, unaddress if MTA.

T6 Talker function, full capability, ability to respond to serial poll, unaddress if MLA

SR1 Service request function (Service Request), full capability

PP1 Parallel poll function, full capability

RL1 Remote/Local switch over function, full capability

DC1 Reset function (Device Clear), full capability

DT1 Trigger function (Device Trigger), full capability

C0 No controller function

8.3.1.4 GPIB Messages

The messages transferred via the data lines of the GPIB can be divided into two
groups:
– “Interface Messages” on page 8.4
– “Instrument Messages” on page 8.5

Interface Messages
Interface messages are transferred on the data lines of the GPIB when the "ATN"
control line is active (LOW). They are used for communication between controller
and instruments and can only be sent by the controller which currently has control of
the GPIB.

Universal Commands

The universal commands are encoded 10 - 1F hex. They affect all instruments con-
nected to the bus without addressing.

8.4 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces
Instrument Interfaces

Command QuickBASIC command Effect on the instrument

DCL (Device Clear) IBCMD (controller%, CHR$(20)) Aborts the processing of the commands just received
and sets the command processing software to a
defined initial state. Does not change the instrument
settings.

IFC (Interface Clear) IBSIC (controller%) Resets the interfaces to the default setting.

LLO (Local Lockout) IBCMD (controller%, CHR$(17)) The LOC/IEC ADDR key is disabled.

SPE (Serial Poll Enable) IBCMD (controller%, CHR$(24)) Ready for serial poll.

SPD (Serial Poll Disable) IBCMD (controller%, CHR$(25)) End of serial poll.

PPU (Parallel Poll Unconfigure) IBCMD (controller%, CHR$(21)) End of the parallel-poll state.

Addressed Commands

The addressed commands are encoded 00 - 0F hex. They are only effective for
instruments addressed as listeners.

Command QuickBASIC command Effect on the instrument

SDC (Selected Device Clear) IBCLR (device%) Aborts the processing of the commands just received and sets
the command processing software to a defined initial state. Does
not change the instrument setting.

GTL (Go to Local) IBLOC (device%) Transition to the "Local" state (manual operation).

PPC (Parallel Poll Configure) IBPPC (device%, data%) Configure instrument for parallel poll. Additionally, the
QuickBASIC command executes PPE/PPD.

Instrument Messages
Instrument messages are transferred on the data lines of the GPIB if the "ATN"
control line is not active. ASCII code is used.
Structure and syntax of the instrument messages are described in chapter “Remote
Control – Basics”. The commands are listed and explained in detail in chapter
“Remote Control – Description of Commands”.

8.3.2 Printer Interface (LPT)

The instrument is equipped with a 25-pin LPT connector on the rear panel for con-
necting a printer. In Fig. 8.2 the pin assignment is described. The LPT interface is
compatible with the CENTRONICS printer interface.
PE ACK D6 D4 D2 D0

SELECT BUSY D7 D5 D3 D1 STROBE

13 1

25 14

GND GND GND GND INIT AUTOFEED

GND GND ERROR

GND GND
SELECT IN

Fig. 8.2 LPT connector pin assignment

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 8.5

R&S ESCI Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces
Instrument Interfaces

Pin Signal Input (I) Description

Output (O)

1 STROBE O Pulse for transmitting a data byte, min. 1µs pulse width
(active LOW)

2 D0 O Data Line 0

3 D1 O Data Line 1

4 D2 O Data Line 2

5 D3 O Data Line 3

6 D4 O Data Line 4

7 D5 O Data Line 5

8 D6 O Data Line 6

9 D7 O Data Line 7

10 ACK I Indicates that the printer is ready to receive the next byte.
(active LOW)

11 BUSY I Signal is active when the printer cannot accept data. (active
HIGH)

12 PE I Signal is active when the paper tray is empty. (active HIGH)

13 SELECT I Signal is active when the printer is selected. (active HIGH)

14 AUTOFEED O When signal is active, the printer automatically performs a

line feed after each line. (active LOW)

15 ERROR I This signal is high when the printer has no paper, is not
selected or has an error status. (active LOW)

16 INIT O Initialize the printer. (active LOW)

17 SELECT IN O If signal is active, the codes DC1/DC3 are ignored by the

printer. (active LOW).

18 - 25 GND Ground connection.

Fig. 8.3 Pin assignments for the LPT connector.

8.3.3 RS-232-C Interface (COM)

The standard R&S ESCI is equipped with a RS-232-C serial interface. The interface
can be set up and activated manually in the SETUP-GENERAL SETUP menu in the
COM INTERFACE table (selection OWNER = INSTRUMENT) for remote control.
For details on the connector refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 1.

8.3.3.1 Interface Characteristics

• Serial data transmission in asynchronous mode
• Bi-directional data transfer via two separate lines
• Transmission rate selectable from 110 to 138000 baud
• Logic '0' signal from +3 V to +15 V
• Logic '1' signal from -15 V to -3 V
• External instrument (controller) can be connected

8.6 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces
Instrument Interfaces

RxD DTR
DCD TxD SG

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9

RTS RI
DSR CTS

Fig. 8.4 Pin assignment of the RS-232-C interface

8.3.3.2 Signal Lines

• DCD (Data Carrier Detect)
Not used in R&S ESCI.
Input; active LOW.
Using this signal, the local terminal recognizes that the modem of the remote
station receives valid signals with sufficient level. DCD is used to disable the
receiver in the local terminal and prevent reading of false data if the modem
cannot interpret the signals of the remote station.
• RxD (Receive Data)
Input, LOW = logic '1', HIGH = logic '0'.
Data line, local terminal receives data from remote station.
• TxD (Transmit Data)
Output, LOW = logic '1', HIGH = logic '0'.
Data line, local terminal transmits data to remote station.
• DTR (Data Terminal Ready)
Output, active LOW,
Indicates that the local terminal is ready to receive data.
• GND
Interface ground, connected to instrument ground
• DSR (Data Set Ready)
Input, active LOW,
Indicates that the remote station is ready to receive data.
• RTS (Request To Send)
Output, active LOW.
Indicates that the local terminal wants to transmit data.
• CTS (Clear To Send)
Input, active LOW.
Used to tell the local terminal that the remote station is ready to receive data.
• RI (Ring Indicator)
Not used in R&S ESCI.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 8.7

R&S ESCI Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces
Instrument Interfaces

Input, active LOW.

Used by a modem to indicate that a remote station wants to establish a
connection.

8.3.3.3 Transmission Parameters

To ensure error-free data transmission, the parameters of the instrument and the
controller must have the same settings. The parameters are defined in the SETUP-
GENERAL SETUP menu.
Transmission rate The following transmission rates can be set in the
(baud rate) instrument: 110, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200,
38400, 57600, 115200, 138000.
Data bits Data transmission is in 7- or 8-bit ASCII code. The first bit
transmitted is the LSB (least significant bit).
Start bit Each data byte starts with a start bit. The falling edge of the
start bit indicates the beginning of the data byte.
Parity bit In order to detect errors, a parity bit may be transmitted. No
parity, even parity or odd parity may be selected. In addition,
the parity bit can be set to logic '0' or to logic '1'.
Stop bits The transmission of a data byte is terminated by 1, 1,5 or 2
stop bits.

Example

Transmission of character 'A' (41 hex) in 7-bit ASCII code, with even parity and 2
stop bits:

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11

Bit 01 Bit 02...08 Bit 09 Bit 10...11

Start bit Data bits Parity bit Stop bits

8.3.3.4 Control Characters

For interface control, several strings are defined and control characters are reserved
which are based upon GPIB control.

Control string or character Function

'@REM' Switch over to remote

'@LOC' Switch over to local

'@SRQ' Service Request SRQ (SRQ is sent by the instrument)

'@GET' Group Execute Trigger (GET)

'@DCL' Reset instrument (Device Clear DCL)

<Ctrl Q> 11 Hex Enables character output / XON

<Ctrl S> 13 Hex Inhibits character output / XOFF

0D Hex, 0A Hex Terminator <CR>, <LF>

8.8 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces
Instrument Interfaces

8.3.3.5 Handshake

Software handshake

In the software handshake mode of operation, the data transfer is controlled using
the two control characters XON / XOFF.
The instrument uses the control character XON to indicate that it is ready to receive
data. If the receive buffer is full, it sends the XOFF character via the interface to the
controller. The controller then interrupts the data output until it receives another XON
from the instrument. The controller indicates to the instrument that it is ready to
receive data in the same way.

Cable required for software handshake

The connection of the instrument with a controller for software handshake is made
by crossing the data lines. The following wiring diagram applies to a controller with a
9-pin or 25-pin configuration.

Instrument Controlller Instrument Controller

9-pin 9-pin 9-pin 25-pin

1 1 1 8
2 RxD / TxD 3 2 RxD / TxD 2
3 TxD / RxD 2 3 TxD / RxD 3
4 6 4 6
5 GND / GND 5 5 GND / GND 7
6 4 6 20
7 8 7 5
8 7 8 4
9 9 9 22

Fig. 8.5 Wiring of the data lines for software handshake

Hardware handshake

For hardware handshake, the instrument indicates that it is ready to receive data via
the lines DTR and RTS. A logic '0' on both lines means 'ready' and a logic '1' means
'not ready'. The RTS line is always active (logic '0') as long as the serial interface is
switched on. The DTR line thus controls the readiness of the instrument to receive
data.
The readiness of the remote station to receive data is reported to the instrument via
the CTS and DSR line. A logic '0' on both lines activates the data output and a logic
'1' on both lines stops the data output of the instrument. The data output takes place
via the TxD line.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 8.9

R&S ESCI Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces
Instrument Interfaces

Cable for hardware handshake

The connection of the instrument to a controller is made with a so-called zero

modem cable. Here, the data, control and acknowledge lines must be crossed. The
following wiring diagram applies to a controller with a 9-pin or 25-pin configuration.

Instrument Controlller Instrument Controller

9-pin 9-pin 9-pin 25-pin

1 1 1 8
2 RxD / TxD 3 2 RxD / TxD 2
3 TxD / RxD 2 3 TxD / RxD 3
4 DTR / DSR 6 4 DTR / DSR 6
5 GND / GND 5 5 GND / GND 7
6 DSR / DTR 4 6 DSR / DTR 20
7 RTS / CTS 8 7 RTS / CTS 5
8 CTS / RTS 7 8 CTS / RTS 4
9 9 9 22

Fig. 8.6 Wiring of the data, control and acknowledge lines for hardware handshake

8.10 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Error Messages

9 Error Messages
9.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2
9.2 SCPI-Specific Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3
9.3 Device-Specific Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 9.1

R&S ESCI Error Messages
Introduction

9.1 Introduction
Error messages are entered in the error/event queue of the status reporting system
in the remote control mode and can be queried with the command SYSTem:
ERRor?. The answer format of R&S ESCI to the command is as follows:
<error code>, "<error text with queue query>;
<remote control command concerned>"
The indication of the remote control command with prefixed semicolon is optional.
Example:
The command "TEST:COMMAND" generates the following answer to the query SYS-
Tem:ERRor?:
-113,"Undefined header;TEST:COMMAND"
The subsequent list contains the description of error texts displayed on the instru-
ment.
Distinction is made between error messages defined by SCPI, which are marked by
negative error codes, and the device-specific error messages for which positive
error codes are used:
• 9.2“SCPI-Specific Error Messages” on page 9.3
• “Device-Specific Messages” on page 9.8
The right-hand column in the following tables contains the error text in bold which is
entered in the error/event queue and can be read out by means of query SYSTem:
ERRor?. A short explanation of the error cause is given below. The left-hand column
contains the associated error code.

9.2 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Error Messages
SCPI-Specific Error Messages

9.2 SCPI-Specific Error Messages

Error code Error text in the case of queue poll
Error explanation

0 No error
This message is output if the error queue does not contain any entries.

Error code Error text in the case of queue poll

Error explanation

-100 Command Error

The command is faulty or invalid.

-101 Invalid Character

The command contains an invalid sign.
Example: A header contains an ampersand, "SENSe&".

-102 Syntax error

The command is invalid.
Example: The command contains block data the instrument does not accept.

-103 Invalid separator

The command contains an invalid sign instead of a separator.
Example: A semicolon is missing after the command.

-104 Data type error

The command contains an invalid value indication.
Example: ON is indicated instead of a numeric value for frequency setting.

-105 GET not allowed

A Group Execute Trigger (GET) is within a command line.

-108 Parameter not allowed

The command contains too many parameters.
Example: Command SENSe:FREQuency:CENTer permits only one frequency
indication.

-109 Missing parameter

The command contains too few parameters.
Example: The command SENSe:FREQuency:CENTer requires a frequency
indication.

-110 Command header error

The header of the command is faulty.

-111 Header separator error

The header contains an invalid separator.
Example: the header is not followed by a "White Space", "*ESE255"

-112 Program mnemonic too long

The header contains more than 12 characters.

-113 Undefined header

The header is not defined for the instrument.
Example: *XYZ is undefined for every instrument.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 9.3

R&S ESCI Error Messages
SCPI-Specific Error Messages

Error code Error text in the case of queue poll

Error explanation

-114 Header suffix out of range

The header contains an invalid numeric suffix.
Example: SENSe3 does not exist in the instrument.

-120 Numeric data error

The command contains a faulty numeric parameter.

-121 Invalid character in number

A number contains an invalid character.
Example: An "A" in a decimal number or a "9" in an octal number.

-123 Exponent too large

The absolute value of the exponent is greater than 32000.

-124 Too many digits

The number includes too many digits.

-128 Numeric data not allowed

The command includes a number which is not allowed at this position.
Example: The command INPut:COUPling requires indication of a text parameter.

-130 Suffix error

The command contains a faulty suffix.

-131 Invalid suffix

The suffix is invalid for this instrument.
Example: nHz is not defined.

-134 Suffix too long

The suffix contains more than 12 characters.

-138 Suffix not allowed

A suffix is not allowed for this command or at this position of the command.
Example: The command *RCL does not permit a suffix to be indicated.

-140 Character data error

The command contains a faulty text parameter

-141 Invalid character data

The text parameter either contains an invalid character or it is invalid for this command.
Example: Write error with parameter indication;INPut:COUPling XC.

-144 Character data too long

The text parameter contains more than 12 characters.

-148 Character data not allowed

The text parameter is not allowed for this command or at this position of the command.
Example: The command *RCL requires a number to be indicated.

-150 String data error

The command contains a faulty string.

-151 Invalid string data

The command contains a faulty string.
Example: An END message has been received prior to the terminating apostrophe.

9.4 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Error Messages
SCPI-Specific Error Messages

Error code Error text in the case of queue poll

Error explanation

-158 String data not allowed

The command contains a valid string at a position which is not allowed.
Example: A text parameter is set in quotation marks, INPut:COUPling "DC"

-160 Block data error

The command contains faulty block data.

-161 Invalid block data

The command contains faulty block data.
Example: An END message was received prior to reception of the expected number
of data.

-168 Block data not allowed

The command contains valid block data at an invalid position.
Example: The command *RCL requires a number to be indicated.

-170 Expression error

The command contains an invalid mathematical expression.

-171 Invalid expression

The command contains an invalid mathematical expression.
Example: The expression contains mismatching parentheses.

-178 Expression data not allowed

The command contains a mathematical expression at an invalid position.

Error code Error text in the case of queue poll

Error explanation

-200 Execution error

Error on execution of the command.

-201 Invalid while in local

The command is not executable while the device is in local due to a hard local control.
Example: The device receives a command which would change the rotary knob state,
but the device is in local so the command can not be executed.

-202 Settings lost due to rtl

A setting associated with hard local control was lost when the device changed to
LOCS from REMS or to LWLS from RWLS.

-210 Trigger error

Error on triggering the device.

-211 Trigger ignored

The trigger (GET, *TRG or trigger signal) was ignored because of device timing
considerations.
Example: The device was not ready to respond.

-212 Arm ignored

An arming signal was ignored by the device.

-213 Init ignored

Measurement initialization was ignored as another measurement was already in
progress.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 9.5

R&S ESCI Error Messages
SCPI-Specific Error Messages

Error code Error text in the case of queue poll

Error explanation

-214 Trigger deadlock

The trigger source for the initiation of measurement is set to GET and subsequent
measurement is received. The measurement cannot be started until a GET is
received, but the GET would cause an interrupted-error)

-215 Arm deadlock

The trigger source for the initiation of measurement is set to GET and subsequent
measurement is received. The measurement cannot be started until a GET is
received, but the GET would cause an interrupted-error.

-220 Parameter error

The command contains a faulty or invalid parameter.

-221 Settings conflict

There is a conflict between setting of parameter value and instrument state.

-222 Data out of range

The parameter value lies out of the allowed range of the instrument.

-223 Too much data

The command contains too many data.
Example: The instrument does not have sufficient storage space.

-224 Illegal parameter value

The parameter value is invalid.
Example: The text parameter is invalid, TRIGger:SWEep:SOURce TASTe

-230 Data corrupt or stale

The data are incomplete or invalid.
Example: The instrument has aborted a measurement.

-231 Data questionable

The measurement accuracy is suspect.

-240 Hardware error

The command cannot be executed due to problems with the instrument hardware.

-241 Hardware missing

Hardware is missing.
Example: An option is not fitted.

-250 Mass storage error

A mass storage error occurred.

-251 Missing mass storage

The mass storage is missing.
Example: An option is not installed.

-252 Missing media

The media is missing.

-253 Corrupt media

The media is corrupt.

9.6 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Error Messages
SCPI-Specific Error Messages

Error code Error text in the case of queue poll

Error explanation

-254 Media full

The media is full.

-255 Directory full

The media directory is full.

-256 File name not found

The file name cannot be found on the media.

-257 File name error

The file name is wrong.
Example: An attempt is made to copy to a duplicate file name.

-258 Media protected

The media is protected.

-260 Expression error

The expression contains an error.

Error code Error text in the case of queue poll

Error explanation

-300 Device-specific error

R&S ESCI-specific error not defined in greater detail.

-310 System error

This error message suggests an error within the instrument. Please inform the R&S
Service.

-313 Calibration memory lost

Loss of the non-volatile data stored using the *CAL? command. This error occurs
when the correction data recording has failed.

-330 Selftest failed

The selftest could not be executed.

-350 Queue overflow

This error code is entered in the queue instead of the actual error code if the queue is
full. It indicates that an error has occurred but not been accepted. The queue can
accept 5 entries.

Error code Error text in the case of queue poll

Error explanation

-400 Query error

General error occurring when data are requested by a query.

-410 Query INTERRUPTED

The query has been interrupted.
Example: After a query, the instrument receives new data before the response has
been sent completely.

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 9.7

R&S ESCI Error Messages
Device-Specific Messages

Error code Error text in the case of queue poll

Error explanation

-420 Query UNTERMINATED

The query is incomplete.
Example: The instrument is addressed as a talker and receives incomplete data.

-430 Query DEADLOCKED

The query cannot be processed.
Example: The input and output buffers are full, the instrument cannot continue
operation.

-440 Query UNTERMINATED after indefinite response

A query is in the same command line after a query which requests an indefinite
response.

9.3 Device-Specific Messages

Table 9-1 Device-specific messages

Error code Error text in the case of queue poll

Error explanation

1036 MS: The correction table based amplifier gain exceeds the amplifier range for
CALAMP1 and CALAMP2 on IF board
This message is output when the setting range of the calibration amplifier is not
sufficient for the required correction. The error occurs only with modules which are not
correctly adjusted or defective.

1052 Frontend LO is Unlocked

This message is output when the phase regulation of the local oscillator fails in the RF
frontend.

1060 Trigger-Block Gate Delay Error- gate length < Gate Delay
This message is output when the gate signal length is not sufficient for the pull-in delay
with a predefined gate delay.

2022 OPTIONS.INI invalid

This message is output when an error has been recognized in the file OPTIONS.INI
which contains the clearing codes for retrofitable firmware applications. If this file is not
correctly recognized, all firmware applications are blocked for this instrument.

2028 Hardcopy not possible during measurement sequence

This message is output when a printout is started during scan sequences that cannot
be interrupted. Such sequences are for example:
• Recording the system error correction data (calibration)
• Instrument selftest
In such cases a synchronization to the end of the scan sequence should be performed
prior to starting the printout.

2033 Printer Not Available

This message is output when the selected printer is not included in the list of available
output devices. A possible cause is that the required printer driver is missing or
incorrectly installed.

2034 CPU Temperature is too high

This message is output when the temperature of the processor exceeds 70 °C.

9.8 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Index

Index
Symbols reflection measurement4.291, 4.305
results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.114
* (enhancement label) . . . . . . . . . 4.104 transmission measurement . .4.285
CCDF function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.172
Numerics CCIR 473-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.281
CCVS signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.282
10 dB setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.17
Center frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.75
3 dB bandwidths. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.19
step size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.75
6 dB bandwidths. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.19 Channel
6 dB filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.19
bandwidth . . . . .4.156, 4.167, 4.179
filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.21
A number . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.155, 4.156
power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.160
Abort
spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.157
recording of correction data . . 4.114
Channel filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.89
Absolute/relative channel power . 4.160
Channel power measurement. . . .4.149
ACP measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.145
Characters
Addressed command . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5
special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6
Adjacent-channel power
CISPR average detector . . . 4.26, 4.112
number of channels . . . . . . . . 4.156
CISPR RMS detector . . . . . . . . . . 4.112
AF demodulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.131
Clear/Write mode . . . . . . . . 4.69, 4.102
Alphabetical list of remote commands6.330
Colon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.15
AM demodulation . . . . . . . . .4.31, 4.131
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.228, 4.276
AM modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.294
Color printout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.276
depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.180
COM interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6
Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.79
Comma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.15
probability distribution function4.172
Command
statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.169
# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.15
Analyzer mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.74
addressed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5
Annotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.226
colon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.15
APD function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.172
comma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.15
ASCII file export
common . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8
final measurement data . . . . . . 4.38
description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5
scan data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.71
header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.10
Attenuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.16, 4.81
line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
Autopeak detector . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111
long form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
Average detector4.26, 4.28, 4.110, 4.112
overlapping execution. . . . . . . . 5.17
Averaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.103, 4.143
programming examples . . . . . . . 7.2
continuous sweep . . . . . . . . . 4.104
query. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.12
lin/log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.105
question mark . . . . . . . . . 5.12, 5.15
single sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.104
quotation mark . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.15
sweep count. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.103
recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.16
Axis
sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.17
adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.57
short form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9
B suffix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
Band filter syntax elements . . . . . . . . . . . .5.15
digital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.20, 4.88 universal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4
Bandwidth white space. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.15
occupied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.167 COMPUTER NAME . . . . . . . . . . .4.253
resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.84 CONDition part status register . . . .5.19
video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.84 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.228
Baud rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.250 save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.264
Block data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.14 Connection cables . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.47
Boolean parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.14 Continue single sweep . . . . . . . . . .4.92
Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.227 Continuous sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.91
screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.278 Control
characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8
output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.284
C Copy
Cables EZ-xx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.47 file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.271
Calibration limit line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.212
functioning . . . . . . . . . .4.291, 4.305 trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.73, 4.108

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 1

R&S ESCI Index

Correction title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.225

inherent noise . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.151 Display line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.218
Correction data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113 Display mode
Correction values split screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.222
normalization . . . . . . . .4.283, 4.297 Display range
Counter resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.122 frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.75
Coupling level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.16, 4.80
bandwidths. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.83 span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.78
default settings. . . . . . . . .4.86, 4.88 Distribution function . . . . . . . . . . .4.172
frequency of diagrams . . . . . . 4.225 Double dagger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.15
IF bandwidth to frequency range4.20, 4.28
reference level of diagrams . . 4.224 E
resolution bandwidth . . . . . . . . 4.85
sweep time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.86 ENABle part status register. . . . . . .5.20
video bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.85 Error messages. . . . . . . . . . . 4.258, 9.2
Create directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.270 device-specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8
Cumulative distribution function . . 4.172 SPCI-specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3
Error queue query . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.31
Error variable - iberr . . . . . . . . . . .4.321
D
ESE (event status enable register) .5.23
Data reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.31 ESR (event status register). . . . . . .5.23
Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.225 EVENt part status register . . . . . . . 5.20
input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.252 EXT TRIGGER/GATE input . . . . . .4.60
DCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.16 External Generator (R&S FSP-B10 option)
Decimal separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.38 4.297
Comma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.38 External noise source . . . . . . . . . .4.263
Decimal point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.38 External trigger/gate input. . . . . . . . 4.94
Default EZ-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.47
coupling ratios . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.86 EZ-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.47
display settings . . . . . . . . . . . 4.226 EZ-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.47
scalings of x- and y-axis. . . . . 4.174 EZ-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.47
scan table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.49
Delay F
gate signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.98
Delete Fast power measurement . . . . . . . 4.151
file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.272 FFT filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.20, 4.88
limit line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.212 Field, first or second . . . . . . . . . . .4.281
line of peak list . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.38 File
scan range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.57 copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.271
transducer factor/set . . . . . . . 4.238 delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.272
Demodulation . . . . . . . . . . . .4.30, 4.131 rename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.271
Detector sort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.272
autopeak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.109 Filter
average . . . . . . . . 4.26, 4.28, 4.110 band filter . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.20, 4.88
CISPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.26 FFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.20, 4.88
max peak . . . . . . . 4.26, 4.27, 4.109 Final measurement
min peak . . . . . . . 4.26, 4.28, 4.109 automatic routine . . . . . . . . . . .4.41
quasi-peak . . .4.27, 4.28, 4.68, 4.70 continuation . . . . . . . . . . 4.43, 4.44
quasipeak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.110 halt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.43, 4.44
RMS . . . . . . . . . . . 4.26, 4.28, 4.109 interactive routine . . . . . . 4.35, 4.41
sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.109 interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.42
Device reset (overall) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 measurement time . . . . . 4.35, 4.41
Device-specific messages start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.42
error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8 firmware update . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.262
DHCP ON | OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.253 Firmware version . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.257
Discontinuous interferences . . . . . . 4.50 Fixed filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.88
Diskette FM demodulation . . . . . . . . 4.31, 4.131
format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.273 FM modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.294
Display Free-run sweep. . . . . . . . . . . 4.60, 4.94
brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.227 Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.75
color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.228 center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.75
date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.225 counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.118
deactivation during single sweep4.93 coupling of diagrams . . . . . . .4.225
power-save mode . . . . . . . . . 4.226 display window . . . . . . . . 4.74, 4.78
saturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.227 line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.219
time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.225 offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.77
tint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.227 offset (ext. generator) . . . . . . . 4.307

2 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Index

offset (tracking generator) . . . 4.293 K

receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.14, 4.25
scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.54 Key
span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.78 AMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.16, 4.79
start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.76 BW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.84
stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77 CAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113
switching off display . . . . . . . . 4.226 DISP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.220
Frequency-converting measurements4.293, ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.25
4.307 FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.264
Front panel keys FREQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14, 4.74
enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10 LINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.209, 4.218
Full screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.222 MEAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.23, 4.139
Full span. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.78 MKR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.60, 4.116
MKR FCTN . . . . . . . . . . 4.66, 4.123
MKR-> . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.63, 4.132
G PRESET . . . . . . . . . 4.6, 6.10, 6.234
Gate SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.228
delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.98 SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.78
external/internal . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97 SWEEP. . . . . . . . . . 4.48, 4.52, 4.91
length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.98 TRACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.68, 4.101
GET (Group Execute Trigger) . . . . 5.16 TRIG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.59, 4.93
GPIB
address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.246 L
command description. . . . . . . . . 6.5
interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2 Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.79
interface functions . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4 axis unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.17
programming examples . . . . . . . 7.2 display range . . . . . . . . . 4.16, 4.80
line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.219
offset (ext. generator) . . . . . . . 4.298
H offset (external generator) . . .4.298
Hardcopy offset (phase noise) . . . . . . . .4.127
screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.274 offset (tracking generator) . . .4.284
Hardware adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 4.262 range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.80
Harmonic reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.80
measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.184 Limit
Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.10 ACP measurement . . . . . . . . .4.162
Hold scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.59 evaluation range . . . . . . . . . . .4.142
Horizontal sync signal . . . . . . . . . 4.281 probability range . . . . . . . . . . .4.174
Hotkey Limit check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.211
MIXED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9 ACP measurement . . . . . . . . .4.161
MORE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.297 Limit line
NETWORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.283 copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.212
RECEIVER . . . . . . . 4.9, 4.11, 4.12 delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.212
SCREEN A/B . . . . . . . . . .4.9, 6.106 domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.215
SPECTRUM. . . . . . 4.9, 4.74, 6.128 edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.213
limit check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.211
offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.212
I scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.215
I/Q modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.295 select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.211
IF bandwidth shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.218
coupling to frequency range4.20, 4.28 unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.216
Impedance of input. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.82 value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.217
Impulse bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.19 Line
Inherent noise frequency (Frequency Line 1, 2)4.219
correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.151 level (Display Line 1,2) . . . . . .4.219
Input limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.211
external trigger/gate . . . . .4.60, 4.94 reference (tracking generator)4.287, 4.301
impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.82 threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . 4.66, 4.135
Instrument functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 time (Time Line 1, 2). . . . . . . .4.220
Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2 Line impedance stabilization networks4.45
GPIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4 Line system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.282
Intermodulation product . . . . . . . . 4.181 LISN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.45
Interrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.30 LO exclude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.136
scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.59 Logo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.225
IP ADDRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.253 Lower case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6
IST flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.23 LPT interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 3

R&S ESCI Index

M NTRansition register part . . . . . . . .5.19

Numerical values (command) . . . . .5.13
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1
Manual operation
return to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.5, 5.7 O
switch to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10 Occupied bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . .4.167
Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.35, 4.41 Offset
Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.115 frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.77
center frequency to . . . . . . . . 4.133 frequency (ext. generator) . . .4.307
CF stepsize to . . . . . . . .4.65, 4.135 gate signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.98
MKR to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.132 level (tracking generator) . . . .4.284
N dB Down. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.128 limit line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.212
normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.116 phase noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.127
peak . . . . . .4.64, 4.67, 4.124, 4.133 reference level . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.82
reference level to . . . . . . . . . . 4.134 trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.95
repeated sweep . . . . . . . . . . . 4.248 Operating mode
search limit. . . . . . . . . . .4.65, 4.135 Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11
signal track. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77 receiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.13
to trace4.61, 4.64, 4.67, 4.121, 4.132 Operating time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.257
zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.120 Option
Max hold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.69, 4.102 FSP-B6 TV and RF Trigger . .4.280
Max peak detector . . . 4.26, 4.27, 4.112 FSP-B9 Tracking Generator . .4.283
Maximum Order number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.257
peak value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.143 Output level
search . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.64, 4.133 control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.284
value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.141 Overwrite mode. . . . . . . . . . 4.69, 4.102
Mean power (GSM burst) . . . . . . . 4.142 OVLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.306
Mean value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.142
Measurement
carrier/noise ratio C/N and C/No4.178
P
converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.235 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2
frequency-converting . .4.293, 4.307 Parallel poll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.30
reflection . . . . . . . . . . .4.290, 4.304 enable register (PPE) . . . . . . . . 5.23
storing data (ASCII format) . . 4.191 Parameter
time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.29 block data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.14
transmission. . . . . . . . .4.285, 4.299 boolean. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.14
Measurement example coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.222
ACP with user-specific channel numerical values. . . . . . . . . . . .5.13
configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.164 string. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.14
adjacent-channel power for a specific text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.14
standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.164 Password
CCDF of a IS95 BTS signal . . 4.175 service functions. . . . . . . . . . .4.260
occupied bandwidth of a PDC signal4.169 Path. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.270
signal/noise power density (C/No) of an Peak
IS95 CDMA signal . . . . . . . . . 4.165 detector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.26, 4.70
Measurement results excursion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.66
save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.264 list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.37
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.258 search. . . . . . . . .4.67, 4.124, 4.133
Min hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.105 Phase noise measurement (spectrum analysis
Min peak detector. . . . 4.26, 4.28, 4.112 mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.125
Minimum search . . . . . . . . . .4.65, 4.136 Phase setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.46
Mobile radio standard. . . . . . . . . . 4.149 Polarity
Mode external trigger/gate . . . . . . . . .4.98
analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.74 trigger edge . . . . . . . . . . 4.60, 4.95
receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11 video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.282
spectrum analysis . . . . . . . . . . 4.74 Power
Modulation bandwidth percentage . . . . . . 4.167
depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.180 mean. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.142
external (tracking generator) . 4.294 Power measurement. . . . . . . . . . .4.139
CP/ACP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.145
N occupied bandwidth . . . . . . . .4.167
signal amplitude statistics. . . .4.169
Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.283 time domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.140
Noise trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.164
correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.151 PPE (parallel poll enable register) .5.23
measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.124 Preamplification . . . .4.16, 4.233, 4.235
source, external . . . . . . . . . . . 4.263 Preselection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.233
Normalization . . . . . . . . . . .4.287, 4.301

4 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Index

Preset instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 status reporting system . . . . . .5.31

Pretrigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95 Resolution bandwidth . . . . . . 4.19, 4.84
Print Resolution counter . . . . . . . . . . . .4.122
start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.274 RF attenuation . . . . . . . . . . . 4.16, 4.81
Printer RFI reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11
configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.274 RMS detector . 4.26, 4.28, 4.109, 4.112
connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5 RMS value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.141
interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5 RS-232-C
Protective earth conductor . .4.46, 4.233 configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.250
Protective earth setting . . . . . . . . . 4.46 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6
PTRansition part status register . . . 5.19
S
Q
Sample detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.112
Quasi-peak detector4.27, 4.28, 4.68, 4.70 Sample number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.173
Quasipeak detector . . . . . . . . . . . 4.110 Saturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.227
Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.12, 5.31 screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.278
Question mark . . . . . . . . . . . .5.12, 5.15 Save
Quotation mark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15 configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.264
limit line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.218
R measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.264
Scalar reflection measurement4.290, 4.304
Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.11, 4.13 Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.80
frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.14, 4.25 level axis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.82
frequency stepsize . . . . . . . . . . 4.14 limit line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.215
level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.16 x- and y-axis (signal statistic) .4.173
Recording Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.48
correction data . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113 default setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.49
Reference entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.52
dataset (external generator). . 4.305 hold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.59
dataset (tracking generator). . 4.291 run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.58
external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.231 stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.59
fixed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.119 SCPI
frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.119 conformity information . . . . . . . . 6.5
level to marker level . . . . . . . . 4.134 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9
line (tracking generator)4.287, 4.301 version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3
position for normalization . . . . 4.301 SCPI specific error messages. . . . . . 9.3
Reference level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.80 Screen
channel power . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.152 brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.278
coupling of diagrams . . . . . . . 4.224 colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.279
offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.82 full screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.222
position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.82 hue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.278
to marker level . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.134 saturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.278
Reference point split screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.222
frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.119 Search
frequency (phase noise) . . . . 4.127 bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.77
level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.119 minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.65, 4.136
level (phase noise). . . . . . . . . 4.127 peak . . . . . 4.64, 4.67, 4.124, 4.133
offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.119, 4.127 peak excursion . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.66
time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.120 range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.65, 4.135
Reference value Search method for peak list . . . . . .4.41
channel power . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.151 Selftest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.261
time domain power . . . . . . . . 4.143 Sensitivity
Reflection measurement . .4.290, 4.304 APD measurement . . . . . . . . .4.174
Remote commands CCDF measurement. . . . . . . .4.174
alphabetical list . . . . . . . . . . . 6.330 Serial interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6
Remote control configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.250
basics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.257
GPIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 Serial poll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.30
RS-232-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6 Service functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.259
RSIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.318 Service request (SRQ) . . . . . 5.22, 5.30
switch to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4 Service request enable register (SRE)5.22
Rename Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.228
directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.271 general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.245
file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.271 SETUP Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.228
Reset Signal
device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 amplitude statistics . . . . . . . . .4.169

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 5

R&S ESCI Index

count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.118 CAL GEN 128 MHZ . . 4.260, 6.100

search bandwidth. . . . . . . . . . . 4.77 CAL GEN COMB . . . . . . . . . .6.100
tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77 CAL REFL OPEN4.291, 4.305, 6.154
Single sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.92 CAL REFL SHORT4.291, 4.305, 6.154
deactivating repeated sweep . 4.248 CAL RESULTS . . . . . . . 4.114, 6.99
Softkey CAL TOTAL . . . . . . . . . 4.114, 6.98
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.172 CAL TRANS . . .4.286, 4.300, 6.154
% POWER BANDWIDTH4.167, 6.197 CCDF ON/OFF . . . 4.172, 6.91, 6.94
= CENTER . . . . . . . . . . . .4.75, 4.76 CCVS INT / EXT. . . . . 4.282, 6.209
= MARKER . . . . . . . . . . .4.75, 4.76 CENTER. . . . . . . . . . . . 4.75, 6.174
0.1 * RBW . . . . . . . . . . .4.76, 6.174 CENTER = MKR FREQ 4.133, 6.60
0.1 * SPAN . . . . . . . . . . .4.75, 6.174 CENTER A = MARKER B4.225, 6.129
0.5 * RBW . . . . . . . . . . .4.76, 6.174 CENTER B = MARKER A4.225, 6.129
0.5 * SPAN . . . . . . . . . . .4.75, 6.174 CENTER FREQUENCY . . . . .6.174
1 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.20, 6.150 CF STEPSIZE . . . . . . . 4.75, 6.174
10 DB MIN ON/OFF. . . . . . . . . 4.17 CHAN POWER ACP . . . . . . . .6.64
10 dB MIN ON/OFF . . . .4.81, 6.124 CHAN PWR / HZ . . . . . 4.160, 6.68
120 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.20, 6.150 CHAN PWR ACP . . . . . . . . . .4.149
150 KHZ HIGHPASS . . . . . . . 4.233 CHANNEL BANDWIDTH4.156, 4.167,
2 FILE LISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.273 4.179, 6.192
200 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.20, 6.150 CHANNEL SPACING4.157, 6.190, 6.191
9 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.20, 6.150 CISPR RBW UNCOUPLED . . .4.28
ABSOLUTE PEAK/MIN . .6.15, 6.16 CISPR RMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.28
ACP LIMIT CHECK . . . .4.161, 6.27 CLEAR ALL MESSAGES4.259, 6.230,
ACP REF SETTINGS4.159, 6.195, 6.196 6.231
ADD TO PEAK LIST . . . .4.25, 4.64 CLEAR/WRITE4.69, 4.102, 4.160, 6.110
ADJ CHAN BANDWIDTH . . . 6.192 CNT RESOL . . . . . . . . . 4.122, 6.45
ADJ CHAN SPACING . . . . . . 6.191 COLOR ON/OFF . . . . 4.277, 6.116
ADJUST AXIS . . . . . . . .4.57, 4.189 COLORS . . . . . . . . . . 4.275, 4.276
ADJUST REF LVL4.152, 4.168, 6.197 COM INTERFACE . . . 4.250, 6.227
ADJUST SETTINGS4.174, 4.180, 4.185, COMMAND TRACKING . . . . .4.260
6.92, 6.196 COMMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.275
ADJUST SETTINGS (occupied bandwidth) COMMENT SCREEN A/B . . . 6.118
4.168 CONFIG DISPLAY . . . . . . . . .4.225
ADJUST SETTINGS (power CONFIGURE NETWORK. . . .4.253
measurements) . . . . . . . . . . . 4.161 CONT AT HOLD . . . . . . . . . . . .4.59
ALL MARKER OFF4.62, 4.121, 6.13, 6.42 CONT AT REC FREQ . . . . . . . 4.59
AM . 4.31, 4.131, 6.56, 6.161, 6.253 CONT DEMOD . . . . . . . 4.132, 6.57
AMPERE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.81 CONT MEAS . .4.175, 6.120, 6.121
ANALYZER PRESET. . . . . . . 4.263 CONTINUE SGL SWEEP4.92, 6.121
ANNOTATION ON/OFF4.226, 6.103 CONTINUOUS BARGRAPH . .4.25
APD ON/OFF . . . . 4.172, 6.91, 6.94 CONTINUOUS SCAN . 4.58, 6.120
ASCII FILE EXPORT4.38, 4.71, 4.106, CONTINUOUS SWEEP4.91, 6.120, 6.121
4.191, 6.113, 6.142, 6.143 COPY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.271, 6.135
AUTO COARSE. . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14 COPY LIMIT LINE . . . . 4.212, 6.25
AUTO FINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14 COPY TRACE . .4.73, 4.108, 6.240
AUTO MAX PEAK . . . . . . . . . 4.138 COUPLING DEFAULT 6.151, 6.204
AUTO MIN PEAK. . . . . . . . . . 4.138 COUPLING RATIO . . . . 4.86, 6.151
AUTO PEAK SEARCH .4.127, 6.19 COUPLING TABLE. . . . . . . . .4.223
AUTO RANGE ON/OFF. . . . . . 4.17 CP/ACP ABS/REL . . . 4.160, 6.195
AUTO SELECT . . . . . . 4.111, 6.162 CP/ACP CONFIG4.155, 6.27, 6.191
AUTOMATIC FINAL4.35, 4.41, 4.42, 4.43 CP/ACP ON/OFF4.149, 6.64, 6.65, 6.69
AUTOPREAMP ON/OFF4.17, 6.125 CP/ACP STANDARD . . 4.149, 6.69
AVERAGE4.28, 4.70, 4.103, 6.110, 6.148, CUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.271
6.162 DATA ENTRY OPAQUE . . . . .4.226
AVERAGE ON/OFF4.143, 6.76, 6.78, DATA SET CLEAR . . . . . . . . .6.134
6.80, 6.82, 6.84 DATA SET CLEAR ALL . . . . .6.135
AVG MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.105 DATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.272
AVG MODE LOG/LIN . .6.88, 6.149 dBm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.18, 4.81
BARGRAPH MAXHOLD . . . . 4.224 dBmA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.81
BARGRAPH RESET . . . . . . . 4.224 dBmV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.81
BLANK . . . . . . . . 4.70, 4.104, 6.111 dBpT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.18, 6.97
BRIGHTNESS4.227, 4.278, 6.104, 6.114 dBpW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.18, 4.81
C/N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.179 dBuA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.18
C/NO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.179 dBuV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.18
CAL ABORT. . . . . . . . . .4.114, 6.98 DECIM SEP4.38, 4.73, 4.108, 4.122,
CAL CORR ON/OFF . . .4.114, 6.99 4.130, 4.192, 6.113

6 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Index

DEFAULT COLORS4.226, 6.104, 6.114 FINAL MIN PEAK . . . . . 4.71, 6.163

DEFAULT CONFIG4.223, 4.268, 6.139 FINAL PHASE . . . . . . . . . . . .6.125
DEFAULT COUPLING . . . . . . . 4.88 FINAL PHASES . . . . . . . . . . . .4.46
DEFAULT SETTINGS . .4.174, 6.94 FINAL QUASIPEAK . . . 4.71, 6.163
DELAY COMP ON/OFF4.100, 6.254 FINAL RMS . . . . . . . . . 4.71, 6.163
DELETE4.238, 4.272, 6.136, 6.139, 6.158, FIRMWARE UPDATE. 4.262, 6.231
6.160 FM .4.31, 4.131, 6.56, 6.161, 6.253
DELETE (peak list) . . . . . . . . . 4.38 FORMAT DISK . . . . . . 4.273, 6.136
DELETE FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.268 FREE RUN . . . . . . 4.60, 4.94, 6.253
DELETE LIMIT LINE . . .4.212, 6.26 FREQ AXIS LIN/LOG4.58, 4.79, 6.107
DELETE LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.242 FREQUENCY LINE 1/2 . . . . .4.219
DELETE RANGE 4.57, 4.189, 4.244 FREQUENCY OFFSET4.77, 4.293, 4.307,
DELETE VALUE . . . . . . . . . . 4.217 6.176, 6.211
DEMOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.30 FREQUENCY SWEEP4.313, 6.213, 6.214,
DEMOD ON/OFF . . . . . .4.31, 6.161 6.215
DETECTOR4.27, 4.70, 4.111, 6.162 FSP MODE ON/OFF . . . . . . .6.234
DETECTOR AUTOPEAK4.111, 6.162 FULL SCREEN. . . . . . 4.222, 6.103
DETECTOR AVERAGE4.112, 6.162 FULL SPAN . . . . . . . . . 4.78, 6.175
DETECTOR CISPR AV . . . . . 4.112 GATE DELAY . . . . . . . . 4.98, 6.206
DETECTOR CISPR RMS . . . 4.112 GATE LENGTH. . . . . . . 4.98, 6.206
DETECTOR MAX PEAK4.112, 6.162 GATE MODE LEVEL/EDGE4.98, 6.206
DETECTOR MIN PEAK4.112, 6.162 GATE RANGES . . . . . . . . . . .4.177
DETECTOR QPK. . . . .4.112, 6.162 GATE SETTINGS . . . . . 4.97, 6.205
DETECTOR RMS . . . .4.112, 6.162 GATED TRIGGER4.97, 4.176, 6.205,
DETECTOR SAMPLE .4.112, 6.162 6.206
DEVICE 1/24.275, 6.116, 6.117, 6.119, GEN REF INT/EXT. . . . . . . . .4.315
6.138, 6.228 GENERAL SETUP . . . . . . . . .4.245
DEVICE SETUP . . . . . . . . . . 4.275 GET MAXHOLD . . . . . . . . . . . .4.44
DIAGRAM FULL SIZE . . . . . . 4.152 GPIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.246
DISABLE ALL ITEMS .4.223, 4.267 GPIB ADDRESS. . . . . 4.246, 6.225
DISPLAY LINE 1/2 . . . . . . . . . 4.219 GPIB LANGUAGE . . . . . . . . .4.246
DISPLAY PWR SAVE4.226, 6.103, 6.104 GRID ABS/REL . . . . . . 4.82, 6.108
EDIT4.240, 4.243, 6.156, 6.157, 6.159, GRID MIN LEVEL. . . . . 4.18, 6.109
6.160 GRID RANGE LOG MANUAL .4.18
EDIT ACP LIMITS4.162, 6.27, 6.28, 6.29, HARDCOPY ABORT . . . . . . . 6.114
6.30, 6.31, 6.32 HARDWARE INFO . . . 4.257, 6.102
EDIT COMMENT . . . . .4.266, 6.135 HARMONIC DISTOR . . . . . . . 4.184
EDIT FREQUENCY . . . . . . . . . 4.38 HARMONIC ON/OFF . . . . . . . 4.184
EDIT LIMIT LINE4.214, 6.24, 6.34, 6.35, HARMONIC RBW AUTO . . . .4.185
6.37, 6.39, 6.40, 6.41 HARMONIC SWEEPTIME . . .4.185
EDIT PATH. . . . 4.270, 6.134, 6.138 HOLD CONT ON/OFF . . . . . . 4.105
EDIT PEAK LIST . . . . . . .4.34, 4.37 HOLD FINAL MEAS . . . . . . . . .4.42
EDIT SWEEP LIST . . .4.187, 6.184 HOLD SCAN. 4.49, 4.51, 4.59, 6.11
EDIT TRD FACTOR. . . . . . . . 4.238 HOR SYNC. . . . . . . . . 4.281, 6.255
ENABLE ALL ITEMS4.223, 4.267, 6.139 ID STRING FACTORY 4.246, 6.232
ENTER PASSWORD . .4.260, 6.234 ID STRING USER . . . . . . . . .4.246
ENV 216 . . . . . . . . . . . .4.46, 4.233 IF GAIN NORM PULS . . . . . . 6.232
ENV 4200 . . . . . . . . . . .4.46, 4.233 IF GAIN NORM/PULS . . . . . . 4.248
ESH2-Z5 . . . . . . . . . . . .4.46, 4.233 IF POWER4.95, 6.206, 6.253, 6.254
ESH3-Z5 . . . . . . . . . . . .4.46, 4.233 INPUT CAL4.259, 4.260, 6.100, 6.101
EXCLUDE LO . . . . . . . .4.136, 6.46 INPUT RF . . . . .4.259, 4.260, 6.100
EXT AM . . . . . . . . . . . .4.294, 6.210 INS AFTER RANGE4.57, 4.188, 4.244
EXT FM . . . . . . 4.294, 6.210, 6.211 INS BEFORE RANGE4.57, 4.188, 4.244
EXT I/Q . . . . . . . . . . . .4.295, 6.210 INSERT (peak list) . . . . . . . . . .4.38
EXT SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.308 INSERT LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.242
EXT SRC ON/OFF. . . .4.309, 6.213 INSERT VALUE . . . . . . . . . . .4.217
EXTENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.272 INSTALL OPTION . . . . . . . . .4.255
EXTERN . .4.60, 4.94, 6.206, 6.253 INSTALL PRINTER . . . . . . . .4.276
FAST ACP ON/OFF . . .4.151, 6.197 INTERACTIVE . . . . 4.35, 4.41, 4.43
FILE MANAGER . . . . .4.269, 6.134 ITEMS TO SAVE/RECALL . . .6.140
FILTER TYPE . . . 4.20, 4.88, 6.151 LAST SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.79
FINAL AVERAGE . . . . .4.71, 6.163 LEFT LIMIT4.66, 4.130, 4.135, 6.43, 6.44
FINAL CISPR AV . . . . . . . . . . . 4.71 LIMIT ON/OFF . . . . . . . 4.142, 6.43
FINAL CISPR RMS . . . . . . . . . 4.71 LINES 625 / 525 . . . . . 4.282, 6.255
FINAL MAX PEAK . . . . .4.71, 6.163 LINK MKR1 AND DELTA14.121, 6.17
FINAL MEAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.36 LISN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.232
FINAL MEAS TIME4.35, 4.41, 6.173 LIST EVALUATION. . . . . . . . .4.190

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 7

R&S ESCI Index

LOCAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.10, 5.7 NOISE SRC ON/OFF . 4.263, 6.101

LOGO ON/OFF . . . . . .4.225, 6.103 NORMALIZE. . .4.287, 4.301, 6.154
MAKE DIRECTORY. . . . . . . . 6.137 NUMBER OF SWEEPS4.144, 6.204
MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.76 OCCUP BW ON/OFF4.167, 6.64, 6.65,
MARGIN . . .4.35, 4.41, 4.191, 6.90 6.69
MARKER 1 .4.116, 6.15, 6.42, 6.46 OCCUPIED BANDWIDTH4.167, 6.64
MARKER 1/2/3/4 . . . . . . .4.60, 6.14 OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.46, 4.233
MARKER 2 .4.116, 6.15, 6.42, 6.46 OPTIMIZED COLOR SET . . .4.277
MARKER 3 .4.116, 6.15, 6.42, 6.46 OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.255
MARKER 4 .4.116, 6.15, 6.42, 6.46 PAGE DOWN . . 4.115, 4.239, 4.261
MARKER DEMOD . . . . .4.131, 6.56 PAGE UP . . . . . 4.115, 4.239, 4.261
MARKER NORM/DELTA4.60, 4.116, 6.13, PARAM COUPLING . . . . . . . .4.222
6.17 PASTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.271
MARKER TRACK . . . . . .4.64, 6.45 PE FLOATING4.46, 4.233, 6.125, 6.172
MARKER ZOOM . 4.67, 4.120, 6.55 PE GROUNDED4.46, 4.233, 6.125, 6.172
MAX HOLD4.69, 4.102, 4.160, 6.110 PEAK4.64, 4.67, 4.124, 4.133, 4.141, 6.15,
MAX HOLD ON/OFF4.143, 6.77, 6.78, 6.47, 6.75
6.81, 6.83 PEAK EXCURSION4.66, 4.130, 4.136,
MAX PEAK 4.27, 4.70, 6.162, 6.163 6.50
MAX/MIN THRESHOLD . . . . 6.171 PEAK LIST . . . . . . . . . . 4.129, 6.51
MAX-MIN THRESHOLD . . . . 6.171 PEAK LIST EXPORT . . . . . . .4.130
MEAN . . . . . . . . . 4.142, 6.79, 6.80 PEAK LIST OFF . . . . . . 4.130, 6.51
MEAS TIME . . . . . . . . . .4.29, 6.204 PEAK LIST ON / OFF. . . . . . . . 4.71
MEASURE . . . . . . . . . . . .4.43, 4.44 PEAK LIST ON/OFF. . . 4.71, 6.111
MIN . . . . . . .4.65, 4.136, 6.16, 6.49 PEAK SEARCH4.37, 4.120, 4.127, 4.190,
MIN HOLD . . . . . 4.71, 4.105, 6.110 6.19, 6.89
MIN PEAK . . . . . . 4.28, 4.70, 6.162 PEAKS PER PEAKS . . . . . . .4.190
MKR -> CF STEPSIZE . . . . . . 6.60 PEAKS SUBRANGES . . . . . . . 4.41
MKR -> STEPSIZE . . . . .4.65, 6.60 PEAKS/SUBRANGES . . . . . . . 6.90
MKR -> TRACE . . . 4.61, 4.64, 4.67 PERCENT MARKER . . 4.172, 6.47
MKR DEMOD ON/OFF .4.131, 6.56 PH NOISE ON/OFF4.127, 6.19, 6.20
MKR FILE EXPORT. . . . . . . . 4.122 PHASE L1 . . . . .4.46, 4.233, 6.125
MKR STOP TIME. . . . . .4.132, 6.57 PHASE L2 . . . . .4.46, 4.233, 6.125
MKR->CF STEPSIZE . . . . . . 4.135 PHASE L3 . . . . .4.46, 4.233, 6.125
MKR->TRACE4.121, 4.132, 4.135, 6.14, PHASE N . . . . . .4.46, 4.233, 6.125
6.42 PHASE NOISE . . . . . . . 4.125, 6.19
MODULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.294 POLARITY POS/NEG4.60, 4.95, 4.98,
MODULATION DEPTH4.180, 6.57, 6.58 6.206, 6.255
MODULATION OFF . . .4.295, 6.210 PORT 0 0/1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.249
MULT CARR ACP . . . . . . . . . 4.149 PORT x 0/1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.146
N DB DOWN . . . . 4.128, 6.53, 6.54 POWER ABS/REL . . . . 4.143, 6.84
NAME4.215, 4.272, 6.24, 6.26, 6.34, 6.35, POWER MODE . . . . . . 4.160, 6.70
6.38, 6.40 POWER OFFSET4.284, 4.298, 6.212
NB/BB DISCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.34 POWER ON/OFF4.141, 6.75, 6.77, 6.79,
NETWORK . . . . . . . . .4.297, 4.298 6.81, 6.85
NETWORK LOGIN . . . . . . . . 4.254 POWER SWEEP . . . . . . . . . .4.296
NEW . . . . . . . . 4.240, 4.243, 6.158 POWER SWP ON/OFF . . . . .4.296
NEW FACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.238 PREAMP ON/OFF4.17, 4.235, 6.124
NEW FOLDER . . . . . . .4.268, 4.270 PREDEFINED COLORS4.228, 4.279,
NEW LIMIT LINE4.214, 6.24, 6.25, 6.26, 6.105, 6.115
6.34, 6.35, 6.37 PRESCAN PHASE . . . . . . . . .6.125
NEW SEARCH. . . . . . . . . . . . 4.129 PRESCAN PHASES. . . . . . . . .4.46
NEXT MIN4.65, 4.136, 6.16, 6.49, 6.50 PRESELECT ON/OFF 4.234, 6.126
NEXT MIN LEFT . . . . . .4.65, 4.136 PREV ZOOM RANGE . . . . . . . 4.67
NEXT MIN RIGHT . . . . .4.65, 4.136 PREVIOUS RANGES. . . . . . . 4.189
NEXT PEAK4.64, 4.134, 6.15, 6.16, 6.17, PRINT SCREEN4.274, 6.117, 6.118, 6.138
6.47, 6.48 PRINT TABLE4.275, 6.117, 6.118, 6.138
NEXT PEAK LEFT . . . . .4.64, 4.134 PRINT TRACE4.275, 6.117, 6.118, 6.138
NEXT PEAK RIGHT. . . .4.64, 4.134 QP RBW UNCOUPLED 4.20, 6.151
NEXT RANGES . . . . . . . . . . . 4.189 QUASIPEAK. . . . . 4.28, 4.70, 6.162
NO OF PEAKS . . . 4.34, 4.40, 6.90 RANGE LIN % dB. . . . . . . . . .6.109
NO OF SAMPLES . . . . .4.173, 6.92 RANGE LINEAR. . . . . . 4.80, 6.109
NO. OF ADJ CHAN . . .4.155, 6.192 RANGE LINEAR %. . . . . . . . . .4.80
NO. OF HARMONICS . . . . . . 4.185 RANGE LINEAR dB . . . . . . . . .4.80
NO. OF TX CHAN . . . .4.156, 6.191 RANGE LOG 100 dB . . 4.80, 6.109
NOISE CORR ON/OFF4.151, 6.198 RANGE LOG MANUAL 4.80, 6.109
NOISE MEAS . . . 4.124, 6.55, 6.56 RANGES 1-5/6-1 . . . . . . . . . .4.244

8 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03

R&S ESCI Index

RANGES 1-5/6-10 . . . . . . . . . . 4.57 SELECT TRACE4.69, 4.78, 4.102, 4.164,

RBW/VBW MANUAL . . .4.87, 6.152 6.74, 6.198
RBW/VBW NOISE . . . . .4.87, 6.152 SELFTEST . . . . . . . . . . 4.261, 6.10
RBW/VBW PULSE. . . . .4.87, 6.152 SELFTEST RESULTS 4.261, 6.101
RBW/VBW SINE . . . . . .4.87, 6.152 SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . 4.259, 6.100
RECALL4.265, 4.290, 4.304, 6.137, 6.155 SET CP REFERENCE 4.151, 6.195
RECEIVER FREQUENCY4.14, 4.25, SET REFERENCE . . . . 4.143, 6.85
6.174 SET TO DEFAULT . . . . . . . . .4.279
RECEIVER PRESET . . . . . . . 4.263 SETTINGS COUPLED . . 4.65, 6.46
REF FXD ON/OFF . . . . .4.119, 6.17 SGL SWEEP DISP OFF4.93, 6.121, 6.122
REF LEVEL . . . . . . . . . .4.80, 6.108 SHIFT X LIMIT LINE. . . 4.217, 6.35
REF LEVEL = MKR LVL 4.134, 6.60 SHIFT Y LIMIT LINE. . . 4.218, 6.40
REF LEVEL COUPLED4.224, 6.129 SIGNAL COUNT. . 4.118, 6.44, 6.45
REF LEVEL OFFSET . .4.82, 6.108 SIGNAL STATISTIC . . . . . . . .4.171
REF LEVEL POSITION .4.82, 6.109 SIGNAL TRACK . . . . . . . 4.77, 6.73
REF POINT FREQUENCY4.119, 4.127, SINGLE BARGRAPH . . . . . . . . 4.25
6.19 SINGLE MEAS .4.175, 6.120, 6.121
REF POINT LEVEL4.119, 4.127, 6.18 SINGLE SCAN . . . . . . . 4.58, 6.120
REF POINT LVL OFFSET4.119, 4.127, SINGLE SWEEP 4.92, 6.120, 6.121
6.18 SIZE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.273
REF POINT TIME . . . . .4.120, 6.19 SKIP FREQUENCY . . . . . . . . .4.43
REF VALUE . . . 4.288, 4.302, 6.109 SOFT FRONTPANEL . . . . . . . 4.255
REF VALUE POSITION4.287, 4.301 SORT BY DELTA LIM. . . . . . . 4.191
REFERENCE FIXED . . .4.119, 6.17 SORT BY DELTA LIMIT . . . . . .4.38
REFERENCE INT/EXT 4.231, 6.199 SORT BY FREQUENCY4.38, 4.191
REFLVL ADJ AUTO MAN . . . 4.239 SORT MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.272
REMOVE OPTION. . . . . . . . . 4.255 SORT MODE FREQ/LEVEL. .4.130
RENAME . . . . . . . . . . .4.271, 6.138 SOURCE CAL . . . . . . 4.285, 4.299
RES BW. . . . . . . 4.19, 4.172, 6.150 SOURCE ON/OFF . . . . . . . . .4.284
RES BW AUTO . . . . . . .4.85, 6.151 SOURCE POWER4.284, 4.298, 6.211,
RES BW MANUAL. . . . .4.84, 6.150 6.215
RESTORE FIRMWARE . . . . . 4.262 SPAN MANUAL . . . . . . 4.78, 6.174
RF ATTEN AUTO. . . . . .4.81, 6.124 SPAN/RBW AUTO . . . . 4.87, 6.151
RF ATTEN MANUAL4.16, 4.81, 6.124 SPAN/RBW MANUAL. . 4.87, 6.151
RF INPUT 50 Ohm/75 Ohm4.82, 6.126 SPLIT SCREEN . . . . . 4.222, 6.103
RF INPUT AC/DC . . . . . .4.18, 4.81 SPURIOUS EMISSIONS . . . .4.186
RF POWER . . . 4.280, 6.253, 6.254 SPURIOUS ON/OFF . . . . . . .4.187
RIGHT LIMIT4.66, 4.130, 4.135, 6.43, 6.44 SQUELCH . . . . . . 4.31, 4.131, 6.57
RMS . 4.28, 4.70, 4.141, 6.77, 6.162 STANDARD DEVIATION4.142, 6.81, 6.82
RUN FINAL MEAS. . . . . . . . . . 4.42 START . . . . . . . . . 4.15, 4.76, 6.175
RUN PRE-SCAN+FINAL . . . . . 4.58 START LIMIT4.142, 4.143, 6.43, 6.44
RUN SCAN .4.35, 4.49, 4.58, 6.121 START MEAS . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.189
SATURATION4.227, 4.278, 6.104, 6.114 START POWER . . . . . 4.296, 6.212
SAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.265 STARTUP RECALL . . 4.268, 6.137
SAVE AS TRD FACTOR4.290, 4.304 STATISTICS . . . . . . . . . . 4.257, 6.9
SAVE LIMIT LINE . . . . . . . . . 4.218 STEPSIZE . . . . . . . . . . 4.14, 6.174
SAVE TRD FACTOR . . . . . . . 4.242 STEPSIZE = FREQ . . . . . . . . .4.15
SAVE TRD SET . . . . . . . . . . . 4.245 STEPSIZE MANUAL . . . . . . . .4.14
SCALING . . . . . . . . . . . .4.173, 6.92 STEPSIZE STANDARD . . . . .4.122
SCAN COUNT . . . . . . . .4.70, 6.204 STEPSIZE SWP POINTS. . . .4.122
SCREEN COLORS . . . . . . . . 4.277 STOP . . . . . . . . . . 4.15, 4.77, 6.175
SCREEN TITLE . . . . . .4.225, 6.107 STOP FINAL MEAS . . . . 4.43, 4.44
SEARCH LIMIT OFF4.66, 4.135, 6.43 STOP LIMIT . . . .4.142, 4.143, 6.44
SEARCH LIMITS . 4.65, 4.135, 6.43 STOP MEAS. . . . . . . . . 4.189, 6.11
SEARCH NEXT LEFT6.16, 6.17, 6.48, STOP POWER . . . . . . . . . . . .4.296
6.50 STOP SCAN. 4.49, 4.51, 4.59, 6.11
SEARCH NEXT RIGHT6.16, 6.17, 6.48, SWEEP COUNT.4.92, 4.104, 6.204
6.50 SWEEP LIST4.187, 6.181, 6.182, 6.183,
SELECT GENERATOR4.309, 6.225, 6.184, 6.185
6.226, 6.227 SWEEP POINTS . . . . . 4.93, 6.208
SELECT ITEMS4.266, 4.267, 6.140, 6.141 SWEEP REP ON/OFF . . . . . . 4.248
SELECT LIMIT LINE4.211, 6.23, 6.24, SWEEP TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.151
6.36, 6.39 SWEEPTIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.98
SELECT MARKER4.63, 4.67, 4.124, SWEEPTIME AUTO4.86, 4.92, 6.204
4.133, 4.183, 6.42 SWEEPTIME MANUAL4.78, 4.85, 4.92,
SELECT OBJECT . . . .4.226, 4.278 6.204
SYSTEM INFO . . . . . . . . . . . .4.257

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 9

R&S ESCI Index

SYSTEM MESSAGES4.258, 6.230, 6.231 Spectrum analysis mode. . . . . . . . .4.74

T1-T2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.87 Split screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.222
T1-T2->T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113 Squelch function . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.131
T1-T3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.87 SRE (service request enable register)5.22
T1-T3->T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113 SRQ (service request) . . . . . 5.22, 5.30
THRESHOLD4.66, 4.130, 4.135, 6.95 Standard
THRESHOLD ON/OFF . . . . . . 4.34 mobile radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.149
THRESHOLD SCAN . . .4.33, 6.171 Standard deviation . . . . . . . . . . . .4.142
TIME DOM POWER4.141, 6.75, 6.77, Start frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.76
6.79, 6.81 Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.169
TIME DOMAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.58 Status byte (STB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.22
TIME LINE 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.220 STATus OPERation register . . . . . .5.24
TIME+DATE . . . 4.252, 6.229, 6.235 STATus QUEStionable register . . . .5.25
TIME+DATE ON/OFF .4.225, 6.107 ACPLimit register . . . . . . . . . . .5.26
TINT . . . .4.227, 4.278, 6.104, 6.114 FREQuency register . . . . . . . . .5.27
TOI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.183, 6.59 LIMit register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.27
TRACE MATH . . . . . . . .4.113, 6.87 LMARgin register . . . . . . . . . . .5.28
TRACE MATH OFF . . . .4.113, 6.87 POWer register. . . . . . . . . . . . .5.28
TRACE POSITION. . . . .4.113, 6.87 Status register
TRACK BW . . . . . . . . . . .4.77, 6.73 CONDition part . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.19
TRACK ON/OFF . . . . . . .4.77, 6.73 ENABle part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.20
TRACK THRESHOLD . . .4.77, 6.73 ESE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.23
TRACKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.283 ESR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.23
TRANSDUCER . . . . . .4.237, 6.156 EVENt part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.20
TRANSDUCER FACTOR4.238, 6.156, NTRansition part. . . . . . . . . . . .5.19
6.157 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.21
TRANSDUCER SET4.238, 6.156, 6.158, PPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.23
6.160 PTRansition part. . . . . . . . . . . .5.19
TRIGGER OFFSET . . . .4.95, 6.254 SRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.22
TUNE TO MARKER. . . . .4.64, 6.60 STATus OPERation . . . . . . . . .5.24
TV TRIG SETTINGS . . . . . . . 4.281 STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit5.26
TV TRIGGER ON/OFF 4.281, 6.209 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency5.27
UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.17, 4.81 STATus QUEStionable LIMit . . .5.27
UPDATE PATH . . . . . . . . . . . 4.262 STATus QUEStionable LMARgin5.28
USE CURR SETTINGS . . . . . . 4.58 STATus QUEStionable POWer .5.28
USE SCAN TABLE4.53, 6.201, 6.202 STB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.22
USER DEFINED . . . . . . . . . . 4.277 structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.18
USER PORT . . . . . . . .4.249, 6.126 sum bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.20
USER PORT IN/OUT. .4.249, 6.127 Status reporting system . . . . . . . . .5.18
VALUES . . . .4.217, 6.34, 6.36, 6.39 resetting values . . . . . . . . . . . .5.31
VBW LIN LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.153 STB (status byte) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.22
VBW MODE LIN/LOG . . . . . . . 4.90 Stepsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.76
VERT SYNC . . . . . . . .4.281, 6.255 center frequency. . . . . . . . . . . .4.75
VERT SYNC EVEN FIELD4.281, 6.255 coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.76
VERT SYNC ODD FIELD4.281, 6.255 receiver frequency . . . . . . . . . .4.14
VIDEO . . . .4.60, 4.94, 6.253, 6.254 Stop frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.77
VIDEO BW AUTO . . . . .4.85, 6.152 Storing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2
VIDEO BW MANUAL . . .4.84, 6.152 trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.191
VIDEO POL POS / NEG4.282, 6.256 String. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.14
VIEW . . . . . . . . . 4.70, 4.104, 6.110 SUBNET MASK . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.253
VIEW PEAK LIST . . . . . . . . . 4.191 Subrange maxima list . . . . . . . . . . .4.37
VIEW TRANSDUCER . . . . . . 4.238 Suffix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
VOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.81 Sum bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.20
WATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.81 Supply voltage
X * RBW. . . . . . . . . . . . .4.76, 6.174 external noise source . . . . . . . 4.263
X * SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . .4.75, 6.174 Sweep
X OFFSET . . . . . . . . . . .4.212, 6.34 continue single sweep . . . . . . . 4.92
X-AXIS RANGE . . . . . . .4.173, 6.93 continuous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.91
X-AXIS REF LEVEL. . . .4.173, 6.92 count. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.92
Y OFFSET . . . . . . 4.213, 6.37, 6.40 coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.83
Y-AXIS MAX VALUE . . .4.174, 6.93 free run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.60, 4.94
Y-AXIS MIN VALUE . . . .4.174, 6.93 gated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.96, 4.97
Y-UNIT %/ABS. . . . . . . . . . . . 4.173 range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.187
ZERO SPAN . . . . . . . . .4.78, 6.174 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.91
ZOOM OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.67 single . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.92
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.78 time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.78, 4.92
Special characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 time coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.86

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 10

R&S ESCI Index

Switching cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.257 entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.239

Sync signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.281 set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.242
Syntax elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15 Transmission measurement (built-in tracking
of commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15 generator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.285
System messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.258 Transmission measurement (external
generator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.299
T Trigger
external. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.60, 4.94
Test external gate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.97
selftest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.261 free run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.60, 4.94
Test receiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11 gated sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.98
Text parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.14 IF power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.95
Third order intercept . . . . . . . . . . . 4.181 offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.95
Threshold RF power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.280
line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.66, 4.135 scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.59
signal tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77 slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.60, 4.95
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.225 sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.93
axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.78 video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.94
input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.252 TV trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.281
line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.220
Time domain analysis. . . . . . . . . . . 4.50
U
Tint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.227
Title for the active diagram . . . . . . 4.225 Unit
TOI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.181 level axis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.81
Trace . . . . . . . .4.68, 4.69, 4.101, 4.102 limit line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.216
averaging . . . . . . . . . . .4.103, 4.105 Universal command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4
blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.70, 4.104 Upper case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6
clear/write . . . . . . . . . . .4.69, 4.102 User port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.249
copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.73, 4.108 configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.249
freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.70, 4.104
info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113 V
math . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113
max hold . . . . . . . . . . . .4.69, 4.102 Vertical sync signal . . . . . . . . . . . .4.281
min hold . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.71, 4.105 Video bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.84
position for 0 difference . . . . . 4.113 Video polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.282
power measurement . . . . . . . 4.164 Video triggering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.94
select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.68, 4.101 View trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.104
signal tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.78 V-networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.232
storing (ASCII format) . . . . . . 4.191
Trace info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113 W
Trace mode
average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.103 Weighting modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.29
blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.104 White space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.15
clear/write . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.102
max hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.102 Z
view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.104
Tracking generator . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.283 Zero span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.78
Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.235 Zoom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.120
activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.236 amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . 4.70, 4.104
editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.239 x axis (gate signal) . . . . . . . . . .4.98

Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03 11

R&S ESCI

12 Operating Manual 1166.6256.12 - 03